Professional Documents
Culture Documents
GENERAL CATALOG
2013-2015
ANKARA-TURKEY
ISBN 978-975-429-335-7
Ankara-Turkey
The University reserves the right to make changes in the regulations, courses, fees and
ACADEMIC UNITS
School of Foreign Languages ......................................................................................................................... 3
Department of Basic English............................................................................................................... 4
Department of Modern Languages ...................................................................................................... 9
Faculty of Architecture................................................................................................................................. 17
Department of Architecture .............................................................................................................. 19
Department of City and Regional Planning....................................................................................... 62
Department of Industrial Design ....................................................................................................... 81
Faculty of Arts and Sciences ........................................................................................................................ 95
Department of Biological Sciences .................................................................................................. 97
Department of Chemistry ............................................................................................................... 117
Department of History .................................................................................................................... 135
Department of Mathematics ........................................................................................................... 155
Department of Philosophy .............................................................................................................. 174
Department of Physics ................................................................................................................... 196
Department of Psychology ............................................................................................................. 221
Department of Sociology ................................................................................................................ 253
Department of Statistics ................................................................................................................. 278
Faculty of Economic and Administrative Sciences .................................................................................... 293
Department of Business Administration ........................................................................................ 294
International Joint Program on Business Administration ................................................................ 300
Department of Economics .............................................................................................................. 336
International Joint Program on Global and International Affairs..................................................... 356
Department of International Relations ........................................................................................... 361
Department of Political Science and Public Administration .......................................................... 377
Faculty of Education .................................................................................................................................. 395
Department of Computer Education and Instructional Technology ............................................... 396
Department of Educational Sciences .............................................................................................. 408
Department of Elementary Education ............................................................................................ 427
Department of Foreign Language Education .................................................................................. 446
Department of Physical Education and Sports ............................................................................... 473
Department of Secondary Science and Mathematics Education .................................................... 479
International Joint Program on Liberal Studies with a
Concentration in English Language Teaching....................................................................... 492
Faculty of Engineering ............................................................................................................................... 499
Department of Aerospace Engineering ........................................................................................... 504
i
Department of Chemical Engineering ............................................................................................ 522
Department of Civil Engineering ................................................................................................... 538
Department of Computer Engineering ........................................................................................... 570
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering ................................................................... 587
Department of Engineering Sciences ............................................................................................. 614
Department of Environmental Engineering .................................................................................... 625
Department of Food Engineering ................................................................................................... 638
Department of Geological Engineering .......................................................................................... 649
Department of Industrial Engineering ............................................................................................ 666
Department of Mechanical Engineering ......................................................................................... 686
Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering ............................................................... 716
Department of Mining Engineering ............................................................................................... 738
Department of Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering ................................................................ 751
Department of Turkish Language............................................................................................................... 765
Department of Fine Arts and Music ........................................................................................................... 771
Graduate Schools ....................................................................................................................................... 781
Graduate School of Natural and Applied Sciences ......................................................................... 785
Archaeometry Program ..................................................................................................... 787
Biochemistry Program ...................................................................................................... 792
Biomedical Engineering Program ..................................................................................... 797
Biotechnology Program .................................................................................................... 805
Cement Engineering Program ........................................................................................... 809
Earthquake Studies Program.............................................................................................. 812
Earth System Science Program ......................................................................................... 817
Geodetic and Geographic Information Technologies Program ......................................... 823
Micro and Nanotechnology Program ................................................................................ 827
Occupational Health and Safety ........................................................................................ 830
Operational Research Program ......................................................................................... 834
Polymer Science and Technology Program ....................................................................... 840
Graduate School of Social Sciences ............................................................................................... 847
Area Studies Program ....................................................................................................... 848
Asian Studies Program ...................................................................................................... 853
Eurasian Studies Program ................................................................................................. 857
European Studies Program ................................................................................................ 861
European Integration Program .......................................................................................... 866
Gender and Womens Studies Program ............................................................................ 874
German-Turkish Masters Program in Social Sciences ...................................................... 878
Media and Cultural Studies Program ................................................................................ 881
Middle East Studies Program ........................................................................................... 887
Science and Technology Policy Studies Program ............................................................. 892
Settlement Archaeology Program ...................................................................................... 902
Social Policy Program ....................................................................................................... 909
Urban Policy Planning and Local Governments Program ................................................. 913
Graduate School of Marine Sciences .............................................................................................. 921
Graduate School of Informatics ...................................................................................................... 933
Information System............................................................................................................ 933
Cognitive Science .............................................................................................................. 943
Modelling and Simulation ................................................................................................ 951
Informatics - Online .......................................................................................................... 955
Software Management ...................................................................................................... 960
ii
Medical Informatics .......................................................................................................... 966
Work Based Learning ....................................................................................................... 976
Game Technologies .......................................................................................................... 979
Bioinformatics .................................................................................................................. 983
Graduate School of Applied Mathematics ...................................................................................... 989
Actuarial Sciences ............................................................................................................. 990
Cryptography ..................................................................................................................... 992
Financial Mathematics....................................................................................................... 995
Scientific Computing ......................................................................................................... 998
iii
iv
COMMUNICATION WITH METU
v
vi
MISSION STATEMENT
The mission of the Middle East Technical University is to reach, produce, apply and promote
knowledge, and to educate individuals with that knowledge for the social, cultural, economic, scientific and
technological development of our society and humanity. This is to be done by bringing teaching, research and
social services up to universal standards..
Every member of METU community adopts the following honour code as one of the core principles of
academic life and strives to develop an academic environment where continuous adherence to this code is
promoted.
The members of the METU community are reliable, responsible and honourable people who embrace only
the success and recognition they deserve, and act with integrity in their use, evaluation and presentation of
facts, data and documents.
UNIVERSITY CALENDAR
Faculty of Architecture
Architecture B.ARCH.
City and Regional Planning B.C.P.
Industrial Design B.I.D.
vii
*Joint Degree Program with the State University of New York at Binghamton, USA
Faculty of Education
Computer Education and Instructional Technology B.S.
Early Childhood Education B.S.
Elementary Mathematics Education B.S.
Elementary Science Education B.S.
English Language Teaching B.A.
English Language Teaching** B.A
Chemistry Education M.S.***
Physics Education M.S.***
**Joint Degree Program with the State University of New York at New Paltz, USA
*** Five-year degree programs including B.S. degree
Faculty of Engineering
Aerospace Engineering B.S.
Chemical Engineering B.S.
Civil Engineering B.S.
Computer Engineering B.S.
Electrical and Electronic Engineering B.S.
Environmental Engineering B.S.
Food Engineering B.S.
Geological Engineering B.S.
Industrial Engineering B.S.
Mechanical Engineering B.S.
Metallurgical and Materials Engineering B.S.
Mining Engineering B.S.
Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering B.S.
viii
Biology M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Biology(Universite Paul Sabatier, Toulouse, France) M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Biomedical Engineering M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Biotechnology M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Biotechnology (Universite Claude Bernard Lyon 1, France) Ph.D.
Building Science M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Cement Engineering M.S. (1,2)
Chemical Engineering M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Chemical Engineering(Instut National des Sciences Appliquees (INSA), Lyon, France) Ph.D.
Chemical Engineering (Eindhoven University of Technology, The Netherlands) Ph.D.
Chemistry M.S. (1) Ph.D.
City and Regional Planning Ph.D.
City Planning M.C.P. (1)
Civil Engineering M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Civil Engineering (Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris, France)* Ph.D.
Civil Engineering(Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, USA)* Ph.D.
Computational Design and Fabrication Technologies in Architecture M.S. (1)
(Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands)*
Computer Education and Instructional Technology M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Computer Engineering M.S. (1,3) Ph.D.
Design Research for Interaction(Delft University of Technology, Netherlands)*M.S. (1)
Earth System Science M.S. (1,2) Ph.D.
Earthquake Studies M.S. (1)
Earthquake Engineering and Engineering Seismology M.S. (1)
Rose School, Italy*
University of Patras, Greece*
University of Grenoble I: Joseph Fourier France*
Electrical and Electronic Engineering M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Engineering Management M.S. (3)
Engineering Sciences M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Environmental Engineering M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Food Engineering M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Food Engineering(University Bordeaux 1, France)* Ph.D.
Geodetic and Geographic Information Technologies M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Geological Engineering M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Hydrosystems Engineering M.S. (3)
Industrial Design M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Industrial Engineering M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Industrial Engineering(Eindhoven University of Technology, The Netherlands)*M.S. (1)
Mathematics M.S. (1,2) Ph.D.
Mathematics(Universite Lois Pasteur-Strasbourg I, France)* Ph.D.
ix
Operational Research M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Physics M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Polymer Science and Technology M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Regional Planning M.C.P. (1)
Restoration M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Secondary Science and Mathematics Education M.S. (1,2) Ph.D.
Software Engineering M.S. (3)
Statistics M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Structural Mechanics M.S. (3)
Urban Design M.C.P. (1) Ph.D.
x
Physical Education and Sports M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Political Science and Public Administration M.S. (1,2) Ph.D.
Psychology M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Science and Technology Policy Studies M.S. (1,2) Ph.D.
Settlement Archaeology M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Social Anthropology M.S. (1)
Social Policy M.S. (1,2)
Sociology M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Urban Policy Planning and Local Governments M.S. (1,2) Ph.D.
Graduate School of Marine Sciences
Chemical Oceanography M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Marine Geology and Geophysics M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Marine Biology and Fisheries M.S. (1) Ph.D.
Physical Oceanography M.S. (1) Ph.D.
xi
Psychology B.S.
English Language Teaching B.A.
xii
ADMINISTRATION
The Higher Education Board consists of members directly appointed by the President of the Republic
as well as those selected by the Council of Ministers, the Turkish Chief of Staff, the Ministry of Education
and the Interuniversity Council and approved by the President of the Republic.
The Council of Higher Education is responsible for the organization of all higher education and
institutions of higher education in Turkey. The council assures that higher education is carried out in
accordance with the Constitution, that precautions are taken for the training of university staff, that
cooperation and coordination are established among universities. It concerns itself with such matters as the
establishment of universities and their component units, educational programs, and research activities.
THE PRESIDENT
The President of the University is appointed for a period of four years by the President of the
Republic from among candidates elected by the University and proposed by the Higher Education Board. He
is the chief executive officer and representative of the legal personality of the University.
VICE PRESIDENTS
The Deans of the Faculties are appointed for a period of three years by the Council of Higher
Education from among three full-time professors nominated by the President of the University.
Directors of Graduate Schools and Directors of Schools are appointed for a period of three years by
the President of the University.
Department Chairpersons are appointed for a period of three years by the Dean of the Faculty.
Teaching and Research Assistants, as well as foreign members of the teaching staff, are appointed on
a contract basis. All other members of the teaching staff are appointed according to the relevant regulations.
The staff consists of research assistants, instructors, assistant professors, associate professors, and professors.
The University Senate consists of the President, the Vice Presidents, the Deans, selected
representatives of each Faculty, and Directors of Graduate Schools and Schools directly attached to the Office
of the President. It is the chief academic organ of the University.
The University Administrative Committee consists of the President, the Deans and three professors to
be selected by the University Senate for a period of four years.
xiii
xiv
THE UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD
ACADEMIC OFFICERS
Ex-officio Members
xv
Elected Members
Ex-officio Members
Elected Members
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
xvi
GENERAL INFORMATION
Founded in 1956, METU is a state University that has the objective of training Turkish and
international students in scientific, technical and professional fields of study, and of utilizing these studies in
the field of pure and applied research for contributing to the economic and social necessities of Turkey and
other developing countries. Since its inception the language of instruction has been English.
LOCATION
The METU Campus is located on the Ankara-Eskiehir highway and has been forested entirely
through the efforts of the University employees and students since the early 1960's.
The Campus includes Lake Eymir. The lake and its surroundings meet part of the rowing, fishing and
picnicking needs of the METU employees and students. The surroundings of Lake Eymir have also been
forested through the efforts of the University employees and students. The fresh water for METU is being
supplied from the deep wells around Lake Eymir.
All Faculties and Departments of the University are in the same campus area, except for the Graduate
School of Marine Sciences located at el-Erdemli on the southern coast of Turkey. Since the beginning of
2005-2006 academic year, a second METU campus (METU Northern Cyprus Campus) has started serving in
Northern Cyprus.
HISTORY
Giving ideas reality and fulfilling dreams is often a slow process, but the growth of METU from an
envisioned concept in 1954 to a campus with more than 304.228 square meters of floor space, has been a
dynamic and phenomenal exception.
The idea of a regional technical university originated in 1954 when an evaluation of housing and
planning conditions in Turkey showed the need for competent technicians trained in these professions who
would dedicate themselves to speed the development of the countries of the Middle East. After much
discussion and advice from various groups, the School of Architecture and City Planning, with 40 students
and 4 teachers, was opened in 1956.
From 1957, when the Turkish Grand National Assembly gave the new university legal standing with
a provisional law, until 1962, the METU campus consisted of temporary buildings on grounds in the city. The
Charter of Middle East Technical University was approved by the Turkish Grand National Assembly in 1959.
Construction began on the new campus area in 1962. In a year and a half all the basic facilities of the
University were completed. The building programs, originally planned to meet the needs of 12.000 students,
have continued to progress rapidly. Classes were opened on the new campus in October, 1963.
Besides the construction of buildings, METU has concerned itself with the reforestation and
landscaping of its campus. It has been estimated that 10 million trees have been planted (many by the students
themselves) since 1962.
METU's modern campus, equipped with the most advanced scientific and technical facilities, now
serves more than 23.000 students from all parts of the world. In the past decades, METU's dream has been
realized and its impact has been felt throughout the region.
LABORATORIES
Because practical work and demonstration is considered a necessary part of a university education
METU has installed the finest equipment in its modern laboratories. Besides laboratory work, there are other
facilities for research and work in all of the faculties.
xvii
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
METU, as a research university, places high priority on research and consulting as vital parts of
faculty activity. With its highly qualified internationally recognized staff and well structured infrastructure,
METU contributes considerably to the advancement of science and technology as well as national
development by carrying out research in its research centers, institutes and laboratories. The total number of
applied and theoretical research projects under way in a single year is over 700. More than half of these are
contract research projects sponsored by industries in the public and private sectors. The remaining consists of
research grants awarded by national and international organizations and by the University Research Fund. The
total budget for active projects runs over $70 million.
Following is general information about METU's Research and Application Centers Reporting Office
of the President.
The Center was established in 2002. The aims of the Center are:
The mission of the Center is to increase the awareness of ethics and to generate sensitivity within the society
concerning everyday activities and decision making process.
Established in 1993, its aim is to carry METU's pioneering role in science and technology to the media and to
come up with innovations rather than following what is already available. GSAM brings technology,
aesthetics and knowledge together, to create alternatives that are key to the scientific and artistic productivity.
Artists, media professionals, and scientists can carry out both educational activities and create high quality
productions simultaneously in GSAM's high-tech studios.
The Center for Black Sea and Central Asia (KORA) is a research center of Middle East Technical University
(METU), Ankara-Turkey. KORA was established in 1992 and has become a leading research institute
conducting research on Caucasian, Central Asian, East and Central European countries.
The main objective of this Center is to collect reliable and systematic information about the region and
develop technical cooperation with the countries of the region through various projects and research oriented
activities particularly in the process of social and economic transformation these countries have been
undergoing. Most of our research projects reflect a comparative perspective where academics from different
departments in social sciences such as sociology, political science, international relations, economics and
management, education and natural sciences. All of our research projects are based on long-term fieldworks in
the region. KORA has worked in close collaboration with many national and international organizations in
conducting its activities providing funds to our research projects.
KORA has also had major experience in the organization of national and international conferences. KORA
provides consultancy for the private sector, and is particularly specialized in development studies and social
impact assessment. In its social impact assessment projects, KORA was particularly keen on combining
different perceptions of the private sector, government and non-governmental organizations, and other
stakeholders and successfully managed to establish deliberations among different sections of society.
xviii
CAD/CAM/Robotics Application and Research Center (BLTR)
BLTR was established in 1992, with the purpose of developing and applying advanced technologies for the
Turkish industry, as well as designing, manufacturing and doing robotics related research at METU. In 1999,
BLTR was restructured and has become an interdisciplinary research and application center of the
University. BLTR has five interdisciplinary units which are; Industrial Design-Production
(BLTR/ET)Automation-Robotics-Electrical-Electronics (BLTR/ORE), Numerical Modelling-Analysis-
Design (BLTR/SMAT), Defence Systems (BLTR/SAVSS) and Product Usability (BLTR/UTEST). The
center provides interdisciplinary qualified human resources which includes about 100 academic staff from 15
different disciplines.
BLTR has latest technological infrastructure. In the center, various CAD/CAM/CAE and industrial design
software on CAD workstations are being used. Various high-tech equipment: EOSINT P380 Laser Sintering
Rapid Prototyping Machine, DIMENSION 3-D Printer Rapid Prototyping Machine, MAZAK Variaxis 630 5-
Axis 25000 rpm High Speed CNC Machining Center, 5-Axis DECKEL CNC Milling Machine 4-Axis
HITACHISEIKI CNC Turning Center 5-Axis SODICK CNC Wire-EDM, 3-Axis SODICK CNC EDM, DEA
Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM), 6-Axis FANUC and ABB Industrial Robots are in service in main
building of the center.
In BLTR/UTEST, while state-of-the-art equipment ensures accuracy in monitoring and recording of user-
product interaction, powerful observation and analysis tools help to maintain a rational and scientific
approach in evaluation. BLTR/UTEST Product Usability Unit is a newly established usability laboratory that
is aimed to provide service to industry as well as promoting academic studies. In order to address and gain
insight about the potential difficulties and problems in real life, tests are conducted with the involvement of
the actual/ potential users in controlled lab environment or in the field. The collaboration with industry
consists of both R&D activities and evaluation, embracing military and consumer products such as military
equipment/systems, softwares, kiosks/ATMs, consumer durables, and electronic appliances. Encompassing
such a broad field of research, the research team consists of experts having diverse academic backgrounds.
BLTR, with its central units and expert human resources, serves as a bridge to bring together industry,
university and public institutions.
In 1966, scholars from various universities and scientific institutions of Turkey joined together under the
leadership of the former Rector of Middle East Technical University, Mr. Kemal Kurda, to establish a
research institute to undertake the Keban Archeological Project. It was a co-operative effort towards salvaging
the historical monuments and sites of a region that had to be flooded during the construction of Keban Dam in
1970s. After 1975, the Project extended its study area to include the Lower Euphrates Region. In addition, to
display the artifacts recovered during the excavations carried out in the archeological sites of the METU
Campus, with the initiation of this group, the University Museum was established. The museum also serves to
disseminate the information revealed by excavations.
This institute, re-structured in 1995 as a Center of Research and Assessment of Historical Environment
(TADAM) continued its original mission: to motivate undertakings of salvage archaeology and
documentation of historical environment by means of the most advanced methods and techniques for those
areas under risk. Now, among advanced institutions of archaeology in Turkey, TADAM stands as one of the
leading research units concerning historic environmental matters with a multi-disciplinary vision. Directed on
research matters by a managing committee formed by representatives from several academic units at Middle
East Technical University - archaeometry, geology, restoration of historical monuments, city and regional
planning- TADAM serves as an interdisciplinary research center to survey and excavate archeological sites
in threatened areas of Turkey, publish their results and promote education and training in cultural heritage
management issues.
xix
Central Laboratory R&D-Training Center Molecular Biology and Biotechnology Research Center
(MERKEZLAB)
The METU Central Laboratory is a research and development center on advanced material characterization
and molecular biology-biotechnology. The facilities of the laboratory are open to all researchers at METU.
The Central laboratory also provides service to other universities, research institutions, and private industry.
The objective for establishing the central laboratory is to supply state-of-the-art instrumentation for use by the
research people at METU in order to promote collaboration among the researchers and strengthen the research
activities. Central laboratory houses a large number of capital-intensive instruments for structural, chemical,
thermal, and elemental analysis, particle characterization, and mechanical, rheological, and physical property
determination for research activities on advance materials; and molecular genetics, large scale purification,
characterization and sequencing of proteins, enzyme activity determinations, and animal and plant tissue for
molecular biology-biotechnology. The experts, who carry the requested work, are trained and experienced in
sample preparation, data collection, and data analysis. Central Laboratory was accredited by TURKAK for
ISO 17025 standard in 2013.
Complex and high-tech systems of modern industry require not only educated but also expert human resource.
Continuing Education Center (SEM) was established in 1991, with the aim of meeting the education and
expertise needs of both industry and business. The Center is a member of IACEE (International Association
for Continuing Engineering Education) and EUCEN (European Universities Continuing Education Network).
AFET provides consultancy and project support to domestic and international institutions with a
multidisciplinary approach for mitigation of natural and man-made disasters. AFET organizes seminars,
training courses and in-service training programs to officials or to community within the framework of
disaster management. In accordance with its aim, the Center also conducts research about disaster
management.
The aim of the center is to enhance the creative, innovative, and entrepreneurial skills of students and
graduates. Entrepreneur graduates will become more productive individuals and create new employment
opportunities to improve Turkish economy. The center intends to diffuse entrepreneur life styles into society.
MODSIM was founded in 2001 with the collaborations of Turkish Armed Forces, Ministry of Defense
Undersecretariat for Defense Industries and Chief of Staff to meet the modeling and simulation demands of
the Turkish Armed Forces. To achieve this goal and also conduct R&D projects, the Center closely follows the
latest developments in the area of modeling and simulation.
Petroleum Research Center (PAL) is established in 1991 as the first fuel quality control laboratory in Turkey.
Routine fuel quality control analyses are performed in the laboratories of the center for gasoline, diesel,
biodiesel, fuel oil, LPG, lubricating oil, used lubricating oil and natural gas. PAL laboratories are accredited
according to ISO 17025. Research Centre is the only institution that manages inter-laboratory proficiency
testing schemes in between national fuel analysis laboratories. The participant laboratories receive twice a
year gas-oil, gasoline, biodiesel, fuel oil, lubricating oil, jet fuel and LPG samples. PAL is also accredited
according to ISO 17043. The statistical evaluation and reporting of these schemes are performed at METU-
PAL.
xx
Center is also conducting researches related to oil/ gas and geothermal reservoir evaluations. Several field case
studies were conducted on natural gas storage fields in Turkey , Kzldere and Germencik geothermal
reservoirs and some oil fields in Azerbaijan and Kazakhstan.
Recently PAL has led a national research project jointly with Turkish Petroleum Corporation about the
assessment of the availability of Turkeys geologic CO2 storage sites. The center has been involved in the
European 7th Framework project named as Pan-European Coordination Action on CO2 Geological Storage.
Facilities of METU PAL include well-equipped laboratories with analytical equipments as well as core
tomography which are used for academic purposes as well as for contracted research. Computerized
tomography equipment is used for characterizing core samples.
METU-TEKPOL was founded in 1997 at the Middle East Technical University with the explicit objective to
supply science and technology policy related human capital for the government bodies and other related
organizations and to conduct research in science, technology and innovation policy issues.
TEKPOL is the only research center in Turkey that can coordinate education and research concurrently. Our
students are employed in major government institutions such as the Ministry of Science, Industry and
Technology, Ministry of Development, The Scientific and Technological Research Council of Turkey
(TUBITAK), Undersecretariat of Defence and various development agencies. Students who pursued further
studies have found placements in reputable programs such as Technology and Policy Program of MIT; Sussex
Policy Research Unit (SPRU) of Sussex University, UNU-MERIT of Maastricht University; Innovation,
Management and Policy Department of Manchester University and CIRCLE of Lund University.
METU-TEKPOL has experience in commissioned research as well as national and international projects as
coordinator and partner. TEKPOL has vast experience in science, technology and innovation related issues in
general and policy making such as impact assessment, clustering, high-tech industry studies such as defence,
automotive and ICT, and more traditional industry studies such as furniture and technology transfer.
Through joint-projects, organization of conferences, consultancy activities and alumni placement METU-
TEKPOL is a central node in the national network of science, technology and innovation policy. The research
center is linked to ministries, development agencies, TUBITAK, Undersecretariat of Defense, Turkish Patent
Institute (TPE), Technology Development Foundation of Turkey (TTGV), major defense industry companies
such as TAI and ASELSAN, Industrial Districts such as OSTIM and IVEDIK, Technology Development
Zones such as METU-TECH and CYBERPARK. METU-TEKPOL is linked to many reputable international
universities, research institutes and organizations such as the European Commission, UNU-MERIT,
GLOBELICS, IPTS-JRC and FEMISE.
Science and Society Center was established in 2006. The aims of the center are:
The center especially visits rural elementary schools in Turkey and makes hands-on experiments within its
science bus. The students are able have the chance of seeing and experiencing some interesting scientific facts
during those visits. The students can also visit the Science and Technology Museum at METU throughout the
year.
WT and NDT Center has its own quality assurance system which is based on the requirements of EN 45001
"General Criteria for the Operation of Testing Laboratories". The aims of the Center are to provide the
realization of all kinds of scientific, technological and industrial research for improving production quality;
xxi
train and certify personnel working in the field of welding and non-destructive testing in keeping with the
related European and International standards.
Welding Technology Research Center has two divisions namely Welding Technology and Non-Destructive
Testing. The divisions were established by Turkish-German cooperation in 1988, on the METU Campus. The
main activity at the moment of the Center is to give education, certification, consultancy and research services
to the industry where welding and NDT is a developing technology in Turkey.
METU-MEMS Facilities is a microelectronics fabrication facility for 4" and 6" wafer processing. It has 1000
sq. meters of class 100 and class 1000 clean room area for fabrication and 300 sq. meters of class 10000 clean
room area for electrical testing of IC's and active discrete components. The factory is operated by 22 technical
personnel and supported by 14 researchers from Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering.
METU-MEMS Facilities are currently being used to develop a number of MEMS products for commercial
applications, including piezoresistive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors, humidity sensors, and
surface and bulk micromachined gyroscopes and accelerometers and also RF MEMS devices. The design
team in EEE Department is working to implement various sensors using post-CMOS process, including
CMOS thermopiles and uncooled infrared detector arrays. Design environment includes Cadence,
CoventorWare (MEMCAD), MEMSCAP, and Ansys software tools.
Maximum capacity of the factory is such that 144 wafers can be processed in one shift (8 hours) per day.
Considering a 2mmx2mm die production, it is possible to produce 7 million working dies per year with one
shift per day (assuming an 85% yield and a 7-mask process). Two or three shifts per day are also possible.
The technology in the factory is suitable for fabrication of various other linear products (voltage regulators,
OpAmps, etc.) and discretes (diodes, power transistors, rectifiers, thyristors, etc.). The factory has know-how
packages to fabricate small signal transistors and various Analog/Linear ICs, as listed in the Product
Spectrum. The facility can also be considered for fabrication of various integrated circuits, like ASICs, gate
arrays, and bipolar logic gates (TTL, ECL, etc.) along with MEMS products.
"METU Center for Wind Energy - METUWIND" is established in 2011 in the leadership of the Dept. of
Aerospace Engineering at the Middle East Technical University (METU) and is a collaborative effort of eight
METU departments including Aerospace, Mechanical, Electrical-Electronics, Materials and Civil Engineering
as well as Department of Architecture, Department of City and Regional Planning and Department of
Business Administration. The center is funded through a three-year multi-million dollar project provided by
the State Planning Agency of Turkey (The Ministry of Development).
METUWind is established with the vocation of becoming the center of attraction at the national and
international level with its innovative and competent designs/accreditation activities as well as its scientific
and technological research on the wind energy.
METUWind Centers test facilities and state-of-the-art measurement equipment for wind energy related
research are in four main laboratories equiped with most up-to-date technology: Aerodynamics Laboratory,
Structures and Materials Laboratories (Composite Materials Laboratory, Structural Mechanics and Materials
Laboratory, Structural Dynamics Laboratory), Electromechanics Laboratory, High Performance Computing
Laboratory.
Potential areas of research include rotor blade aerodynamic and structural design and optimization, unsteady
rotor aerodynamics, integrated design of wind turbine systems, wind farm design and optimization,
topographical analysis and micrositing, energy storage, power electronics and smart grid systems, innovative
control techniques and adaptive control, smart structures, composites (thermoplastics), mechanics of
composite materials, material characterization, damage mechanics, structural optimization, structural
dynamics and aeroelasticity, innovative manufacturing techniques for composite blades, tower and foundation
design, architectural integration.
xxii
METUWind is part of a number of national and international organisations. At the national level,
METUWind has membership of Renewable Energy, Eco-systems and Sustainability Research Platform of
METU (YESAP), Turkish Wind Energy Association (TWEA/TREB) and Wind Energy Technologies
Platform (RETEP). At the international level, METUWind takes part at the pioneering wind energy platforms
in Europe such as the European Energy Research Alliance Wind Energy Joint Program (EERA JP Wind)
(associate member) and the European Academy of Wind Energy (EAWE) (full member).
Establishment of the Center of Excellence In 2010 BIOMATEN, the Center of Excellence in Biomaterials and
Tissue Engineering was established at METU with a grant supported by the Ministry of Development
(formerly the State Planning Organization). Then in the same year The Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering
Application and Research Center was established after the approval of METU Senate, the Higher Education
Council of Turkey and publication in the Official Gazette. The two centers share the acronym BOMATEN
and have the same goals and functions. BIOMATEN has members from the Departments of Biological
Sciences, Chemistry, Mechanical Engineering, Metallurgical and Material Engineering, Engineering Sciences,
and Biotechnology of METU and has the advisory committees from GATA (Gulhane Military Medical
Academy), OSTIM and SEIS, two NGOs from the medical sector. Center of Excellence has a broader
membership profile; in addition to academic members from METU, there are also members from Hacettepe,
Yeditepe, Kocaeli, T, ukurova and Acbadem Universities. Professors from world famous universities
from the USA (Harvard, MIT, Drexel, and Tufts), Germany (Johannes Gutenberg) and UK (London) are also
supporting us as our International Advisory Board. In addition, Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering Society
of Turkey, established in 2008, is one of the non-governmental organizations that support the centers.
The Center for Solar Energy Research and Applications (GNAM) is an interdisciplinary center of excellence
in the area of solar energy science and technology. It has recently received significant support through State
Planning Organization (SPO) and Ministry of Industry and Commerce of Turkey. GNAM considers itself as
the major national center in the development of solar cell technologies including photovoltaic and solar
thermal system for energy production and aims to serve all interested institutions and individuals in Turkey.
Improve the solar energy technologies that convert solar energy to electrical energy at an affordable price;
create a technological infrastructure for national industry and eliminate the possible negative effects of the
incentive systems;
become an institution that guides and creates synergy of innovation at national and international level;
increase public awareness and consciousness on the usage of solar energy;
and train and educate necessary man power.
The Confucius Institute (CI) at the Middle East Technical University (METU) is the first of its kind in
Turkey. It operates under an agreement between the Middle East Technical University and the Office of
Chinese Language Council International (HANBAN) in China, in partnership with Xiamen University. The
Confucius Institute at METU is a result of a long term consultation and cooperation between HANBAN,
Xiamen University and the Middle East Technical University with the help of the Chinese Embassy in
Ankara. An agreement between METU and HANBAN for the establishment of the Confucius Institute at the
Middle East Technical University was signed in Ankara on June 4th, 2007. The Implementation Agreement to
Cooperate in the Establishment of a Confucius Institute at Middle East Technical University was signed by
Prof. Ahmet Acar, President of METU, and Prof. Zhu Zhiwen, Chairman of Xiamen University Council, on
November 27th, 2008. The Confucius Institute was inaugurated on November 28th, 2008 with the attendance
of Jia Qinglin, Chairman of the Chinese People's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC).
The Confucius Institute at METU is attached to the Presidency Office. The administrative board of CI at
METU consists of 6 professors, including Turkish and Chinese directors. The daily coordination and
xxiii
management is regulated and administrated by the Chinese and Turkish directors. Besides the administrative
board, there is an assistant to the directors, and teachers of Chinese.
The Office of EU Affairs, established in 2000 within the body of the Rectorate, has been renamed
as the Office of Sponsored Projects in 2009 with a newly defined set of assignments.
The Office of Sponsored Projects, within the body of the Research Coordination and Liason Office,
consists of two sub-divisions; one dealing with national and the other with international projects. These
divisions provide consultancy and assistance throughout the project development and implementation process,
including project idea formulation, project development, project writing, submission, management and
termination.
Functions of the Office and further information about project processes are available at the Office of
Sponsored Projects webpage (www.pdo.metu.edu.tr).
LIBRARY
Being the most important support unit for research and education, and with the aim of being a
modern university library, ODT Library (http://www.lib.metu.edu.tr/) since its establishment, has strived to
enable students, faculty, and the community on the whole to benefit from new information technologies. The
basic aim of the Library is to meet the information needs of both METU users and non-METU researchers
and industrial corporations. Answering readers inquiries is among the most important duties of the library
staff. The Library has been certificated with the ISO 9001:2008 Quality Management System on 25 April
2012.
ODT Library covers an area of 12.058 m with its eight reading and two meeting halls. The Library
serves 1.277 simultaneous sitting readers. According to the 2013 Annual Activity Report of METU, there are
overall 665.704 publications; of these 479.501 are books and 186.203 are bound periodicals. The Library
subscribes to 1.228 periodicals and has access to over 49.500 full-text e-journals, proceedings, 179.849 e-
books in 163 databases. Also a visual media archive was formed in the end of 2010.
All METU faculty, students, personnel and retired personnel are natural members of the Library.
Public can use the Library materials but can not borrow. The Library is open from 08:45 to 23:30 in weekdays
and from 09:00 to 21:00 at weekends in the academic semester. During the period between the end of final
examinations and summer school, the Library is open from 08:45 to 22:00 in weekdays and from 09:00 to
21:00 at weekends, and during the vacation period and the semester holiday, the Library is open from 08:45 to
17:15 in weekdays and from 09:00 to 21:00 at weekends.
The Library makes use of the latest technological developments in providing automated services to
the users. The Library uses an international automation system called Innovative Millennium. Also LibREF
RFID system has been used to facilitate the collection management activities in the Library since the end of
2011. Access to the OPAC (Online Public Access Catalogue) is possible through the terminals that are in the
Library and also from any other place that has internet connection. The OPAC is in service of our users on
http://library.metu.edu.tr/. Many of the library services are also available on the mobile application which is
accessible by smart phones using Android operating system or IOS. The application can be found and
downloaded by searching as LibAnywhere. Also the wap portal of the Library can be accessed at
http://wap.lib.metu.edu.tr.
Users are directed to the library resources and services so as to ensure effective use of library
resources through the reference services. In this context, reference services are provided face to face or
xxiv
through phone, e-mail and online chat. Libguides at http://libguides.lib.metu.edu.tr is also intended to help
researchers to find information resources they need by providing links to articles and images in library
resources, i.e. databases, print resources, and other reference tools. Also an application called CNA, Call
Number Application has been developed to make finding books in shelves easier. Moreover, with the aim of
reaching different user groups the Library has been located at some social networking sites since 2011.
There are protocol agreements between ODT Library and the libraries of Ankara, Atlm, Bilkent,
ankaya, Gazi, Hacettepe, TED University, University of Turkish Aeronautical Association, Yldrm Beyazt
University, TOBB Economics and Technology Universities, MTA (General Directorate of Mineral Research
and Exploration), TODAE (Public Administration Institute for Turkey and the Middle East), and the Turkish
Court of Accounts.
COMPUTER CENTER
METU Computer Center (METU-CC) defines priorities, develops strategies and undertakes the
pursuit of technological advancements; firstly, to render them as central computing and networking resources
that are responsive to IT needs of the University users, and secondly, to support computing, especially in the
following fields,
Academic research
Educational programs
Administration,
and finally, to take the initiatives to achieve the technology standards & architecture of the IT facilities of the
world's leading institutions. The Computer Center is located on the campus shuttle route between the
Computer Engineering and Civil Engineering buildings. METU campus computing environment is comprised
of central servers of various sizes located in METU-CC, PC Rooms and the departmental computers
connected to a campus-wide gigabit network, the METU-NET. METU-NET is cabled with single-mode
fiber optic technology. The local networks of administrative and academic units have 1 Gbps connection
capacity to the METU-NET.
The campus local area network has a wireless network extension. In METU, the wireless network
runs on all available accepted standards IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n. To connect mobile users to the campus
network, coverage areas have been created on various locations of the University. The main halls and floors
inside the library, all the halls and the foyer inside the Cultural and Convention Center (CCC), areas where
mobile use is necessary, inside the academic departments and administrative units, residences for academic
and administrative staff and dormitories are mostly covered with 802.11a/b/g/n wireless networks. Two SSIDs
(wireless broadcasts) are available throughout the campus: eduroam and ng2k. eduroam SSID is part of the
eduroam project which is a secure network running on 802.1x, whereas the ng2k network is open and uses
MAC addresses of the users for authentication.
METU Library has many digital resource subscriptions and these resources are available to METU IP
addresses. For users who would like to access these resources outside the campus, METU-CC has a web
caching service. Users need to get a one-time password from http://netregister.metu.edu.tr and make a simple
web browser configuration to use this service.
METU-CC also provides ftp service running on more than 2 terabytes of disk space and is the official
mirror of Debian, Kernel, Ubuntu, Pardus, OpenSUSE. This service is accessible via ftp://ftp.metu.edu.tr and
http://ftp.metu.edu.tr addresses.
xxv
METU-NET provides its Internet connection through TUBITAKs ULAKNET (Turkish Academic
Network and Information Center.) Besides this connection, a spare connection is kept ready to be used in case
of a problem. Mersin Erdemli Institute of Marine Sciences and Northern Cyprus Campus which are not
parts of the main campus are connected to METU-NET through MetroEthernet connection.
Other than designing and maintaining the METU web site (http://www.metu.edu.tr) and the social
networks (METU Facebook Page: http://www.facebook.com/MiddleEastTechnicalUniversity, METU Twitter
Page: https://twitter.com/#!/METU_ODTU, METU YouTube Page:
http://www.youtube.com/middleastechuniv), METU-CC provides various informatics services by which the
users acquire alternative methods of obtaining knowledge and building communication. Web tools such as the
METU Survey Service (http://metusurvey.metu.edu.tr), the electronic lists service
(https://mailman.metu.edu.tr/mailman/listinfo), METU Blog Service (http://blog.metu.edu.tr) and METU
Google Map (http://map.metu.edu.tr) are some of those services. METU-CC also designs, develops and
maintains some automation and information systems, such as Library Information Services System,
Student Affairs Information System, Academic Personal Information System, Personnel Office
Automation System, Graduate Program Application and Evaluation System, etc.
METU-CC operates 16 PC Rooms for general user access to University computing facilities. These
PC Rooms have a total capacity of 444 computers as well as many printing facilities to help students and
researchers with their academic studies. METU-CC also provides some licensed software to METU staff and
students (for more information please visits http://software.cc.metu.edu.tr). The students can use these
programs in the PC Rooms and the staff can download them from the FTP site (ftp://ftp.cc.metu.edu.tr).
METU-CC operates extensive general-purpose computing facilities on Unix/Linux based servers. All
internet services and administration programs run on these servers. These systems serve approximately 40.000
users. Each staff and student in METU are given a user code and a password to make use of services offered
by METU-CC such as; e-mail, scientific computation software available on central servers, FTP (File Transfer
Protocol), user code management, web ftp services, online course registration, use of PC Rooms etc.
The Computer Center operates the Smart Class, located in the Physics department, in which
interactive users can meet, join or give online seminars, use the video conference system etc. CC also
maintains the broadcasting infrastructure of METU-TV which is designed as a web service over which videos
can be watched on demand and is a suitable interface to broadcast the seminars, interviews, lessons live on the
Internet from the Campus. Moreover, CC carries on a webinar system that enables people to have online
meetings, seminars, and interviews by sharing audio and video among them
(http://www.webinar.metu.edu.tr).
HCI Lab (Human Computer Interaction lab) offers a lab environment for the researchers to test and develop
the usability of the web interfaces and/or software as well as providing eye tracking device used in many
academic research areas like linguistics education, psychology and computer science (for more information
please visit http://hci.cc.metu.edu.tr).
METU-CC provides several other services such as card services. METU users can use their METU
identity cards as e-wallets at several smart points on campus. They can load money and spend it for dining,
sports and other services provided by the university. Another application of this service is as e-identification
for access control of several buildings and PC Rooms on campus. For more information about this service,
www.smartcard.metu.edu.tr can be visited. Another card service provided by METU-CC is Metupass. With
this service, METU users and some authorized visitor groups can access the campus with the stickers posted
on their cars which have embedded RFID tags. These tags are recognized at the entrance of the campus and
open the barriers to authorized users. Metupass also allows METU users to report their visitors information to
the campus entrance which facilitates their access process. For more information about this service,
www.metupass.metu.edu.tr can be visited.
For problems and questions regarding computing, IT Support Service phone number 210 33 55 can
be called or an e-mail can be sent to hotline@metu.edu.tr . In addition to these, FAQ service is also available
on the METU-CC website (http://faq.cc.metu.edu.tr). The consultancy service is available during weekdays
between 09:00-17:00 at B Floor, Office No: B-14. For detailed information about the CC services, Computer
Center website (http://www.cc.metu.edu.tr) can be visited.
xxvi
ACCOMODATION
There are a total of 18 dorms, two of them being private (EB 1, EB 2), in METU Campus.
Total bed capacity of the dorms is around 7 thousand. All the students can apply to the dorms in accordance
with a grading system but students coming from places outside Ankara have a priority. Duration of staying in
the dorms is accepted as normal training period plus one year extra.
There are computer labs, study halls, drawing rooms, cantines and modern equipped kitchens in the dorms,
open 24 hours. All dorms have washing machines, drying machines and ironing tables which may be used free
of charge.
FOOD SERVICE
There is a variety of food service options on the campus. Lunch and dinner table dhote service is
available at modest prices seven days a week in the Main Cafeteria. Additionally, fast food restaurants and
canteens open for lunch and snacks can be found throughout the campus
METU is probably the only university in the world which has an archaeological museum housing
material discovered on its own grounds. The Yalncak excavation site, which lies about 4 kilometers south of
the dormitory buildings, was dug by archaeologist B. Tezcan between the years 1962 and 1965 and
subsequently, by Prof. C. Bayburtolu and S. Bulu in 1966. The finds from the Late Phrygian, the
Hellenistic, Galatian, Roman, Byzantine and Islamic periods point to a continual inhabitation in this area
since the 6th century B.C.
The Koumbeli excavation site, which is farther south of Yalncak, was also dug by the same
archaeologists between the years 1964 and 1966. The Koumbeli excavation has revealed only one
inhabitation level which has been dated to the Early Bronze Age, that is, to the later part of the 3rd
millennium B.C. The finds of this settlement such as bone and stone implements, various types of pottery
seals, small animal figurines, idols and spindle whorls show close similarities with the finds of other Early
Bronze Age settlements of the Central Anatolia region. Objects found at Yalncak and Koumbeli, belonging
to different periods and cultures, are exhibited on the upper floor of the Museum.
In 1967 an excavation was made of three tumuli (a tumulus is an artificial mound with a burial
chamber in it) within a Phrygian Necropolis situated between the iftlik and Bahelievler districts of Ankara.
Objects found within the burial chambers have been dated to the 7th century B.C. and are all displayed on the
second floor of the museum.
In addition to the excavation finds, the museum has show-cases displaying archaeological objects
purchased by the university and a small room arranged with ethnographic material given to the museum by
the Departments of Architecture and Restoration.
There are branch offices of Trkiye Bankas, T.C. Ziraat Bankas, T.C. Yap Kredi Bankas,
Vakfbank, Akbank, Garanti Bankas and their ATM services, the ATM services of HSBC, Finansbank,
OYAK Bank and a Post Office. In the dormitories and at various locations on campus are paid telephone
facilities for local and trunk calls.
The Shopping Center across the tennis courts includes a mall with a variety of clothing and stationary
shops, a bookstore and 2 pharmacies as well as many fast food restaurants. A hairdresser shop, a barber shop,
a tailor shop, a shoe repair shop and a dry cleaning shop are located next to the mall. There is also a
supermarket where fresh fruits and vegetables, a wide variety of foods and items for household and personal
needs are available.
In addition to the mall, there are a number of fast food restaurants and canteens around the campus
that are open during weekdays.
xxvii
BOOKSTORE
Since the training and education are carried out in the English language, textbooks are imported and
sold by the Bookstore to students at prices that are almost equal to their costs. Besides textbooks, University
publications / periodicals, publications of the School of Foreign Languages and the publications of other
Institutions are also sold by the Bookstore at reduced prices. METU Bookstore is located at the shopping
center. Office Hours: 08:45 to 17:00 from Monday to Friday excluding official holidays.
There is one medical center on the METU campus offers diagnosis treatment services to all
University employees and students. The health center is located close to the Sports Saloon. Full-time and part-
time doctors receive patients from 09.00-15.00 / 09.00-17.00 during the day. The center is available for
emergency situations for 24 hours. Employees and students apply to Health center directly with their
identification card. International students are recommended to have a private insurance for their referral to any
other medical center or hospital in case.
TRANSPORTATION SERVICE
Off-campus transportation is available in a variety of forms. Scheduled buses to and from various
districts of Ankara are provided in the mornings and evenings. EGO and public buses also operate to the city
center every hour from 06.30 a.m. to 11.30 p.m. every day (including holidays). The bus schedules are
announced at the beginning of every semester.
Additionally, double deckers and dolmu (mini-vans operating on a fill-and-leave basis) run between
the Campus and the city center.
CULTURAL ACTIVITIES
Within the structure of the Directorate of Cultural Affairs, 80 different student clubs carry out
miscellaneous cultural, artistic and scientific activities and organize panels, open discussions, conferences,
and conversations. METU Cultural Affairs Office has been founded in 1984, and recently there are 80 Clubs
activating under the organization of this office. Many activities organized by our students, still continue to be
"the first and the unique" in Turkey. All the clubs organize many national and international activities
coordinated by the Directorate of Cultural Affairs. Some of these activities could be listed as International
Spring Festival, Theater Festival, Folk Dances and Folk Music Festival, Contemporary Dance Days, Classical
Guitar Days, Rock Music Days, etc.
About 5000 students participate in the activities of the following clubs: Aeronautics Club, Amateur
Astronomy Club, Amateur Photography Club, Archaeology Club, Architecture Club, Atatrks Thought Club,
Bird-Watching Club, Book Club, Business Ethics Club, Chemistry Club, Cinema Club, Classical Guitar Club,
Communication Club, Computer Club, Construction Club, Contemporary Dance Club, Economy Club,
Education Club, Environment Club, Euro-Asia Club, European Students Forum Club, Fine Arts Club, Foreign
Policy and International Relations Club, Geology Club, Go Club, History Club, Humor Club, International
Youth Club, Literature Club, Management Club, Materials Engineers Club, Mathematics Club, Music Clubs,
Musical Club, Physics Club, Political Science Club, Productivity Club, Psychology Club, Radio Club,
Robotics Club, Science Fiction and Fantasy Club, Sociology Club, Statistics Club, Strategic Research Club,
xxviii
Theater Club, Turkish Classical Music Club, Turkish Folklore Club, Japanese Cultur Club, International
Student Club etc.
SPORTS ACTIVITIES
Sports and recreational activities in the METU campus are being carried out by the Directorate of
Sports within the framework of the Office of Health, Culture and Sports. The Directorate consists of 12 sports
clubs (Aikido, Bridge, Capoeira, Chess, Couple Dances, Life Saving and First Aid, Metu Scouts, Motorsports
and Traffic, Mountaineering and Winter Sports, Outdoor Sports, Subaqua) in various fields and 32 branches
made up of indoor and outdoor sports.
For those who would like to do sports the following facilities exist in the METU campus: 3
Gymnasiums, a soccer field made up of artificial turf covering running track with 6 lanes and a seating
capacity of 13.000, 5 soccer field in various sizes and 3 artificial soccer field, 16 tennis courts, outdoor
basketball and volleyball courts, rooms for table tennis, 2 running tracks, 2 fitness center, 1 gymnastics
saloon, 1 Indoor Pool (Olympic), 2 beach volley fields, 1 outdoor swimming pool, 1 boat house with rowing
facilities and running tracks around lake Eymir.
All the students can use these facilities in the frame work of separate schedules arranged for these
working out alone or in the company of a trainer. Students can also join anyone of METUs sports Clubs and
tournaments coordinated by Directorate of Sports.
The METU campus hosts the following organizations throughout the year; Mountain Bike Race,
Lake Festival, Rowing Races, Soccer Tournament for the international students, Intra-dormitory Volleyball,
Soccer and Basketball Tournaments, Spring Semester Basketball Tournament, Basketball Tournament for
prep class, Streetball, Intra-Departments Basketball Tournament, Chess, Tennis and Squash Tournaments,
Intra-departmental organizations and organizations for the entire university. In addition to these activities, the
directorate of sports holds various courses like Aikido, Table Tennis, Taekwondo, Karate, Judo, Volleyball
and Health care sports programs for the participation of METU members.
METU also maintains ski lodges for use by university students and staff at Elmada, 30 kilometers
from the METU and at Uluda, a popular ski area near the city of Bursa.
The center was established in 1980 under the name of Office for Placement of Graduates with the
aim of establishing a link between new and future graduates of METU and their potential employers. The
center was further developed and reorganized in 1996 as the Career Planning Center (CPC) with expanded
functions and responsibilities, reporting directly to the Presidents Office.
The aim of the center is to help new graduates to find positions where they will improve themselves
using their knowledge and abilities. Another aim of the Center is to help graduates, dissatisfied with their
present working conditions, to find new career opportunities appropriate for their experiences. Besides, CPC
organizes activities in order to inform students about the sectors & firms, starting from the beginning of their
education at METU and to prepare them for the business world.
xxix
Interactive Career System: The Center can be reached at http://www.kpm..metu.edu.tr for further
information. Graduates can also apply for jobs by filling out the Centers Job Application Form through the
Internet. Registered companies have access to the database and can reach the job applications of METU
graduates for 24 hours a day. Besides, companies can attach their advertisements for available vacancies.
ODT Career Fair: The Career Fair is held once or twice every year, in March and/or in November.
This activity, aims to introducing all students to business life at early stages of their university education,
and to give them guidance and perspective on their future career decisions. The Fair is visited by over 10.000
students.
Company Presentations: Company Presentations are held every year November through June to
introduce graduate candidates to companies and organizations for many challenging career opportunities.
.
Career Development Seminars and one to one counselling: The CPC prepares students for business
life via several programs designed to teach them crucial subjects such as writing a resume/CV, preparing an
attractive cover letter, fundamentals of interview techniques etc. Approximately 45 minutes lomg interviews
or 2 hours long group seminars are held with the students or alumni by appointments.
The Office of Learning and Student Development was established in 2009. The Office collaborates
with all units and departments across campus to contribute to student development and to enhance
the learning environment of METU. The Office aims to (a) provide broad range of services and resources to
support personal, social, academic, and career development of undergraduate and graduate students,
(b) conduct research on student learning and development, (c) provide variety of services and resources to
faculty in an effort to contribute to university teaching and professional development, and (d) conduct
research on teaching and faculty professional development. Services provided to students include individual
and group counseling, career counseling, referral, academic support, and outreach services (various student
development and educational life enhancement seminars, workshops and resources). Services given to faculty
consist of consultation, new faculty orientation program and professional development programs.
xxx
ADMISSION
Turkish Students
METU accepts Turkish students graduated from high schools or equivalent institutions through the
central entrance examination conducted by the Student Selection and Placement Center (SYM).
International Students
Students who have graduated from high schools, lyceums or equivalent institutions and who satisfy
the application criteria may directly apply to Middle East Technical University. METUs admission criteria
generally include an acceptable score from one of the internationally recognized examinations (such as SAT,
GCE, IB etc.), or from university entrance examinations of some countries (Syria, Iran, China etc.).
For detailed information about application instructions to undergraduate programs, please visit the following
web page: http://oidb.metu.edu.tr/en/application-admission
Students who have completed two semesters of the curriculum of a university or university-level
institution may apply to be admitted to the University as transfer students with advanced standing at their
second year of study or above. In order to qualify for admission, applicants must have 2,50/4,00 average or its
equivalent, and their previous studies must be related to the courses given at METU. Applicants having these
qualifications must submit a certified transcript or equivalent documentary evidence of their academic report
together with their application. After having consulted with the faculty of the department concerned, the
Registrar will refer such applicants to the Administrative Board of the concerned Faculty for a final decision.
Detailed information about transfer application is available at:
http://oidb.metu.edu.tr/en/transfer-applications
Those who hold (or expect to hold within a year) a Bachelors degree from a four year undergraduate
program may apply for a Masters degree or Ph.D. on B.S. degree. Besides, those who hold (or expect to hold
within a year) a Master degree, may apply for a Ph.D. degree.
The decision to admit an applicant to a graduate program is made by the Administrative Board of the
Graduate School upon the recommendation of the Department Chair concerned. Applicants must fill out the
online application form available at the web sites of the Graduate Schools. The form and the related
information can also be downloaded from these sites. The application form should be filled and
submitted/sent together with other required documents to Graduate Admission Office.
General information about application to graduate programs, graduate programs and degrees offered
at METU, and links to Graduate Schools is available at:
http://oidb.metu.edu.tr/en/graduate-programs
Required documents for application may vary according to the program, however they generally include:
i) Official transcripts for all graduate and undergraduate level coursework completed up to the
time of application, notarized or attested.(For application purposes an official transcript is defined as a record
which bears the signature of the registrar and the seal of the institution),
xxxi
ii) Letter of intention prepared by the applicant describing his/her background and goals in
graduate study,
iii) Letter of recommendation,
iv) Graduate examination score (GRE, GMAT, ALES etc.),
v) English Proficiency Test result (METU EPE, TOEFL, IELTS).
Applicants should check out the respective web pages of Graduate Schools to find out the required
documents to apply for the program they wish to study in.
Graduate examinations accepted by METU are ALES (Academic Staff and Graduate Education
Entrance Examination) given in Turkey by SYM and GRE (Graduate Record Examination) given worldwide
by Educational Testing Services (ETS). The applicant therefore should apply either to ALES or GRE.
Applicants to graduate programs in Business Administration must take GMAT (Graduate Management
Admission Test).
English Proficiency Tests accepted by METU are METU-EPE (English Proficiency Examination)
given by METU School of Foreign Languages, TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) and IELTS
(International English Language Testing System) given worldwide.
Applications to graduate programs will not be considered complete without the official graduate
examination and English proficiency scores. Therefore the applicants must make sure that their scores are
forwarded to METU. (The institution code numbers are GRE: 0692-4 TOEFL: 0692-189) Exemption from
these exams is possible only in special cases, details of which may be obtained from the relevant graduate
school.
Applications are accepted by the end of December for Spring Semesters and by the end of May for
Fall Semesters. All correspondence concerning the admission should be addressed to the relevant Graduate
School.
International students eligible for admission should obtain a student visa from the nearest Turkish
Consulate; an official letter of acceptance, indicating the category of admission, will be provided to them for
this purpose.
New international student is expected to contact the International Student Advisor in the Registrars
Office upon arrival.
The University offers a special students program for students who want to take a limited number of
courses to improve their knowledge about subject/subjects.
Special students may be admitted to the University under the following conditions.
1. Applicants must be studying in a higher education institute on the date of application. Graduate
students of higher education institutes are also welcome to apply.
2. Applicants must satisfy the Chairperson of the concerned Department that their qualifications will
allow them to profit from the courses. Students dismissed from universities or other institutions for
disciplinary reasons and/or due to poor academic performance are not accepted.
3. Applications will be made to the Registrar who will refer the matter to the Chairperson of the
Department concerned. Recommendations of the Chairperson are subject to the approval of the Dean of the
Faculty for undergraduate studies, or the approval of the Director of Graduate School for graduate studies.
Special students are not accorded any of the rights recognized to regular full time students of the
University, nor are they awarded any degree or diploma. The number of courses for which they can register is
determined by the Chairperson of the Department concerned.
xxxii
International students must hold a valid student visa and/or residence permit to be registered as a
special student.
All correspondence concerning admission as a transfer or special student should be addressed to:
Registrar's Office
xxxiii
ACADEMIC RULES AND REGULATIONS CONCERNING UNDERGRADUATE
STUDENTS
PART I
Aim, Scope, Basis and Definitions of Terms
Aim
ARTICLE 1 (1) The aim of this document is to regulate the procedures and principles for student
admissions and registration to the undergraduate programs offered at Middle East Technical University, and
the conduct of undergraduate education, examinations and assessment.
Scope
ARTICLE 2 (1) This document comprises the regulations concerning student admissions and registration
to the undergraduate programs offered at Middle East Technical University, and the conduct of undergraduate
education, examinations and assessment.
Basis
ARTICLE 3 (1) This document has been drawn up based on article Articles 14, 43, 44 and 46 of the
Higher Education Act 2547 dated 4 November 1981.
Definitions of Terms
ARTICLE 4 (1) Wherever the following terms appear in this document, they shall be taken to refer to:
a) The concerned faculty board: Middle East TechnicalUniversity faculty boards
b) The concerned administrative board: Middle East Technical University faculty administrative boards
c) EPE: Middle East Technical University School of Foreign Languages English Proficiency Exam
i) International joint-degree program: an undergraduate program jointly carried out with an institution of
higher education abroad
k) The University Administrative Board: Middle East Technical University Administrative Board.
m) Regulation: Middle East Technical Universitya cademic rules and regulations for undergraduate period of
study
PART II
Regulations Concerning the Conduct of Undergraduate Education
Medium of Instruction
ARTICLE 5 (1) The medium of instruction in METUs undergraduate programs is English. Yet, courses
that are to be conducted in Turkish or any other language are determined by the Senate.
xxxiv
(2) Students are registered to the undergraduate programs their proficiency in English is documented.
(3) The English proficiency level of students placed in, admitted or transferred from another institution to
undergraduate programs is assessed, and the education at the DBE Preparatory Class is conducted in
accordance with the Middle East Technical University School of Foreign Languages Department of Basic
English Regulations for DBE Preparatory Class published in the Official Newspaper No. 28457 dated
November 04, 2012. (*)
(4) Undergraduate students who have discontinued their education for two consecutive academic years (four
semesters) by obtaining leave of absence or by failing to re-register are required to document their English
proficiency through EPE or an equivalent exam recognized by the Senate so as to be able to re-register.
However, this rule does not apply to students who have documented that they have studied and were
successful at an English-medium institution of higher education within the country or abroad for a minimum
of one semester in the last four semesters.
Duration of undergraduate programs
ARTICLE 6 (1) The normal duration of an undergraduate program is four years (eight semesters), and this
duration is five years (ten semesters) for programs offering a masters degree along with an undergraduate
degree.
(2) The maximum duration of an undergraduate program is seven years (fourteen semesters), and this duration
is nine years (eighteen semesters) for programs offering a masters degree along with an undergraduate
degree.
(3) The extended duration is the two-year period (four semesters) granted to students unable to graduate in
their maximum duration so that they might meet the requirements for graduation.
(4) The period of study which is spent at the DBE is not included in the normal, maximum and extended
durations of study.
(5) The semesters for which students are granted a leave of absence by the concerned administrative board are
not included in the normal, maximum and extended durations of study.
(6) All the semesters during which the students have been registered since they first enrolled in an
undergraduate program or which have been spent unregistered due to failure to re-register are included in the
normal, maximum and extended durations of study.
(7) The semesters which have been spent in institutions of higher education in the country or abroad as part of
student exchange programs are included in the normal, maximum and additional extended durations of study.
(*)
Academic year
ARTICLE 7 (1) One academic year consists of two 16-week semesters including the final examination
periods.
(2) Summer School may be offered within an academic year. The principles regarding the conduct of
education in Summer School are determined by the Senate. (*)
(3) The duration and dates of the registration, courses, examinations and other similar activities within an
academic year are specified in the academic calendar.
(4) The weekly course schedules within a semester and summer school are prepared and announced by the
concerned chairpersons in coordination with the RO.
(5) The courses to be offered in a semester and Summer School are determined by the concerned chairpersons
and approved by the concerned administrative boards. The course sections, capacities and criteria are
determined by the concerned chairpersons.
xxxv
Undergraduate programs
ARTICLE 8 (1) An undergraduate program is drawn up by the concerned department(s), and offered by
recommendation of the concerned faculty board, decision of the Senate and approval by the Higher Education
Council.
(2) The curriculum of an undergraduate program comprises studies such as theoretical work, laboratory work,
practical work, workshop(s), studio work, practical training and the distribution of these as courses among
semesters.
(3) The changes to the title and duration of an undergraduate program are drawn up by the concerned
department, and confirmed by the Senate following the recommendation of the concerned faculty board.
(4) The amendments to the curriculum of an undergraduate program and the guidelines for the adjustment of
students to these are arranged by the concerned department and set by the concerned faculty board.
ARTICLE 9 (1) International joint-degree programs may be offered together with the institutions of higher
education abroad.
(2) Education in the existing programs is conducted in accordance with the Regulations Governing the
Studies in Middle East Technical University- State University of New York (SUNY) International Joint-
degree Programs published in the Official Gazette No.25711 dated 29 January 2005.
Double Major Programs
ARTICLE 10 (1) Students enrolled in an undergraduate program at METU may concurrently enroll in
another undergraduate program. The second undergraduate program is designated as a Double Major
Undergraduate Program. The students who complete this program are awarded a Double Major Diploma in
addition to the diploma they receive from the undergraduate program in which they are enrolled. The
principles governing the double major programs are determined by the Senate.
Minor programs
ARTICLE 11 (1) Students enrolled in an undergraduate program at METU may additionally enroll in a
Minor Program, which incorporates a certain number of courses offered by another undergraduate program
at METU or a certain number of interdisciplinary courses. A minor program is not an undergraduate program.
The students who complete this program receive a certificate. The principles governing minor programs are
determined by the Senate.
Exchange programs
ARTICLE 12 (1) Within the framework of mutual agreements, exchange programs may be arranged
between METU and institutions of higher education within the country or abroad. The principles governing
such programs are determined by the Senate.
Certificate program
ARTICLE 13 (1) The principles concerning certificate programs are determined by the Senate.
Special students
ARTICLE 14 (1) Special students are students who are not registered to any program at METU, but who
are expected to fulfill the requirements of the limited number of courses they are registered to. The principles
governing these programs are determined by the Senate.
Admission to undergraduate programs
ARTICLE 15 (1) Admission to undergraduate programs is carried out in accordance with the principles
determined by the Senate within the framework of the Higher Education Act 2547 dated 04 November 1981
and of the regulations and decisions of the Higher Education Council.
xxxvi
(2) The principles governing the application, admission and registration procedures of foreign students and
students applying from abroad are determined by the Senate.
(3) The principles governing the application and admission of undergraduate transfers from within or outside
the university are determined by the Senate.
Initial enrollments
ARTICLE 16 (1) The registration of students placed in or admitted to undergraduate programs is carried
out by the RO on the dates indicated in the academic calendar.
(2) The below-mentioned requirements are sought for the finalization of the enrollment of students to the
university:
a) Holding a document certifying that the student is qualified to receive a diploma from a high school or an
institution, in the country or abroad, which is recognized as the equivalent of a high school by the Ministry of
Education.
(3) Only the originals of the documents required for registration, or their approved copies upon presentation to
the University are accepted. Regarding compulsory military service and judicial records, the application is
processed based on the candidates declaration. In case students who have earned the right for registration
with false or misleading declarations and documents are detected, they will not be registered. If they have
already been registered, the registration will be cancelled regardless of the semester they are in, all documents
issued to them, including diplomas, will be declared null and void, and legal action will be taken against
them. Those in this position are deemed not to have earned a student status and cannot enjoy any rights
granted to students in the future. (*)
(4) Those students who have completed registration procedures are provided with a student ID card. The ID
cards contain personal information about students.
(5) Those who have not completed their registration within the declared period are deemed to have waived
their student rights and thereafter may not claim any of those rights.
Courses and Course Credits
ARTICLE 17 (1) The courses within undergraduate programs are of two types: compulsory and elective.
Compulsory courses are specified in the curriculum and must be taken and. Elective courses are courses
whose numbers, types and groups are specified in the curriculum and are selected by students.
(2) The course titles, codes, contents, credits, categories, prerequisites, co-requisites, midterm exams, final
exams and other similar features and amendments to be made to these features are determined by
recommendation of the concerned department and the decision of the concerned administrative board.
(3) Pre-requisite and co- requisite courses may be specified in order for a course to be taken.
a) A course to be taken prior to another course and in which at least the letter grade DD or S is to be earned is
called the pre-requisite of that course.
b) A course which must be taken together with another course is called the co-requisite of that course.
xxxvii
(4) Apart from the pre-requisite and co-requisite courses, additional conditions may be determined by the
department chairs in order that a course might be taken.
(5) In case of exemption from the pre-requisite or co-requisite course of any course, the pre-requisite or co-
requisite provision of that course is deemed to have been met.
(6) The credit value of a course consists of all of its weekly theoretical course hours plus half of the weekly
hours of laboratory, practical, studio, practical application and other similar work related to that course.
(7) Weekly theoretical and practical course hours of non-credit courses are specified ; however, a credit value
is not allocated for such courses.
Course Loads
ARTICLE 18 (1) The normal course load of an undergraduate program is the number of credit courses
existing in the semester with the highest number of credit courses according to the curriculum of that
program.
(2) A students course load in a semester is limited to the normal course load. The normal course load
a) may be increased by only one course upon the students request and with the approval of the advisor, if
their Cumulative Grade Point Average is at least 2.00.
b) may be increased by up to 2 courses at most upon the students request and with the approval of the
advisor, if their Cumulative Grade Point Average is at least 2.50.
(3) Students may not change their course load stated in the curriculum during the first semester of their
enrollment in a program.
(4) The minimum course load of students in a semester is three credit courses. In justifiable situations, this
load may be reduced with the approval of the advisor and the chair of the concerned department.
(5) For students who are able to fulfill the requirements for graduation at the end of the registered
semester, the minimum course load provision is not sought.
Adjustment to undergraduate programs and counting courses
ARTICLE 19 (1) The procedures related to the adjustment of students to undergraduate programs and/or
counting of courses in the below mentioned situstions are carried out by the concerned administrative board
by recommendation of the concerned department chair.
a) Undergraduate transfers.
b) Vertical transfers.
* c) In the adjustment procedures conducted at the termination of the extended duration of study, which of the
courses with the grades DD and above, S or with their equivalent grades are to be counted towards the
program, and which are to be retaken is determined.
d) In other adjustment and course counting procedures, which of the courses with the grades CC and above, S
or with their equivalent grades are to be counted towards the program, and which are to be retaken is
determined.
e) All courses with the grades FD, FF, NA W, U or their equivalent grades are to retaken. (*)
(2) The below-mentioned rules are applied in adjustments and counting courses:
xxxviii
b) Courses which have been taken in the previous program but which do not in exist in the current curriculum
are excluded from the adjustment.
c) Courses with the grades CC and above, S or with their equivalent grades are to be counted towards the
program, and which are to be retaken is determined.
d) All courses with the grades FD, FF, NA W, U or their equivalent grades are to retaken.
e) In order for the pre-requisite or co-requisite provision to be met, the previous grades in such courses must
be CC or above, S or an equivalent grade. (*)
f) The semester(s) considered spent from the maximum duration is/are calculated according to the courses
counted towards the program and deducted from the students maximum duration. In this procedure, the
normal course load of the concerned program is considered as equivalent for one semester.
(3) The principles regarding counting courses and the validity periods of courses are determined by the
Senate.
Extra-curricular courses
ARTICLE 20 (1) Extra-curricular courses are credit courses that do not exist in the curriculum of the
undergraduate, or double-major/minor program a student is enrolled in, but which the student additionally
takes. The following rules apply for extra-curricular courses:
b) The courses taken in NI status are counted towards the course load of the student in the related semester.
d) The status of courses falling into the NI status cannot be altered after the registration procedures of the
concerned semester are completed.
e) The courses taken in NI status cannot be counted towards the program(s) in which the student is enrolled
within the semester they are taken.
f) The status of courses not taken in NI status cannot be rendered NI after the registration procedures of the
concerned semester are completed.
g) Courses taken in NI status may be repeated only once in the same status.
h) Courses taken in the NI status are not included in Grade Point Average calculations.
i) The courses taken in NI status are indicated in the transcript along with the earned letter grade.
Semester registrations
ARTICLE 21 (1) Each semester students must re-register on the online registration dates indicated in the
academic calendar. However, students who enroll in a graduate program for the first time may also register in
the add/drop week indicated in the academic calendar. Students who fail to register on the designated dates
are deemed unregistered and may not enjoy the rights of registered students.
a) The student pays the tuition or education fee and fulfills any other financial obligation (dormitory fee,
library fee, etc.) pertaining to previous years, if any.
xxxix
b) The student registers for the new semester.
c) The student meets his/her advisor to obtain approval for the online semester registration.
(3) Students cannot delay taking the first-semester courses in the curriculum.
(4) The following priorities are observed in determining the courses to be taken during semester registrations
provided that the pre-requisites requirements are met; however, these priorities may be changed with the
approval of the academic advisor.
c) Courses which must be taken in accordance with class order in the curriculum, those students want to take
in order to increase the grade and/or to take in NI status.
(5) Students who have completed their semester registration during the online registration period may add or
drop courses or change course sections during the add/drop period stated in the academic calendar. Advisor
approval is required in order for the changes to be valid.
(6) Among students who fall into the unregistered status, those who wish to register for a semester must apply
to the chair of the concerned department by stating and documenting a valid reason before the termination of
the designated add/drop period for that semester. The student whose excuse is accepted by the concerned
administrative board and who meets the requirements for the semester registration is re-registered by the RO.
(7) Students who fall into the unregistered status may register for ensuing semesters on dates indicated for the
online registrations in the academic calendar. However, these students must submit a petition to the RO latest
by the date online registrations start. The applications are processed through evaluation within the framework
of the rules and regulations in this document in terms of English proficiency, maximum duration and
adjustments to undergraduate programs.
Course withdrawal
ARTICLE 22 (1) Students may withdraw from courses they are enrolled in according to the following
rules:
a) Course withdrawal is processed after the termination of the add/drop period and within the first ten weeks
of the semester concerned.
b) Approvals of the course instructor and the academic advisor are required for course withdrawal.
d) Course withdrawal may be processed for maximum six courses throughout the duration of study.
f) Course withdrawal is processed for repeated courses, courses that were previously withdrawn, those in NI
status or non-credit courses.
g) Course withdrawal is not allowed for students taking the minimum course load or below in a semester.
xl
PART III
Examinations, Assessment and Graduation
(3) The effect of student attendance on the right to take mid-term and final examinations and on the letter
grades for a semester; mid-term examinations, homework assignments, practical applications and other
similar studies for which the students are responsible and the effect of these on the letter grades for a semester;
the requirements to take the final examination, if any, are determined by the instructors and announced to the
students at the beginning of the semester.
(4) At least one mid-term examination and one final examination are given for each course. The courses
which do not require a mid-term and/or final examination are determined by the department concerned and
the RO is informed of these.
(5) Students are informed of their success in each course within a semester by the instructor of that course.
While doing so, instructors follow the principle of privacy of personal information.
(6) The examination dates of the courses for which mid-term examinations are given are determined by
department chairs upon the recommendation of the course instructors and announced within the first four
weeks of a semester. The changes in the examination dates are made and announced by department chairs
upon the recommendation of the course instructors. In compulsory multi-section courses offered for different
undergraduate programs, the examination dates are determined and announced by the concerned department
chairs in coordination with the RO.
(7) All exams other than the mid-term and final examinations may be given with no predetermined date.
(8) In courses for which final examinations are given, the arrangement of the final exams is made as follows:
a) The times and dates of the final examinations are determined and announced by the RO following
negotiations with the concerned departments.
b) The pre-announced final examination dates may be changed by the RO upon the justified request of the
concerned department provided that the new dates are within the period of final examinations. This procedure
is carried out before the period of final examinations starts.
(9) If deemed necessary, courses and exams may be held after weekly working hours and/or on Saturdays and
Sundays.
(10) The concerned instructors and proctors are responsible for the administration of the exams in accordance
with the rules.
(11) The principles regarding the procedures to be applied for students who have failed to sit an examination
are determined by department chairs.
Assessment and Grades
ARTICLE 24 (1) Students are given a letter grade for each course at the end of the semester they are
registered.
(2) This letter grade is at the discretion of the instructor offering the course.
xli
(3) In determining the letter grade, the students mid-term and final examination grades, their success in their
studies within the semester and their attendance during course and practical work are taken into
consideration.
(4) The courses for which an exemption exam is to be administered, the requirements for exemption and the
implementation principles are determined by the Senate upon the recommendation of the concerned faculty
board.
(5) The coefficients of the letter grades and the score intervals used in the calculation of Grade Point Average
are indicated below:
a)
NA 0,00 * Failing
b) The grade NA is designated by the course instructor to students who have been deemed unsuccessful due
to one of the conditions below. The grade NA is processed as FF in the calculation of Grade Point Average.
1) Not qualifying to take the final exam due to failure in fulfilling the attendance requirements.
2) Not qualifying to take the final exam due to failure in fulfilling the provisions regarding course practices. .
(6) Grades which are not included in the Grade Point Average are as follows:
a) The grade S (satisfactory) is designated to students who are successful in non-credit courses
b) The grade U (unsatisfactory) is designated to students who are not successful in non-credit courses.
xlii
c) The grade EX (exempt) is designated to students who have been exempted from certain courses in the
curriculum.
d) The grade I (incomplete) is designated to students who are not able to complete the course requirements by
the end of the semester or the summer school for a reason found valid by the course instructor. The grade I
must be converted to a letter grade within a week from the last day of grade submissions for the semester or
summer school. In special cases, however, this period may be extended latest until the date registrations start
for the following semester, when it must be converted to a letter grade. These special procedures are
conducted by recommendation of the department chair offering the course and the approval of the concerned
administrative board. In case of failure to convert the grade I to a letter grade within the required period, the
grade I will be automatically converted to the grade FF or U. The dates concerning the letter grade I
are indicated in the academic calendar.(*)
(2) The grades are announced on the related Internet address to be opened to the access of students on the date
indicated in the academic calendar.
(3) Any errors in grading are corrected with the approval of the concerned GSD chair upon the course
instructors application for correction within a week from the last day for the submission of semester or
summer school final grades. In cases where this period is exceeded, the correction of errors must be made by
recommendation of the chair of the department which offers the course and the approval of the concerned
administrative board. The dates concerning grade corrections are indicated in the academic calendar. (*)
ARTICLE 26 (1) Students must earn a passing grade from a course to be considered successful. Grades
AA, BA, BB, CB, CC and S are passing grades.
(2) Grades DC and DD are conditionally passing grades. Courses with such grades may be required to be
repeated in the maximum duration of a program and in the adjustments made in the extended duration granted
after this period. In other adjustment procedures and in course counting, these courses must be repeated. (*)
(3) Grades FF, FD, NA, and U are failing grades. (*)
(4) Courses from which the letter grades FF, FD, NA, U, and W have been earned are those that must be
repeated. Instead of the elective courses which must be repeated students may enroll in other elective courses
included in the curriculum.
(5) Excluding students in probation, courses from which the letter grade DD or above has been earned may be
repeated within the three consecutive semesters following the semester in which the courses were taken. (*)
(6) The grade earned in the repeated course is valid regardless of the previous grade.
Grade Point Averages
ARTICLE 27 (1) Students semester Grade Point Averages and Cumulative Grade Point Averages are
calculated at the end of each semester and their standing related to success is determined.
(2) The total credit points obtained from a course are calculated by multiplying the credit value of the course
and the coefficient corresponding to the letter grade earned from the course at the end of the semester.
xliii
(3) The Semester Grade Point Average is calculated through the division of the total credit points obtained
from all the courses the student has taken in the concerned semester by the total credit values of those
courses.
(4) The Cumulative Grade Point Average is calculated through the division of the total credit points obtained
from all the courses the student has taken up to that time, the semester concerned inclusive, by the total credit
values of those courses.
(5) The Grade Point Averages obtained in these calculations are expressed by rounding them off to the second
digit after the decimal point. In rounding the numbers off, the second digit after decimal point does not
change if the third digit is smaller than 5, but it increases by 0.01 if the third digit is 5 or greater.
Successful students
ARTICLE 28 (1) Students whose Cumulative and Semester Grade Point Averages are at least 2.00 and who
have not received a failing grade in the concerned semester are qualified as follows according to their
Semester Grade Point Averages:
a) Of the students who are within their maximum period of study and who have taken at least three credit
courses in the semester concerned, the ones whose Semester Grade Point Averages are 3,50 4,00 are
qualified as High Honor Students, and the ones whose Semester Grade Point Averages are 3,00 3,49 are
qualified as Honor Students. Students who fulfill the Grade Point Average requirement but who fail to fulfill
the requirement for three credit courses are considered Satisfactory in their standing.
b) Students who are within their maximum period of study and whose Semester Grade Point Averages are
2,00 2,99, or students who have exceeded the maximum period of study and whose Semester Grade Point
Averages are at least 2,00 are considered Satisfactory in their standing.
(2) Students whose Cumulative Grade Point Averages and Semester Grade Point Averages are at least 2,00
but who have obtained a failing grade from a course in the semester concerned are considered Sufficient in
their standing.
Unsuccessful students
ARTICLE 29 (1) Students whose Cumulative Grade Point Averages and/or semester Grade Point Averages
are below 2,00 are considered Unsatisfactory in their standing.
Probation students
ARTICLE 30 (1) Students whose Cumulative Grade Point Averages are below2,00 in two consecutive
semesters are qualified as Probation students.
(2) Probation students may not enroll in the courses which they have not previously taken, or from which they
have earned the grade W. These students must first repeat the courses they have previously taken, primarily
those which they have earned failing grades (FF, FD, NA, U). (*)
(3) Probation students may enroll in an elective course they have not previously taken on the condition that it
replaces the previous elective course.
(4) The minimum course load requirement mentioned in this document is not valid for probation students.
(5) The Cumulative Grade Point Average of probation students must be at least2,00 inthe ensuing semester in
order for them to be considered in Satisfactory standing.
Graduation requirements and dates
ARTICLE 31 (1) The following requirements must be fulfilled in order to be eligible for graduation from
an undergraduate program:
xliv
a) All the courses included in the curriculum must be completed with at least the letter grades DD or S.
c) With the exception of the international joint degree programs conducted with contracted universities
abroad, students are required to have obtained at least half of the total credit points of the curriculum from the
courses offered at METU.
d) With the exception exchange programs and international joint degree programs conducted with the
contracted universities abroad, the last two semesters must be spent at METU on registered status.
a) In undergraduate programs, the graduation date is the announcement date of the letter grades for the
concerned semester or Summer School as indicated in the academic calendar. For those who graduate after the
announcement of grades as a result of the correction of an erroneous grade, the conversion of the grade I to
a letter grade, or by exercising the right for a make-up, the graduation date is the date on which the letter
grade is finalized.
b) For students who wish to leave the university by receiving an Associate Degree Diploma before becoming
eligible for graduation from an undergraduate program, the graduation date is the announcement date of the
letter grades for the semester in which the student has obtained the right to receive an Associate Degree
Diploma.
Resit examinations
ARTICLE 32 (1) The principles regarding resit examinations are determined by the Senate.
Diplomas, certificates and other documents
ARTICLE 33 (1) Diplomas, certificates awarded and other documents issued to students, and the
provisions regarding the issuance of these are as follows:
a) Undergraduate Diploma: This diploma is awarded to students who meet the graduation requirements of an
undergraduate program.
b) Double Major Diploma: This diploma is awarded to students who are deemed eligible for an
undergraduate diploma and who also meet the graduation requirements of the double major program they are
registered in.
c) Associate Degree Diploma: This diploma is awarded to students who wish to leave the University before
being entitled to graduation provided that they apply for it and complete the registration withdrawal
procedures. In order to qualify for an Associate Degree Diploma, students must have earned the letter grades
of at least DD or S in all the courses in the curriculums of the first four semesters, and their Cumulative Grade
Point Averages must be at least 2,00.
d) Provisional Certificate of Graduation: This document is issued only once as a substitute for a diploma to
students who are deemed eligible for graduation, and it is valid until the date of the commencement ceremony
of the academic year concerned.
e) Diploma Supplement: This is a document accompanying diplomas which aims at the international
recognition of the academic and professional competences of its holder.
f) Certificate of High Achievement: This is a certificate which is awarded to high ranking graduates in
undergraduate programs. The principles regarding the rank ordering of such students are determined by the
Senate.
xlv
g) Minor Program Certificate: This diploma is awarded to students who are deemed eligible for an
undergraduate diploma and who also successfully complete the minor program they are registered in.This
certificate is not a diploma.
h) Transcript: This document is a complete official record of the courses taken each semester, their credits
values and the grades earned, the grade point averages for the concerned semesters, the cumulative grade
point averages and the standing of a student starting from the students admission to the university.
i) Semester Success Certificate: This is a document given to Honors or High Honors students at the end of
a semester.
j) Student Certificate: This is a document which shows the University registration status of a student.
(2) Diplomas, certificates and other such documents are signed by the below-mentioned authorities:
a) Associate degree, undergraduate degree, double-major degree diplomas and minor certificates are signed by
the President and the concerned Deans and the Heads of Departments.
b) Provisional certificate of graduation is signed by the concerned Head of Department and authorized RO
staff.
c) Certificates of High Achievement and Semester Success Certificates are signed by the President.
d) Diploma supplements, transcripts and student certificates are signed by authorized RO staff.
(3) Students faculties, departments and programs are indicated on the diplomas, certificates and other
documents.
(4) Students who complete undergraduate and/or double major programs with Grade Point Averages of 3,00
3,49 are qualified as Honors and those with Grade Point Averages of 3,50 or above are qualified as High
Honors graduates. These qualifications are stated in the diplomas.
(5) The format, size and information to be written on diplomas are specified by the Senate.
(6) In the event of the loss of a diploma, a replacement copy is issued once only.The replacement copy bears
the notation second copy. (*)
(7) In the event of a change in the name and/or surname of the graduate after the graduation date, replacement
copies of diplomas and/or certificates are not issued, nor is the information on them changed
PART IV
Advisorship, Disciplinary Procedures, Student Grants, Health Service, Tuition fees, Student Leave,
Registration Cancellation and Student Notifications
ARTICLE 34 (1) Department chairs assign an academic advisor from among full time faculty to each
student registered in an undergraduate program.
a) They inform the students about the courses they are to take each semester and provide guidance in choosing
them.
b) They approve semester registrations after evaluating the courses to be taken with the student according to
her/his academic standing.
xlvi
c) They provide information and guidance to the student in adapting to university life, professional
development and career choices.
Disciplinary Procedures
ARTICLE 35 (1) The disciplinary procedures regarding students are carried out in accordance with the
provisions of the Rules and Regulations Governing the Disciplinary Procedures in Institutions of Higher
Education published in the Official Gazette No. 28388 dated 18 August 2012. (*)
Student grants and aids
ARTICLE 36 (1) The provisions governing the distribution of student grants and aids obtained from
various sources are determined by the Senate.
Health service
ARTICLE 37 (1) The provisions governing the health services offered to students are determined by the
Senate.
Tuitions and other fees
ARTICLE 38 (1) Tuitions, education fees other fees are determined by the University Administrative
Board within the framework of the Council of Ministers decree.
Leaves of absence
ARTICLE 39 (1) Students may be granted a leave of absence from the University for a maximum period of
two semesters with the decision of the concerned administrative board based on obligations related to health,
military service, education in an institution of higher education in Turkey or abroad, or financial and familial
obligations.
(2) Students who wish to be granted a leave of absence must apply to the chair of the concerned department
with a petition stating valid grounds for the request and the necessary documents latest by the end of the add-
drop week of the related semester. However, no time restrictions exist for application in the event that the
grounds for permission arise after the end of the add-drop week.
(3) The department chair sends the students request for permission to the concerned administrative board
along with their own opinion and the opinion of the students academic advisor.
(4) The concerned administrative board sends their decision to the RO, which processes the decision and
notifies the student and the concerned academic and administrative units.
(5) The academic status of the students whose leave periods have ended is evaluated by the RO within the
framework of the related articles in this Regulation. Students who meet the registration requirements may
register for the new semester on the dates stated in the academic calendar.
(6) Students who wish to return to University earlier than the termination of the leave period must apply with
a petition to the concerned department chair before interactive registrations start. The application is resolved
with the decision of the concerned administrative board upon the opinion of the students advisor and
recommendation of the department chair, and it is sent to the RO. The status of the student is evaluated within
the framework of the related articles in this Regulation. Students who meet the registration requirements may
register for the new semester on the dates stated in the academic calendar.
Withdrawal of registration
ARTICLE 40 (1) Students who wish so may withdraw their registration by applying to the RO.
(2) Students who withdraw their registration or are dismissed on grounds of disciplinary action must follow
the procedures for registration withdrawal specified by the university and fulfill their financial obligations
xlvii
(tuition or education fee, dormitory fee, library debt, etc.) in order that they may receive their diplomas or
their personal documents in the RO files.
(3) Students who withdraw their registration from an undergraduate program by receiving an Associate
Degree Diploma or without meeting the graduation requirements forfeit all their rights in the university and
may never register again in the program from which they have withdrawn in order to get an undergraduate
degree.
Notifications
ARTICLE 41 (1) All types of notification to students are sent to their postal address in the students
official records or to the e-mail addresses provided to them by the University.
(2) Students are obliged to follow the messages sent to their e-mail addresses provided by the University.
PART V
Miscellaneous and Final Issues
Northern Cyprus Campus
ARTICLE 42 (1) The procedures and principles regarding the implementation of these rules and
regulations to the graduate programs carried out at the Northern Cyprus Campus are determined by the
Senate.
Invalidated Regulations
ARTICLE 43 (1) The regulation entitled Middle East Technical University Rules and Regulations
Governing Undergraduate Studies published in the Official Gazette no. 22013dated June 08, 1994 has been
invalidated.
ARTICLE 45 (1) The provisions of this regulation are implemented by the President of Middle East
Technical University.
(*) The changes in the regulation published in Official Gazette no.28882 dated January 1, 2014.
xlviii
ACADEMIC RULES AND REGULATIONS GOVERNING GRADUATE STUDENTS
PART I
Aim, Scope, Basis and Definition of Terms
Aim
ARTICLE 1 (1) The aim of this document is to regulate the procedures and principles regarding
admissions and registration to the programs offered by the graduate schools of Middle East Technical
University and the conduct of graduate education, examinations and assessment.
Scope
ARTICLE 2 (1) This document comprises the regulations concerning admissions and registration to the
graduate programs offered b Middle East Technical University and those governing the conduct of graduate
education, examinations and assessment.
Basis
ARTICLE 3 (1) This document has been drawn up based on article 14 of the Higher Education Act 2547
dated November 4, 1981.
Definition of Terms
ARTICLE 4 (1) Wherever the following terms appear in this document, they shall be taken to refer to:
b) Maximum duration: One year (two academic semesters) for academic deficiency programs, three years (six
academic semesters) for Masters programs, six years (twelve academic semesters) for Doctoral programs,
seven years (fourteen academic semesters) for Ph.D. on Bachelors degree programs,
j) Concerned GSAB: The graduate school administrative boards of Middle East Technical University,
k) EPE: Middle East Technical University School of Foreign Languages English Proficiency Exam,
xlix
m) Program duration: One year (two academic semesters for academic deficiency programs, two years (four
academic semesters) for Masters programs, four years (eight academic semesters) for Doctoral, five years (ten
academic semesters) for Ph.D. on Bachelors degree programs,
t) International joint graduate program: A graduate program jointly conducted with an institution of higher
education abroad,
PART II
Provisions Concerning the Conduct of Graduate Education
Medium of Instruction
ARTICLE 5 (1) The medium of instruction in METUs graduate programs is English. Yet, courses that are
to be conducted in Turkish or any other language are determined by the Senate.
(2) In order to apply to graduate programs, candidates have to document their proficiency in English. The
candidates English proficiency is assessed through EPE. Scores obtained from international language exams
whose equivalences have been determined by the Senate may also be used to this end.
(3) English proficiency documentation is not required from nationals of countries whose official language is
English and who have graduated from an English-medium institute of higher education.
(4) Candidates registered to a graduate program at METU for at least one semester within the past four
semesters as of the date of their application to a graduate program are not required to document their
proficiency in English provided that they hold the score determined by the GSD they are applying to.
(5) Graduate students who have discontinued their education for two consecutive academic years (four
semesters) or more by obtaining a leave of absence or by failing to re-register are required to document their
English proficiency through EPE or an equivalent exam recognized by the Senate so as to be able to re-
register. However, this rule does not apply to students who document that they have studied for a minimum of
one semester within the past four semesters and were successful at an English-medium institution of higher
education within the country or abroad.
l
(6) The validity period of EPE scores and scores obtained from exams deemed equivalent by the Senate is two
years as of the exam dates. This period of validity should not have been exceeded on the date of application to
a graduate program. A document which is valid on the date of application will remain valid on the date of
registration.
Period of education
ARTICLE 6 (1) The normal and maximum periods of study for graduate programs are effective as
described in the related articles of this regulation.
(2) All the semesters during which the students have been registered since they first enrolled in a graduate
program or which have been spent unregistered due to failure to re-register are included in the normal,
maximum and additional periods of study.
(3) The period spent in the academic deficiency program is not included in the maximum period of study of
the program
(4) Semesters for which students have been granted a leave of absence by the concerned administrative board
are not included in the normal, maximum and additional periods of study.
(5) Semesters which have been spent in institutions of higher education within the country or abroad as part
of student exchange programs are included in the normal, maximum and additional periods of study.
Academic year
ARTICLE 7 (1) One academic year comprises two semesters each of which is minimum sixteen weeks,
including the period for final exams.
(2) Summer School may be offered within an academic year. The principles regarding the conduct of
education in Summer School are determined by the Senate.
(3) The duration and dates of registration, courses, examinations and other similar activities within an
academic year are indicated in the academic calendar.
(4) The weekly course schedules within a semester and during Summer School are prepared and announced
by the concerned GSD chair in coordination with the RO.
(5) The courses to be offered during a semester and Summer School are specified by the concerned GSD chair
and approved by the concerned administrative board. The sections, capacities and criteria of these courses are
determined by the concerned GSD chair.
Graduate education
(2) A graduate program is drawn up by the concerned GSD. It is offered after its recommendation to the
Senate by the concerned GSB, its approval by the Senate and the issuance of consent by the HEC.
(3) The curriculum of a graduate program comprises studies such as course work, laboratory and applied
work, workshops, studios, practicum, seminars and thesis work and the distribution of these throughout the
academic years.
(4) The changes to the title and period of study of a graduate program are drawn up by the concerned GSD,
and determined by the Senate following the recommendation of the concerned GSB.
li
(5) The amendments to the curriculum of a graduate program and the guidelines for the adjustment of
students to these are arranged by the concerned GSD and set by the concerned GSB.
ARTICLE 9 (1) International joint-degree programs may be opened with institutions of higher education
abroad.
(2) Education in such programs is carried out in accordance with the provisions of the Regulation published
in the Official Gazette No. 26390 dated 28 December 2006 concerning The Establishment of Joint
Educational Programs by Institutions of Higher Education with Designated Institutions of Higher Education
Abroad.
Exchange students
ARTICLE 10 (1) Exchange programs may be offered between METU campuses and institutions of higher
education in the country or abroad within the framework of mutual agreements. The regulations governing
these programs are determined by the Senate.
Special students
ARTICLE 11 (1) Special students are students who are not registered to any program at METU, but who
are expected to fulfill the requirements of the limited number of courses they are registered to. The regulations
governing these programs are determined by the Senate.
ARTICLE 12 (1) Student applications and admissions to graduate programs are carried out in accordance
with the principles set by the Senate.
(2) At the end of each semester, each GSD recommends, to the GS they are affiliated to, the provisions
regarding applications (EPE, ALES etc.) for the following semester. These recommendations are assessed and
resolved by the concerned GSAB and are announced on the official website of the concerned GS and/or GSD.
(3) Applications to graduate programs are made to the concerned GS Directorates within the period
announced in the academic calendar.
(5) Only the originals of the documents required for registration, or their approved copies upon presentation
to the University are accepted. Applications with missing documents are taken into account. Regarding
compulsory military service and judicial records, the application is processed based on the candidates
declaration. In case students who have earned the right for registration with false or misleading declarations
and documents are detected, they will not be registered. If they have already been registered, the registration
will be cancelled regardless of the semester they are in, all documents issued to them, including diplomas, will
be declared null and void, and legal action will be taken against them. Those in this position are deemed not
to have earned a student status and cannot enjoy any rights granted to students in the future.
(6) Candidates who have completed or are in their final semester of their undergraduate studies may apply to
Masters with or without thesis programs or to Ph.D. on Bachelors degree programs, whereas candidates
applying to Ph.D. programs are required to have completed or be in their final semester of their graduate
studies
lii
(7) In order to be eligible for application, candidates are to hold an ALES score determined by the GSD which
is no lower than the base score specified in the Graduate Education Regulation of the IUC published in the
Official Gazette no. 22683 dated July 07, 1996.
(8) A recent ALES score is not required from those who dropped out from any graduate program, but are
applying to a program once again after a one-semester lapse, provided that they hold an ALES score which is
no lower than that announced by the GSD they are applying to.
(9) Instead of an ALES score, candidates may submit a score obtained on an international exam (such as GRE
or GMAT) whose equivalence has been announced by the concerned GSD. If conditions regarding the ALES
score have not been announced by the concerned GSD, a score obtained on an international exam equivalent
to the base ALES score as announced by the HEC may be submitted for application.
(10) The validity period of ALES scores or scores obtained on equivalent international exams is the period
designated by the institution that owns the exam and is effective as of the date the candidate took the exam.
The validity should not have expired on the date of application to a graduate program. A document which is
valid on the date of application will remain valid on the date of registration.
(11) For admission to a graduate program, along with the fulfillment of the general provisions, the candidate
should be deemed satisfactory in the scientific evaluation carried out by the concerned GSD. Scientific
evaluation may be carried out through such methods as a written and/or oral examination and/or a output
portfolio.
ARTICLE 13 (1) The principles governing graduate program applications and admissions of candidates
with foreign nationality and Turkish nationals who reside abroad are determined by the university Senate.
ARTICLE 14 (1) Student transfers between graduate programs under the same GSD are made in
accordance with the principles determined by the concerned GSB.
ARTICLE 15 (1) The academic deficiency program is a program aiming at correcting the academic
deficiencies of students and enabling them to adjust to the program they have applied to.
(2) Academic deficiency students are to follow an academic deficiency program specified by the concerned
GSD comprising prerequisite courses.
(3) An academic deficiency program lasts maximum one academic year (two semesters). This period is not
included in the maximum duration of education for the concerned graduate program.
(4) The total amount of course credits in an academic deficiency program may not exceed 18 credits.
to a graduate program and should include all the prerequisite courses specified for that program.
a) An academic deficiency program for graduate studies consists of undergraduate and/or graduate level
courses. The credits of graduate courses may not exceed 1/3 of the total credits of courses taken in an
liii
academic deficiency program. Such credits are not included in the course load of the concerned graduate
program.
b) An academic deficiency program for doctoral studies consists of MA/MS level courses and these credits are
not included in the course load of the concerned doctoral program.
c) During an academic deficiency program, students may enroll in graduate courses with NI status by
recommendation of the concerned GSD and approval of the concerned GSAB.
(6) For students to be deemed successful in an academic deficiency program and start their graduate studies,
they must earn at least the letter grade CC in the undergraduate and CB in graduate courses they have taken
and complete the program with a Cumulative Grade Point Average of minimum 2.50.
(7) Academic deficiency students who are unsuccessful in the academic deficiency period may not continue
with the academic deficiency program and may not start the related graduate program.
ARTICLE 16 (1) The registration of students admitted to graduate programs are conducted by the RO
within the period specified in the academic calendar.
(2) The requirements listed below should be fulfilled for the finalization of the enrollment of students
admitted to graduate programs:
a) Holding an undergraduate diploma for those admitted to graduate or Ph.D. on Bachelors degree programs
and holding a Masters diploma for those admitted to doctoral programs.
(3) Originals of documents required for registration or their copies approved by the University upon
presentation of the originals are accepted. Regarding compulsory military service and judicial records, the
application is processed based on the candidates declaration. In case students who have earned the right for
registration with false or misleading declarations and documents are detected, they will not be registered. If
they have already been registered, the registration will be cancelled regardless of the semester they are in, all
documents issued to them, including diplomas, will be declared null and void, and legal action will be taken
against them. Those in this position are deemed not to have earned a student status and cannot enjoy any
rights granted to students in the future.
(4) Students who have completed the registration procedures are provided with a student ID card. The ID
cards contain personal information about students.
(5) Those who have not completed their registration within the announced period are deemed to have waived
their student rights and thereafter cannot claim any of those rights.
ARTICLE 17 (1) Courses within graduate programs are of two types: compulsory and elective.
Compulsory courses are those that are defined in the curriculum and thus must be taken. Elective courses are
those whose numbers, types and groups are defined in the curriculum and are selected by students.
liv
(2) Course titles, codes, contents, credits, categories, prerequisites, co-requisites, midterm exams, final exams
and other similar features and amendments to be made to these features are determined by recommendation of
the concerned GSD and decision of the concerned GSB.
(3) A course which must be taken and successfully completed before a specific course might be taken is called
a prerequisite course, whereas a course which must be taken simultaneously with another course during a
semester is called the co-requisite course.
(4) The credit value of a course consists of all of its weekly theoretical course hours plus half the weekly hours
of laboratory, workshop, studio,
(5) The weekly theoretical and practicum hours of non-credit courses like seminars, fields of specialization,
term projects are specified; however, a credit value is not allocated for such courses.
Extra-curricular courses
ARTICLE 18 (1) Extra-curricular courses are credit courses that do not exist in the graduate program a
student is enrolled in, but which the student additionally takes.
a) Such courses are considered in the status NI (not included in the Grade Point Average).
b) The status of courses falling into the NI status cannot be altered after the registration procedures of the
concerned semester are completed.
c) Courses falling into the NI status cannot be counted for the program or programs the student is enrolled in
during the semester they are taken.
d) The status of courses not taken in the NI status cannot be rendered NI after the registration procedures of
the concerned semester are completed.
e) A course taken in the NI status can only be repeated in the same status.
f) Courses taken in the NI status are not included in Grade Point Average calculations.
g) Courses taken in the NI status are indicated in the transcript along with the earned letter grade.
Semester registrations
ARTICLE 19 - (1) Each semester students must re-register on the online registration dates indicated in the
academic calendar. However, students who enroll in a graduate program for the first time may also register in
the add/drop week indicated in the academic calendar. Students who fail to register on the designated dates
are deemed unregistered and may not enjoy the rights of registered students.
a) The student pays the tuition or education fee and fulfills any other financial obligation (dormitory fee,
library fee, etc.) pertaining to previous years, if any.
c) The student meets his/her advisor to obtain approval for the online semester registration.
lv
(3) Students who have completed their semester registration during the online registration period may add or
drop courses or change course sections during the add/drop period indicated in the academic calendar.
Advisor approval is required in order for the changes to be valid.
(4) Students who have been granted an additional period in any phase of the graduate program must re-
register for the additional period.
(5) Among students who fall into the unregistered status, those who wish to register for a semester must apply
to the chair of the concerned GSD by stating and documenting a valid reason before the termination of the
designated add/drop period for that semester. The student whose excuse is accepted by the concerned GSAB
and who meets the requirements for the semester registration is re-registered by the RO.
(6) Students who fall into the unregistered status may register for ensuing semesters on dates indicated for the
online registrations in the academic calendar. However, these students must submit a petition to the RO latest
by the date online registrations start. The applications are processed through evaluation within the framework
of the rules and regulations in this document in terms of English proficiency, ALES, maximum duration and
adjustments to graduate programs.
(7) When students who have not registered consecutively for two semesters, or intermittently for three
semesters or more in any phase of graduate programs re-register, their thesis topic and/or thesis supervisor
will change by recommendation of the chair of the GSD and the approval of the concerned GSAB. The
provisions under Part 6 of this Regulation apply for those whose maximum period has expired.
Course withdrawal
PART III
Examinations and Assessment
Attendance and examinations
ARTICLE 21 - (1) Students are to attend the courses, practical work, examinations and other academic
studies as required by the instructors.
(2) The attendance records of students regarding courses, practical work and similar studies are monitored by
the instructor.
(3) The contribution of student attendance to, if applicable, their eligibility to take mid-term and final
examinations and their letter grade for the semester, the contribution of mid-term examinations, homework
assignments, practical work and other similar studies for which the students are responsible to their letter
grade for the semester, and if applicable, provisions for being eligible to take the final exam are determined by
the instructor offering the course and all of these are announced to the students at the beginning of the
semester.
(4) At least one interim assessment such as a written examination, a project submission, a homework
submission, an oral presentation is carried out for each course. The dates of such assessments are announced
by the concerned instructor within the first month of the semester.
(5) Students are informed of their semester standing for each course
by the concerned instructor. In issuing this information, the confidentiality regarding the personal information
of students is protected.
(6) In each course, at least one end-of-the-term assessment such as a written examination, a project
submission, a homework submission, an oral presentation is done in each course.
lvi
a) In courses for which a final exam is given, the date and hour are specified and announced by the RO upon
obtaining the opinion of the concerned GSD.
b) Announced examination dates may be changed by the RO based on the recommendation of the concerned
GSD provided that they are within the period of final examinations for that semester. This change is made
before the period of final examinations for that semester starts.
(7) A make-up opportunity is given to students who have not participated in the required assessment of any
course such as taking a written examination, submitting a project or homework or making an oral presentation
provided that their excuse is deemed valid by the concerned instructor.
(8) If deemed necessary, courses and exams may be held after weekly working hours and/or on Saturdays and
Sundays.
ARTICLE 22 - (1) Students are given a letter grade for each course at the end of the semester they are
registered.
(2) This letter grade is at the discretion of the instructor offering the course.
(3) In determining the letter grade, the students mid-term and final examination grades, their success in their
studies within the semester and their attendance during course and practical work are taken into consideration.
(4) The coefficients of the letter grades and the score intervals used in the calculation of Grade Point Average
are indicated below:
a)
AA 4.00 90-l00
BA 3.50 85-89
BB 3.00 80-84
CB 2.50 75-79
CC 2.00 70-74
DC 1.50 65-69
DD 1.00 60-64
FD 0.50 50-59
FF 0.00 0-49
NA 0.00 *
b) The grade NA (not attended) is designated by the instructor to students who have not fulfilled the specified
attendance requirements or the provisions regarding the course practices and who have not participated
lvii
in the assessments conducted within the semester. The grade NA is processed as FF in the calculation of
Grade Point Average.
(5) Grades which are not included in the Grade Point Average are as follows:
a) The grade S (satisfactory) is designated to students who are successful in non-credit courses and/or thesis
work.
b) The grade U (unsatisfactory) is designated to students who are not successful in non-credit courses and/or
thesis work.
c) The grade P (progressing) is designated to students who are successfully carrying on their non-credit
courses and/or thesis work.
) The grade EX (exempt) is designated to students who have been exempted from certain courses in the
curriculum. Principles regarding exemptions are determined by the Senate.
d) The grade I (incomplete) is designated to students who are not able to complete the course requirements by
the end of the semester or the summer school for a reason found valid by the course instructor. The grade I
must be converted to a letter grade within a week from the last day of grade submissions for the semester or
summer school. In special cases, however, this period may be extended latest until the date registrations start
for the following semester, when it must be converted to a letter grade. These special procedures
are conducted by recommendation of the chair of the GSD offering the course and the approval of the
concerned GSAB. In case of failure to convert the grade I to a letter grade within the required period, the
grade I will be automatically converted to the grade FF or U. The dates concerning the letter grade I
are indicated in the academic calendar.
ARTICLE 23 (1) Final grades for the semester are submitted by course instructors on the dates stated in the
academic calendar.
(2) The grades are announced on the related Internet address to be opened to the access of students on the
date indicated in the academic calendar.
(3) Any errors in grading are corrected with the approval of the concerned GSD chair upon the course
instructors application for correction within a week from the last day for the submission of semester or
summer school final grades. In cases where this period is exceeded, the correction of errors must be made by
recommendation of the chair of the GSD which offers the course and the approval of the concerned GSAB.
The dates concerning grade corrections are indicated in the academic calendar.
ARTICLE 24 (1) Provisions regarding success in a course and repeating a course are as follows:
a) Students must earn a passing grade in a course to be considered successful. Grades AA, BA, BB and S are
passing grades.
c) In Masters programs, the grades DC, DD, FD, FF, NA and U, and in doctoral programs the grades CC,
DC, DD, FD, FF, NA and U are failing grades.
d) In the adjustment procedures for graduate programs, a conditionally passing grade is considered as
failing and must be repeated.
lviii
e) Students who have failed in a course or have/could not enroll in a course indicated in the curriculum must
take it the first semester it is offered. Courses within the framework of the curriculum and found appropriate
by the advisor may replace elective courses that are to be repeated.
f) Students may repeat the course /courses in which they were successful in order to increase their Cumulative
Grade Point Averages with the approval of the instructor offering the course. The grade earned in the repeated
course is valid regardless of the previous grade.
ARTICLE 25 (1) Students semester Grade Point Averages and their Cumulative Grade Point Averages are
calculated at the end of each semester and their standing related to success is determined.
(2) The total credit points obtained from a course are calculated by
multiplying the credit value of the course and the coefficient corresponding to the letter grade earned from the
course at the end of the semester.
(3) The Semester Grade Point Average is calculated through the division of the total credit points obtained
from all the courses the student has taken in the concerned semester by the total credit values of those courses.
(4) The Cumulative Grade Point Average is calculated through the division of the total credit points obtained
from all the courses the student has taken up to that time, the semester concerned inclusive, by the total credit
values of those courses.
(5) The Grade Point Averages obtained in these calculations are expressed by rounding them off to the second
digit after the decimal point. In rounding the numbers off, the second digit after decimal point does not
change if the third digit is smaller than 5, but it increases by 0.01 if the third digit is 5 or greater.
ARTICLE 26 (1) The following requirements must be fulfilled in order to be eligible for graduation from a
graduate program:
a) The success requirements indicated in the concerned provisions of this Regulation should have been
fulfilled.
b) The registered final semester must be spent at METU, with the exception of international joint degree
programs conducted in collaboration
a) In Masters programs with a thesis, the graduation date is the date on which the thesis examining
committee convenes and the student defends the thesis and is successful.
b) In non-thesis Masters programs, the graduation date is the announcement date of the letter grades for the
concerned semester or Summer School as indicated in the academic calendar. For those who graduate as a
result of the correction of an erroneous grade, the conversion of the grade I to a letter grade, or by exercising
the right for a make-up, the graduation date is the date on which the letter grade is finalized.
c) In doctoral programs, the graduation date is the date on which the thesis examining committee convenes
and the student defends the thesis and is successful.
Re-sit examinations
lix
ARTICLE 27 (1) The principles regarding re-sit examinations are determined by the Senate.
Plagiarism
ARTICLE 28 (1) The principles regarding the prevention of plagiarism in Masters and Doctoral theses are
regulated by the concerned GS in accordance with the recommendations
PART IV
Provisions Regarding Masters Programs
Aim and scope
ARTICLE 29 (1) Masters programs are conducted in two modes, namely, Masters programs with a thesis
and non- thesis Masters programs.
(2) The aim of Masters programs with a thesis is to have students access knowledge through scientific
research, evaluate and interpret this knowledge and convert this acquisition into an academic product in the
form of a thesis.
(3) The aim of non-thesis Masters programs is to have students gain expert-level knowledge in the related
field and the ability to use their existing knowledge in professional applications.
ARTICLE 30 (1) The normal duration of a Masters program with a thesis is two academic years (four
semesters). Students who fulfill all the requirements indicated in this Regulation may graduate in a shorter
period of time.
(2) The maximum duration of a Masters program with a thesis is three academic years (six semesters).
(3) In cases where the examining committee deems necessary, students whose work is found insufficient
during their thesis defense may be granted an additional three months to enable them to complete their thesis
work.
ARTICLE 31 (1) The phases of a Masters program with a thesis consist of at least seven credit courses
with a cumulative total of twenty-one credits, one seminar course, thesis work and the defense of the thesis
before of an examining committee.
(2) In Masters programs with a thesis, courses coded 3XX and 4XX may be taken provided that they were
not taken during undergraduate education. However, only two of these courses may be counted in the course
load of the program.
(3) Masters programs with a thesis must be successfully completed with a Cumulative Grade Point Average
of at least3.00 inmaximum two academic years (four semesters).
ARTICLE 32 (1) The thesis supervisor is assigned by recommendation of the concerned GSD and approval
of GSAB latest by the end of the second semester.
lx
(2) The thesis supervisor is selected from full-time METU faculty holding a Doctoral degree.
(3) In cases where the nature of the thesis work calls for more than one supervisor, a second supervisor may
be assigned as co-supervisor by recommendation of the concerned GSD chair and approval of GSAB.
(5) Provisions concerning the assignment and replacement of a supervisor or a co-supervisor are determined
by the concerned GSB.
ARTICLE 33 (1) The Masters thesis comprises the phases of thesis work, and following this, its defense
before of an examining committee.
(2) Each semester, the student must register for the thesis work and the related courses as of the beginning of
the semester following the assignment of the thesis supervisor.
(3) Students who receive the letter grade U twice consecutively, or three times intermittently in their thesis
work or related courses within the maximum duration are deemed unsuccessful and become subject to the
relevant provisions under Part 6 of this Regulation.
(4) Students are expected to successfully complete their thesis work within the maximum duration.
(5) The student whose thesis work has been approved as successfully completed by the thesis supervisor must
put her/his findings in English on paper in accordance with the principles indicated in the METU Thesis
Manual. The provisions regarding thesis defense are as follows:
a) The student who has completed her/his thesis applies to the chair of the GSD for the thesis defense. The
chair of the GSD sends a copy of the unbound thesis and the list of recommended examining committee
members to the concerned GS. For each semester, the latest date on which students may defend their thesis is
indicated in the academic calendar.
b) The thesis examining committee is appointed by recommendation of the GSD chair and the decision of the
concerned GSAB. The examining committee is composed of three or five members, one being the thesis
supervisor of the student. In addition to the thesis supervisor, at least one committee member should be from
the same GSD. At least one of the committee members should be from a different GDS of the University, a
member of academic staff from another university, or a specialist holding at least a Masters degree in the
related field. If the examining committee is composed of three members, the co-supervisor cannot be a
member of the committee.
c) The examining committee members convene within one month as of the date they receive the thesis to have
the student defend the thesis. The thesis defense, which must be conducted in English, is open to an audience
and comprises the presentation of the thesis work and the consecutive question and answer session.
d) The date on which the thesis defense is to take place is announced on the official Web page of the
concerned GSD.
(6) After the thesis defense is completed, the examining committee decides in the absence of the audience and
in absolute majority, whether the result is approval, revision or refusal. The concerned GS is notified of
the decision of the examining committee latest within three days with an official exam report.
(7) Students who are asked to review their theses after the defense may be given an extension of maximum
three months by the examining committee. The student makes the required revisions and defends the thesis
once again before the same examining committee. At the end of this period, students who fail to stand before
the committee for a defense, or whose thesis is not approved after the defense are deemed unsuccessful. The
thesis topic and/or thesis supervisor of student in the maximum period of study change(s).
lxi
(8) Students who fail to stand for the defense of their thesis before the maximum duration expires are deemed
unsuccessful. An additional period is not granted to such students and they become subject to the provisions
under Part 6 of this Regulation.
(9) Within one month from the date of the defense, the student found successful in her/his thesis defense must
submit to the concerned GS directorate, at least three bound copies of the thesis found appropriate as per
format by the concerned GS, and signed by the examining committee and the GSD chair.
(10) A student whose official thesis report has been submitted to the RO after being signed by the concerned
GS director is entitled to a Masters degree.
ARTICLE 34 (1) The maximum duration of a non-thesis Masters program is three academic years (six
semesters). Students who fulfill all the requirements indicated in this Regulation may graduate in a shorter
period of time.
ARTICLE 35 (1) A non-thesis Masters program consists of at least ten courses with a total of thirty
credits, and a Semester Project course.
(2) The student must register for the semester project in the semester indicated by the concerned GSD and
submit a written report at the end of that semester.
(3) In non-thesis Masters programs, courses coded 3XX and 4XX may be taken provided that they were not
taken during undergraduate education. However, only two of these courses may be counted in the course load
of the program.
(4) Non-thesis Masters programs must be successfully completed with a Cumulative Grade Point Average of
at least3.00 inmaximum three academic years (six semesters). A student who is successful is entitled to a
Masters degree without thesis.
(5) Students who are not able to complete their studies at the end of this period or whose Cumulative Grade
Point Averages are below 3.00 are deemed unsuccessful and they become subject to the relevant provisions
under Part 6 of this Regulation.
PART V
Provisions Regarding Doctoral Programs
Aim and scope
ARTICLE 36 (1) The aim of Ph.D. programs is to equip students with the skills of doing independent
research, interpreting scientific phenomena with broad and in-depth analysis and determining the necessary
steps that will lead to new syntheses. The authentic thesis to be prepared following doctoral work must bear at
least one of the qualities below:
lxii
ARTICLE 37 (1) The normal duration of a Ph.D. program for students who hold a Masters degree is four
academic years (eight semesters), whereas for students who are admitted to the program with an
undergraduate degree, it is five academic years (ten semesters). Students who fulfill all the requirements
indicated in this Regulation may graduate in a shorter period of time.
(2) The maximum duration of a Ph.D. program for students who hold a Masters degree is six academic years,
whereas for students who are admitted to the program with an undergraduate degree, it is nine academic years.
(3) In cases where the examining committee deems necessary, students whose work is found unsatisfactory
during their doctoral thesis defense may be granted an additional six months to enable them to complete their
thesis work.
ARTICLE 38 (1) A Ph.D. program consists of the phases of at least seven credit courses with a cumulative
total of twenty-one credits, non-credit courses as required by the program, the doctoral comprehensive
examination, the thesis proposal, thesis work, and the defense of the thesis before of an examining committee.
(2) The phases of Ph.D. on Bachelors degree programs consist of at least fourteen credit courses with a
cumulative total of forty-two credits, one seminar course, the doctoral comprehensive examination, the thesis
proposal, thesis work, and the defense of the thesis before of an examining committee.
(3) In Ph.D. on Bachelors degree programs, courses coded 3XX and 4XX may be taken provided that they
were not taken during undergraduate education. However, only two of these courses may be counted in the
course load of the program.
(4) Courses in Ph.D. programs must be successfully completed in maximum two academic years, and those in
Ph.D. on Bachelors degree programs in maximum three academic years, both with a Cumulative Grade Point
Average of at least 3.00.
(5) Students who are not able to complete their studies at the end of the four semesters or whose Cumulative
Grade Point Averages are below 3.00 are deemed unsuccessful and they may not sit the doctoral
comprehensive examination. However, it is possible to sit the doctoral comprehensive examination without
successfully completing all the courses in the program with the decision of the concerned GSB by request of
the concerned GSD chair, on condition that the Cumulative Grade Point Average is higher than 3.00.
ARTICLE 39 (1) The thesis supervisor is assigned by recommendation of the concerned GSD and approval
of GSAB latest by the end of the second semester.
(2) The thesis supervisor is selected from full-time METU faculty holding a Doctoral degree.
(3) In cases where the nature of the thesis work calls for more than one supervisor, a second supervisor may be
assigned as co-supervisor by recommendation of the concerned GSD chair and approval of GSAB.
(5) Provisions concerning the assignment and replacement of a supervisor or a co-supervisor are determined
by the concerned GSB.
lxiii
ARTICLE 40 (1) The doctoral comprehensive examination (DCE) is administered twice a year, in May and
November. The names of applicants for the DCE are submitted by the chair of the GSD to the concerned GS.
(2) Comprehensive examinations are arranged and administered by a Doctoral Comprehensive Board of five
faculty members from the concerned GSD who are assigned for a three-year term by recommendation of the
chair of the GSD and approval of the concerned GSAB. This board forms examining committees which
comprise three or five members, one of whom is the students thesis supervisor. The function of the
examining committees is to prepare exams in varied fields, and administer and evaluate these exams. An
examining committee member must hold a doctoral degree.
(3) The DCE consists of written and oral examinations that will assess the students competence in the related
field and their disposition towards research. The DCE is conducted in English in its entirety.
(4) PhD program students must exercise their first right to sit the DCE in the semester following the one they
have sucessfully completed the courses in the program.
(5) Students who fail their first exam re-sit the exam in the ensuing semester.
(6) Students who fail to sit any phase of the DCE are considered to have exercised their right to take that
exam and are deemed unsuccessful in that phase.
(7) The Doctoral Comprehensive Board decides, in absolute majority, whether a student is to be deemed
successful, provisionally successful or unsuccessful by evaluating the results of the written component
in conjunction with the results of the oral component. The concerned GS is notified of this decision latest
within three days in an official report.
(8) The Doctoral Comprehensive Board may require a student who is successful in the DCE to take a course /
courses additional to those taken even if the course load requirements have been fulfilled. The student must
earn the letter grade BB minimum in the additional credit courses which are taken in NI status.
(9) Students who exercise their DCE rights but are unsuccessful may not defend their thesis proposals.
ARTICLE 41 (1) A TAC is assigned, within one month, to a student who is successful in the DCE by
recommendation of the chair of the GSD and approval of the concerned GSAB so as to approve the students
doctoral thesis proposal and to monitor the course of the thesis work in ensuing semesters.
(2) The TAC is composed of three members, one being the thesis supervisor of the student and at least one
being from another GS within the University or from outside the University.
(3) The TAC members may be replaced by recommendation of the chair of the GSD and approval of the
concerned GSAB.
(4) The first TAC meeting is held within six months after the date of their assignment.
(5) The TAC convenes twice a year, once between January and June and once between July and December.
(6) The co-supervisor may participate in the TAC meetings but is not a member.
(7) The student submits a written report to the TAC members at least fifteen days prior to their meeting date.
In this report, a summary of the work covered thus far and the work plan for the next semester are given.
(8) The letter grade for the students thesis work is determined as P or U by the TAC.
lxiv
ARTICLE 42 - (1) During the first TAC meeting, the student orally defends her/his thesis proposal which
comprises the purpose of the thesis work, the research method and the future work plan in English.
(2) The TAC decides, with absolute majority, to approve or reject the presented thesis proposal. The
concerned GS is notified of this decision by the chair of the GSD latest within three days after the thesis
proposal in an official report.
(3) Students who fail to attend the thesis proposal defense session, or whose thesis proposals are rejected,
defend their proposal once again latest within the ensuing six months. In case of failure to attend the thesis
proposal defense session, or rejection of the thesis proposal a second time, the students thesis topics and/or
supervisors change.
ARTICLE 43 (1) The Doctoral thesis comprises the phases of thesis work, and following this, its defense
before of an examining committee.
(2) As of the beginning of the semester following the assignment of the thesis supervisor, the student must
register for the thesis work and the related courses each semester.
(3) The student whose thesis proposal has been accepted starts research on her/his thesis topic under the
supervision of the thesis supervisor and, if applicable, the thesis co-supervisor.
(4) Students who receive the letter grade U twice consecutively, or three times intermittently in their thesis
work or related courses within the maximum duration are deemed unsuccessful and their thesis topics and/or
supervisors change.
(5) The student whose thesis work has been approved as completed by the thesis supervisor must put her/his
findings on paper in accordance with the principles indicated in the METU Thesis Manual. The regulations
regarding the thesis defense are as follows:
a) The student who has completed her/his thesis applies to the chair of the GSD, which in turn, sends a copy
of the unbound thesis and the list of recommended examining committee members to the concerned GS. The
latest date on which students may defend their thesis for each semester is indicated in the academic calendar.
In order to defend the thesis, the student should have successfully completed all the courses in the program.
b) The thesis examining committee is appointed by recommendation of the GSD chair and the decision of the
concerned GSD chair. The committee is composed five members of faculty including those in the TAC. At
least one member must be from a different institution of higher education and one from the same GSD as the
thesis supervisor. The co-supervisor may not be a member of the examining committee.
c) The examining committee members convene within one month as of the date they receive the thesis so as to
have the student defend the thesis. The thesis defense, which must be conducted in English and shall comprise
the presentation of the thesis work and a consecutive question and answer session, is open to an audience.
d) The date on which the thesis defense is to take place is announced on the official Internet page of the
concerned GSD and GS.
(6) After the thesis defense is completed, the examining committee decides in the absence of the audience and
in absolute majority, whether the result is approval, revision or rejection. The concerned GS is notified
of the decision of the examining committee with an official thesis report latest within three days of the defense
by the chair of the GSD.
(7) Students who are asked to review their theses after the defense may be given an extension of maximum
six months by the examining committee. The student makes the required revisions and defends the thesis once
again before the same examining committee. Students who fail to stand before the committee for a defense, or
lxv
whose thesis is not approved after this defense are deemed unsuccessful. The thesis topic and/or supervisor of
students whose maximum period of study has not expired change.
(8) Students who are unsuccessful and whose theses are rejected become subject to the provisions under Part 6
of this Regulation.
(9) Students who fail to stand for the defense of their thesis before the maximum duration terminates are
deemed unsuccessful and become subject to the provisions under Part 6 of this Regulation.
(10) The student found successful in her/his thesis defense must submit, to the concerned GS directorate,
maximum three bound copies of the thesis found appropriate as per format by the concerned GS, and signed
by the examining committee and the GSD chair, within one month as of the date of the defense.
(11) A student whose official thesis report has been submitted to the RO after being signed by the concerned
GS director is entitled to a Doctoral degree.
PART VI
Adjustment Procedures Applicable
Upon Expiry Of The Maximum Duration Of Education
ARTICLE 44 (1) In Masters programs with a thesis, the following procedures are applicable for students
who have failed to complete their courses in six academic, whose cumulative grade point averages are below
3.00, who have failed to stand before the committee for the defense of their thesis, or who have been deemed
unsuccessful in their defense.
b) The courses in which the student was successful in the past, but must re-take due to amendments in the
curriculum, changes in course content without a change in the name of the course, or a long time lapse despite
no changes in course content are determined by the chair of the GSD. The semester(s) considered spent in the
maximum duration are calculated according to the number of courses counted in the program and these
semesters are deducted from the students reinitiated maximum duration. In this calculation, the number of
courses that corresponds to one semester is specified by the concerned GSAB.
e) The student may be required to take new courses, or repeat those in which she/he was successful previously
by recommendation of the concerned GSD and approval of the concerned GSAB.
f) On condition that the student has fulfilled the course credit load, a written project and similar requirements
of the non-thesis Masters program, the student may be entitled to a non-thesis Masters diploma upon her/his
request and the approval of the concerned GSAB, and thus, her/his contact with the program is terminated.
g) The recommendation regarding the adjustment of a student is finalized with the decision of the concerned
GSAB.
(2) Students deemed provisionally successful in their thesis defense after the three-month extension may
receive an additional three-month extension based on a report of the examining committee justifying the
situation. Those who are deemed unsuccessful at the end of this period are subject to the adjustment
procedures.
lxvi
(3) The thesis supervisor and/or thesis topic of a student change(s) if she/he receives the letter grade U twice
consecutively or three times intermittently in thesis related courses.
ARTICLE 45 - (1) In non-thesis Masters programs, students who have failed to complete their courses in the
maximum duration, or whose cumulative grade point averages are below 3.00 are re-adjusted to the program
and the following procedures apply:
b) The courses in which the student was successful in the past, but must re-take due to amendments in the
curriculum, changes in course content without a change in the name of the course, or a long time lapse despite
no changes in course content are determined by the chair of the GSD. The semester(s) considered spent in the
maximum duration are calculated according to the number of courses counted in the program and these
semesters are deducted from the students reinitiated maximum duration. In this calculation, the number of
courses that corresponds to one semester is specified by the concerned GSAB.
d) The project topic of the student may be changed and the student may be required to take new courses, or
repeat those in which she/he was successful previously by recommendation of the concerned GSD and
approval of the concerned GSAB.
Doctoral programs
ARTICLE 46 1) In Doctoral programs, the following procedures are applicable for students who have
failed to complete their courses within the maximum duration, whose cumulative grade point averages are
below 3.00, who have failed the DCE, or to stand before the examining committee for the defense of their
thesis, or who have been deemed unsuccessful in their defense:
b) The courses in which the student was successful in the past, but must re-take due to amendments in the
curriculum, changes in course content without a change in the name of the course, or a long time lapse despite
no changes in course content are determined by the chair of the GSD. The semester(s) considered spent in the
maximum duration are calculated according to the number of courses counted in the program and these
semesters are deducted from the students reinitiated maximum duration. In this calculation, the number of
courses that corresponds to one semester is specified by the concerned GSAB.
d) The thesis topic of the student changes. This student has to defend the new thesis.
e) The student may be required to take new courses, or repeat those in which she/he was successful previously
and re-sit the DCE by recommendation of the concerned GSD and approval of the concerned GSAB.
f) A student admitted to a Doctoral program with an undergraduate diploma and unsuccessful in the thesis
phase may be entitled to a non-thesis Masters diploma upon her/his request and the approval of the
concerned GSAB, and thus, her/his contact with the program is terminated.
lxvii
g) The recommendation regarding the adjustment of a student is finalized with the decision of the concerned
GSAB
(2) Students deemed provisionally successful in their thesis defense after the six-month extension may receive
an additional six-month extension based on a report of the examining committee justifying the situation.
Those who are deemed unsuccessful at the end of this period are subject to the adjustment procedures.
(3) The thesis supervisor and/or thesis topic of a student change(s) if she/he receives the letter grade U twice
consecutively or three times intermittently in thesis related courses.
PART VII
Diplomas and Documents, Academic Advisors, Disciplinary Procedures, Student Grants, Health
Services, Tuitions and Other Fees, Leaves of Absence, Withdrawal of Registration and Student
Notifications
Diplomas and documents
ARTICLE 47 (1) Diplomas, certificates awarded and other documents issued to students and alumni, and
the provisions regarding the issuance of these are as follows:
a) Masters with a Thesis Diploma: This diploma is awarded to those who meet the graduation requirements
of a Masters program with a thesis.
b) Masters without a Thesis Diploma: This diploma is awarded to those who meet the graduation
requirements of a Masters program without a thesis.
c) Ph.D. Diploma: This diploma is awarded to those who meet the graduation requirements of a Doctoral
program or a Ph.D. on Bachelors degree program.
d) Provisional Certificate of Graduation: This document is issued only once as a substitute for a diploma to
students who are deemed eligible for graduation, and it is valid until the date of the commencement ceremony
of the academic year concerned.
e) Diploma Supplement: This is a document accompanying diplomas which aims at the international
recognition of the academic and professional competences of its holder.
d) Transcript: This document is a complete official record of the courses taken each semester, their credits
values and the grades earned, the grade point averages for the concerned semesters, the cumulative grade
point averages and the standing of a student starting from the students admission to the university.
e) Student Certificate: This is a document which shows the University registration status of a student.
(2) Diplomas, certificates and other such documents are signed by the below-mentioned authorities:
a) Diplomas are signed by the President, the concerned GS director and the chair of the GSD.
b) Provisional certificate of graduation is signed by the concerned GS director, the chair of the GSD and
authorized RO staff.
c) The diploma supplement, transcript and student certificate are signed by authorized RO staff.
(3) The name of the graduate school, the graduate school department, and/or if applicable, the program the
student enrolled are indicated on diplomas and documents.
lxviii
(4) The format, size and information to be written on diplomas are specified by the Senate.
(5) In the event of the loss of a diploma, a replacement copy is issued, once only. The replacement copy bears
the notation second copy.
(6) In the event of a change in the name and/or surname of the graduate after the graduation date, replacement
copies of diplomas and/or certificates are not issued, nor is the information on them changed.
Academic advisors
ARTICLE 48 (1) Chairs of each GSD assign an academic advisor from among full-time faculty to each
student admitted to a graduate program
a) They inform students about the courses they are to take each semester and provide guidance in choosing
them.
b) They approve semester registrations after evaluating the courses to be taken with the student according to
her/his academic standing.
c) They provide information and guidance to the student in adapting to university life, professional
development and career choices.
Disciplinary procedures
ARTICLE 49 (1) The disciplinary procedures regarding students are carried out in accordance with the
provisions of the Rules and Regulations Governing the Disciplinary Procedures in Institutions of Higher
Education published in the Official Gazette No. 28388 dated 18 August 2012.
Student grants
ARTICLE 50 (1) The provisions governing the distribution of student grants and aids obtained from
various sources are determined by the Senate.
Health services
ARTICLE 51 (1) The provisions governing the health services offered to students are determined by the
Senate.
ARTICLE 52 (1) Tuitions, education fees other fees are determined by the University Administrative
Board within the framework of the Council of Ministers decree.
Leaves of absence
ARTICLE 53 (1) Students may be granted a leave of absence from the University for a maximum period of
two semesters with the decision of the concerned GSAB based on obligations related to health, military
service, education in an institution of higher education in Turkey or abroad, or financial and familial
obligations. In obligatory cases, this period can be extended by the concerned GSAB.
(2) Students who wish to be granted a leave of absence must apply to the concerned GSD chair with a petition
stating valid grounds for the request and the necessary documents latest by the end of the add-drop week of
the related semester. The GSD chair submits the students leave of absence request to the concerned GSAB
lxix
along with the views of both students academic advisor/thesis supervisor and the GSD chair. Excluding
unexpected circumstances, applications made after the add-drop week are not processed.
(3) The decision of GSAB is sent to the RO, which processes the decision and notifies the student and the
concerned academic and administrative units.
(4) The academic status of the students whose leave periods have ended is evaluated by the RO within the
framework of the related articles in this Regulation. Students who meet the registration requirements may
register for the new semester on the dates stated in the academic calendar.
(5) Students who wish to return to University earlier than the termination of the leave period must apply with
a petition to the concerned GSD chair before interactive registrations start. After the application is evaluated
by the students academic advisor/thesis supervisor, the GSD chair and the GS directorate, it is sent to the
RO. The status of the student is evaluated within the framework of the related articles in this Regulation.
Students who meet the registration requirements may register for the new semester on the dates stated in the
academic calendar.
Withdrawal of registration
ARTICLE 54 (1) Students who wish so may withdraw their registration by applying to the RO.
(2) Students who withdraw their registration or are dismissed on grounds of disciplinary action must follow
the procedures for registration withdrawal specified by the university and fulfill their financial obligations
(tuition or education fee, dormitory fee, library debt, etc.) in order that they may receive their diplomas or
their personal documents in the RO files.
(3) Students who have withdrawn their registration but wish to return to University may re-apply to the related
program. This application is evaluated by the concerned GSD chair within the framework of the provisions for
application and admission to programs.
Notifications
ARTICLE 55 (1) All types of notification to students are sent to their postal address in the students
official records or to the e-mail addresses provided to them by the University.
(2) Students are obliged to follow the messages sent to their e-mail addresses provided by the University.
PART VIII
Miscellaneous and Final Provisions
Northern Cyprus Campus
ARTICLE 56 (1) The procedures and principles regarding the implementation of these rules and
regulations to the graduate programs carried out at the Northern Cyprus Campus are determined by the
Senate.
Invalidated regulation
ARTICLE 57 (1) The regulation entitled Middle East Technical University Rules and Regulations
Governing Undergraduate Studies published in the Official Gazette no. 28457 dated November 04, 2012 has
been invalidated.
Validity
lxx
ARTICLE 58 (1) This regulation is effective as of the date of its publication (Official Gazette no. 28907
dated February 08, 2014).
Implementation
ARTICLE 59 (1) The provisions of this regulation are implemented by the President of Middle East
Technical University.
lxxi
lxxii
1
2
SCHOOL OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES
The School of Foreign Languages (SFL) provides students studying at METU with English language
education at international standards by coordinating and monitoring the academic work in its departments,
namely DBE (Department of Basic English) and DML (Department of Modern Languages). The primary goal
of the SFL is to enable the students at METU, where the medium of instruction is English, to follow their
departmental courses, to access and effectively use all kinds of resources related to their academic studies and
to use English in their professional lives by communicating in written and oral contexts. The SFL also aims at
equipping each METU student with language skills that will enable him/her to carry out similar tasks in other
foreign languages. Additionally, SFL contributes to the quality of English teaching and learning in the whole
country by offering language courses of high standards to the community.
I) preparing and administering the METU English Language Proficiency Exam, through which
undergraduate and graduate students who are to be newly admitted to METU, students who want to
transfer to METU from other universities, and special students who want to take courses at METU
can demonstrate their proficiency in English. The METU English Language Proficiency Exam is
administered three times each year.
II) enabling the smooth operation of the Academic Writing Centre, which provides free consulting
services to graduate students and the METU faculty through face-to-face tutorials. The mission of the
Academic Writing Centre is to help individuals improve their writing skills and critical thinking skills
and thus become more confident and effective writers.
III) offering courses of high standards to the public and private sectors.
a. the SFL Foreign Language Certificate Program, which is a special intensive program designed
with
the purpose of improving the English language proficiency levels of university graduates in Turkey,
IV) preparing test batteries for private and public institutions and operating as a TOEFL IBT Test
Center,
3
DEPARTMENT OF BASIC ENGLISH
The Department of Basic English provides basic academic English education for METU students
whose level of English is below the proficiency level required of freshman students. It aims to bring the
students' English proficiency level to a degree that will enable them to follow and fulfill the requirements of
the first-year courses as well as to prepare them for the social and academic environment at the university.
The program at the Department of Basic English is designed so as to emphasize the language and
academic skills that will be required of the students during their first year courses. These skills comprise
reading and listening for different purposes, note-taking, writing short texts as required by various departments
and speaking. These skills are practiced in a meaningful academic context with grammar and vocabulary input
being provided so as to enable the students to expand their knowledge of the language while mastering
academic skills.
The Department of Basic English also offers self-study opportunities to assist students in becoming
autonomous learners. With its library, computer and audio-visual laboratories, silent study room, and its
popular website, the Self-Access Center creates opportunities for students to improve their various language
skills.
INSTRUCTORS
7
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
The students performance in the Proficiency or academic skills that they will need in order to fulfill
Placement exam determines the course that they the requirements of their first-year courses.
will take during the first semester. The course that
they will take during the second semester depends DBE 301 Intermediate Level
on how well they complete the requirements of their In this 320-hour course, the academic skills that will
first semester course. Students whose in-semester be required during the first-year courses are
achievement grade is borderline are given the introduced. These skills include reading for
Achievement Test at the end of the first semester academic purposes, listening and note-taking,
and are placed in the appropriate group according to writing short texts based on the information from
their performance on this test. their readings and listening input, as well as
speaking. While practicing these skills, the students
DBE 101 Beginner Level are also provided with the opportunity to expand
The 300 hours of this 400-hour course is designed their knowledge of language use and vocabulary.
to equip students with the basic language and
vocabulary required for them to practice academic DBE 302 Upper-Intermediate Level
skills. The remaining contact hours are dedicated to This 240-hour course, which is the continuation of
introducing students to reading, listening, writing the DBE 301 course, aims at bringing the students
and speaking for academic purposes. to the proficiency level required by the departments.
The primary objective of this course is to enable
DBE 102 Pre-Intermediate Level students to purposefully use the language through
This second semester 550-hour course, which is skill integration. Language and vocabulary are
designed as the continuation of the DBE 101 course, treated as a means to extract meaning and facilitate
aims to bring the students to a level that will enable task completion.
them to fulfill the requirements of their first-year
courses. The focus is primarily on practicing DBE 401 Upper-Intermediate Level
academic skills. Further language and vocabulary This 240-hour course is designed to cater for the
reinforcement is provided through exposure to needs of upper-intermediate level students, whose
academic texts, both written and spoken. proficiency level is only slightly below the level
required by the university. The aim of this course is
DBE 201 Elementary Level to provide students with meaningful language
This 320-hour course is designed to provide practice through the use of the four skills.
students with 150 hours of initial language and
vocabulary input followed by a 170-hour practice in DBE 402 Advanced
reading, listening, writing and speaking for This 240 hour course, which is the continuation of
academic purposes. the DBE 401 course, aims to perfect the skills and
language necessary to practice academic skills at
DBE 202 Intermediate Level their faculties.
This 320-hour course is the follow-up to the DBE
201 course. The aim is to provide students with DBE 601-602 Repeat
further language practice through exposure to This level is designed for students in their second
advanced-level spoken and written texts. The course year at the DBE and focuses on revising their prior
is designed so that there is ample opportunity for the knowledge as well as improving their reading,
students to further practice in an integrated way the writing, listening and speaking skills.
8
DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES
INSTRUCTORS
9
MUSIC, Esra: B.A., Hacettepe University, M.A.: Kings College, London
NALBANTOLU, pek: B.A., METU., M.A., Bilkent University.
NICOLOSI, Alessandra: Ca Foscari University, University of Catania.
ODABAI, Asl: M.A., PhD, Ankara University.
T, Yaprak Gle: B.A., METU.
ZGVEN, Elif: B.A., Ankara University, M.A. Universite de Provence.
POLAT, zlem: B.A., Hacettepe University.
SARIHAN, Sevim: B.A., Hacettepe University.
SAVA, Duygu: B.A., M.A., METU.
SERT TOKDEMR, Gke B.A., Bilkent University, M.A., METU, PhD candidate, METU
SEZGNER, Oya Y.: B.A., Marmara University; M.A., METU.
SIINAN, zlem: B.A., Ankara University, M.A., METU.
SOMUNCUOLU, Yeim: B.A., M.A., METU, Ph. D., METU.
AHN, Ebru: B.A., METU; M.A. Bilkent University.
AHN, Vildan: B.A., Anadolu University., M.A., METU, Ph. D., METU
EN, Nil Zelal: B.A., METU, M.A., Bilkent University.
ENDL, Michiko Wakui: B.A., M.A., University of Tokyo; Ph.D., Lehigh University.
EEN, Elif: B.A., METU, M.A., Bilkent University.
TAIZADE, Leyla: B.A., State University of Moscow; Ph.D., State University of Baku.
TARAKIOLU, Buket: B.A., METU, M.A., Bilkent University
TARHAN, ahika: B.A., Hacettepe University; M.A., Bilkent University., Ph.D., METU.
TOLUNAY, Aye: B.A., Hacettepe University
VANLI, Gke : B.A., M.A., PhD, METU
VOLK, Andreas:B.A. RWTH Aechen University.
YALIN, Evrim: B.A., M.A., METU.
YAAR, Azer zlem: B.A., Hacettepe University
YILDIRIM, Serdar: B.A., Hacettepe University, M.A., METU.
YILIK, Mehmet Ali: B.A., M.A., PhD candidate, METU
YILDIRIM, Mukaddes: B.A. Hacettepe University.
YILMAZ, Mmin: B.A., Hacettepe University.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The main goal of the Department of Modern Languages is to improve students' foreign language skills
through compulsory and elective courses at various levels. There are ten branches in the Department: English,
French, German, Arabic, Japanese, Italian, Russian, Spanish, Greek, Chinese and Turkish as a Foreign
Language.
COURSES OFFERED
ENG 101 English for Academic CHIN 201 Basic Chinese I (4-1)4
CHIN 202 Basic Chinese II (4-1)4
Purposes I (4-1)4 FREN 201 Beginning French I (4-1)4
ENG 102 English for Academic FREN 202 Beginning French II (4-1)4
Purposes II (4-1)4 FREN 203 Intermediate French I (4-1)4
ENG 201 English-Turkish Translation (3-1)3 FREN 204 Intermediate French II (4-1)4
ENG 202 Turkish-English Translation (3-1)3 FREN 205 Advanced French (4-1)4
ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation GERM 201 Basic German I (4-1)4
Skills (3-1)3 GERM 202 Basic German II (4-1)4
ENG 212 Writing Term Papers (3-1)3 GERM 203 Intermediate German I (4-1)4
ENG 311 Advanced Communication GERM 204 Intermediate German II (4-1)4
Skills (3-1)3 GERM 205 Advanced German I (4-1)4
ENG 411 English in the Media (3-1)3 GERM 206 Advanced German II (4-1)4
ARAB 201 Beginning Arabic I (4-1)4 GERM 207 Advanced German III (4-1)4
ARAB 202 Beginning Arabic II (4-1)4 GERM 208 German Advanced IV (4-1)4
ARAB 203 Intermediate Arabic I (4-1)4 GERM 210 Wrtschaftsdeutsch Syllbus (4-1)4
ARAB 204 Intermediate Arabic II (4-1)4 GRE 201 Basic Greek I (4-1)4
10
GRE 202 Basic Greek II (4-1)4 RUS 202 Basic Russian II (4-1)4
ITAL 201 Basic Italian I (4-1)4 RUS 203 Intermediate Russian (4-1)4
ITAL 202 Basic Italian II (4-1)4 RUS 204 Intermediate Russian II (4-1)4
ITAL 203 Intermediate Italian I (4-1)4 SPAN 201 Basic Spanish I (4-1)4
ITAL 204 Intermediate Italian II (4-1)4 SPAN 202 Basic Spanish II (4-1)4
ITAL 205 Advanced Italian (4-1)4 SPAN 203 Intermediate Spanish I (4-1)4
JA 201 Basic Japanese I (4-1)4 SPAN 204 Intermediate Spanish II (4-1)4
JA 202 Basic Japanese II (4-1)4 TFL 271 Beginning Turkish I (3-1)4
JA 203 Intermediate Japanese I (4-1)4 TFL 272 Beginning Turkish II (3-1)4
JA 204 Intermediate Japanese II (4-1)4 TFL 273 Advanced Turkish I (3-1)4
RUS 205 Advanced Russian (4-1)4 TFL 274 Advanced Turkish II (3-1)4
RUS 201 Basic Russian I (4-1)4
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
I. ENGLISH COURSES
B. ELECTIVE:
A. REQUIRED:
ENG 201 English-Turkish Translation
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I (3-1)3
(4-1)4 Intermediate work in translating texts from English
The course reinforces academic reading skills into Turkish in three stages: (a) starting with
(finding the main idea, skimming, scanning, samples including the basic structures in English at
inferring information, guessing vocabulary from sentence level, (b) moving on to short paragraphs in
context, etc.) through reading selections on a variety which these structures are found in more complex
of topics. It also aims at developing critical form, (c) exposing students to short essays covering
thinking, which enables students to respond to the a wide variety of subjects as representative as
ideas in a well organized written format. possible of the styles and registers found in
contemporary written English.
ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II Prerequisites: ENG 211 and consent of the
(4-1)4 department.
The course reinforces academic writing skills.
Students write different types of essays based on the
ideas they are exposed to in the reading selections. ENG 202 Turkish-English Translation
The emphasis is on the writing process. (3-1)3
Prerequisite: ENG 101 Intermediate work in translating texts from Turkish
into English in three stages: (a) starting with
ENG 211 Academic Speaking Skills samples including the basic structures in English at
(3-1)3 sentence level, (b) moving on to short paragraphs in
The course aims at developing spoken English which these structures are found in more complex
skills. To this end, students are engaged in form, (c) exposing students to short essays covering
classroom discussions, role plays and presentations a wide variety of subjects as representative as
on a variety of topics.. possible of the styles and registers found in
Prerequisites: ENG 101 and ENG 102 contemporary written Turkish.
Prerequisites: ENG 211 and consent of the
ENG 311 Advanced Communication Skills department.
(3-1)3
This is a course designed to develop communication ENG 212 Writing Term Papers
skills in a business context. Emphasis is on (3-1)3
accuracy, fluency and effectiveness of students in A course designed to guide students in library
certain business tasks such as socializing, research and the production of academic papers.
telephoning, presenting information, holding Students follow basic steps of research: choosing
meetings, etc. and narrowing a topic, compiling a working
Prerequisites: Eng 101, 102 and 211. bibliography, outlining, note-taking, writing the first
draft and writing the final paper with documentation
of sources. Prerequisites: ENG 211 and consent of
the department.
11
ENG 411 English in The Media IV. FRENCH COURSES*
(3-1)3
Intermediate-advanced work on English as it is used FREN 201 Beginning French (4-1)4
in the international media by native An introduction to basic spoken and written French.
writers/speakers, in a variety of different registers
such as newscasts (CNN and BBC), video FREN 202 Beginning French II (4-1)4
documentaries, popular sit-coms and authentic A continuation of FREN 201.
unabridged texts. Emphasis will be on language and Prerequisite: FREN 201 or consent of the
on critical thinking. Students will have some instructor.
autonomy and flexibility in their choice of learning
strategies, themes and registers, and in turn, they FREN 203 Intermediate French I (4-1)4
will make on-going, active contribution to the Further reinforcement of basic French.
course. Prerequisite: FREN 202 or proficiency at FREN
Prerequisites: Consent of the department 202 level.
ARAB 205 Advanced Arabic (4-1)4 GERM 202 Basic German II (4-1)4
This course, which is the continuation of Arabic A continuation of GERM 202.
204, aims to develop students reading Prerequisite: GERM 201 or proficiency at GERM
comprehension skills and to equip students with 201 level.
advanced grammar knowledge by means of
analyzing authentic material. Students are also GERM 203 Intermediate German I (4-1)4
expected to develop their oral skills in Arabic by Intermediate German for Science and the Social
participating in classroom discussions. Sciences.
Prerequisite: ARAB 204 or proficiency at ARAB Prerequisite: GERM 202 or proficiency at GERM
204 level. 202 level.
TFL 272 Beginning Turkish II (3-2)4 TFL 274 Advanced Turkish II (3-2)4
A continuation of TFL 271. In addition to the study Continuation of Advanced Turkish I. There is more
of structures of the Turkish language, students will emphasis on reading texts and writing reports. The
be exposed to simple written texts in Turkish. topics are determined by students interests and
Prerequisite: Consent of the department. career goals.
A. Elective Courses in Foreign Languages are offered to second or above year students who have completed
their ENG 101 and ENG 102 requirements.
B. Students will not be permitted to register for courses in their native language. (Students enrolling in foreign
language courses will be required to sign a form that the language to be studied is not their native language).
C. Students who have graduated from a high school which conducts education in a foreign language medium
will not be able to register for 201, 202, 203 and 204 level courses in that language. They may, however,
register for 205 level courses in that language. (Students enrolling in 201, 202, 203, or 204 level courses will
be required to sign a form stating that they have not graduated from a high school which conducts education in
that language).
D. Students who have taken 201 or 202 level courses in a foreign language can not register for 201 or 202 level
courses in another foreign language. These students should continue with 203 and 204 level courses of the
same language.
E. A student who has taken a foreign language course cannot in any following semester register for a lower
level course in the same language.
F. Consent of the Department is a prerequisite for all of the Foreign Language Elective Courses offered by
the Department
14
15
16
FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Middle East Technical University (METU) was established in 1956 as an Institute for Architecture
and Community Planning for the Middle East region, through the collaboration of the Turkish government and
the UN. The Faculty of Architecture, which was the first Faculty to open, originated from this background with
a special law which made it possible for the best universal minds from all over the world to meet with Turkish
outlook, expertise and practice in the middle of Anatolia (in Ankara).
The new academic attitude of the Faculty of Architecture mainly consisted of, critical outlook, new
conceptual research for the fundamentals of good design and good planning, a good mix of international
students from the region, open juries and open discussions in the classes, social consciousness on a global scale
and taking social responsibility on a local scale. This is still the major behavior pattern in itself for our work at
the Faculty. In the early sixties, in 1963, the Faculty founded the first Department of City and Regional
Planning, and the first Department of Architectural Conservation in Turkey, and in 1979 the Department of
Industrial Design was established.
The University, in order to save the cultural heritage of the campus, carried out excavations on METU
campus site in association with our Faculty. The findings dating from 5000-3000 BC are now exhibited in the
first private museum of Turkey, which is in the Faculty complex.
The Faculty started publishing the METU Journal of the Faculty of Architecture in 1975. A refereed
journal, METU JFA was the first academic and internationally scholar journal of its kind in Turkey, and it still
is, that accepts articles in both Turkish and English (www.arch.metu.edu.tr/jfa.htm). It is now indexed in more
than 10 core-indexes, including the Arts and Humanities Citation Index (AHCI), as the only Turkish journal of
architecture among some 45.
Faculty Archive of Slides, which produced and catalogued around 100.000 of vernacular, classical
and modern buildings, environments and products, in Turkey and abroad since 1956
(http://www.arch.metu.edu.tr/bbem/); Historic Buildings Documentation Archives of about 800 historic
monuments (some of which do not exist anymore); Planning Archives starting with some of the originals of the
Ankara Plan by Jansen of 1927 and onwards; and a library of thesis work produced since 1962 (all in English)
and of books from different periods are forming the Information and Documentation Center of the Faculty. The
center is also accepted as one of the three architectural culture centers from Turkey. All services are open to
the public.
Our Research efforts are reorganized around a Faculty of Architecture Research, Design and
Planning Center (MATPUM) with Research Units ranging from theoretical research to professional
consultancy services to building science experiments and branding. The Research Center has a separate
building on the research strip of the campus. (http://matpum.metu.edu.tr/).
In order to support our research and education efforts we are transforming our workshops into design
research laboratories. They are being organized around the areas of, virtual design, animation,
environmental simulation and solid modeling.
The Faculty houses most up-to-date workshops and a printing press which not only prints the Journal,
but did print a good collection of some 300 books all written by our staff since 1962.
17
Faculty cooperation with Industry, private sector and NGOs has been always at a particular level
where it makes prove that academic research and scholarly practice go hand in hand. Our faculty also acts as
public specialists for a significant number of court cases, most of which are very important in terms of public
impact. Some of our research activity is about helping the local authorities on environmental issues, on policy
making, crisis and hazard management issues and above all in strategic spatial planning.
Our alumni, now around 5500 graduates, are organized within the new Faculty of Architecture
Alumni Association (www.omim.org.tr). The Association as an NGO is providing consultancy services for the
public and the private sectors.
In 2010 we celebrated the fiftieth year of our first graduates, and looking at the way we are now
organized, we can say that our next fifty years look to be more multi-dimensional, multi-modal and multi-
disciplinary in terms of the knowledge we are going to process and in terms of the public, private and non-
governmental sectors as well as the national and international bodies we are going to work with.
All this means that we are open and looking forward to meeting and working together with those
students, teachers and researchers of architecture, planning and design who would like to share our basic
attitudes and who would like to develop new mutual value systems in the related areas of knowledge and
practice as well as the regions they are set or meant to influence and would like to ask good questions and try
to do the most for good answers and best practice.
18
DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ERGUT (ALTAN), T. Elvan (Associate Dean of the Faculty of Architecture): B.Arch., M.Arch., METU;
Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton.
ERKAL, Namk G.: B.Arch, M.A., Ph.D., METU.
GNEL, Mehmet Halis: B.S., M.S.., Ph.D., METU.
ZGENEL, Lale (Assistant to the President): B.Arch., M.A., Ph.D., METU.
SORGU (GNEN), Arzu: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
GR, F. Berin : B.Arch., M.Arch., Ph.D., METU.
TANYER, Ali Murat (Vice Chair): B.Arch., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Salford.
TAVUKUOLU, Aye (Vice Chair): B.Arch., M.Arch., Ph. D., METU.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
INSTRUCTORS
AYTA, Erkin: B. Arch., METU; M.S. in Arch. Conservation, Heriot- Watt University.
BA BTNER, Funda: B. LAUD, Bilkent University; M.C.R.P., Ph.D., METU
AKMAKLI (ZEYTUN), Ayem Berrin: B.Arch, M.S. in Building Science; Ph.D. in Building Science,
METU.
ERDER, Evin: B.A., Princeton University; M.A., Pennsylvania University, PhD., METU.
GKE, Fuat: B.Arch., M.S. in Restoration, METU; Ph.D., Ankara University.
T, Rana Nergis: B.Arch., M.Arch., Ph.D., METU.
ZGNL, Nimet: B.Arch., M.Arch., Ph.D., METU.
PEKERL, Mehmet Koray: B.Arch, METU; M.S. in Construction Management, Ph.D., University of
Reading, UK.
SUMMERS, Franoise: B.A., B.Arch., Manchester University, UK.
VAN DER MEIJ, Agnes: B.Arch., M.Arch., Delft University of Technology.
19
ZELEF, Haluk: B.Arch., M.Arch., Ph.D. METU.
VISITING PROFESSORS
ARNOLD, Dana: B.Arch., University of London; M.S., Ph.D., Bartlett University College of London.
MULDERS, Sander: B.Sc.,M.Sc., Delft University of Technology.
PLOMP, Huib: B.Sc.Arch., Delft University of Technology; M.Sc.Arch., Delft University of Technology.
SARIYILDIZ, Sevil: B.Arch., YTU; M.Arch., Ph.D., Delft University of Technology.
STOUFFS, Rudi: B.Sc., M.Sc., Vrije Universiteit Brussel; M.Sc., Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University.
TUNCER, Bige: B.Arch., METU; M.Sc, Carnegie Mellon University; Ph.D., Delft University of Technology.
YETKEN, Carol J. H.: B.Sc., Ball State University; MLA., University of Virginia.LEED AP, RLA.
SPECIALISTS
DEGREE PROGRAMS: The Department of Architecture (the first department of METU) offers
undergraduate and graduate programs in Architecture. The undergraduate program is based on a four-year
study leading to the Bachelor's degree with emphasis on architectural design studios. The graduate program,
leading to the master's degree is offered in the following areas: Master of Architecture in Design, Master of
Science in Building Science, Master of Arts in History of Architecture and Master of Science in Restoration
and Preservation of Historical Monuments, International Joint Master of Science in Computational Design and
Fabrication Technologies in Architecture (Dual Diploma). Graduate studies leading to the Ph.D. degree are
offered in Architectural Design, Building Science, Restoration and History of Architecture.
Two undergraduate minor programs are offered; Minor Program in Conservation for undergraduate
students of city-planning, and Minor Program in Architectural Culture for students from all departments of
METU.
RESEARCH INTERESTS AND FACILITIES: Architectural theory, history and criticism and
philosophy, theory and methods of architectural education and practice, theory and history of urban space,
restoration and preservation of historic work and environments, monographic studies on settlements in Turkey,
environmental issues in architecture, building and construction systems, project and construction management,
computational technologies and IT in architecture are the major areas of graduate research.
In addition to the studios where undergraduate and graduate design courses take place, there are
workshops and laboratories, the Photogrammetry Center, the Building Materials Laboratory, the
Environmental Simulation Laboratory, the Computer Laboratory, Digital Design Research Studio, , support the
academic and research activities in the Department.
The Graduate Program in Restoration combines theoretical education with practical work in its two
laboratories in the Faculty of Architecture. Both facilities are directly involved in the education program
besides undertaking research projects from governmental bodies and individuals. The Photogrammetry Center
(laboratory) which was established in 1967 contributes to teaching methods of measured surveys with the aid
of instruments. The Building Materials Laboratory was also established in 1967 and aims at teaching methods
of analysis in order to determine the properties as well as the problems of deterioration likely to develop in the
fabric of historic buildings. The laboratory is related to course work as well as guiding the students in their
thesis projects.
The Department of Architecture Information Center (ARCHIC) was established in 1996, to fulfill
the information flow to and from the Department, the Faculty, the students, the alumni, practicing architects
and architectural offices, architectural materials producers, the construction industry in Turkey, and other
institutions of architectural education.
Other than direct call, detailed and up-to-date information about the Department can be reached at through
the web-site: www.archweb.metu.edu.tr
20
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
First Semester Second Semester
ARCH 101 Basic Design (4-8)8 ARCH 102 Introduction to Architectural
ARCH 103 Graphic Communication I (2-2)3 Design (4-8)8
ARCH 111 Introduction to Architectural ARCH 104 Graphic Communication II (2-2)3
Concepts (3-0)3 ARCH 112 Architectural History I (3-0)3
MATH 125 Basic Mathematics I (3-2)4 MATH 126 Basic Mathematics II (3-2)4
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
(4-0)4 (4-0)4
IS 100 Introduction to Information *TURK 202 Turkish (3-0)3
Technologies and Applications NC
*TURK 201 Turkish (3-0)3
ARCH 190 Practice in Building Construction and Surveying NC
SECOND YEAR
Third Semester Fourth Semester
ARCH 201 Architectural Design I (4-8)8 ARCH 202 Architectural Design II (4-8)8
ARCH 203 Digital Media in Architecture I (2-2)3 ARCH 204 Digital Media in Architecture II (2-2)3
ARCH 211 Architectural History II (3-0)3 ARCH 212 Architectural History III (3-0)3
ARCH 231 Architectural Engineering I: Statics ARCH 232 Architectural Engineering II:
and Strength of Materials (3-2)4 Behavior and Analysis of Structures (3-2)4
ARCH 251 Building Materials Technologies(2-2)3 ARCH 252 Building Construction
ARCH 291 Landscape Design (3-0)3 Technologies (2-2)3
ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation Skills (3- ARCH 282 Principles of Built Environment (3-0)3
0)3 Any 1 of the following set:
Any 1 of the following set: HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC HIST 2206 History of the Turkish
HIST 2205 History of the Turkish Revolution II NC
Revolution I NC *HIST 400 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
*HIST 400 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC
ARCH 290 Summer Practice NC (**)
THIRD YEAR
Fifth Semester Sixth Semester
ARCH 301 Architectural Design III (4-8)8 ARCH 302 Architectural Design IV (4-8)8
ARCH 331 Structural Design in Architecture I ARCH 312 Principles of City Planning and
(3-2)4 Urban Design (3-0)3
ARCH 351 Building Detail Modelling (2-4)4 ARCH 332 Structural Design in Architecture II
ARCH 381 Environmental and Building Systems (3-2)4
(3-0)3 ARCH 382 Environmental Control Technologies
ARCH 393 Principles of Cultural Heritage (3-0)3
Conservation (3-0)3 Any 1 of the following set:
Any 1 of the following set: TURK 106 Turkish II (2-0)NC
TURK 105 Turkish I (2-0)NC TURK 201 Elementary Turkish (4-0)NC
TURK 201 Elementary Turkish (4-0)NC TURK 304 Turkish II (2-0)NC
TURK 303 Turkish I (2-0)NC Approved elective course (3-0)3
Approved elective course (3-0)3
ARCH 390 Summer Practice NC (**)
21
FOURTH YEAR
Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
ARCH 401 Architectural Design V (4-8)8 ARCH 402 Architectural Design VI (4-8)8
Approved elective course (3-0)3 ARCH 452 Professional Practice (3-0)3
Approved elective course (3-0)3 Approved elective course (3-0)3
Approved elective course (3-0)3 Approved elective course (3-0)3
Approved elective course (3-0)3 Approved elective course (3-0)3
Approved elective course (3-0)3
The contemporary theoretical approaches on conservation require a close collaboration between the fields of
restoration/conservation and city planning. First phase of this collaboration is the constitution of a shared
framework of communication. Minor Program in Conservation for the undergraduate students of city planning
aims at giving the basic concepts of conservation as well as their conceptual parameters. This program offers
six courses. The courses on the theoretical framework and the legal aspects of conservation are supported by
several seminars on varying related topics. The theoretical accumulation of knowledge is tested through a field
study in the workshop.
Architecture is associated with many fields and types of study and learning. While Architects find themselves
compelled to be acquainted with them, it seems relevant to think and expect that those in diverse fields be
concerned with the relation of their field of knowledge to architecture, to the qualities of the background to our
everyday life. In a world where interdisciplinary work is gaining ever-growing importance, many from
different disciplines collaborate with architects on studies and projects related with our built environment. An
acquaintance with architecture along with their major studies will give them a sound understanding of
architecture, and insight into its possible relations to their major subjects and will be instrumental for effective
communication and collaboration in the medium of architecture.
ELECTIVE COURSES
Students are expected to pass 10 courses as elective courses prior to graduation with the B.Arch Degree. One
from each of the following four groups of elective courses will have to be taken and successfully completed.
The remaining 6 elective courses are expected to be on related subjects (excluding performance based courses
such as foreign languages, music, etc.).
22
Maximum 2 of the elective courses have to be taken from other departments at the University. Elective courses
taken from other METU departments, as well as from other universities (in Turkey or abroad) have to be
approved by the Department.
5XX/7XX courses can be taken by undergraduate students upon consent by instructor. Except the courses
listed below, elective courses taken from Fine Arts and Music, and Foreign Languages Departments are not
going to be regarded as a part of the required elective courses package.
Building Technology
History
ARCH 101 Basic Design (4-8)8 architectural notions and physical elements that
Introduction to the basic concepts and principles of define architectural space. Analysis and
design. Development of visual values for design coordination of internal and external factors
organization, form and space using a variety of defining an architectural problem such as the site,
elements and materials. The formal and tectonic program, scale, tectonics, etc. The design of small
characteristics of design. Experimental techniques scale architectural spaces.
of design thinking and making. Prerequisite: ARCH 101
ARCH 303 Freehand Architectural Drawing will be conducted through lectures with visual
(3-2)4 material, discussions and student presentations.
Development of skills in freehand sketching and
rendering techniques through life-drawings in studio ARCH 324 Thinking (Reading/Writing) on
and outdoors. Studies are supervised individually Architecture (3-0)3
through tutorial briefs and criticism. The course intends to improve students skills in the
practice of thinking in terms of reading and writing
ARCH 322-323 Developments in Modern Art by emphasizing the significance of this practice in
I-II (3-0)3 the process of architectural production.
This course aims at familiarizing students with the In a movement from simpler to complex reading
art of the 20th Century through a survey of art and writing, it aims to acquaint students with basic
movements, approaches and artists of the 20th and advanced strategies in the analysis, synthesis
Century who have helped from the contemporary and critique of architectural texts (texts, acting as
understanding of art. The subject matter will not the medium through which these strategies are
comprise of only western artists, but Turkish and developed, are selected to overlap within a
other important international artists and movements contextual framework and renewed each year). In
this sense, the course attempts to play a preparatory
29
role for advanced courses on history, theory and ARCH 361 Integration of Building Systems
criticism that demand these strategies intensively in in Architectural Design for
the practice of thinking on architecture. Environmental Control (3-0)3
This course aims to develop an awareness on
ARCH 325-326 Architecture in Situ (3-0)3 environmental issues and their close relation with
A course largely based on direct experience of built architectural design. Building systems in
works of architecture and architectural sites in architectural design in terms of environmental
Turkey or abroad, facilitated by field studies or control and technology; environmental issues; the
design workshops to be conducted by staff. Due to responsibility of architects for preserving and
time to be spent far from school premises, programs improving environment; basic building systems
for the course are offered in the Summer School, or (active and passive); environmental control as an
travel periods are organized in summer or winter integral part of architectural design, environmental
vacations. Expenses for travels are met by students control policies, and legislations are studied.
themselves, with partial support for those held in Integration of these systems and principles in
Turkey. architectural design process starting from the very
beginning and their potentials for innovative design
ARCH 333 Mathematics in Architecture solutions are discussed. State-of-art technologies for
(3-0)3 environmentally friendly systems/solutions and their
It is aimed to make explicit the relation between applications in architectural design are investigated
architecture and mathematics, thus the role of through several examples encountered in built-
mathematics is emphasized, with the new age of environment.
informatics and so called 'algorithmic thinking' then
computation in design questioned in the ARCH 365-366 Fine Arts Techniques
architectural design. The concepts of 'sets' and then Workshop (3-2)4
'functions-relations' are used in throughout the To familiarize the student with potentialities of the
course in order to establish a base for further adjustable camera. Terminology concerning the
discussions on mathematical modeling, parametric topic. Accessories and their function. How to look
modeling and computation modeling etc in relation consciously to see. Seeking for a message in the
with algorithmic thinking and design computation. picture. How to adjust the instrument to get the
Following this, first issues related to form geometry required result. Darkroom practice. Color and black
and structural stability/materials are re-experienced and white photography.
by forcing students to perceive the design problem
as a whole from the very beginning and instead of ARCH 371 Information Architecture (3-0)3
designing the final product, they are expected to This course will be a study on the methods of
design the process. Isometries, similarities, linear organization of information, building informational
and non linear-systems, fractals etc. are some of the structures, which will enable the audience to
mathematical tools used in this inquiry. interpret this information, on their journey from data
Finally, thinking and designing in n-dimensional to wisdom. Making the complex clear, Information
space, mapping from one domain to another is Architecture is the 21st century professional
studied in relation with mathematics and occupation addressing the needs of the age focused
information technologies. upon human understanding.
30
architectural identity of settlements, on conservation, current definitions of cultural
tourism/conservation relations. heritage, tools and methodological approaches to
the conservation and valorization of cultural
ARCH 403 Advanced Architectural heritage.
Surveying (2-8)6
Aims to give a comprehensive understanding of the ARCH 410 A Survey on Architectural
methodology followed in the preparation of Culture: From the Neolithic to
conservation, reutilization project for traditional the Modern Period (3-0)3
dwellings. Focuses on providing knowledge on the This course aims to introduce the general history of
methods of making a thorough measured and architecture through a brief survey, by underlying:
descriptive survey of a building by means of various urban patterns and social role of architecture; form
techniques; analysis and evaluation of the building and meaning; structure and building technology;
according to the different aspects; conservation and materials and ornament. The course outline is
reused proposal at the end. mainly chronological from the Neolithic to the
Practical exercises are carried out on the site. Modern period. The focus is the architecture of the
Middle East and the Mediterranean till the Modern
ARCH 405 Design in Restoration (4-8)8 period; the Modern period will be surveyed
The course concentrates on the traditional dwellings globally.
in Turkey. The main focus is on the timber frame
dwellings. The course aims to teach the methods ARCH 413 Survey of Early Christian and
and techniques of documentation including Byzantine Architecture (3-0)3
graphical, verbal and visual documentation on a Byzantine architecture throughout the east
specific case. The analysis of a traditional dwelling Mediterranean, the Balkans, Greece, Anatolia, and
is followed by research and preparation of the Near East between 323 A.D. and 1453. A survey
restitution projects. The discussion on the problems designed to familiarize students with the major
of traditional residential architecture within the monuments and themes in the history of Byzantine
framework of restoration / preservation leads to the architecture using a contextual approach. Students
preparation of restoration projects. to describe and analyze Byzantine buildings
All phases are supplemented by written reports. critically in writing and class discussions with
(Preparatory course for M.S. in Restoration and special focus on the Byzantine churches, which are
Preservation) the buildings to have survived the most, while
fortifications, civic infrastructures, monasteries,
ARCH 407 City in Late Antiquity and palaces, castles and houses will also be discussed.
Byzantium: Topography and
Architecture (3-0)3 ARCH 415 Fundamentals of Site Planning
This course intends to introduce students to the field (3-0)3
of Late Antique and Byzantine architecture and Studies the techniques of site planning in four parts.
topography through a survey of major Early Starts with an analysis of the main physical site
Christian and Byzantine cities, i.e. Rome, Ravenna, elements, continues with the analysis, relation and
Milan, Istanbul, and Thessaloniki. The course will location of activities on a site. Alternative choices
present the basic architectural and topographical for vehicular and pedestrian circulation systems are
components introduced by the new political, studied in the third section. The architectural design
cultural, and religious system, and explore several elements of site design, criteria for the evaluation of
different factors in determining the distribution and good site design, and practical know-how on site
positioning of these components into the urban design constitute the fourth section.
topography and their relationship with the existing
(Classical) buildings and functions. ARCH 416 Architects and Patrons (3-0)3
Aims at developing awareness in the determinative
ARCH 409 Perspectives in the Conservation role of the relationship occurring between the
and Valorization of Cultural architect and the patron in the careers of architects.
Heritage (3-0) 3 A concise survey of some distinct cases throughout
Introduction to the field of conservation and its history to understand how this relationship evolved.
relationship with the visual arts and architecture, as Focusing on the forms of patronage in relation to
well as natural and cultural sites and their associated architecture as profession, autonomy and authorship
values; history of conservation, its origins and of the architect, construction of self and identity
development; the conservation of objects, paintings within the social process of an architectural project.
and architecture. Existing theories and perspectives
31
ARCH 417 The Limits of Architectural in different times and places. Tools used in
Criticism (3-0)3 architectural practice, drawings and models, other
Mapping cultural/positional differences between tools for modification and particular signs for
and across different forms of architectural criticism. identity. Position and status of architects in the
A critical survey of significant architectural critics, society, working conditions, corroboration with the
magazines and representations. patrons.
ARCH 418 Case Studies in Architectural ARCH 422 Classical Antiquity in Asia
Criticism (3-0)3 Minor (3-0)3
A critical survey of selected themes, concepts, Architectural developments in Anatolia during the
buildings and architects concerning contemporary classical age will be covered with a contextual
architecture. Students are encouraged to take an approach. Indigenous traditions in construction and
active role and engage in architectural criticism/ building types will also be considered to stress the
activities. Anatolian contribution and the resulting synthesis in
the material evidence of Greek and Roman
ARCH 419 Pre-Classical Architecture of civilizations, with particular attention to Western
Ancient Anatolia (3-0)3 Asia Minor.
An undergraduate survey focusing on the history of Prerequisite: ARCH 112.
architecture of Anatolia from the Neolithic Period to
the end of Iron Ages in chronological order: ARCH 423 Domestic Architecture in
Architecture of the Neolithic Period, Early Bronze Antiquity (3-0)3
Age Troy, Assyrian Trade Colony Period, Hittite Development of domestic architecture in the ancient
Empire, and the Kingdoms of Lycia, Phrygia and Greek and Roman periods are covered in a
Urartu. It is to provide students with a general contextual approach. Architectural organization of
knowledge of different architectural traditions on houses are presented in relation to ancient daily life
Pre-Classical Anatolia; to acquire a basic under- and social practices.
standing of Anatolian Pre-Classical architectural
traditions as well as to have a basis for further ARCH 425 The Cultural Context of Art and
studies in history of architecture. Architecture (3-0)3
This is an audio-visual course which analyses the
ARCH 420 Architecture and Politics in socio-economic, political and cultural background
20th Century Italy (3-0)3 of important works of art and architecture and their
Italian Architecture displays an unbalanced position interrelation with other aesthetic achievements
within architectural history scholarship. The during a given period, so as to induce in the student
tremendous interest directed to the architecture an analytic understanding of a particular artistic and
produced on this land in Antiquity or between 14th aesthetic milieu as an indivisible entity. The course
and 18th centuries dissolves when more recent times will be conducted through lectures aided by video
are at issue. In reality both the architectural films, slides, audio cassettes and discs.
production itself and the architectural discourses
flourished in Italy in the 20th Century show great ARCH 426 House and Daily Life in History
variety and immense intellectual depth not easily (3-0)3
matched elsewhere. In this course we try to acquaint The course covers the developments in the domestic
th
ourselves with this rich architectural culture that has architecture and daily life before the 20 century.
affected the 20th Century Western architectural Changes, continuities and transformations in the
scene in many ways. With this aim Italian meaning, use and form of the houses and domestic
architectural production of this century is spaces as well as those in the conception of private
scrutinized vis--vis different problematic such as sphere and privacy are covered in thematic sessions.
tradition/innovation, realism/surrealism, and by
situating architecture within Italys socio-political ARCH 427 Studies in Greek Architecture
conjuncture(s). (3-0)3
The course deals with various approaches and
ARCH 421 Architects and Architectural viewpoints in the study of Greek architecture
Practice in History (3-0)3 through selected readings. Class discussions are
Status of architects, and other professionals based on specific topics and themes such as the
involved in building, both in the west and in the evolution of the Greek temple. Active oral
east, from antiquity to the end of the nineteenth- participation in the course is mandatory.
century. Verbal and visual sources and other
documentary evidence on the education of architects
32
ARCH 428 Twentieth Century Architecture materials. Study of objective aesthetic values of
in Turkey (3-0)3 great builders such as Telford, Eiffel, Roebling,
The course surveys and evaluates major Nervi, Saarinen, Maillart, and Freyssinet.
developments in architecture during the twentieth Interrelation between structural design criteria and
century in Turkey. The objective is to examine the architectural design principles.
stylistic, technological, typological, urban and
professional transformations in contemporary ARCH 440 Masterworks of Medieval
architectural production with reference to the frames Architecture in East and West
of nationalism, internationalism, modernization and (3-0)3
globalization. This course investigates masterworks of Islamic and
Christian architecture in medieval age. Selected
ARCH 429 Pattern and Geometry in Design monumental buildings are analyzed in terms of their
(3-0)3 structural, formal and stylistic features. The course
Review and learning basic geometric forms and is constructive in creating an overall view about the
their relationships. Study of geometric patterns, cultural and historical contexts wherein monumental
their criteria and analysis of existing examples with buildings were produced, and in providing basic
specific emphasis on historic Anatolian examples. knowledge on design methods in medieval age.
Exercises in creating new geometric patterns by Students will be acquainted with the main creative
using the rules developed in the existing patterns. impulses in different epochs and realms of medieval
architecture.
ARCH 430 Seminar in Contemporary
Architecture (3-0)3 ARCH 441-442 Reading Architectural Works
The course addresses the current developments and I-II (3-0)3
debates in contemporary architecture through Addressed to question a common ground for
thematic lectures. It highlights the diversity and reading works of art and architecture referring to
covers a multitude of critical discourses, certain philosophical arguments-perceiving
experimental practices and case studies that architecture as art, as a cultural product, not only a
challenged architecture after the WW2. Selected built product but also a product of thought and
themes provide an insight into the key concepts, ideas. Theory of Regionalism will help to clarify the
actors, institutions, products and projections that historical and intellectual reasoning in the gradual
formed the architectural agenda in particularly the formation of today's attitudes in reading and
last three decades. understanding of architectural works.
ARCH 462 Computer Aided Drafting and ARCH 472 Thinking Lines II: Constructions
Design (3-2)4 (2-4)4
The purpose of the course is to introduce computer This course is the studio work of ARCH 471-
aided graphics applications. Two dimensional and Thinking Lines I. It aims at questioning the relation
three dimensional representation techniques are between architectural representation and
presented. Drawing, rendering, animation programs architecture by a series of weekly projects both in
are covered. Students are expected to fully represent paper and digital medium. Through the following
a project in computer environment. questions students will be asked to rethink the
Prerequisite: ARCH 461 or consent of instructor. instrumental character of lines and to develop a
further consciousness for architecture: Are lines just
ARCH 463 Introduction to the Theory of tools or more than that? How distant and close are
Shape Grammars (3-0)3 lines and architecture? Are we as architects familiar
A lecture course that focuses on the theory of shape enough with the nature of the environment that we
grammars (Stiny and Gips, 1975); seeks to provide think through? By coming closer to lines can we
a critical perspective to quantitative and symbolic come closer to architecture? Can we release the
computations, and encourage design students to further possibilities of space and architecture by
apply visual and spatial thinking in computation; developing a consciousness to what stands closer to
aims to give basic knowledge of shapes and visual us?
computation.
ARCH 473-474 Architects Market Structure
ARCH 465 Fine Arts Techniques Workshop I I-II (3-0)3
(2-2)3 This course aims to prepare the senior students to
A basic course of drawing and/or pointing to the market conditions that they will experience after
develop students ability to see, understand and graduation: Defines the role of the architect through
express in visual objects in space. economic, social and cultural parameters of the
market structure; investigates the rules and
regulations affecting the architects services in both
the private and the government sectors.
35
ARCH 475 Digital Design Studio II (3-6)6 ARCH 483-484 Energy Considerations in
An advanced design research studio. An innovative Architecture I-II (3-0)3
consciousness will be developed for advanced Energy structures, centralized and decentralized
themes and topics of digital environment. Themes energy systems. Future energy systems. Thermal
and topics will differ in each semester. Architectural comfort, heating forms and space use, consumer's
thinking and space in relation to digital environment control of heating. Heat flow through buildings,
will be further elaborated and discussed through a review of related regulations. Heat load coefficient,
design project. shape and thermal performance of buildings.
Management of heating systems, energy accounting.
ARCH 477 Architectural Modeling (3-0)3 Energy conservation projects, solar heating systems.
Models have always constituted an important means Prerequisite for ARCH 484: ARCH 483
of architectural representation. The goal of this
course is to endorse a new awareness among ARCH 489 Lighting in Architecture (3-0)3
architectural students in this particular mode of Lighting requirements, recommended illumination
representation under three themes: Architectural and luminance levels, illumination distribution on
Model as a Mode of Representation, techniques of interior surfaces, illuminance and luminance
Model Making, and Conceptual Models. measurements. Artificial lighting design: Lamps and
luminaires, direct lighting, recessed lighting,
diffused lighting. Daylighting design: Design skies,
ARCH 479 Acoustical Design of Halls for design-based exterior illuminance levels, daylight
Musical Performance (3-0)3 factor method of interior illuminance level
It is aimed to explore the interdisciplinary science of calculation, window design, worked examples.
designing concert halls and understanding the
concert experience. A collective view of concert ARCH 491-492 Landscape Research I-II
hall design as a fusion of the arts and sciences- (3-0)3
physical acoustics, architectural design and The courses aim to develop a general appreciation
engineering, auditory psychology, and musical and knowledge on landscape issues by introducing
performance is introduced. various concepts, contexts and states of landscape
Interwoven themes of music, architecture, audience architecture and design. Landscape Research I &
and acoustics are investigated. II intend to reveal landscape as a natural, cultural
and aesthetic phenomenon; not only as a technical
issue. The courses cover a series of lectures and a
ARCH 481 Design with Climate (3-0)3 research period that includes students works on a
The course addresses the issue of climatic specific landscape topic.
considerations and their significance in the design
process of the built environment emphasizing the ARCH 494 Creativity in Expressive
necessity of different architecture for different Communication (3-0)3
climates. Definition of climatic problems, effect of This course aims to improve communication skills
topography and surrounding elements on of students. It is expected that, through this course,
microclimate; different climatic regions, examples students will gain awareness of the other facets of
of vernacular architecture are the main topics. A communication such as body language, mimicry,
design project considering site selection/ posture. During the course, by practical exercises,
topography/landscape/orientation and microclimate/ students will learn to tackle possible communicative
microspace in urban and rural context is the output. problems of professional life.
ARCH 395 Theory of Conservation (3-0)3 The legal and administrative aspects of preservation
Basic concepts of theory of conservation. Historical of cultural heritage. Comparison of various laws and
background, contemporary international regulations, regulations related with preservation, development
charters, declarations. Terminology in conservation. and environment. The characteristics of
governmental (central and local) and non-
ARCH 397 Seminar in Conservation I governmental bodies dealing with preservation.
(3-0)3
Basic concepts of architectural scale. Types of ARCH 497 Selected Topics in Conservation
cultural property. Characteristics of traditional (3-0)3
residential architecture in Anatolia. Recent development of conservation and
Implementation Plans in Turkey. Introduction and
ARCH 398 Seminar in Conservation II discussion of various concept and problems of
(3-0)3 conservation and implementation on selected
Definition of different fields of specializations those specific examples of conservation plans and projects
take part in conservation studies. Varying topics in Turkey and Foreign countries.
such as urban archaeology, documentation,
architectural identity of settlements, tourism/ ARCH 498 Workshop in Conservation
conservation relations. (2-4)4
To introduce historic sites, their characteristics and
ARCH 495 Legal and Administrative Aspects problems to the students. Includes analysis and
of Conservation (3-0)3 evaluation of the problems of conservation in
different scales in a historic area.
ARCH 211 Architectural History II (3-0)3 3 elective courses approved by the Department of
This course explores architectural history between Architecture (selected from four groups of elective
the 7th and 18th centuries in the lands Muslims ruled; courses, each from a different group.
and between the 15th and 18th centuries in Western
37
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
ARCHITECTURE
The graduate programs leading to the degrees of M.Arch., M.S. in Restoration, M.S. in Building
Science, M.S. Program in Computational Design and Fabrication Technologies in Architecture and M.A. in
History of Architecture take a minimum of four semesters. The programs are structured to enable
specialization in the options offered by the Department. The candidates for M.Arch. should have an
undergraduate degree in architecture. Prior to the submission of the thesis, students are required to complete 24
credit hours (a minimum 7 courses with credit) for M.Arch. in Architecture, 21 credit hours (minimum 7
courses with credit) for M.S. in Building Science; 21 credit hours (minimum 7 courses with credit) for the
M.A. in History of Architecture and 40 credit hours (minimum 10 courses with credit) for the M.S. in
Restoration degrees. Courses being registered by the student should be approved by the Department.
Post-graduate studies leading to Ph.D. degrees are conducted according to the Academic Regulations
of the University which prescribe relevant requirements and provisions for said degrees (See: Academic
Regulations).
The M.Arch. program endows the graduate student with the knowledge of the social, political,
economic, geographic and professional contexts of architecture and an awareness of the social and
environmental consequences of design decisions. Graduate candidates are expected to acquire an adequate
knowledge of the history and theories of architecture and related arts, technologies and human sciences, a
critical awareness of current paradigms, issues and themes of present day architectural debates and the ability
to use them in individual research. The graduate program in Architecture is involved with processes
concerning the creation, representation, application and dissemination of knowledge and offers various
graduate theory and research courses, as well as graduate design research studios. Elective courses cover a
wide range of research interests and orientations supported by the diversity and the versatility of the staff
profile, with extensive teaching experience both in studio and theory courses.
The programs resources have recently been mobilized and restructured under different research
tracks in order to foster the existing strengths of the program and to nurture and encourage the development of
emerging research agendas and structures brought forth by new priorities and challenges in architectural
research. Built upon a clear diagnosis and awareness of global educational and research priorities and emergent
fields, these non-compulsory research tracks offer graduate students the possibility to pursue their individual
research agendas along different research orientations offered by the Department. The program is structured
around an integrated curriculum which links and networks both the different tracks of the M.Arch. program
and the four graduate programs of the Department to encourage the involvement of the graduate student with
heterogeneous research, learning and design communities. Flexibility within and across the programs is hence
encouraged to contribute to the improvement of quality and effectiveness in education, leading to adaptive
curricula, which prove especially significant within the context of the currently operating reform in
architectural education to align with the goals of the Bologna Process and the European Higher Education
Area.
38
Qualifications and Competences of the Graduates
Graduate candidates are expected to develop skills in the design and planning of creative research
projects and in the application of their problem-solving skills in new and unfamiliar environments and in multi-
disciplinary contexts related with the built environment. Candidates should display outstanding communication
skills in both written, oral and graphic forms and the ability to work with autonomy, while also to collaborate,
network and build relationships both at individual and institutional levels, with colleagues, peers and various
scholar communities from different professional backgrounds. A good level of English language, as well as
time management and organizational skills are considered essential to the successful completion of the
program.
In more specific terms the program looks into the many-faceted aspects of concerns like building
management efficiency, construction systematics, computer aided design and manufacturing technologies in
architecture, computer-based library for construction detailing, function-systematics, function-specific spaces,
energy in building design, integrated mechanical systems, building system design for sustainability, structures,
lighting, environmental and room acoustics, thermal performance of buildings, computer modeling and
simulations, project and construction management, etc.
The M.S. Program in Restoration is aimed at training graduate students with specialized skills for the
conservation and preservation of historic monuments and sites. These include all the theoretical and practical
background and the techniques necessary to conserve, restore and manage historic buildings, parts or the whole
of historic towns and areas, and archaeological sites. The increase in scientific and cultural interest and the
economic emphasis due to tourism have led to greater attention to this field. The curriculum aims at providing
a multidisciplinary educational environment in accordance with the multidisciplinary nature of conservation.
The students are introduced with the necessary approaches, methodologies, and tools orientated toward the
conservation of cultural properties at various scales within the framework of conservation theory and
principles, and educated to gain the skills for defining and solving related problems. They also get familiar
with the materials and techniques of restoration by laboratory experience. Admission is open to all candidates
holding a Bachelor's Degree.
The M.A. Program in History of Architecture provides training in different periods and geographical
areas of architectural culture and built environment, aiming to equip its graduates with the requisite
knowledge, research skills, and initiative to engage in innovative scholarship at both international and national
39
levels. Research interests and disciplinary backgrounds of the faculty cover various fields of history and theory
of art and architecture. The program is affiliated with the Department of Architecture and is offered within the
Institute of Social Sciences.
There is no disciplinary limitation for the applicants, but applications from the graduates of architecture and
related fields in design, fine arts, humanities and social sciences are especially invited. Applicants from all
fields are required to demonstrate their interest in and familiarity with architectural history through transcripts,
a portfolio and a letter of intent, as well as satisfactory performance in entrance examinations. Proficiency in
English is required of all applicants. Accepted students may be asked to attend a preparatory program.
Developments in information and communication technology have an impact throughout the entire
life cycle of a building, not only from a process and technical point of view but also from a creative design and
materialization point of view. The rise of spatial modeling and form creation techniques enables architects to
deal with forms that previously could barely be drawn or built, and that require non-standard engineering and
construction methods for their materialization. Therefore, the exploration and adoption of new techniques and
methods for design and manufacturing, including parametric design approaches, performance-based design
approaches and digital manufacturing techniques, are necessary.
Parametric design enables the exploration of alternative designs within a single representation using
parameters and associative relationships to control geometric and constructive aspects of the design. In
performance-based design, performance goals with respect to various aspects, such as comfort and structure,
are explicitly developed and updated during the design, and assessed and guarded throughout the design
process. Digital manufacturing enables innovative design exploration through physical prototyping during the
design process, and mass-customization of non-standard architecture towards industrialization in a cost-
effective manner.
Ph.D. Programs
To be eligible for admission to the Ph.D. program, candidates are required to have successfully
completed a Masters degree in Architecture (M.Arch.) from METU or an equivalent institution. The Ph.D.
program in Architecture lasts a minimum of eight semesters. Degree requirements consist of formal
coursework of a total minimum credits of 27 (2 required courses and 5 elective courses approved by the
Department of Architecture), a proficiency exam, a substantial Ph.D. dissertation and its defense. Prior to the
submission of the dissertation proposal, candidates must have selected a thesis supervisor who aligns with their
research interests.
The Ph.D. program in Architecture aims at enhancing scholarship in the fields of theory, design,
knowledge and representation. It endows the doctoral student with the knowledge and skills and the
development of appropriate ways of thinking and production required to cope with the growing complexity of
contemporary research projects. Original and significant scholar contribution to the field is expected, as well as
versatility in dealing with research projects of an interdisciplinary or technocentric nature. The formal
coursework presents and investigates different epistemological, methodological or representational frameworks
and scientific approaches used in the discipline and in other human or physical sciences and deals with the
problems of integration, representation and communication of knowledge. Elective courses develop awareness
of current issues and topics in architectural debates and of the complex socio-cultural, economic and
technological issues shaping contemporary architectural discourse and practice. A critical understanding and
40
reinterpretation of the most recent theoretical debates and paradigms in architecture and in related fields and
disciplines, as well as an effective consciousness of the social, historical and epistemological contexts of
research is considered as a substantial part of doctoral research. The program endows the doctoral candidate
with an awareness of the moral and ethical issues in scientific inquiry, competence in the synthesis and
integration of knowledge in real world situations and the development of an ethos to this end.
Considering that the majority of doctoral candidates are interested in future academic careers, career
planning is also on the agenda. The program provides for training both in research and teaching, attracting
future academics nationwide to experience the research culture and scholarship developed there.
The doctoral candidate is expected to work with a high degree of autonomy, displaying high standards
of scholarship and effective and creative self-curation abilities. Candidates should display outstanding skills in
the definition, planning and development of their research projects, which in turn should prove relevant and
significant contributions to the field of knowledge within current architectural debates. Competence in the
understanding and organization of interdisciplinary and multi-disciplinary knowledge and its use and
interpretation within the disciplinary field of design and architecture, as well as skills in complexity
management are expected. Candidates assume professional and ethical responsibilities in research and its
applications, and develop their work within the academic codes of conduct.
In more specific terms the program looks into the many-faceted aspects of concerns like building
management efficiency, construction systematics, computer aided design and manufacturing technologies in
architecture, computer-based library for construction detailing, function- systematics, function-specific spaces,
energy in building design, integrated mechanical systems, building system design for sustainability, structures,
lighting, environmental and room acoustics, thermal performance of buildings, computer modeling and
simulations, etc.
More or less by definition, the particular issues with which the program aspires to deal range over a
very wide spectrum. The basic limiting factor is the number and background of subscribing staff available at
any given time. Depending on depth of focus, these are necessarily considered with specific reference to one or
more of the following building typologies, in so far as they admit of such:
educational facilities/buildings (elementary, secondary and collegiate);
healthcare facilities/buildings;
public facilities/buildings (auditoria, sports arenas, convention/assembly/exhibition halls,
museums, etc.);
white- or blue-collar workplaces (office or industrial buildings);
commercial facilities (malls, multi-use developments, etc.); and
41
multi-unit residential buildings (condominiums, housing estates, public housing developments,
etc.).
To cite a few of these in somewhat broad topical terms, the programmes look into the many-faceted
aspects of concerns like:
building management efficiency;
construction systematics;
building and construction safety;
human factors concerns in building design;
computer aided design and manufacturing technologies in architecture;
assessment, concerns and/or provision of control over climatic factors;
performance assessment and/or concerns regarding materials, in terms of origin, derivation and
working methods, deterioration potential defects, compatibility and durability, etc.;
assessment of and/or concerns regarding building technologies and structure;
design requirements of function-specific spaces (building programming)
thermal performance and energy concerns in building design;
integrated mechanical systems and building system design for sustainability;
environmental and room acoustics;
computer modeling and simulations;
sustainability and green building design and delivery;
project and construction management;
information and communication technologies for building life cycle; ad infinitum.
The Graduate Program in Restoration at METU was established in 1964, as the first program of its
kind in Turkey, with the aim of training experts working in the field of conservation of cultural heritage;
developing institutional and practical conservation processes based on scientific principles; and increasing
public consciousness in this field. Since its foundation, the Graduate Program in Restoration at METU has
retained its leading position in its field with its core staff who have been contributed to its being awarded as a
Center of Excellence by TUBITAK in 1988, while in time, it has grown stronger with the new staff joining
the program. The Graduate Program in Restoration at METU, with its current academic staff, research units
and technical infrastructure, offers a program based on contemporary and international norms and in
accordance with national, regional and international necessities and improvements in the field of conservation.
The PhD Program in Restoration is for the person who wants to make a significant scholarly
contribution to the field of conservation of built environment. The candidates are expected to enhance
scholarship in the field of conservation of built environment by producing new knowledge through original
research. The program also provides a gateway to future academic careers. To be eligible for admission to the
PhD program, candidates are required to have successfully completed a Masters program in METU or an
equivalent institution. The PhD program in Restoration lasts a minimum of eight semesters. Requirements for
the degree include formal coursework of total minimum credits of 24 / x ECTS credits (1 required course and 6
approved electives), a proficiency exam, a dissertation and a final defense. The students must select a thesis
supervisor at the beginning of the third semester the latest, who aligns with their research interests. After
completing the coursework and passing the proficiency exam, a thesis monitoring committee is set up for each
student. The student presents a progress report to the committee once in every six months. The students who
receive their PhD degree from this program will have:
-knowledge and systematic understanding of the field of conservation of built environment and its
multidisciplinary nature;
-mastery of the skills and methods of research associated with the field of conservation;
-the capability of critical analysis, evaluation and synthesis of new and complex ideas in the field of
conservation;
-the ability to conceive, design, implement and adapt a substantial process of research in the field of
conservation of built environment with scholarly integrity;
-made a scholarly contribution to the field of conservation through original research that produces
new knowledge.
42
Existing and Evolving Research Tracks
Due to the complex and multidisciplinary nature of the field of conservation, there are various
subareas for research and contribution in PhD studies in the Graduate Program in Restoration at METU.
Accordingly, some of the major research areas can be grouped as follows:
-Theory and History of Conservation: National and international aspects.
-Architectural Conservation: Singular or group of cultural properties including traditional residential
architecture with emphasis on structural and material problems (physical, mechanical and chemical
properties and mechanics of deterioration), documentation techniques, refunctioning and adaptation
possibilities for contemporary requirements and restoration problems.
-Urban Conservation: Conservation, rehabilitation and management issues in historic urban sites.
Research, survey, analysis, evaluation and decision-making processes in conservation of historic
urban/ rural sites by considering the natural, historical, architectural, visual, socio-economical, legal,
administrative, financial and managerial aspects.
-Conservation of Archaeological Sites: Conservation, restoration, interpretation, presentation and
management issues in/of archaeological sites.
-Research on Historic Building Materials: Properties and weathering processes of historic materials,
diagnostic studies, conservation and repair treatments.
-Cultural Heritage Recording and Information Management: Theoretical and technical aspects of
documentation, recording and information management for conservation of cultural heritage
-Legal, Administrative and Economical Aspects of Preservation and Restoration of Cultural
Properties.
-Architectural / Urban Design in Historic Environments.
The Ph.D. Program in History of Architecture provides training in different periods and geographical
areas of architectural culture and built environment, aiming to equip its graduates with the requisite
knowledge, research skills, and initiative to engage in innovative scholarship at both international and national
levels. Research interests and disciplinary backgrounds of the faculty cover various fields of history and theory
of art and architecture. The program is affiliated with the Department of Architecture and is offered within the
Institute of Social Sciences There is no disciplinary limitation for the applicants, but applications from the
graduates of architecture and related fields in design, fine arts, humanities and social sciences are especially
invited. Applicants from all fields are required to demonstrate their interest in and familiarity with architectural
history through transcripts, a portfolio and a letter of intent, as well as satisfactory performance in entrance
examinations. Proficiency in English is required of all applicants. Accepted students may be asked to attend a
preparatory program.
M.ARCH. PROGRAM
REST 511 Theory of Restoration and *For the Students with an Undergraduate Degree:
Conservation I (3-0)3 - in Architecture:
REST 516 Heritage Recording and REST 506 Design in Architectural
Information Management (3-0)3 Conservation (4-8)8
REST 518 Technical and Statutory Processes REST 507 Planning and Design in Urban
in Conservation of Historic Conservation (4-8)8
Environments (3-0)3 - in City and Regional Planning:
REST 521 Sources and Methods of Research REST 507 Planning and Design in Urban
in Conservation (3-0)3 Conservation (4-8)8
REST 533 Historic Structural Systems (3-0)3 REST 563 Legal and Administrative Aspects
REST 555 Diagnosis and Treatment of of Conservation in Turkey (3-0)3
Material Decay in Historic
Structures (3-0)3 - in Social Sciences:
REST 611 Seminar in Conservation and REST 522 History of Architecture in the
Restoration (0-2)NC Middle East (3-0)3
REST 590 Summer Practice in Restoration REST 508 Workshop in Conservation I (3-6)6
(NC) -in Natural and Applied Sciences else than
2 Restricted electives* Architecture and City and Regional Planning:
Approved elective courses: REST 558 Laboratory Experiments in
REST 500 Thesis in Conservation (NC) Conservation Science I (1-4)3
REST 509 Workshop in Conservation II (3-6)6
ARCD 501 Computational Design Studio ARCD 500 MSc Thesis in Computational
(6-3)6 Design and Fabrication Technologies NC
ARCD 511 Research in Computational Design ARCD 590 Seminar in Thesis Research NC
(3-0)4
Total minimum credit: 24
Number of courses with credit (min):7
ARCH 600 Ph.D. Thesis in Architecture NC ARCH 615 Architectural Research I (6-0)6
44
Approved elective courses
ARCH 616 Architectural Research II (6-0)6 ARCH 504 Seminar in Thesis Research
ARCH 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC (0-2)NC
ARCH 513 Introduction to Architectural
Total minimum credit: 27 Research (3-0)3
Number of courses with credit (min): 7 ARCH 600 Ph.D. Thesis in Architecture NC
ARCH 615 Architectural Research I (6-0)6
ARCH 616 Architectural Research II (6-0)6
If admitted by B.S. degree: 12 elective courses
46
BS 509 Introduction to Construction
Management (3-0)3 BS 561 Data and Information Modeling for
BS 531 Studies in Structures (3-0)3 Construction Informatics (3-0)3
BS 532 Geometrical and Morphological BS 562 Construction Informatics (3-0)3
Analysis of Spatial Structures BS 565 Computer Programming and
(3-0)3 Introduction to Architectural
BS 533 Building Design: Form and Applications (2-2)3
Structure (3-0)3 BS 566 Computer Graphics for
BS 534 Analytical Modeling and Computer Architectural Drafting Purposes
Analysis of Structures (3-0)3 (2-2)3
BS 535 Earthquake Resistant Building BS 571 Directed Studies (1-0)NC
Design in Architecture (3-0)3 BS 573 Composite Materials and
BS 536 Studies on Tall Buildings: Design Applications in Buildings (2-2)3
Considerations (3-0)3 BS 575 Acoustics in Architecture I (3-0)3
BS 550 Building Arts and Timber (2-2)3 BS 576 Acoustics in Architecture II (3-0)3
BS 551 Advanced Professional Practice (3- BS 581 Energy Analysis of Buildings
0)3 (3-0)3
BS 552 Performance Assessment of BS 583 Principles of Green Building
Buildings (2-2)3 Design and Delivery (3-0)3
BS 557 The Art and Technology of Timber BS 587 Fire Control in Architecture (3-0)3
Construction (2-2)3 BS 671 Directed Studies (1-0)1
BS 558 Advanced Construction BS 7XX Special Topics
Management (3-0)3
47
AH 533 Ottoman Architecture in the AH 547 Theories of History II (3-0)3
Nineteenth Century Architecture AH 612 Imperial Architecture of the
(3-0)3 Ancient Near East (3-0)3
AH 534 Seminar in Contemporary AH 654 Framing the Past, Ruins and
Architecture (3-0)3 Architectural History (3-0)3
AH 535 Approaches in Greek Architecture AH 655 Spaces and Practices of Displaying
(3-0)3 the Past (3-0)3
AH 536 Approaches in Roman Architecture AH 668 Seminar in Classical Ottoman
(3-0)3 Architecture (3-0)3
AH 539 Cosmological Thought and AH 670 Architectural Books of the Italian
Architecture in the Middle East Renaissance (3-03)
(3-0)3 AH 671 Historiography of Renaissance
AH 541 Ottoman Architecture in the Architecture: Shifting Geographical
Eighteenth Century (3-0)3 Boundaries (3-0)3
AH 543 Anatolian Seljuk Architecture (11- AH 671 Historiography of Renaissance
th
14 Centuries) (3-0)3 Architecture: Florence in the 19th
AH 544 Architectural History Research Century
Studio: The Modern Capital City, AH 673 Architectural History of Reading
Ankara (2-2)3 and Writing (3-0)3
AH 546 Theories of History I (3-0)3 AH 7XX Special Topics
48
DESCRIPTION OF GRADUATE COURSES
49
ARCH 527 Advanced Topics in Digital ARCH 548 Architecture and the Social
Constructivism (3-0)3 Context of Aesthetic Modernity II
Theoretical and epistemological mapping of digital (3-0)3
research in architecture. Impact of research in A discussion of the relations between architecture,
computational and cognitive sciences on form- culture industry and post modernism. Introduction
making processes and studies on morphogenesis. of a critique of post structuralism and
Introduction to theories of complexity and formal phenomenology. Conservative attitudes in
hermeneutics. Discussion of formal, semantic and contemporary architecture.
constructivist implications and outcomes.
ARCH 571 Directed Studies (1-0)NC
Individual tutoring on specific topics that are related
ARCH 543 Assessment of Interiors I (3-0)3 to unique and special interests of Masters students.
A study of Architectural Psychology and a critical
survey of the literature related to the assessment of ARCH 583 Philosophical Issues in
space. Students are encouraged to take an active Computation and Design (2-2)3
role and engage in research activities that have both A seminar coarse on basic thought structures that
theoretical and practical relevance to our underline computational design thinking within the
understanding and evaluation of space. The relevant discipline of architecture; the history and
statistical techniques and psychological concepts fundamentals of digital computing; the relation
will be introduced where necessary. between digital computing and visual reasoning;
hierarchical point data and phrase structures;
complexities of discrete bits; computational
ARCH 544 Assessment of Interiors II (3-0)3 approaches to design thinking and overview of the
ARCH 544 is the continuation of ARCH 543 Design Methods movement; the comparison of
dealing with evaluative and cognitive aspects of linear-symbolic and visual descriptions; creative
buildings. Each student is required to design, processes and visual reasoning in design and
execute, analyze and report a research project in computation.
his/her prospective thesis subject.
Prerequisite: ARCH 543. ARCH 585 Computational Design Research
Lab (2-4)4
ARCH 545 Interpretation of Architectural Critical interaction of conceptual and
Texts I (3-0)3 applied/computational aspects of design research for
Elucidation of an epistemological/conceptual the production of genuine architectural modes of
framework for interpreting architectural texts. thinking and expression. Exploration of new design
Unfolding of architectural knowledge from its situations and strategies with a theoretical/historical
mythical origins to the present, through the agenda. Evolutionary design systems. Formal
neoplatonic, empiricist and critical rationalist sequences. Algorithmic design. Analog/digital
traditions. modes of morphogenetic design. Projects and topics
of research vary each term.
ARCH 546 Interpretation of Architectural
Texts II (3-0)3 ARCH 586 Descriptive and Systematic
Relationship between myth, poetry and architecture Approaches to Design (3-0)3
in the light of critical rationalism. Setting forward A graduate elective that tries to shed light on the
through Giambattista Vico's theory of poetry and design process though readings and exercises;
Ernst Cassirer's work on myth, the course dwells on how design is approached from design
emphasizes moral, political as well as theoretical cognition framework with descriptive methods, how
implications of diverse stances concerning this design goals can be precisely stated with systematic
relationship. methods and how design intentions can be explored
via enumeration by computational methods.
ARCH 547 Architecture and the Social
Context of Aesthetic Modernity I ARCH 591 Theory and History of
(3-0)3 Landscape Architecture I (3-0)3
A theory of modernity. Critical social theory. A study of the significant historical periods of
Aesthetic modernity. The theory of the avant-grade. landscape design from its ancient origins to the
The status of architecture as an art in bourgeois Modern Era. A look at how the landscapes of
society. Modernism and mass culture. Autonomy in settlements, buildings and public spaces express the
architecture. values of the society and their time.
50
ARCH 592 Theory and History of research directions; responsible research; integrity
Landscape Architecture II (3-0)3 in research; the codes of good practice in research
City as a physical setting for urban social life, from and scholarship; research paradigms; issues of
the post-industrial to the contemporary times, from disciplinarity, multidisciplinarity, interdisciplinarity
an architectonic viewpoint, in terms of city texture, and transdisciplinarity; research from the
public and private open spaces and areas. perspectives of the related branches of philosophy,
history and other humanities disciplines, sciences
ARCH 600 Ph.D. Thesis in Architecture and social sciences; the state of the art research on
NC selected areas of study, and research in architecture
and urbanism with an emphasis on theoretical and
ARCH 609 Advanced Themes in conceptual frameworks, strategies and tactics
Architecture and Urban adopted.
Design I (3-6)6
Interpretation of contemporary architectural and ARCH 616 Architectural Research II (6-0)6
urban design situations in light of basic hermeneutic Recontextualizing architectural research and
notions (understanding, interpretation, application, scholarship in relation to various branches of
effective historical consciousness, fusion of knowledge and research fields, and to architectural
horizons etc.). Design explorations well-knitted in education and practice; critical review of selected
historical and theoretical awareness. research papers and dissertations in terms of
ARCH 610 Advanced Themes in research topics, philosophical / theoretical
Architecture and Urban Design II foundations, methodologies and techniques
(3-6)6 employed and the scientific, cultural, social and
An experimental design course focusing on the historical contexts within which they were carried
implications of current debates in aesthetics for on.
contemporary architectural and urban design
ARCH 626 Selected Topics in
situations. Postpositivism in aesthetics and in
Architectural Research (3-0)3
architectural theory. Theories of the beautiful and
The relative approaches of the social and the natural
the sublime. Contemporary modes of aesthetic
sciences. Social constructionist theories of science
experience. Morality and aesthetics in architecture
and various criticisms of traditional Western
and urban design.
epistemology. Alternatives offered in social
epistemology to the question of whether knowledge
ARCH 613 Critical Theories On Urban
and science can exist independently of social
Architecture (3-0)3
construction and the ways by which they inform
Critical theories on urban space in terms of Marxist
research. Continuation and/or dissolution of basic
political economy. The changing characters of mode
dichotomies, epistemological consequences and
of production and their spatial implications,
alternatives. Premises and limits of interdisciplinary
geographies to urban environments; the attitudes in
research.
modes of distribution, re-distribution, and
consumption; the roles of urban spaces as political ARCH 627 Principles and Theories of
setting of spatial re-configurations; the future of Architectural Education (3-0)3
urban spaces in relation to such themes as authority, History, sociology and philosophy of, and research
discipline, and/or resistance. on, architectural education; Basic concepts of a
theory of architectural education; Context,
ARCH 614 Cartography of
objectives, contexts and methods of architectural
Architectural Theory (3-0)3
education; Relationships between the theories of
Provision of a theoretical map of the influential
architecture, design, knowledge, professional
traditions of architectural theory. Foundations of
practice and education; Interdisciplinary,
these traditions in light of epistemological models
intercultural and international aspects of the
and metaphors. Special emphasis on contemporary
curriculum.
architectural production and the critical shift in
theory with relation to currents in contemporary ARCH 628 Practice and Methods of
thinking. Introduction and discussion of anti- Architectural Education (3-0)3
foundationalist / post-positivist positions and their Institutional, professional, pedagogic and
possible premises. epistemological structures of teaching and learning
architecture; Modes, methods and mediums of
ARCH 615 Architectural Research I (6-0)6
education; Comparative analyses of courses,
The nature of architectural research; problems and
curricula and programs; Educational planning;
prospects of research in architecture: current
51
Management of the curriculum and the educational experiments: population and sample; parameters
space and time; Methods of curriculum design, and statistics; systematic sampling and sampling
project design and course design; Practical distributions; the sample variance and confidence
relationships between research, design and teaching. intervals. The Hypothesis: formulation, tests, errors
and level of significance. Quantitative and
ARCH 671 Directed Studies (1-0)1 qualitative methods.
Individual tutoring by Staff other then the thesis
advisor on unique and specialized topics or BS 509 Introduction to Construction
problems related with the students thesis studies. Management (3-0)3
Weekly seminar submissions on topics selected
ARCH 7XX Special Topics
from among the following: office and site
Provisional courses not listed in the catalogue
organization; site layout; subcontract management;
lasting 1-2 semesters.
management of legal and liability affairs; site
ARCH 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC security; management information systems;
Study under the guidance of a faculty member, as financial management;, purchasing and materials
M.Arch thesis advisor. management; stock control; cost control;
prefabrication plant management; repair shop
ARCH 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC management; quality control; project scheduling
Study under the guidance of a faculty member, as and management; resource management, etc.
Ph.D. thesis advisor.
REST 611 Seminar in Conservation and REST 671 Directed Studies (1-0)1
Restoration (0-2)NC Individual tutoring by Staff other than the thesis
The seminar covers general problems of advisor on unique and specialized topics or
conservation and restoration. The students prepare problems related with the students thesis studies.
and present papers of different projects including
the review of examples of recent practices as well as REST 675 History of Traditional Materials
certain problems related to their thesis. and Techniques I (3-0)3
For doctoral students interested in the study of
REST 645 Issues in Conservation I (3-0)3 specific problems related to traditional building
Recent developments in conservation. General materials used in the monumental buildings of the
trends in conservation. National and international medieval period in Anatolia.
developments.
REST 676 History of Traditional
REST 646 Issues in Conservation II (3-0)3 Materials and Techniques II
Specific examples. Individual research papers to be (3-0)3
prepared on specific problems related to selected A continuation of ARCH 675, based on the case
buildings. study approach with case studies related to the
specific research topics of the students.
REST 647-648 Research in Historic
Environment I-II (3-0)3 REST 685 Conservation of Materials I
Research in historic environment with emphasis on (3-0)3
urban pattern, building typology, changes in the Newly developed techniques related to specific
built form in historic areas, or issues of problems of material deterioration and remedies for
conservation, such as relationship of old and new; them.
residential use in historic urban sites.
REST 686 Conservation of Materials II
REST 655 Issues in Restoration I (3-0)3 (3-0)3
This course is designed for doctoral students in Advances in conservation of some specific historic
order to introduce them to contemporary issues on materials by the evaluation and discussion of recent
Architectural Restoration and Preservation. Special research papers on several topics.
topics are selected for analysis and evaluation and
the students are expected to present research REST 7XX Special Topics
projects of their own. Provisional courses not listed in the catalogue
lasting 1-2 semesters.
REST 656 Issues in Restoration II (3-0)3
This course is designed for doctoral students to REST 8XX Special Studies (4-2) NC
establish the right background by studying special Study under the guidance of a faculty member as
issues of restoration and conservation more related M.S. thesis advisor.
to their thesis topics. The students are required to
present a research and conduct related discussions REST 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0) NC
in the form of seminars.
57
Study under the guidance of a faculty member as survey. The architectural history of the city frontier
Ph.D. thesis advisor. is studied as part of the history of human
territoriality, in other words, as a factor of different
AH 500 Master's Thesis in History of territorialization processes through different
Architecture NC periods. Each semester a specific city or region will
The thesis in History of Architecture aims to lead be focused on and the successive strata of its urban
the student toward professional research with defences will be researched by the students through
original results. The student is expected to text and situ.
demonstrate skills of critical appraisal and research
techniques. Topics may be chosen from a wide AH 521 Themes on Ancient Domestic
chronological spectrum and may involve historical Architecture (3-0)3
or theoretical issues pertaining to architecture in This seminar course is a critical survey of domestic
Turkey and the world at large. architecture and daily life in ancient Greek and
Roman periods in an interdisciplinary framework
AH 501 Studying Architectural History through thematic readings. Weekly readings and
(3-0)3 discussions focus on themes and concepts like
The objective is to provide some overview and real house, home, space, privacy, luxury, leisure, gender,
understanding of the nature, power and the art and consumption to highlight how private space
limitations of research in social sciences and was designed, decorated, populated and used in
humanities and to familiarize students with research antiquity.
techniques and teach them how to select appropriate
techniques for a given set of data. AH 522 Byzantine Architecture: The Art
And Architecture of Byzantine
AH 504 Prothesis Seminar (2-2)NC Cappadocia (3-0)3
Independent work leading to the selection and The special topic on Byzantine Cappadocia
clarification of thesis topic. Presentation of the investigates the art and architecture of the regions
research in departmental seminars, with a written many churches, both masonry and rock-cut, and the
draft of the thesis proposal at the end of the areas unusual landscape. Emphasis will be given
semester. to the developments of a variety of plan types and
interior church decorations. We will cover issues of
AH 513-514 Aesthetics and Criticism I-II style, iconography, and patronage and the problems
(3-0)3 of dating. Other topics include the regions geology
This course is offered as two consecutive programs: and geomorphology as well as the human impact on
the first based on class discussions of classical texts the landscape; the date and purpose of the regions
on philosophy of art and aesthetics from Plato to underground cities; the form and function of
Heidegger. The second semester focuses on modern ceremonial and utilitarian spaces in Cappadocias
concepts of art and aesthetics reviewed through settlements; and the metropolitan and cross-cultural
readings of 20th century philosophers and critics. It influences on the region.
aims to acquaint the participants with changing and
multi-dimensional aspects of art theory and practice. AH 526 History and Theory of Art
The class is conducted through discussions and and Architectural Styles (3-0)3
active student participation is expected. Through comparative and analytical study of styles
and form/content relations, approaches within
AH 520 Topics on Urban Form, Patterns greater cultural frames are investigated. The course
and Architecture (3-0)3 aims to familiarize advanced students of
This course is a critical history survey on the architecture with properties and dynamics of styles
conditions (anthropological, geographical, political) and to help them develop a methodology of formal
generating architecture/s of the city frontier. It aims analysis.
to cover multiple meanings of the city frontier under
the three main headings: city and defence AH 533 Ottoman Architecture in the
(fortifications bastions, garrisons, nuclear shelters, Nineteenth Century
etc), city and trade (customs, ports, tollhouses, Developments (3-0)3
entrepots. etc.), city and speed (terminals, gates, The seminar is a critical survey on nineteenth
stations, way stations, etc). As the architecture of century Ottoman architecture, aiming to cover its
the city frontier is essentially generic, on the basis multiple dimensions within a cross-cultural
of the developments in military, transportation and framework that emerged with contemporary
communication technologies and common territorial encounters between the West and the East. The
strategies, the course covers a cross-periodical objective of the seminar is to study the break with
58
the classical Ottoman architecture, and to interpret transformations and contributions of Seljuk
and critically evaluate consequential cases of architecture in Anatolia
organizational, stylistic, technological, typological
and urban transformations in the field of AH 543 Anatolian Seljuk Architecture
architectural production during the longest century (11-14thCenturies) (3-0)3
of the empire that extended from the late This course investigates Seljuk architecture in
eighteenth century into the early twentieth century. Anatolia (11-14th c.) in terms of its stylistic and
semantic aspects. It surveys building types, regional
AH 534 Seminar in Contemporary features, landscape and symbolic meanings. This
Architecture (3-0)3 course will be constructive in promoting graduate
The seminar intends to critically evaluate the idea of research on history architecture in Anatolia and in
Modernity and Post-Modernity looking at the creating an overall view on architecture culture in
cultural and architectural products of the 20th medieval Anatolia. Students will be acquainted with
Century discussing themes of modernism, populism, building types and their antecedents, landscape and
technological discourse, urban theories, neo- sites, regional features and symbolic meanings of
Rationalism, neo-Modernism, Regionalism and Seljuk architecture.
Deconstruction. The course is structured on
theoretical lectures, students participation. AH 544 Architectural History Research
Studio: The Modern Capital City,
AH 535 Approaches in Greek Ankara (2-2)3
Architecture (3-0)3 Archival study on primary sources and
Selected themes concerning architectural bibliographical study on secondary sources as part
developments in Greek architecture during the of the process of writing architectural history. The
archaic, classical and Hellenistic periods with main theme changes each semester, but Ankara
emphasis on Greece and Asia Minor. remains as the general study area to read and
discuss the theoretical frameworks of architectural
AH 536 Approaches in Roman modernism, and of city formation, and to search for
Architecture (3-0)3 and analyze the documents in various archives and
A critical survey of the major developments in the libraries, in order to write a critical and interpretive
history of Roman architecture in Rome and the account of the architectural history of the city.
provinces. Adaptation and evolution with regard to
the Roman architectural revolution. May be taken AH 546 Theories of History I (3-0)3
independently of AH 535. This course explores the implications of the writings
of Louis Althusser for history-writing. As Peter
AH 539 Cosmological Thought and Schttler has stated there are conspicuous parallels
Architecture in the Middle East between the way Althusser conceptualizes the task
(3-0)3 of history and the way Annales School historians
This course unearths concepts which inspired are engaged in their "craft" - both sides are
medieval buildings in the Middle East. The course committed to the concept of history of problems
equips students with knowledge on human- (histoire-problme) and think of history "in the form
environment relationship and its architectural end- of a structural process of evolution of complex
products. Readings through cosmology, philosophy societies." After elucidating the basic terms of this
and symbolism render students familiar with the potential dialogue we combine these with an
conceptual sources that nourished architectural analysis of spatial phenomena as it is undertaken in
design in the Middle Ages the writings of Fredric Jameson and Henri Lefebvre.
61
DEPARTMENT OF CITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
AKKAR ERCAN, Mge: B.C.P., M.S.C. UPL., METU; Ph.D., University of Newcastle.
ATAV, Anl: B.C.P., METU; M.C.R.P., Ph.D, Ohio State University..
BABALIK SUTCLIFFE, Ela: B.C.P., M.S.C. UPL., METU; Ph. D., University College London.
BALABAN, Osman: B.C.P., M.S.C. UPL., Ph.D., METU.
BARLAS, Adnan: B.C.P., M.C.P., METU; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
GEDKL, Bahar: B.C.P., M.S.C. UPL., Ph.D., METU.
KAYAS, Serap: B.C.P., METU; M.A., University of Waterloo, Canada; Ph.D., METU.
KESKNOK, H. aatay: B.C.P., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
YETKUL ENBL, Emine (Vice Chair): B.C.P., M.C.P., METU; Ph.D., Kyoto University.
UZUN, Nil (Associate Dean of the Faculty of Architecture): B.C.P., M.R.P., METU; Ph. D.,
Utrecht University.
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
BALABAN (ENOL), Meltem: B.C.P., M.C.P., Ph.D., METU; Ph.D., University of Tokyo.
GENERAL INFORMATION: Established in 1961, the Department of City and Regional Planning
is one of the oldest and largest schools of planning in Turkey. With 2044 graduates and 410 undergraduate and
graduate students today, the Department of City and Regional Planning has played a key role not only in
planning education but also in urban research.
Departments undergraduate and graduate curricula have been designed with the understanding that
the challenges facing urban planners have multiplied especially in the last two decades and the scope of tasks
that planners are expected to undertake has considerably widened. As far as planning education is considered,
this means that planners need to be equipped not only with conventional skills but also with the skills required
to cope with the new challenges. Planners must now be capable of formulating questions in the light of the
inputs of a variety of disciplines and synthesizing these inputs without falling into the dilemma between
comprehensiveness and partiality. The aim of the undergraduate program is to train planners who can perceive
holistic relationships, develop alternative views (utopian/realist) on how to transform these relationships and
produce creative designs for the future and who possess the ability of investigating in depth without falling into
partiality. Planners need, therefore, to be equipped with a variety of skills ranging from quantitative analysis
techniques to social and economic analyses required to understand how the urban system works.
In addition to the undergraduate program in City Planning, the Department offers graduate degrees.
There are three Masters programs carried out by the Department: City Planning, Regional Planning and Urban
Design. The Department also offers a PhD degree in City and Regional Planning. In addition to the graduate
programs run by the Department, there are interdisciplinary graduate programs carried out jointly with other
departments in METU: Masters and PhD programs in Urban Policy Planning and Local Governments, Masters
and PhD programs in Geodetic and Geographic Information Technologies, Masters and PhD programs in
Settlement Archeology and Earth System Science and Master Program in Earthquake Studies. While the
graduate programs in City Planning, Regional Planning, Urban Design, Geodetic and Geographic Information
62
Technologies, Earthquake Studies and Earth System Science are conducted according to the "Academic
Regulations" of the Graduate School of Natural and Applied Sciences, those of the Settlement Archeology and
Urban Policy Planning and Local Governments are conducted according to the "Academic Regulations" of the
Graduate School of Social Sciences.
RESEARCH INTERESTS AND FACILITIES: The research interests of the members of the
Department cover a wide spectrum including urban and regional geography, regional planning and policy,
urban and regional governance, institutional transformation, planning history, strategic planning, risk analysis
and planning for disaster, housing research and policy, urban history, urban design, urban regeneration, urban
conservation, urban archaeology, sustainable development, urban transport, energy conservation,
environmental issues, rural transformation, geographical information systems and remote sensing, municipal
finance, etc.
The Geographical Information Systems and Remote Sensing Laboratory of the Department is
equipped with a Silicon Graphics O2 workstation, backup units and Auto-CAD Map, GenaMap and ER-
Mapper software. The Department is connected to the Unix based mainframe computers of the University via
local network. There are also sufficient numbers of personal computers within the Faculty of Architecture
allocated to the use of undergraduate and graduate students. The Department has also various software
packages required for undergraduate and graduate education.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
CRP 101 Planning Studio I (4-8)8 CRP 102 Planning Studio II (4-8)8
CRP 111 The City and Planning (3-0)3 CRP 106 Urban Sociology (3-0)3
CRP 105 Origins of Urbanism and the CRP 146 Computer Programming (2-2)3
Process of Urbanization (3-0)3 MATH 126 Basic Mathematics II (3-2)4
MATH 125 Basic Mathematics I (3-2)4 ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I (4-0)4
(4-0)4
IS 100 Introduction to Information
Techniques and Applications NC
SECOND YEAR
Third Semester
CRP 201 Planning Studio III (4-8)8 Fourth Semester
CRP 211 The City in History I (3-0)3
CRP 231 Economics for Planners I (3-0)3 CRP 202 Planning Studio IV (4-8)8
CRP 290 Summer Practice: Mapping- CRP 212 The City in History II (3-0)3
Topography and Computer CRP 234 Economics for Planners II (3-0)3
Presentation (4 weeks) NC CRP 242 Urban Geography (3-0)3
STAT 201 Introduction to Probability and STAT 202 Introduction to Probability and
Statistics I (3-0)3 Statistics II (3-0)3
ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation Skills HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
(3-0)3
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC
63
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
CRP 401 Planning Studio VII (4-8)8 CRP 402 Planning Studio VIII (4-8)8
CRP 409 Urban Politics (3-0)3 CRP 404 Contemporary Issues in City and
CRP 470 Principles of Housing (3-0)3 Regional Planning (3-0)3
CRP 490 Summer Practice: Municipal, Elective* (3-0)3
Public or Private Planning Elective* (3-0)3
Office (4 weeks) NC
Elective* (3-0)3
Elective* (3-0)3
* The elective courses of the Undergraduate Program are organized in four modules: Urban Policy Module;
Urban and Regional Economic Development Module; Urban Design Module; Environment, Infrastructure and
Transport Planning Module. Starting with the third year, students must select one of these modules, and
choose the majority of their elective courses from that module. Of the 6 elective courses that each student must
take, at least 3 should be taken from the same module.
ELECTIVE COURSES
City Planning is closely interrelated with a wide range of disciplines and fields of knowledge
extending from engineering, sciences (civil, environmental engineering, etc.) to sociology, history,
architecture, law, economics, and political sciences. The minor program in City Planning aims to familiarize
students from neighboring disciplines with the idea of planning and to equip them with a degree of sensitivity
towards urban related issues.
The program is in principle open to students from any planning-related department and consists of
two must courses and four electives to be chosen from among the following courses. Students who are willing
to attend the program should contact Department's Minor Program Coordinator in order to decide the courses
they should attend.
Compulsory course
CRP 111 Introduction to City and
Planning (3-0)3
CRP 105 Origins of Urbanization and
the Process of Urbanism (3-0)3
CRP 242 Urban Geography (3-0)3
CRP 372 Planning Theory (3-0)3
CRP 101-102 Planning Studio I-II (4-8)8 representation etc. In CRP102, the students are
The aim of CRP101 studio is to help students to asked to use the abilities gained in abstract basic
develop the notion of abstract thinking, attain an design thinking to real situations, that is, space-mass
ability of representation, develop design skills and relations, topography, location analysis, movement
appropriate design language in order to develop patterns, hierarchical organization and they are
basic design skills and visual culture. Exercises expected to develop methods of problem definition,
offered in the studio try to enable students to get formulation, analysis and design.
acquainted with various concepts concerning order, Prerequisite for CRP102: CRP101
balance, positive-negative values, three-dimensional
65
CRP 105 Origins of Urbanism and the CRP 201-202 Planning Studio III-IV (4-8)8
Process of Urbanization (3-0)3 The aim of this planning studio is to give theoretical
This is a course on urbanization in the past and at and practical skills of comprehensive planning.
present. It is an introduction to basic processes of Hence the town in focus is studied in its regional
man-environment relations. Key social institutions context, its problems are depicted, its parts are
and social relations (authority, economic, culture defined. Finally in handling the whole, land use and
and identity) are analyzed. Emergence of urban life transportation compatibility is searched and as far as
and the process of urbanization in the Western parts are concerned design skills in shaping the
world and the Developing countries and related urban environment are developed.
problems (employment, housing, migration, Prerequisite for CRP 201: CRP102
environment, and poverty) are stressed. Prerequisite for CRP 202: CRP201
CRP 106 Urban Sociology (3-0)3 CRP 211 The City in History I (3-0)3
This course deals with the city in modern times, in General introduction to theoretical and
20th and 21st centuries. The metropolitan and post- methodological problems in historical analysis of
metropolitan phenomenon is one of the main issues. cities and urbanization; the supply of changing
Social differentiation, economic restructuration, spatial and physical pattern of cities in relation to
social and spatial change, social networks (local and changing socio-economic structure of Greek,
global), social polarization are other issues that are Roman, Byzantine, Seljuk and Ottoman periods in
analyzed in the course. Main approaches in urban Anatolia in comparison with early Medieval
sociology are also introduced. Renaissance and Baroque periods in Europe.
66
CRP 290 Summer Practice: Mapping, CRP 335 Review Topics in Economics
Topography, Computer (3-0)3
Presentation NC Review of essential economic concepts and methods
Analysis and measurement of topographical by a study of contemporary social and urban
elements, mapping cartographic data through the problems. Adoption of an integrated framework to
use of computer techniques. analyze urban issues like housing, transportation,
education, health, crime etc. Efficiency and equity
CRP 301-302 Planning Studio V-VI (4-8)8 criteria. Spatial market system and spatial market
In the third year studio the cartographic and failure to handle the regional problem. Income
quantitative data compiled in the CRP290 Summer distribution. Market vs. state arguments.
Practice as well as the local data and observations
obtained through a short excursion to the study area CRP 341 Urban Economics (3-0)3
will be evaluated together. The third year planning Economic theory and purposes of urban planning;
studio will be conducted in two phases. The first is a functions of urban planning in market economies.
detailed urban study devised to comprehend urban Formation and distribution of value in the physical
structures and to identify major planning issues. The environment; approaches in the explanation of rent
aim of this first phase is to define major planning relations; measurement of value in urban land and
goals to be pursued in the second phase. The second property. Behavioral patterns in property markets;
phase constitutes an exercise to simulate the process investment, development, renewal and rehabilitation
of structure planning. decisions. Planning decisions to monitor values and
Prerequisite for CRP301: CRP202 behavior in property markets; implications of
Prerequisite for CRP302: CRP301 development rights, tenure forms, rent control and
other channels of control.
CRP 311 Evolution of Turkish Cities (3-0)3
Discusses the classical Ottoman structure and its CRP 351 Urban Transport Planning
spatial reflections, the characteristics of the (3-0)3
Ottoman city, the spatial consequences of the Designed to cover a whole range of issues related to
developments in 19th century, spatial policies urban transportation. Main themes are context and
adopted after the Independence War, Ankara as a definition of urban transportation planning,
planning experiment, institutionalization of characteristics of urban travel, transportation
planning in Turkey and the developments of the planning and decision making, demand and supply
post-war period. analyses. Transport economics and transport for a
sustainable future are examined. Issues regarding
CRP 332 Planning Economics (3-0)3 the urban land/use, location choice of urban
Evaluation of projects in the planning process. Cost- activities and transportation also analyzed.
benefit analysis as a project evaluation technique.
Alternative evaluation methods in urban and CRP 362 Urban Infrastructure (3-0)3
regional planning. Welfare consequence and An introduction to urban environmental issues and
distribution problems in urban and regional plan and network type service systems. The planning
projects. Review of certain studies of plan procedure, design criteria and performance
evaluation. characteristics of the Bank of Province's urban
water supply practice, implementations of urban
CRP 333 Introduction to Urban Design physical planning, different types of land suitable
(3-0)3 analysis techniques through 'multicriteria'
Aims at familiarizing students with the form and qualitative techniques.
functions of the spatial/physical components of the
built environment, introducing the nature, concepts, CRP 371 Planning Techniques (3-0)3
concerns and dimensions of urban design, and Quantitative and qualitative techniques of urban
making students acquainted with the literature of analysis, geographical analysis, population
urban design. projections and analysis.
CRP 334 Movements and Issues in Urban CRP 372 Planning Theory (3-0)3
Space Design (3-0)3 Development of planning idea and thought,
Deals with the understanding and analysis of urban evolution of different planning paradigms,
elements such as the street, the square, and differentiation between planning and design,
buildings and their interrelations with the urban planning processes.
system. Special emphasis given to buildings in
terms of their types, forms and functions.
67
CRP 382 Legal and Administrative disaster mitigation and urban risk management are
Aspects of Planning (3-0)3 discussed within the context of Turkish planning
A broad theoretical approach on the subject of the experiences.
administrative and the organizational approach to
the process of planning. A review of legal concepts CRP 407 Principles and Approaches of
in Turkish legislative, judiciary and administrative Ecology in Planning (3-0)3
systems. Study of the urban planning process in Principles and approaches of ecology that should be
relation to central and local governments. Analysis paid attention in planning practices, and also in
of planning and development laws, by-laws and collaborating with the members of other disciplines.
regulations and their usage. Basic concepts of ecology, landscape ecology;
biodiversity and conservation assessment for
CRP 390 Summer Practice: Data planning; protected area management planning;
Collection for Studio and institutions and legislation related to the
Computer Presentation (3-0)3 conservation and use of environment; conventions
Students gather and analyze the data required for the related to the conservation and use of environment;
third and fourth year studio work. Data analyzed using biological information on site and regional
and archived in computers for the use in scales planning; urban ecology; and sustainable
forthcoming studio work. urban development.
CRP 392 Urban Conservation Planning
CRP 409 Urban Politics (3-0)3
(3-0)3
The main objective of this course is to introduce the
Scope of urban conservation planning, basic
students to a theory informed political analysis of
concepts of historic urban conservation, treatment
urban question. In the first part of the course, issues
approaches to the management of cultural heritage,
such as local state, interest groups, urban planning,
designating conservation areas, integrated and
world cities and urban inequalities are discussed
sustainable urban conservation policies, methods
with reference to a) theoretical considerations, b)
and techniques of urban conservation, conservation,
experiences of various countries and c) the Turkish
area appraisals, city centre conservation area,
case. In the second part, students take up certain
residential conservation areas.
issues approved by the instructor and make
CRP 401-402 Planning Studio VII-VIII presentations in the class
(4-8)8
Analytical and planning studies of a metropolitan CRP 410 History of Housing (3-0)3
city or region are conducted in the fourth year Research projects are formulated on relevant
planning studio that concentrates on thematic or subjects and presented to the class and completed in
place-bound problematic of the city in focus. After the light of class discussion.
analytical studies, diverse groups work on different
problems (centre, housing, image and many other CRP 412 Innovative Thinking and
components) of the city under scrutiny to gain Problem Solving (3-0)3
further skills in the use of planning and Develops new ways of defining urban, architectural
implementation tools, economic analyses, social and industrial design problems and explores
problems, urban engineering or urban design. methods of generating new and innovative
Prerequisite for CRP401: CRP302 solutions.
Prerequisite for CRP402: CRP401
CRP 404 Contemporary Issues in City and CRP 414 Urban and Regional
Regional Planning (3-0)3 Project Management (3-0)3
The main objective of this course is to introduce the Project Cycle Management; Logical Framework
fourth year students to contemporary issues and Analysis; social Impact Assessment; Project
current debates in the discipline of city and regional Design; Negotiation and Stakeholder Analysis;
planning with particular emphasis on Turkish Monitoring and Assessment; Financial Estimation
planning domain. The contemporary issues and and Evaluation.
current debates regarding to urban and regional
policies, spatial planning system, institutional CRP 415 Social Aspects of Planning (3-0)3
structure, urban administration and local Seminar Topics: Behavior, urban environment and
governments, project management, environmental planning; territoriality, micro, meso, macro space
issues, urban transformation, housing, behavior; environmental values, needs as related to
transportation, infrastructure, sustainable contextual environment; interpersonal interaction;
development, cultural heritage management, environmental stress factors; aesthetics, quantity
68
and quality of life; planning/designing for people CRP 433 Economics of Development
and/or with people. and the Economy of Turkey
(3-0)3
CRP 418 The Theory of Economic and Different theories and schools of thought in
Spatial Development (3-0)3 development economics. The evolution of the
The concept of development, different theories of economic structure and the planning experience of
economic development, economic development and Turkey during the Republican period in the light of
planning, regional development theories, regional these general theories.
development theories and practice in the European
Union, in different European countries and Turkey. CRP 437 Urban History Workshop (3-0)3
Methodological issues in urban history; various
CRP 419 Visions and Strategies for theories and models of the city; comparative case
Socio-Spatial Development studies from changing structures and networks in
(3-0)3 different regions of the world; socio-morphological
Strategic planning and future visioning; scenario transformations in the 19th and 20th century
writing approach; social marketing and negotiation European, Middle Eastern Far Eastern and
processes; strategies in geopolitics; strategies for American cities.
stakeholder society and spatial development
strategies. CRP 438 Introduction to Geographic
Information Systems in
Planning Practice (3-0)3
CRP 421 Population Dynamics and Understanding of information systems, basic
Planning (3-0)3 concepts, introduction to Geographic Information
Introductory course to familiarize the students with Systems (GIS), data conversion, available
the field of demography. Provide the students with technology, hardware, software, peripherals, GIS as
the basic principles, methods and techniques of a tool for planners, use of GIS in planning. Basic
demography which are especially relevant for the project design steps for data conversion, raster to
planners. Both the conceptual and technical issues. vector conversion and GIS, database design,
Comparative examples from developing and automation of data, query and analysis of spatial
developed countries. Mainly age and sex structure, data. Sample projects, computer applications.
vital rates and aggregate population projection.
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor CRP 444 Application Development in
Geographic Information
Systems (3-0)3
CRP 423 Computer Application of Developing site and user-specific GIS applications.
Statistical Techniques to City An overview of basic GIS tools and scripting for
and Regional Planning (3-0)3 developing graphical user interfaces. The design of
Application of statistical methods and techniques application development and case studies where
(which are taught in STAT 201 and 202) to city and students are expected to develop their own
regional planning problems. Package program of applications.
SPSS/PC+. Mainly, descriptive univariate statistics,
discriminate analysis. Several homework. CRP 450 New Spaces of Growth and
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor Production (3-0)3
Recent issues on geography of production, new
CRP 425 Application of Demographic spaces of growth, and changing spatial organization
Techniques to Turkish Data of the world system. General discussion on
(3-0)3 dynamics of the changes in spatial organization of
Application of the demographic methods and production. The theoretical explanations on the
techniques to the real world Turkish data. Specific emergence of new nodes of growth. Industrial
province as a case study. Package programs of districts, learning regions, border regions, nodes
SPSS/PC+ and FIVSIN. Interactive use of urban areas as nodes of networks, technology based
computer. Discuss the changes in the output when developing areas.
the input data are changed. Mainly, aggregate and
disaggregate (cohort-survival) population CRP 451 Models in Urban Planning I
projection. Several homework. (3-0)3
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor Introduces modeling as the logical outcome of the
systems approach and emphasizes its increasing role
in the planning field since 1960s. The course aims
69
to give a basic background for the model building CRP 466 Labor Market Dynamics in
process. Specific topics include; systems theory, Global Restructuring and
mapping theory, theory-model relationships, types Spatial Transformation (3-0)3
of urban models, the spatial interaction (gravity) Presents the current issues and debates on the
model. interrelations between labor market and urban
planning. Provides an overview of various
CRP 452 Models in Urban Planning II approaches within the field of labor market analyses
(3-0)3 in the context of global restructuring along with an
By using the entropy maximization method, emphasis on their relevance for urban social
generalizes the classical gravity model and thus transformation.
introduces the family of spatial interaction models.
Reviews the Lowry-Garin model and other CRP 470 Principles of Housing (3-0)3
derivatives. Considers also some selected urban Definition of housing as a specific commodity; the
models. Emphasizes the calibration methods, gives concepts of housing need and housing demand;
worked examples and encourages the computer forms of housing provision, characteristics of house
applications. Discusses how they can be used as building industry; housing finance systems; state
location models in urban policy making. Compares housing policies: subsidizing housing, rent control,
first and second generation of urban models, social rented housing; unauthorized housing.
evaluates the present trends.
CRP 476 Housing Research (3-0)3
CRP 453 Participatory Design and Research projects are formulated on relevant
Planning (3-0)3 subjects and presented to the class and completed in
Citizen participation in planning, participatory the light of class discussion.
design and planning methodology, community
empowerment, participatory processes in urban CRP 478 Urban Residential
management and urban regeneration, strategic Transformation and Change in
planning and participation, participatory research Turkish Cities (3-0)3
with children living and working on the streets, non- Perspectives on urban residential structure; The
governmental organizations in planning. Chicago School and the Ecological Tradition, Neo-
Classical Economic Models and the Behavioral
CRP 454 Urban Transport Systems: Approach, Neo-Weberian Approaches and Urban
Planning and Design (3-0)3 Managerialism, Political Economy Approach ,
Planning and design of transport networks, modes, Humanist Approach, Sociological Approaches.
systems, stations. Network and urban form Processes of residential differentiation; invasion-
considerations. Route and capacity planning for succession, segregation, filtering process,
public transport systems. Planning for pedestrian neighbourhood life cycle. Urban residential
circulation, city centre pedestrianization. New transformation; urban renewal and revitalization,
Urbanism movement and planning for pedestrian- urban redevelopment and regeneration. Urban
oriented and transit-oriented neighbourhoods. residential structure and transformation in Turkey;
Principles of traffic calming. Design considerations urban growth and change in Turkey, urban housing
for planning car parks, road junctions, stations, and and residential structure in Turkey, legislative
interchange facilities. background of urban residential transformation in
Turkey, case studies.
CRP 455 Aesthetics and Human
Experience in Urban Design CRP 479 Implementational Aspects of
(3-0)3 Urban Planning with reference to
An overview of environmental psychology. Issues Legal and Administrative Issues
of environmental perception and cognition, (3-0)3
elements and structure of mental maps, orientation Aims to present current issues and debates on the
and way finding, environmental aesthetics, diversity planning legislation related to coastal areas, natural
and environment, use of psychological information and built environment, privatization of public land,
to evaluate environments, programming for design touristic development and similar subjects all of
for human use, implementation tools of which are closely attached to the implementation of
environmental attributes salient to human use. Self- plans and the practice of planners involved in
managing in depth group discussions on professional life.
environment and human experience reflecting on Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor
case studies.
70
CRP 483 Policy Design and Evaluation CRP 488 Institutional Aspects of Urban
(3-0)3 and Regional Planning
Introduction to policy analysis, design and (3-0)3
evaluation. The process of public policy making, the An overview of globalization and the new economy.
analytical options open to the policy analyst, the key Issues of institutional change and governance. In-
concepts and arguments of policy and program depth discussions on regional and urban governance
design, the methods and practice of social together with the analysis of case studies.
policy/program evaluation, new directions in policy
field. CRP 490 Summer Practice: Municipal,
Public or Private Planning
Office NC
Students work in private planning offices or public
bodies, especially in municipalities, in order to
CRP 485 Evolving Gender Issues in familiarize themselves with the current planning
Contemporary Urban Planning practice.
(3-0)3
Presents the current issues and debates on the CRP 495 Urban Political Analysis (3-0)3
interrelations between gender issues and the urban Structured around the political aspects of urban life.
planning discipline. Provides and overview of Embraces power and politics from the very
various approaches within feminist geography and emergence of the human settlements. Introduction
their relevance for a new agenda in urban planning. to the basic concepts and theories of, state, local
state, urban studies and planning within the context
of different methodologies.
71
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
CITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING
The Department of City and Regional Planning offers three graduate programs: graduate program in
City Planning leading to Master of City Planning degree; graduate program in Regional Planning leading to
Master of Regional Planning degree, and graduate program in Urban Design leading to Master of City
Planning in Urban Design degree. Although the graduate programs in City Planning and Regional Planning
are, in principle, open to students from different backgrounds, the Department may ask candidates to take some
complementary undergraduate courses. The graduate program in Urban Design accepts the graduates of city
planning, architecture and landscape architecture programs.
The Department of City and Regional Planning also offers a Ph.D. degree in City and Regional
Planning. The University requirements governing the graduate and Ph.D. programs are described in Academic
Rules and Regulations of this catalog.
In addition, the Department also runs joint graduate programs with other departments in METU:
Urban Policy Planning and Local Government; Geodetic and Geographic Information Technologies, and
Settlement Archeology. The details concerning these programs are described in the relevant parts of the
catalog.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
72
MASTER OF CITY PLANNING IN URBAN DESIGN
If admitted by B.S. degree, the students have to select one of the following options:
1. City Planning Option: CRP 602 Space Concepts and
CP 501 Planning Studio I (4-8)8 Organization in the New Age
CP 502 Planning Studio II (4-8)8 (3-0)3
RP 511 Planning Theory (3-0)3 Elective (3-0)3
CP 537 Urban Property Development Elective (3-0)3
and Planning (3-0)3 Elective (3-0)3
CP 558 New Modes of Intervention in Elective (3-0)3
Planning (3-0)3 Elective (3-0)3
CP 570 Masters Seminar NC Elective (3-0)3
CRP 640 Doctoral Seminar NC Elective (3-0)3
CRP 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC Elective (3-0)3
CRP 601 New Tendencies in Planning
Thought (3-0)3
GRADUATE COURSES
77
CP 570 Thesis Seminar (0-2)NC participated in by the students and members of the
Enables the student to perform a detailed study of Department.
his/her thesis subject. Guidance in research and
regular progress reports submitted to discuss CRP 7XX Special Topics in Planning
specific problems of students research. Lectures on (3-0)3
theoretical and empirical analysis, research design Courses not listed in this catalog. Contents vary
techniques, data collection and survey methods. from one year to another depending on the interest
of students.
CP 580 Urban Research Field (3-0)3
To provide students with an introduction towards CRP 8XX Special Studies in Planning
different research approaches about urban space, (4-2)NC
how and where they can be used, and in-depth Students choose and study a topic under the
discussion on the selected methods and techniques; guidance of a faculty member, normally their
to identify directions towards conducting research supervisors.
for understanding the urban space that involves
CRP 9XX Advanced Studies in Planning
multi-dimensional aspects; different types of
(4-0)NC
research approaches in design and planning, their
Graduate students as a group or a Ph.D. student
ontological positions and epistemological
choose and study advanced topics under the
frameworks, selected research methods and
guidance of a faculty member, normally their
techniques; the selection, development, and analysis
supervisors.
of various types of methodological instruments and
procedures for conducting research about socio- RP 500 M.R.P. Thesis NC
spatial matters; research processes and comparison Program of research leading to Master of Regional
among different methods through a review of Planning arranged between student and a faculty
applied research projects. To allow students to start member. Student register to this course starting
up with developing the proposal of their post- from their third semester while the research
graduate research projects; to increase students program or write-up of thesis in progress
analytical abilities in defining different research
approaches, principles, and a research design by RP 501 Regional Planning Studio (4-8)8
using appropriate methods and techniques. Origin, evolution and characteristics of regional
development projects in different countries. Nature
CRP 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC and practical applications of techniques used by
Program of research leading to Ph.D in City and regional planners for both policy formulation and
Regional Planning arranged between student and a assessment of social and resource problems.
faculty member. Student register to this course Introduction to planning issues. Basic tools of the
starting from their third semester while the research profession and their use in various practical research
program or write-up of thesis in progress. exercises. Individual and group work.
80
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL DESIGN
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
BREK, Naz A.G.Z.: B.ID., METU; M.F.A. in Interior Design, Bilkent University;
Ph.D. in Industrial Design, Kent Institute of Art and Design/University of Kent at Canterbury.
DOAN, ala (Vice Chair): B.ID., M.Sc. in Industrial Design, METU;
Ph.D. in Environmental Design (EVDS), University of Calgary.
KAYGAN, Harun (Vice Chair): B.ID., M.Sc. in Industrial Design, METU;
Ph.D. in Architecture and Design, University of Brighton.
KAYGAN, Pnar: B.ID., METU; Ph.D. in Sociological Studies, Sheffield University.
KORKUT, Fatma: B.ID., METU; M.Sc. in Design, IIT, Chicago;
Ph.D. in Industrial Design, Mimar Sinan niversitesi.
INSTRUCTORS
GRSU, Hakan: B.ID., M.S. in Building Science, Ph.D. in Urban Environmental Design, METU.
IIK, Figen: B.ID., M.A. in History of Architecture, METU.
ZGEN, Dalsu: B.F.A in Graphic Design, Bilkent University; M.F.A in Design and Technology,
Parsons School of Design/New School University, New York;
Proficiency in Art in Graphic Design, MSGS.
TOKSZ, Refik: B.Arch., KT; M.A. in Communication, Ankara niversitesi.
NL, Canan E.: B.ID., M.S. and Ph.D. in Educational Sciences, METU.
YAZICI, Bar: B.I.D., M.I.D., Pratt Institute, New York.
GENERAL INFORMATION: Industrial designers are the creative agents and facilitators of change
who develop inspirational, desirable, engaging, evolving, empowering and resource-effective products and
systems integrating various scales of production, spanning do-it-yourself, special commissions, craft, batch and
mass production, and open design.
Industrial designers focus on the whole product lifespan by taking into account individual, social,
cultural, environmental, technical and economic considerations. Industrial design expertise involves exploring
and understanding user behavior and user needs so as to incorporate local knowledge; applying foresight to
predict usage and interaction scenarios that lead to positive user experiences; reflecting on areas in need of
change through developing inspirational and enduring products; extending the lifespan of products through
enabling product repair, re-use and recovery; and encouraging responsible means of production and use
considering the Earths limited resources.
In order to bridge the gap between product development and product use, industrial designers benefit
from various human-centered design research methods. These range from exploratory and evaluative methods
such as observation, interviews and focus groups, to generative and participatory methods such as design
workshops, 2D and 3D collages, Velcro modeling and cultural probes.
81
The services provided by industrial designers as consultants or in-house professionals are sought by
private companies specializing in various sectors, including electrical household appliances, medical
equipment, cookware, packaging, furniture, lighting and transportation. NGOs, public institutions and
governmental bodies also have potential to benefit from the expertise of industrial designers.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY: The industrial design courses that were started at METU Department of
Architecture in 1969 by the American industrial designer David K. Munro are the first courses on industrial
design offered in Turkey. Established as a separate unit in 1979, METU Department of Industrial Design
became the first Turkish member of the International Council of Societies of Industrial Design (ICSID) in
1981. Currently the Department offers an extensive portfolio of undergraduate and graduate programs: A four-
year undergraduate program leading to a Bachelor of Industrial Design (B.ID.), an interdisciplinary Master of
Science (M.Sc.) Program in Industrial Design, a joint international M.Sc. Program in Design Research for
Interaction with Delft University of Technology (TU Delft), and a Ph.D. program in Industrial Design.
A leading provider of undergraduate industrial design education and a pioneer in its field, METU
Department of Industrial Design attracts students with the most competitive profile in Turkey. The Department
features an educational approach which encourages critical and reflective thinking. Design studios, where
student projects are conducted in collaboration partners from diverse sectors, and the open jury system are the
core elements of our education. The Graduation Projects Exhibitions, staged every year since 2002, has
exhibited student projects advised by around one hundred different participating firms. In recent years, the
Department has also taken significant steps towards integrating design considerations for sustainability into its
educational approach. We are committed to empower our graduates to become creative, visionary, socially and
environmentally aware members of the local and global professional design community.
The aim of the graduate programs at METU Industrial Design is the generation and dissemination of
designerly knowledge, tools, techniques and methods based on design research. Our graduate programs have
contributed to the training of design researchers who have had significant impact on academia and industry in
Turkey and abroad. Since 2003, the METU/BILTIR UTEST Product Usability Unit has been supporting
industry-funded research projects carried out by graduate students of the Department. The Design Research for
Interaction joint program with TU Delft has provided opportunities for international academic exchange and
research collaboration, with graduates becoming specialists in research and design for user-product interaction.
In addition to pursuing research projects funded by the industry or the government, our graduate students
integrate the educational environment of the design studios into their research practice with the purpose of
developing tools, techniques and methods for improving industrial design education and practice.
The Department has international student and staff exchange agreements with design schools across
the world. We are active participants in local design events, competitions, fairs and exhibitions as well as
international design events, research symposia and design networks, having regularly hosted international
workshops with partner schools from around the world. Our graduates contribute to the design of products and
systems with local and global impact, and fulfil academic leadership positions at industrial design departments
across Turkey. METU is recognized globally as one of the most prestigious educational institutions in Turkey;
our department has been ranked among top design institutions in Red Dot Design Rankings and among
Europes Top 100 Architecture and Design Schools by the Domus Magazine.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Second Semester
ID 101 Basic Design I (4-8)8
ID 111 Design Communication I (2-2)3 ID 102 Basic Design II (4-8)8
ID 122 Origins and Attitudes in ID 112 Design Communication II (2-2)3
Industrial Design I (3-0)3 ID 121 Introduction to Industrial Design
PHYS 101 Physics for Nonscientists I (3-0)3 (3-0)3
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I PHYS 102 Physics for Nonscientists II (3-0)3
(4-0)4 ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
IS 100 Introduction to Information (4-0)4
Technologies and Applications NC
82
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
Fifth Semester Sixth Semester
ID 301 Industrial Design III (4-8)8 ID 302 Industrial Design IV (4-8)8
ID 311 Computers in Design (2-2)3 ID 321 Design and Culture (3-0)3
BA 3702 Introduction to Marketing (3-0)3 ID 480 Introduction to Design
Departmental or Non-departmental Elective Management (3-0)3
Departmental or Non-departmental Elective Departmental or Non-departmental Elective
TURK 303 Turkish I NC Departmental or Non-departmental Elective
ID 390 Summer Practice in a TURK 304 Turkish II NC
Production Establishment and
Computer Literacy in Design NC
FOURTH YEAR
Seventh Semester
Eighth Semester
ID 401 Industrial Design V (4-8)8
ID 451 Professional Practice (3-0)3 ID 402 Graduation Project (4-8)8
Departmental or Non-departmental Elective Departmental or Non-departmental Elective
Departmental or Non-departmental Elective Departmental or Non-departmental Elective
ID 490 Summer Practice in a Design Departmental or Non-departmental Elective
Office NC
ID 495 Portfolio Presentation (2-2)3
ELECTIVE COURSES
The minor program in product design aims to introduce the discipline from theoretical, methodological,
historical, professional and managerial perspectives. The program consists of five compulsory courses
including a second year twelve-hour industrial design studio which helps students get familiar with the product
design and development process first hand.
Compulsory courses
ID 121 Introduction to Industrial Design (3-0)3
ID 201 Industrial Design I (4-8)8
ID 222 Origins and Attitudes in Industrial Design III (3-0)3
ID 451 Professional Practice (3-0)3
ID 480 Introduction to Design Management (3-0)3
ID 101-102 Basic Design I-II (4-8)8 ID 201-202 Industrial Design I-II (4-8)8
Introduction to the basic concepts of design, visual Issues of innovation, styling, redesign and human-
thinking, nature of materials and structural product interaction. Introduction to a wide range of
principles. Elementary skills of sketching, drawing design criteria. Design problems focusing on
and modeling. Approaching a problem area beyond physical and functional requirements of a product.
its conventional definition. Introduction to systematic thinking and scenario
Prerequisite for ID 102: ID 101 building. Producible and usable design solutions
with a conceptual approach.
ID 111 Design Communication I (2-2)3 Prerequisite for ID 201: ID102
The purpose of this course is to give basic Prerequisite for ID 202: ID 201
information about drawing as a pictorial
explanation. Concepts of drawing (perception, line, ID 211 Design Communication III (2-2)3
proportion, composition, etc.) are studied with While developing the habit of visualizing in 3D is
examples of three-dimensional objects. the major concern of this section of the course,
topics such as the fundamentals of perspective
ID 112 Design Communication II (2-2)3 drawing, developing surfaces of 3D objects with
Lettering, applied geometry, orthographic drawing basic geometric forms, intersecting basic 3D objects
and sketching. Pictorial methods, axonometric, and fundamentals of producing sectional views,
oblique and isometric projections and their assembly drawing and dimensioning will be
applications are the major subjects to be covered. covered.
85
ID 321 Design and Culture (3-0)3 particular culture. Fitness to real-life business
Understanding the cultural meaning and situations, marketability, responsible design.
significance of industrial design; developing critical Prerequisite: ID 302
and reflexive thinking in relation to the designers
practice; discourses and practices in the field of ID 402 Graduation Project (4-8)8
design; the role of design in consumer culture, Collaborative design projects with industry.
consumption as a creative activity; designed objects Synthesizing real-life design problems with a
as carriers of meaning and cultural significance; critical and professional approach.
outstanding social and cultural issues related to Prerequisite: ID 401
designers practice.
ID 403-404 Collaborative Design III
ID 363-364 Visual Narrative in Design I-II (2-2)3
(2-2)3 This course aims to support interdisciplinary
A new look at the design process through collaboration among engineering and industrial
storytelling and visual communication. Aims to design students for developing innovative products
provide students with basic concepts and thinking or systems. The first part of the course is devoted to
tools of visual narrative to find new ways of the generation of ideas and development of
exploration, explanation and presentation. Study of innovative product concepts through
different narrative approaches and practice on interdisciplinary team-work. Special emphasis on
different creation techniques. Exercises on graphic the pleasurability and usability aspects of the
storytelling, game development, paper-prototyping, concept. In the second part of the course, the teams
scenario building, storyboarding and film making. are required to continue to work on the product
concept and develop a fully functioning model.
ID 365 Color in Product Design (2-2)3 Special emphasis on economic and technological
The course aims to make students aware of the constraints. The students who pass the first part of
power of color and its methods of application in the course, must register to the second part in the
design process and to make them able to respond following semester.
creatively to design concepts with their own point of
views. Since color is the sensation caused by certain ID 405 Introduction to Interior Design
qualities of light, color and light inseparably, their (2-2)3
psychological, physiological, visual, aesthetic and This course aims to introduce the basic concepts of
technical aspects will be covered by the course. Interior Design related to, perception, elements,
presentation, planning and design of space as well
ID 371 Digital Art: Designing the Audio- as maintaining a medium to exercise designing of a
visual Realm (2-2)3 space and its elements as a part of a whole.
This course reveals the dynamics that are involved
in the production of contemporary digital art. ID 406 Jewellery beyond Tradition I
Mainly focusing on aspects, such as, computer (2-2)3
music, digital imaging, motion graphics, and video This course is an exploration of contemporary
art, the course contemplates the construction jewellery design that promotes the conception of
processes of audial and visual assets in the context ideas through the use of non-traditional materials,
of art. The course consists of discussions on both industrial and crafts processes and the
artworks by various artists as well as hands-on consciousness of human body. Through a series of
practice with related computer software/hardware. projects some basic aspects such as scale, form,
influences of art movements and other disciplines,
ID 390 Summer Practice in Production preciousness, wearability, consciousness of body
Establishment and Computer and innovative and appropriate use of materials and
Literacy in Design NC processes will be studied.
Two weeks in the Facultys computer workshop,
learning and practicing a modeling program. Four ID 408 TV Stage Design (2-2)3
weeks in a production establishment, making The purpose of this course is to teach the basic
observation, and reporting its main production principles about TV stage design. Students will have
processes. the opportunity to analyse stage, camera, director,
scenario and recording which are considered to be
ID 401 Industrial Design V (4-8)8 the basics of TV broadcasting.
Issues of culture, life style, ecology, future
forecasting, globalism, design for export etc. Design
problems dealing with social and market values of a
86
ID 413 Interactive Prototyping ID 480 Introduction to Design
For Designers (2-2)3 Management (3-0)3
This course offers an introduction to the Tracing the scope and definitions of design
fundamentals of electronics and programming management throughout the evolution of the
through building working prototypes of interactive discipline in both the global and the local contexts;
devices and systems. By taking a hands-on exploration of the wider social and economic
approach, which means spending a lot of time context in which design is practiced; organisational
building circuits, coding, playing with sensors and aspects of design management including different
controls, the students will observe how best to make models of design management; forms of
all of these things relate to the users expression or employment for industrial designers including a
environmental changes. These experiments will also comparison of consultancy and in-house design
allow students to test and observe the affordances of teams; interdisciplinary relations in NPD processes;
their designed systems. Course work will involve design briefs; significance of understanding the user
weekly readings and exercises for learning the and the context from the view point of the designer.
technical skills; additionally there will be midterm
and final projects that will allow students to think ID 483 Jewellery beyond Tradition II
outside the box and have some fun while making (2-2)3
something of choice. An introductory review of jewellery beyond
tradition. Contemporary approaches to non-
ID 421 Design Research in Action (3-0)3 traditional jewellery in Turkey. Review of jewellery
This course is based on the presentation of research designers, companies, exhibitions, galleries and
activity carried out in the Department of Industrial fairs in Europe, USA and Turkey. Workshops by
Design. It consists of a series of seminar sessions in experts and in-class exercises on various materials
which exemplary pieces of design research done by and techniques with particular emphasis on plastics
the faculty are presented and discussed. Chiefly and metal.
offered to the students who are to undertake
research in design discipline, this course intends to ID 485-486 Ceramic Form I-II (2-2)3
demonstrate various examples of design research in Development of concept of form through the
action. medium of clay. Hand-building, slip casting and
wheel techniques in pottery making are practiced.
ID 424 Intellectual Property Rights Special emphasis on form, function and detailing.
(3-0)3
Definitions and protection methods of intellectual ID 489 Design and Cinema (3-0)3
and industrial property. (Copyright, patent, utility Aims to survey the various design needs in film-
model, industrial design, trademark) National and making which is a multi-competent process, and to
international dimensions of this issue with related give the basics of design techniques, methods and
laws, codes in force. applications used for each component.
87
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL DESIGN
The Master of Science in Industrial Design is a research oriented program which focuses on current
issues and new problem areas in industrial design, and puts special emphasis on the multidisciplinary character
of the field. The program is intended for applicants who wish to pursue academic careers in industrial design,
and for those who wish to develop design related research and organizational skills for their professional
career. In addition to industrial design graduates, the program welcomes applicants from diverse backgrounds
and disciplines, such as other fields of design, the fields of engineering, management and social sciences.
Graduates of other disciplines are required to follow a deficiency program which involves undergraduate
courses, through which they develop an understanding of the industrial design activity, including the
terminology, techniques, and communication skills.
The International Joint Master of Science Program in Design Research for Interaction, which
commenced in Fall 2008-09, is a prestigious exchange program between METU Department of Industrial
Design and the Faculty of Industrial Design Engineering, Delft University of Technology, the Netherlands.
Research studies on user behavior; user-product relationships; and use environments have risen in recent years,
leading to a considerable rise in knowledge in the field of design. Industrial design, more specifically, has
become an increasingly evidence-based activity with increased importance on innovation, discovery and
matching solutions to uncovered needs. The Joint Program equips industrial design graduates to become
evidence-based designers within an international platform, capable of planning and undertaking research that
will feed into the design and development of new and improved products, services and systems. The central
theme is exploration of user-product interactions and their effects on user experiences. Students complete a
jointly supervised graduation project / thesis in their final semester, for which the inclusion of design practice
alongside research practice is strongly encouraged.
The Department offers a Ph.D. Program in Industrial Design for applicants with a Masters degree,
and an Integrated Ph.D. Program in Industrial Design for those with a Bachelors degree. The programs are
offered to applicants seeking an academic career in industrial design and are research oriented. The Ph.D.
thesis aims at a comprehensive and explicit account of the conduct and findings of an original research study.
A critical appraisal of prior research, and close attention to the principles and practice of research methodology
are essential. The conduct of a single, major systematic investigation and the delivery of an original and
substantial contribution to knowledge are required.
88
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
ID 535 Design for Interaction (3-0)3 Generic and Professional Skills 3 (ID4200)
ID 503 Research Methods in Product Understanding, Use and Experience
Industrial Design I (3-0)3 (ID4210)
ID 506 Design Methods (3-0)3 Context and Conceptualization (ID4216)
Introduction Days at METU (ID4200) Project Exploring Interactions (ID4250)
1 elective course IDDI 500 MS Thesis NC
IDDI 8XX Special Studies NC
GRADUATE COURSES
91
92
93
94
FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
There are ten undergraduate programs offered by these departments. The Department of Biological
Sciences offers two core programs; Biology and Molecular Biology and Genetics.
The Departments also offer programs at M.A., M.S. and PhD. levels. Psychology and Philosophy
Departments have additional M.S. and M.A. programs in Industrial and Organizational Psychology and
Applied Ethics, respectively.
The basic philosophy of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences is to enable students to become well-
educated, innovative, professionally capable and enlightened university graduates and to stimulate in them an
enthusiasm for their subject coupled with a spirit of intellectual tolerance and critical awareness. In line with
this philosophy, the departments of the Faculty specifically aim at:
Providing the best possible learning environment to stimulate both learners and teachers,
Designing course structures that are flexible, accessible and attractive,
Training students to work independently, both in group context and individually so as to foster self-
confidence, autonomy and the ability to innovate and display initiative,
Encouraging students to go beyond their major disciplines through a continuous emphasis on
interdisciplinary study,
Providing for students the opportunity to explore the approaches and methodologies adopted by other
disciplines through the inter-disciplinary structure at the university level, and to instill in them an
openness and flexibility to alternative views.
The Faculty is one of the leading Faculties of Arts and Sciences in Turkey, offering students the
unique combination of high academic stand, well-developed research facilities and employment success.
95
Students are provided with a sound theoretical and practical foundation in natural and social sciences. In
addition, elective courses are offered for the students of all the Faculties in METU. Approximately 250 elective
courses are offered by nine departments to help students to develop additional interests in different subject
matters.
Teaching methods include lectures, tutorials and seminars. In the departments of physics, chemistry,
and biology practical laboratory work plays a vital role. The departmental laboratories are shared for research
and teaching, and are periodically updated. Suitable equipment and well-qualified technical and support staff
are available for the teaching activities.
The departments of the Faculty provide a wide range of minor and double major programs. The aim of
the minor undergraduate programs is to enable academically successful students for furthering their education
in other subjects they are interested in. Double major undergraduate programs are designed for outstanding
students to have a second undergraduate diploma from another department within the Faculty or from other
departments of four Faculties of the University.
The aim of the graduate programs is to give graduates the opportunity to achieve qualification, which
enables them to make an immediate contribution to their future careers. The departments place considerable
emphasis upon graduate student research and encourage M.A. / M.S. and Ph.D. students to publish their
research findings in national and international periodicals. The Faculty and its departments, in collaboration
with the Graduate School of Natural and Applied Sciences, the Graduate School of Social Sciences and the
Institute of Applied Mathematics, conduct several interdisciplinary graduate programs in various areas. These
are Archaeometry, Gender and Women's Studies, Science and Technology Policy Studies, Biochemistry,
Biotechnology, Polymer Sciences and Technology, Settlement Archaeology, Eurasian Studies, Media and
Cultural Studies, Cryptography, Financial Mathematics, Scientific Computing, Actuarial Sciences, and Middle
East Studies.
The Faculty organizes symposia, seminars and workshops to create an environment in which current
scientific discussions can be made and to encourage and stimulate national and international collaborative
work.
The Faculty is comprised of a motivated and dynamic academic staff engaged in research at the
forefronts of basic and social sciences and technologies. The Faculty is also leading in the number and quality
of papers published in internationally and nationally well established journals.
96
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
BRAND, Ayegl: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., New Mexico State University.
SOMEL, Mehmet: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Leipzig.
The Biology Program harbors all elements of modern biology. The students are offered a wide range of core
and elective courses covering the majority of contemporary fields in the biological sciences. Among the rich
elective courses students can select subjects suiting their interests. Most of the core courses in the program are
supported with laboratory sessions. Furthermore, special project courses allow students to become involved in
research projects and acquire further laboratory skills.
The Molecular Biology and Genetics Program focuses on molecular and cellular aspects of biology. The
B.Sc. program in Molecular Biology and Genetics aims to prepare students for the science of tomorrow. In
addition to the core, students choose elective courses suiting their interests from Biological Sciences or other
science and mathematics departments as well as engineering to complete the program. The combination of
97
fundamentals and diversity along with flexibility makes Molecular Biology and Genetics Program appropriate
for those planning to become research scientists.
Department of Biological Sciences also offers programs leading to M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in Biological
Sciences. The graduate program mainly focuses on training students in basic and applied research fields, which
are described below.
RESEARCH INTERESTS AND FACILITIES: Graduate level research activities are conducted
mainly in the following laboratories:
1. Biochemistry Laboratory: Current research activities in this laboratory include large scale purification of
enzymes, structural and functional aspects of monooxygenase, cytochrome systems, transferases, membrane-
bound proteins, hormone and drug receptors, kinetic studies on regulatory enzymes, drug-DNA interactions,
antioxidants and antioxidant enzymes, biochemical and genetic toxicology and molecular pharmacology.
Characterization of stress proteins (heat cold, metal and salt) in different crop plants and photosynthetic
reactions in plants and bacteria (mainly Halobacterium halobium), and signal transduction in plants are among
the other research topics.
2. Biomaterials Laboratory: Research conducted in this laboratory is mainly concentrated on preparation and
characterization of materials for use in biomedical applications. Immobilization of enzymes and free cells for
biotechnological aims, controlled release of drugs, pesticides and vaccines and study of liposomes as model
membranes and drug carriers are being studied. Of special interest is the production and application of
microbial polyesters in construction of biodegradable controlled antibiotic release systems and bone fracture
repair rods.
3. Cancer Biology Laboratory: Investigation of mutations associated with certain tumors, the use of
molecular methods in cancer diagnosis and the study of involvement of isoenzymes in cancer are among the
current research projects. Another area of cancer research in the Department focuses on the structural and
functional characterization of novel cancer genes that may have roles during the initiation or the maintenance
of the transformed phenotype of breast cancer cells.
4. Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology Laboratory: Research in this laboratory focuses on the studying,
processing, intracellular trafficking, and secretion of neuropeptides and peptide hormones in neuronal and
endocrine cells with an emphasis on the cellular organization. Neuropeptides and peptide hormones are
synthesized from larger precursors, and their biosynthesis may be regulated at many levels in the cell.
Understanding cellular and molecular mechanisms of neuro/peptides have provided an insight into the
molecular basis of diseases such as obesity which result from intracellular missorting of cocaine amphetamine
regulated transcript (CART) to the constitutive pathway. The studies are conducted using a multidisciplinary
approach. Whole animals, fresh tissues and organs, cell cultures are analyzed using various biochemical,
immunological, and recombinant-DNA techniques. These include ELISA, immunocytochemistry, confocal
microscopy, recombinant-DNA methodology, Western blot and in situ hybridization.
6. Freshwater Ecology Laboratory: Interactions between physical, chemical and biological processes in
lakes, and the influence of human activities on these processes to describe the causes and consequences of
eutrophication and biomanipulation as a restorative measure are within main research interest. To investigate
governing mechanisms especially the differential role of top-down control and hydrology in structuring
periphyton, macrophytes, phytoplankton, zooplankton, benthic macroinvertebrates and in shallow lakes are
among the scopes. The laboratory has the facility of a climate room to culture phytoplankton, zooplankton and
fish for studying chemical communication between the fish and the prey, Daphnia, behavioral ecology of
Daphnia and ecotoxicology.
7. Microbial Ecology Laboratory: Research in this laboratory involves the studies on bacterial populations of
soil and aquatic environments. The interactions of soil bacterial populations with plants are studied in terms of
98
increasing the productivity in sustainable agriculture practices. The potential of soil bacteria are also explored
for soil bioremediation especially in terms of pesticide biodegradations. Aquatic bacterial populations are
investigated in conjunction to signaling between the fish and aquatic invertebrates. Bacterial populations
enriched from soil and freshwater sources are screened in terms of the production of industrially important
enzymes to be taken advantage in the design of environmentally safe products and processes. Thermophilic
bacteria obtained from soil and aquatic sources are given special attention for their enzyme production.
8. Microbiology Laboratory: The major research areas of interest are; bioconversion of agricultural and
industrial residues and use of enzymes and cells in industrial processes, plasmid association of the enzyme
mediated antibiotic resistance, genetic and enzymatic characterization of microbial biodegradation.
9. Molecular Biophysics Laboratory: The researches in this laboratory include; spectroscopic investigations
of lipid-lipid, protein-lipid and drug-lipid interactions in biological membranes, structure-function and stability
of proteins, related biotechnological applications and magnetic resonance studies of pathological cells and
body fluids.
10. Molecular Genetics Laboratory: Research activities involve; analysis of molecular mechanisms
underlying thermostability in thermophilic enzymes by genetic and protein engineering, investigations of
genetic and enzymatic basis of biodegradation, isolations, characterizations and cloning of novel proteolytic
enzymes (specifically proteasomes and other ATP-dependent proteolytic nanoscale machines) from
thermophilic bacteria and Archaea, structure-function relationships of antibiotic modifying enzymes.
11. Neurophysiology Laboratory: The laboratory is well equipped for research in various aspects of the
function of the nervous system. Selective activation of peripheral nerve fibber groups, short and long latency
cerebral somatosensory evoked potentials and spinal evoked potentials are the topics of current research.
12. Pharmaceutical Biotechnology Laboratory: This laboratory is established for research and development
on recombinant DNA derived drugs and their quality controls according to European Pharmacopoeia
regulations. Ongoing projects are based on gene isolation and cloning, recombinant protein expression with
various systems including bacteria, yeast and mammalian cells, stable cell line production, laboratory scale cell
culture and purification of a drug substance. It is well equipped and supported by the leading pharmaceutical
companies in Turkey.
13. Plant Biotechnology Laboratory: Genetic manipulation of crop plants via Agrobacterium, particle
bombardment (biolistic) and electroporation techniques. Target plant species include tobacco (model), potato,
tomato, eggplant, legumes (lentil and chickpea) and cereals (wheat and maize). Research focused on
agronomic characters, include; improvement tolerance against herbicides, abiotic stress resistance (salt,
drought), plant parasitic nematodes and insects (Bruchid and Eurygaster -suni bug, species). In addition,
construction of plant transformation vectors and microtuber production in potato are among current research
interests.
14. Plant Sciences Laboratory: Modern methods are employed to study the genetics and biology of local
forest trees. Ecological and population genetics of Turkish conifers as well as related biotechnological research
is conducted by using DNA markers and tissue culture techniques. The effects of environmental conditions
such as extreme heat cold drought and salinity on crop plants such as wheat and lentil, and the tissue culture of
poppy, wheat, sunflower, chick pea, sugar beet and saffron as well as their improvement by gene transfer are
the topics of research. Recently interdisciplinary research together with Archeologists, we start to identify plant
species by ancient DNA analysis as well as together with Taxonomists we establish molecular phylogenies of
plants.
15. Structural Biology Laboratory: Research focus on the identification of protein-protein interactions by
quantitative Frster resonance energy transfer (FRET) measurements as well as by florescence intensity ratio
(FIR) analysis in live cells. The group is interested in G-protein Coupled Receptor (GPCR) dimerization, and
effects of post-translational modifications and ligand interactions on receptor dimerization.
16. Terrestrial Ecology and Conservation Laboratory: Current research is focused on wildlife ecology and
population biology of threatened species in Turkey. Birds are the primary subject of such research although
ungulates and carnivores are also studied. Applied areas such as biodiversity assessment for conservation,
99
impacts of exotic species, and wildlife management are within the scope of our research, and provide valuable
input for decision makers.
FIRST YEAR
SECOND YEAR
100
FOURTH YEAR
FIRST YEAR
GENE 103 Molecular and Cellular GENE 104 Molecular and Cellular
Biology I (4-2)5 Biology II (4-2)5
CHEM 105 General Chemistry I (4-4)6 CHEM 106 General Chemistry II (4-4)6
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
(4-0)4 (4-0)4
MATH 117 Calculus I (4-2)5 IS 100 Introduction to Information
Technologies and Applications NC
MATH 118 Calculus II (4-2)5
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
*Maximum 4 Technical Electives can be taken from other departments. Generally, Biological Sciences
consider courses which are offered by the Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics and Statistics Departments of
Faculty of Arts and Sciences as technical elective as well as Engineering courses. Rest of the courses offered in
METU can be taken in non-technical elective status.
** If BIO 307 is registered instead of BIO 353, in this case BIO 307 is in must status and student are required
to take BIO 308 in following semester in technical elective status.
*** Students who completed their summer practice under ERASMUS program must register to 361 as a must
course.
The program consists of all the required courses in the undergraduate curriculum and technical
electives. The equivalency of the previously taken courses will be judged by the department.
Students from social sciences are required to take MATH 119, 120, CHEM 101, 102 and 231 as well
as PHYS 111, 112 courses or their equivalents.
The Minor Program in Biology aims at providing an opportunity to successful students of other
departments to gain basic knowledge and foundation in biology. The students are expected to benefit in finding
wider job opportunities, and to be in the position to apply to graduate programs in biology.
Compulsory Courses
BIO 101 General Biology I
BIO 102 General Biology II
Elective Courses
Four courses offered under BIO code except BIO 106 and 107 must be taken to complete the minor program.
Compulsory Courses
GENE 103 Molecular and Cellular Biology I
GENE 104 Molecular and Cellular Biology II
GENE 365 General and Molecular Genetics or GENE 366 Molecular Biology of the Gene
BIO 423 Recombinant DNA Technology
BIO 101 General Biology I (4-4)6 BIO 215 Introduction to Genetics (3-0)3
Unifying concepts in Biology. The cellular basis of The course content includes the following titles;
life. Chemical constituents, cell structure and The role of genetics in health, reproduction,
function, material exchange with the environment, agriculture, and conservation of living resources.
the role of cell membrane, cellular energy, Basic principles of inheritance. Mendelian genetics
photosynthesis, cellular respiration, control of of humans. Genetics of sex. Informational
cellular activity, cell reproduction and genetic basis macromolecules, control of gene expression, and
of life are the major headings of the course. misinformation. Genetic diversity, population
genetics, and evolution. Genetic engineering. The
BIO 102 General Biology II (4-4)6 course intended for non-biology students.
The course content includes evolution and diversity,
structure and function at level of organisms, BIO 220 Introduction to Biometry (3-2)4
response of the organisms to their biological and Subjects covering statistical methodology in
physical environments and basic concepts in collecting and analyzing biological data. elementary
ecology. probability distributions, hypothesis testing, analysis
of variance, regression and correlation analysis of
BIO 106 General Biology (3-0)3 frequencies, some of the nonparametric tests with
A condensed (one-semester) course for non-biology emphasis on the use of computers in processing data
students. Offered both semesters. in biological sciences.
106
BIO 423 Recombinant DNA Techniques breeding systems, dispersal syndromes and other
(3-0)3 features between families of vascular plants in
The course has been designed to acquaint the Turkish flora are examined. Students learn key
student with the fundamental techniques of genetic characteristics for identification of important
engineering; manipulation of DNA in vitro, families of ferns, allies, conifers and other flowering
transformation techniques, library construction and plants.
screening methods, expression systems and host- Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
vector systems. Recent applications of recombinant
DNA technology in the analysis of biological BIO 433 Introduction to Evolution (3-0)3
processes, diagnosis of human diseases, isolation of A course dealing with the basic concepts of
human genes, DNA finger printing, gene therapy evolution. The topics to be covered: nature of
and the development of commercial products are science and evolution; evolution as science; origin
also covered. of matter, universe and earth; from molecules to
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. cells and organisms; universal tree of life; principles
and process of evolution; the origin of selection;
BIO 424 Clinical Biochemistry (2-4)4 natural selection; nature and origin of species;
The main object of the course is to deal with the human origins and evolution; human culture and
quantitative analysis of body fluids such as blood evolution. Offered to Science Education Majors.
and urine. The changes in the composition of body
constituents under pathological conditions are BIO 435 Animal Diversity (3-0)3
discussed. This course aims to introduce the students to the
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. vast animal diversity from an evolutionary
perspective. Animal groups in systematic order
BIO 425 Molecular Pharmacology (3-0)3 follow a brief theoretical introduction on speciation,
In this course a molecular approach to zoogeography and taxonomy. Each group is treated
pharmacology is intended. Drug-receptor in terms of its evolutionary relationship, basic form
interactions, dose-response and structure activity and function, reproductive biology, basic ecology
relationships (drug administration, transference, and relevance to human systems (agriculture,
metabolism and excretion) are the topics to be medicine, etc.) Presentations include audio-visual
covered. material.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
BIO 437 Plant Hormones (3-0)3
BIO 427 Biotechnology (3-0)3 Hormones are the most important factors
The fundamental aspects and underlying principles determining the development of a plant and hence
of biotechnological processes are covered. the understanding of the types and the effects of
Pharmaceutical, agricultural, environmental these substances on plant development and genetic
applications are discussed. activity has the utmost importance.
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
BIO 438 Freshwater Ecology (2-2)3
BIO 428 Population Biology (3-0)3 This course aims to introduce the students to both
Topics generally considered in population genetics theoretical and practical aspect of freshwater
and biology are combined to study processes, which ecosystems. There will be a brief introduction on
determine the abundance, distribution, composition properties of water, interactions of freshwater with
and evolution of species. land and atmosphere, their origins and evaluation of
Prerequisites: BIO 206, BIO 351 fresh water animals. The course will cover the
interactions of chemical, physical and ecological
BIO 430 Sensory Physiology (3-0)3 characteristics of freshwater bodies including
Biochemical and molecular mechanisms of sensory plankton, aquatic plants, fish and productivity of the
coding; visual system and photo transduction. edges and bottoms of rivers, their floodplains
Biochemistry of auditory, olfactory, taste and (including swamps and marshes), lakes, pools and
chemical sensations. The skin senses. Opiates and other standing bodies. Theoretical aspects of these
pain control. will be combined with the field sampling and
laboratory analyses.
BIO 432 Plant Biodiversity (3-0)3
The theoretical foundations of plant taxonomy and BIO 442 Experimental Plant
the types of evidences used in constructing plant Physiology (1-4)3
classification and identification procedures are This course is designed to teach students some
explained. Variation in morphology, predominant practical methods in plant physiology and
107
biochemistry experiments on bioenergetics, Manipulation of energy production pathways in
membrane stability, and protein and lipid plants, environmental factors affecting the overall
metabolism under abiotic stress conditions such as system and crop productivity, plant growth and
salt and drought. Additional experiments on development in vitro, plant cell and tissue culture,
Agrobacteria-mediated gene transfer will be cloning and somatic cell genetics, conventional and
conducted. biotechnology supported plant breeding, techniques
of transferring foreign genes into plants
BIO 444 Introduction to Enzyme (Agrobacterium, particle bombardment, etc.),
Kinetics (3-0)3 practical application of transgenic plant technology
The course deals with enzyme-catalyzed reactions. for plant health, human/animal health and nutrition,
General enzyme concepts, including steady-state biosafety aspects of transgenic plants. The future of
kinetics, inhibition and activation analysis, plant biotechnology will be also covered.
cooperative interactions, factors affecting enzyme Prerequisite: BIO 356, BIO 307 or BIO 353
activities, industrial uses of enzymes and
fundamentals of immobilized enzyme kinetics will BIO 454 Ornithology (2-2)3
be discussed. A course for senior students, emphasizing adaptive
morphology and behavior of birds. Lectures cover
BIO 445 Microbial Physiology (3-0)3 various aspects of the biology of birds, including
A course on distribution and regulation of major morphology, physiology, systematic, evolution,
routes of energy supply among microorganisms; behavior, ecology, and biogeography, with
Photosynthesis in Cyano bacteria and anoxygenic examples from the regional avifauna. Laboratory
photographic bacteria, Halobacterial photopho- and fieldwork include studies of skeletons and
sphorylation, carbon dioxide metabolism in non- plumages, teaching basic identification skills and
phototrophic autotrophs and heterotrophs. Microbial field work (censusing, recording behavior, breeding
metabolism of hydrogen, oxidation of iron and ecology) on common species. Prerequisite: BIO
sulfur compounds, Methylotrophs and methanogens 206
are discussed. Applications in biotechnology are
also mentioned with reference to each physiological BIO 460 Special Project (0-6)3
group. Research project carried out under the supervision
of a staff member. Offered to 4th year students with
BIO 447 Microbial Ecology (3-0)3 a cumulative average of 3.00 or above.
The course covers interactions among microbial
populations, interactions of microbes with plants BIO 461 Biophysics I (3-0)3
and animals, microbial communities, detection of An introduction to some selected topics in
microbial populations, habitats of microorganisms, biophysics, with emphasis on molecular background
ecology of aquatic microorganisms. The of structure and function is aimed.
biotechnological aspects of microbial ecology such The course content includes; introduction to
as microbial interactions with xenobiotics and molecular biophysics, radiation biophysics, medical
inorganic pollutants, as well as approaches to imaging techniques, microscopic and sub-
bioremediation are included. microscopic methods in biological structure and
Prerequisite: BIO 303 or BIO 313 or FDE 311 function analysis.
110
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Our department offers the Biology graduate program leading to M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Objectives of
the program are mainly to train students to carry out basic and applied research in areas covering Molecular
Genetics, Ecological and Evolutionary Genetics, Biochemistry (Enzymology, Toxicology), Microbiology
(Microbial Genetics, Microbial Physiology, Industrial Microbiology and Microbial Ecology), Cancer Biology,
Plant Sciences (Plant Tissue Culture, Plant Population Genetics, Plant Physiology, Plant Biotechnology, Plant
Molecular Genetics, Plant Systematics, Plant Morphology and Anatomy) Molecular Biophysics, Structural
Biology, Biomaterials, Bioengineering, Biosensors, Biotechnology, Physiology (Endocrinology,
Neurophysiology, Behavioral Sciences), Pharmacology (Psychopharmacology), Conservation Biology, and
Terrestrial Ecology (Wildlife Ecology, Ornithology) and Freshwater Ecology.
The general university requirements for the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are described in Academic Rules
and Regulations (Graduate Programs) section of this catalogue.
All students admitted to our graduate program are required to designate their supervisor and thesis
topic by the end of their first semester.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
GRADUATE COURSES
111
Molecules and Membranes (3-0)3 BIO 586 Human Genetics (3-0)3
BIO 571 Advanced Ecology (3-0)3 BIO 587 Plant Biodiversity
BIO 574 Major Concepts in Ecology (3-0)3 Conservation (3-0)3
BIO 576 Advanced Plant Systematics (3-0)3 BIO 588 Biodiversity and Habitat
BIO 577 Eutrophication and Restoration Conservation (3-0)3
of Lake Ecosystem (3-0)3 BIO 600 Ph.D Thesis NC
BIO 578 Evolutionary Genetics and BIO 601 Seminar in Biology (0-2)NC
Environmental Stress (3-0)3 BIO 7XX Special Topics in Biology (3-0)3
BIO 580 Controlled Release Systems and BIO 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
Drug Targeting (3-0)3 BIO 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
BIO 584 Advances in Biomaterials (3-0)3
BIO 503 Intermediary Metabolism and BIO 510 Structure and Function of
Its Regulation (3-0)3 Biological Membranes (3-0)3
(See also BCH 503) (See also BCH 510)
Intensive study of the metabolic pathways of Biochemistry of basic elements of natural
carbohydrates, lipids and nitrogenous compounds (mammalian, plant and bacterial) and reconstituted
and their interrelationships, including control membranes (liposomes, black lipid membranes).
mechanisms. The effects of hormonal and Techniques used in the study of membranes. Topics
nutritional status on the activity of these major in cell biology and physiology, structure -function
pathways. (S)* relationships of membranes depending on lipid
fluidity, membrane fusion, cell recognition,
BIO 505 Advanced Molecular hormone- receptor interactions, enzyme activities
Genetics (3-0)3 and transport phenomena.(R)*
Major advances made in the field in recent years
and their interpretation at the molecular level are BIO 512 Quantitative Problems in
reviewed. The course material requires that the Biochemistry (3-0)3
students be familiar with various techniques (See also BCH 512)
applicable to the study of prokaryotes and Solution of numerical problems in biochemistry
eukaryotes.(R)* involving acid-base chemistry, blood buffers,
chemistry of biological molecules, enzymes,
112
biochemical energetics, spectrophotometry, isotopes conjugation reactions with emphasis on
and scintillation counting.(R)* enzymological, metabolic, biological
pharmacological and molecular biological
BIO 513 Biology of Cancer (3-0)3 concepts.(R)*
Viral, chemical and physical causes of cancer,
tumor types, comparison of embryonic and BIO 523 Yeast Genetics And Molecular
neoplastic cells, cancer genes, molecular and Biology (3-0)3
metabolic properties of cancer cells, testing of anti Presents up to date information on genome
tumor agents and suspected carcinogens, cancer dynamics, protein synthesis, energetic and gene
diagnosis, methods of therapy, and expression of the yeast Saccharomyces, as a model
prevention.(AF)* eukaryote. Applications of these principles in
academic research and biotechnology industry are
BIO 514 Biomaterials (3-0)3 also covered.
The multidisciplinary subject of biomedical
application of materials obtained from natural and BIO 525 Population Genetics (3-0)3
synthetic sources. Solid properties, various This course is concerned with the statistical
materials used in biomaterials, tissue-material consequences of Mendelian inheritance in
interactions, in situ, in vitro and in vivo application populations of organisms. Hardy-Weinberg
methods and sterilization are discussed. Important Principle, linkage disequilibrium, genetic drift,
soft and hard tissue applications involving tissue inbreeding, mutation and neutral theory, natural
engineering, drug delivery, implant design, and selection, migration, molecular population genetics,
imaging are discussed with special emphasis on bio ecological genetics and speciation are discussed.
and synthetic polymers. (F /WE)*
Prerequisite: Consent of the Instructor. BIO 527 Transgenic Plant Technology
(3-0)3
BIO 516 Control Mechanisms in Recovery of transgenic plant species by gene
Biochemistry (3-0)3 transfer techniques. Critical assessment of past and
(See also BCH 516) future applications of this technology in the world
Transcriptional, translational and post-translational and in Turkey.(R)*
control of protein level and activity in response to
changes in the intracellular and extra cellular
environment (R)* BIO 528 Quantitative Genetics (3-0)3
Science of genetics. Genetic constitution of a
BIO 517 Numerical Taxonomy (3-0)3 population, changes of gene frequencies,
Aims and principles of numerical taxonomy. The quantitative inheritance, analyses of quantitative
choice and definition of taxonomic characters. The characteristics, heritability, artificial selection,
estimation of taxonomic resemblance between inbreeding and partitioning of variance.(R)*
organisms and the clustering of organisms into taxa
on the basis of these resemblance. A survey of the BIO 529 Pharmaceutical Biotechnology
application of numerical taxonomy to fields other (3-0)3
than biological systematic. (R)* Provides connection between the biological sciences
involved in the study of cellular system at the
BIO 520 Biometry (2-2)3 molecular level and the technological developments
The statistical techniques applicable in biological involved in exploiting rDNA technology and
research. Emphasis will be given on the use of presenting the active material as a pharmaceutical
computers in biological sciences. Data in biology, product. Upstream and downstream processes,
descriptive statistic, elementary probability methods for analyzing and characterization of new
distributions, estimation and hypothesis testing, generation drugs including their purity, stability and
analysis of variance, regression, correlation and formulation are covered. Particular attention is
certain non-parametric tests are the topics covered. placed on the method and process validation. The
(Compulsory for Ph.D. students) (S/WE)* rules governing rDNA technology derived
medicinal products in European Community,
BIO 522 Metabolic Aspects of current good manufacturing process (cGMP)and
Conjugation Reactions (3-0)3 current good laboratory practices (cGLP) for the
Basic biochemical and molecular aspects of product manufacturing in the pharmaceutical
conjugation reactions and the conjugates. The industry are also included.
glucuronidation, sulfation, acetylation, O-, N-, S-
methylation, amino acid and glutathione
113
BIO 532 Experiments in Molecular BIO 546 Plant Genetics and Breeding
Genetic (1-4)3 (3-0)3
A research oriented laboratory course. (R)* Plant genetics and its application in agriculture and
forestry. Genetic resources in plants and their use in
BIO 535 Genomics and Proteomics (3-0)3 plant breeding, hybridization and creating new crop
To introduce biology, biotechnology, biochemistry varieties, and application of biotechnology in plant
and medical informatics graduate students to the breeding.(R)*
field of structural, comparative and functional
genomics (transcriptomics and proteomics) and BIO 554 Macromolecules in Biomedicine
their high throughput tools. Overview of genomes And Biotechnology (3-0)3
and genome projects, physical mapping of genome, Classification, synthesis and transformation of
sequencing platforms and technologies, annotation, biopolymers (polynucleotides, polypeptides and
metagenomics, comparative and evolutionary polysaccharides). Merrifield solid state synthesis.
genomics, array- and nonarray-based Classification, synthesis and transformation of
transcriptomics, epigenomics and proteomics by an synthetic macromolecules. Chemical and biological
integrated approach. transformation. Solution behavior, helix-coil
transition. Structure, morphology and properties of
BIO 537 Genetic Engineering (3-0)3 biological polymers in the solid state. Single crystal
Recent revolutionary advances in recombinant DNA formation. Applications in Biomedicine and
technology. Basic principles of gene manipulation Biotechnology. (S/WE)*
and its various applications.(R/WE)* Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
BIO 539 DNA Repair (3-0)3
DNA repair processes per se, and its relations with BIO 555 Ecology of Shallow Lakes (3-0)3
mutagenesis, carcinogenesis, aging and the Governing mechanisms in shallow lakes; light,
hereditary DNA repair defects in humans. (R)* sedimentation and resuspension, nutrient dynamics;
biotic factors: phytoplankton, trophic cascades,
vegetation. Managing and restoration eutrophic
BIO 541 Advanced Microbiology (3-0)3 shallow lakes; nutrient management,
The course aims at offering a deeper understanding biomanipulation, hydrological adjustment.
of microbes with particular emphasis on new
insights derived from the application of molecular BIO 556 Freshwater Ecology (3-0)3
biology and genetics to fundamental questions. It Advanced theoretical aspects of freshwater ecology,
will emphasize critical evaluation of existing impact of land and water use on lakes, interaction
knowledge and strive to build an appreciation of the between physical, chemical and biological
methods and scientific advances which have made components of freshwater lakes, eutrophication,
microbiology a significant contributor in the global changes, and biodiversity of the organisms.
elucidation of fundamental biological questions.
BIO 562 Spectroscopy of Biological
BIO 543 Experimental Enzymology (1-4)3 Molecules and Membranes (3-0)3
(See also BCH 543) Basic theory, instrumentation and recent research
A laboratory course concerned with biochemical applications of spectroscopic techniques in
and molecular aspects of enzyme function. biological macromolecules and biological
Purification and characterization of the enzymes, membranes. (R/WE)*
optimization of the enzyme assays, simple enzyme
kinetics, spectrophotometry, SDs-polyacrylamide BIO 571 Advanced Ecology (3-0)3
gel electrophoresis, enzyme linked immunosorbent Life and the physical environment. Response to
assays (ELISA). (AF)* physical environment. Climate, topography and the
diversity in the natural environment. Population
BIO 544 Control Mechanisms in interactions. The structure and the functioning of
Molecular Biology (3-0)3 ecological communities. Energy flow in terrestrial
Gene expression with a structural and mechanistic and aquatic ecosystems. Species extinction and their
understanding. Control mechanisms at the causes.(F)*
transcriptional level, in prokaryotes, and at the
BIO 574 Major Concepts in Ecology
levels of messenger RNA processing and
(3-0)3
translation, in eukaryotes. The metabolic activities
Origins and the present status of ecosystem
concerned with the regulation of gene's potential for
concept, ecological niche, competitive exclusion
expression. Review and discussion of various topics
principle, and ecological succession.(S)*
in recent articles.(R)*
114
BIO 576 Advanced Plant Systematics biomaterial interactions, drug delivery via
(3-0)3 biodegradable vehicles, hard and soft tissue
The basis of plant taxonomy; cytogenetics; augmentation, implants, dental applications and
phytogeography, structural botany biosystematics bone cements, tissue engineering, biomedical
and evolutionary theory, causes of plant variation, instrumentation and imaging.
nomenclature, ecotypes, genetic isolation and Prerequisite: BIO 514 or CHEM 568
hybridization, modes of speciation, breeding
systems in plant populations and modern techniques BIO 586 Human Genetics (3-0)3
in plant systematics. Extensive field and herbarium This course aims to introduce fundamental genetic
studies. concepts of human traits and diseases. Both
classical and current research papers will be
BIO 577 Eutrophication and Restoration examined. Main topics include simple and
of Lake Ecosystems (3-0)3 complex/multifactorial diseases, cancer genetics,
This course aims to introduce the post graduate cytogenetics, immunogenetics, human genome
students to eutrophication problems and the project, gene therapy and counseling.
restoration measures which have been taken to
ensure high water quality in lake ecosystems. The BIO 587 Plant Biodiversity
course will cover the characteristics and symptoms Conservation (3-0)3
of eutrophication in deep and shallow lakes. The This course aims to introduce the major themes and
emphasis will be given to the factors affecting the concepts of the diverse and dynamic field of
degree of water quality deterioration by conservation biology within the context of plant
eutrophication and qualifying the nutrients load. biodiversity conservation. The course will cover the
(R)* principles which characterize plant diversity
BIO 578 Evolutionary Genetics and conservation in relation with the application of basic
Environmental Stress (3-0)3 conservation principles to the understanding and
This course gives a multidisciplinary approach, with resolution of plant biodiversity conservation by
an emphasis on the interface of ecology, genetics, means of in-situ and ex-situ practices. This course
physiology, and the study of behavior and also covers management issues, monitoring and
development, and evolutionary processes. modeling of biodiversity, endangered threatened
Application of information from molecular biology species recovery programs, restoration practices,
to the organismic and higher levels of organization. reserve designs for effective plant biodiversity
Major topics in this interdisciplinary course include conservation, as well as ethical and philosophical
the concept of stress and its evolutionary and aspects of plant biodiversity conservation. (S)
ecological importance; genetic variation in stress
response and the effects of stress on genetic BIO 588 Biodiversity and Habitat
variation; costs and benefits involving stress Conservation (3-0)3
responses. (R)* The first part of the course provides an overview of
the current knowledge of the living world and
BIO 580 Controlled Release Systems
various problems of associated with its
and Drug Targeting (3-0)3
conservation, utilization and management for
Overview of the approaches to bioactive agent
sustainability. In the second part, the habitat
administration systems used in the targeting and
conservation approach and landscape ecology
delivery of biologically active materials and their
concept for sustainable natural resource
fate in the body. Carriers such as liposomes,
management are discussed with selected systems
colloidal carriers, membranes, biodegradable
such as mountain, agriculture and forest resources,
systems, are to be covered. Approaches to genetic
important watersheds and riparian systems. The
material delivery relevant with gene therapy and
third part of course is devoted to the Turkish
various anticancer, pain relief, antibiotic
biodiversity and natural resources management
administration are discussed using current literature.
activities and current issues in Turkey. In the last
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
part of the course, the challenging current and future
BIO 584 Advances in Biomaterials (3-0)3 issues of natural resource management and
The most important and novel topics of the utilization are tackled.(F)*
biomaterials field are studied in the form of Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
discussion using the latest literature: Testing of
biomaterials, biostability, mechanisms of BIO 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
degradation, bio-and hemocompatibility of Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree,
materials, sterilization of biomedical devices, cell- arranged between student a faculty member.
Students registered to this course in all semesters
115
starting from the beginning of their fifth semester instructor in charge. Typical contents include Cell
while the research program or writing of thesis is in Biology, Endocrinology, Developmental Biology,
progress. Quantitative Genetics, Evolutionary Biology,
Ecology, Neuroscience, Plant Biology, Molecular
BIO 601 Seminar in Biology (0-2)NC Biophysics, Current Issues in Microbiology etc.(R)*
Students pursuing Ph.D. degree prepare a
compilation of research articles on topic of interest BIO 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
in their field of study and present. Students may also M.S students chosen to study a topic under the
include results and progresses of their own research. guidance of a faculty member normally his/her
Presentations are followed by discussions among thesis advisor. (F/S)*
the faculty members and graduate students attending
the seminars. (F/S)* BIO 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
Graduate students as a group or a Ph. D. student
BIO 7XX Special Topics in Biology (3-0)3 chose and study advanced topics under the guidance
Courses not listed in catalogue. Contents vary from of a faculty member normally their supervisor.
year to year according to interest of students and the (F/S)*
116
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Our graduates have career opportunities in the following areas: Several of our graduates have
academic positions at several universities in Turkey and abroad. They have career opportunities in Research
and Development Laboratories of Chemical, Petrochemical, Medicinal, Paint, Mining, Metallurgical,
117
Electronic, Plastic, Textile, Ceramic, Glass Pulp, Food and Paper etc. industries. Our graduates also work at
Biomedical and Medical Laboratories, Sales and Technical Service Departments of Scientific Instruments and
Chemical Companies.
RESEARCH INTERESTS AND FACILITIES: The major research interests of the faculty is
summarized below.
Characterization and synthesis of natural products, highly strained organic compounds, organic
reaction mechanism, singlet oxygen chemistry, high temperature bromination of organic compounds. Synthesis
and reactions of alycyclic compounds. Catalytic asymmetric synthesis of organic compounds and design of
chiral ligands. Electronic absorption spectra, electrochemistry, kinetics and mechanisms of ligand substitution
reactions of transition metal complexes. Photo catalytic reactions of olefins. Intrazeolite organometallic
chemistry. Preparation and characterization of organometallic compounds. Carbon supported and unsupported
Pt and Pt + second metal nanoparticle catalysts for direct methanol fuel cells. Electrochemical properties of
minerals and mineral enrichment. Solid state reactions of rare earths. Preparation and crystallographic
investigation of inorganic materials. Physicochemical studies of colloids and soils. Negative ion studies in the
gas phase. Application of quantum chemical methods to spectroscopic studies. Measurement and control of
hazardous substances in various environments. Application and development of nuclear, analytical, atomic
spectroscopic and chromatographic techniques for pollution studies and for analysis of trace elements in
biological materials. Development of various atomic spectrometric techniques. Synthesis and characterization
of polymeric materials for industrial use. Application of electrochemical, thermal, radiochemical and r.f.
plasma methods for preparation and/or modification of polymeric materials. Developing new methods for
preparing ionic, stereoregular and flame-retardant polymers. Conducting polymers. Studies on composites and
polymer blends. Simulation studies of polymers and surface dynamics. Synthesis and characterization of
polymers for medical and biotechnological applications. Enzyme immobilization, controlled release,
biocompatibility studies. Artificial enzymes and fluorescent chemosensors, molecular marker isolation for
mapping and genotyping of plants, enzyme kinetics.
Research laboratories are equipped with the following instruments: MS/MS/MS Triple Quadrupole
Mass Spectrometer Electrospinning System, 400 MHz solid-liquid Bruker NMR, GC-MS, Huber X-ray
diffractometer, Rigaku Miniflex X-Ray Diffractometer, Small Angle X-Ray Scattering, Magnetic
Susceptibility meter, Numerous FTIR, UV-Visible, AA, ICP, ICP-OES, and ICP-MS, Fluorescence
spectrometers, GC and HPLC, Nuclear Analytical instruments with Ge-Li detector, Lloyd Mechanical Tester,
Thermal Analysis (DSC, TGA), Mechanical Dynamic Analyzer, Contact Angle Goniometer, Instron
Mechanical Tester, various mechanical property testing devices, Branbender Extruder, hot presses, RF Cold
Plasma system, ESR, GPC, automated viscometer, and potensiostats cyclic voltametry and related
electrochemical studies. The department also has machine and glass-blowing shops.
118
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
CHEM 105 General Chemistry I (4-4)6 CHEM 106 General Chemistry II (4-4)6
PHYS 111 Physics I (Mechanics) (4-2)5 PHYS 112 Physics II (Electricity and
MATH 119 Calculus with Analytic Geometry Magnetism) (4-2)5
(4-2)5 MATH 120 Calculus for Functions of
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I Several Variables (4-2)5
(4-0)4 ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
(4-0)4
IS 100 Introduction to Information
Technologies and Applications NC
SECOND YEAR
CHEM 221 Analytical Chemistry l I (4-0)4 CHEM 234 Organic Chemistry I (4-0)4
CHEM 223 Analytical Chem. Lab.I (0-6)3 CHEM 236 Organic Chemistry Lab.I (0-4)2
CHEM 233 Introduction to Organic Chemistry CHEM 252 Physical Chemistry I (4-0)4
(2-0)2 CHEM 254 Physical Chemistry Lab.I (0-4)2
CHEM 257 Mathematics for Chemists (4-0)4 ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation
Non-technical elective (3-0)3 Skills (3-0)3
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I Non-technical Elective (3-0)3
NC HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II
CHEM 200 Colloquium in Chemistry I (0-2)NC NC
THIRD YEAR
Fifth Semester Sixth Semester
CHEM 301 Organic Chemistry II (4-0)4 CHEM 322 Analytical Chemistry II (4-0)4
CHEM 303 Organic Chemistry Lab.II (0-6)3 CHEM 324 Analytical Chem. Lab.II (0-6)3
CHEM 353 Physical Chemistry II (4-0)4 CHEM 350 Quantum Chemistry (3-0)3
CHEM 355 Physical Chemistry Lab. II (0-4)2 CHEM 362 Inorganic Chemistry II (4-0)4
CHEM 361 Inorganic Chemistry I (4-0)4 CHEM 364 Inorganic Chemistry Lab. (0-4)2
TURK 303 Turkish I NC ENG 311 Advanced Communication
Skills (3-0)3
TURK 304 Turkish II NC
FOURTH YEAR
119
Restricted Elective Courses:
CHEM 101 General Chemistry I (4-2)5 This course is the continuation of CHEM 105 and
(For BIO, ESE, PHYS and PHED students) includes experiments related to the topics of the
A basic course emphasizing the metric system, course: Chemical thermodynamics, Kinetics,
introduction to stoichiometry, the structural and Equilibrium, i.e., acid-base Equilibria, Solubility,
physical properties of matter, i.e., electronic Electrochemistry, Nuclear, Organic and
structure of atoms, chemical binding, molecular Biochemistry.
geometry, hybridization and molecular orbitals and Prerequisite: CHEM 101 or CHEM 105 or
the states of matter, i.e., gases, liquids and solids. CHEM 109 or CHEM 111.
CHEM 102 General Chemistry II (4-2)5 CHEM 107 General Chemistry (3-2)4
(For BIO, ESE, PHYS and PHED students) (One term course for students of EE, CE, IE, FDE,
Continuation of CHEM 101. Discussion of physical ENVE, CENG, AEE, ME.) Introduction to atomic
properties of solutions, chemical kinetics, chemical and electronic structure, chemical bonding,
equilibrium, chemical thermodynamics and molecular structure and bonding theories, properties
electrochemistry. of liquids, solids and solutions, chemical
Prerequisite: CHEM 101 or CHEM 105 or equilibrium, kinetics, thermodynamics, metal
CHEM 109 or CHEM 111. complexes, organic compounds and nuclear
chemistry.
CHEM 105 General Chemistry I (4-4)6
(For CHEM and CHED students.)
A basic course primarily intended for majors in CHEM 111 General Chemistry I (3-2)4
chemistry includes experiments related to basic (For GEOE, METE, MINE, PETE, GENE and CHE
chemical principles. Properties of matter, periodic students)
table, chemical bond and states of matter. A basic course emphasizing the metric system,
Laboratory work includes some basic chemical introduction to stoichiometry, the structural and
reactions. physical properties of matter, i.e., electronic
structure of atoms, chemical binding, molecular
CHEM 106 General Chemistry II (4-4)6 geometry, hybridization and molecular orbital and
(For CHEM and CHED students.) the states of matter, i.e., gases, liquids and solids.
120
CHEM 112 General Chemistry II (3-2)4 CHEM 230 Analytical Chemistry for
(For GEOE, METE, MINE, PETE.GENE and CHE Engineers (3-2)4
students) Discussion of physical properties of Fundamentals and theories of analytical chemistry.
lutions, chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium, Data evaluation, errors. Theory and applications of
chemical thermodynamics and electrochemistry. volumetry and electroanalytical chemistry,
Prerequisite: CHEM 101 or CHEM 105 or Prerequisite: CHEM 102 or CHEM 106 or
CHEM 111. CHEM 107 or CHEM 112
122
and symmetry, covalent bond, molecular orbital CHEM 400 Colloquium in Chemistry II
theory, solid state, acids and bases. The course (0-2)NC
includes some demo experiments, model building A course to guide students about professional
and video shows. opportunities, issues and responsibilities; to inform
Prerequisite: CHEM 252 about the recent advances in the field. Areas in
chemistry research. The course is to be conducted in
the form of seminars and conferences by the faculty
CHEM 362 Inorganic Chemistry II (4-0)4 and respected chemists from industry. Should be
Coordination compounds, oxidation and reduction, taken for only one semester during the last two
systematic chemistry of the metals, hydrogen and its years.
compounds, main group organometallic compounds, Prerequisite: CHEM 200.
systematic chemistry of the nonmetals.
Prerequisite: CHEM 361 CHEM 401 Summer Practice (0-2)NC
Six weeks of summer practice in industry after third
year, under the guidance of the department.
CHEM 364 Inorganic Chemistry
Laboratory (0-4)2 CHEM 413 Biochemistry (3-0)3
Safety and basic techniques in inorganic chemistry A chemical approach to biochemistry. A study of
laboratory, synthesis and characterization of some the structures and functions of biomolecules,
inorganic compounds. Structure and reactivity of metabolism and bioenergetics, replication,
some inorganic compounds. transcription and translation processes with an
Prerequisites: CHEM 361 emphasis on the chemical structures,
Prerequisite or co requisite: CHEM 362 transformations.
Prerequisite: CHEM 234
CHEM 406 Industrial Chemistry The courses are designed to deepen the students
Laboratory (0-4)2 knowledge in selected area of Chemistry. Contents
Experiments based on major industrial processes, may vary from year according to the interest of
operations and methods of analysis of industrial students and instructor in charge.
123
CHEM 414 Chemistry Of Metabolic Pathways Chemistry, protein folding and neural networks.
(3-0)3 Hands-on development of simple computational
The course is designed as an extension to the codes
Biochemistry course in the core curriculum of the Prerequisite: CHEM 257 or Consent of the
Chemistry Program by focusing on chemical instructor.
reactions involed in the fundamentals of metabolism
and bioenergetics CHEM 431 Introduction to Crystallography
(3-0)3
CHEM 416 Artificial Enzymes (3-0)3 Lattice Structure, Symmetry of Crystals, Crystal
A study of synthetic molecules that mimic the Lattices and Space Groups, Properties of X-rays,
actions of, or interact with the biomolecules. Using Diffraction, Structure Determination by Powder
pertinent literature examples, design and synthesis Methods, Structure Determination by Single Crystal
of enzyme models, artificial enzymes, de novo Methods.
designed proteins and molecular receptors will be Prerequisite: CHEM, or Consent of the department.
discussed.
Prerequisite: CHEM 301 or Consent of the CHEM 432 Solid State Chemistry and
department. Inorganic Materials (3-0)3
Solids, Bonding in Solids and Electronic Properties,
CHEM 424 Analytical Separation Methods Lattice Defects and Non-stoichiometry, Low
(3-0)3 Dimensional Solids, Zeolites, Optical Properties of
A brief review of physical separation principles, Solids Magnetic Properties of Solids,
solvent extraction, distillation. Theory and Supercondictivity, Inorganic materials.
applications of GLC, HPLC and Ion Prerequisite: CHEM 361 or Consent of the
Chromatography. Contemporary developments in department.
chromatographic techniques.
Prerequisites: CHEM 322 or Consent of the CHEM 434 Selected Topics in Analytical
department Chemistry (3-0)3
A survey of selected topics dealing with
CHEM 425 Atomic and Molecular experimental techniques and set-ups used in
Spectrometry (3-0)3 analytical chemistry.
Instrumental systems and principles for chemical Prerequisite: Consent of the the department.
analysis of atoms and molecules using spectrometric
techniques. Detailed studies in instrumental design, CHEM 435 Bioorganic Chemistry (3-0)3
analytical parameters and applications. The important reactions in biological systems. The
Prerequisites: CHEM 322 or Consent of the stereospecifity and the mechanism of reactions.
department Prerequisite: CHEM 301 or Consent of the
department.
CHEM 426 Chemometrics for Analytical
Chemistry (3-0)3 CHEM 437 Inorganic Structural Chemistry
Basic statistics for analytical chemistry. Principles (3-0)3
of experimental design, factorial and fractional The course deals with the elucidation and
factorial designs. Response surface methodology. description of the spatial order of atoms in a
Prerequisite: CHEM 324 or Consent of the compound, describes the structural principles of
department inorganic molecules and solids using traditional
concepts as well as modern approaches. Relations of
CHEM 428 Inroducton to Bionalytical structures and properties are also discussed.
Sensors (3-0)3 Prerequisite: CHEM 361 or Consent of the
A systematic and comprehensive introduction to the department.
principle feactures of bionalytical sensors, their
consruction and applications in a range of fields are CHEM 438 Physical Methods in Inorganic
discussed. Chemistry (3-0)3
General introduction to Spectroscopy, Electron
CHEM 429 Simulation Techniques in absorption spectroscopy, Infrared Spectroscopy,
Theoretical Chemistry (2-2)3 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy,
Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy,
Introduction to scientific computing. Simulation Mssbauer Spectroscopy, X-Ray Diffractions.
techniques in Theoretical Chemistry and Biology, Prerequisite: CHEM 361 or Consent of the
such as Molecular Dynamics, Molecular Quantum department.
124
CHEM 439 Molecular Spectroscopy and will be discussed and the theories of reaction rates
Photochemistry (3-0)3 will be comparatively studied.
A short summary of quantum mechanics, molecular Prerequisite: CHEM 353
symmetry and group theory, rotational, vibrational
and electronic spectroscopies, photoelectron and CHEM 446 Statistical Thermodynamics
related spectroscopies, photochemistry, lasers and (3-0)3
laser spectroscopy. Basic concepts of statistical mechanics and
Prerequisite: CHEM 252 or Consent of the thermodynamics. Foundations of molecular
department. thermodynamics. Molecular and assembly partition
functions. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution.
CHEM 440 Chemistry of Nutrition I (3-0)3 Chemical equilibrium. Transition state theory.
This course is designed to give insights into Prerequisite: CHEM 252
chemistry of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins, fat
and water CHEM 447 Surface Chemistry (3-0)3
soluble vitamins and minerals in human nutrition. Thermodynamics of interfaces, Laplace and Kelvin
Deficiencies, requirements, sources, toxicities (if Equations, surface films on liquids, adsorption of
any) of these nutrients together with their gases on solids. Electrical double layer, double layer
interactions will be covered. interaction and particle coagulation, stabilization
and coagulation of suspensions. Emulsion stability
CHEM 441 Reaction Mechanisms in and microemulsions.
Organic Chemistry (3-0)3 Prerequisite: CHEM 221 and CHEM 234 or
Course is designed to show how basic principles of Consent of the department
organic chemistry work out in explaining the
variation of reactivity with structure , the occurrence CHEM 448 Heterocyclic Chemistry (3-0)3
of electrophiles, nucleophiles and radicals and their The relationship between structure and chemical
behaviour in the fundamental reactions of organic and physical properties of pi-deficient and pi-
chemistry such as substitution, addition, elimination excessive heterocyclic compounds. The synthesis of
and rearrangement. heterocyclic compounds are briefly discussed.
Prerequisites: CHEM 301 Prerequisite: CHEM 221 and CHEM 234 or
Consent of the department
CHEM 442 Industrial Chemical
Calculations (3-0)3 CHEM 449 Electrochemistry (3-0)3
Units, dimensions and their conversions, review of This course covers cells, types of reversible
selected topics to stoichiometric calculations, electrodes, thermodynamics of galvanic cells,
material balances, energy balances, combined standard electrode potentials, classification of
material and energy balances. galvanic cells liquid junction potentials, emf
Prerequisite: Consent of the department. measurements, membrane equilibrium, electrode
kinetics and electrical double layer.
CHEM 443 Environmental Organic Prerequisite: CHEM 353 or Consent of the
Chemistry (3-0)3 department
Physical and chemical properties of organic
pollutants direct and indirect effect to the CHEM 450 Electrochemistry Applications in
environment and sources of the pollutions. Devices (3-0)3
Prerequisite: Consent of the department Electro-reduction and oxidation mechanisms of
various compounds, principles and applications of
CHEM 444 The Chemistry of Dyes and polarography, cyclic voltammetry, chrono
Pigments (3-0)3 voltammetry and similar techniques along with
Detailed information on the dyes and pigments of metal coating and corrosion are among the subjects
organic and inorganic nature. covered in this course. Applications of these
Prerequisite: CHEM 301. techniques in polymer chemistry and synthesis and
characterization of conducting polymers.
CHEM 445 Chemical Kinetics (3-0)3 Prerequisite: Consent of the department.
In this course, the presentation of important facts
and their theories relating to the rates with which CHEM 451 Introduction to Quantum
chemical reactions occur, the differential and Chemistry (3-0)3
integrated forms of rate laws and the methods of Particles and waves, stationary states. Electronic
experimental determinations will be outlined. The structure of atoms and molecules. The approximate
mechanisms of elementary and complex reactions methods. Spectroscopy chemical bond.
125
Prerequisite: CHEM 353 or Consent of the
department CHEM 459 Principles of Solution and
Solubility (3-0)3
CHEM 452 Nuclear Analytical Techniques Regular and near regular solutions are
(3-0)3 thermodynamically analyzed and their structures
Introduction to Nuclear sciences. Radioactive are discussed. This treatment is extended to the
decay. Interaction of radiation with matter. representative systems, with the aim of estimating
Radiation detection and measurement. Radio (or calculating) the solubilities.
analytical techniques and applications. Nuclear Prerequisite: Consent of the department.
analysis techniques in medicine, geology and
archeology. CHEM 460 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Prerequisite: Consent of the department Laboratory (1-2)2
The synthesis of some heterocyclic compounds and
CHEM 453 Environmental Chemistry (3-0)3 their spectroscopic and chromatographic analysis.
Chemical problems related to environment. Energy Prerequisite: Consent of the department.
balance of the earth, ozone in the stratosphere,
micro meteorology, acid deposition, greenhouse CHEM 461 Chemical Industries in Turkey
effect, photochemical smog and particles in the (3-0)3
environment. Basic information about the economic conditions
Prerequisite: CHEM 221 or Consent of the and laws affecting the chemical industries which the
department students are likely to encounter in their professional
life. Place of the main Turkish chemical industries
CHEM 455 Polymer Chemistry I (3-0)3 are analyzed in the framework of the five year
A comprehensive course in high polymer chemistry. development plans. Surveys of main chemical
Polymer chains and characterization methods. industries in Turkey are prepared by the students.
Statistics and kinetics of polymerization reaction. Prerequisite: CHEM 221 or
Structure and property relations of bulk polymers. Consent of the department
Properties of commercial polymers.
Prerequisite: CHEM 353 or Consent of the CHEM 464 Sustainable Living and Green
department. Chemstry (3-0)3
Sustainability with its four dimensions; ecological,
CHEM 456 Polymer Chemistry II (3-0)3 economic, social and cultural/worldview. Green
Introductory information about polymer Chemistry, resources waste, soil, food, energy,
characterization in solution and in bulk. Polymer problems, alternatives and solutions.
conformation and configuration, polymer solutions,
molecular weight determinations, thermal, CHEM 465 Polymer Technology and
mechanical, physical properties, polymer Related Industries (3-0)3
crystallization, morphology in solid state, polymer Structure-Property relations of commercially
structure - property relations. important polymers. Manufacturing and processing
Prerequisite: CHEM 252 or Consent of the of natural synthetic fibers, rubbers and plastics. The
department basic industrial organic chemistry of monomer and
polymer synthesis. The industrial chemistry of
paints, varnishes and lacquers.
CHEM 457 Organic Chemistry of Some
Biologically Active Compounds CHEM 466 Chemical and Spectroscopic
(3-0)3 Techniques for Biological
The course is designed to enable students to adopt a Macromolecules (3-0)3
more critical outlook towards organic synthesis. This course covers theory and applications of
Certain fundamental chemical reactions leading to selected chemical and spectroscopic techniques
molecules with biological or synthetic significance which are necessary for the study of biochemical
are reviewed. Some of the classes of compounds systems. Absorption, circular dichroism,
studied: steroids, alkaloids, postglandines, B- luminescence and polarization, NMR, ultra-
lactams, tetracyclines. Certain aspects of the centrifugation, viscometry, electrophoresis, x-ray
pharmaceutical industry including that of Turkey is scattering and diffraction techniques.
surveyed. Prerequisite: Consent of the department.
Prerequisite: CHEM 301 or Consent of the
department
126
CHEM 468 Polymeric Materials (3-0)3 CHEM 477 Non Equilibrium Plasma
Introduction to polymer science and classification of Chemistry and Plasma
polymers. Basic of polymerization reactions and Applications (3-0)3
synthesis of polymers. Chemical and physical Equilibrium and non equilibrium plasma, theoretical
structure of polymers and their characteristics. background of plasma chemistry, kinetics and
Thermal and mechanical properties of polymers. mechanism of plasma reactions, review of recent
Other physical properties and chemical resistance advances in plasma polymerization. Plasma
of polymers. Commodity plastics and rubbers. polymerizations of hydrocarbons, fluorocarbons and
Engineering polymers and advanced polymer organometallic compounds. Applications of plasma
technologies. polymerization.
Prerequisite: Consent of the department. Prerequisite: Consent of the department.
128
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
The University requirements for the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are described in Academic Rules and
Regulations (Graduate Programs) of this Catalog.
Our M.S. and Ph.D. graduates have career opportunities in academia and research and development
laboratories in chemical, pulp and paper etc. industries; biomedical and medical laboratories; sales and
technical service departments of scientific instrument and chemical companies.
The Chemistry Department offers research opportunities in almost all fields of Chemistry supported
by a large and experienced faculty. The department, as one of the foremost research centers of our country,
takes pride in the quality of its graduates.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
129
DESCRIPTION OF GRADUATE COURSES
134
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY
PROFESSORS
BOZTEMUR, Recep: B.A., Ankara University; M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Utah.
SOYKUT, Mustafa: B.A., M.A., Bilkent University; Ph.D., University of Hamburg.
TURAN, mer (Department Chair): B.A., Ankara University; M.A., Ph.D., Catholic University of Leuven.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ERGUT, Ferdan: B.S., METU; M.A., Ph.D., New School for Social Research.
ORBAY, Kayhan: B.A., M.A., Ankara University, Ph.D., University of Vienna.
EKER, Nesim: B.A., M.A., Ph.D., METU.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
LECTURERS
DIETRICH, Richard (Vice Chair): B.A., University of Colorado-Denver; M.A., Cornell University and
Ankara University; Ph.D., Ankara University.
ZORLU, . Akile (Vice Chair): B.A., Boazii University; M.A., Bilkent University; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin-Madison
INSTRUCTORS
GENERAL INFORMATION: The History Department aims to train future historians, teachers,
academicians, archivists, or prospective functionaries in the various walks of life. The departmental program is
based on four years of study to earn a Bachelor's degree and concentrates on Ottoman Turkish as a strong by-
discipline. The curriculum of the Department is designed to enrich the general culture of the students, to
increase their intellectual capacity, and to develop their analytical and critical thinking skills. The curriculum,
in accordance with university rules, is arranged so that the subjects other than Ottoman-Turkish are taught in
English targeting fluency in reading and writing for the students and enabling them to access historical sources
in English.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: The undergraduate program aims at training future scholars in the
field. The graduate program aims at training academicians and experts in history for institutions and
universities.
135
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SECOND YEAR
Third Semester
Fourth Semester
HIST 207 Ottoman Paleography and
Diplomatics I (4-0)4 HIST 208 Ottoman Paleography and
HIST 231 The Rise of the Ottoman Empire Diplomatics II (4-0)4
(3-0)3 HIST 224 Medieval European History
ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation (3-0)3
Skills (3-0)3 HIST 232 The Decline of the Ottoman
Departmental Elective Empire (3-0)3
Non-Departmental Elective Departmental Elective
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC Non-Departmental Elective
HIST 2205 History of the Turkish HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
Revolution I (2-0) NC HIST 2206 History of the Turkish
Revolution II (2-0) NC
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
136
MINOR PROGRAM IN HISTORY
This program is designed to broaden students' perspectives on history, and is open for above-average students.
The aim of this program is to provide the applicants with current scholarly knowledge on European, Ottoman
and Turkish history in order to elevate their cultural level and equip them with an analytic perspective towards
daily life in a multi-disciplinary content.
Compulsory courses
HIST 107 Ottoman Turkish I (3-0)3
HIST 108 Ottoman Turkish II (3-0)3
HIST 307 Historical Methodology I (3-2)4
HIST 308 Historical Methodology II (3-2)4
137
DESCRIPTION OF UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
HIST 112 History of Turks II (3-0)3 HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I
Turkic-Moslem states in Iran and Transoxiana. (2-0)NC
Emergence of the Mongols and the legacy of A history of the foundation of the Turkish Republic
Genkhis Khans Empire up to the period of in the light of Kemal Atatrk's principles. A
Tamerlane. required course for all second-year students.
(This course is given in Turkish)
HIST 113 Readings in History I (3-0)3
An introductory course for freshmen students
HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II
aiming to acquaint them with historical,
(2-0)NC
geographical, and philosophical concepts and
Continuation of HIST 2201.
terminologies frequently used in books on history,
(This course is given in Turkish)
through selections from various texts. This course is
designed to guide history students towards their
HIST 2205 History of The Turkish
areas of specialization in the coming years.
Revolution I (2-0)NC
This course is a must course for students with
HIST 114 Readings in History II (3-0)3
foreign nationality. It is designed to equip them with
Continuation of HIST 113, concentrating on the
a general knowledge on the process of the
readings and comprehension of historical records
establishment of the Turkish nation-state in 1923. It
and treaties belonging to various centuries.
covers economic, social, political and cultural
Prerequisite: HIST 113
developments in Turkey between 1908 and 1938.
138
HIST 2206 History of the Turkish HIST 219 Balkan History I (3-0)3
Revolution II (2-0)NC In history, the Balkans was the crossroads of
It is continuation of HIST 2206. It will explore various races, religions and cultures. Turks,
economic, social, political and cultural issues in Bulgarians, Albanians, Serbs, Croats, Greeks,
Turkey between 1939 and 1980. Romanians and Slovens have been the main Balkan
nationalities. Greece, Rome, Byzantium and the
HIST 207 Ottoman Paleography and Ottomans governed the peninsula in different
Diplomatics I (4-0)4 periods. The different conditions and characteristics
Introduction to Ottoman paleography, the particular of these empires and the experiences of the
spellings of Ottoman words, drills on the sls and nationalities constituted them will be evaluated.
rik'a scripts with materials selected from Ottoman From the late 18th century until the mid-nineteenth
chronicles and records varying from the 14th to the century, the nationalist movements and ethnic
20th centuries. conflicts, their external dimensions and internal
Prerequisite: HIST 108 dynamics will also be explored.
HIST 208 Ottoman Paleography and HIST 220 Balkan History II (3-0)3
Diplomatics II (4-0)4 Continuation of HIST 219.
The format and contents of Ottoman records
(ferman, telhis, arz, hccet). Exercises on the HIST 224 Medieval European History
calligraphy used in these documents (divani, ta'lik, (3-0)3
krma). Medieval Europe and religious, political
Prerequisite: HIST 207 institutional development: A survey of Europe in
the middle ages with special emphasis on
HIST 215 Basic Concepts in Human Christianity and its religious, political and
History I (3-0)3 educational institutions (Papacy, Feudalism,
Introduction to the nature of human existence, Universities) from the dissolution of the Western
community, society, nation, international Roman Empire to the emergence of absolute royal
organization. Basic requirements of human social states.
existence: i. Main mechanisms of symbolic and
social interaction; ii. Human cultural achievements: HIST 227 Religions of the Middle East:
culture and civilization; iii. Role of population in An Early History (3-0)3
human history; iv. Role of economic factors in The course is designed to provide a background to
human history. religious beliefs of Ancient Egypt and
Mesopotamia. A reference will also be made to
HIST 216 Basic Concepts in Human Zoroastranism. In the light of these aspects, the
History II (3-0)3 origins and the development of Judaism,
The role of: i. Political organization (Government); Christianity and Islam will be examined. The course
ii. Family organization; iii. Religious organization; will cover Islamic history from the first four caliphs
iv. Educational organization; v. Communication; on.
and vi. Factors of change in human history.
HIST 228 History of Religion in Asia
HIST 217 Byzantine History I (3-0)3 (3-0)3
This is an introductory course which examines the The course is an introductory survey of the early
origins of the Byzantine Empire, its history, culture history of Hinduism and Buddhism. Regarding
and contributions to world civilization. In this Hinduism emphasis will be put on the Rig. Vedic
course the events from the reign of Diocletian times and the changes that took place with the
through the Battle of Manzikert in 1071 will be coming of Argons. The central theme of Buddhism
covered. will be scriptures and monastic celibacy. The early
impact of Islamic Culture in India and South East
HIST 218 Byzantine History II (3-0)3 Asia will also be part of the course.
The course is the continuation of HIST 217
Byzantine History I, and covers the period between HIST 229 Early Anatolian Civilizations
1071 and 1453. This course is designed to examine, (3-0)3
in detail, the Byzantine Empire from the 11th This course includes a survey of the civilizations in
century until its collapse and deals with the political Anatolia from the appearance of the human race to
history of the Byzantine Empire, and its relations the Hellenistic period. Anatolian civilizations from
with Western Europe, the Seljuqs and the Ottomans. the beginning to the conquest of Anatolia by
139
Alexander the Great will be covered in detail in this HIST 251 Historical Readings in Greek I
course. (3-0)3
This course is the first of a two-semester
HIST 230 Contemporary Turkey: introduction to the ancient Greek language and
Historical Perspectives of historical texts written in it. The course will begin
Politics and Culture (3-0)3 with the alphabet, elements of ancient Greek
A survey of contemporary Turkish history designed grammar and syntax and then proceed to
specifically for METU's exchange and visiting increasingly complex readings from historical texts.
students. It covers the historical, political and
cultural developments of modern Turkey from the HIST 252 Historical Readings in Greek II
late 19th century Ottoman Empire to the present. (3-0)3
The course introduces historical and socio-political This is the second of a two-semester introduction to
reasons for the establishment of the nation state and the ancient Greek language and historical texts
economic progress in Turkey and deals with issues written in it. The course will continue to teach
of cultural exchange, religion, industrialization and elements of ancient Greek grammar and syntax and
education. then proceed to increasingly complex readings from
historical texts.
HIST 231 The Rise of the Ottoman
Empire (3-0)3 HIST 261 Historical Readings in
The course will start with a brief introduction to the Persian I (3-0)3
reign of Mehmed II after the fall of Istanbul and This course attempts at teaching history students to
continue to the end of the reign of Mehmed III. read history texts in Persian alphabets and language.
Emphasis will be put on the social and economic
conditions of the reign of Selim I and Sleyman II HIST 262 Historical Readings in
to implement the rise of the empire. Persian II (3-0)3
This course attempts at developing the history
HIST 232 The Decline of the Ottoman students ability to read history texts in Persian
Empire (3-0)3 alphabets and language, and teaching them about
The course will cover the period from Ahmed I's Persian culture.
reign to that of Abdulhamid I. The emphasis will be
put on the Celali Revolt and rise of the ayans. HIST 304 Myths, Beliefs and Thoughts
from the Ancient World
HIST 233 Nomads, Farmers and (3-0)3
Dervishes (3-0)3 Intersecting Mythology and History, this course
Focusing on nomads, farmers and dervishes, the highlights the crucial role of the myths as one of the
course will explore the Anatolian society before the basic tools in the study of antiquity, revealing
rise of the Ottomans as an empire. Demographic, eternal truths about the nature of man, relationships
cultural as well as political and economic trends in between man and man, man and society, and man
Anatolia in the 12th to 15th centuries will be studied and divinities. The course attempts to illuminate the
with readings in history, literature and arts. religious beliefs, moral values, social customs and
early rational thoughts peculiar to the archaic world
HIST 241 Anatolian Civilizations in with special emphasis on Greek mythology. This
Antiquity I (3-0)3 will be related through a cognitive, analytical and
All the civilizations in Anatolia from the Paleolithic comparative approach under the light of the ancient
Age up to the Hellenistic Period will be covered in literary sources.
this course. The course will provide information
about the socio-political and cultural developments HIST 305 Advanced Ottoman Paleography
of the ancient settlements of Anatolia covering the and Diplomatics I (4-0)4
period from the appearance of human race to the i. Studies on critical additions of manuscripts and
conquest of Anatolia by Alexander the Great. their transcriptions; ii. Information concerning
Ottoman archives; iii. Studies on newspapers and
HIST 242 Anatolian Civilizations in journals for the period between 1860 and 1928; iv.
Antiquity II (3-0)3 The grammar and spelling of the old Anatolian
Continuation of HIST 241. Turkish; v. Historical development of Turkish
written in Arabic script with particular emphasis on
its last phase; vi. An overview of Hat (manuscript)
art.
140
HIST 306 Advanced Ottoman Paleography Islamists; B. Turkism; C. Westernism or
and Diplomatics II (4-0)4 Modernism; II. A comparative analysis of these
Continuation of HIST 305. trends of thoughts and those governing the Turkish
Revolution.
HIST 307 Historical Methodology I
(3-2)4 HIST 318 Socio-Political Thoughts of
Introduction to history writing, historical and the Late Ottoman Era II (3-0)3
imaginative literature, the historian and his time. Continuation of HIST 317.
Discussion on selected readings in which major
historians reflect on their work. HIST 321 Modern European History
(3-0)3
HIST 308 Historical Methodology II A survey of Europe from the end of feudality in the
th
(3-2)4 14 century to the origins of the French Revolution
Continuation of HIST 307. of 1789, studying the changing patterns in social
structure, institutions, politics, economics and
HIST 309 Along the Silk Roads (3-0)3 international relations.
The course analyzes the history of peoples and ideas
between Inner Asia and China. The Silk Roads HIST 323 Course in Roman History I
became known due the records of the larger (3-0)3
economic and political structures such as the This course in Roman History will cover the
Roman, Persian and the Chinese Empires. However Republican period with special emphasis on Basic
the nomadic empires of inner Asia and the city- Institutions. The course will also cover Latin
states in inner Asia played a crucial role in the trade I/texts for beginners.
along these routes. The course aims to explore the
history of the people and ideas along these routes HIST 324 Course in Roman History II
through a rich travel literature. (3-0)3
Continuation of HIST 323.
HIST 310 Women and Herstory Along
Silk Roads (3-0)3 HIST 325 Research in History I (2-2)3
Focusing on two empires, the Ottoman and Chinese The methodology of historical research and report
on the two ends of the Silk Roads, the course will writing will be taught. Students will work on
explore the changing role and status of women over projects concerning their self-chosen research
time. Taking cultural factors into consideration topics.
womens role will be examined within the changing
patterns of state traditions. To highlight the HIST 326 Research in History II (2-2)3
traditions of these two sedentary empires, counter The primary and secondary historical sources will
examples will be drawn from Inner Asian nomadic be taught. The students will be taken to the
empires and tribal peoples. information centers to see the sources, and will
work on projects concerning the sources.
HIST 311 The Beginnings: From
Paleolithic to Neolithic
Societies (3-0)3 HIST 327 Introduction to Military
This course offers an overview of the development History I (3-0)3
of the very early stages of the life of humans and This course is the first of a two-semester
human society. It draws information from a range of introduction to the field of military history. It will
theories as well as actual anthropological and introduce students to the basic terminology,
archaeological materials (without insisting on concepts and methodology used to study military
details of their typology). It aims to communicate events in history, as well as how an understanding
the information we have about these remote periods of military history can be applied in historical
and discuss how we arrive to any conclusions about research and other disciplines.
periods for which written sources are not available
to the historian. HIST 328 Introduction to Military
History II (3-0)3
HIST 317 Socio-Political Thoughts of This course is the second of a two-semester
the Late Ottoman Era I (3-0)3 introduction to the field of military history. It will
I. Main trends of socio-political thoughts in Turkey introduce students to the basic terminology,
during the late 19th and early 20th centuries: concepts and methodology used to study military
A.Islamism: i. Radical Islamists ii. Moderate events in history, as well as how an understanding
141
of military history can be applied in historical HIST 341 American Civilization:
research and other disciplines. Themes & Issues I (3-0)3
This course is an introduction to the history of the
HIST 331 Ottoman Modernization I United States from the earliest European settlement
(3-0)3 through 1865. It concentrates on the events and
The course analyzes Ottoman history covering the figures who played a critical role in the
internal and foreign developments in the Empire development of American society and culture.
from the reforms of Selim III to Tanzimat era.
HIST 342 American Civilization:
Themes & Issues II (3-0)3
HIST 332 Ottoman Modernization II Continuation of HIST 341. This course covers the
(3-0)3 events in the period from 1865 to 1960 and how
Domestic and foreign developments throughout the they helped to shape the modern United States.
Tanzimat era with particular emphasis on social
reforms are examined through historical events and
facts. HIST 343 Recent American History
Prerequisite: HIST 331 since 1945 (3-0)3
The course aims to enable the students to
HIST 333 Mathematics for Social understand the contemporary United States (The
Scientists (3-0)3 Current Reality) by tracing the development of
The course is designed to introduce some basic American Society since W.W.2 through politics,
mathematical concepts and their applications economics and culture.
together with certain historical background.
HIST 335 Using Computer in History HIST 345 History of the Turkish Press
I (2-4)4 (3-0)3
The aim of the course is to explore the historical
Using computer in history peripheral devices can development of the periodical press in the Ottoman
facilitate and systemize historical research Empire and the early Republican Turkey.
extremely. This course is designed to teach how to
use these devices in all aspects of historical research HIST 347 Revolution in European
including word processing, data storage, archiving, History (3-0)3
categorizing in chronological order as well as in The course attempts to situate the crucial role of the
publishing history texts. revolutions in Europe's long term political
transformations from sixteenth to twentieth century.
HIST 336 Using Computer in History II Rather than analyzing revolutions as discrete cases
(2-4)4 it tries to incorporate them into a systematic account
Continuation of HIST 335. of changes in states and relations among states.
HIST 338 History of the British Empire HIST 351 History of Science in Islam
since 1603 (3-0)3 (8th-12th Centuries) (3-0)3
The course analyzes the formation, development,
Students will learn (through lectures, readings and
and decline of the last great empire in human
videos) scientific activities and the institutions in
history, the British Empire, with emphasis on both
the Islamic World. Students will be guided to
political and social history of its past. The era
understand the relationship between scientific
covered by the course is between the union of
activities, and cultural and political events, not only
crowns of Scotland and England in 1603 and the
between the 8th-12th centuries, but in the following
parliamentary election for Scottish Parliament and
centuries as well. They will also study how Ottoman
the Welsh and Ulster Assemblies in late 1990s.
scientific activities flourished during the following
HIST 339 Modernity and Nationalism centuries. These will provide those attending with
in the Ottoman Empire ability to evaluate current cultural events.
(1804-1902) (3-0)3
This course attempts at analyzing the history of the HIST 353 Lingua Latina Historiarum I
Ottoman Empire in the nineteenth and early (3-0)3
twentieth centuries through the external and internal This course will be an introduction to Latin
dynamics marked by modernity and nationalism. grammar and language by the study of simple texts,
and translation from Latin to Turkish.
142
HIST 354 Lingua Latina Historiarum II centuries. Specifically, the peoples of the Balkans,
(3-0)3 nationalism, the emergence of Balkan national
Continuation of HIST 353. states, their minorities, their policies, minority
rights, migrations and assimilations within the
HIST 355 Ottoman Sources of the 18th Balkanic states will be studied. The course will also
and 19th Century (3-0)3 concentrate on ethnic, linguistic and religious
This course provides an introduction to key minorities of the peninsula and their conditions &
Ottoman sources from the end of the eighteenth problems.
through the first quarter of the 20th century. After
covering an outline of these Ottoman sources and HIST 359 Bipolar World: History of
Ottoman ways of writing history, chronicles from the Cold War (3-0)3
each period will be studied closely. The course is aimed at analyzing the development
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. of international blocs and interactions between these
blocs. The course analyses the period between 1948
HIST 356 Lingua Latina Historiarum III and 1991, from the beginning of the East-West
(3-0)3 confrontation, covering events from the Berlin
This course is designed for those who wish to read blockade to the dismemberment of the USSR,
the works of the great Latin authors in the original. focusing on important events and personalities of
The Latin course contains ten chapters (from the period.
Chapter 17 to 26) in Latin Made Simple. Each
chapter has two or three sections. The first is HIST 360 Ottoman Labor History
devoted to passages in Latin for reading (together (19th Century) (3-0)3
with necessary vocabulary), the second contains This course is designed to explore Ottoman labor
well-chosen examples to explain new grammar, history with a particular emphasis on the nineteenth
while the third is both exercises and a Latin passage century. The goal is to understand the working life,
for additional reading. After every fourth chapter characteristics of the Ottoman working class, and
there is a vocabulary revision. The sections give the variations in the formation of the Ottoman
knowledge on the grammatical structure of Latin in working class as well as the various Ottoman labor
a systematic and digestible way. Main topics of movements. Main topics of the course will be:
grammar involve the forms of words (nouns, political formation, social composition and
pronouns, adjectives, prepositions, adverbs, economic structure, workers, working class
conjunctions, verbs) and expressions dealing with formation and working life in the Ottoman Empire.
how these forms are used in phrases and sentences.
HIST 361 Historical Readings
HIST 357 The Turkish Image in Italy in Persian III (3-0)3
and Europe (3-0)3 This course attempts teaching history students to
The course is aimed at providing the student of read historical texts in Persian alphabets and
history-as well as any student interested in the area- language.
with:
a) the main historic events which occurred in the HIST 365 19th Century Ottoman
relations between the Ottoman Empire and the European Relations (3-0)3
Italian States from 1453 to 1683, having a The evolution of the relations of the Ottoman
th
chronological consideration for the rest of Empire with the Great Powers of the 19 Century;
Europe. the Eastern Question and what this meant to the
b) Also in the light of the above, giving a picture Great Powers; the Concert of Europe as the
of the creation of the image of the Turk, as the niveau of the European Union; the inclusion of
Ottomans were simply called by the Italians the Ottoman Empire into the European
and the rest of Europe. Community in 1856 and the unacceptable demands
The course studies the development and variations of the Western Powers vis--vis the Ottoman State;
in the image of the Turk and that of Islam in Italy the process of partition of the Ottoman Empire at
from 1453 to 1683, from the political, religious, the end of the 19th century.
folkloristic, military and iconographic points of
view. HIST 366 History of the First World War
(3-0)3
HIST 358 Minorities in the Balkans European social, economic and political
(3-0)3 developments and their stand towards the Ottoman
This course is aimed at analyzing the developments Empire, crystallization of the ideas and planning for
of the Balkans during the late 19th and 20th the partition of the Ottoman Empire, the First World
143
War, the motives and reasons behind the partition of Buwayhids and Seljuks. The themes of the subject
the Ottoman Empire from the European perspective. will be religion, culture, social structure and
language both before and after the birth of Islam.
HIST 400 History of the Turkish Particular attention will be given the Umayyad
Revolution I & II period and the Abbasid periods.
(Foreign Students Only) NC
A required course for foreign graduating students, HIST 412 Museology (3-0)3
with particular concentration on the War of Museology is recognized as a new branch of art
Independence, the foundation of the Republic, faculties. In this course the different types of world
Atatrk's domestic and foreign policies. (This museums will be covered. Museum examples,
course is taught in English.) especially museology in Turkey will be taught. In
addition, some information and methods on the
HIST 401 Readings in the History of the conservation of art objects will be given.
Turkish Revolution I (3-0)3
The course analyzes selected readings from English HIST 413 History of Modernity in
and Turkish sources with particular emphasis on the Middle East (3-0)3
documents in the old script. The Ottoman Empire in the 19th century, economic
development and political changes, theories of
HIST 402 Readings in the History of the nation, nationalism and the nation-state, the
Turkish Revolution II (3-0)3 emergence of nation-states in the Middle East, the
Continuation of HIST 401. role of the military in the nation-state formation,
politics of religious resurrection will be analyzed in
HIST 405 Ottoman Statecraft (3-0)3 this course.
The course introduces the political mechanisms of Prerequisite: Advanced level students with at least
the pre-Tanzimat Ottoman Empire describing the one course in history and interest in Near- and
role of Ottoman officials and their manner of Middle Eastern economy politics and international
making political statements. relations.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
HIST 414 History of the Contemporary
HIST 406 Ottoman Socioeconomic Middle East: 1950-Present
History (3-0)3 (3-0)3
It is a survey of production and distribution in the The course aims at helping the students to develop
pre-Tanzimat Ottoman Empire in comparison with their understanding of such questions in the Middle
other pre-industrial social systems. East in the 20th century as economic development
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. and political changes; the development of nations,
nationalism and the nation-states; the emergence of
Pan-Arab nationalism; Arab socialism and Islamic
HIST 407 Contemporary World fundamentalism; the role of the military in the
History I (3-0)3 nation-state formation; the state and the politics of
The course examines struggle for mastery in Europe religious resurrection; Arab-Israeli wars and the
from the emergence of the French Revolution to the Arab Cold War; the Middle East and the new world
dawn of modern imperialism, studying the order.
alignments and alliances among the great powers.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. HIST 415 Readings in Ottoman for
Researchers I (4-0)4
HIST 408 Contemporary World The students have to work on readings and
History II (3-0)3 evaluations of different archival texts in this
Study of the age of isms, in other words a survey of advance course in Ottoman script.
struggle for mastery in the world from the late
nineteenth Century to the end of World War II, also HIST 416 Readings in Ottoman for
introducing the USA and Japan as contending Researchers II (4-0)4
powers. Continuation of HIST 415.
HIST 409 History of Islam (3-0)3 HIST 417 Russian History I (3-0)3
This course will provide a survey of political and This course provides an intensive introduction to the
religious movements beginning with pre-Islamic major themes and events in Russian history from the
Arabia, the birth of Islam, and a brief survey of its earliest period to the last years of the Romanov
other contributors to Islamic History such as dynasty. It begins by focusing on the earliest
144
inhabitants of the Rus lands and the origins of the discovery to the end of the nineteenth century.
Rus, and follows all the historical events and Definition of cultural history and explanation of the
developments down to pre-revolutionary Russia. basic features of American cultural history.
Similarities and differences between American
HIST 418 Russian History II (3-0)3 culture and European culture. Native and European
In this course students will examine the history of influence on American culture.
Russia from the reign of Peter the Great and his
reforms until the Civil War, which concluded the HIST 428 American Cultural History II
Russian Revolution of 1917. It examines the reigns (3-0)3
of the great monarchs and the following events: The Familiarization of the students with the cultural
Age of Enlightenment, the Pugachev Revolt, the history of the United States from the twentieth
Decembrist Revolt, the Emancipation of the Serfs, century to the contemporary period. Thematic and
the Bloody Sunday, World War I and Abdication. methodological approaches about specific subfields
of American cultural history. Remarkable issues in
HIST 419 Undergraduate Historical High Culture (i.e. fine arts, architecture, etc.),
Research (1-4)3 popular literature and amusements, philosophical
This course is designed to be an exclusive research and religious trends, visual and material cultures,
course designed to train senior year students for and social rituals and subgroups in American
research and writing history. The instructors of history.
different historical epochs will expect the
submission of a graduation thesis upon the HIST 431 History of the Book I (3-0)3
completion of the course. A course designed to establish how and why the
printed book was one of the most powerful agents
HIST 420 Themes in the Early Modern of change at the disposal of western civilization in
Period (3-0)3 bringing together the great transformation and the
Economic, commercial, monetary, demographic, role it played as an effective means of mastery over
military and climatic changes and developments on the world. The story of the book in the Ottoman
the global scale between 1500-1700, their society will also be surveyed in comparison to the
economic, political, social and military western world.
consequences. Introducing different approaches,
perspectives and concepts that the current HIST 432 History of the Book II (3-0)3
historiography uses in exploring the aforementioned Continuation of HIST 431.
period. Understanding and comparing the global
developments in the early modern age. HIST 434 Major Issues in the History of
Contemporary Turkey (3-0)3
HIST 422 Central Asia in Modern Ages This course will focus on major political and
(3-0)3 economic issues and deals with social and cultural
A history of Central Asia from the 16th century to developments which have been crucial in making
the present. The course focuses on Central Asia's current Turkey. It will cover the period extending
relations with the neighboring Chinese, Russian and from the early twentieth century until its end.
British Empire. Special emphasis will be given to HIST 436 The Shared and the Particular:
the recent developments leading to independent Women of Turkey and Central
central Asian republics. Asia (3-0)3
Women of Turkey and Central Asia share a
HIST 425 History of Diplomacy (3-0)3 common historical background. Yet due to the
Diplomacy has always been considered as the differences in regions they also exhibit traits that are
antithesis of war. However, in the age of indigenous to their environment. Focusing on the
globalization, diplomacy exists side by side with similarities and differences, the course will explore
war as has most recently been witnessed at the gender history in these regions. Readings will be
Lebanese Crisis. For this reason, one should study drawn both from history and literature.
in depth the institution of diplomacy, its evolution
throughout history and its present role and HIST 441 Islam in the Contemporary
importance in international relations. World (3-0)3
The course analyzes historical developments in
HIST 427 American Cultural History I Islam, and its institutions in the twentieth century.
(3-0)3 The focus will be on the politicized form of Islam
Familiarization of the students with the cultural and Islamic organizations, the conflict and
history of the United States from Americas accommodation between radical Islam and the state,
145
and the change in the Islamic political thought in the writing assignments, collaborative projects, oral
Middle East starting from the Salafiyya movement presentations, and experiential learning. Students
to the end of the twentieth century. will think critically and analytically, gaining
awareness of the myriad of American myths and the
HIST 443 History of the USSR I (3-0)3 enduring realities of American society.
This course will examine the history of the USSR
from the conditions in late 19th and early 20th HIST 448 Readings in American
century Russia that led to the Russian Revolution Culture II (3-0)3
through the reign of Joseph Stalin. The ideological Continuation of HIST 447.
struggles both pre- and post-revolution, as well as
the founders, leading figures and significant events HIST 449 Cultural and Social Aspects of
in the formative years of the USSR will be Ottoman Istanbul (3-0)3
examined, as well as the USSRs rise to superpower Being the capital city of two empires, East Roman
status following World War II. and Ottoman, Istanbul rightly deserves the attention
oriented towards it. In its history, a mixture of
HIST 444 History of the USSR II (3-0)3 cultures including Jewish, Armenian, Greek and
This course will examine the history and Turkish, has shaped its spatial form. This mixture
development of the Soviet Union from the Civil has created a civilization that fascinated everyone
War to its dissolution in 1991. Particular emphasis visiting the city. This course will explore the
will be given to studying the leaders, leading cultural and social aspects of everyday life of
figures, and significant events that shaped the Istanbul in the early modern period.
USSR, its people and its role in the world in this
period. HIST 451 Historical Perspectives on Social
Transformation (3-0)3
HIST 445 European Cultural History I This course explores the theoretical and
(3-0)3 methodological contributions of major figures in
This course highlights three fundamental elements social sciences to historical studies. In critically
of European identity and the incorporation of each analyzing the works of these scholars, the focus is
of them into the consciousness of Europeanness, on how they bring theoretical concerns and
namely that of: Christianity, Renaissance (a re- historical evidence to bear upon one another, and on
definition of antiquity), and the Enlightenment (the the different aspects of "social change". The issues
rational man and post-industrial Europe. The focus that are covered range from the processes of state
of the course will remain on the period between the formation to revolutions; from the origins of
15th and 18th centuries, situating the fundamentals of democracy and totalitarianism to the development
European culture in comparison to the other major of citizenship; from the debates on the origins of
cultural spheres of the world, with emphasis on the capitalism to the transformative role of wars in
Middle East. history.
HIST 461 Historical Readings in
HIST 446 European Cultural History II Persian IV (3-0)3
(3-0)3 This course is designed to provide the students of
This course presents the students with the main History Department and Graduate program of
characteristics of the European culture that formed Middle East Studies advanced rules of reading and
the sui generis civilisation of modern Europe after analyzing historical texts in Persian language.
Enlightenment in the 18th century. The special Prerequisite: HIST 361
emphasis will be on the interaction of Europe with
other cultural spheres of the world in the age of HIST 471 Social Movements in America:
discoveries, travels and colonisation, which ended Past and Present I (3-0)3
up in the polarisation of the world cultures, hence This course will analyze contemporary American
the perception of the world in different cultures, history and culture through social, political,
from a Clash of civilizations point of view. economic, and cultural frameworks. Themes, issues,
problems, and ideas will be presented in readings,
HIST 447 Readings in American Culture I lectures, and class discussions. These will serve as
(3-0)3 multiperspective models through which students
This course will focus on current American issues will react, review, and research using personal voice
as presented in Rereading America: Cultural to demonstrate their increasing awareness of the
Context for Cultural Thinking and Writing things American. Students will explore how these
(Columbo, et al. 3rd edition) and other class events impact their lives as citizens of the world and
handouts. The course will emphasize individual especially Turkey.
146
step for students interested in virtually any topic
HIST 472 Social Movements in America: relating to the Chinese experience of the last three
Past and Present II (3-0)3 and half centuries.
Continuation of HIST 471.
HIST 480 History of Japan (3-0)3
HIST 474 History of Aviation (3-0)3 1. A broad knowledge of modernization efforts of a
This course is offered jointly with the Department non-western civilization.
of Aerospace Engineering). The birth of aviation. 2. Japanese history from ancient times to the post-
Lighter than air vehicles (balloons). Development of WWII era.
powered heavier than air vehicles (airplanes). 3. History of the Japanese islands and the basic
Aviation as a sporting event. Use of aircraft in knowledge necessary to study Japanese society,
armed conflicts and its impact on military thinking. politics, economics and culture.
Commercial aviation. Development and advance of
aeronautical sciences. Space flight. Impact of HIST 490 Exploring Environmental
aviation on other technologies. Effect of aviation on History (3-0)3
social an economical life. Humane aspects of The study of human interactions with the wider
aviation. natural world in a comparative historical
perspective. Historical patterns in human societies
HIST 476 Chinese History (3-0)3 caused by environmental changes; the effects of
This course provides a broad knowledge of historical geography and anthropology on economic
modernization efforts of a non-western civilization. and political institutions; and the consequences of
The course covers Chinese history from the historical processes of various property regimes on
establishment of last Chinese dynasty (1644) to the economic, social, and environmental change.
death of the last Emperor Pu I (1967) and it is a first
147
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
HISTORY
Required Courses
(3-0)3
HIST 501 Historical Methodology I HIST 550 Seminar in History NC
(3-0)3 HIST 599 Masters Thesis NC
HIST 502 Historical Methodology II
Elective Courses
HIST 503 European and World History HIST 529 Dawn of Anatolian Civilizations
(3-0)3 (3-0)3
HIST 504 Ottoman and Turkish History HIST 530 Themes in Ottoman Economic
(3-0)3 History (3-0)3
HIST 505 Ottoman Political and HIST 531 Emergence of Ottoman
Administrative System I (3-0)3 Modernization I (3-0)3
HIST 506 Ottoman Political and HIST 532 Emergence of Ottoman
Administrative System II (3-0)3 Modernization II (3-0)3
HIST 507 Ottoman Advanced Writing HIST 533 Ottoman Social and Economic
Techniques I (3-0)3 History until the 16th Century
HIST 508 Ottoman Advance Writing (3-0)3
Techniques II (3-0)3 HIST 535 Seminar in the Development of
HIST 510 Womens Experience with the Concept Nationhood in
Hierarchy and the State (3-0)3 History (3-0)3
HIST 511 History and Contemporary HIST 536 Cultural Construction of
Affairs in the Indian Gender: Women in Central
Sub-Continent (3-0)3 Asia and Turkey (3-0)3
HIST 513 Social and Economic History of HIST 537 Institutional Structure of the
the Middle East (3-0)3 Republic of Turkey I (3-0)3
HIST 514 History of Middle Eastern HIST 538 Institutional Structure of the
Nation-States, 1920-1990 (3-0)3 Republic of Turkey II (3-0)3
HIST 515 History of the Ottoman Press HIST 541 Is the New World Order an
and Publications (3-0)3 (Dis)Order I? (3-0)3
HIST 516 Looking into the History of HIST 542 Is the New World Order an
Missionary Activities in the (Dis)Order II? (3-0)3
Ottoman Empire (3-0)3 HIST 553 Lingua Latina I (3-0)3
HIST 520 Crisis and Change in Ottoman HIST 554 Lingua Latina II (3-0)3
History (1300-1700) (3-0)3 HIST 546 Nationalism in the Balkans
HIST 521 Historical Features of the (3-0)3
Turkish Revolution I (3-0)3 HIST 547 Readings in American Culture
HIST 522 Historical Features of the (3-0)3
Turkish Revolution II (3-0)3 HIST 556 The Caucasus: History and
HIST 525 Approaches in History: Politics (3-0)3
Selected Studies (3-0)3 HIST 562 Patterns of Divergence and
HIST 526 Comparative Studies in Convergence in History: Central
Historical Sources: Selected Asia in the Last Millennium (3-0)3
Works (3-0)3 HIST 563 Emergence and Evolution of
HIST 527 History of the Middle Eastern the Armenian Question (3-0)3
Beliefs I (3-0)3 HIST 565 History of the Ottoman-Italian
HIST 528 History of the Middle Eastern Relations in Renaissance (3-0)3
Beliefs II (3-0)3 HIST 568 History of India (3-0)3
HIST 570 Ottoman Urban History (3-0)3
148
DESCRIPTION OF GRADUATE COURSES
HIST 506 Ottoman Political and HIST 514 History of the Middle Eastern
Administrative System II (3-0)3 Nation-States, 1920-1990
Continuation of HIST 505. (3-0)3
The aim of the course is to conduct a
comprehensive study of state-making and nation-
HIST 507 Ottoman Advanced Writing building processes in the Middle East between
Techniques I (3-0)3 World War I and the present. The framework of the
The students will work on advanced Ottoman course will be drawn by the triumviral relationship
paleography, and writing and reading sls between the state, society and social transformation.
(decorative writing) and rik'a (normal hand writing) Theories of nation, nationalism and the nation-state,
from selected Ottoman chronicles. The course also the role of the military in the nation-state formation
offers a methodical introduction to the special and the politics of religious resurrection in the
terminology encountered in Ottoman studies. Middle East will be discussed. The course will
analyze political, economic and social changes in
HIST 508 Ottoman Advanced Writing Turkey, Egypt, Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Israel and
Techniques II (3-0)3 Palestine as the primary areas of study.
149
discussed according to their approaches to history.
HIST 515 History of the Ottoman Press The course aims to acquaint students with the
and Publications (3-0)3 complexities of that specific field of study.
The aim of the course is to explore the historical
development of the mass media in the Ottoman HIST 526 Comparative Studies in
Empire, vis--vis the Western experience. Due Historical Sources: Selected
emphasis will be given to main lines of socio- Works (3-0)3
political thought in the Empire in the 19th century Students will familiarize themselves with the
as they have appeared and been debated in the sources of their specific field of interest. Historical
media sources will be introduced within the historical
context in which they were prepared. The sources
HIST 516 Looking into the History of will be introduced through examining the authors,
Missionary Activities in the the time period in which they were written, general
Ottoman Empire (3-0)3 worldview of that time and how these problems
The course is designed to acquaint the student with were reflected in the sources. Different sources
th
the general pattern of the 19 century missionary within the same context will be compared.
penetration into the Ottoman Empire. The
missionary activities of different powers will be HIST 527 History of the Middle Eastern
surveyed by concentrating on their educational Beliefs I (3-0)3
influences and impacts. The course is the survey of Middle Eastern religions
with references to ancient beliefs. It is designed to
HIST 520 Crisis and Change in Ottoman hold a particular concentration on Islamic history
History (1300-1700) (3-0)3 and Islamic influences upon Ottoman social and
The main economic, financial, commercial, daily life as well as the Ottoman judicial system,
military, demographic, social and poltical changes dependent on Islamic codes of life.
and crises in Ottoman history between 1300 and
1700. Understanding the reasons behind the changes HIST 528 History of the Middle Eastern
and crises, learning the course of developments, the Beliefs II (3-0)3
sequence of events and their consequences. Continuation of HIST 528.
HIST 521 Historical Features of the
Turkish Revolution I (3-0)3 HIST 529 Dawn of Anatolian
Turkish political and economic history starting from Civilizations (3-0)3
the revolution of 1908 to the end of the Second The course covers the early Anatolian civilizations
World War is the historical epoch, which this course from the beginning of mankind to the Hellenistic
covers. The course revolves around selected topics period with reflections of cultural and social
in recent Turkish history, which have relevance in transformations through the ages. The beliefs and
shaping Turkish politics and the economy in this social behaviors of various civilizations of the area
period. There are readings written from different will also be studied during the course.
viewpoints that try to explain Turkish history for the
period between 1908 and 1945.
HIST 530 Themes in Ottoman Economic
HIST 522 Historical Features of the History (3-0)3
Turkish Revolution II (3-0)3 Introduce students of history and social sciences
The course revolves around selected topics in recent into the basic concepts and problems of Ottoman
Turkish history, which have relevance in shaping economic history. Various aspects of Ottoman
Turkish politics and the economy from 1945 to economy with a special focus on institutions and
1990. It examines readings written from different their implications for the long-run economic
viewpoints that try to explain Turkish political, growth. Use of historical sources, historical
economic and social history for this period. The aim methodologies, economic theory, and quantitative
of the course is to discuss and critically evaluate methods to analyze past economic events.
these various comparing explanations that have
been provided for Turkish political and economic HIST 531 Emergence of Ottoman
development. Modernization (3-0)3
HIST 525 Approaches in History: The course covers the phases of Ottoman
Selected Studies (3-0)3 modernization starting from the mid-18th Century
This is a course in applied methodology. Major with particular emphasis to social developments.
historical studies in a selected field of work will be
150
The course includes the analysis and comparative
study of historical developments in various phases HIST 537 Institutional Structure of the
of Ottoman modernization. Republic of Turkey I (3-0)3
This course is an in-depth study of the institutional
HIST 532 Emergence of Ottoman structure created by the Turkish Revolution with its
Modernization (3-0)3 impacts upon the rural and urban populations in
This course is the continuation of HIST 531. It is modern Turkey.
designed to analyze the Tanzimat era extending
from 1839 to 1876. The Tanzimat reforms HIST 538 Institutional Structure of the
constitute the core of this course when the Ottoman Republic of Turkey II (3-0)3
modernization surpassed institutional reforms. Continuation of HIST 537.
Ottoman and foreign approaches to modernization
are analyzed and discussed throughout the course HIST 541 Is the New World Order an
with references to socio-economic and political (Dis)Order I? (3-0)3
factors in order to equip the students with a This course deals with contemporary world history
comparative view of ideological developments in and the new world order, the frame of which was
western countries and their socio-economic drawn by the policies of the US, the UN, the EU
reflections upon the Ottoman Empire. and European Organization for Security and
Cooperation, the European Council and North
HIST 533 Ottoman Social and Economic Atlantic Treaty Organization. The course analyzes
History until the 16th Century how the Republic of Turkey pursues its national
(3-0)3 interests and materializes them in the world order.
The course is designed for a detailed analysis of the
Ottoman social and economic structure between the HIST 542 Is the New World Order an
13th and the 16th centuries. The Ottoman statecraft in (Dis)Order II? (3-0)3
the classical period will be examined in terms of the Continuation of HIST 541.
production and distribution patterns of the imperial
economy. Primary sources of the mentioned period HIST 546 Nationalism in the Balkans until
will be extensively employed. the First World War (3-0)3
This course aims to analyze, at the advanced level,
HIST 535 Seminar in the Development the emergence of nationalism and nationalist
of Nationhood in History movements in the Balkans, their external and
(3-0)3 domestic roots, and establishment of national states
The course is designed to present the development in the peninsula during the nineteenth and twentieth
of nationhood in the historical setting with due centuries.
attention to the change in the concept of nationality
in the late nineteenth-century Ottoman Empire. The HIST 547 Readings in American
relations between the development of nationalism Culture (3-0)3
and the notion of nation among the non-Muslim The focus of the course is on current American
communities, and the development of nationhood in issues within a cultural context. The course will
the Turkish community of the Empire will be emphasize individual writing assignments,
examined interactively. collaborative projects, oral presentations and
experiential learning about American society and
HIST 536 Cultural Construction of culture. Students will learn to think critically and
Gender: Women in Central analytically, gaining awareness of the myriad of
Asia and Turkey (3-0)3 American myths and the enduring realities of
This is a graduate level course designed for students American society.
interested in problems of comparative womens
history. This course will explore gender history in HIST 550 Seminar in History NC
Turkey and Central Asia. Both regions have a
common Turkish-Muslim past and yet another one HIST 553 Lingua Latina I (3-0)3
preceding that. The pre-Turkish past will be taken This course will be an introduction to Latin
as different starting points. The Turkish-Muslim grammar and language (simple texts, translation
past, on the other hand, will be examined in terms of from Latin to Turkish).
cultural constructs of gender. The focus will be on
converges and divergences in gender history. Both HIST 554 Lingua Latina II (3-0)3
historical and literary works will be used. Continuation of HIST 553.
151
HIST 556 The Caucasus: History and HIST 565 History of the Ottoman-Italian
Politics (3-0)3 Relations in Renaissance
This graduate-level course will examine the history (3-0)3
of the north and south Caucasus from its early This course aims at giving the student basic facts
history to the present. The course will cover the about the dynamics that constructed Italian-Ottoman
origins of the peoples; the conquest of the North and relations in the age of the Renaissance through
the South Caucasus by the Russian Empire; the primary and secondary literature of political history
incorporation of these regions into the Empire and of the time. The course includes a wide range of
the subsequent social, cultural, economic, and unpublished primary sources as well as other
political changes; the Bolshevik Revolution and the literature on the matter.
radical transformation of all aspects of life; the
collapse of the Soviet Union and the significant HIST 568 History of India (3-0)3
problems of the post-Soviet period, resistance, This course gives the students the basic tenets of the
developments, social conflicts and cooperation, and history of the Indian subcontinent from the
liberalization and democratization to the present perspective of political, civilizational and
day. especially, religious history.
HIST 562 Patterns of Divergence and HIST 570 Ottoman Urban History
Convergence in History: (3-0)3
Central Asia in the Last This Course is designed for a detailed analysis of
Millennium (3-0)3 the Ottoman urban history in early modern era. The
During the last millennium Central Asia went course will consentrate on Anatolian and Arab cities
through different stages politically, socially and in Ottoman period. The course will focus on three
economically. This course aims to contextualize interrelated issues. The first one is the state of
these changes in terms of Asian and world history current paradigms concerning Middle Eastern cities.
and to discuss the patterns that emerge as unifying The second is the nature of social and economic
and separating factors. For this purpose, the students networks that enabled harmonious relations between
will be exposed to the most recent failure. various ethnoreligious groups living in Ottoman
cities. For this end, special attention will be given to
HIST 563 Emergence and Evolution of social and economic life from a communal
the Armenian Question perpective. The third issue is the family networks
(3-0)3 that from the second tier in communal bonds.
The Armenian Question became a major problem Published primary sources concerning Ottoman
for the Ottoman Empire and found a temporary urban history will be extensively employed for a
resolution with the relocation of the Armenians deeper understanding of the urban fabric. The main
during World War I. Half a century later it became a aim of the course will be an analysis of private and
major issue of Turkish foreign policy. A communal networks that could provide a basis for a
comprehensive study of the Armenian Question critical re-evaluation of contemporary literature on
requires not only analysis of its political/historical Middle Eastern cities.
development, but also its international implications
as well as legal and psychological aspects. HIST 599 Masters Thesis NC
152
Ph.D. PROGRAM IN HISTORY
Required Courses
Elective Courses
HIST 503 European and World History HIST 535 Seminar in the Development of
(3-0)3 the Concept Nationhood in
HIST 504 Ottoman and Turkish History History (3-0)3
(3-0)3 HIST 536 Cultural Construction of
HIST 505 Ottoman Political and Gender: Women in Central
Administrative System I (3-0)3 Asia and Turkey (3-0)3
HIST 506 Ottoman Political and HIST 537 Institutional Structure of the
Administrative System II (3-0)3 Republic of Turkey I (3-0)3
HIST 507 Ottoman Advanced Writing HIST 538 Institutional Structure of the
Techniques I (3-0)3 Republic of Turkey II (3-0)3
HIST 508 Ottoman Advanced Writing HIST 541 Is the New World Order an
Techniques II (3-0)3 (Dis)Order I? (3-0)3
HIST 510 Womens Experience with HIST 542 Is the New World Order an
Hierarchy along the Silk Road (Dis)Order II? (3-0)3
(3-0)3 HIST 553 Lingua Latina I (3-0)3
HIST 513 Social and Economic History of HIST 554 Lingua Latina II (3-0)3
the Middle East (3-0)3 HIST 546 Nationalism in the Balkans (3-0)3
HIST 514 History of the Middle Eastern HIST 547 Readings in American Culture
Nation-States, 1920-1990 (3-0)3 (3-0)3
HIST 515 History of the Ottoman Press HIST 560 Ottoman Urban History (3-0)3
and Publications (3-0)3 HIST 610 History of the Book and the
HIST 516 Looking into the History of Press (3-0)3
Missionary Activities in the HIST 615 Scholars and Authorship in
Ottoman Empire (3-0)3 Ottoman Historiography (3-0)3
HIST 520 Crisis and Change in Ottoman HIST 620 Graduate Seminar on Contemporary
History (1300-1700) (3-0)3 Turkish History (3-0)3
HIST 521 Historical Features of the HIST 623 Graduate Seminar on Ottoman
Turkish Revolution I (3-0)3 Social and Economic History
HIST 522 Historical Features of the (3-0)3
Turkish Revolution II (3-0)3 HIST 625 Readings in Ottoman Archival
HIST 525 Approaches in History: Material (3-0)3
Selected Studies (3-0)3 HIST 643 History and Philology: Readings
HIST 526 Comparative Studies in in Central Asian Texts (3-0)3
Historical Sources: Selected HIST 653 Latin for Social Sciences (3-0)3
Works (3-0)3 HIST 650-
HIST 529 Dawn of Anatolian 690 Independent Studies in History
Civilizations (3-0)3 (3-0)3
HIST 531 Emergence of Ottoman HIST 699 Ph.D. Dissertation NC
Modernization I (3-0)3 HIST 800-
HIST 532 Emergence of Ottoman 899 Special Studies (4-2)NC
Modernization II (3-0)3
153
DESCRIPTION OF GRADUATE COURSES
HIST 610 History of the Book and the thorough study in Ottoman socio-economic history.
Press (3-0)3 The course will aim to familiarize students with the
This course aims to achieve two complementary vast range of documents, and train them in using
goals. One is to acquaint the Ph.D. students with the these documents for specific purposes and research.
history of the printing press as an agent of change
both in European and Turkish contexts with due HIST 640 Analysis of Historical Sources
emphasis on its similar and dissimilar development (3-0)3
trends and functions. The second goal is to survey The course is designed to train Ph.D. students in the
the development of the Turkish periodical press vis- analysis of sources ranging from Anatolia to Central
-vis the European experience as an instrument of Asia and from medieval to modern times. Special
socio-cultural change with special emphasis on its attention will be given to the intellectual
utilization as source material in contemporary environment in which the given political culture of a
historical research. certain time period came into emergence. For pre-
modern periods, readings will concentrate on
HIST 615 Scholars and Authorship in mirror of princes literature, early Ottoman
Ottoman Historiography chronicles, the universalist historical literature of
(3-0)3 the 13th-14th centuries, and on the histories of the
This course is designed to acquaint graduate regional empires after the 16th century. Aspects of
students with the issues and problems of Ottoman history in the modern age will be tackled through
scholarship and authorship. Special attention will be the eyes of foreigners by means of a wide range of
given to the process of socialization and education travel literature.
of Ottoman scholars and scientists. Readings will
focus on life stories of scholars and scientists in HIST 641 Current Approaches in
Ottoman sources. The social, political, and Historical Research (3-0)3
intellectual milieu of the respective time period will This course is an overview of the various theoretical
also be examined, leading to a contextualization of approaches to the study of history. The emphasis
the sources as well as the authors. will be given to recent and novel ways of
understanding, interpreting and explaining both the
HIST 620 Graduate Seminar on past and the present. Selected material, preferably
Contemporary Turkish essays which build their analyses on comparative
History (3-0)3 historical explanations, will be used to illustrate new
This is a detailed study of political and socio- theoretical approaches. An assessment of the utility,
economic history of Turkey in the twentieth i.e., strengths and/or weaknesses, of these
century. The course intends to provide the students contemporary approaches will conclude the
with a critical analysis for the historical requirements of the course.
developments of the period as well as various
approaches to the study of contemporary Turkish HIST 643 History and Philology: Readings
history. in Central Asian Texts (3-0)3
This course aims at familiarizing the student with
HIST 623 Graduate Seminar on Ottoman tools and methods of Central and Inner Asian texts
Social and Economic History of the past and the present. The sources of this
(3-0)3 region are in diverse languages. Readings will be
This seminar is designed to train Ph.D. students in geared towards the area of specialization of the
reading and analyzing Ottoman sources on social student. One other language in addition to Ottoman
and economic life. Special documents will be Turkish will be useful. Texts will be both in original
chosen to illustrate aspects of urban life such as the languages and/or in the form of translations. As an
organization of urban space, guilds and markets and outcome the student is expected to acquire a
urban-rural networks. Students will also focus on contextualization of history on the basis of
Ottoman court registers that illustrate urban philological analysis.
mentality.
HIST 653 Latin for Social Sciences (3-0)3
HIST 625 Readings in Ottoman This course will provide the students with Latin
Archival Material (3-0)3 especially for Social Sciences. The knowledge of
There are more than a million documents in the basic Latin will be required since this course will
Ottoman Archives that are indispensable for a cover readings of texts.
154
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
INSTRUCTORS
155
GENERAL INFORMATION: Mathematics, apart from being an indispensable tool in many
branches of science and technology, is a branch of science in itself which is also studied for its own sake to do
research and to make new discoveries.
Besides giving service courses to almost all departments of the University, the Department of
Mathematics offers undergraduate and graduate programs leading to B.S., M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. In view of
the increasing importance of mathematics in many fields of science and technology, the Department also offers
a double major program to students from other departments, which enables them to obtain a B.S. degree in
mathematics in addition to the degree offered by their own departments.
One of the main objectives in the undergraduate program is to offer a well-balanced education in
mathematics. With the purpose of maximizing flexibility and the number of options for a well-rounded
development of students, the undergraduate curriculum contains a large number of electives. To complete the
program leading to a B.S. degree, a student should complete courses summing up to 128 credit hours, 86 credit
hours of which form the core program and are compulsory for all students. The remaining 42 credit hours
must be elective courses, which are categorized as departmental and non-departmental. The departmental
electives should sum up to 24 credit hours of which 12 credit hours should be selected from courses coded
400 or higher. A student should take 6 credit hours of non-departmental electives. The remaining 12 credit
hours of electives are left to the students interests.
Students from departments other than mathematics can enroll in the Double Major Program in
Mathematics. This program is designed for students of high standing and aims to give them a sufficient
background in mathematics for their future studies and research. Upon the completion of the requirements, in
addition to the degree offered by their own departments, the students receive "B.S in Mathematics".
The main objective of the graduate programs is to train highly qualified researchers in pure and
applied mathematics. To complete the graduate programs leading to M.S. and Ph.D. degrees, students should
fulfill the general requirements of the University for these degrees. Graduate courses in the following areas are
offered in our department: Algebra, Analysis, Differentiable Manifolds, Theory of Functions of a Complex
Variable, Numerical Analysis, Ordinary Differential Equations, Partial Differential Equations and Topology.
RESEARCH INTERESTS AND FACILITIES: Modern mathematics is not only the language of
science but it also contains an enormous variety of subbranches and fascinating areas of research. In
accordance with this, in the Department of Mathematics, research activities are conducted in a broad variety of
areas, from the most theoretical branches to the highly computational and applied ones. The general areas of
current research interests in the department include Algebra, Functional and Real Analysis, Analysis, Complex
Analysis, Geometry, Topology, Ordinary Differential Equations, Partial Differential Equations, and Numerical
Analysis. There are contacts and connections with several important scientific centers in the world, and there is
a considerable amount of collaboration in addition to individual research.
In the department there is a computer laboratory for the students consisting of 40 PCs. There is a PC
in each office. Also, printers and scanners are available for faculty use.
Computers in the department carry a subscription to the American Mathematical Society, so that
faculty members have access to AMS archives.
156
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SECOND YEAR
MATH 251 Advanced Calculus I (4-0)4 MATH 252 Advanced Calculus II (3-2)4
MATH 261 Linear Algebra I (4-0)4 MATH 254 Differential Equations (4-0)4
CENG 230 Introduction to C Programming MATH 262 Linear Algebra II (4-0)4
(2-2)3 HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II
ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation NC
Skills (3-0)3 A non-departmental elective (3-0)3
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I
NC
THIRD YEAR
MATH 349 Int. to Math. Analysis (4-0)4 MATH 358 Partial Diff. Equations (4-0)4
MATH 353 Complex Calculus (4-0)4 MATH 371 Differential Geometry (4-0)4
MATH 367 Abstract Algebra (4-0)4 A departmental elective (3-0)3
A departmental elective (3-0)3 A free elective (3-0)3
TURK 303 Turkish I NC TURK 304 Turkish II NC
FOURTH YEAR
Departmental Elective: Courses offered by the mathematics department except MATH 223, MATH 321,
MATH 387, MATH 388, MATH 395, MATH 396, MATH 470, MATH 486 are defined as departmental
electives
157
DESCRIPTION OF UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
161
MATH 382 Numerical Analysis II (3-0)3 algebra systems. Representations of polynomials,
Approximating functions: polynomial interpolation, rational functions, algebraic functions, matrices and
divided differences, Hermite interpolation, spline series. Advanced algorithms. g.c.d. in several
interpolation, the B-splines, Taylor Series, least variables. Other applications of modular methods.
square approximation. Numerical differentiation P-adic methods. Formal integration and differential
and integration based on interpolation. Richardson equations.
extrapolation, Gaussian quadrature, Romberg Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
integration, adaptive quadrature, Bernoulli
polynomials and Euler-Maclaurin formula. MATH 395 Symbolic Programming
Prerequisite: MATH 381 Languages (Prolog) (3-0)3
An overview of Prolog. Syntax and meaning of
MATH 385 Special Functions of Applied Prolog programs. Lists, operators and arithmetic
Mathematics I (3-0)3 structures. Controlling, backtracking, unification.
Gamma and Beta functions. Pochhammers symbol. Input and output. More built-in procedures.
Hypergeometric series. Hypergeometric differential Programming style and techniques. Recursion.
equation; ordinary and confluent hypergeometric Operators on data structures. Advanced tree
functions. Generalized hypergeometric functions; representations.
the contiguous function relations. Bessel function; Prerequisite: CENG 230
the functional relationships, Bessels differential
equation. Orthogonality of Bessel functions. MATH 396 Artificial Intelligence and
Prerequisite: MATH 254 or MATH 219 or consent Applications (3-0)3
of the instructor. Basic problem-solving strategies. A heuristic search
principle. Problem reduction and AND/OR graphs.
MATH 386 Special Functions of Applied Expert systems and knowledge representation. An
Mathematics II (3-0)3 expert system shell. Planning. Language processing
Legendre functions: Generating Function of with grammar rules. Machine learning.
Legendre polynomials. Recurrence relations, series Game playing. Logic and uncertainty. Meta
of Legendre polynomials. Legendre differential programming.
equation. Associated Legendre functions. Hermite Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
polynomials. Recurrence relations. Hermites
differential equations. Laguerre functions, Laguerre MATH 400 Basic Distribution Theory (3-0)3
differential equations, associated Laguerre Test functions. Spaces E, D, S and their duals.
polynomials. Differentiation, localization, convolution. Fourier
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. transform. Supports and singular supports. Kernels
and tensor products. Homogeneous distributions.
MATH 387 Advanced Object Oriented Fundamental solutions of differential operators.
Programming (3-0)3 Outline of distribution theory on manifolds.
Further features of the C++ Language and principles Prerequisite: MATH 319
of object oriented programming, including dynamic
data-structures, stream input and output, MATH 401 Probability Theory (3-0)3
encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, and Events and probability. Combinatorial problems and
further C ++ language constructs. Some object- equally likely events. Probability spaces.
oriented design and analysis models and Independence and finite product spaces. Random
methodology. Covers, case studies of OOP in variables and distribution functions. Integration of
mathematics. random variables. Lp - spaces. Convergence of
Prerequisite: MATH 223 random variables. Conditional expectation.
Canonical space of a stochastic process. Markov
MATH 388 Data Structures (3-0)3 chains. Martingales.
Review of stacks, queues, linked lists. Algorithms Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
for searching and sorting. More complicated data
MATH 402 Introduction to Optimization
structures such as multi-linked lists, trees, graphs.
(3-0)3
Prerequisite: MATH 387 or the consent of the
The importance of optimization, basic definition
instructor.
and facts on convex analysis. Theory of linear
programming and convex programming, simplex
MATH 390 Computer Algebra (3-0)3
method and its applications, nonlinear
Introductory information about reduce. Structure of
programming, search methods, basic ideas of
programs, built in prefix operators. Procedures. A
classical variational calculus, optimal control
computer algebra system. How to use a computer
162
theory. Pontryagins maximum principle and MATH 410 Modeling Mathematical
dynamic programming, linear theory of optimal Methods and Scientific
control. Computing (2-2)3
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Introduction to numerical and symbolical
computational tools. Balance equations, continuos
MATH 403 Foundations of Mathematics system models and partial differential equations.
(3-0)3 Introduction to numerical methods for ordinary and
Apriosits program, mathematical empiricism, partial differential equations. Case studies from
scientific and mathematical change, formalists, mechanics, fluid dynamics, heat and mass transfer,
intuitionists, constructivist and logicist views. electrical engineering. Introduction to stochastic
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. process and differential equations. Models from
mathematical finance.
MATH 404 Introduction to Vector Lattices
and Applications (3-0)3 Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
Riesz spaces (vector lattices). Riesz subspaces,
ideals and bands. Normed Riesz spaces. Order MATH 420 Elementary Point Set Topology
convergence, relatively uniform convergence and (3-0)3
norm convergence. Operators on Riesz spaces. Topological Spaces; basis, subbasis, subspaces.
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Closed sets, limit points. Hausdorff spaces.
Continuous functions, homeomorphisms. Product
MATH 405 Combinatorics (3-0)3 topology. Connected spaces, components, path
Basic counting: permutations, r-permutations, connectedness, path components. Compactness,
combinations, multinomial coefficients, occupancy sequential compactness, compactness in metric
problems, good algorithms,. Generating functions: spaces. Definition of regular and normal spaces.
power series, operating on generating functions, Urysohns Lemma, Tietsze Extension Theorem.
applications to counting, binomial theorem, Prerequisite: MATH 251
exponential generating functions, probability
generating functions. Recurrence relations: simple MATH 422 Elementary Geometric
recurrences, linear recurrence relations, Topology (3-0)3
characteristic equations, solving recurrences using Topology of subsets of Euclidean space.
generating functions, simultaneous equations, Topological surfaces. Surfaces in Rn. Surfaces via
recurrences involving convolutions. Divide and gluing, connected sum and the classification of
conquer algorithms. Experimental design: compact connected surfaces. Simplicial complexes
Blockdesign, balanced incomplete blockdesign. and simplicial surfaces (simplicial complexes with
Applications: coding theory, Hadamard designs. underlying spaces that are topological surfaces).
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Euler characteristic.
Prerequisite: MATH 252 or consent of the
MATH 406 Introduction to Mathematical instructor.
Logic and Model Theory (3-0)3
First order language, structures and satisfaction. MATH 441 Mechanics I (3-0)3
Completeness and compactness theorems. Statics of rigid bodies, statics of suspended strings
Isomorphism, elementary equivalence and and cables. Kinematics of a particle. Translation,
elementary imbedding. Lwenheim-Skolem rotation of rigid body about an axis and about a
Theorem. Interpolation and definability. Atomic, fixed point, relative motion. Dynamics of a particle,
universal and saturated models and their harmonic oscillators, motion of a simple pendulum,
characterisation. Extensions of first order logic. flight of a projectile, motion under the action of
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. central forces. Dynamics of a system of particles,
motion of a body with varying mass.
MATH 407 Introduction to Game Theory Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
(3-0)3
Strategic games, Nash equilibrium, Bayesian games, MATH 442 Mechanics II (3-0)3
mixed, correlated, evolutionary equilibrium, Analytical statics; principle of virtual work;
extensive games with perfect information, Lagranges equation of first and second-kind;
bargaining games, extensive games with imperfect Hamiltons canonical equations; variational
information, sequential equilibrium, coalition principles of mechanics; Poisson brackets, canonical
games, core, stable sets, bargaining sets, shapley transformations and generating functions; the
value, market games. Hamilton-Jacobi equation; Completely integrable
systems; canonical perturbation theory; Kolmo-
163
gorov-Moser-Arnolds Theorems. Fundamentals of MATH 456 Fourier Analysis and Wavelets
continuum mechanics. (3-0)3
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. Orthogonality and modes of convergence. Fourier
series, convergence of Fourier series, Fourier
MATH 444 Topics in Universal Algebra transform, Fourier inversion, discrete Fourier
(3-0)3 transform. Haar and Daubechies wavelets,
Primal Algebras: Maltsev Conditions. decomposition and reconstruction, multiresolution
Characterisation of finite primal algebras. Term analysis. Applications.
conditions and commutator. Characterisation of Prerequisite: MATH 349 or consent of the
abelian algebras. Generalized term conditions. instructor.
Finite Algebras (Tame congruence theory): Minimal
algebras. Induced algebras. -minimal sets. Trace MATH 457 Calculus on Manifolds (3-0)3
algebras. Tame congruences. Types of minimal Review of differentiation, Inverse and Implicit
algebras. Function Theorems, integration on subsets of
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Euclidean space, tensors, differential forms,
integration on chains, integration on manifolds.
MATH 450 Potential Theory in The Stokes Theorem.
Complex Plane (3-0)3 Prerequisites: MATH 252 and MATH 262
Harmonic functions, subharmonic functions.
Potential Theory. The Dirichlet problem. Capacity. MATH 461 Rings and Modules (3-0)3
Some applications. Classical theory of rings, ideal theory, isomorphism
Prerequisite: MATH 353 theorems. The group ring. Localization.
Submodules, direct products, direct sums, factor
MATH 452 Introduction to Functional modules and factor rings. Homomorphisms.
Analysis (3-0)3 Classical isomorphism theorem. The endomorphism
Normed linear spaces, Banach spaces. Hahn-Banach ring of a module. Free modules, free and divisible
Theorem and consequences. Baire Category abelian groups. Tensor product of modules. Finitely
Theorem. Uniform boundedness principle. Open generated modules over principal ideal domains.
Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems. Selected Prerequisite: MATH 367 or consent of the
topics and applications. instructor.
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
MATH 463 Introduction to Group Theory
MATH 453 Introduction to Complex (3-0)3
Analysis (3-0)3 Group, subgroup, normal subgroup, cyclic
Riemann Mapping Theorem and Schwarz-Christofel subgroup, coset, quotient group. Commutator
transformations zn, z1/n. Elementary Riemann subgroup, center, homomorphism and isomorphism
surfaces. Applications of conformal mapping: theorems (invariant subgroup, wreath products),
(flows, heat conduction, electrostatistics,...) Abelian groups. Free abelian group, rank of an
Analytic continuation. Argument principle, abelian group. Divisible abelian group, periodic
Rouches Theorem. Mapping properties of analytic Abelian group. Sylow Theorems and their
functions (Inverse Function Theorem, Open applications, solvable groups, nilpotent groups.
MappingTheorem). Prerequisite: MATH 367 or consent of the
Prerequisite: MATH 353. instructor.
164
polyhedra, classification of finite subgroups of the MATH 478 Mathematical Aspects of
three dimensional rotation group. Frieze groups, Cryptography (3-0)3
crystals, wallpaper groups, groups of acting on Time estimates for doing arithmetic, some simple
trees. Reflection groups, root systems, classification cryptosystems, the idea of public key
of finite reflection groups, crystallographic root cryptosystems, RSA, discrete log, knapsack,
systems and Weyl groups. primality and factoring, the rho method, Fermat
Prerequisite: MATH 367 factorization, the continued fraction method.
Prerequisite: MATH 365 or consent of the
MATH 470 File Structures (3-0)3 instructor.
Update, merge and sort algorithms for sequential
files. Direct access files with hashing. Indexed MATH 480 Numerical Methods for
sequential files. Multikey organization. Operations Differential Equations (3-0)3
involving data from several files. Initial value problems for ordinary differential
Prerequisite: MATH 387 or consent of the equations. Convergence, stability, stiffness,
instructor. predictor-corrector methods, boundary value
problems, hyperbolic and elliptic differential
MATH 471 Hyperbolic Geometry (3-0)3
equations. Iterative methods.
Parallel postulate and the need for non-Euclidean
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
geometry, models of the hyperbolic plane, Mbius
group, classification of Mbius transformations,
classical geometric notions such as length, distance, MATH 484 Complexity of Algorithms (3-0)3
isometry, parallelism, convexity, area, trigonometry Recursive algorithms: Quicksort, recursive graph
in the hyperbolic plane, groups acting on the algorithms, fast matrix multiplication, the discrete
hyperbolic plane, fundamental domains. Fourier transform. NP-complete problems: Turing
Prerequisite: MATH 252 machines, network flow problems. Information
based complexity: complexity of numerical
MATH 473 Ideals, Varieties and algorithms (Newtons method, interpolation,
Algorithms (3-0)3 integration, solution of linear equations).
Affine varieties. Groebner bases, monomial ideals Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
and Dicksons Lemma, Hilbert Basis Theorem.
Buchbergers algorithm. Ideal membership problem.
MATH 486 Fundamentals of Database
The problem of elimination theory. Unique
Systems (2-2)3
factorization and resultants. Resultant and extension
Database concepts. Database Management Systems
theorem.
(DBMS). Relational data model and relational
Prerequisite: MATH 367
DBMS. Use of ER-diagrams in database design.
MATH 474 Introduction to Computational Normalizing relations. Relational algebra and query
Algebraic Geometry (3-0)3 languages. Structured query language (SQL). Oracle
Hilberts Nullstellensatz, the ideal-variety and/or access will be introduced in a laboratory
correspondence. Zariski closure, irreducible environment.
varieties and prime ideals, projective varieties. The Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
projective closure of an affine variety, projective
elimination theory. The geometry of quadric MATH 487 Applied Mathematics I (3-0)3
hypersurfaces. The dimension of a variety; the Mathematical modelling of boundary value
variety of a monomial ideal, the complement of a problems of partial differential equations.
monomial ideal. The Hilbert function. Formulation of Dirichlet and Neumann problems.
Nonsingularity, the tangent cone. Greens function. Asymptotic analysis of solutions.
Prerequisite: MATH 473 or consent of the Perturbation techniques.
Instructor. Prerequisite: MATH 358 or consent of the
instructor.
MATH 476 Algebraic Curves (3-0)3
Affine and projective plane curves, local properties MATH 488 Applied Mathematics II (3-0)3
of plane curves, multiple points, intersection Introduction to integral equations. Volterra and
numbers, Bezouts Theorem, Noethers Fredholm equations. Solutions by Neumann series.
Fundamental Theorem. Applications to some Connection with eigenvalue problems. Essentials of
enumerative geometry problems. calculus of variations, Euler-Lagrange equations,
Prerequisites: MATH 367 and MATH 353 canonical form of the Euler equation, applications to
mechanics and mathematical physics.
Prerequisite: MATH 358
165
MATH 489 Dynamical Systems (3-0)3 MATH 493 Philosophy of Mathematics
Second order differential equations in phase plane. (3-0)3
Linear systems and exponential operators, canonical Philosophical problems about mathematics,
forms. Stability of equilibria. Lyapunov functions. Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries. The
The existence of periodic solutions. Applications to existence of mathematical objects, mathematical
various fields. truth, Wittgenstein and Lakatos on mathematics.
Prerequisite: MATH 261 or consent of the Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
Department.
MATH 494 The Design of Mathematical
MATH 490 Difference Equations (3-0)3 Software (3-0)3
The Difference calculus. Linear difference The principals of software engineering with special
equations: First order equations, high order emphasis on mathematical software. (By way of
equations. Systems of difference equations. Basic class examples, laboratories and/or term projects
theory. Linear periodic systems. Stability theory. students will see two or three small software
Linear approximation. Lyapunov's second method. packages evolve through the stages of specification,
The z-transform. Asymptotic behaviour of design, implementation and testing.)
difference equations. Sturmian theory. Oscillation. Prerequisite: MATH 387 or consent of the
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. instructor.
MATH 492 Numerical Optimization (3-0)3 MATH 496 Supervised Independent Study
Unconstrained optimization: Optimality conditions, and Research (2-0)2
convexity and geometric programming, gradient Individualized reading, and study/research in
descent, Newtons method, quasi-Newton and mathematics for students of high intellectual
conjugate gradient methods. Constrained promise.
optimization: Karucsh-Kuhn-Tucker theory, second- Prerequisite: Consent of the department and the
order conditions, equality and inequality constrains. instructor.
Linear programming: Optimality and quality, basics
of the simplex method and interior-point methods. MATH 497 Hilbert Space Techniques (3-0)3
Prerequisite: MATH 261 or consent of the Inner product spaces. Examples of inner product
instructor. spaces; Hilbert spaces (definition and examples);
convergence in Hilbert spaces; orthogonal
complements and the projection theorem; linear
functionals and the Riesz Representation Theorem;
compact operators and elementary spectral analysis
applications to various branches of Mathematics.
Prerequisite: MATH 349
166
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
MATH 591 Graduate Seminar in Mathematics I MATH 506 Comprehensive Studies (0-4)NC
(0-2)NC MATH 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
or
MATH 592 Graduate Seminar in 7 elective courses
Mathematics II (0-2)NC Total minimum credit: 21
7 elective courses Number of courses with credit (min): 7
Total minimum credit: 21
Number of courses with credit (min): 7 If admitted by B.S. degree:
M.S. in Mathematics Department without Thesis MATH 506 Comprehensive Studies (0-4)NC
MATH 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
MATH 591 Graduate Seminar in Mathematics I MATH 591 Graduate Seminar in Mathematics I
(0-2)NC (0-2)NC
or or
MATH 592 Graduate Seminar in MATH 592 Graduate Seminar in Mathematics II
Mathematics II (0-2) NC (0-2)NC
MATH 599 Term Project (0-2) NC
14 elective courses
10 elective courses Total minimum credit: 42
Total minimum credits: 30 Number of courses with credit (min): 14
Number of courses with credit (min): 10
GRADUATE COURSES
167
(3-0)3 Dynamics Equations (3-0)3
MATH 584 Partial Differential Equations II
(3-0)3
MATH 585 Nonlinear Problems of Applied MATH 598 Fundamentals of Solution
Mathematics (3-0)3 Theory (3-0)3
MATH 586 Introduction to Delay Differential MATH 599 Term Project NC
Equations (3-0)3 MATH 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
MATH 587 Ordinary Differential MATH 606 The Theory of Algebras (3-0)3
Equations I (3-0)3 MATH 608 Geometric Algebra (3-0)3
MATH 588 Ordinary Differential MATH 615 Lie Algebras (3-0)3
Equations II (3-0)3 MATH 658 Elliptic Boundary Value
MATH 589 Impulsive Differential Equations Problems (3-0)3
(3-0)3 MATH 677 Numerical Methods in Ordinary
MATH 591 Graduate Seminar in Differential Equations (3-0)3
Mathematics I (0-2)NC MATH 688 Finite Element Solution of
MATH 592 Graduate Seminar in Differential Equations (3-0)3
Mathematics II (0-2)NC MATH 693 Directed Study in
MATH 593 Numerical Solutions of Partial Mathematics I (1-0)1
Differential Equations (3-0)3 MATH 694 Directed Study in
MATH 594 Theory of Special Functions Mathematics II (1-0)1
(3-0)3 MATH 7xx Special Topics in Mathematics
MATH 595 The Boundary Element Method (3-0)3
and Applications (3-0)3 MATH 8xx Special Studies (4-2)NC
MATH 596 Computational Basis of Fluid MATH 9xx Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
MATH 500 M.S. Thesis NC groups, generators and relations, free abelian
Program of research leading to M.S. degree groups, actions. Sylow theorems, nilpotent and
arranged between student and a faculty member. solvable groups, normal and subnormal series.
Students register to this course in all semesters Rings, ring homomorphisms, ideals, factorization in
starting from the beginning of their second semester commutative rings, rings of quotients, localization,
while the research program or write-up of thesis is principle ideal domains, Euclidean domains, unique
in progress. factorization domains, polynomials and formal
power series, factorization in polynomial rings.
MATH 501 Analysis (3-0)3 Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
General measure and integration theory. General
convergence theorems. Decomposition of measures. MATH 504 Algebra II (3-0)3
Radon-Nikodym theorems. Outer measure. Modules; homomorphisms, exact sequences,
Caratheodory Extension Theorem. Product projective and injective modules, free modules,
measures. Fubini's Theorem. Riesz Representation vector spaces, tensor products, modules over a PID.
Theorem. Fields, field extensions, the Fundamental Theorem
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. of Galois Theory, splitting fields, algebraic closure
and normality, the Galois group of a polynomial,
MATH 502 Spectral Theory of Linear finite fields.
Operators (3-0)3 Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
Compact operators, compact operators in Hilbert
spaces. Banach algebras. The spectral theorem for
normal operators. Unbounded operators between MATH 505 Differentiable Manifolds (3-0)3
Hilbert spaces. The spectral theorem for unbounded Differentiable manifolds, smooth mappings,
self-adjoint operators. Self-adjoint operators. Self- tangent, cotangent bundles, differential of a map,
adjoint extensions. submanifolds, immersions, imbeddings, vector
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. fields, tensor fields, differential forms, orientation
on manifolds, integration on manifolds, Stoke's
MATH 503 Algebra I (3-0)3 Theorem.
Groups; quotient groups, isomorphism theorems, Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
alternating and dihedral groups, direct products, free
168
MATH 506 Comprehensive Studies MATH 515 Commutative Algebra (3-0)3
(0-4)NC Rings and ideals. Modules. Rings and modules of
The aim of this course is to test the knowledge of fractions. Primary decomposition. Integral
the student in the basic areas of mathematics. For dependence.
this purpose, a written exam is given in the Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
following topics and subtopics: Algebra (A. Groups
and Rings B. Modules and Fields), Analysis (A. MATH 521 Finite Fields and Applications
Real Analysis B. Complex Analysis), Differential (3-0)3
Equations (A. Ordinary DE B. Partial DE), Introduction to finite fields. Traces, norms and
Geometry-Topology (A. Geometry B. Topology), bases. Factoring polynomials over finite fields.
Numerical Analysis (A. Numerical Analysis I B. Construction of irreducible polynomials. Normal
Numerical Analysis II). Each student is required to bases, optimal normal bases.
take the exam in 4 subtopics chosen from 3 distinct Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
topics.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. MATH 522 Coding Theory (3-0)3
Basic concepts and examples. Linear codes
(Hamming, Golay, reed-Muller codes). Bounds on
MATH 511 Group Theory I (3-0)3 codes. Cyclic codes (BCH, RS; Quadratic Residue
Abelian groups; torsion, divisible, torsion-free Codes). Goppa codes.
groups, pure subgroups, finitely generated abelian Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
groups. Solvable and nilpotent groups, Hall -
subgroups. Permutation groups. Representations. MATH 523 Algebraic Number Theory
Fixed-point free automorphisms. Locally nilpotent (3-0)3
groups, locally solvable groups. Finiteness Ring of integers of an algebraic number field.
properties. Infinite solvable groups. Integral bases. Norms and traces. The discriminant.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. Factorization into irreducibles. Euclidean domains.
Dedekind domains. Prime factorization of ideals.
MATH 512 Group Theory II (3-0)3 Minkowskis Theorem. Class-group and class
Locally finite groups. Maximal and minimal number.
condition on subgroups, Cernikov groups and Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
automorphisms of Cernikov groups, direct limit
inverse limit of groups, linear groups, locally finite
simple groups, Hall universal group, centralizers of MATH 524 Theory of Function Fields
elements in simple locally finite groups. (3-0)3
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. Valuations. Divisors, repartitions, differentials.
Riemann-Roch Theorem. Rational function fields,
elliptic and hyperelliptic function fields.
MATH 513 Representation Theory of Congruence zeta function, the functional equation
Finite Groups (3-0)3 for the L-functions.
Ring theoretic preliminaries. Group representations Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
and their characters. Characters, integrality and
application to the structure theory of finite groups. MATH 525 Analytic Number Theory (3-0)3
Product of characters. Induced characters. Dirichlet series, Dirichlet L-functions, Chebychev's
Reduction and extension of characters. Brauer's y and q functions, Prime Number Theorem,
theorem on characterization of characters. distribution of primes, functional equations.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
MATH 514 Basic Model Theory (3-0)3 MATH 526 Modular Functions (3-0)3
Mathematical structures and their study by means of Elliptic functions, modular functions, Dedekind eta
first-order logic. Emphasis on familiar structures function, congruencies for the coefficients of the
such as groups, rings, fields, linear orders. The modular function j, Rademacher's series for the
Compactness Theorem and its corollaries. Model- partition function, modular forms with
completeness and quantifier-elimination. Prime, multiplicative coefficients, Kronecker's Theorem,
universal, and saturated structures; Vaughts general Dirichlet series and Bohr's Equivalence
theorem on numbers of countable models. Theorem.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
169
MATH 535 Topology (3-0)3 MATH 545 Differential Geometry I (3-0)3
Topological spaces. Neighborhoods. Basis. Review of differentiable manifolds and tensor
Subspaces, product and quotient topologies. fields. Riemannian metrics, the Levi-Civita
Compactness. Tychonoff's Theorem. Heine-Borel connection. Geodesics and exponential map.
Theorem. Separation properties. Urysohn's Lemma Curvature tensor, sectional curvature. Ricci tensor,
and Tietze Extension Theorem. Stone-Cech scalar curvature. Riemannian submanifolds. Gauss
compactification. Alexandroff one point and Codazzi equations.
compactification. Convergence of sequences and Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
nets. Connectedness. Metrizability. Complete metric
spaces. Baire's Theorem. MATH 546 Differential Geometry II (3-0)3
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. Lie groups. Principal fibre bundles. Almost complex
and complex manifolds Hermitian and Kaehlerian
MATH 537 Algebraic Topology I (3-0)3 geometry. Symmetric spaces.
Fundamental group, Van Kampens Theorem,
Prerequisite: MATH 545
covering spaces. Singular homology. Homotopy
invariance, long exact sequence of homology
groups. Mayer-Vietoris sequence, excision. Cellular MATH 551 Algebraic Geometry (3-0)3
homology. Homology with coefficients. Simplicial Theory of algebraic varieties: Affine and projective
homology and the equivalence of simplicial and varieties, dimension, singular points, divisors,
singular homology. Axioms of homology. differentials, Bezout's Theorem.
Homology and fundamental groups. Simplicial Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
approximation. Applications of homology.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. MATH 552 Algebraic Geometry II (3-0)3
Review of sheaves; quasi-coherent and coherent
sheaves, direct and inverse images. Proper
MATH 538 Algebraic Topology II (3-0)3 morphisms, quasi-coherent sheaves on projective
Cohomology groups, universal coefficient theorem, schemes, projective morphisms. Cohomology of
cohomology of spaces. Products in cohomology, sheaves, cohomology of a projective scheme, higher
Knneth formula. Poincare duality. Universal direct images. Geometric applications.
coefficient theorem for homology. Homotopy Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
groups.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
MATH 555 Theory of Functions of a
Complex Variable (3-0)3
Analytic functions. Singular points and zeros. The
MATH 541 Differential Topology (3-0)3
argument principle. Conformal mappings. Riemann
Manifolds and differentiable structures. Tangent
Mapping Theorem. Mittag-Lefler Theorem. Infinite
space. Vector bundles. Immersions, submersions,
products. Canonical products. Analytical
embeddings. Transversality. Sard's Theorem.
continuation. Elementary Riemann surfaces.
Whitney Embedding Theorem. The exponential
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
map and tubular neighborhoods. Manifolds with
boundary. Thom's Tranversality Theorem.
MATH 558 Introduction to Functions of
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
Several Complex Variables
(3-0)3
MATH 543 Low Dimensional Topology
Holomorphic functions, comparison of one and
(3-0)3
several variables, domains of holomorphy,
4-manifolds, surfaces in 4-manifolds, complex
subharmonicity, pseudoconvexity, invariant
surfaces, complex curves and their
metrics, holomorphic maps, Stein and CR-
desingularizations. Elliptic surfaces; classification
manifolds, integral formulas, equation.
of complex surfaces and logarithmic transform.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
Handle decomposition, Heegard splitting and Kirby
diagrams. Linking numbers and framings. Kirby
MATH 566 Positive Operators and Banach
calculus, handle moves and Dehn surgery. Spin
Lattices (3-0)3
structures, plumbings and related constructions.
Vector lattices. Positive operators and extension of
Embedded surfaces and branched covers.
positive operators. Order projections, order
Prerequisites: MATH 537, MATH 538, MATH 505
continuous operators, lattice homomorphisms and
or MATH 541 or Consent of the Department.
orthomorphism on vector lattices. Banach lattices
and Banach lattices with order continuous norm,
170
compactness and weak compactness in Banach recursive quadrature formulas: Archimedes
lattices. Embedding Banach spaces. Banach lattices integration formula. Root finding methods.
of operators. Compact and weakly compact Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
operators on Banach lattices.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. MATH 583 Partial Differential
Equations I (3-0)3
MATH 570 Functional Analysis (3-0)3 Cauchy-Kowalevski Theorem. Linear and
Review of metric spaces, normed linear spaces, dual quasilinear first order equations. Existence and
spaces and Hahn-Banach Theorem, bidual and uniqueness theorems for second order elliptic,
reflexivity, Baires Theorem, dual maps, parabolic and hyperbolic equations. Correctly posed
projections, Hilbert Spaces, the spaces Lp(X, m), problems, Green's functions.
C(X), locally convex vector spaces, duality theory Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
of lcs., projective and inductive topologies.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. MATH 584 Partial Differential
Equations II (3-0)3
MATH 571 Topological Vector Spaces Sobolev spaces: Weak derivatives, approximation
(3-0)3 by smooth functions, extensions, traces, Sobolev
Introduction to topological vector spaces, locally inequalities, the space H-1. Second-order elliptic
convex topological vector spaces. Inductive and equations: Weak solutions, Lax-Milgram Theorem.
projective limits. Frechet spaces. Montel, Schwartz, Energy estimates, Fredholm alternative, regularity,
nuclear spaces. Bases in Frechet spaces and the maximum principles, eigenvalues and
quasi-equivalence property. Kthe sequence spaces. eigenfunctions. Linear evolution equations: Second-
Linear topological invariants. order parabolic equations, (weak solutions,
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. regularity, maximum principle), second-order
hyperbolic equations (weak solutions, regularity,
MATH 580 Applied Functional Analysis propagation of disturbances), hyperbolic systems of
(3-0)3 first-order equations, semigroup theory.
Distributions. Review of Banach and Hilbert spaces. Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
Sobolev spaces, semigroups, some techniques from
nonlinear analysis. MATH 585 Nonlinear Problems of
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. Applied Mathematics (3-0)3
Initial and initial-boundary value problems for the
MATH 581 Numerical Analysis I (3-0)3 first order nonlinear PDEs. Continuous solutions.
Error analysis. Solutions of linear systems: LU Conservation laws and weak solutions. Burgers'
factorization and Gaussian elimination, QR equation. Quasi-linear hyperbolic systems. Riemann
factorization, condition numbers and numerical invariants. Nonlinear waves in gases and
stability, computational cost. Least squares deformable solids. One parameter group
problems: The singular value decomposition (SVD), transformation and similarity solutions of nonlinear
QR algorithm, numerical stability. Eigenvalue problems for PDEs. Nonlinear waves in strings
problems: Jordan canonical form and conditioning, under transverse impact.
Schur factorization, the power method, QR Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
algorithm for eigenvalues. Iterative methods:
Construction of Krylov subspace, the conjugate MATH 586 Introduction to Delay Differential
gradient and GMRES methods for linear systems, Equations (3-0)3
the Arnoldi and Lanczos method for eigenvalue General description of delay differential equations.
problems. Statement of the initial value problem.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. Classification. The method of steps. Existence and
uniqueness theorems. Continuation of solutions.
MATH 582 Numerical Analysis II (3-0)3 Integrable systems. Elements of functional
Interpolation and approximation: Lagrange and differential equations. Linear systems. Stability
Newton interpolation, Hermite interpolation, theory: Direct Lyapunovs method; Razumikhins
trigonometric interpolation and Fourier series. theory. Periodic solutions. Special topics:
Spline interpolation B-splines and recursive Oscillations; impulsive delay differential equations.
algorithms. Numerical differentation and Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
quadrature: Newton-Cotes formulas, Gaussian
integration rules. Extrapolation and Romberg
integration, adaptive quadrature. Hierarchal and
171
MATH 587 Ordinary Differential MATH 592 Graduate Seminar in
Equations I (3-0)3 Mathematics II (0-2)NC
Initial Value Problem: Existence and uniqueness of Presentation involving current research given by
solutions; continuation of solutions; continuous and graduate students and invited speakers.
differential dependence of solutions. Linear Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
systems: Linear homogeneous and
nonhomogeneous systems with constant and MATH 593 Numerical Solutions of
variable coefficients; structure of solutions of Partial Differential Equations
systems with constant and periodic coefficients; (3-0)3
higher order linear differential equations; Sturmian Finite difference method, stability, convergence and
theory, stability: Lyapunov stability and instability. error analysis. Initial and boundary conditions,
Lyapunov functions; Lyapunov's second method; irregular boundaries. Parabolic equations; explicit
quasilinear systems; linearization; stability of an and implicit methods, stability analysis, error
equilibrium and stable manifold for nonautonomous reduction, variable coefficients, derivative boundary
differential equations. conditions, solution of tridiagonal systems. Elliptic
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. equations, iterative methods, rate of convergence.
Hyperbolic equations. The Lax-Wendroff method,
MATH 588 Ordinary Differential variable coefficients, systems of conservation laws,
Equations II (3-0)3 stability. Finite volume method.
Nonlinear periodic systems: limit sets; Poincare- Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
Bendixon Theorem. Linearization near periodic
orbits; method of small parameters in noncritical MATH 594 Theory of Special Functions
case; orbital stability. Bifurcation: Bifurcation of (3-0)3
fixed points; the saddle-node bifurcation; the Appell's symbol and hypergeometric series. The
transcritical bifurcation; the pitchfork bifurcation; gamma function. The beta function. Dirichlet
Hopf bifurcation; branching of periodic solutions averages. Jacobi polynomials. Elliptic integrals.
for nonautonomous systems. Boundary value Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
problems: Linear differential operators; boundary
conditions; existence of solutions of BVPs; adjoint MATH 595 The Boundary Element
problems; eigenvalues and eigenfunctions for linear Method and Application (3-0)3
differential operators; Green's function of a linear Weighted residual methods, the boundary element
differential operator. method for Laplace and Poisson equations. The dual
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. reciprocity method, computer implementation.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department
MATH 589 Impulsive Differential Equations
(3-0)3 MATH 596 Computational Basis of Fluid
General description of impulsive differential Dynamics Equations (3-0)3
equations: Systems with fixed moments of Introduction to fluid behavior. Derivation of
impulses; systems with variable moments of continuity, momentum and energy equations.
impulses; discontinuous dynamical systems. Linear Navier-Stokes equations. Stream function, vorticity.
systems: General properties of solutions; periodic Solutions of creeping, potential, laminar, boundary
solutions; Floquet theory; adjoint systems. Stability: layer, turbulent flows. Solution of Navier-Stokes
Stability criterion based on linearization of systems; equations using finite difference methods in
direct Lyapunov method; B-equivalence; stability of velocity-pressure, stream function-vorticity and
systems with variable time of impulses. Quasilinear stream function forms. Example solutions. Stability,
systems: Bounded solutions; periodic solutions; convergence and error analysis.
quasiperiodic and almost periodic solutions; integral Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
manifolds. Discontinuous dynamical systems and
applications. MATH 598 Fundamentals of Soliton
Theory (3-0)3
MATH 591 Graduate Seminar in Solution of the Korteweg-de Vries equation. Multi-
Mathematics I (0-2)NC soliton solution as Bergmann potentials for Sturm-
Presentation involving current research given by Liouville equation. Topics in one-dimensional
graduate students and invited speakers. scattering theory. Associated Sturm-Liouville
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. equations. Inverse scattering problems. Evolution
equations related to a linear system. A general class
of solvable nonlinear evolution equations.
172
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
MATH 599 Term Project (0-2)NC MATH 688 Finite Element Solutions of
Project carried out under the supervision of a faculty Differential Equations (3-0)3
member in a specific area of mathematics. A written Calculus of variations. Weighted residual methods.
report is expected from students about their work. Theory and derivation of interpolation functions.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. Higher order elements. Assembly procedure,
insertion of boundary conditions. Finite element
MATH 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC formulation of ordinary differential equations, some
Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree applications. Error and convergence analysis. Finite
arranged between student and a faculty member. element formulation of non-linear differential
Students register to this course in all semesters equations. Time dependent problems. Convergence
starting from the beginning of their second semester and error analysis. Solution of the resulting
while the research program or write-up of thesis is algebraic system of equations. Applications on
in progress. steady and time dependent problems in applied
continuum mechanics.
MATH 606 The Theory of Algebras (3-0)3 Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
Generalities on algebras over commutative rings.
Group algebras. Morita duality and quasi-Frobenius MATH 693 Directed Study in
algebras, Frobenius algebras. Polynomial identity Mathematics I (1-0)1
algebras, Artin-Procesi Theorem. Directed study in a selected area of mathematics.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. Term paper is required (The instructor, not to be the
students thesis supervisor writes a brief proposal
MATH 608 Geometric Algebra (3-0)3 for each topic which must be approved by the
Rings with involution, sesquilinear and Hermitian department head).
forms, products of Hermitian forms, Morita Theory Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
for Hermitian modules. Construction of Clifford
algebras, structure of Clifford algebras, the MATH 694 Directed Study in
discriminant and the Arf invariant, the special Mathematics II (1-0)1
orthogonal group and classical examples. Directed study in a selected area of mathematics.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. Term paper is required (The instructor, not to be the
students thesis supervisor writes a brief proposal
MATH 615 Lie Algebras (3-0)3 for each topic which must be approved by the
Basic concepts, semi-simple Lie algebras, root department head).
systems, isomorphism and conjugacy theorems, Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
existence theorem.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. MATH 7XX Special Topics in Mathematics
(3-0)3
MATH 658 Elliptic Boundary Value Courses not listed in catalogue. Contents vary from
Problems (3-0)3 year to year according to interest of students and
Calculus of L2 derivatives, some inequalities. instructor in charge. Typical contents include
Elliptic operators, local existence and regularity of contemporary developments in Algebra, Analysis,
solutions of elliptic systems. Garding's inequality, Geometry, Topology, Applied Mathematics.
global existence and regularity of solutions of
strongly elliptic equations. Coerciveness results of MATH 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
Aroszajn and Smith, eigenvalue problems for M.S students choose and study a topic under the
elliptic equations. guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. advisor.
MATH 677 Numerical Methods in Ordinary MATH 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
Differential Equations Graduate students as a group or a Ph.D. student
(3-0)3 choose and study advanced topics under the
Introduction to numerical methods, Linear multistep guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
methods. Runge-Kutta methods, stiffness and theory supervisor.
of stability. Numerical methods for Hamiltonian
systems, iteration and differential equations.
173
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
PROFESSORS
CEYLAN, Yasin: B.A., Atatrk University; Ph.D., University of Edinburgh.
GRNBERG, David: B.S., M.A., Ph.D., METU.
GRNBERG Teo: B.A., M.A., Ph.D., stanbul University.
NAM, Ahmet (Department Chair): B.S., METU; Ph.D., stanbul University.
SOL, Ayhan: B.S., ITU; M.S., Florida State University; Ph.D., METU.
TURAN, . Halil (Vice Chair): B.S., M.A., Ph.D., METU.
SAYAN, Erdin: B.S., M.A., METU; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
BAE, Samet: B.A., stanbul University; M.S., Ph.D., London School of Economics.
IRAKMAN, Elif: B.A., METU; M.A., University of Warwick; Ph. D., METU.
PARKAN, Bar (Vice Chair): B.A., Bennington College; M.A., University of Wisconsin Milwaukee;
Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin.
REHBERG, Andrea: B.A., North London University; M.A., Essex University; Ph.D., Warwick University.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
DEMRCOLU, Erhan: B.A., stanbul Technical University; M.A., Boazii University; Ph.D., University of
Pittsburgh.
ZAMBAK, Aziz Fevzi: B.A., METU; M.A. METU; Ph.D. Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
KARADEMR, Aret; B.A., Abant zzet Baysal niversity; M.A., METU, M.A/Ph.D: University of South
Florida.
INSTRUCTOR
KOCAYT, Tahir: B.A., Ankara University; M.A. METU.
The BA program in philosophy is intended to acquaint students with some of the classic texts in the
history of philosophy and with the different areas of inquiry, as well as to train students in argumentation
techniques. The aims of the Department are to train: (a) teachers and academics specializing in Philosophy; (b)
professionals and intellectuals with broad interest and an analytical thinking capacity.
A relatively large amount of unrestricted elective time is available so that students can devise
programs suited to individual needs and interests. Our undergraduate program currently allows students to take
about 20 elective courses, some of which may be taken from other departments. Up to one third of the
students coursework may consist of graduate courses in disciplines other than philosophy, subject to the
approval of the departmental graduate advisor.
We not only invite applications for academic research projects in areas which reflect staff research
interest; we also encourage graduate students of other disciplines to do research projects in interdisciplinary
areas incorporating philosophy. The program is also well-suited for students who were not undergraduate
philosophy majors and therefore need additional preparation or credentials before pursuing work at the
doctoral level.
Laboratory for Computational Ontology is the research center of the Department of Philosophy. The
members of Laboratory for Computational Ontology are graduate students in philosophy, with different
specializations, ranging from logic, philosophy of language, philosophy of computation, and philosophy of
mind.
LABORATORIES AND EQUIPMENT: All faculty members and assistants have personal
computers connected to the Internet, giving them on-line access from their offices to the METU library
resources which include various databases and the online version of the Philosophers Index. The staff has also
access to other equipments, such as laser printers, a color-scanner, a photocopier, a slide projector etc., for their
research and teaching activities.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SECOND YEAR
175
THIRD YEAR
PHIL 341 History of 17th and 18th PHIL 342 History of 17th and 18th
Century Philosophy I (3-0)3 Century Philosophy II (3-0)3
PHIL 381 Scientific Method I (3-0)3 PHIL 382 Scientific Method II (3-0)3
Free Elective Free elective
Free Elective Free Elective
Non-Departmental Elective Non-Departmental Elective
FOURTH YEAR
Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
The Logic and Philosophy of Science Minor aims at developing philosophical skills and efficiency in
problem solving of undergraduate students in the Natural Sciences, Mathematics, Computer Science, and
Engineering disciplines by teaching them philosophical and logical techniques of correct reasoning. This
Minor is designed also to contribute, on the one hand, to the broadening of these students' understanding of the
conceptual foundations of science in general and of specific natural sciences in particular and, on the other
hand, to the students understanding of the conceptual foundations of formal disciplines such as Mathematics
and Computer Science.
Required courses
PHIL 103 Introduction to Symbolic Logic (4-0)4
PHIL 203 Modern Logic I (4-0)4
PHIL 381 Scientific Method I (3-0)3
PHIL 382 Scientific Method II (3-0)3
Departmental Elective
Departmental Elective
176
Required Courses
PHIL 145 History of Ancient Philosophy I (3-0)3
PHIL 341 History of 17th and 18th Cent. Philosophy I (3-0)3
PHIL 342 History of 17th and 18th Cent. Philosophy II (3-0)3
Departmental Elective
Departmental Elective
Departmental Elective
The double major program in philosophy aims at developing philosophical skills of successful
students of other departments in order to enhance interdisciplinary studies. Required courses provide students
with basic knowledge of history of philosophy which is essential for any philosophical study, techniques of
correct reasoning, which is indispensable for any discipline, and fundamentals of philosophy of science. In
addition, elective courses in the program allow students to focus on a field that is directly related to their own
major program so that the students' understanding of that field will be broadened. Therefore, the double major
program in philosophy could be recommended to all students with interest in interdisciplinary studies
involving philosophy.
The double major program consists of all the courses of the major program of Philosophy Department.
Compulsory Courses
METU Contact
Course Code Course Name Lab (h/w) ECTS
Credit (h/w)
HIST2201 PRINCIPLES OF KEMAL ATATRK I 0 2 0 1.0
HIST2202 PRINCIPLES OF KEMAL ATATRK II 0 2 0 1.0
PHIL101 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY 3 3 0 5.0
PHIL103 INTRODUCTION TO SYMBOLIC LOGIC 4 4 0 7.0
PHIL108 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY II 3 3 0 5.0
PHIL145 HISTORY OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY I 3 3 0 7.0
PHIL146 HISTORY OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY II 3 3 0 7.0
PHIL201 ETHICS I 4 4 0 7.0
PHIL203 MODERN LOGIC I 4 4 0 8.0
PHIL248 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY 4 4 0 8.0
PHIL282 HISTORY OF SCIENCE 4 4 0 7.0
PHIL341 HISTORY OF 17TH & 18TH CENTURY PHIL. I 3 3 0 7.0
PHIL342 HISTORY OF 17TH& 18TH CENTURY PHIL. II 3 3 0 7.0
PHIL381 SCIENTIFIC METHOD I 3 3 0 7.0
PHIL382 SCIENTIFIC METHOD II 3 3 0 7.0
PHIL405 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 4 4 0 8.0
PHIL441 CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY I 3 3 0 7.0
PHIL442 CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY II 4 4 0 8.0
PHIL491 COMPUTER USE IN PHILOSOPHY I 3 3 0 5.0
ENG101 ENGLISH FOR ACADEMIC PURPOSES I 4 4 0 6.0
ENG102 ENGLISH FOR ACADEMIC PURPOSES II 4 4 0 6.0
ENG211 ACADEMIC ORAL PRESENTATION SKILLS 3 3 0 4.0
INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION
IS100 0 2 0 1.0
TECHNOLOGIES AND APPLICATIONS
177
Any 1 of the following set
TURK101 TURKISH I 0 2 0 1.0
TURK102 TURKISH II 0 2 0 1.0
TURK105 TURKISH I 0 2 0 1.0
TURK106 TURKISH II 0 2 0 1.0
TURK201 ELEMENTARY TURKISH 0 0 0 1.0
TURK202 INTERMEDIATE TURKISH
TURK 303 TURKISH I 0 0 0 1.0
TURK304 TURKISH II 0 0 0 1.0
PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy I science), the distinction between morally good and
(3-0)3 bad (ethics), and, finally beauty in nature and value
An introductory survey of the main problems of of artworks (aesthetics).
philosophy.
PHIL 111 Introduction to Contemporary
PHIL 103 Introduction to Symbolic Logic Civilization I (3-0)3
(4-0)4 A study of the major intellectual contributions to
Sentential and quantificational logic. Symbolization contemporary civilization. A combination of
and tableau method of proof. Modalities. primary and secondary texts will be read. The
emphasis is on the value theory, but there is
PHIL 104 Traditional Logic (4-0)4 substantial discussion of science (e.g., Galileo)
A survey of basic concepts in Aristotelian, Stoic and insofar as it has influenced value theory by
Medieval Islamic Logic. changing how humanity perceives itself.
PHIL 205 Basic Philosophy of Science PHIL 211 Philosophy of Emotions (3-0)3
(4-0)4 This course is an inquiry into the role of emotion in
Scientific concepts, measurement, prediction, a rational life. As an introductory course, it requires
explanation, laws, theories. no pre-knowledge of philosophy. It tries to explore
the role that emotion plays in the acquisition of
PHIL 206 Philosophy of Natural Science beliefs and desires, the relation between them, and
(4-0)4 their transformation into actions and policies. It
Introduction to the philosophical problems of studies also emotions considered as a component of
natural science. life and experience and investigate whether they
may themselves be subject to rational assessment.
PHIL 208 Environmental Ethics (3-0)3 For this purpose it goes to the historical roots of the
Environmental ethics is a crucial as well as a problem of emotions, e.g. what role does it play in
controversial area of applied ethics that approaches our life? What is an emotion? These questions are
normative issues and principles related with human important in the philosophy of mind and ethics.
intervention with the natural environment. It is Philosophers have not always despised the
crucial for the guidance of individuals, corporations, importance of emotions. Hume, for example,
and governments in determining the principles claimed that reason is and ought to be, the slave of
affecting their policies, lifestyles, and actions across passion. Nietzsche, on the other hand, insisted that
the entire range of environmental issues. It is emotion and reason are not really opposite but
controversial for the complexity of environment, complementary to each other. In this course, the
conflict of interest in environment, and human claims of important philosophers are discussed and
centered ethical traditions, concepts and theories
179
moral, aesthetic political implications of their view PHIL 216 Philosophy of Love (3-0)3
of emotion are criticized. The place of love in human life; contemporary
human condition and love; the possible reasons of
PHIL 212 Philosophy and Literature the need to love, philosophical treatment of love;
(3-0)3 epistemological, ontological, ethical, aesthetic as
This course is an introduction to the philosophy of well as psychological, social, political, cultural
literature. The fundamental question discussed in dimensions of love. Readings from the philosophy
this course is how philosophy, ordinary life and as well as classic texts of love.
literature are related. How can we draw boundary
line between philosophy and literature? How are PHIL 235 Introduction to Deductive
literary works structured? With these questions the Logic (3-0)3
course addresses the philosophical question about Logic as a formal science; inference, implication,
the role of art in human life. The continuity of validity and truth; syllogism.
everyday life and the coherence of artistic literature Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
are distinct though closely related. In ancient
Greece, Literature was crucial for philosophy s PHIL 241 Philosophical Texts I (3-0)3
own self definition. Subsequent philosophy of Study of major texts in philosophy.
literature has been denoted to overcoming Platos
condemnatory theory. The vast majorities of PHIL 242 Philosophical Texts II (3-0)3
theories follow Plato in treating literature as a Study of major texts in philosophy.
distinct domain, separate from and subordinate to
philosophy. But since Romanticism, some have PHIL 245 Medieval Philosophy (4-0)4
argued for the essential unity of these two An introductory survey of major problems in
enterprises. The course studies the relation between medieval philosophy.
life, literature and philosophy within historical
context as well as in contemporary culture. PHIL 248 Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy (4-0)4
PHIL 214 Philosophy and Evolution Survey of post-Aristotelian and medieval
(3-0)3 philosophies. Philosophy in the Renaissance;
The Darwinian theory of evolution by natural Humanism; controversy between the Platonists and
selection is one of the greatest scientific the Aristotelians; scepticism, and Reformation.
breakthroughs of the modern era. Although it is a
theory of biology with its revolutionary PHIL 251 Ethical Awareness (3-0)3
consequences in all life sciences it has also had an The course will begin with various arguments
enormous impact on science in general, philosophy, encountered in everyday life and work situations on
religion, and politics the last 150 years. This course ethical or moral issues. After developing some skill
traces the teleological notions of design and purpose in identifying ethical and moral problems and
through 17th century to early 19th century (with a arguments, major competing ethical theories will be
special emphasis on the early 19th century) to applied to these moral problems. In order to fulfill
prepare the intellectual background for the this aim, several concrete and pressing moral
Darwinian theory of evolution and then investigates problems will be chosen from various fields of
the Darwinian response to this background. The applied ethics such as environmental ethics,
recent scientific developments and the related engineering ethics, work ethics. The student will be
philosophical problems are also examined in detail. encouraged to write and think clearly about these
problems, weighing alternative solutions and
PHIL 215 Philosophical Practice (3-0)3 criticizing those which are weak and untenable.
Many of the philosophical schools of antiquity saw
philosophy as the art of living rather than merely PHIL 282 History of Science (4-0)4
teaching abstract theory or the exegesis of texts. Problems of the development of science through
Philosophical practice is an attempt by philosophers history.
to return philosophy to its ancient and practical
roots. The course, therefore, is an inquiry into the PHIL 291 History of Science I (3-0)3
role of philosophy in our daily life. For this purpose A general survey of the development of science
ideas of great philosophers from Pythagoras to from Greeks to Newton.
Postmodernism are discussed and moral, aesthetic
and political implications of their views of PHIL 292 History of Science II (3-0)3
philosophy and practice are studied and criticized. Science in the 20th Century.
180
PHIL 301 Modern Logic II (4-0)4 especially the Theaetetus, the Parmenides, and the
Application of logic to axiomatic set theory. Sophist.
PHIL 302 Systematic Philosophy (4-0)4 PHIL 344 Philosophy of Aristotle (4-0)4
Metaphilosophical analysis of philosophical The course will be concerned with Aristotle's most
problems and solutions. The methods of logical famous and influential work Metaphysics. After a
analysis and logical reconstruction. brief introduction to Aristotle's philosophy and its
place in the history of ancient philosophy, we will
PHIL 304 Ethics II (4-0)4 pay particular attention to Aristotle's conception of
Study of ethical and metaethical theories. "first philosophy" as the most valuable and
comprehensive of all sciences, the so-called
PHIL 306 Readings in Aesthetics (3-0)3 "metaphysics". We will trace how Aristotle explores
This course is about the relations between the science that is devoted to the investigation of
aesthetics, ethics and political philosophy. It covers first causes, of Being as such and of the form of
the following topics: Modern and contemporary knowledge that deserves the title "wisdom". Finally,
issues in aesthetics, the standard of taste in art, we will consider Aristotle's formulation of the
beauty and nature, history and art, intuition and fundamental metaphysical problems: the questions
expression, art and the individual, ethics and concerning the substance, the particular and the
aesthetics, transcendence of aesthetics, aesthetics universal, form and matter, potentiality and
and politics, art and the society. actuality, and finally, the mover and the moved.
PHIL 324 Logic and Philosophy of PHIL 345 Philosophical Texts III (3-0)3
Decision Making (3-0)3 Study of major texts in philosophy.
We frequently find ourselves in situations in which
we need to make a decision. In such situations, we PHIL 346 Philosophical Texts IV (4-0)4
have a set of alternative courses of action that we Study of major texts in philosophy.
can take, but typically some or all of these actions
involve uncertainties as to their consequences. The PHIL 348 Existential Philosophy (3-0)3
problem is which action is the most rational one to Background information on existentialism and
undertake relative to the information available. discussion of its key concepts. Focus on the
Decision theory is the formal, mathematically philosophies of four thinkers in the 19th and 20th
oriented study of conditions of rational decision- centuries; Nietzsche, Heidegger, Sartre and Camus.
making. This course addresses the logical and
philosophical, as well as mathematical, aspects of PHIL 350 Rhetoric and Argumentation
decision-making by rational individuals and groups. in Philosophy (3-0)3
Studies on the relationship between rhetoric and
PHIL 341 History of 17th and 18th logical reasoning.
Century Philosophy I (3-0)3
A study of Continental Philosophy in the 17th and PHIL 351 Applied Ethics (3-0)3
18th centuries with special emphasis on The course will begin with consideration of various
Rationalism; Descartes, Spinoza and Leibniz. arguments encountered in everyday life of ethical or
moral issues: Is the death penalty a morally
PHIL 342 History of 17th and 18th acceptable type of punishment? Is the censorship of
Century Philosophy II (3-0)3 pornography ethically justified? What are our moral
Anglo-Saxon philosophy in the 17th and 18th obligations with respect to the environment and
centuries. Locke, Berkeley and Hume. what is the appropriate moral foundation for those
obligations? After developing some skill in
PHIL 343 Philosophy of Plato (3-0)3 identifying ethical and moral arguments and
The course will be concerned with the selected disagreement on such issues, major ethical theories
dialogues of Plato. After a brief introduction to such as utilitarianism, Kantianism, egoism, etc.,
Plato's conception of Socratic philosophizing (in will be applied to these moral problems. In order to
Apology, Crito, Euthyphro), we will trace the fulfill this aim, several concrete and pressing moral
development of Plato's ethical theory from the problems will be chosen. The student will be
Socratic ethics of the Protagoras to the Platonic encouraged to write and think clearly about these
ethics of the Republic; and Plato's metaphysical problems, weighing alternative solutions and
theory from the Meno and Phaedo to the Republic criticising those which are weak and untenable. The
and Timaeus. Finally, some attention will be given main focus will be to give the student the skill
to his theory of knowledge in the later dialogues,
181
necessary to identify a moral problem and to PHIL 401 Modern Logic III (4-0)4
introduce her to critical thinking over moral issues. Philosophical logic: Modal, epistemic, and deontic
logics.
PHIL 353 Philosophy of Marx (3-0)3
A close philosophical analysis of Karl Marxs PHIL 402 Philosophy of Logic and
writings; Marxs critique of capitalism as a system of Mathematics (3-0)3
exploitation and alienation; the development of The nature of logic and mathematics. Necessary
Marxs ideas in light of his relation to Hegel and the truths and existence in logic and mathematics.
Young Hegelians; Marxs views on human nature, Logicism, intuitionism, and formalism.
communism and the labor theory of value.
PHIL 404 Philosophy of State and
PHIL 373 Islamic Philosophy I (3-0)3 Society (4-0)4
Study of basic topics in the Islamic philosophy. Problems in the philosophy of social science and in
political philosophy.
PHIL 381 Scientific Method I (3-0)3
Observation and experimentation. Induction, PHIL 405 Philosophy of Language (4-0)4
deduction and the hypothetico-deductive method. Ordinary language and formal languages. Syntax,
Scientific hypotheses, laws and theories. semantics, pragmatics. Extension and intension.
Naming and predication. Theory of reference and
PHIL 382 Scientific Method II (3-0)3 theory of meaning.
Continuation of PHIL 301.
PHIL 407 Philosophy of Mind I (3-0)3
PHIL 383 History of Science II (4-0)4 Study of the mind-body problem and the problems
Development of science in Middle Ages. of free will and determinism. Survey of the main
theories of mind and human action.
PHIL 390 Rationality Theories of Science
(3-0)3 PHIL 408 Philosophy of Mind II (3-0)3
Historical and epistemological evaluation of some Continuation of PHIL 407.
rationality theories, e.g., Poppers Falsificationism,
PHIL 410 Philosophical Psychology (3-0)3
Kuhns Scientific Revolutions, Feyerabends
A study of philosophical puzzles raised by
Liberalism, Lakatoss MSRP and Structural Realism
psychological research and theory. Topics include
whether there are innate ideas, whether perception is
PHIL 391 Philosophical Foundations of
inferential, whether mental representations are more
Physics (3-0)3
like sentences or images, and what it is to have a
Developing a historical-cum-methodological
concept.
approach towards philosophical foundations of
physics. PHIL 411 Continental Rationalism (3-0)3
This course examines the philosophies of the three
PHIL 392 History and Methodology of leading thinkers of the 17th century: Descartes,
Geometry (3-0)3 Spinoza and Leibniz. The emphasis is on the central
History of the discovery of non-Euclidean theses associated with rationalism: (i) that at least
geometries; historical and methodological problems some of our concepts are not gained from
of geometrical progress. experience but are innate; and (ii) that reason alone
can provide us with knowledge of the external
PHIL 393 Basic History of Science I (3-0)3 world through "intuition" of self-evident
Special topics in history of science. propositions and through "deduction" from those
propositions. Selections from the most important
PHIL 394 Basic History of Science II (3-0)3 works of these philosophers will be read.
Continuation of PHIL 393. Epistemological, metaphysical, ontological, and
ethical issues of the Continental Rationalism will be
PHIL 395 History of Biology (3-0)3 investigated with reference to these central theses.
Development of biology from the 12th century until Relations between Continental Rationalism and
the 19th century. British Empiricism will be brought into view.
PHIL 397 History of Physics (3-0)3 PHIL 412 British Empiricism (3-0)3
Development of physics from the 13th century until This course concentrates on the philosophies of
the 17th century. three leading thinkers of the 17th and 18th centuries:
182
Locke, Berkeley and Hume. The emphasis is on the of Spirit. After a brief introduction to Hegel's
central thesis of empiricism that "all knowledge is philosophy and its relation to Kantian philosophy,
ultimately based on experience". Selections from we will pay particular attention to Hegel's
the most important works of these philosophers will conception of "phenomenological method". We will
be read. Epistemological, metaphysical, ontological trace how Hegel explores the development of
and ethical issues of British Empiricism will be consciousness from its most ordinary form as
investigated with reference to central thesis. "spirit". Finally, we will bring Hegel's thought into
Relations between Continental Rationalism and dialogue with contemporary continental
British Empiricism will be brought into view. philosophies.
PHIL 414 Philosophical Perspectives PHIL 423 The Philosophy of Morality and
In Anthropology (3-0)3 Beyond (3-0)3
There has been a great deal of speculation recently Kants analysis of the principles underlying
on how the evolution of language may explain the morality leads him to the statement of the
dramatic cognitive changes which occurred during categorical imperative, an idea that has been
the Upper Paleolithic resulting in the emergence of tremendously influential in the history of moral
religion, art, long-distance trade, elaborate burial philosophy, yet also widely misunderstood. In this
rituals, and complex social structures. Philosophy of course we will first of all study the various
language and philosophy of cognition are relevant formulations of the categorical imperative in Kants
to understanding the evolution of language and Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals. But in
hence to understanding these cognitive changes. order to be able to assess the status of Kants moral
The course explores some of these connections. philosophy in the history of philosophy, we will
also look at a number of influential figures who in
PHIL 415 Philosophy of Art (3-0)3 their different ways can be seen to have gone
Platos vision of an ideal polis, his arguments beyond Kant in their understanding of the role,
against art as a valuable contribution to the life of an status and functioning of morality.
ideal society; Nietzsches overcoming of Platonistic
perspectives via an examination into the relative PHIL 424 Moral Philosophy of Kant
value of truth and art for life; Heideggers thinking (3-0)3
about art from the perspective of his ontological Intensive study of Immanuel Kants moral
project, Merleau-Pontys phenomenology of the philosophy by reading and analyzing the texts on
embodied experience of the work of art. this subject. Examination of Kants concepts of
freedom, good will, duty, categorical
PHIL 419 Problems in Contemporary imperative and autonomy in the Groundwork of
Philosophy I (3-0)3 the Metaphysics of Morals. Discussion of the
An introductory course to the main themes in possibility of grounding moral judgments and the
analytic metaphysics such as causation, freedom principles of pure practical reason in Critique of
and determinism, laws of nature, mental states, and Practical Reason.
time.
PHIL 430 Philosophy of Work and
PHIL 421 Philosophy of Kant (4-0)4 Business Ethics (4-0)4
This course will be concerned with Immanuel A philosophical analysis of and exploration into the
Kant's most famous and influential work Critique of workplace. Discussion of some of the main social
Pure Reason. After a brief introduction to Kant's and ethical problems arising in the workplace, such
philosophy and its relation to empiricist and as corporate responsibility, regulation of business,
rationalist philosophies, we will pay particular and employer/employee relations will be preceded
attention to Kant's conception of "critique". We will by a more philosophical grounding in the concept of
trace how Kant explores the possibility of a priori work, social and economic justice, and analysis of
knowledge and of transcendental subjectivity. production.
Finally, we will discuss the problem of the unity of
reason, i.e., the unity of reason in its theoretical and PHIL 441 Contemporary Philosophy I
practical employment. In this respect, we will bring (3-0)3
the first Critique into dialogue with the second The Kantian influence. Positivism, naturalism,
Critique. pragmatism, neo-positivism.
184
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
PHILOSOPHY
185
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES IN M.A. PROGRAM
188
EVENING M.A. PROGRAM IN APPLIED ETHICS
(Without Thesis)
AET 581 Research Methods in Applied AET 586 Ethics and Computer Technology
Ethics (3-0)3 (3-0)3
AET 582 Ethics and Value I: AET 587 Ethics of Discourse (3-0)3
Theoretical (3-0)3 AET 588 Environmental Ethics (3-0)3
AET 583 Ethics and Value II: Applied AET 590 Ethics and Self-Awareness (3-0)3
(3-0)3 AET 591 Media Ethics I: Theoretical (3-0)3
AET 592 Media Ethics II: Applied (3-0)3
AET 584 Ethics of Argument and AET 593 Media Ethics III: Research on
Persuasion (3-0)3 Case Studies (3-0)3
AET 585 Ethics and Decision Making AET 594 Ethics in Organizations I:
(3-0)3 Theoretical (3-0)3
AET 589 Term Project (3-0)3 AET 595 Ethics in Organizations II:
5 electives Applied (3-0)3
AET 596 Ethics in Organizations III:
Research on Case Studies (3-0)3
AET 597 Business Ethics (3-0)3
Core Courses:
192
Ph.D. PROGRAM IN PHILOSOPHY
PHIL 600 Ph.D. Seminar (3-0)3 Application of Modal and Intentional Logics and
the possible world semantics to the main issues of
PHIL 601 Special Issues in philosophy.
Epistemology I (3-0)3
Study of the main issues connected with truth, PHIL 604 Prothesis Seminar NC
belief, knowledge, skepticism, justification,
A seminar to be given by each Ph. D. degree
reliability, coherence.
candidate related to his/her dissertation topic.
PHIL 602 Special Issues in
Epistemology II (3-0)3
PHIL 605 Studies in German Idealism
A continuation of PHIL 601.
(3-0)3
The system of Kantian critiques; the issues of
PHIL 603 Special Issues in Philosophical
freedom, nature and purposiveness. Ficthes
Logic (3-0)3
science of knowledge; the problem of the
193
foundation of knowledge, idealism-realism PHIL 631 Aximotization of Scientific
debate, the issues of self and freedom. Theories (3-0)3
Axiomatization and logical reconstruction of the
PHIL 610 Issues in the History of structure of physical theories.
Turkish-Islamic Philosophy
(3-0)3 PHIL 632 Dynamics of Scientific
Special topics in Turkish and Islamic philosophy Theories (3-0)3
and solutions offered by immanentist Logical analysis of the evolution of physical
philosophers. theories.
PHIL 621 Ontology and Philosophy of PHIL 633 Foundations of Logic I (3-0)3
Mind I (3-0)3
Studies in the foundations of logical theories.
Discussion of some of the major problems in
contemporary philosophy of mind and the related
ontological issues. The topics covered include the PHIL 634 Foundations of Logic II (3-0)3
body-mind problem, the problem of other minds, A continuation of PHIL 633. Prerequisite:
Cartesian dualism, Behaviorism, the Identity Consent of the instructor.
Theory, Functionalism, Eliminative Materialism,
the Supervenience Theories, Qualia, PHIL 635 Studies in Ethics (3-0)3
Intentionality. In depth study of ethical concepts and theories.
PHIL 622 Ontology and Philosophy of PHIL 636 Studies in Political Philosophy
Mind II (3-0)3 (3-0)3
Continuation of the discussion of some of the Study of major problems in political philosophy.
major problems in contemporary philosophy of
mind and the related ontological issues, such as PHIL 637 Studies in the Philosophy of
Turing Test, the Chinese Room Argument, Wittgenstein I (3-0)3
consciousness, modularity of mind, neutral Studies in Wittgenstein's later philosophy.
monism, phenomenalism, Continental approaches
to the problem of mind, computational theory of PHIL 638 Studies in the Philosophy of
mind, personal identity, and free will. Wittgenstein II (3-0)3
A continuation of PHIL 637.
PHIL 623 Discourse Analysis of
Philosophical Texts I (3-0)3 PHIL 640 Logical Foundations of
Logical analysis of discourse, speech acts, Statistical Inference (3-0)3
illocutionary logic, analysis of philosophical The logical interpretation, the frequency
texts. interpretation and the subjective interpretation of
probability calculus. Inductive logic and logical
PHIL 624 Discourse Analysis of structure of statistical inference: a) The Bayesian
Philosophical Texts II (3-0)3 approach and the logic of decision, b) The
A continuation of PHIL 623. likelihood approach and the logic of support.
PHIL 627 Special Issues in Ontology I PHIL 643 Basic Issues in Philosophy
(3-0)3 (3-0)3
Ontological aspects of modal logic and possible Intensive discussion of the basic epistemological
world semantics. and ontological doctrines which have influenced
the development of contemporary philosophy.
PHIL 628 Special Issues in Ontology II
(3-0)3 PHIL 644 Current Problems in
Philosophy (3-0)3
A continuation of PHIL 627.
A continuation of PHIL 643.
PHIL 630 Special Topics in History of PHIL 647 Studies in the History of
Science (3-0)3 Philosophy I (3-0)3
Discussion of a particular topic or the works of a Guided reading of basic texts, chosen from
particular scientist in the history of science. various ages of philosophical inquiry, primarily
194
connected with each student's proposed area of PHIL 699 Ph.D. Dissertation NC
specialization.
PHIL 711 Special Assignments
PHIL 648 Studies in the History of in Philosophy I (0-1)1
Philosophy II (3-0)3 This course is designed as a remedial course for
Continuation of PHIL 647. students who are decided to pass the departmental
Ph. D. Qualifying Examination under the
condition that they complete a paper or other
PHIL 650 Great Philosophers (3-0)3
assignment on a topic to be determined by the
In-depth study of the major work of a great
Qualifying Examination Committee. There will
philosopher.
normally be lectures or examinations in this
course.
PHIL 651 Studies in Metaphilosophy
(3-0)3
PHIL 712 Special Assignments
Investigation of the main problems concerning
in Philosophy I (0-2)1
the end, subject matter and methods of
This course is designed as a remedial course for
philosophy.
students who are decided to pass the departmental
Ph. D. Qualifying Examination under the
PHIL 652 Historiography and condition that they complete a paper or other
Metahistory of Science (3-0)3 assignment on a topic to be determined by the
Examination of the philosophies, methods and Qualifying Examination Committee. There will
sources in the history of science, and their normally be lectures or examinations in this
relations to the current state of scholarship. course.
195
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ALTAN, Hakan: B.S., State University of New York at Stony Brook; Ph.D., New Jersey Institute of
Technology/The State University of New Jersey Rutgers Newark.
AKIR, Serhat: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
DEMRKZ M.Bilge: B.S., M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Oxford.
PEKOLU, Yusuf (Department Chair Advisor): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology.
KKTEN, Hatice: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
KRKOLU, Sekin: B.S., M.S. METU; Ph.D., Syracuse University, NY.
ZDNER, Uur: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
RAFATOV, smail: M.S., B.S., Ph.D., Krgz-Rusya-Slavik University.
TOFFOLI, Hande (Department Chair Advisor): B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University.
TUNCAY, alar: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
TURAN, smail: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
TURGUT, Sadi (Vice Chair): B.S., METU; Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley.
196
YEDERLER, Burak: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
YERL, Sinan Kaan: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Susse
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
BEK, Alpan: B.S., Bilkent University; M.S., Bilkent University; Ph.D., cole Polytechnique Fdrale de
Lausanne.
The B.S. degree in Physics is granted to a candidate who has fulfilled the requirements of the
Undergraduate Physics Curriculum as well as satisfying the general requirements for this degree. Exemption
from these requirements and the choice of elective courses will be subject to the approval of the student's
advisor and to the Department Chair of the Department.
RESEARCH INTERESTS AND FACILITIES: The fields in which advanced studies and research
are carried out include: 1) Physics of Condensed Matter, 2) Atomic and Molecular Physics, 3) Nuclear
Physics, 4) High Energy Physics, 5) Astrophysics, 6) Mathematical Physics, 7) Plasma Physics, and 8)
General Physics.
A. Teaching Laboratories:
These laboratories are equipped to acquaint the students with key experiments and basic experimental
techniques in physics.
B. Research Laboratories:
1. Solid State Physics Laboratory: Production and characterization of semiconducting materials and
devices such as photoconductors, solar cells, and infrared detectors. A clean room with a 130 m2 working area
for Si technology, layer compounds and thin film technology. Ion implantation and its applications.
Semiconductor research on wide range of materials including II and III-VI ternary compounds, silicon and
silicon nanostructure. Experimental work on these materials includes crystal growth of bulk and thin film
materials (thermal, e-beam, magnetron sputtering methods) and the study of basic phenomena by using
techniques such as I-V, C-V, PL, EL, TL, TSC, optical and magnetic properties, photoconductivity,
photoresponse.
3. Solid State Laser Laboratory: Diode lasers, Nd-YAG Lasers, LIBS, Optical Spectroscopy,
photodetectors, optical fibers and materials.
197
4. Thermally and Optically Stimulated Luminescence Laboratory (TOSL) is focused on studies
of interaction of ionizing radiation with solids (mainly insulators) using luminescence techniques. Basic
application areas of these researches include defect characterization, radiation dosimetry (medical, high dose,
environmental and retrospective dosimetry) and also dating of geological and archaeological findings.
Equipments in the lab include: multi-wavelength TR-OSL measurement system, CW-OSL measurement
system, UV-VIS spectrophotometers, PL measurement system, fiber coupled emission
spectrometer/spectroradiometer, monochromators, hardware for low level light detection and also sample
preparation facilities.
5. Solar Energy Research and Development Center (GNAM) was established with the financial
support provided by State Planning Organization. GNAM laboratories located in the Physics Department
buildings have equipments necessary to fabricate wafer based Si solar cells and thin film solar cells.
6. High Energy Physics Simulation and Analysis Laboratory: High Energy Physics (HEP)
Simulation and Analysis Laboratory provides parallel computing environment for Monte Carlo simulation
studies and data analysis. The resources for Grid Computing are also accessible from the laboratory. Our
Experimental High Energy group is collaborating in the Compact Muon Solenoid (CMS) experiment on the
Large Hadron Collider (LHC) at CERN in Switzerland, which is a particle accelerator to collide beams of
protons at center of mass energy of 14 TeV.
7. High Energy Physics Emulsion Scanning Laboratory: Provides research facilities in High
Energy Physics experiments using the nuclear emulsion technique. An automated microscope system which
consists of a computer driven mechanical stage, an optical system, a digital CCD camera and its associated
readouts is used to reconstruct tracks of elementary particles in the nuclear emulsion. This system is developed
in the framework of the OPERA experiment which is proposed as an appearance search for muon neutrino to
tau neutrino oscillations in the parameter region indicated by Super-Kamiokande experiment. Neutrino group
at METU is the member of the OPERA collaboration at Gran Sasso
8. Plasma Physics Laboratory: Plasma diagnostics; gas discharges plasma processing; plasma focus;
Relativistic electron beam and Spherical Tokamak.
10. Molecular Physics Laboratory: Provides research facilities in atomic and molecular physics,
condensed matter physics and nanoscience. Structural, electronic, magnetic, optic, and thermal properties of
materials at various sizes are the subjects of interest. Classical and quantum techniques at various levels of
calculations are available.
11. Terahertz Research Laboratory: The Terahertz (THz) research laboratory focuses on
developing technologies and applications mainly in the far-infrared region of the electromagnetic spectrum.
Spectroscopic and imaging techniques are applied through the use of novel architectures to characterize and
detect a wide array of materials from semiconductors, polymers and crystals to biological and chemical agents.
Research conducted in the lab is based on a wide array of topics which include development of Ultrafast
Lasers: Mode-locked Solid State Lasers, Mode-Locked Er- and Yb-doped Fiber Lasers, Non-linear Optical
Phenomena, Terahertz Time-Domain Spectrometers, Terahertz Imaging, RF and Optical Spectrum Analysis,
High Frequency RF Systems, Laser based Optical Imaging and Surface Metrology.
C. In addition to these laboratories, Physics Department has a machine shop and an electronic
workshop to support the experimental research activities.
198
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF GRADUATE PROGRAMS: The Department of Physics offers
graduate work in a large number of fields, such as age determination and dating techniques, astrophysics,
atmospheric physics, atomic and molecular physics, general physics, general relativity and cosmology, high
energy physics, mathematical physics, nuclear physics, plasma physics, solid state physics. Both the M.S. and
Ph.D. programs aim at providing advanced level training and introducing the recent developments taking place
at the frontiers of physics. The faculty enjoys a rightful reputation for the level of teaching and research
activity at the department. As an institution devoted to basic sciences and well aware of their fundamental
position in the age of "high technology", there is close contact and communication with the international
scientific community. This, however, does not prevent the department from focusing on the eventual need for
practical results and on making critical contributions to national development. There is considerable effort to
promote applied physics programs and with the completion of new laboratories, an important step will be taken
in that direction. The M.S. program is self-contained and provides a strong background for employment in
industry or in science teaching. The Ph.D. program on the other hand, stresses scientific research whose
objective is to meet the worldwide intellectual and economic challenge.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
The requirements for B.S. degree in physics include the must courses and ten elective courses listed below.
Four of these elective courses must be taken from the Concentrations. At least four of the remaining six
elective courses must be taken from other departments.
FIRST YEAR
SECOND YEAR
PHYS 203 Introductory Electronics (3-2)4 PHYS 202 Modern Physics (4-0)4
PHYS 209 Math. Methods in Phys. I (4-0)4 PHYS 210 Mathematical Methods in Phys. II
PHYS 221 Optics and Waves (4-0)4 (4-0)4
MATH 260 Basic Linear Algebra (3-0)3 PHYS 222 Optics and Waves Lab. (1-4)3
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation
Skills (3-0)3
HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
Elective
199
THIRD YEAR
PHYS 311 Classical Mechanics (4-2)5 PHYS 300 Quantum Physics (3-0)3
PHYS 307 Applied Modern Physics PHYS 334 Electromagnetic Theory (4-2)5
Laboratory (1-4)3 TURK 304 Turkish II NC
TURK 303 Turkish I NC ENG 311 Advanced Communication Skills
Elective (3-0)3
Elective Elective
Elective
FOURTH YEAR
PHYS 431 Quantum Mechanics I (4-0)4 PHYS 430 Stat. Thermodynamics (4-0)4
PHYS 400 Special Problems in Elective
Physics (2-2)3 Elective
Elective Elective
Elective
CONCENTRATIONS
In addition to solid background in physics provided by the must courses, the following Concentrations
aim to guide the students to focus in a particular area of physics during their undergraduate study, or prepare
for graduate studies. Each Concentration contains two core courses and a set of courses of different flavors.
Students are required to take four courses from Concentrations; two of these must be the core courses of one
Concentration. Students planning on graduate study in Physics are strongly advised to follow all four restricted
elective courses from the same Concentration as appropriate to their career objectives.
200
PHYS 418 Principle of Measurement & Instrumentation II
PHYS 439 Physics of Semiconductor Devices I
PHYS 440 Physics of Semiconductor Devices II
Core Courses
PHYS 312 Elementary Condensed Matter Physics
PHYS 409 Physics of Condensed Matter I or PHYS 439 Physics of Semiconductor Devices I
The purpose of the Physics Department in offering the "Undergraduate Special Physics Program
(USPP)" is to give special undergraduate physics education to successful and highly motivated physics
students. This program gives students an opportunity to advance and train in a shorter period of time and draws
their attention to be specialized in advanced physics projects with a wide spectrum of elective courses.
Students join the Special Physics Program in the first year by consent of the Special Physics Program
Advisor and Department Chairman, based on their entrance scores. If a students Cumulative Grade Point
Average falls below 2.50, he/she is given a warning for one semester. If the Cumulative Grade Point Average
is still below 2.50 the student has to transfer to the undergraduate curriculum. Students from the undergraduate
curriculum can transfer to the Special Physics Program in the second or third year if the Cumulative Grade
Point Average is above 3.00, by consent of the Special Physics Program Advisor or Department Chairman. In
transferring to or from the Special Physics Program the substitution of courses already taken for the new
program requirements and any further required courses are decided by the Special Physics Program Advisor.
The requirements for B.S. degree in physics (special program) include the must courses listed below
and eight elective courses. Four of these elective courses must be taken from the Concentrations. Two of the
remaining four elective courses must be taken from other departments.
202
FIRST YEAR
PHYS 113 Phys. for Students of Sci. I (4-2)5 PHYS 114 Phys. for Students of Sci. II (4-2)5
PHYS 115 Physics Laboratory I (1-4)3 PHYS 116 Physics Laboratory II (1-4)3
CHEM 101 General Chemistry I (4-2)5 CHEM 102 General Chemistry II (4-2)5
MATH 119 Calculus with Analytic MATH 120 Calculus of Functions
Geometry (4-2)5 of Several Variables (4-2)5
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
(4-0)4 (4-0)4
IS 100 Introduction to Information
Technologies and Applications
NC
SECOND YEAR
PHYS 203 Introduction to Electronics (3-2)4 PHYS 210 Math. Methods in Phys. II (4-0)4
PHYS 209 Math. Methods in Phys. I (4-0)4 PHYS 217 Physics Laboratory III (1-4)3
PHYS 215 Phys. for Studs. of Sci. III (3-2)4 PHYS 300 Quantum Physics (3-0)3
MATH 260 Basic Linear Algebra (3-0)3 ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC Skills (3-0)3
Elective HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II
NC
THIRD YEAR
PHYS 307 Applied Modern Physics (1-4)3 PHYS 308 Experiments in Physics (1-4)3
PHYS 311 Classical Mechanics (4-2)5 PHYS 415 Projects in Physics (0-6)3
PHYS 334 Electromagnetic Theory (4-2)5 PHYS 431 Quantum Mechanics I (4-0)4
PHYS 343 Introductory Computational ENG 311 Adv. Commun. Skills (3-0)3
Methods for Physicists (2-2)3 TURK 304 Turkish II NC
TURK 303 Turkish I NC Elective
Elective
FOURTH YEAR
Physics Department views its own program as a well suiting opportunity for the students from other
departments who are willing to pursue training in a second major program. Physics has become closely
associated one side with technology, on the other side with social sciences which will derive insight from
fundamental developments in physics.
203
The program consists of all courses in the undergraduate curriculum. The equivalency of the courses will be
determined by the Department.
MINOR PROGRAM IN PHYSICS
The aim of the program is to enable the undergraduate students of the other departments to follow the
new developments in fundamental sciences and technology. At the same time, to help the students from other
disciplines who would like to do graduate study in physics by establishing minimum background knowledge in
Physics.
To motivate the undergraduate Electrical and Electronic Engineering and Metallurgical and Materials
Engineering students to do interdisciplinary projects, and research by gaining knowledge and practice in solid
state physics and microelectronics, and at the same time to enable them to follow the new developments in the
fundamentals and technologies of these fields.
PHYS 101 Physics for Nonscientists I rotational work, energy, and momentum;
(3-0)3 mechanical properties of matter.
Physical quantities; vectors and scalars; static PHYS 102 Physics for Nonscientists II
equilibrium; uniformly accelerated motion; (3-0)3
Newton's laws; work and energy; conservation of Static electricity, interaction of charges, electric
energy; linear momentum; impulse; collisions; field, electric potential, electric current and circuits,
angular motion; Newton's law of gravitation;
204
magnetism, Faradays law of induction, resistance, circuits and loop theorems, magnetic
electromagnetic waves, light and optics. field and Ampere's law, Faraday's law of induction,
alternating currents, Maxwell's equations,
electromagnetic oscillations and waves.
209
Prerequisite(s): PHYS 300 and PHYS 210 or Junction effects; minority injection; transport
consent of the department. phenomena; recombination-generation mechanism;
tunneling; a.c equivalent circuit; breakdown of a
PHYS 431 Quantum Mechanics I (4-0)4 junction; light absorption and emission of a
Schrdinger equation in three-dimensions; angular semiconductor.
momentum; the radial equation; the hydrogen atom;
interaction of electrons with electro-magnetic field;
operators, matrices, and spin; the addition of PHYS 443 Computational Physics I (3-2)4
angular momenta; time-independent perturbation Errors; distributions; interpolation techniques; linear
theory. system of equations; numerical quadrature;
Prerequisite(s): PHYS 300 and PHYS 210 or estimation of mean and errors; linear least square
consent of the department. minimization and data fitting; maximum likelihood;
goodness of fit.
PHYS 432 Quantum Mechanics II (4-0)4
The real hydrogen atom; atomic and molecular PHYS 444 Computational Physics II (3-2)4
structure; time dependent perturbation theory; Numerical solution techniques of nonlinear
radiation; radiation; collision theory. equations and ordinary differential equations;
optimization and non-linear least squares;
PHYS 433 Applications of Quantum simulation and random numbers; time series
Mechanics (3-0)3 analysis and Fourier techniques;
Show applications of Quantum Mechanics to optics, method of finite differences; partial differential
solid state, and other areas of physics. The course is equations.
oriented to understanding of the basic physical
principles involved. PHYS 448 Introduction to Stochastic
Processes in Physics (3-0)3
PHYS 434 Mathematical Methods in Fundamental concepts of stochastic processes;
Physics III (3-0)3 special processes in physics; Brownian motion,
Series; calculus of variations; integral transforms: Fokker Planck equation; diffusion; noise.
integral equations; Green's function. Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
210
Prerequisite: PHYS 300 or Consent of the classical motion, world-sheet currents, light-cone
instructor. gauge formulation of particles, fields and strins.
Quantization of the relativistic point particle, open
PHYS 460 Econophysics (3-0)3 and closed strings in the light-cone gauge. Aspects
Financial markets; conventional methods for of covariant quantization.
exchange predictions; the physics of socio- PHYS 486 String Theory II (3-0)3
economic systems; stochastic models; scaling and D-branes and gauge fields, string charge and D-
its breakdown; empirical analysis of the S&P 500 branes charges, T-duality of closed and open strings
index and ISE 100 index; distance between stocks; on D-branes, non-linear and Born-Infeld
ultra metric spaces; methods to grow portfolios in electrodynamics, introduction to superstrings.
stock exchanges.
Prerequisite: Consent of the department. PHYS 491 Geometry and Topology in
Physics I (3-0)3
PHYS 471 Solar Energy I (3-0)3 Vector spaces; algebras; topological spaces;
Measurements and estimations of solar radiation; simplicial homology; homotopy groups;
calculation of solar energy reaching inclined differentiable manifolds; vectors and tensors;
surfaces; fundamentals of heat transfer and calculus of exterior forms; Stokes theorem;
applications to solar energy; low temperature solar conservation laws and de Rham cohomology;
energy conversion; solar heating and cooling; parallel transport; connection and covariant
energy storage; economical aspects; special topics. derivative; geodesics; curvature and torsion.
geometry of space-time.
PHYS 472 Solar Energy II (3-0)3 PHYS 492 Geometry and Topology in
Introduction to physics of materials; material Physics II (3-0)3
science aspects of photothermal solar energy Lie groups on manifolds; Lie algebras; differential
conversion; energy efficient windows; smart forms with values in a Lie algebra; fibre bundles;
windows; transparent insulation; principles of connection in a fibre bundle; curvature form. Gauge
photovoltaic conversion; other non-conventional invariance; Maxwell and Yang-Mills equations;
energy sources. systems with spontaneous symmetry breakdown;
Higgs mechanism; Hopf invariants; magnetic
monopoles; characteristic classes; instantons.
PHYS 481 Theory of Relativity I (3-0)3 Prerequisite: PHYS491 or consent of the
Galilean relativity and absolute motion in space; department.
Axiomatic formulation of special relativity;
Minkowski spacetime; Lorentz transformations and PHYS 493 Special Functions for
physical consequences; Covariant formulations of Physicists (3-0)3
relativistic mechanics, Optics and electrodynamics. Differential equations of physics and the method of
separation of variables; Legendre polynomials;
PHYS 482 Theory of Relativity II (3-0)3 associated Legendre polynomials; Laguerre
General introduction, tensor calculus; The principles polynomials; Hermite polynomials; Bessel
of general relativity; The field equations of general functions; Gauss hypergeometric functions; Sturm-
relativity; General relativity from a variational Liouville theory.
principle; The energy-momentum tensor; The
Schwarzchild solution; Experimental tests of PHYS 495 Group Theory in Physics (3-0)3
general relativity. Basic group theory. Group representations. Discrete
and continuous groups. Orthogonal, unitary groups.
PHYS 485 String Theory I (3-0)3 Lorentz and Poincare groups. Applications to
Review of special relativity and electromagnetism, quantum mechanics, solid state physics, atomic,
relativistic point particle, relativistic strings, nuclear and particle physics.
Nambu-Goto action, string parameterization and
212
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
M.S. in Physics
Ph.D. in Physics
PHYS 501 Statistical Mechanics (3-0)3 PHYS 501 Statistical Mechanics (3-0)3
PHYS 504 Methods of Mathematical
Physics II (3-0)3 PHYS 502 Analytical Mechanics (3-0)3
PHYS 506 Electromagnetic Theory II (3-0)3 PHYS 503 Methods of Mathematical
PHYS 508 Quantum Mechanics II (3-0)3 Physics I (3-0)3
PHYS 691 Advanced Seminar in Physics PHYS 504 Methods of Mathematical
(0-2)NC Physics II (3-0)3
PHYS 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC PHYS 505 Electromagnetic Theory I (3-0)3
4 Elective courses ** PHYS 506 Electromagnetic Theory II (3-0)3
PHYS 507 Quantum Mechanics I (3-0)3
Total minimum credit: 24 PHYS 508 Quantum Mechanics II (3-0)3
Number of courses with credit (min): 8 PHYS 691 Advanced Seminar in Physics
** Two of which are ASTR 5XX for the field of (0-2)NC
Astrophysics PHYS 600 Ph.D.Thesis NC
7 Elective courses *
213
214
GRADUATE COURSES
PHYS 500 M.S. Thesis NC PHYS 555 Nuclear Reactor Theory (3-0)3
PHYS 501 Statistical Mechanics (3-0)3 PHYS 557 Introduction to Nanoscience and
PHYS 502 Analytical Mechanics (3-0)3 Nanotechnology (3-0)3
PHYS 503 Methods of Mathematical PHYS 561 Magnetohydrodynamics (3-0)3
Physics I (3-0)3 PHYS 562 Plasma Physics (3-0)3
PHYS 504 Methods of Mathematical PHYS 563 Solar and Planetary Plasma
Physics II (3-0)3 Physics (3-0)3
PHYS 505 Electromagnetic Theory I (3-0)3 PHYS 564 Fundamentals of Fusion
PHYS 506 Electromagnetic Theory II (3-0)3 Plasma Systems (3-0)3
PHYS 507 Quantum Mechanics I (3-0)3 PHYS 571 Signal Processing and
PHYS 508 Quantum Mechanics II (3-0)3 Instrumentation in Physics I
PHYS 511 Computational Physics (3-0)3 (2-2)3
PHYS 513 Gravitation and Cosmology I PHYS 572 Signal Processing and
(3-0)3 Instrumentation in Physics II
PHYS 514 Gravitation and Cosmology II(3-0)3 (2-2)3
PHYS 515 Group Representations (3-0)3 PHYS 573 Physics of Solar Energy (3-0)3
PHYS 516 Theory of Spinors (3-0)3 PHYS 574 Scientometric Analysis in
PHYS 517 Nonlinear Evolution Physics (3-0)3
Equations and Solitons (3-0)3 PHYS 575 X-and -Ray Spectroscopic
PHYS 518 Simulations of Many-Particle Analysis (3-0)3
Systems (3-0)3 PHYS 576 Ionospheric Physics (3-0)3
PHYS 521 Theoretical Atomic Physics (3-0)3 PHYS 577 X-Ray Diffraction and
PHYS 523 Molecular Physics I (3-0)3 Ultrasonics I (2-2)3
PHYS 524 Molecular Physics II (3-0)3 PHYS 578 X-Ray Diffraction and
PHYS 525 Laser Design (3-0)3 Ultrasonics II (2-2)3
PHYS 527 Optoelectronics (3-0)3 PHYS 582 Physics for Finance (3-0)3
PHYS 531 Solid State Theory I (3-0)3 PHYS 591 Seminar in Physics (0-2)NC
PHYS 532 Solid State Theory II (3-0)3 PHYS 593 Directed Studies in
PHYS 533 Theory of Many-Particle Physics (1-0)1
Systems I (3-0)3 PHYS 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
PHYS 534 Theory of Many-Particle PHYS 691 Advanced Seminar in Physics
Systems II (3-0)3 (0-2)NC
PHYS 535 Fundamentals of Silicon PHYS 693 Advanced Directed Studies
Technology I (3-0)3 in Physics (1-0)1
PHYS 536 Fundamentals of Silicon PHYS 7XX Special Topics in Physics
Technology II (3-0)3 (2-2)3 or (3-0)3
PHYS 537 Magnetic Properties of PHYS 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
Solids I (3-0)3 PHYS 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
PHYS 538 Magnetic Properties of ASTR 501 Advanced Astrophysics (3-0)3
Solids II (3-0)3 ASTR 505 Stellar Atmospheres (3-0)3
PHYS 539 Optical Properties of ASTR 507 Stellar Interiors (3-0)3
Semiconductors (3-0)3 ASTR 508 Stellar Models and Evolution
PHYS 541 Quantum Field Theory I (3-0)3 (3-0)3
PHYS 542 Quantum Field Theory II (3-0)3 ASTR 510 Stellar Envelopes and Interiors
PHYS 543 Advanced Particle Physics (3-0)3 (3-0)3
PHYS 545 Particle Physics I (3-0)3 ASTR 515 Galactic and Intergalactic
Astronomy (3-0)3
PHYS 546 Particle Physics II (3-0)3 ASTR 516 High-Energy Astrophysics (3-0)3
PHYS 547 Techniques of High ASTR 517 Astronomical Instruments
Energy Physics (3-0)3 and Techniques (3-0)3
PHYS 548 Supersymmetry and ASTR 519 Spectroscopic Astrophysics
Supergravity (3-0)3 (3-0)3
PHYS 549 Geometry of Gauge Fields (3-0)3 ASTR 521 Physical Properties of Close
PHYS 551 Nuclear Physics I (3-0)3 Binary Systems (3-0)3
PHYS 552 Nuclear Physics II (3-0)3 ASTR 522 Dynamics of Close Binary
PHYS 553 Neutron Transport Theory (3-0)3 Systems (3-0)3
215
DESCRIPTION OF GRADUATE COURSES
PHYS 500 M.S. Thesis NC particle equations; Dirac equation and central
Program of research leading to M.S. degree potential problems.
arranged between the student and a faculty member.
Students register to this course in all semesters PHYS 511 Computational Physics (3-0)3
starting from the beginning of their second Basic mathematical tools; differential equations and
semester. boundary value problems; special functions; matrix
operations; algebraic methods; Monte Carlo
PHYS 501 Statistical Mechanics (3-0)3 methods.
Elements of the classical and quantum statistics, the
partition function, ideal Fermi gas, ideal Bose gas, PHYS 513 Gravitation and Cosmology I
Ising model and some applications of statistical (3-0)3
mechanics. Spacetime manifold. Causal structure. Lorentzian
metric. Tensors on manifolds. Orthonormal frame
PHYS 502 Analytical Mechanics (3-0)3 bundles. Connection and curvature. Einstein
Lagrange's equation, central force problem, Rigid equations. Variational methods. Noethers theorem.
body problem, small oscillations, Hamilton's Conservation laws. Schwarzchild geometry. Kruskal
equations, canonical transformations, Hamilton- extension. Interior solutions. Formation of black
Jacobi theory, introduction to continuous systems holes. Black hole temperature and entropy. Charged
and fields. rotating black holes. Gravitational waves.
PHYS 546 Particle Physics II (3-0)3 PHYS 553 Neutron Transport Theory
Non-Abelian gauge theories; introduction to (3-0)3
quantum chrodynamics, phenomenology of weak Linear Boltzmann equation and its mathematical
interactions; hadronic weak current and neutral and physical properties; approximate and exact
currents; hidden gauge invariance; spontaneous solutions of the linear Boltzmann equation;
symmetry breakdown; Hooft's gauges; Glashow- variational methods.
Salam-Weinberg gauge theory of electro-weak
interactions; intermediate bosons; Higgs sector;
grand unification; supersymmetry. PHYS 555 Nuclear Reactor Theory (3-0)3
Fundamentals of neutron behaviour in nuclear
PHYS 547 Techniques of High Energy reactors; the fission process; diffusion of neutrons;
Physics (3-0)3 slowing down of neutrons and thermal reactors;
Design philosophy of high energy particle physics reactor control, perturbation theory.
experiments, developments in accelerators and
beam optics, neutrino beams, hybrid detector
systems, scintillation counters, Cherenkov counters, PHYS 557 Introduction to Nanoscience and
wire chambers, drift chambers, emulsion chambers, Nanotechnology (3-0)3
calorimeters, spectrometers. On-line and off-line General features of nanoscience and
analysis techniques. Selected recent experimental nanotechnology; Experimental techniques for
set-ups at CERN, DESY, SLAC and FERMILAB. characterization of nanosystems; Fabrication of
nanosystems; Atomistic simulations of
PHYS 548 Supersymmetry and nanosystems; Methods of quantum calculations for
Supergravity (3-0)3 nanosystems; Types of nanoscale materials and their
Lie superalgebras. Superspace and superfields. properties; Physics of atomic and molecular clusters
Dynamics of spinning point particles. Spinning and nanoparticles; Carbon Nanostructures;
string dynamics. Wess-Zumino model. Applications of nanotechnology.
218
PHYS 561 Magnetohydrodynamics (3-0)3 performance distributions; team-work and
Derivation of fluid and MHD equations; hydrostatic collaboration; basic ideas of citation and citation
equilibrium and hydromagnetic stability; MHD impact; statistical models and techniques in
instabilities; hydrodynamic waves; current topics. quantitative analysis of physics education and
research.
PHYS 562 Plasma Physics (3-0)3
The basic equations and conservation laws; first PHYS 575 X-and -Ray Spectroscopic
order orbit theory; adiabatic invariants; ideal MHD Analysis (3-0)3
model; plasma equilibrium and stability; energy Excitation of photons; interaction of photons with
principle; plasma waves; waves-particle interaction; matter; X-Ray secondary emission (fluorescence)
wave-wave interaction; weak turbulence theory. spectrometry; internal conversion processes; photon
energy and intensity measurements with
PHYS 563 Solar and Planetary Plasma scintillation and semiconductor detectors; precision
Physics (3-0)3 and error, counting statistics; sensitivity and
Kinetic properties of coronal gas; hydrostatic resolution.
properties of coronal atmosphere; extension of the
solar wind into space; interplanetary magnetic PHYS 576 Ionospheric Physics (3-0)3
fields; interplanetary irregularities; propagation of Formation of the ionosphere; photochemical or
energetic solar particles; pulsars. transport processes in the ionosphere; the D, E, F1
and F2 layers; the day-time and night-time
PHYS 564 Fundamentals of Fusion ionosphere; example of irregular behavior and
Plasma Systems (3-0)3 anomalies; geomagnetism and the ionosphere; the
Energy alternative thermonuclear fusion; inertial solar wind and its interaction with the Earth's
and magnetic confinement systems; Tokomak, magnetic field.
stellorators and mirror machines; plasma focus and
pinches; alternative magnetic confinement systems; PHYS 577 X-Ray Diffraction and
Laser fusion systems; concept of fusion reactors; Ultrasonics I (2-2)3
formation and heating of a plasma. Production and properties of x-rays; absorption and
scattering of x-rays; geometry of crystals; theory of
PHYS 571 Signal Processing and x-ray diffraction; structure factors; experimental
Instrumentation in Physics I diffraction methods; space group and structure
(2-2)3 determination; ultrasonic wave propagation in
An experimental course on signal analysis; analysis solids, elasticity in crystals, determination of elastic
of periodic signals; transient signals; correlation; wave velocities and the elastic module
spectral analysis; operational amplifiers; computing
networks; generalization; transfer functions; analog PHYS 578 X-Ray Diffraction and
circuit examples. Ultrasonics II (2-2)3
Various applications of x-ray diffraction methods;
PHYS 572 Signal Processing and determination of unknowns, precise parameter
Instrumentation in Physics II measurements; orientation of single crystals; x-ray
(2-2)3 fluorescence and chemical analysis; x-ray effects
General description of operational devices, due to phase transformations; x-ray scattering due to
departures from ideal and previsions, amorphous and disordered matter; high pressure x-
measurements, linear circuits, non-linear circuits, ray diffraction methods; neutron and electron
constant current and voltage sources, signal diffraction ultrasonic pulse echo methods and sound
generation, filters, signal conditioners, memory, velocity measurements.
measurement circuits.
PHYS 582 Physics for Finance (3-0)3
PHYS 573 Physics of Solar Energy (3-0)3 Financial markets; statistical physics background,
Solar thermal properties, solar materials, alternative stochastic processes; diffusion processes; kinetic
energy sources. model for Brownian motion; Monte Carlo
simulations; quantum mechanics as diffusion
PHYS 574 Scientometric Analysis in processes; Black-Scholes theory; statistical analysis
Physics (3-0)3 of stock prices; numerical approaches; power law
Physics-related quantitative analysis on general and log-periodicity, critically self similarity from
aspects; growth trends in research and researchers; statistical mechanics.
experimental versus theoretical research; research
subfields; indicators of research performance and PHYS 591 Seminar in Physics (0-2)NC
219
Students prepare and present a progress report or star; equation of state for stellar material; nuclear
literature review on their thesis topic. The course is reactions in stellar interiors; polytopic gas spheres;
normally taken by students in their third semester. stability of convection; structure of white dwarfs.
PHYS 593 Directed Studies in Physics ASTR 508 Stellar Models and Evolution
(1-0)1 (3-0)3
M.S. Students prepare an advanced topic in the form Observational approach to stellar evolution; Voght-
of project or seminar in contemporary physics other Russell theorem; some standard stellar models;
than their research fields. survey of stellar evolution; solar evolution; pre-
main sequence, main sequence, phases of stars;
PHYS 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC evolution away from the zero age main sequence
Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree and the Red Giants Region; final stages of stellar
arranged between the student and a faculty member. evolution.
Students register to this course in all semesters
starting from the beginning of their third semester. ASTR 510 Stellar Envelopes and Interiors
(3-0)3
PHYS 691 Advanced Seminar in Physics Emphasis will be on preparation of computer
(0-2)NC programs for study of stellar atmospheres in
Ph.D. Students study and present a topic under the radiative and convective equilibrium. Students will
guidance of a faculty member. be guided in methods of stellar model construction.
PHYS 693 Advanced Directed Studies in ASTR 515 Galactic and Intergalactic
Physics (1-0)1 Astronomy (3-0)3
Ph.D. Students prepare an advanced topic in the Interstellar space; galactic structure; rotation of the
form of project or seminar in contemporary physics Galaxy; neutral hydrogen distribution; magnetic
other than their research fields. field in the galaxy; intergalactic space; clustering of
galaxies; structure of the observable universe.
PHYS 7XX Special Topics in Physics
(2-2)3 or (3-0)3 ASTR 516 High-Energy Astrophysics (3-0)3
Courses not listed in the catalogue. Contents vary Cosmic ray data; detection of relativistic particles;
from year to year according to interest of students supernovae, pulsars, quasars, and X-ray sources;
and instructor in charge. particle and photon interaction of astrophysical
significance.
PHYS 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
M.S. Students choose and study a topic under the ASTR 517 Astronomical Instruments and
guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her Techniques (3-0)3
advisor. Discussion of observational techniques in
astronomy and astrophysics; review of modern
PHYS 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC instruments and interpretation of related data.
Graduate students as a group or a Ph.D. student
choose and study advanced topics under the ASTR 519 Spectroscopic Astrophysics (3-0)3
guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her Discussion of techniques for gathering and
advisor. interpreting spectroscopic data in astrophysics.
ASTR 501 Advanced Astrophysics (3-0)3 ASTR 521 Physical Properties of Close
Basic astronomy and astrophysics are discussed Binary Systems (3-0)3
from an advanced viewpoint. Observational properties of close binary systems;
the light, radial velocity and period changes of close
ASTR 505 Stellar Atmospheres (3-0)3 binary systems; the circumstellar matter; the mass
Radiative equilibrium and the energy transfer transfer and mass loss in close binaries; origin and
equation; solution of the equation of transfer; the evolution of close binaries.
opacity of stellar material; model stellar ASTR 522 Dynamics of Close Binary
atmospheres; the theory of line formation; Systems (3-0)3
application of line contour theory; curves of growth. Figures of equilibrium; the Roch model; the
orectical light; radial velocity and period changes in
ASTR 507 Stellar Interiors (3-0)3 close binaries; determination of the elements of
The viral theorem and some consequences; eclipsing binary systems.
equilibrium of a star; energy transfer mechanisms in
220
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
PROFESSORS
AYVAIK, H. Belgin (Assistant to the President): B.S., Hacettepe University; M.S., University of
Michigan;Ph.D., University of Mississippi.
BLG, Reyhan: B.S., Hacettepe University; M.A. University of New York; Ph.D., Illinois Institute of
Technology.
FIILOLU, Hrol: B.S., METU; M.S., BoaziiUniversity; Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo.
GENZ, Faruk: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Hacettepe University.
GENZ, Tlin (Department Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Hacettepe University.
MAMOLU, E. Olcay (Emeritus): B.S., METU; M.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Strathclyde.
KARANCI , A. Nuray: B.S., METU; M.S., University of Liverpool; Ph.D., University of Hull.
NER ZKAN, Bengi: B.S., METU; M.A., London School of Economics; Ph.D., University College
London.
SAKALLI UURLU, Nuray: B.S., Ankara University; M.A., Ph.D., Kansas University.
SMER, H. Canan: B.S., METU; M.S., METU; M.A., University of New Haven; Ph.D., Kansas State
University.
SMER, Nebi: B.S., METU; M.A.,Hacettepe University; Ph.D., Kansas State University.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
BOZO RKN, zlem (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D.,University of North Texas.
KAZAK BERUMENT, Sibel (Vice Chair): B.S., Hacettepe University; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Warwick.
LAJUNEN, Timo: M.A., Ph.D.,University of Helsinki.
ZKAN, Trker (Assistant to the Department Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Helsinki.
CANEL INARBA, Deniz : B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Ball State University.
UYSAL, Ahmet: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Houston.
MISIRLISOY, Mine: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Florida State University.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
INSTRUCTOR
GENERAL INFORMATION: The Department of Psychology has three main functions: (a) to
offer undergraduate and graduate programs in psychology; (b) to carry out research in psychology; (c) to offer
courses to students of other departments to broaden their understanding of psychological phenomena.
The department offers a minors program in psychology in addition to programs that lead to the
degrees of B.S. in Psychology, M.S. in Clinical Psychology, Social Psychology, Developmental Psychology,
Industrial/Organizational Psychology, Traffic& Transportation Psychology, and Family Psychology; and Ph.D.
in Clinical Psychology, Social Psychology, Developmental Psychology and Industrial and Organizational
Psychology. The undergraduate program is designed to acquaint students with a broad knowledge and basic
skills in the main fields of psychology. For graduation, in addition to the required courses, the students need to
take a minimum of 16 elective courses. Nine of these electives must be departmental, 3 of them non-
departmental, 1 free and one of each from Sociology, Economics and Philosophy departments.
221
The graduate program is designed to provide students with advanced theoretical, empirical and
methodological knowledge in specific fields of psychology and to give them opportunities to apply this
knowledge into their specialization areas. Students equipped with the advanced knowledge and skills of their
fields of specialization would be expected to either proceed for an academic career or to work in the field as
practitioners or researchers.
Some of our students continue to work towards a Ph.D. with the goal of becoming an academician
and/or scientist practitioner. A number of them work in hospitals, counseling centers (e.g., health centers of
universities), nursery schools and higher level schools, driver assessment centers, research institutions, or
assume administrative and research positions at certain ministries (e.g., mental health section of the Ministry of
Health, Ministry of Justice, Ministry of Family and Social Policy) and in media. They can also work at various
advertisement firms, and other public and private organizations to develop assessment techniques for selection,
placement and to coordinate human relationships, public relations, and human resources. Naturally, the level
at which they will be employed and the nature of their responsibilities will tend to vary depending on their
post-graduate qualifications and the requirements of the related institutions.
Developmental Psychology: The role of cognitive factors and genetics in the causation of autism; diagnostic
measures of autism; parenting behaviors; children at risk for developmental problems; institutional care;
interventions with infants and children; autobiographical memory; memory development; mother-child
conversations language development and assessment; interpersonal relationships across the life span.
Health Psychology: Biopsychosocial factors associated with health and wellness; behavioral changes that
facilitate the acquisition and maintenance of health; primary and secondary prevention; the role of
psychosocial factors such as stress in the development of illness; behavioral factors in chronic illnesses such as
cardiovascular disease and cancer.
Industrial & Organizational Psychology: The I part of the I/O psychology: job analysis, job redesign,
recruitment and selection-testing, performance evaluation and training and evaluating the training programs; O
part: Work motivation, attitudes and values at work, including job satisfaction, organizational commitment,
work involvement and engagement, culture and climate, leadership, personality, abilities, and career
development, stress and health at work, safety issues. Additionally, quantitative aspects of Industrial
Organizational psychology.
Social Psychology: Interpersonal relationships; marriage and family; friendship; adult attachment;
developmental social cognition; groups; psychology of gender; social representations; values, attitudes and
beliefs; social psychology of the elderly; assessment of home environments; person-environment transactions;
psychology of self, motivation.
Traffic and Transportation Psychology: The behavior of road users and the psychological processes
underlying that behavior (e.g., perceptual, attentional, cognitive, social, motivational, and emotional
determinants of mobility and traffic behavior), behavioral and social-psychological attitude-behavior models
222
in traffic psychology, the relation between behavior and accidents, mobility issues, individual and social
factors in the movement of people and goods, cross cultural differences in driving and risk of accident
involvement.
There are a number of research laboratories and facilities in the Department. One of these consists of
a room with one-way mirrors for conducting experiments and observations in various fields of psychology.
Specific equipment available including a video recorder with a T.V set and a video camera, slide projectors,
some well-known intelligence test kits and personality assessment equipment. Another recently established
laboratory is equipped with latest software to carry out cognitive tasks. For clinical applications, AYNA
Clinical Psychology Support Unit offers psychotherapy services and psychological assessment for those who
require psychological help. In this unit, graduate Clinical Psychology students follow patients under
supervision. In addition, various facilities of other institutions, such as hospitals can be utilized upon
permission. There is also a traffic safety and driver behavior laboratory in the department. The objective of this
laboratory is to conduct research on traffic and transportation safety and risky driving behavior.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SECOND YEAR
Third Semester
PSY 217 Statistics for Psychology II Fourth Semester
(3-2)4 PSY 214 Research Methods in Psychology II
PSY 221 Developmental Psychology I (3-2)4
(4-0)4 PSY 222 DevelopmentalPsychology II
PSY 251 Social Psychology I (3-0)3 (4-0)4
PSY 252 Social Psychology II (3-0)3
PSY 281 Experimental Psychology I: PSY 284 Experimental Psychology II:
Learning (3-0)3 Cognition (3-0)3
ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation Skills PSY 200 Ethics in Research and (2-0)2
(3-0)3 Practice of Psychology
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC ECON XXX Non-departmental Elective (from
ECON)
HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
223
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
Minor Program in Psychology is designed to provide a broad introduction to the fundamental concepts of the
main areas of psychology. Students are expected to take a total of 6 courses, comprised of one must course and
5 elective courses. Different areas of interest of individual students can be accommodated by the choice of
elective courses.
Must Course:
PSY 100 General Psychology
Electives:
Three departmental electives, one of each sub-area listed below and two free electives.
Social/Developmental/Industrial/Organizational Psychology
PSY 150 Understanding Social Behavior
PSY 221 Developmental Psychology I
PSY 222 Developmental Psychology II
PSY 335 Industrial Psychology
PSY 336 Organizational Psychology
PSY 355 Consumer Behavior
PSY 454 Social Psychological View of Media
PSY 455 Psychology of Self and Attachment
PSY 456 Applied Social Psychology
or other courses approved by the Department
Personality/Clinical Psychology
224
PSY 240 Coping with Stress
PSY 340 Theories of Personality
PSY 371 Emotion
PSY 342 Psychopathology
PSY 442 Clinical Psychology
PSY 445 Psychology of Disasters
PSY 449 Health Psychology
or other courses approved by the Department
PSY 100 General Psychology (3-0)3 content will include basic principles of good
This course aims to provide a general overview of experimentation, between-group and within-group
theoretical and empirical areas of literature in experiments, how to deal with the problems
psychology for non-psychology students. Students associated with these kinds of experiments, design
are exposed to major areas of psychology such as and interpretation of factorial experiments. During
physiological psychology, developmental the course of the semester, students will be required
psychology, learning, memory and perception, to create a simple experiment of their own, collect
personality and social psychology, and data, and report the result in a computer generated
psychopathology. Individual instructors may tailor report in the appropriate format.
the course in accordance with the needs of the Prerequisite: PSY 113
students taking the course.
(Elective for non-departmental students). PSY 116 Statistics for Psychology I (3-2)4
This course will introduce the basics of descriptive
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology I statistics and the principles of hypothesis testing.
(3-0)3 Methods of summarizing data, principles of
An introduction to general theories and methods of probability, and basic assumptions and methods of
psychology; basic concepts and research findings in hypothesis testing will be discussed as they relate to
major areas of psychology, such as perception, psychological research. The course will include
learning, cognition and emotion. weekly problem sessions (2 hours a week) to
reinforce the learning of the principles by
PSY 102 Introduction to Psychology II application.
(3-0)3
A continuation of PSY 101. Basic concepts and
PSY 150 Understanding Social Behavior
research findings in the areas of developmental
(3-0)3
psychology, personality, individual differences,
This course is designed for non-psychology students
abnormal behavior, psychotherapy and social
and aims to familiarize them with principles and
psychology.
processes involved in social conduct. Topics to be
covered may include social perception and
PSY 113 Research Methods in Psychology
cognition, attitudes, interpersonal attraction, social
I
influence, helping, human aggression and groups.
(3-2)4
This course is intended, first, to introduce the basic
PSY 200 Ethics in Research and Practice
concepts of psychological research, such as the
of Psychology (2-0)2
relationship between theory and research,
formulating and testing hypotheses, ethics in
An introduction to ethical issues inherent in the
research, presentation of results, and second, to
conduct of psychological research and practice.
explain the nature of and problems associated with
Topics on ethical issues and dilemmas relevant in
observational research in psychology. In addition to
different fields of studies, including therapy, clinical
three lecture hours a week, two hours will be
and organizational assessment, training, consulting,
devoted to the discussion, exemplification, and
and forensic issues.
application of the basic principles of sound
psychological research.
PSY 217 Statistics for Psychology II
PSY 214 Research Methods in
(3-2)4
Psychology II (3-2)4
This course is intended to introduce the methods of
This course aims to familiarize students with the use
statistical hypothesis testing that are used frequently
of experimental methods in psychology. The
225
in more complex research designs in psychology. Introduction to the field and methods of social
The main part of the course will cover the use of psychology; historical perspective, review of
Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) in analyzing theoretical and empirical work related to areas such
psychological data. In addition, the use of non- as social perception, cognition, attitude formation,
parametric tests and the issue of statistical power change and measurement.
will be discussed.
Prerequisite: PSY 116 PSY 252 Social Psychology II (3-0)3
Review of theoretical and empirical work in the
PSY 221 Developmental Psychology I areas of interpersonal attraction, group processes
(4-0)4 including norms, conformity, negotiation,
An integrated account of the various approaches to cooperation, conflict, leadership, productivity and
human development emphasizing the relevant socialization processes such as sex-role learning and
research findings in this area with special reference pro and antisocial behavior.
to psycho-motor, mental, emotional and social
development from birth through adolescence. PSY 272 Human Nervous System (3-0)3
Discussion of basic issues in developmental Basic anatomy and physiology of the central and
psychology. peripheral nervous system. Study of reflex
mechanisms, sensory and perceptual processes,
PSY 222 Developmental Psychology II sensorimotor integration, homeostasis and
(4-0)4 endocrine system, as they relate to development and
Review of theory and research on psychological pathology of behavior.
problems associated with different periods of life.
Adolescence, early and late adulthood, family, PSY 281 Experimental Psychology I:
parenthood, work environment and retirement. Old Learning (3-0)3
age, abilities and psychological development of the A course designed to acquaint the students with the
elderly. experimental literature of the psychology of
learning. Areas of major emphasis are principles of
PSY 240 Coping with Stress (3-0)3 classical and instrumental conditioning,
The course aims at introducing basic theories and reinforcement and its patterns, extinction, relation of
empirical evidence about human stress response. learning to motivation, generalization and
Focusing on transaction between mind and body discrimination. A selective treatment of major
and between persons and environments, the course learning theories in various contexts is distributed
intends to examine how physiological, throughout the course material.
psychological, social and cultural factors come
together to influence what people perceive as PSY 282 ExperimentalPsychology II:
stressful and how they cope with it. The course also Perception (4-0)4
involves practical applications of various emotion A survey course that concentrates on the central
and problem focused coping skills. phenomena of perception with an attempt to clarify
Prerequisite: PSY 100 or PSY 101 the theoretical problems to which these phenomena
give rise. Topics to be covered include perception of
PSY 242 Portrayal of Mental Illness size, the third dimension, direction, movement,
In Movies (3-0)3 form, neutral color and illusions. A brief discussion
Mental illness, mental health professionals, of sensory processes is also included.
psychological treatments, and mental health
institutions are frequently portrayed in popular PSY 284 Experimental Psychology II:
movie films with either high or low level of realism. Cognition (3-0)3
Realistic movie films are useful to review basics of A survey course built upon the experimental
clinical profession whereas unrealistic popular films cognitive approach to human information
are beneficial to improve critical thinking about processing. Topics to be covered include sensory
how culture views mental illness. The course memory, attention, pattern recognition, short-term
intends to give the students a realistic perspective storage and processing, non-acoustic coding and
about mental health issues, and to improve students forgetting in short-term memory.
critical thinking abilities about movie films that
portray mental illness and mental health
professionals. PSY 300 Summer Practice NC
This course is designed to give students a first hand
PSY 251 Social Psychology I (3-0)3 experience in the application of psychology in real
life setting. Students will have the opportunity to
226
make observations and applications related to to development of social cognition will be reviewed,
psychology in various institutions. They are including the findings on the development of
expected to develop an understanding of practical prosocial behaviors and social problem solving
issues relevant for the applications of their skills. International research on moral development
theoretical knowledge. The course also aims to give will also be discussed.
students an appreciation of ethnical guidelines for
the professional conduct of psychology.
PSY 331 Testing and Measurement in
PSY 301 Background in Psychology Psychology (3-2)4
(3-0)3 Students will be exposed to the basic principles of
This course is designed for non-psychology majors measurement in psychology; norm development
to familiarize them with basic concepts and theories validity, reliability, and related statistics. Special
in psychology. The course will center around issues emphasis will be given to test development and use
in learning, memory, motivation, emotions, human of tests. Nature of abilities, intelligence and issues
development, personality, social and environmental in intelligence testing are among the other topics
psychology. covered in this course.
PSY 312 Experimental Design and PSY 335 Industrial and Organizational
Analysis (3-2)4 Psychology (3-2)4
A detailed study of experimentation and related This course provides a general overview of
issues in psychology. General principles of good industrial psychology. Topics, such as methods
experimental design, advantages and problems used in the science and practice of industrial
associated with different experimental designs, psychology, job analysis, criterion development,
statistical principles of hypothesis testing, personnel selection, placement and training, and
application of inferential statistics. performance appraisal, work motivation,
satisfaction, leadership are covered with the purpose
PSY 320 Topics in Developmental of providing a foundation in both theoretical and
Psychology (3-0)3 applied areas of the field.
In-depth study of selected topics in developmental
PSY 336 Organizational Psychology
psychology. Topics may include social
(2-2)3
development, language development, cognitive
The course covers how organizations affect human
development or other possible fields of interest.
behavior at work; motivation to work;
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
communication in the organizations; leadership and
related issues; satisfaction with work and other
PSY 321 Cognitive Development (3-0)3 topics related to interaction of work and human
Review of basic cognitive mechanisms, behavior. The lectures will be geared toward
characteristics of the information processing system problems that may be encountered at work by an
and especially its development with particular employee or an employer without overburdening the
emphasis upon knowledge structures and mental students with the heavy theoretical content.
strategies. The course will provide a general
introduction to current research and theories on PSY 340 Theories of Personality (4-0)4
symbolic capacity and the processes of its A survey of different theories and approaches to the
development. study of personality. Comparison, critique and
evaluation of different theories.
PSY 322 Social Development (3-0)3 PSY 341 Psychology of Adjustment (3-0)3
Mechanisms of socialization, impact of parental The purpose of this course is to give an overview of
attitudes, peer relations and school on social, theoretical perspectives on stress and coping. The
emotional, personality development. Issues related course will provide a perspective on stress and
227
coping. The course will provide a review of auditory and speech perception abilities of the
literature on factors related to adjustment to major elderly individuals will be discussed.
life events such as marriage, divorce, handicap and
chronic illness and main coping strategies utilized PSY 350-353 Topics in Social
throughout the adjustment process. Psychology * (3-0)3
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. See course description at the end.
PSY 342 Psychopathology (4-0)4 PSY 352 Environment and Behavior
Historical review of the field; concepts of normal (3-0)3
and abnormal behavior; theoretical approaches to The interface between the physical and social
abnormal behavior; examination of the types of environment and individual behavior is examined
adulthood psycho pathology as proposed in the from an interdisciplinary perspective. The
latest classification system. ecological assumptions of contemporary
psychological theories are discussed, along with
PSY 343 Topics in Clinical Psychology* such concepts as the behavior setting unit,
(3-0)3 territoriality, personal space and levels of analysis.
See course description at the end. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
PSY 345 Speech And Language PSY 354 Introduction to Traffic
Pathology (2-2)3 Psychology (3-0)3
The purpose of this course is to familiarize students The aim of the course is to give students an
with speech and language problems among children overview of the main theories, methods and
and adults. The course intends to provide a basic empirical findings of traffic psychology. The main
understanding about speech mechanisms and emphasis in the course is on traffic safety and
diagnostic principles and procedures. means of improving driver behavior. Since traffic
safety is a product of many societal, psychological
PSY 346 Clinical Interview Skills (3-0)3
and environmental factors, the course will focus on
Provide general overview of content and nature of a
these different aspects. In addition to classroom
clinical interview. Identify and demonstrate the
teaching, field exercises and demonstrations will
skills of a clinical interview.
also be used.
PSY 347 Counseling the
PSY 355 The Social Psychology of
Communicatively
Consumer Behavior (3-0)3
Disordered (2-2)3
This course provides a clear understanding of how
The role and process of counseling in relation to
social psychologicalconcepts and theories can be
speech-language and hearing disorders will be
used to explain consumer behavior. Emphasisis
discussed. Interrelationships between speech
given to understanding the psychological and social
hearing therapy and counseling; and types of
psychologicalbasis of consumer behavior. The
counseling approaches will also be considered.
course briefly begins with anintroduction to the
segmentation and targeting of consumers. Then,
PSY 348 Emotion (3-0)3
itfocuses on the psychological and social
The course aims at introducing complementary
psychological core issues (motivation, perception,
nature of theoretical and empirical approaches to
learning, attitude, attitude change,personality, self,
emotions. Philosophical, cultural, evolutionary,
group influence, and communication) and decision
developmental, neurological and clinical issues on
making processes that form the basis of consumer
emotion research will be elaborated to orient the
behavior. Finally, thecourse covers the consumer
students to initiate a complete research project on
behavior of specific reference groups, suchas
affective states.
classes, cultures, subcultures, and cross-cultural
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
groups.
PSY 349 Aging and Communication
Disorders (3-0)3 PSY 357 Culture and Relationship (3-0)3
Study of the psychological, sensory, and emotional This course aims to acquaint students with theories
changes that are part of the normal aging process as and research related to universals and cultural
they relate to the impaired speech-language and variations in personal relations. An important
hearing abilities of the aging population. objective is to view the predominantly western
Implications and consequences of decrease in research from a critical perspective. An attempt at
including nonwestern research is made. Various
228
types of personal relationships such as parent-child memory, structure and formation of concepts,
relations during infancy, childhood, adolescence problem solving and reasoning.
and later adulthood, same-sex and different-sex Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
friendships, sibling relationships, romantic and
marital relations, family, relationships with kin and PSY 384 Speech Perception (3-0)3
social networks and relationships in the workplace The aim of this course is to teach the acoustics of
will be covered. speech and its perception. Basic concepts are
explained. Then these concepts are applied to the
PSY 358 Social Identity, Majority- description of speech sounds, and acoustic research
Minority Relations and on the perception of speech sounds and their
Acculturation (3-0)3 meanings are presented.
The aim of the course is to furnish an introduction
to the theories and methods related to the PSY 385 Introduction to Cognitive
investigation of majority-minority relations. The Science (3-0)3
course will start with explication of Social Identity The course is intended to provide an introduction to
Theory and its derivatives and examine theoretical the multidisciplinary study of the human mind for
views on minority-majority relations. Theoretical diverse groups of students. Students will be exposed
approaches and research related to measuring and to the basics of how cognitive psychology, artificial
changing stereotypes and discussion of research on intelligence, linguistics, neuroscience, and
majority-minority relations in the laboratory and in philosophy approach mental phenomena. The final
real life will follow. Various ways in which portion of the course will present integrated
minorities and majorities make adjustments within a approaches to some core topics of cognitive science
multicultural social context will also be covered. such as language and vision.
PSY 360-362 Topics in Clinical Psychology PSY 386 Auditory Perception (3-0)3
(3-0)3 Review of current knowledge and theories in
Selected topics in Clinical Psychology concerning auditory perception. Topics will include physics of
personality theories, psychopathology, sound and the physiology of the human auditory
psychological assessment, or psychotherapy will be system; loudness, adaptation of loudness and
discussed comprehensively. The aim of the course is fatigue; frequency analysis, masking and the critical
to improve the students knowledge and skills on band concept; pitch perception; auditory pattern and
these selected topics. space perception and the perception of speech.
PSY 372 Motivation and Emotion (3-0)3 PSY 390-399 Workshop (2-2)3
Conceptual and experimental approaches to the The major aim is to involve the students in a typical
study of motivation and emotion. Instincts, drives, research activity in their field of interest including
purposive behavior, social and ego integrative designing of research, data collection, analysis of
motives. Nature of emotion; emotion and motivated the results, and writing up a research report.
behavior. Physiological variables in motivation and Areas in which workshops will be offered will be
emotion. Motivational conflict and its resolution. announced, together with the course codes, each
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. semester.
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
PROGRAMS OFFERED
At the Masters level M.S. degree (Thesis-program) in Psychology is offered in 4 different areas. These are
Clinical Psychology, Social Psychology, Developmental Psychology, Traffic and Transportation Psychology,
and Industrial and Organizational Psychology options. Non-thesis programs namely, Industrial and
Organizational Psychology and Family Psychology are also available. At the Doctorate level, Ph.D. in
Psychology is available in three areas; these are Clinical Psychology, Social Psychology, Developmental
Psychology and Work (Industrial) and Organizational Psychology options.
Elective Courses
Students are required to take seven elective courses from the list of courses offered or approved by the
Department.
PSY 523 Childhood Psychopathology (3-0)3 PSY 547 Processes and Disorders of
PSY 524 Psychology of Aging (3-0)3 Human Communication (3-0)3
PSY 527 Mental Handicap (3-0)3 PSY 548 Topics in Psychotherapy (3-0)3
PSY 530 Assessment of Intellectual PSY 549 Cultural factors in
Functioning (2-2)3 Psychopathology (3-0)3
PSY 531 Clinical Assessment (3-0)3 PSY 561 Cultural Issues in (3-0)3
PSY 532 Application in Clinical Psychotherapy
Assessment (3-0)3 PSY 565 Ethical Issues in Clinical
PSY 540 Dynamic Psychotherapy (3-0)3 Psychology (3-0)3
PSY 541 Issues in Clinical Psychology (3-0)3 PSY 567 Psychological and Social Aspects
PSY 542 Adult Psychopathology (3-0)3 of Disasters (3-0)3
PSY 543 Cognitive-Behavioral PSY 590 Behavioral Interventions in
Therapies I (3-0)3 Health (3-0)3
PSY 544 Cognitive-Behavioral
Therapies II (3-0)3 Other electives approved by the department.
PSY 545 Topics in Psychopathology (3-0)3
PSY 546 Techniques of Psychotherapy(3-0)3
Option II. Social Psychology
Required Courses
PSY 500 Advanced Statistics for PSY 800-899 Special Studies NC
Psychology I (3-2)4 Or
PSY 503 Prothesis Seminar in Social PSY 900-999 Special Topics NC
Psychology NC
Elective Courses
Students are required to take seven elective courses from the list of courses offered or approved by the
Department. At least one free elective must be taken from the other areas in Psychology.
233
PSY 599 Master's Thesis NC Sub-Area 2 (Attitudes, Social Influence & Groups)
PSY 552 Groups (3-0)3
Sub-Area 1 (General & Social Cognition) PSY 651 Attitudes and Attitude
PSY 553 Historical Overview of Change (3-0)3
Advances PSY 652 Attitude Measurement and
in Social Psychology (3-0)3 Scale Development (3-0)3
PSY 554 Recent Advances and PSY 655 Intra-group Processes (3-0)3
Problems in Social Psychology PSY 656 Inter-group Relations (3-0)3
(3-0)3
Sub-Area 3 (Applied Social Psychology)
PSY 555 Social Cognition and Affect (3-0)3 PSY 550 Psychology of Women and
PSY 559 Human Motivation: Self (3-0)3 Gender (3-0)3
Determination Theory PSY 556 Applied Social Psychology (3-0)3
PSY 562 Psychology of Close PSY 557 Contemporary Issues in Political
Relationships (3-0)3 Psychology (3-0)3
PSY 563 Research Design in Social (3-0)3 PSY 558 Interpersonal Relationships (3-0)3
PSY 654 Social Psychology of Legal
Psychology Processes (3-0)3
PSY 653 Social Representations (3-0)3 PSY 657 Family Processes Through
PSY 659 Psychology of Self (3-0)3 Time and Cultural Contexts (3-0)3
PSY 660 Positive Psychology (3-0)3 PSY 658 Relationships with Parents
and Peers (3-0)3
Required Courses
PSY 500 Advanced Statistics
for Psychology I (3-2)4 PSY 510 Advanced Statistics for
PSY 508 Prothesis Seminar in Industrial Psychology II (3-2)4
and Organizational (I/O)
Psychology NC
234
PSY 599 Masters Thesis NC
PSY 800-899 Special Studies NC
Elective Courses
Students are required to take six electives from the list of courses offered or approved by the Department.
Students are expected to take at least four of the below and two free electivesapproved by the
Department/Advisor.
PSY 504 Leadership and Motivation (3-0)3 PSY 535 Advanced Job Analysis and
PSY 506 Training and Evaluation (3-0)3 Performance Appraisal (3-0)3
PSY 509 Advanced Overview of I/O PSY 536 Personnel Selection and
Psychology (3-0)3 Testing (3-0)3
PSY 511 Interview Techniques (3-0)3 PSY 538 Program Evaluation (3-0)3
PSY 517 Vocational Counseling and Other electives approved by the Department.
Career Development (3-0)3
Elective Courses
Students are required to take six electives from the list of courses offered or approved by the
Department/Advisor.
PSY 571 Accident and Behavioral PSY 576 Situation Awareness: Theory
Models: Theories and and Application (3-0)3
Implications (3-0)3 PSY 578 Accident Prevention and
PSY 572 Social Psychology of Driver Safety Intervention Techniques
Behavior and Attitudes (3-0)3 (3-0)3
PSY 573 Risk Factors for Psychomotor Other electives approved by the Department.
and Cognitive Processes in
Driving (3-0)3
PSY 574 Research methods in traffic
and transportation psychology
(3-0)3
Program Requirements
Students are required to take ten 3-credit courses, the non-credit Practicum in Industrial and Organizational
(I/O) and prepare a Term Project. Upon satisfactory completion of the program below, students earn a Master
of Science degree in Industrial and Organizational Psychology.
235
Elective Courses
Field Courses: Students are expected to take at least four of the below.
Program Requirements
Students are required to take ten 3-credit courses and prepare a Term Project. Upon satisfactory completion of
the program below, students earn a Master of Science degree in Family Psychology.
Required Course
FPSY 502 Research & Statistical Assessment in Applied Settings (3-0)3
FPSY 533 Introduction to Family and Marital Therapy (3-0)3
FPSY 581 Applications in Family Psychology (3-0)3
FPSY 598 Term Project NC
Elective Courses
Field Courses: Students are expected to take sevenof the below.
236
FPSY 658 Relationships with Parents and
Peers (3-0)3 Other elective courses approved by the Department.
Ph.D. in Psychology is available as Clinical Psychology, Social Psychology, Developmental Psychology and
Work (Industrial) and Organizational Psychology options.
Elective Courses
Students are required to take at least 4 elective courses approved by the Department, subjected to the restriction
that during their graduate education (including the Masters level) they are required to take (or have taken) at
least three elective courses from each of the sub-areas given below. The list may be subject to modification by
the Department.
Required Courses
PSY 510 Advanced Statistics for PSY 699 Ph. D. Dissertation NC
Psychology II (3-2)4 PSY 800- 900 Special Topics NC
(or an equivalent course approved by the
department)
237
Elective Courses
Students are required to take at least seven electives, approved by the Department, subject to the restriction that
during their graduate education (including the Masters level) they need to take (or have taken) at least one
elective each of the sub-areas below and one free elective from the other areas in Psychology. The list may be
subject to modification by the Department.
Sub-Area 1 (General & Social Cognition) PSY 651 Attitudes and Attitude
PSY 553 Historical Overview of Change (3-0)3
Advances PSY 652 Attitude Measurement and
in Social Psychology (3-0)3 Scale Development (3-0)3
PSY 554 Recent Advances and PSY 655 Intra-group Processes (3-0)3
Problems in Social Psychology PSY 656 Inter-group Relations (3-0)3
(3-0)3
Sub-Area 3 (Applied Social Psychology)
PSY 555 Social Cognition and Affect (3-0)3
PSY 559 Human Motivation: Self (3-0)3 PSY 550 Psychology of Women and
Determination Theory Gender (3-0)3
PSY 562 Psychology of Close PSY 556 Applied Social Psychology (3-0)3
Relationships (3-0)3 PSY 557 Contemporary Issues in Political
PSY 563 Research Design in Social (3-0)3 Psychology (3-0)3
PSY 558 Interpersonal Relationships (3-0)3
Psychology
PSY 621 Multi level Modeling for (3-0)3 PSY 650 Health Psychology (3-0)3
Psychology PSY 654 Social Psychology of Legal
PSY 653 Social Representations (3-0)3 Processes (3-0)3
PSY 659 Psychology of Self (3-0)3 PSY 657 Family Processes Through
PSY 660 Positive Psychology (3-0)3 Time and Cultural Contexts (3-0)3
PSY 658 Relationships with Parents
Sub-Area 2 (Attitudes, Social Influence & Groups) and Peers (3-0)3
PSY 552 Groups (3-0)3
Required Courses
PSY 500* Advanced Statistics for PSY 699 Ph. D. Dissertation NC
Psychology I (3-2)4 PSY 697 Internship in Industrial and
PSY 510* Advanced Statistics for Organizational (I/O)
Psychology II (3-2)4 Psychology NC
PSY 620* Research Methods in PSY 900-999 Special Topics NC
Industrial and
Organizational
Psychology (3-0)3
(*or an equivalent course approved by the department)
Elective Courses
Students are required to take at least eight electives from the following pool, approved by the
Department/Advisor. The list may be subject to modification by the Department.
PSY 504 Leadership and Motivation (3-0)3 PSY 538 Program Evaluation (3-0)3
PSY 506 Training and Evaluation (3-0)3 PSY 517 Vocational Counseling and Career
PSY 509 Advanced Overview of I/O Development (3-0)3
Psychology (3-0)3 PSY 621 Multilevel Modeling: Applications
PSY 519 Human Factors and for Psychology (3-0)3
Performance (3-0)3 PSY 633 Personality at Work: Theories and
PSY 535 Advanced Job Analysis and Assessment (3-0)3
Performance Appraisal (3-0)3 PSY 634 Gender at Work (3-0)3
PSY 536 Personnel Selection and PSY 662 Advanced Issues in Organizational Safety
Testing (3-0)3 Culture and Climate (3-0)3
238
Free Elective Courses
Students are required to take five free electives approved by the Department/Advisor.
Required Courses
PSY 600 Proseminar in Psychology (3-0)3 PSY 672 Supervised Research II (3-0)3
PSY 673 Supervised Research III (3-0)3
PSY 621 Multilevel Modeling: Applications PSY 699 Ph. D. Dissertation NC
for Psychology (3-0)3 PSY 800-900 Special Studies/Topics NC
PSY 671 Supervised Research I (3-0)3
Elective Courses
Students are required to take one elective from the following pool, approved by the Department/Advisor. The
list may be subject to modification by the Department.
239
DESCRIPTION OF GRADUATE COURSES
PSY 500 Advanced Statistics for techniques, training for special groups (e.g.,
Psychology I (3-2)4 executives, middle managers, hard-core
The aim of this course is to enable students to use unemployed), the choice of criteria in evaluating
several statistical techniques to analyze data with training programs. The orientation of this course is
SPSS (Statistical Package for Social Sciences) both theoretical and applied.
program. The statistical techniques include t-test
(independent and dependent), Chi-square, analysis of PSY 507 Prothesis Seminar in
variance (ANOVA), techniques, MANOVA, Developmental Psychology NC
correlation, regression, multiple regression, The aim of this course is to guide the students in
discriminant analysis and factor analysis making an extensive literature review of possible
thesis subjects and to choose a research topic and
PSY 501 Individual Study NC subsequently to formulate a thesis proposal. At the
The aim of this course is to enable students to carry end of the course students are expected to present a
out literature surveys in their interest areas under the comprehensive literature review of their area of
direction and guidance of specific instructors so that interest and to formulate a thesis proposal.
they will be better prepared for the Prothesis
Seminar. PSY 508 Prothesis Seminar in
Industrial and
PSY 503 Prothesis Seminar in Social Organizational Psychology NC
Psychology NC The aim of this course is to guide the students in
The aim of this course is to guide the students in making an extensive literature review of possible
making an extensive literature review of possible thesis subjects and to choose a research topic and
thesis subjects and to choose a research topic and subsequently to formulate a thesis proposal. At the
subsequently to formulate a thesis proposal. At the end of the course students are expected to present a
end of the course students are expected to present a comprehensive literature review of their area of
comprehensive literature review of their area of interest and to formulate a thesis proposal.
interest and to formulate a thesis proposal.
PSY 509 Advanced Overview of I/O
PSY 504 Leadership and Motivation Psychology (3-0)3
(3-0)3 In this course, major areas of industrial and
The purpose of this course is twofold. The first organizational psychology, such as job analysis,
purpose is to cover both the classic and modern performance appraisal, personnel selection, training,
theories of organizational leadership and work work motivation, job satisfaction, leadership and
motivation. The second purpose is to focus on organizational structure and design are covered with
applying motivational principles to effective an emphasis on current issues and problems. The
leadership. Hence, the course is designed to be both orientation of the course is planned to be a
a theoretical and an applied one in orientation. theoretical one.
PSY 505 Prothesis Seminar in Clinical PSY 510 Advanced Statistics for
Psychology NC Psychology II (3-2)4
The aim of this course is to guide the students in This course covers multivariate statistics such as
making an extensive literature review of possible discriminant function analysis, canonical
thesis subjects and to choose a research topic and correlation, cluster analysis, and structural equation
subsequently to formulate a thesis proposal. At the modeling techniques in the assessment of factor
end of the course students are expected to present a structures, path models, and measurement
comprehensive literature review of their area of invariance. The application of these techniques in
interest and to formulate a thesis proposal. combination with the traditional pretest-posttest
designs and control of variables in multivariate
PSY 506 Training, Development and designs will be reviewed together with the relevant
Evaluation (2-2)3 computer software.
This course is basically concerned with teaching
basic training and employee development PSY 511 Interview Techniques (2-2)3
techniques used in industry. Furthermore, the Interview techniques is primarily an applied course.
course also covers how to evaluate the effectiveness The emphasis of the course is on techniques of
of a specific training program. The typical topics of conducting valid employee selection interviews.
the course include needs assessment, training Students are expected to understand the process of
240
employee interviewing and to acquire the skills development, peer relations, understanding others,
necessary to conduct valid interviews. social perspective taking, development of social
inferential abilities, and communicative skills will
PSY 512 Developmental be included.
Psychopathology (3-0)3
The aim of this course is to look at psychopathology PSY 517 Vocational Counseling and
from a developmental perspective while Career Development (3-0)3
familiarizing students with the main disorders of The main emphasis of this course is on career
childhood such as, feeding and eating control counseling and development. Topics covered will
disorders, sleep and its disorders, emotional be related to individual differences such as
development and disorders of mood, neurotic, vocational interests, personality, abilities, and
somotoform and stress related disorders, conduct knowledge in relation to vocational choice, career
disorder, hyperactivity, autism, sphincter control, development and work performance.
intelligence and learning disorders, tics and Taurette
Syndrome, language and its disorders. PSY 518 Development of Children
with Disabilities (3-0)3
PSY 513 Issues in Applied Cognitive The main aim of this course is to further
Development (3-0)3 understanding of the processes of development by
Modern advances in applications of research examining the current research on the cognitive and
findings in cognitive development will be social development of children with disabilities.
introduced. Students are expected to study from the This course also looks at the developmental
original publications, some exemplary applications theories, how to they explain the development of
of psychological research findings in the area of children with disabilities as well as critically
cognitive development. Some of these issues are; evaluating the contribution of studies on disabilities
computers in fostering childrens reading, learning to normal developmental theories.
and problem solving skills, training of visual and
verbal information processing strategies to increase PSY 519 Human Factors and
learning from visual media, modeling of numerical Performance (3-0)3
and mathematical concepts. Humans in organizations accomplish their task in a
context of human-machine-systems. This course
PSY 514 Language Development and focuses on understanding the relationship between
Bilingualism (3-0)3 the system and the capabilities of working people.
Basic mechanisms of native and second language The course coverage includes information
acquisition will be comparatively reviewed. The processing, display systems, decision making, and
course will also include issues of bilingualism and human error.
multilingualism in children and adolescents with a
particular emphasis on research on Turkish children PSY 520 Socialization (3-0)3
living in European countries. Methods of research, The aim of the course is to acquaint students with
testing, diagnosis and intervention derived from advances and problems in the area of socialization,
studies of linguistic processes in children will be and particularly, the social development of children
introduced. in relation to the characteristics of their social and
physical environments. Some of the topics included
PSY 515 Adult Development and are: historical overview and contemporary trends;
Aging (3-0)3 parent-child relations; attachment, aggression,
The course will include a brief review of the current friendship and self, sex differences and sex-typing,
models of adult development and the research moral development and social class influences.
evidence on the cross-cultural replications of these
models. Current knowledge about the changes in PSY 521 Selected Topics in
the physiological, neurological systems, personality Psychology (3-0)3
and ability in adulthood and old age will be The course content may change each academic year.
presented. Changes in the mental functions, Students are provided with an in-depth examination
memory and information processing capacities of of a central topic in psychology.
adults will be studied.
PSY 522 Problems in Psychology (3-0)3
PSY 516 Development of Social The course content may change each academic year.
Cognition (3-0)3 Students are provided with an in-depth examination
Cognitive bases of representation of social reality, of a particular problem in psychology.
formation of social schemes, the self concept
241
PSY 523 Childhood Psychopathology effort to solve a problem or provide information that
(3-0)3 can be put to some specific use in the following
An advanced discussion of the problems of areas: aggression, maltreatment of children, children
classification, review of current literature on types in poverty and child rearing institutions, changes in
of disorders, their dynamics, and treatment. the family: from extended to nuclear family and
divorce, maternal daycare.
PSY 524 Psychology of Aging (3-0)3
Psychopathology, neuropsychology and treatment PSY 530 Assessment of Intellectual
approaches and issues confronting the clinicians Functioning (2-2)3
dealing with an aged population The main aim of the course is the application and
evaluation of intelligence tests widely used for
PSY 525 Life-Span Developmental children and adults. Tests measuring the possibility
Theory (3-0)3 of organic impairment that are usually applied in
The course will include main theoretical approaches combination with intelligence tests will also be
in the field of developmental psychology. General covered. Throughout this course students are
theories of developmental processes, area-specific expected to acquire well-developed skills regarding
theories such as those in cognitive, social and the application, evaluation, and report writing in
emotional skills, or models specializing in particular relation to intellectual functioning and organicity
phases of life (infancy, childhood, adolescence, assessment devices.
adulthood and old age) will be reviewed.
PSY 531 Clinical Assessment (3-0)3
PSY 526 Memory Development in Research, theory and basic procedures including
Infancy and Childhood (3-0)3 observational, interview, objective, projective, and
This course will examine some basic issues related behavioral techniques.
to memory system across the course of
development. Some of the core topics that will be PSY 532 Application in Clinical
covered within the scope of this course are as Assessment (3-0)3
following: memory development in infancy, through Application of the basic procedures and techniques
childhood, and in adolescence, neurodevelopmental learned in PSY. 531, identifying and discussing the
bases of memory; cross-cultural perspectives on problems that arise in the application, and review of
memory development; suggestibility and eyewitness the relevant literature related to the issues
testimony; childhood amnesia; trauma and memory; encountered. Report writing to suit the needs of
gender differences in memory development; different types of audiences.
memory in classroom context; emotion and
memory. PSY 534 Tests and Measurement in
Child Development (3-0)3
PSY 527 Mental Handicap (3-0)3 The aim of this course is to familiarize students with
A discussion of problems like mental retardation the use of tests in different areas of child
and other neurological disorders, their diagnosis, development such as main developmental scales,
treatment and review of relevant current research. intelligence tests, language tests.
PSY 528 Adolescence: Theory, PSY 535 Advanced Job Analysis and
Problems and Applications Performance Appraisal (3-0)3
(3-0)3 This course has two main segments. The first
The course will expose students to current models segment mainly focuses on the process of job
of adolescent development, dynamics of analysis, (e.g., worker-oriented and job-oriented).
psychological change, behavioral and psychological The second segment covers the theoretical and
problems of adolescents, research methods in the practical aspects of performance appraisal systems
study of adolescence will also be mentioned. The in work organizations, (e.g., needs analysis,
course will also include problems of cross-cultural cognitive models of performance appraisal,
comparability of research on adolescence, and a development of rating systems, rating biases, and
review of the research questions and methodology use of performance appraisal data in organizational
of Turkish research concerning this period. decisions making).
243
considered. Special emphasis is given to exploring interdisciplinary area, a review of personality and
the psychological functions and implications of social psychology theories relevant to political
gender stereotypes. behavior and current political issues.
246
experiments, field experiment, sample survey, PSY 642 Treatment of Family
simulation, case study, etc.) Problems (3-0)3
The aim of the course is to assess, diagnose, and treat
PSY 621 Multilevel Modeling for family problems by using important concepts and
Psychology (3-0)3 interventions from several family therapy models.
Fixed- and random-effects models. Analysis of The course introduces students to special family
within-person change. Longitudinal data analysis. problems and interventions for dealing with these
Growth-curve models. Analysis of dyadic data. problems. Special emphasis will be placed upon
therapeutic interventions that can assist those
PSY 622 Developmental Interventions with families. Also students are exposed to the
Children and Parents (3-0)3 fundamental assumptions and ideas of general
This course will cover interventions to enhance the systems theory and the basic promises of the various
language, cognitive and social development of theoretical orientations within the family therapy
infants, children and adolescents. Following field as background material. Selected topics to be
intervention topics are the focus of this course: covered in the course will include, traumatic
language development, reading acquisition, joint family/life events, psychosomatic families, aging
attention, low birth weight infants, infant sign families, family-of-origin issues, single-parent
interventions, maternal sensitivity, adolescent families, and remarried families. Instruction will be
problems, bullying, orphanage care quality and through lecture, discussion, presentation,
parenting.
demonstration and videotapes.
249
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FOR M.S. NON-THESIS, SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM
IN FAMILY PSYCHOLOGY
The aim of this course is to cover disorders of The course will include main theoretical approaches
childhood from a developmental psychopathology in the field of developmental psychology. General
perspective, and familiarize students with the main theories of developmental processes, area-specific
concepts and issues of this seperate discipline. theories such as those in cognitive, social and
emotional skills, or models specializing in particular
FPSY 515 Adult Development and Aging phases of life (infancy, childhood, adolescence,
(3-0)3 adulthood and old age) will be reviewed.
The course will include a brief review of the current FPSY 527 Mental Handicap (3-0)3
models of adult development and the research This course includes a discussion of problems like
evidence on the cross-cultural replications of these mental retardation and other neurological disorders,
models. Current knowledge about the changes in the their diagnosis, treatment and review of relevant
physiological, neurological systems, personality and current research.
ability in adulthood and old age will be presented.
Changes in the mental functions, memory and FPSY 528 Adolescence: Theory, Problems
information processing capacities of adults will be and Applications (3-0)3
studied. The course will expose students to current models
of adolescent development, dynamics of
FPSY 516 Development of Social Cognition psychological change, behavioral and psychological
(3-0)3 problems of adolescents, research methods in the
Cognitive bases of representation of social reality, study of adolescence will also be mentioned. The
formation of social schemes, the self concept course will also include problems of cross-cultural
development, peer relations, understanding others, comparability of research on adolescence, and a
social perspective taking, development of social review of the research questions and methodology
inferential abilities and communicative skills will be of Turkish research concerning this period.
included.
FPSY 529 Applied Developmental
FPSY 518 Development of Children with Psychology (3-0)3
Disabilities (3-0)3
The aim of this course is to further understanding of This course will cover the current developmental
the processes of development by examining the research findings on the following topics -
current research on the cognitive and social aggression, maltreatment of children, children in
development of children with disabilities. This poverty, child rearing institutions, adoption, foster
course also looks at the developmental theories, care, divorce, family violence, maternal
how to they explain the development of children employment and non-maternal care- that can be
with disabilities as well as critically evaluating the used for the betterment of childrens lives and
contribution of studies on disabilities to normal development.
developmental theories.
252
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
PROFESSORS
ECEVT, Mehmet: B.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Kent.
ECEVT, Yldz: B.S., M.S., Hacettepe University; Ph.D., University of Kent.
GNDZ-HOGR, Aye (Associate Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences): B.S., M.S., METU;
Ph.D., University of Western Ontario.
SAKTANBER, Aye (Department Chair): B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
AYDINGN, Ayegl: B.S., METU; M.A., Bilkent University; Ph.D., METU.
ERGUN, Aya (Associate Director of the Graduate School of Social Sciences): B.A., Ankara University;
M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Essex .
KALAYCIOLU, Sibel: B.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Kent.
RITTERSBERGER-TILI, Helga: Vordiplom, Diplom, University of Bonn; Ph.D., University of Essen.
EN, Mustafa (Vice Chair): B.A., Ankara University; M.S., Ph.D., METU.
TOKLUOLU, Ceylan: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Carleton University.
YILDIRIM, Erdoan: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
AYBARS, Aye dil (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; M.S., London School of Economics; Ph.D.,
University of Ulster.
BEPINAR, Fatma Umut: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
BODIRSKY, Katharina: B.A., Universitat Lneburg; M.A., New School for Social Research;
M.Phil., Ph.D., City University of New York.
TOPAL, aatay: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Queens University, Kingston.
ZIRH, Besim Can: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University College London.
INSTRUCTORS
ELML-INALTONG, Il: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Columbia University
KARADEMR HAZIR, Irmak: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Manchester.
MCEN, Bar: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Rutgers University.
GENERAL INFORMATION: The Department of Sociology has four major objectives: (a) to train
sociology majors through intensive education at both the undergraduate and graduate levels; (b) to carry out
research projects in selected areas of sociology; (c) to provide introductory sociology and anthropology courses
to METU students; (d) to offer courses to students in other departments in order to increase their understanding
of culture and society. The department offers a four-year undergraduate program leading to the B.S. degree and
graduate programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Sociology.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE: The Department offers a wide array of required and elective
courses leading to the degree of B.S. in Sociology. Students are also required to take relevant courses from
neighboring fields, as offered by other departments of the University. The undergraduate program is designed
to provide a broad general education in sociology, rather than specialized training in any sub-field of the
discipline.
253
GRADUATE DEGREES: The Department offers graduate programs leading to the degrees of
"Master of Science in Sociology", Master of Science in Social Anthropology and "Doctor of Philosophy in
Sociology". To qualify for the masters programs, candidates should have a B.A. or B.S. degree or its
equivalent in sociology or social anthropology. However, candidates with a bachelor or equivalent degree from
another field may also be accepted on the condition that they attend required undergraduate courses before the
start of the master's programs. Entering the Ph.D. program requires an M.A. or M.S. degree or its equivalent in
sociology. Candidates with a masters or equivalent degree in another field may be accepted on the condition
that they attend a preparation year from the undergraduate or masters program in sociology before they begin
the doctoral program.
M.S. PROGRAMS
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology I (4-0)4 SOC 102 Introduction to Sociology II (4-0)4
SOC 121 Research Methods in Sociology 1 SOC 122 Research Methods in Sociology II
(4-0)4 (4-0)4
SOC 131 Introduction to Anthropology I PSY 100 General Psychology (3-0)3
(4-0)4 PHIL 108 Introduction to Philosophy II (3-0)3
HIST 150 History of Civilizations (3-0)3 ENG 102 English for Academic
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I Purposes II (4-0)4
(4-0)4 TURK 102 Turkish II NC
TURK 101 Turkish I NC
IS 100 Introduction to Information
Technologies and Applications NC
254
SECOND YEAR
SOC 203 Urban Sociology (4-0)4 SOC 204 Rural Sociology (4-0)4
SOC 241 Statistical Methods in Sociology I SOC 242 Statistical Methods in Sociology II
(4-0)4 (4-0)4
SOC 251 History of Sociology I (4-0)4 SOC 218 Social Class and Mobility (4-0)4
ECON 210 Principles of Economics (3-0)3 SOC 252 History of Sociology II (4-0)4
ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation Skills HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
(3-0)3 Non-Departmental Elective
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC
THIRD YEAR
SOC 305 Sociology of Family (4-0)4 SOC 303 Sociology of Change and Transition
SOC 315 Sociology of Mass I (4-0)4
Communication (4-0)4 SOC 314 Work and Organization (4-0)4
SOC 341 Contemporary Sociological Theory SOC 363 Demography / Population
(4-0)4 Dynamics (4-0)4
Non-Departmental Elective Departmental Elective
Non-Departmental Elective Non-Departmental Elective
FOURTH YEAR
This program provides students in the fields of technology, science and administration with an
opportunity to complement their education with a sociological understanding of social transformations they
themselves experience as individuals and as professionals in their fields. The program introduces them to
theory and research in sociology, social theory, social change, and substantive areas in the field. The program
focuses on the analysis of such processes as modernization and globalization. Before graduation, students are
required to take 6 courses in total.
Prerequisite
SOC 100 Principles of Sociology (or equivalent) (3-0)3
Compulsory course
SOC 250 Introduction to Sociological Theories (3-0)3
Elective courses
Two of the must and two of the elective courses offered by the Department.
Compulsory Courses
Elective Courses
256
SOC 102 Introduction to Sociology II SOC 131 Introduction to Anthropology I
(4-0)4 (4-0)4
An introduction to the analysis of key social Biological structure and its relationship to group life
institutions and key changes; organizations, state in human and non-human primates. Biologic and
and politics, education, urbanization, population cultural evolution of the human species.
growth, social movements, and globalization. Relationship between the human species, nature and
Taught from a comparative perspective drawing technology, and between environment, modes of
examples from Turkey and different parts of the subsistence and social organization. The structure of
world. human language.
258
and employment, capital accumulation, social SOC 315 Sociology of Mass
networks and local politics. Communication (4-0)4
An examination of mass communication theories.
SOC 309 Sociology of Religion I (3-0)3 Discussion on the mass media of communication
Religion and culture in a world-wide perspective. and their role as social institutions; content,
Different approaches to the definition of religion. audience and the effect of the mass media. The
Patterns of differentiation of religion in relation to functions of communications media in the formation
society. The role of religion in the modernization of public opinion, cultural values and social control.
process, and the effects of modernization on Analysis of examples from both early studies and
religion. Organizational structures and patterns of current research.
institutionalization in religion. Religion and social
stratification. SOC 316 Cultural Analysis of Media
Texts (3-0)3
SOC 310 Sociology of Religion II (3-0)3 Critical discussion of different approaches to the
Religion and society in different parts of the world "content" of mass media messages. Methods and
with special focus on the Middle East. Studies in techniques involved in the analysis of content.
comparative religion with special reference to Max Assessment of classical and current exemplary
Weber's Sociology of religion. research with regard to their theoretical efficacy and
practical usages.
SOC 312 Political Sociology (3-0)3
The course draws together the perspectives of two SOC 317 History of Sociology III (3-0)3
disciplines, politics and sociology in an attempt to The study of competing schools with divergent
understand political structures and processes. interests and perspectives; mathematical sociology,
Theoretical approaches as well as historical and early functionalism, sociometry, philosophical
empirical studies are considered. Subjects of sociology, sociology of knowledge, neopositivism,
particular interest are: political culture, political systematic sociology. Critical examination of a wide
socialization, participation; the origins and growth range of scholars and their works, Lundserg,
of the modern state; legitimacy, individualism, Cooley, McIver, Gurvitch, Sorokin, Ogburn,
liberalism; concept of citizenship, globalization and Mannheim, Moreno. Particular emphasis is laid on
discussions on nation-state and citizenship; welfare early social anthropologists such as Malinowski,
state. Radcliffe Brown and E. Pritchard.
SOC 313 Data Processing I (3-0)3 SOC 318 History of Sociology IV (3-0)3
The purpose of this course is to teach students how The growing significance of phenomenology in
to process a given set of information both sociology; Husserl's philosophy and the
mechanically and sociologically. Students will learn subjectivism of Schutz. Recent conceptualizations
how to transform information into a machine- of social conflict. Parson's and Merton's
readable form, and how to use computer package functionalism. Perspectives and methodological
programs such as SPSS, BMDP or SAS. Having principles of positivism and empirical sociology (A.
acquainted themselves with these skills, students are Gouldner).
expected to make inferences about data. To learn
how to make data 'speak' is the major objective of SOC 319 Legitimacy and Social Order
this course. (3-0)3
Power, social control and the problem of
SOC 314 Work and Organization (4-0)4 legitimation. The notion of Social Contract.
Understanding the development of industrial Legitimation and the role of religion: theocracy,
societies; Different Industrialization strategies and hierarchy and caesaropapism. Relations between
their political, social implications. Historical aspects social class and ideology in historical societies. The
of work and work ethic, from ancient times to the advent of modern society: secularization;
present; Taylorism, Human Relations, Neo-Human legitimation by performance and efficiency. Lack of
Relations School, Theories of production systems legitimacy and the emergence of social movements.
(Blauner and Woodward); Labour Process Debate.
De-skilling and anti-Braverman debate; Labour SOC 320 Social Movements (3-0)3
market segmentation; Informal Forms of Work; The critical analysis of social movements and
Womens work; Trade unions and industrial collective actions which can be seen as crucial in
conflict; Transformation of work in post-industrial the articulation of popular demands questioning
society, post-fordism. established social orders. Currently dominant
perspectives in the analysis of social movements
259
and collective actions, collective behavior; resource from sin to sickness. Medicine and Foucauldian
mobilization; political process; and new social gaze. Critique of postmodern conjuncture: Health
movements. Feminist, environmental, anti-nuclear, without body, intelligence without mind.
peace movement, anti-globalization movements. A
special focus is placed on contemporary racism and SOC 329 Women's Studies in Turkey
ethnicity in Europe. (3-0)3
The objective of the course is to present a
SOC 321 Political Anthropology (3-0)3 comprehensive overview of the key themes and
Basic principles of social differentiation and issues taken by recent studies on women in Turkey.
hierarchy. Forms of political power in simple The research findings provide a rich
societies: gerontocracy, big-man systems, multidisciplinary background for newcomers to the
chiefdoms. The role of war. The emergence of state field. The major subject areas in relation to women's
societies and the political systems of pre-modern status are family, work, politics, state, law, religion,
empires. Changes induced by the ascent of the education, history, health, sexuality, art, media and
principle of popular sovereignty and nationalism. popular culture.
Political ecology: center and periphery. SOC 341 Contemporary Sociological
Anthropological aspects of political values and Theory (4-0)4
behavior in contemporary societies. Examines the major approaches in contemporary
social and critical theory. It covers approaches such
SOC 323 Methods and Techniques of as semiology, psychoanalysis, deconstruction,
Sociological Research (4-0)4 feminist theory, postcolonial theory, and theorists
Theory and research in sociology Theoretical such as Michel Foucault, Gilles Deleuze and Felix
statements and observational statements. Guattari, Jacques Derrida, Luce Irigaray, Sigmund
Assumptions and hypotheses. Fundamentals of Freud, Jacques Lacan, Gayatri Spivak and Edward
sampling in social research. Scaling techniques. Said.
Techniques of social research: Quasi-experiments,
observation (documentary, participant, etc.), SOC 345-346 Social Thought on the
interviews (formal and informal), mail History and Economy of
questionnaires. Questionnaire design. Ethical Turkey I and II (3-0)3
questions in social research. Techniques of data The analysis of the historical aspects of the
analysis and interpretation of findings. development of social thought in Turkey; its
Ottoman origins and background; the evolution of
SOC 324 Field Methods (3-0)3 social thought in Republican Turkey.
"Soft" techniques of data collection, observation,
unobstructive measures, structured and unstructured SOC 349 Theory in Urban Sociology
interviews and depth interviewing. The aim is to (3-0)3
teach the students the specialized skills necessary Critical review of major theoretical approaches in
for the application of these techniques. urban sociology and current trends in urban theory.
SOC 325 Human Ecology (3-0)3 SOC 354 Sociology of Law (3-0)3
This course deals basically with the relationship of Towards an understanding of the social bases and
wo/man to/in nature or society to/in nature. meanings of law: passage from everyday social
Contemporary ecological debates in social sciences practices to more or less formulated rules of
are explored by firstly giving an overview of the conduct, ethos (customs, traditions), ethics and
historical roots of environmentalism and then religion as ordering social practices to nomos and
focusing on different approaches like: sustainability hence the law. Co-existence of the self and the other
and Neo-Malthusianism, risk society, eco-socialism, in an ordered world. Self-preservation of the self via
ecofeminism, deep ecology and land ethics, eco- security, delegation of power, obedience and
anarchism and social ecology. establishment of the authority as well as social
control. Connection between the law and the central
SOC 326 Medical Sociology (3-0)3 body politic as the ultimate ordering of the social.
Deconstruction of medicine as the basic reference of The process of criminalisation and punishment. The
ethics in the modern/postmodern era -as manifested, historical-social meanings of justice and their
popularized and also guarded mainly by the relation to ethics and statute law. Special focus on
advertisements on a societal un(der) conscious the Turkic, ottoman, and contemporary Turkish
level. Body perception and the role of medicine in Republican contexts.
shaping it. Metaphoric uses of illnesses.
Medicalization and social control. The transition
260
SOC 361-362 Historical Sociology I-II framework, the process of nation-state building in
(3-0)3 Turkey is discussed with reference to various forms
The German and French intellectual traditions of of resistance movements and formal political
historical sociology. German historical sociology as opposition experienced between the years of 1919
a reaction to French and Anglo-Saxon positivism and the early 1940s. The ideology of nationalism
during the last decades of the XIXth Century. and nation building is emphasized.
Similarities in long-term historical perspectives.
Case-studies from European as well as Middle SOC 384 Sociology of Development
Eastern history. (3-0)3
The developing countries in the world economic
SOC 363 Demography-Population system. Relations with developed countries regions
Dynamics (4-0)4 in history and at present; the impact of
The study of the measurement of the size, underdevelopment on social, political and economic
composition and changes in the numbers of people structures.
and the related functions of fertility, mortality and
migration. Firstly, the basic sources and measures of SOC 385 Sociology of the Body (3-0)3
demography (i.e.: rates and ratios of fertility, Lacanian construction of the subject as a social
mortality, migration; population product. Passage from biological creature to cultural
estimation/projections, life table etc.) are subject as sexualized beings. Self, body and ethics.
introduced. A special focus is given to the theories Socio-historical filters through which we perceive
and policies of population control (i.e. fertility our bodies and bodily reality. Deconstruction of the
control family planning and migration policies) main references (from religion to fashion; from
and the role of social sciences in demographic sexuality to death) that surround, shape and control
analyses. our bodies. Critique of the now prevalent discourse
of the performing self.
SOC 370 Citizenship: Past and Present
(3-0)3 SOC 388 Representing the Study of
This course covers the recent debate on citizenship. "Other" Through Ethnography
The following topics are to be studied throughout (3-0)3
the course: history of citizenship; main contours of Classic and recent ethnographies. Ethnographic
citizenship; liberal, communitarian and republican writing, problems of representing "the Other", and
approaches to citizenship; transformation of recent experimental approaches in ethnographic
political community and citizenship today; new presentation.
modalities of citizenship; citizenship and state
formation in Turkey and Europe. SOC 390 Methodology and Analysis in
Sociology (3-0)3
SOC 381 Structure and Change in Main discussions in philosophy of science and their
Ottoman Society (3-0)3 reflections to the analysis in sociology. The
The Ottoman socio-economic system as a historical meanings of methodology: Positivist, interpretative
social formation. The evolution of inherited and critical social sciences, feminist and post-
elements from pre-Ottoman socio-economic modern research. Planning and preparing qualitative
structures. Town and country contradiction in and quantitative research designs, measurement and
Ottoman society. Economic structure, state and sampling. Survey research and secondary data
bureaucracy, commodity production and trade, the analysis. Field research (participant observation and
land regime, and stratification. Ideology of statecraft interview techniques), historical and comparative
in the Ottoman Empire. Evolution of Ottoman analysis, and life history analysis. Research
society vis--vis the structural changes in Europe. examples from sociological literature. Social
Social conflict in Ottoman society. research and communication with others- literature
review and research report writing processes. The
SOC 382 Sociology of the Turkish ethics and politics of Social Research.
Transformation (3-0)3
The Structural transformation of late Ottoman
society within the context of the new global SOC 400 Seminar-Workshop in Special
economic and political order; the Western challenge Fields of Sociology (3-0)3
and the response of the Ottoman state; new This course is organized in the form of a research
social forces within late Ottoman society; and workshop, and the content of the course is
Jeune Turc ideology and its roots. Following this determined the instructor.
261
SOC 401-402 Special Project in identities and their reproduction in their reciprocal
Sociology and Social (usually confrontational) relationships. An hi-story
Anthropology I-II (3-0)3 of the Ottoman Empire beginning from 16th century
This course offers students in their final year the onwards, dissolution of it, foundation of the
opportunity to carry out a sociological study of their Republic and the developments afterwards.
own interest. Students may pursue a course of
reading on a particular topic or undertake an
empirical research project. SOC 414 Consumption, Class and Culture
(3-0)3
SOC 403 Social Problems in Turkey The course aims to explore the role played by
(3-0)3 culture in generating, maintaining and reproducing
The structural characteristics of Turkish society. inequalities. It first explores the varying models of
Social, cultural and economic bases of Turkeys culture in the theories of inequality. Then, it
social problems. Social problems in terms of the interrogates how seemingly individual and random
relations between individual and society. choices and experiences, such as our tastes, leisure
Transformation of social problems in time and time activities, friends and emotions are related to
space. Different approaches to social problems and inequality. Throughout the course, the most
solutions. frequently used analysis methods and the most
controversial debates on class cultures will be
SOC 404 Gender and Social Space (3-0)3 introduced. The last four weeks aim to utilize the
Gender as a basic principle of organizing society. overviewed concepts and debates to understand
The social construction of gender. Biology and class-cultural hierarchies in Turkey. By the end of
ideology, nature versus culture debate. Production the course, the students will comprehend the
and reproduction of social space and society. The relationship between culture, class and
role of sexual division of labor. Sex segregation in consumption, as well as their various workings in
cross-cultural perspective. the everyday life of Turkey.
SOC 425 State and Society in Turkey SOC 429 The Anthropology of the
(4-0)4 Turkic Peoples of Inner and
The aim of this course is to familiarize the students Central Asia (3-0)3
with the main themes and issues in conceptualizing A survey of the social organization and culture of
state-society relations in modern Turkey. The main the Turkic peoples from their first appearance in
focus will be on the patterns of democratization and historical records to the modern era. The course will
democratic consolidation, the role of military in emphasize the Hsiung-nu, Gktrk, Uygur and other
Turkish politics and society, formation and early Turkic States, but discussions will include
development of civil society, discourses and historical migrations, current distribution and
practices of human rights, womens problems, the cultural continuities.
role of religion in society and the impact of the EU
on Turkish societal and political transformation. SOC 430 Sociology of Mediterranean
Societies (3-0)3
SOC 426 Sociology of the European Union The Mediterranean in historical and cultural
(3-0)3 perspective. Economy and ecology. The role of the
The objective of the course is to examine the state in Mediterranean societies. Kinship systems
European Union (EU) from a sociological and the importance of the family. Patron-client
perspective. The course focuses on the institutional relationships. The 'honor-and-shame' complex.
structures, governance methods, policies and
263
Gender roles in the Mediterranean area. Religion SOC 442 Sociology of Science and
and folk beliefs. Technology (3-0)3
An overview of the cognitive framework and
technological basis of modern scientific knowledge
SOC 434 Corporate and Organized in historical perspective; the development of the
Crimes (3-0)3 sociology of science as a distinct area of research;
Patterns of deviance and crime. Theories in social science as a determinate form of knowledge;
deviance and crime, such as anomie, subculture, science as social relations, science as a production
differential association and labeling approaches. process; the institutional and social context of
Status frustration and adaptation to strain, deviance scientific activity; inner hierarchy and social
and conflict; the structure and process of deviance. stratification in science. Enframing of techno-
Social reaction to deviant behavior and labeling science in the 'Information' age.
outsiders. Deviance and identity, the defensive
deviant act. Subculture groups. Types of crime, SOC 444 Sociology of Surveillance (3-0)3
homicide, rape, robbery, burglary, etc. Overview of surveillance theories from a
sociological perspective; surveillance and
modernity; surveillance and postmodernity;
SOC 435 Conventional Crimes (3-0)3 surveillance in different social contexts; current
Organized criminal groups, white collar crimes. trends in surveillance; relation of surveillance to
Functions and structure of the police; relations globalization, immigration, communication and
between the police and community. Do we need the information technologies; political economy of
police in a democratic society? The problem of surveillance.
controlling policing.
SOC 452 Critique of Sociology (3-0)3
SOC 437-438 Sociology of Fine Arts & The formation of sociology; sociology and
Music I-II (3-0)3 ideology; sociology and politics; the "sociological"
Social, cultural and ideological dimensions of art conception of society. Debates on modernity and
from earliest beginnings. Work-character of the post-modernity.
work of art. Art as gateway to truth.
Commodification of artworks. Art now: just another SOC 454 Sociological Perspectives on
sphere of commodity and information flow or a Literature (3-0)3
privileged field of emancipatory forces? Is art dead, This course is designed to discuss selected examples
given todays social, economic and technological from literature with classical texts of the discipline
matrix? Artwork as simulacrum and dissimulation. of sociology. The main objective is to discuss literal
Subjectivity as the constituent dimension of examples, which reflect socio-cultural and political
aesthetic experience in techno-scientific age. characteristics of the era and society they are
produced, through a sociological perspective.
SOC 439 Comparative Historical Methods
and Sociological Debates SOC 455 Literature, Culture and Society
(3-0)3 (3-0)3
This course begins with the examination of the Examines the literature of Turkish diasporic
methods of comparative historical sociology, such communities in Germany in its historical, social,
as parallel investigation of a theory, interpretation of political and cultural context. Focuses on the
contrasting events and analysis of causalities at the literature that emerges out of the experience of
macro level. In the second part, well-known studies being marginalized as a foreigner or guest,
of the comparative historical sociology are experience of Turkish immigrants. Examine how a
discussed in light of the theoretical and variety of concerns represented in these writings
methodological knowledge gained in the first part. such as the question of determining what is ones
own culture, tensions of defining a non-German
SOC 440 Sociology of Knowledge (3-0)3 self, cultural differences, the role of language in
A description of structural analysis of the ways in establishing identity in an alien culture, the loss of
which social structures and relationships influence mother tongue, assimilation and alienation, cultural
the products of consciousness. Historical and signs of hybridity, loss of the past, longing for home
contemporary analysis of the relationship between in displacement.
social structure, on one hand, and knowledge and
ideologies on the other. SOC 456 Sociology of the Middle East
(3-0)3
264
Ethnic origins of Middle Eastern peoples and the SOC 485 Third World Politics (3-0)3
historical roots of Middle Eastern culture. This course adopts a comparative approach in
Ecological, cultural and socio-economic diversity. discussing political issues of the Third World. Key
The process of transformation of selected countries. elements of the political process will be examined
within the context of three main regions: Latin
SOC 457 Culture, Identity and Post- America, Africa and the Middle East. Special
Colonial Theory (3-0)3 attention will be given to the different ways in
This course will focus on the strategies by which which these regions were integrated into the global
demarcations between self and other and corollary system.
distinctions between First World-Third World,
West-East and masculine-feminine are deployed in SOC 497 The Secularization Debate:
various cultural and political discourses. The Comparative Perspectives and
emergent and contested dimensions of modern, Case Studies (3-0)3
gendered, national and cultural identities will be This course aims to acquaint students with the
examined through post-colonial theorists such as secularization debate. Enlightenment, secularizing
Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak, Homi Bhabha, Edward effect of modernity, classical theories of
Said, Frantz Fanon. secularization and recent approaches, different
dimensions of secularization and Western
secularisms will be critically analyzed. The
SOC 461 Debates on Turkey (3-0)3 development of secularism in different Western
This course aims to cover the principal academic countries will be studied with a comparative
and political debates on Turkeys social structure. perspective.
Debates on the following issues are to be examined:
The formation, consolidation and collapse of the SOC 498 Secular State and Islam
Ottoman Empire; main paths in Ottoman (3-0)3
modernisation; the foundation of the Republic; The principal aim of this course is to acquaint
1930s: present vs. past and inkilaps vs. traditions; students with the secularization process, the secular
the agents of the inkilap: the Turkish Hearths, the state in predominantly Muslim societies and also in
Peoples Houses, and the Village Institutes; the Muslim-minority states. Experience of
transition to multi-party era and the true nature of secularization, laicit and secular state, and the
Democratic Party; the 1960 Coup; Turkey as a relationship between Islam and politics will be
feudal, Asiatic or capitalist society; the rise of critically and comparatively examined in different
political Islam and ethnic revival in 1990s. countries such as Indonesia, Malaysia, India, Egypt,
Iran, Israel and Turkey.
265
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
SOCIOLOGY
Required Courses
SOC 500 Prothesis Seminar NC
SOC 589 Term Project (Non-thesis) NC
SOC 599 Master's Thesis NC
SOC 800-899 Special Studies NC
Elective Courses
SOC 501 Sociological Theory I (3-0)3 Feminist Theory (3-0)3
SOC 502 Sociological Theory II (3-0)3 SOC 529 Migration and Ethnicity in
SOC 503 Problems of Studying Women Eurasian Societies (3-0)3
in Muslim Societies (3-0)3 SOC 530 Kinship, Tribe, Confederation
SOC 505 Advanced Political and State in Central Asia and
Sociology I (3-0)3 the Middle East (3-0)3
SOC 506 Advanced Political SOC 531 Sociological and Political
Sociology II (3-0)3 Issues in Turkey (3-0)3
SOC 507 Research Methods I (3-0)3 SOC 532 Sociological Themes and
SOC 508 Research Methods II (3-0)3 Debates in Politics, Science
SOC 509 International Regimes and and Culture (3-0)3
Gender Equality (3-0)3 SOC 533 Gender Issues on Class and
SOC 510 Urban Theory and Policy (3-0)3 Patriarchy (3-0)3
SOC 511 Local Politics (3-0)3 SOC 534 Anthropology of Europe (3-0)3
SOC 512 Population Movements in a SOC 535 Contemporary Feminist Theory
Globalizing World (3-0)3 (3-0)3
SOC 513 Comparative Studies in the SOC 536 Peoples and Cultures of Central
Sociology of Religion (3-0)3 Asia (3-0)3
SOC 514 Sociological Perspectives on SOC 537 Anthropology of Religion (3-0)3
Literature (3-0)3 SOC 538 Human Development and
SOC 515 State and Civil Society in Social Policy (3-0)3
Eurasia (3-0)3 SOC 539 Social Policy and Welfare
SOC 516 Gender, Media and Cultural Issues in Turkey (3-0)3
Representation (3-0)3 SOC 540 Class and Ethnic Relations in
SOC 517 Economic and Social the Middle East (3-0)3
Transformations in Eurasia (3-0)3 SOC 541 Labor Market and Social Rights
SOC 518 Social Movements and Civic (3-0)3
Action (3-0)3 SOC 542 Qualitative Research (3-0)3
SOC 519 Feminist Methodology in SOC 543 Family, Marriage and Kinship
Social Sciences (3-0)3 Dynamics in Turkey (3-0)3
SOC 520 Introduction to Structural SOC 544 Anthropology of the Middle
Equation Models (3-0)3 East (3-0)3
SOC 521 Sociology of Structural SOC 545 Sociology of Everyday Life and
Transformations (3-0)3 Interpersonal Relations (3-0)3
SOC 522 Sociology of the Middle East SOC 546 Issues in Criminology (3-0)3
(3-0)3 SOC 548 Art in Turkey: Sociological
SOC 523 Data Analysis (3-0)3 Perspecctives (3-0)3
SOC 524 Modernity and Post-Modernity SOC 550 Middle East Women, Feminism
(3-0)3 and Orientalism (3-0)3
SOC 525 Global and Local Debates on SOC 551 Seminar in Sociology of
Civil Society (3-0)3 Religion (3-0)3
SOC 526 Issues in Women's Work and SOC 552 Sociology of Culture (3-0)3
Employment (3-0)3 SOC 553 Sociology of Consumption (3-0)3
SOC 528 Post-structuralism, SOC 554 Challenges of Social Policy in the
Deconstruction and EU and Turkey (3-0)0
266
SOC 555 Anthropology of Migration and in Turkey (3-0)3
Transnationality (3-0)3 SOC 580 Current Issues in Cultural
SOC 560 Globalization and Diasporas Studies and Critical Theory (3-0)3
(3-0)3 SOC 582 Seminar on Ethnographic Field
SOC 561 Ideology and Discourse Research (3-0)3
Analysis (3-0)3 SOC 590 Nations and Nationalism in the
SOC 570 Citizenship and Society (3-0)3 Modern Middle East (3-0)3
SOC 571 Conflict, War, and Human SOC 598 Debates in Society and Theory
Rights in the New Era (3-0)3 (3-0)3
SOC 578 State Subject and Legitimacy
267
DESCRIPTION OF GRADUATE COURSES
SAN 501 Anthropological Theory and understandings about cultural production; narratives
Method (3-0)3 about common and shared cultures; logic and
This course introduces students to major theories, mechanisms involved in production and
methods, debates, and works in the discipline of transmission of myth, epics, oral and folksong
social anthropology. Students will be exposed to genres; activation of cross-cultural imagination to
both classics and contemporary works in understand the production of culture. An updated
ethnographic literature. Particular attention will be approach to the understanding of orally transmitted
given to developing basic skills in anthropological cultural forms.
theory and methods.
SAN 513 Visual Anthropology (3-0)3
SAN 502 Anthropological Theory and The course introduces students to collecting or
Method (3-0)3 using visual materials as part of ethnographic
This course introduces students to major theories, research. It presents various approaches and
methods, debates, and works in the discipline of methodologies through which visual materials are
social anthropology. Students will be exposed to interpreted and analyzed, e.g. semiology,
both classics and contemporary works in psychoanalysis and reception theory. It attempts to
ethnographic literature. Particular attention will be uncover cultural meanings that are produced in and
given to developing advanced skills in through visual materials such as tattoos, sculptures,
anthropological theory and methods. reliefs, cave paintings, jewelry, hieroglyphics,
paintings, and photographs.
SAN 510 Culture: Concept, Theories,
Approaches (3-0)3 SAN 515 Folklore as Performance
The course offers a brief intellectual history of the (3-0)3
Culture concept in Anthropology with special focus This course introduces students to the discipline of
on methodologies adopted by Boas, Taylor, folklore. Students will be provided with different
Malinowski, Mauss, Barthes, Jameson, Benedict, approaches to folklore, particularly folklore as text
Geertz, Strathern, Weiner, etc. In addition to and folklore as performance. Topics to be covered
showing how to write about Culture, the work it in the course include tradition, narrative discourse,
does as well as the theoretical and comparative epics, folk romance, folktales, and shamanism.
perspectives it offers, the course will focus on how
the concept has enhanced understandings of the SOC 500 Prothesis Seminar NC
Gift, Space and Place; Emotion and Language. The
course will investigate the limits of cultural analysis SOC 501-502 Sociological Theory I-II
and interrogate the utility of the concept for (3-0)3
anthropological understanding. The aim of this course is to make students familiar
with concepts, issues and debates in the field of
SAN 511 Culture and Health (3-0)3 contemporary social and critical theory. It will
Culture and Health aims to instruct students on examine key concepts such as representation,
issues relevant to health and illness from a cultural power, subjectivity, desire, signification, sexuality,
point of view. It covers the topics of health and the unconscious, and difference by way of
illness, environmental factors, culture specific examining major continental critical theories.
diseases, development and health, treatment of
illness as well as research topics and methods in
culture and health. The course will be carried out SOC 503 Problems of Studying Women
both as lectures and as a workshop where active in Muslim Societies (3-0)3
participation and term-project presentation are This course aims to stimulate debate about the
expected from students. Whenever possible the problem of considering "Muslim Women" as a
instructor will make use of audiovisual means distinct category to study the status, image and role
during the lectures. of women in Muslim societies. It discusses the
impact of Islam in the formation of patriarchal
SAN 512 Forms of Cultural Production structures, practices, and discourses of Middle
(3-0)3 Eastern societies in their cultural and historical
Cultural difference as historically produced in specificities while focusing on the literature which
shared spaces within fields of power. How concepts examines the predicaments of women in Turkish
such as emotion, speech, sound, language, poetics, society.
metaphor, memory, sexuality and gender, facilitate
268
SOC 505-506 Advanced Political achieving gender equality at the national level will
Sociology I-II (3-0)3 be examined.
The main theme of this course is elites and elite
theories. Following the introduction of elite SOC 510 Urban Theory and Policy (3-0)3
theories, students are expected to discuss the pros Theories relating to urbanization and urban life are
and cons of each theory. After the historical review discussed and policies formulated to cope with
of elite theories, recent problems relating to elites urban problems are evaluated. Social stabilisation
will be taken up and discussed in the light of the has placed the question of daily practices back on
experiences of Western and Middle Eastern the agenda. It forces us to think about individual
countries. diversity and questions of social (re-) production
and ways of life. Thus our leading question will be
SOC 507 Research Methods I (3-0)3 to discuss structure and/vs. the positions of agents in
This course aims to relate recent discussions in the the context of contemporary urban theories. Special
philosophy of science to methodological issues in attention is given to the case of Turkey.
the social sciences and humanities. Various
philosophical issues which have implications for SOC 511 Local Politics (3-0)3
social science research and limitations of the social Goals, processes and patterns of territorial
sciences are discussed. distribution of power. Administrative
decentralization and political decentralization.
Community power structure and decision-making at
SOC 508 Research Methods II (3-0)3 local levels. Politicization of the periphery. Local
This is a continuation of Soc 507. Students learn and regional autonomy in the European integration.
and apply research and data analysis techniques by
using real social science data. Quantitative as well SOC 512 Population Movements in a
as qualitative research techniques are introduced Globalizing World (3-0)3
and applied to various data-sets of Internet. The This course aims to answer the following question:
course seeks to increase the data analytical skills of How does global restructuring affect the movements
the students. of people across space? Five types of interrelated
SOC 509 International Regimes and categories of population movements are identified:
Gender Equality (3-0)3 (1)population displacements due to increased
The course aims to analyze the interplay between conflict and civil strife as well as natural disasters;
governmental and non-governmental actors at (2)illegal forms of international migrant labor
national and international levels in establishing arrangements including trafficking in women;
international regimes to transform social (3)reverse and return migration from north to south
inequalities particularly in the area of gender. It and urban to rural; (4)shuttle between two or more
starts out with a discussion on the need to link worlds with strong links in all; (5)"rented"
paradigm (academia), policy (governance temporary free-floating migrant labor. Relevant
structures) and praxis (activism) in the production international organizations; immigration policies;
of socially relevant knowledge. The focus will be on gender differentials; social construction of
international regimes, particularly those within the identities, networks and communities; household
context of the United Nations, that promote equality survival strategies and emerging trends, constraints
and human rights of women. It will focus on both and prospects for population movements will be
the processes of the intergovernmental bodies considered. While these patterns of population
(Commission on the status of Women (CSW), movements will be analyzed within a global
Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC), General context, students will be expected to analyze each
Assembly (GA)) and the treaty body (Convention category as it is experienced in the case of Turkey.
on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination
against Women (CEDAW)) and the impact of
scholarship and activism on their creation. Equality SOC 513 Comparative Studies in The
policies and human rights instruments and the Sociology of Religion (3-0)3
institutional support mechanisms for these bodies Comparative approaches to the study of religion and
will be analyzed. The effectiveness of the 4 World society with special reference to the problems posed
Conferences and World Conferences of the 1990's by modernity, secularism, nationalism, democracy
in fostering compliance with equality policies and and generalized education. The main emphasis is on
international law will also be analyzed. Finally, the the religions of the developed world.
affect of these mechanisms and processes in
269
SOC 514 Sociological Perspectives on transformations as well as comparing selected case
Literature (3-0)3 studies. Particular attention will be given to the
This graduate level course is designed to discuss impacts of political and macro-economic changes
selected examples from literature with classical on local communities.
texts of the discipline of sociology. The main
objective is to discuss literal examples, which SOC 518 Social Movements and
reflect socio-cultural and political characteristics of Civic Action (3-0)3
the era and society they are produced, through a The course will critically examine the major
sociological perspective. theoretical approaches to the study of social
movements and NGOs. The emergence and
SOC 515 State and Civil Society in development of any social protest: recruitment and
Eurasia (3-0)3 mobilization, tactics and strategies, and external
This course will enable students to understand state opposition and control. Do contemporary forms of
and civil society relations in the post-Soviet protest strengthen civil society and democratic
transformation. The course aims to introduce development around the world? The objective of
students to the main theoretical debates concerning course is to critically apply the theories we discuss
the causes and the nature of the political, social, and to contemporary protest and political activity.
economic transformation from communism; to
provide theories of transition, democratisation and SOC 519 Feminism and Methodology in
theoretical approaches to state-society relations Social Sciences (3-0)3
while explaining varieties of post-Soviet transition. This course aims to review and re-evaluate the
The course will particularly focus on the formation feminist methodological literature and the basic
of civil society organizations (non-governmental themes in feminist research methods with a critical
organisations, unions, movements, umbrella perspective. This involves the historical and current
groups), their aims and activities, their role in the discussions in womens studies on the relations
process of transition and democratisation and the between science and philosophy; theory and
nature of the relationship between governments and methodology; research and epistemology; and
civil society organisations. The course will also objectivity and subjectivity. The course questions
explore the impact of the international element the purpose and sources of knowledge and the
(international governmental and non-governmental legitimized knower.
organisations) on governments and NGOs and its
role enable in the formations of state-civil society SOC 520 Introduction to Structural
relations. Equation Models (3-0)3
The aim of this course is to prepare students to
SOC 516 Gender, Media and Cultural understand the structural equation models which are
Representation (3-0)3 widely used in the literature, and to teach them how
This course aims to focus on the modalities of mass to use them for their own research. The emphasis is
media by which hegemonic construction of gender on correlation specification error, measurement
identities come to be realized. Film, television and error, unobserved variables, multiple, indicators,
texts produced through cyberspace, photography, and the form and substance of sociological models.
and the graphic arts and also women genres as
objects of analysis and as research tools. SOC 521 The Sociology of Structural
Retrospective inquires on the selected topics will Transformations (3-0)3
depend on the current research interests of students Historical sociological approach to the problem of
and they will design and carry out their projects. structural transformations. History and new
conceptions of time. Transformational mechanisms
SOC 517 Economic and Social in non-linear social history. From hierarchical to
Transformations in Eurasia network society. Society, state and non-
(3-0)3 governmental organizations. From civil society to
This course analyses the fundamental economic and resistance and project communities/identities. From
social changes in Eurasia in recent decades. It defense of place to space of flows.
focuses on the establishment and functioning of the
socialist system and its later dismantling in favor of SOC 522 Sociology of the Middle East
a market economy. Both of these transformation (3-0)3
processes included not only the change of economic The Middle East in historical and world context.
patterns and property rights but also affected social Islam and development of secularization in Turkey
relations, values and ideologies. The course and other countries in the Middle East. Social,
discusses general issues and theories of cultural, and educational transformations in selected
270
countries of the Middle East. Modernity, post- thinkers like Jacques Lacan, Deleuze, Guattari,
modernity, globalisation, orientalism, funda- Derrida and Foucault who have provided theoretical
mentalism, authenticity, identity and religion. tools by which we can critically examine the
Sociological and anthropological depictions of construction of the subject, sexuality, and identity.
cultural transitions in the Middle East and Islamic
world. SOC 529 Migration and Ethnicity in
Eurasian Societies (3-0)3
SOC 523 Data Analysis (3-0)3 The aim of this course is to scrutinize the
This is basically a computer assisted data analysis relationship between identity, ethnicity, migration
course. Knowledge of introductory statistics and and culture; the interaction between dominant
any computer program such as SPSS, SAS, Minitop cultures and minority groups and its impact on
are required. Students learn various statistical data ethnic identity formation in Eurasian societies. Case
analysis techniques by analysing real social science studies for this course come from groups such as the
data. Crimean Tatars, Meskhetian (Ahiska) Turks, Soviet
Germans, Soviet Jews and the Russians. In addition
SOC 524 Modernity and Post-Modernity to the western theories on ethnicity, the Soviet
(3-0)3 ethnos theory and the Soviet nationality policy are
The origins of modernity. Kantian and Hegelian critically examined to analyze the groups specified
visions of Enlightenment. Tradition and modernity: above.
The aftermath of the Structuralist debates: Different
theoretical approaches to the constitution of modern SOC 530 Kinship, Tribe,
'subjectivity'. Post-modern politics and the question Confederation and State in
of democracy. The Enlightenment Project: Central Asia and
incomplete or aborted? the Middle East (3-0)3
The kinship-based structure of tribal organization
SOC 525 Global and Local Debates on and its relation to supra-tribal and non-tribal forms
Civil Society (3-0)3 of organization in Central Asia and the Middle East.
This course explores theories and central debates Concept of the segmentary lineage system and its
evolving around the issue of civil society. It focuses critics; tribal structure as an organizational
on the relationship between state and civil society framework functioning simultaneously at various
organizations which has been central to sociological levels from local to societal; the historical conflict
analysis and the changing role of these between tribe and state in the two regions.
organizations pertaining to globalization. It
particularly examines recent debates on civil society SOC 531 Sociological and Political
and discourses of civil society organizations in Issues on Turkey (3-0)3
Turkey. Controversial issues that affect civil society Formation of nation-state; capitalist penetration and
organizations are also discussed. incorporation; state and capital; populism;
ideological conservatism; modernity,
SOC 526 Issues in Women's Work and Westernization; statism; merchant bourgeoisie and
Employment (3-0)3 political rule; state and hegemony; breakdowns of
The actual and potential contribution of women in the internal order and the establishment of
economic life. Gender segregation and hegemony; ideologies and patterns of domination in
discrimination in the labor market and the causes internal politics; social movements; relations among
and consequence of women's unequal position at and between subordinate and dominant classes.
work. Impact of technological changes and
economic recession on women's work; gender in the SOC 532 Sociological Themes and
international division of labor, the economic Debates in Politics, Science
importance of the informal sector and of women's and Culture (3-0)3
labor. Critical analysis of the historical and contemporary
themes and debates in politics, science and culture:
SOC 528 Post-structuralism, confusion between social science and social
Deconstruction and philosophy; how material and spiritual cultures are
Feminist Theory (3-0)3 related and what are their bases; historical
This course explores the general problematic of development of the forms of social consciousness;
sexual difference by examining several thinkers politics and contemporary philosophical analysis; a
such as Irigaray, Kristeva, Le Douffe, Cixous, critical evaluation of the methodology of modern
Butler, Cornell, and the ways in which they have political science.
utilized poststructuralist theories developed by
271
SOC 533 Gender Issues on Class and general assessment of theoretical approaches to the
Patriarchy (3-0)3 nature, origin and functions of religion. The course
The classical approaches to class and patriarchy in also aims at studying religion as a social
historical and contemporary perspectives; phenomenon and focuses on the cultural bases of
interpretation and explanation of structured social religious thought and behavior, comparative
inequality, patriarchal relations and their assessment of world religions; the ways in which
implications on politics and social change; women's religious activities are organized in a society and
position and the system of economic exploitation; mobilize people in common action; comparative and
feminist and main-stream stances on the gender and critical analysis of different theoretical perspectives
stratification debate feminist approaches giving on religion in anthropology and sociology.
emphasis on patriarchal structures.
SOC 538 Human Development and
SOC 534 Anthropology of Europe (3-0)3 Social Policy (3-0)3
This course offers a general overview of the This course explores the concept and practice of
European society and culture through a critical Human Development as a sociological analysis tool
discussion of the anthropological works on the area. with emphasis on national and social development
The principal aim is to provide students with the policy building. The course will examine the
necessary theoretical and methodological tools to multifarious social and economic development
explore and appreciate the diversity of individual debates offered by the global Human Development
and collective experiences in Europe from a Reports (HDR) or UNDP, published annually since
culturally relativistic point of view. Moreover, the 1990. Particular emphasis will be given to analysis
European Union and its enlargement process as and discussion of Turkeys human development
reflected through the anthropological lens will be performance in the context of the construction of the
major focus of the readings and class discussions. Human Development Index (HDI) and in the time
period of 1990-2005 while comparative perspective
SOC 535 Contemporary Feminist maintained with those of selected UN member
Theory (3-0)3 states, EU and OECD countries. Controversial
This course explores a number of theories and human development issues will be discussed with
central issues evolving around the issues of the aim of shifting analysis towards the adoption of
womens oppression. It particularly focuses on the Human Development perspective in policy
patriarchy which has been central to much feminist making and development priority setting for socio-
analysis and continues to inform a great deal of economic development and formulation of related
feminist work. action programmes/projects.
SOC 560 Globalization and Diasporas SOC 578 State Subject and Legitimacy
(3-0)3 in Turkey (3-0)3
This course aims to analyze the political, economic This course addresses statesubject (citizen)
and cultural dimensions of globalization at an relations in Turkey. Its primary aim is to examine
274
the evolution of subjecthood in Turkey. The questioned territorial boundaries are closely
idea is to compare the logic of the (Ottoman) related to the process of nation-state formation.
Empire and the (Turkish) Republic in this respect. During the last couple of decades the development
Comparison between these two logics will be of radical Islam has overshadowed what is
conducted with a particular emphasis upon the happening on the level of nations and national
question of legitimacy. The resemblances and the identity formation. The aim of this course is to study
differences in the ways in which statesubject this aspect of recent Middle East developments and
relations have been legitimized in the era of Empire to do so in the light of rich theoretical literature on
and that of Republic will be studied. In studying the nations and nationalism that has appeared since the
question of legitimacy, priority will be given to the collapse of the Soviet Union.
examination of such domains as law, justice, and
ideology in the Ottoman Empire and the Turkish SOC 598 Debates in Society and
Republic. Theory (3-0)3
A through reading and discussion of the crucial
SOC 580 Current Issues in Cultural social and theoretical issues in contemporary
Studies and Critical Theory(3-0)3 society. Each semester the course will focus on one
In the last decade or so, the label cultural studies of the basic questions in contemporary society like
has become one of the widely used terms. This the meaning and import of modernity and
course offers a critical exploration of the current postmodernity, faith, subjectivity, identity,
literature in the emerging field of Cultural Studies. constitution of the social, theory of history and
We will map out and trace some of the issues, historiography, knowledge and the knowledge of
concepts and subjects that have come to define the the social, value and the social constitution of the
field of cultural studies and those that are mostly value, differentiation of morality and ethics. As
likely to influence where it is heading towards, such much as the topics overlap, the specific focus on a
as identity, otherness, subalternity, representation, certain topic will also include discussions
transnationalism, postmodernism, orientalism, concerning other topics as well.
multiculturalism, nationalism and deconstruction
such as. Our aim will not be to search definitive SOC 599 Master's Thesis NC
answer to the convoluted social and cultural issues,
but regard this course as a chance to grapple with SOC 600 Ph.D. Seminar (3-0)3
the intricacies of social, cultural life and theory. The purpose of this seminar is to help Ph.D.
students in writing up their proposals and
SOC 582 Seminar on Ethnographic conducting their research.
Field Research (3-0)3
This course introduces students to ethnographic SOC 628 Global Society (3-0)3
field research by way of methodological readings This course aims to identify the major trends of
and field practice. In the first part of the course, change within the globalization process, i.e.
students will be provided an overview of various transformation of contemporary world. The
field techniques used by ethnographers as well as emphasis will be on the changing character of
different ways of managing, coding, and analyzing global division of labor and its implications for the
field dates. In the second part of the course, students relationships between state, community and the
will be asked to carry out ethnographic fieldwork individual both in developed as well as
and present their findings. underdeveloped societies.
SOC 589 Term Project (Non-thesis) NC SOC 631 Current Issues in Sociology
and Social Theory (3-0)3
SOC 590 Nations and Nationalism in The purpose of this course is to follow up the most
the Modern Middle East (3-0)3 recent topics of discussion in sociology. Concepts
In spite of the contemporary strong forces at work and theories will be critically scrutinized in terms of
in the direction of globalization, formation and logical consistency, empirical validity and the
consolidation of nations is no less significant. general relevance of the issues.
Nation-building is a decisive part of modernity. As
such it has a longer history in Europe than in other SOC 632 Recent Developments in Methods
regions in the world. In the Middle East, for of Sociological Inquiry (3-0)3
example, nation building is a process that mainly The course will introduce recent quantitative/
got under way during the last (20th) century. Many qualitative techniques to students. Various
problems facing this part of the world today like techniques for data collection, fieldwork and data
the current political and social instability and analysis will be introduced. Students will be
275
encouraged to use recent research techniques in the SOC 646 Family, Marriage and
course so as to increase their mastery of the research Kinship: Debates and Issues
tools. (3-0)3
Current controversies concerning the relation
SOC 633 Social History of Institutions between modern industrial systems of production
in Turkey (3-0)3 and the social relations of reproduction based on
The key institutions and processes of domestic groups, marriage and kinship relations.
institutionalization in Turkeys recent history.
Course material will include basic books, official SOC 647 Power, Status and Social
reports, legal documents, newspapers collections, Rank (3-0)3
pamphlets, literary works as well as personal Current debates on selected issues in stratification
materials such as letters, diaries and journals. and social mobility. Patterns of status and class
differentiation in relation to division of labor,
prestige, and of esteem. Class formation and
SOC 641 Sociology of Industrialization internal class divisions. Poulantzas, E.O. Wright and
and Modernization (3-0)3 P. Bourdieu on class and status: class and
A critical review of theories and debates on the consumption, life-style; class and gender; class and
transition from agrarian social structure to modern race and ethnicity migration; class and poverty;
structures in the West and in the Third World. A class and citizenship.
critical evaluation of strategies of industrialization
SOC 648 Order and Social Control:
and its consequences. Industrialization,
Formality and Informality (3-0)3
urbanization, their interrelationships and their social
Theories and controversies, with detailed examples,
and cultural consequences.
concerning the relation between the judicial and
penal systems of a modern state and the informal
SOC 642 Sociological and
controls over individual conduct based on day to
Anthropological Studies in
day social interaction.
Turkey (3-0)3
SOC 649 States, Nations and Political
This course has two aims. First, to ensure that the
Alignments (3-0)3
students are familiar with the range of available
The formation of states, in the light of different
empirical researches and studies on Turkey, and
theoretical constructions such as Eisenstadt's
secondly to examine critically and in detail some
"bureaucratic empires", P. Anderson's "absolutist
selected examples.
state", Weber's "patrimonialism", Rokkan's "nation
SOC 643 Advanced Issues in the state". Nationalism in the modern world. Increased
Sociology of Knowledge (3-0)3 bureaucratization and the broadening of political
An understanding of the dynamic relations between participation, the question of democracy and
ideas, ideologies, norms and values; social groups ideologies that either accept or reject its tenets.
and strata. Reading of classical theorists in the
sociology of knowledge. The role of ideas, norms
and values in the constitution of historically- SOC 651 Comparative Study of
determinate social formations and civilizational Agrarian Social Structures (3-0)3
complexes. The relationships between knowledge Organization and structure of peasantry, peasant
and everyday life. family, village communities and their relationship
with market, state and cultural contexts and major
changes that have been taking place in these
SOC 644 Public Opinion, Culture and structures and relationships will be studied in
the Media (3-0)3 historical and comparative perspective.
The role of the mass media in molding and
reflecting public opinion and cultural values.
"Agenda-setting" or "mainstreaming" functions of SOC 652 Organization and Work (3-0)3
the media; the organization of public debate around This course attempts first a comparative study of
a certain issue in current affairs and news programs. current debates about the way people in different
Media and politics; political propaganda and societies organize productive and service sector
campaigning and its effects on political attitudes activities, from hunting to modern industry; and
and voting behavior. Media and culture; advertising secondly, a reading of a number of selected
and the formation of dominant image patterns. intensive case studies.
276
SOC 653 Sociology of Studies on Women methodological perspectives. Where do they differ
(3-0)3 and where do they overlap? What can they lear from
Critical examination of the data and theories in each other?
sociology about women. Biological versus social
explanation, stereotyping, sex roles in different SOC 671-672 Sociology and History I-II
societies, and the gender component in power (3-0)3
relations. Neoclassical and radical approaches to This course, which runs over two semesters, aims at
labor force participation, domestic work, the an in-depth study of historical sociology.
household and female sexuality. Theoretical and Characteristic for this tradition within sociology is
empirical analysis of the connections between not only that a historical dimension is added the
production, reproduction and the sexual division of analysis of sociological (or social) problems, but
labor. that society is perceived of an ongoing process,
which has to be evaluated in a long-term
SOC 654 Economic and Social History perspective. This approach, characteristic for
of Turkish Society (3-0)3 classical sociology, was lost under the spell of the
This course attempts a comprehensive study of specialization on different branches within
Turkish society in historical perspective, based on sociology, which came to dominate the discipline
the rigorous reading of classical and modern texts of after the Second World War. This tradition has,
relevance. This project is to be realized at two however, been taken up again, both by historians
levels: 1. the survey of certain social structures and sociologists, and it is especially these 20th
Turks had, notably those of Central Asia, Seljukid century carries of the classical sociological tradition
and Ottoman Anatolia, and modern Turkey; 2. that will be the focus of this course. The
issues and theoretical problems and debates of fundamental idea behind historical sociology is that
modern Turkish historiography concerning these long-term history cannot successfully be carried out
past forms. without a theory about society. On the other hand,
sociology with a long-term processual perspective
SOC 659 Space, Place And Gender (3-0)3 cannot do without proper historical scholarship.
This course stems from a discussion which argues Therefore these two disciplines can only develop by
that throughout history and across cultures, learning from each other. The 20th century
architectural and geographic spatial arrangements sociologists who has been more articulated on this
have reinforced status differences between different issue than most others is Norbert Elias, and for that
gender identities, and, thus aims to examine the reason the first part of this double course, will
relationship between space, place and gender from concentrate on his extensive work, starting from his
an interdisciplinary feminist perspective by focusing The Civilizing Process. In the second part of the
on the current debates in urban theory, social course several other representatives of long-term
history, feminist geography, architecture, gender processual perspectives will be analyzed, like
and cultural studies. Feminist postmodern critique Ferdinand Braudel, Marshall Hodgeson, Eric
of modernist either/or distinctions and the gendered Hobsbawn, Charles Tilly, Michel Foucault, Pierre
manifestations of these distinctions in different Bourdieu. Special emphasis will be given according
political and cultural contexts which created to the interests and preparations of the student.
exclusivist claims to places, and how these claims
are both challenged and negotiated by various social SOC 699 Ph.D. Dissertation NC
agents constitute the central discussion topics of the
course with special emphasis on the global sense of SOC 800-899 Special Studies NC
the place within a space-time continuum.
SOC 900-999 Special Topics NC
SOC 660 Sociology, History and Religion
(3-0)3 SOC 5555 International Student Practice 0
The objective of this course is to compare sociology
and history with respect to their theoretical and
277
DEPARTMENT OF STATISTICS
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
LK DA, zlem (Vice Chair): B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D, Iowa State University.
PURUTUOLU, Vilda: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Lancaster University.
SRC, Bar: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
BABU ERKAN, Berna Burak: B.S., METU; M.S., University of Warwick; Ph.D., London School of
Economics.
KALAYLIOGLU, Zeynep, B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State University.
YOZGATLIGL (TALU), Ceylan: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Temple University.
GENERAL INFORMATION: The Department of Statistics offers courses leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.
The purpose of the programs is to train students and researchers to carry out research based on
extensive observations and experimentations; collection and analysis of data in laboratories and social,
economic and public systems and organizations and to derive inferences about the behavior of such systems.
The students who complete the statistics education in the Department will be able to make their skills available
in the science of inductive inference for research, industrial and social organizations by playing an important
part in solving problems of science and practical life. Graduates are expected to take part in research and
development activities in such institutions as the State Planning Organizations, State Institute of Statistics,
Ministries, State Economic Enterprises and other public and private. To this end, the Department emphasizes
both the theory and the applications of statistics with special emphasis on computational statistics in its
undergraduate and graduate programs.
LABORATORIES AND EQUIPMENT: The department has its own computer facilities. A
laboratory is open to the use of the students of the department. A large number of statistical and graphical
package programs are available in the PCs of the laboratory.
MAJOR RESEARCH INTERESTS OF THE STAFF: The major graduate level research areas are,
optimal design of experiments, statistical reliability, time series data, longitudinal data, biostatistics, survival
analyses, bioinformatics and genetics, system and computational biology, actuarial risk and data analyses,
disaster management, extremes of random functions and applications, stochastic modeling of engineering
systems, metamodeling, multi-level modeling, computational statistics, response surface methodology,
simulation, quality improvement, survey methods research, categorical data analysis, robust statistical
methods, environmental statistics, Bayesian inference, and data mining
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM: The required courses for the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree
in Statistics are listed in the following pages. All students are required to develop working knowledge and
skills in the computers, scientific and statistical computing.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS:
Degrees
The Department of Statistics offers M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Statistics, and M.S. degree in
Interdisciplinary Statistics. The programs enable students to acquire a sound understanding of the theoretical
basis of statistics and emphasize the formation of research capability in applied research work.
278
In addition to the relevant regulations of the Graduate School for granting the M.S. and Ph.D.
degrees, the following are required by the Department,
a) For the M.S. degrees: The completion of at least seven credit courses.
b) For the Ph.D. degree: The completion of at least eight credit courses.
The main objective of the master's program is to train students in applied statistics by imparting
knowledge of the theory and practice of statistics. This program will furnish its graduates with abilities to take
part in studies involving extensive observations and experimentations; collection and analysis of data in
laboratories, social, economic and public systems, organizations and to derive inferences about the behavior of
underlying systems. On the other hand, the Ph.D. program is structured with the objective of preparing students
for careers in university teaching and research and for industrial and government positions that involve
consulting and research in new statistical methods.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: The graduate programs are designed to train students for positions in
industry, government and academic institutions. The graduates of the programs will be able to make their skills
available in the science of inductive inference to research, industrial and social organizations by playing
important part in solving problems of science and practical life. The interdisciplinary nature of the programs
brings together faculty and students interested in statistical applications in engineering, science, social
sciences, management and planning, as well as statistical theory, and this nature enriches the career
opportunities for graduates. Some career opportunities for the graduates are:
Teaching and academic positions which involve research in the universities; Industrial and
governmental positions involving consulting and research in existing and new statistical methods; Programmer
and analyst in statistical software development centers.
STATISTICAL COMPUTING: All graduate students are required to develop working knowledge
and skills in the computers and scientific computing.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SECOND YEAR
279
THIRD YEAR
Sixth Semester
Fifth Semester
STAT 356 Statistical Data Analysis (3-2)4
STAT 361 Computational Statistics (3-2)4 STAT 364 Linear Models II (3-2)4
STAT 363 Linear Models I (3-2)4 STAT 366 Survey Research Methods (3-0)3
STAT 365 Survey Sampling Techniques (3-2)4 STAT 376 Stochastic Processes (3-2)4
STAT 391 Probability Theory (2-2)3 TURK 304 Turkish II NC
ENG 311 Advanced Communication TURK 303 Turkish I NC
Skills (3-0)3
FOURTH YEAR
Compulsory Courses
280
Elementary time series analysis, trends, seasonality, STAT 291 Statistical Computing I (3-2)4
forecasting. Introduction to statistical techniques in statistical
Prerequisite: STAT 155 or Consent of department. software. Managing and analyzing data using
statistical database packages. Introduction to
STAT 201 Introduction to Probability and MATLAB with applications to matrix algebra.
Statistics I (3-0)3 Prerequisites: CENG 230, STAT 156
Experiments and events. Set theory. Axioms and
basic theorems of probability. Finite sample spaces STAT 292 Statistical Computing II (3-2)4
and counting techniques. Independent events. Introduction to programming and computation.
Conditional probability. Random variables and Introduction to computer organization and basic
distributions. Expectation, variance, covariance and data structures. An advanced programming
correlation. Some special distributions. language with applications to statistical procedures.
Prerequisite: CENG 230
STAT 202 Introduction to Probability and
Statistics II (3-0)3 STAT 356 Statistical Data Analysis (3-2)4
Random samples. Sample mean and variance. Types of data. Graphical and tabular represantation
Chebychev's inequality. Law of large numbers. of data. Approaches to finding the unexpected in
Central limit theorem. Estimation. Maximum data. Exploratory data analysis for large and high-
likelihood, unbiased, minimum variance unbiased, dimensional data. Analysis of categorical data.
consistent and efficient estimators. Sufficiency. Elements of robust estimation. Handling missing
Confidence intervals. Hypothesis testing. data. Smoothing methods. Data mining.
Introduction to nonparametric methods. Regression Prerequisites: STAT 156, STAT 291
and analysis of variance.
Prerequisite: STAT 201 STAT 361 Computational Statistics (3-2)4
Random number generation. Generating from other
STAT 221 Fundamentals of Statistics (3-0)3 distributions. Monte Carlo methods for inferential
Introduction to probability. Finite sample spaces. statistics. Resampling. Data partitioning. Cross-
Conditional probability and independence. Discrete validation. Bootstraping. Jackknifing. Tools for
and continuous random variables. Random sample exploratory and graphical data analysis.
and statistics. Statistical inference, estimation and Nonparametric probability density estimation.
tests of hypotheses. Simple linear regression. Prerequisite: STAT 291
Prerequisite: MATH 120 STAT 363 Linear Models I (3-2)4
STAT 256 Numerical Methods (3-2)4 Simple and Multiple Linear Regression Models.
Accuracy in numerical computations. Numerical Estimation, interval estimation and test of
solution of linear and nonlinear algebraic equations. hypothesis on the parameters of the models. Model
Finding eigen-values and eigenvectors. Finite Adequecy Checking. Multicollinearity.
difference calculus. Interpolation and extrapolation. Transformation.
Numerical differentiation and integration. Prerequisites: MATH 260, STAT 156
Numerical approximation methods.
Prerequisites: STAT 291 or STAT 292, MATH 260 STAT 364 Linear Models II (3-2)4
Simple nonlinear models, Less than full rank
STAT 271 Mathematical Statistics I (3-2)4 models : One-way , Two-way ANOVA models,
Common theoretical distributions. Sampling Multiple comparison tests, Analysis of Covariance
distributions. Principles of point estimation. (ANCOVA) Models, Introduction to generalized
Techniques of estimation .Properties of point linear models (GLM), Poisson regression, Logistic
estimators. Optimality criteria in estimation. regression.
Selected topics from robust inference. Bayesian Prerequisite: STAT 363
inference. STAT 365 Survey Sampling Techniques
Prerequisites: STAT 154 or consent of the (3-2)4
department and MATH 120. Introduction to survey sampling. Probability
sampling techniques. Simple random sampling.
Stratified element sampling. Systematic sampling.
STAT 272 Mathematical Statistics II (3-2)4 Equal sized cluster sampling. Unequal sized cluster
Region (interval) estimation. Hypothesis testing. sampling. PPS selection techniques. Sampling
Optimality properties for hypothesis testing. errors.
Likelihood ratio tests. Sequential tests. Prerequisite: STAT 156 or equivalent for non-
Prerequisite: STAT 271 statistics majors.
281
STAT 460 Nonparametric Statistics (3-0)3
STAT 366 Survey Research Methods (3-0)3 Review of basic statistics. Distribution-free
Introduction to survey research. Survey research statistics, ranking statistics, U statistics. Large
methods. Planning of sample surveys. Survey sample theory for U statistics. Tests based on runs.
designs. Methods of data collection. Questionnaire Asymptotic relative efficiency of tests. Hypothesis
design techniques. Fieldwork organization methods. testing, point and interval estimation. Goodness of
Survey designs over time. Multiplicity survey fit, rank-order (for location and scale), contingency
designs. Establishment survey designs. Components table analysis and relevant models. Measures of
of total survey error. Survey research project. association, analysis of variance.
Prerequisite: STAT 365 or consent of department Prerequisite: Consent of department
for non-statistics majors.
STAT 461 System Simulation (3-2)4
STAT 376 Stochastic Processes (3-2)4
Introduction to discrete-event system simulation and
Random walk. Markov chains, martingales. Discrete
simulation software. Statistical models in
and continuous parameter Markov processes.
simulation. Queuing models. Input data modeling.
Branching processes. Birth and death processes.
Variance reduction techniques. Verification and
Renewal processes. Queuing processes.
validation of simulation models. Output analysis for
Applications.
a single model. Comparison and evaluation of
Prerequisite: STAT 391
alternative system design.
Prerequisite: STAT 156 and STAT 292
STAT 391 Probability Theory (2-2)3
Sigma-algebra of events. Probability measure.
STAT 462 Biostatistics (3-2)4
Axioms of probability. Conditional probability and
Populations and samples. Types of biological data.
independence. Combinatorial problems. Random
Data transformations. Survival data analysis. Life
variables and their distributions. Functions of
tables. Sample size determination in clinical trials.
random variables. Distribution functions.
Measures of association. The odds ratio and some
Expectation. Conditional expectation. Moments and
properties. Application of generalized linear models
characteristic functions. Convergence of random
and logistic regression to biological data. Analysis
variables. Central limit theorem. Laws of large
of data from matched samples.
numbers.
Prerequisite: STAT 156
Prerequisite: STAT 154 or Consent of the
department.
STAT 463 Reliability (3-0)3
STAT 444 Advanced Statistical
Reliability studies. Statistical failure models.
Computing (3-0)3
Censoring and truncation and their types. Useful
Reading raw data files and Statistical Analysis
limit theorems in reliability. Inference procedures
Software (SAS) data sets, and writing the results to
for lifetime distributions. System reliability.
SAS data sets; subsetting data; combining multiple
Bayesian methods. Accelerated life testing.
SAS files; creating SAS variables and recoding data
Prerequisite: STAT 272
values; creating listing and summary reports
Prerequisite: STAT 156 or consent of the
department.
STAT 464 Operations Research (2-2)3
Basic operations research methodology. Basic
STAT 457 Statistical Design of
models such as network flow models, project
Experiments (3-2)4
scheduling, dynamic programming, and production
Strategies for experimentation, Randomized
and inventory control. LP and game theory. Two
complete and balanced incomplete block designs,
person zero-sum games and mixed strategies.
Latin squares. General, two-level and fractional
Prerequisite: MATH 260
factorials. Blocking and confounding in two-level
factorials. Three and mixed level factorial and
fractional factorials. Introduction to response
STAT 465 Multivariate Analysis I (3-2)4
surface methodology. Second-order experimental
Vectoral representation of multivariate data. Sample
designs. Nonnormal responses. Unbalanced data in
mean vector and sample covariance matrix.
factorials. Split-plot designs, Nested designs,
Multivariate distributions, multivariate normal
Random effect models. Repeated measures.
distribution, some other multivariate distributions.
Prerequisite: STAT 363 or consent of the
Parametric estimation. Hypothesis testing.
department.
Reduction of dimensionality.
Prerequisites: MATH 260, STAT 156
282
STAT 466 Multivariate Analysis II (3-2)4 STAT 482 Categorical Data Analysis (3-2)4
MANOVA. Principal components, factor analysis. Probability distributions and measures of
Multivariate classification and clustering. Canonical association for count data. Inferences for two-way
correlation. contingency tables. Generalized linear models,
Prerequisite: STAT 465 logistic regression and loglinear models. Models
with fixed and random effects for categorical data.
Model selection and diagnostics when response is
STAT 472 Statistical Decision Analysis categorical. Classification trees.
(3-2)4 Prerequisite: STAT 272
Introduction to decision making and types of
decision situations. Bayes theorem and Bayesian STAT 487 Insurance and Actuarial
decision theory. Prior, posterior and conjugate prior Analysis (3-0)3
distributions. Loss functions. Empirical Bayesian Basic definition of insurance. Historical
approach. Utility theory for decision making. Value background. Insurance applications in government
of information. Sequential decision procedures. and private sector, regulations and legislation in
Multidecision problems. insurance. Fundamentals of insurance. Types of
Prerequisite: STAT 154 insurance, disaster insurance and risk menagement
applications around the world. Turkish catastrophe
insurance pool. Definition of risk, probability aspect
STAT 477 Statistical Quality Control (2-2)3 of risk. Utility theory, claim processes, distribution
Introduction to concepts of quality and total quality of claim processes.
management. Basic principles of teamwork and Prerequisite: Consent of the department.
learning. Probability in Quality Control. Methods
and Philosophy of Statistical Process. Control STAT 493 New Horizons in Statistics (3-0)3
Charts for variables and attributes. Cumulative-Sum New advances in the field of statistics.
and Exponentially Weighted Moving-Average Prerequisite: Consent of department
Control Charts. Process Capability Analysis.
Introduction to Experimental Design and Factorial STAT 495 Applications in Statistics (2-2)3
Experiments. Taguchi Method, Lot-by-Lot Applications of different statistical methods in
Acceptance Sampling for attributes and by various disciplines such as medicine, science,
variables. engineering and social sciences. Presentation of
Prerequisite: STAT 156 projects involving these applications as group
studies.
STAT 479 Linear Programming (2-2)3 Prerequisite: STAT 156
Introduction to Linear Programming (LP). The
simplex method. Transportation, assignment and STAT 497 Applied Time Series Analysis
transshipment problems. Sensitivity testing, duality (3-2)4
theory and its applications. Advanced methods in Time series as a stochastic process. Means,
LP and revised simplex algorithm. covariances, correlations, stationarity. Moving
Prerequisite: MATH 260 averages and smoothing. Stationary and
nonstationary parametric models. Model
specification. Estimation and testing. Seasonality.
STAT 480 Application of Statistical Some forecasting procedures. Elementary spectral
Techniques in Socio-Economic domain analysis. Exponential smoothing methods.
Research (3-2)4 Unit root tests.
Prinicipals of empirical socio-economic research. Prerequisite: Consent of the department.
Formulation of research problems, determination of
research design, application of sampling design. STAT 499 Undergraduate Research (1-4)3
Strategies of field work, collection of data, This course is intended to improve the research
improving data quality, selecting appropriate capabilities of graduating students. Each student
statistical methods. Evaluation of test of hypothesis will be given a project and an academic advisor;
and interpretation of findings. Preparation and lectures will be given on research design, data
presentation of a research proposal and report. evaluation and report writing. A final report and/or
Prerequisite: STAT 356 seminar is required at the end of the semester.
Prerequisite: Consent of the department.
283
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF STATISTICS
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
PROGRAMS OFFERED
M.S. degree in Statistics is offered in two different areas (options). These are M.S. in Statistics and M.S. in
Interdisciplinary Statistics programs. At the Doctorate level, there is only one program, Ph.D. in Statistics,
applied in two tracks: admission by M.S. degree and admission by B.S. degree.
STAT 505 Sampling Theory and Methods STAT 544 Graduate Seminar I (0-2)NC
(3-0)3 M.S. students prepare and present a seminar in their
General randomization theory of simple and thesis topic.
multistage sampling, sampling with and without
replacement and with equal and unequal STAT 551 Probability and Statistics I
probabilities, ratio and regression estimates, (3-0)3
analytical studies and multiframe problems in
286
Probability, combinatorics, random variables, Bayesian models, hierarchical modeling,
expectations, joint distribution functions, nonparametric regression models, semi- parametric
conditional distributions, distribution functions, models, random and mixed models, response
moment generating functions, limit theorems. surface methods, residual analysis, correlation
analysis, experimental design and analysis of
STAT 552 Probability and Statistics II covariance models.
(3-0)3 Prerequisite: Consent of Department.
Order statistics, exponential families, sufficiency,
point estimation, hypothesis testing, interval STAT 559 Applied Multivariate Analysis
estimation, confidence intervals. (3-0)3
Characterizing and displaying multivariate data,
STAT 553 Actuarial Analysis and Risk multivariate distributions, tests of mean vectors and
Theory (3-0)3 covariate matrices, discriminant analysis,
Basics of insurance; Basics of reinsurance; Non-life classification and pattern recognition, canonical
insurance mathematics; Insurance economics; Risk correlation, principle component analysis, factor
theory; Individual and collective risk models; Ruin and cluster analysis, multivariate linear, random and
theory; Credibility theory and applications. mixed models, multidimensional scaling.
STAT 554 Computational Statistics (3-0)3 STAT 560 Logistic Regression Analysis
Overview of statistical distributions, generating (3-0)3
random variables, exploratory data analysis, Monte Introduction to categorical response data. Fitting
Carlo (MC) method for statistical inference, data logistic regression models. Interpretation of
partitioning, resampling, bootstrapping, coefficients. Maximum likelihood estimation.
nonparametric density estimation. Hypothesis testing. Model building and diagnostics.
Prerequisite: Consent of Department. Polytomous logistic regression. Interaction and
confounding. Logistic regression modelling for
STAT 555 Advanced Computational different sampling designs: case-control and cohort
Statistics (3-0)3 studies, complex surveys. Conditional logistic
Bivariate and multivariate smoothing, discovering regression. Exact methods for small samples. Power
structure in data, nonparametric regression, Markov and sample size. Recent developments in logistic
Chain Monte Carlo (MCMC), statistical pattern regression approach.
recognition: classifiers and clustering.
STAT 561 Panel Data Analysis (3-0)3
STAT 556 Advanced Computing Introduction to longitudinal / panel data. Missing
Methods in Statistics (3-0)3 cases in panel data. Exploratory longitudinal data
This course introduces a range of computational analysis. Marginal models, transition models,
techniques that are important to Statistics. The random effects models, multilevel (hierarchical)
topics covered include introduction to statistical models. Estimation methods for this type of data.
computing, computer arithmetic, numerical linear
algebra, regression computations, eigenproblems, STAT 562 Univariate Time Series Analysis
numerical optimization, numerical approximations, (3-0)3
numerical integration, expectation-maximization Fundamental concepts in univariate time domain
(EM) algorithm, basic simulation methodology, analyses, properties of autocovariance and
Monte Carlo (MC) integration, MC Markov Chain autocorrelation of time series, stationary and
(MCMC) methods. nonstationary models, difference equations,
autoregressive integrated moving average processes,
STAT 557 Statistical Modeling I (3-0)3 model identification, parameter estimation, model
Introduction to the general theory of linear models, selection, time series forecasting, seasonal time
least squares and maximum likelihood estimation. series models, testing for a unit root, intervention
Introduction to non-linear, log-linear and analysis, outlier detection, handling missing
generalized linear models. Logistic and Poisson observations in time series, Fourier series, spectral
regression, ordinal and multinomial logit models. theory of stationary processes and the estimation of
ANOVA. Causation versus association. Introduction the spectrum.
to special Statistical Models, such as Time Series STAT 563 Multivariate Time Series
Models, Actuarial Models, Survival Models, Analysis (3-0)3
Reliability Models. Transfer function models and cross-spectral
Prerequisite: Consent of Department. analysis, time series regression and GARCH
STAT 558 Statistical Modeling II (3-0)3 models, vector time series models, error-correction
287
models, cointegration and causality, state space
models and Kalman filter, long memory processes, STAT 568 Statistical Consulting (3-0)3
nonlinear processes, temporal aggregation and Key aspects of statistical consulting and data
disaggregation. analysis activities. Formulation of statistical
problems from client information. Analysis of
STAT 564 Advanced Statistical Data complex data sets. Case studies. Writing and
Analysis (3-0)3 presenting reports.
Introduction to methods for analyzing experimental
and observational data. Useful display of univariate STAT 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
and multivariate data. Exploratory data analysis. Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree
Transforming data. Detecting and handling outliers. arranged between student and a faculty member.
Examining residuals. Resistant lines. Robust Students register to this course in all semesters
estimation. Approaches to handling missing data. starting from the beginning of their second semester
Analysis of categorical data. Data mining. while the research program or write-up of thesis is
in progress.
STAT 565 Decision Theory And Bayesian STAT 601 Advanced Probability Theory I
Analysis (3-0)3 (3-0)3
Introduction to decision making. Subjective and Notions of measure theory. General concepts and
frequentist probability. Bayes theorem and tools of probability theory. Independence;
Bayesian decision theory. Advantages of using a convergence; laws of large number. Random walks.
Bayesian approach. Likelihood principle, prior and Prerequisite: Consent of Department.
posterior distributions, conjugate families. Inference
as a statistical decision problem. Bayesian point
estimation, Tests and confidence regions, model STAT 602 Advanced Probability
choice, invariance, equivariant estimators, Theory II (3-0)3
hierarchical and empirical Bayes extensions, Concept of conditioning. From independence to
robustness and sensitivity, utility and loss, dependence. Ergodic theorems. Martingales and
sequential experiments, Markov Chain Monte Carlo decomposability. Brownian motion and limit
Methods, Metropolis-Hastings Algorithm, Gibbs distributions.
Sampling, The E-M Algorithm. Prerequisite: Consent of Department.
290
291
292
FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND ADMINISTRATIVE
SCIENCES
Founded in 1957, the Faculty of Economics and Administrative Sciences (FEAS) was conceived as a
model for a faculty where there would be continuous interaction across the highly permeable disciplinary
boundaries of the then nascent undergraduate programs. As the disciplinary programs crystallized over time,
the exchanges between different departments were gradually reduced yet remained in effect. As such, FEAS
remains to this day a functional faculty that is more than the concentration under a single roof of otherwise
disparate departments. Alphabetically listed, FEAS now consists of four departments: Department of Business
Administration, Department of Economics, Department of International Relations, and the Department of
Political Science and Public Administration. These departments were originally constituted to give high quality
undergraduate education that would be of service to both the public and private sectors as well as providing
their graduates with a strong academic basis to pursue graduate study in case they wished to do so. In the
course of time, these departments have developed their own graduate programs towards masters and doctoral
degrees.
By extending its physical premises and academic staff, FEAS remains host to a number of
interdisciplinary programs such as Eurasian Studies, European Integration, European Studies, Gender and
Womens Studies, Media and Cultural Studies, Urban Policy Planning and Local Governments that have
flourished in the interstices of various departments under the auspices of the Graduate School of Social
Sciences. As the relative weight of graduate programs has increased in FEAS, it is no coincidence that several
research centers have also come into existence. Each department now has a research center that coincides with
its field of specialization. In addition, there is the Center for European Studies that is placed directly under the
umbrella of FEAS that has quickly emerged as one of the foremost institutions of research in its field in
Turkey. FEAS also has been home to an academic journal that has by now become a tradition in its own right,
namely, METU Studies in Development. This journal is multidisciplinary in coverage linguistically hybrid.
FEAS now prides itself in having an increasingly internationalized academic staff as well as students,
both assisted by eager administrative personnel and state of the art facilities. FEAS is now a leading exemplary
institution on the Turkish academic scene that seeks continuously to take part in and to contribute to the
regional, European and global networks of international academic exchange. In this context, the two joint
programs with State University of New York of the Department of Business Administration, and the
Department of Political Science and Public Administration together with the Department of International
Relations deserve mention. Last but not least, FEAS extends academic assistance to programs in economics
and administrative sciences at the rapidly developing Northern Cyprus Campus of our university.
293
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
PROFESSORS
ACAR, Ahmet (President of METU): B.C.P., METU; MBA, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
ACIGL, Semra: B.A., Boazii University; MBA, Ph.D., METU.
GNER, Z. Nuray: B.S., METU; MBA, Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
ZDEMR YILMAZ, , zlem B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Texas Tech University.
SARI, Ramazan: B.S. Hacettepe; M.S., Ph.D., Texas Tech University.
SOYTA, Uur: B.S., METU; MBA, Ph.D., Texas Tech University.
WAST PAMUKSUZ, S. Nazl: B.S., METU; M.S., University of Missouri-Rolla;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
YILMAZ, Cengiz (Department Chair): B.S., Hacettepe University; M.S., Ph.D., Texas Tech University.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ACAR, F. Pnar: B.S., METU, MBA, Bilkent University; Ph.D., Texas Tech University.
GNL, M. Sinan (Vice Chair): B.S., METU; MBA, Ph.D., Bilkent University; Post-doc., Glasgow
Caledonian University.
KKKAYA, H. Engin: B.S., MBA, METU; Ph.D., University of South Florida.
ONAY, Zeynep: B.S., Ph.D., Nottingham University.
ORAN, Adil: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Texas Tech University.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
.
DANIOLU, Seza: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Texas Tech University.
KARABABA, Eminegl (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; MBA, Ph.D., Bilkent University.
TOPAL, ar: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D. University of Alberta.
INSTRUCTORS
AYAYDIN HACIMERLU, Hande: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., The University of Manchester.
AYDIN, Hamdi: B.A., Academy of Economics and Commercial Sciences, Ankara; MBA, Michigan State
University, Ph.D., Uluda University.
GENERAL INFORMATION: Over 6000 students have graduated from the Department of Business
Administration, which was established in 1957, and over 600 undergraduate and 100 graduate students are
enrolled in its programs currently. Admission to the Department is based on the Equally Weighted Score
obtained in the nationwide Student Selection/Placement Examination. The Department is a first choice for
many high school graduates taking this admission examination. Students admitted to the program are among
the top 1500 students of approximately 1.8 million students who sit for the exam every year. The Department
also has a dual-diploma Bachelors program with the State University of New York (SUNY) Binghamton
Campus. Along with the undergraduate programs, the Department also offers a Masters Program in Business
Administration (MBA), an Executive Master of Business Administration (EMBA), and a Doctoral Program in
Accounting and Finance (Ph.D.)
The Department of Business Administration places special emphasis on the use of contemporary
approaches and modern technology in its curriculum. A variety of computational, audiovisual and multimedia
equipment is available to enrich and assist instruction.
The graduating students of the Department have a choice of accepting excellent job opportunities or
continuing with graduate or post-graduate studies. Each year between April and June, a large number of private
and public companies, including the largest and best-known national and multinational companies visit the
Department to meet with and interview students.
294
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM: The purpose of the program offered by the Department of
Business Administration is to prepare its graduates to perform effectively in staff and line positions in industry
and government. A specific emphasis on innovativeness and entrepreneurial values constitute the core of the
Departments education philosophy.
The curriculum draws upon the fundamental principles of strategic and change management,
organization theory and practice, production and operations management, economics, finance, accounting,
marketing, management science, human resources management, business communication, interpersonal
relations and management information systems. Teaching methods are designed to develop in students a
general problem solving approach to the activities of the firm and its environment. The analytical tools and
concepts used in the solution of problems form the core of the Department of Business Administration
Program. The Department also offers minor programs in collaboration with various departments in the
University.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
295
SECOND YEAR
Third Semester
Fourth Semester
BA 2101 Managerial Skills Laboratory I
(0-2)1 BA 2102 Business Communication I
BA 2203 Organizations (3-0)3 (3-0)3
BA 2601 Operations Management (3-0)3 BA 2204 Human Resource Management
BA 2701 Principles of Marketing (3-0)3 (3-0)3
BA 2801 Microeconomics for Business BA 2802 Principles of Finance (3-0)3
(3-0)3 Free Elective (3-0)3
Free Elective (3-0)3 Free Elective (3-0)3
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
ELECTIVE COURSES
The list of electives offered is announced by the Department each semester. Below is a sample of
elective courses offered on different subjects. Not all courses are offered every semester.
Minor in General Management aims to provide students of other disciplines with a perspective in
management thinking and a basic understanding of the fundamentals of management. The program consists of
two core courses (BA 1101 and BA 2203) and five courses on various functional areas of management. Upon
completion of the program, students are expected to develop a basic familiarity with most common managerial
issues, develop sound interest in certain specialized topics, and have the skills to plan their future studies in the
area of Management.
298
Compulsory courses
BA 1101 Fundamentals of Business (3-0)3
BA 1103 Business Practice Workshop (0-2)1
BA 1401 Financial Accounting (3-0)3
BA 2101 Managerial Skills Lab. I (0-2)1
BA 2203 Organizations (3-0)3
BA 2204 Human Resource Management (3-0)3
BA 2601 Operations Management (3-0)3
BA 2701 Principles of Marketing (3-0)3
BA 2802 Principles of Finance (3-0)3
Minor in Corporate Finance aims to develop a basic background in business and allow specialization
in financial management for students of other disciplines. The program starts with two courses (BA 1101 and
BA 2203) to familiarize the students with business administration topics. The minor has two core courses (BA
1402 and BA 2802), followed by 3 electives. Students are expected to have a sound understanding of
accounting, finance, and financial decision making at the end of the program.
Compulsory courses
BA 1101 Fundamentals of Business (3-0)3
BA 1103 Business Practice Workshop (0-2)1
BA 1401 Financial Accounting (3-0)3
BA 2101 Managerial Skills Lab I (0-2)1
BA 2203 Organizations (3-0)3
BA 2802 Principles of Finance (3-0)3
BA 48xx Finance Elective (3-0)3
BA 48xx Finance Elective (3-0)3
Departmental Elective (3-0)3
The Minor Program in Entrepreneurship aims to help students develop their own ideas for starting up
a new business and create employment opportunities for themselves and other people. The program starts with
the course BA 1101, in order to familiarize the students with the business administration topics in general. The
program has two core courses, BA 0401 and BA 4137, which aim to give the students an understanding of the
concept of entrepreneurship. The program also includes courses like Business Communication and Principles
of Marketing, which represent crucial values for an entrepreneur to possess and apply when starting up his/her
own business. These courses are followed by one elective, which can be selected among courses such as
Business Ethics, Managing Technology and Innovations and Human Resources Management. At the end of the
program, students are expected to have a strong knowledge in different aspects of entrepreneurship.
Compulsory courses:
BA 1101 Fundamentals of Business (3-0)3
BA 0401 Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship (3-0)3
BA 2102 Business Communication I (3-0)3
BA 2701 Principles of Marketing (3-0)3
BA 4137 Entrepreneurship (3-0)3
Departmental Elective (3-0)3
299
INTERNATIONAL JOINT PROGRAM ON BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
FIRST YEAR
(METU)
First Semester
BAS 100 Seminar in BA (2-0)NC ENG 101 English for Academic
BAS 111 Fundamentals of Business (3-0)3 Purposes I (4-0)4
BAS 121 Principles of Behavioral ENG 105 Toefl IBT Prepration I NC
Sciences (3-0)3 TURK 101 Turkish I (2-0)NC
ECON 122 Principles of Macroeconomics IS 100 Introduction to Information
(3-0)3 Technologies and Applications NC
MATH 117 Calculus I (3-2)5 HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC
Second Semester
BAS 132 Information Systems and ENG 102 English for Academic
Programming (3-0)3 Purposes II (4-0)4
BAS 134 Business Computing Lab (0-2)1 ENG 106 Toefl IBT Prepration II NC
BAS 142 Financial Accounting (3-0)3 TURK 102 Turkish II (2-0)NC
BAS 151 Business Statistics (3-0)3 HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
BAS 182 Microeconomics for
Business (3-0)3
SECOND YEAR
(SUNY Binghamton University)
THIRD YEAR
(METU)
FOURTH YEAR
(SUNY Binghamton University)
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
BA 1201 Principles of Behavioral Sciences organizations and the management of the people
(3-0)3 that comprise them.
The human element is a fundamental component of
management. This course introduces students to the BA 2204 Human Resource Management
fundamental concepts and research in social (3-0)3
psychology. The course thus focuses on how social Management of human resources in complex
factors influence individual behavior. Topics organizations, personnel recruitment and selection;
include basic research methods, causes and effects increasing employee effectiveness, employee and
of biases, attribution, happiness, depression, management development, performance evaluation,
individualism, collectivism, conformity, gender, motivation communication, employee morale, labor
corruption, communitarianism, persuasion, groups management relations, grievance and disciplinary
and productivity, diversity and prejudice, and actions, incentives and security are major areas
conflict. The implications for managers in these covered in the course.
areas are a major focus for this course.
BA 4213 Selected Topics in Organizational
Behavior (3-0)3
This course is about organizational and human
BA 2203 Organizations (3-0)3 dynamics and the management of these dynamics.
This course aims to investigate areas of It is designed to overview the relevant issues in
organizational behavior and organizational theory. human aspects of organization, focusing on
Emphasis is on the analysis of the fit between the selection of topics that have been included in the
organization, its people and their work, its previous Organizational Behavior related courses.
environment and internal systems; analysis of the Prerequisite: BA 2203
interaction of organizational design and various
performance measures; awareness of contemporary BA 4215 Organizational Culture (3-0)3
views of best practice in the structuring of
305
The course aims to strengthen understanding of
various concepts of organizational culture, enhance BA 4219 Organizational Development
skills at discovering the central factors at play in a (3-0)3
given environment that determine an organization's The course introduces the student to the field of
culture, and investigate how management practice is organizational development and provides a basis in
shaped by different organizational cultures. OD theory and application. It aims to: 1) introduce
Prerequisite: BA 2203. the student to the advances in theory and practice
that have given rise to OD, 2) evaluate various
BA 4216 Cross-Cultural Studies in models for organizational change, 3) review the
Organizations (3-0)3 basic elements of diagnosis and research in OD and,
This course aims to broaden the approach to 4) help students to understand the benefits and
organizational behavior that has been primarily limitations on current popular movements in OD.
taught with a U.S. based understanding. Variations To illustrate the connection between OD theory and
across cultures and their impact on organizations are practice, concepts will be reviewed and applied to
discussed. cases throughout the course.
Prerequisite: BA 2203,BA 2204. . Prerequisite: BA 2203.
307
BA 4415 Accounting Theory (3-0)3 and operating activities of companies, application of
The basic intention of this course is to provide a generally accepted accounting principles to those
general frame of reference for evaluating and activities, and evaluation of financial statements.
developing accounting principles. The Prerequisite: BA 1402 or BA 2402.
methodology, concepts and structure of accounting
theory; income concepts for financial reporting; BA 4418 Tax Audit (3-0)3
problems of asset measurement under conditions of The purpose of this course is to provide the
changing prices; reporting problems of specific rationale of global tax rules using the tax audit
asset and liability groups will be discussed. Special methodologies by focusing on the behaviours of
emphasis will be given to the problems of local and multinational companies. In this context,
accounting and depreciation, intangibles, lease the students taking this course should expect to
commitment and pension cost. become familiar with the tax concerns of the
Prerequisites: BA 1402, BA 2402. business life while discussing who can entitled to be
a tax auditor, the reasons for the tax audits, the
BA 4416 Managerial Accounting (3-0)3 methodologies that can be used during tax audits.
This course provides an analysis of managements Accordingly the course also supports students to
use of cost and other quantitative data in managerial develop their ability to make analysis on the
planning and control. recorded ledgers together with their effects on the
Prerequisites: BA 1402, BA 2402. balance-sheet and income statement. Using the
international auditing standards and consolidating
BA 4417 Intermediate Accounting (3-0)3 them with the tax knowledge, the course will also
This course covers international accounting recognize the principles of the tax audit reporting
standards within the scope of intermediate rules.
accounting topics. Topics covered include financing
BA 1502 Business Statistics (3-0)3 modeling, ARCH/GARCH modeling etc. using the
This is a course covering basic statistical concepts Eviews econometrics package. The applications will
and methods useful in decision making in the be from finance including CAPM, APT, efficient
business environment, emphasis on descriptive and market hypothesis, term structure of interest rates.
inferential tools used in converting raw data into Prerequisites: BA1502, BA 2802 or ECON205 and
useful information, use of statistical computer ECON 206
packages and interpretation of statistical results.
Topics include descriptive statistics, discrete and BA 4511 Business Forecasting (3-0)3
continuous probability distributions, sampling Introduction to quantitative and subjective
distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, forecasting methods. Evaluating forecast accuracy.
analysis of variance, simple linear regression, Smoothing methods: Simple, Holt's and Winters'
multiple-regression, multiple regression model exponential smoothing techniques. Forecasting with
building, time series analysis. Regression Methods: Forecasting with simple linear
trend, using casual regression models, and
BA 3504 Management Science (3-0)3 forecasting with Multiple regression models. Time-
This is an introductory course covering the most series Decomposition models. Finding seasonal
commonly used models/methods of Operations indexes, the long-term trend, and measuring cyclical
Research/Management Science. Topics include: component. Box-Jenkins (ARIMA) forecasting
linear, integer and goal programming, sensitivity models. Introduction to simulation usage in
analysis and simulation modeling. forecasting. Combining Forecast results and
BA 4510 Introductory Econometrics for Forecast Implementation are areas covered in the
Finance (3-0)3 course
This course focuses on the financial applications of Prerequisites: BA 1501, BA 2504.
statistical techniques. Econometrics helps you test
theories in finance, estimate asset prices or returns, BA 4514 Risk Management (3-0)3
analyze the relationships between variables, forecast The aim of the Risk Management and Insurance
financial variables etc. At the end of the course the course is to provide an introduction to the actuarial
students will be able to understand, apply, and philosophy and the actuarial scientific method. All
interpret the results of classical regression, major areas in risk and insurance are treated in some
univariate time series modeling, simultaneous depth, including basic concepts, fundamental legal
equations models, vector auto regressions, long run principles, property and liability insurance, life and
308
health insurance, social insurance, the functional Decision analysis aims to provide a structured and
and financial operations of insurance companies, systematic approach to guide the decision making
and the main features of the Turkish insurance activities in complex problems. This course
market. attempts to convey the basic concepts and principles
Prerequisites: BA 1501, BA 2504, STAT 0252. on the analytical methods, tools and techniques of
decision analysis. Topics to be covered include
BA 4515 Knowledge Management (3-0)3 Multi-Objective Decision Making (MODM),
Data Mining is a method of searching data with SMART, SMARTER, even swaps, AHP, Multi-
mathematical algorithms to identify trends and Attribute Utility Theory(MAUT), influence
hidden patterns, profile customers, and then predicts diagrams, decision trees and scenario planning.
how these trends or customers will behave in the Prerequisites: BA 3504.
future. The objective of this course is to provide an
insight into data mining techniques, build predictive BA 4518 Decision Analysis: Behavioral
models and apply them in real business problems. and Psychological Perspective (3-0)3
Decision analysis is an interdisciplinary field that
BA 4516 Knowledge Management and aims to provide a structured and systematic
Organizational Learning (3-0)3 approach to guide the decision making activities in
As an emerging discipline, Knowledge Management complex problems. At the same time, it attempts to
bridges social-organizational and technological- understand the preliminary mechanisms underlying
technical aspects of management and business human judgment as well as the cognitive and
administration in the Knowledge Economy and psychological factors that affect the mental
Society. Underlying interrelated issues of processes behind managerial decision making. The
organizational and managerial learning, this primary objective of this course is to provide an
Knowledge Management course will have a understanding on this perspective. Topics to be
specific. covered include rationality and managerial decision
making, analysis of judgment, heuristics and biases,
BA 4517 Decision Analysis: Tools and prospect theory, framing effects, the perception of
Methods (3-0)3 risk and group decision making.
BA 2701 Principles of Marketing (3-0)3 understand why certain marketing strategies are
This is the first exposure to the marketing discipline more effective than others, how humans behave in
for BA students. Introduction to the nature of the marketplace, and which social and cognitive
marketing; development of marketing thought over mechanisms the consumer brings to the purchasing
time; marketing research; consumer behavior; decisions. Strong managerial, psychological, and
segmentation, targeting, positioning; product personal implications; individual, social, and
development and policies; pricing methods and marketing determinants of consumption behavior
practices; distribution decisions; integrated are covered in the course.
marketing communications; marketing Prerequisites: BA 2701.
management are topics covered in the course.
BA 4715 Advertising Practice (3-0)3
The course is designed to familiarize the student
BA 3702 Introduction to Marketing (3-0)3 with various practice-oriented aspects of the
For Non-Business Administration students only. advertising profession. Briefing, planning,
budgeting, concept and copy creation, execution,
The course is designed to introduce non-business and evaluation of advertising campaigns;
students to the fundamental aspects of marketing as advertising agency management are areas covered.
it relates to the whole business enterprise. It It integrates theory with practice; cases, applications
presents introductory coverage of major marketing and campaign assignments are employed to enhance
concepts and decisions, and focuses on marketings learning.
macro role in society and its micro role in business Prerequisites: BA 2701,
and other organizations.
BA 4716 Advertising Campaign Practice
(3-0)3
BA 4713 Promotion Management (3-0)3 Continuation of BA 4715.
The course builds on the basic knowledge of Prerequisites: BA 2701, BA 4715.
marketing and focuses on the design and
management of the promotion mix, assumes an BA 4717 Marketing Research (3-0)3
integrated marketing communications perspective This course provides a hands-on introduction to
and covers advertising, sales promotion, personal empirical methodology for market research
selling, direct marketing, publicity, and public applications. Problem formulation, research design,
relations. Cases, practical application assignments, measure development, scaling techniques, attitude
and term projects are employed to emphasize measurement, simple and applied multivariate
applications. Prerequisites: BA 2701,. analysis, report writing are topics covered. An
extensive term project enables the student to put the
course content into practice.
BA 4714 Consumer Behavior (3-0)3 Prerequisites: BA 2701.
This course centers on the role of the consumer in
the marketing process, enables the student to
310
BA 4718 International Marketing (3-0)3 strategic marketing principles and planning. The
idea of the course is to develop students knowledge
The course introduces the student to the global and understanding of the advertising process. By the
marketing environment including the global end of the course students will grasp the role of
economy, cultural forces, and the political and advertising and get familiar with the basic concepts
regulatory climate, explores how managers analyze and terminology used in the business.
global opportunities, buyer behavior, competitors, Prerequisites: BA 2701.
and marketing research, describes global marketing
strategies, foreign market entry options, and the BA 4724 Advanced Marketing Research
global implications of managing the marketing mix. (3-0)3
Prerequisites: BA 2701. This course aims to provide the students with an in-
depth understanding of the research process and its
BA 4719 Marketing Channels (3-0)3 practical applications in the marketplace. The
Institutional and functional analysis of distribution course highlights the technical and academic
channels; power in distribution channels; selecting concepts underlying business research, while at the
and evaluating channel systems; distribution same time attempting to develop a keen
problems, tools, and decisions are topics presented understanding of when, why, and how to use
in the course. marketing research for more effective managerial
Prerequisites: BA 2701. decision-making.
Prerequisites: BA 4717.
BA 4720 Professional Selling (3-0)3
The course is designed to be a hands-on BA 4725 Brand Management (3-0)3
introduction to selling and sales management. The course provides a thorough understanding of
Speakers, films, role playing, group projects, and branding processes in the 21st century. In the first
field trips are employed to enhance learning. The part of the course, consumers and their behavior
objective is to develop skills and abilities that allow with regard to brands will be examined. Also, social
the student to manage sales territories as their own role of brands as cultural, ideological, and political
business. objects are discussed in the class. In the second part
Prerequisites: BA 2701. of the course, managerial concepts such as brand
equity, brand identity, brand types, corporate
BA 4721 Retailing (3-0)3 branding, brand extensions, and brands and
The course aims to give the student an appreciation innovations are covered.
of the constant change and development in retailing. Prerequisites: BA 2701.
It introduces the student to basic qualitative and
quantitative retail management concepts; provides BA 4726 Understanding Consumption in
the student with current examples of retailing Context (3-0)3
concepts in action; improves the students skills is This module seeks to develop an interdisciplinary,
analyzing competitive situations and marketing theoretically informed understanding through an
opportunities. active piece of primary research into consumer
Prerequisites: BA 2701. behavior, consumer identities, and consumer
experience. It aims to understand how consumers
utilize consumption as a social process in their
BA 4722 Marketing Strategy (3-0)3 everyday lives. Various qualitative research
The course is designed to integrate and extend methods are thought and conducted by students.
fundamental marketing concepts and apply them to Prerequisites: BA 2701
business problems. Focus is on studying strategic
issues relating to selection of business and segments BA 4727- Global and Intercultural
in which to compete and how to spread resources Marketing (3-0)3
across products and elements of the marketing mix.
Case and simulation methodologies are employed. The purpose of this course is to provide knowledge
Prerequisites: BA 2701. on a number of different topics in relation to the
central theme of the course: marketing in an
intercultural context. A consequence of increasing
BA 4723 Principles of Advertising (3-0)3 interaction at the global level is the contact of
The course aims to introduce the student to an different cultures at institutional and individual
overview of the world of advertising industry and levels. Nationality is one way of dividing
provide the fundamentals for developing, creating individuals into larger groups. However within a
and implementing advertising campaigns based on single nation, there are multiplicity of cultures exist.
311
Therefore this course extends the notion of understanding, course delineates the societal role of
international marketing and introduces an marketing and consumption practices. On the one
intercultural perspective to marketing. Specifically hand, marketings role as a cultural practice and
topics like culture, globalization, globalization, social institution in our everyday social life is
values, marketing in intercultural environment, and introduced to students. On the other, a critical look
intercultural communications are considered. to the role of marketing in contemporary society is
Prerequisites: BA 2701 presented. To accomplish this goal, the course will
introduce the concept of culture, development of
BA 4728- Marketing and Culture (3-0)3 modern culture, markets, and consumer culture,
some of the key institutions of culture, and a
The course aims to provide an understanding on the sociocultural critique of marketing and
relations between society, culture(s), and markets. consumption. The course aims to train students as
This course complements the management prospective marketers, who are reflexive towards
curriculum by providing a link between macro and marketing and consumption.
micro approaches to marketing. In other words, Prerequisites: BA 2701
rather than focusing on firm or consumer level
313
topics and increase awareness of students on some BA 4836 Real Estate Finance (3-0)3
key issues of finance. The topics covered include Introduction to real estate markets and financing
short term financial planning, leasing, mergers and alternatives for real estate investments. Topics on
acquisitions, international finance and derivative residential and commercial real estate and
securities. alternative ways of investing in real estate.
Prerequisite: BA 2802 or ECON 311 or BA 5802 or Performance of real estate investments and their
IAM 521 affect on the portfolios of investors.
Prerequisite: BA 2802 or ECON 311 or BA 5802 or
BA 4832 Current Issues in Turkish IAM 521
Capital Markets (3-0)3 BA 4838 Venture Capital (3-0)3
In this course we will provide an overview and To be successful, Venture Capitalists must have a
analysis of the current issues in capital markets. We broad general knowledge of business and all its
will examine the evolving structure and role of disciplines: marketing, management, finance,
capital markets and institutions in the development operations, accounting, and so on. In addition, most
of the economy. Attention will be given to Turkish VCs must acquire specialized knowledge in one or
capital markets in the context of intense global more high-technology industries. However, it is not
competition, increased capital mobility and global possible to cover all these areas in one course. This
harmonization. The various evolving concepts in course focuses almost exclusively on finance,
capital markets will be analyzed. specifically on the valuation of high-technology
Prerequisites: BA 2802 or ECON 311 or BA 5802 investments.
or IAM 521
BA 4839 Financial Modeling with
BA 4833 Central Banking (3-0)3 Spreadsheets (3-0)3
The aim of this course is to give the students a Provide students with the knowledge to apply the
broad overvievw of both the basic principles and the theories they have learned using spreadsheets. The
practical implementation of central banking as well students who know the essentials of corporate
as functioning of the financial markets in an attempt finance theories should also be able to solve the
to better understand how central bank operations financial models numerically in order to enhance
affect financial institutions and the monetary policy their knowledge in the field. The lecture includes
transmisision mechanism. models in the area of corporate finance, financial
Prerequisites: BA 2802 or ECON 311 or BA 5802 statement analysis, portfolio theory and duration.
or IAM 521 These models will be explained and then the models
will be implemented numerically by using
BA 4834 Financial Issues in Corporate spreadsheets. This lecture will help the
Governance (3-0)3 undergraduate students to enhance their theoretical
In the 20th century, modern corporations became and practical knowledge related to financial
one of the worlds dominant institutions. modelling.
Consequently, the way they do business is now
under close scrutiny. The relationship between Courses Offered Uniquely in the SUNY-METU
ownership structure, performance and the demands Program
of society requires that companies exercise a high
degree of diligence in their governance. BAS 100 Seminar in Business
Prerequisites: BA 2802 or ECON 311 or BA 5802 Administration (2-0)NC
or IAM 521 This course is the first part of an orientation seminar
for the first-year students. It provides information
BA 4835 Microfinance; an Overview of and help about the registration system, academic
Inclusive Financial Systems rules and regulations, and the organization of
(3-0)3 students course schedules.
This course aims to give a substantive overview of
microfinance and how microfinance institutions
operate, measuring their efficiency as well as BAS 111 Fundamentals of Business (3-0)3
situation in Turkey and growth potential. In addition Basic concepts and principles of Management; the
to that this course underlines how an inclusive functions of planning, organizing, staffing, directing
financial system increases the depth of financial and controlling, and their relationships to key issues
system overall. in Management practice such as leadership,
motivation, and communication.
314
BAS 121 Principles of Behavioral Sciences continuous probability distributions, sampling
(3-0)3 distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing,
The human element is a fundamental component of analysis of variance, simple linear regression,
management. This course introduces students to the multiple-regression, multiple regression model
fundamental concepts and research in social building, and time series analysis.
psychology. The course thus focuses on how social
factors influence individual behavior. Topics BAS 182 Microeconomics for Business (3-0)3
include basic research methods, causes and effects This course is a comprehensive application of
of biases, attribution, happiness, depression, economic theory and methodology to business and
individualism, collectivism, conformity, gender, managerial decision making; integrating the study
corruption, communitarianism, persuasion, groups of demand, production, cost, pricing, profit and firm
and productivity, diversity and prejudice, and size; market structure analysis; pricing theory and
conflict. The implications for managers in these practices.
areas are a major focus for this course.
BAS 311 Business Communication (3-0)3
BAS 132 Information Systems and Programming This course focuses on learning from experience.
(3-0)3 Students participate in exercises that illustrate the
The course covers advanced features of word factors involved in a number of areas important to
processors, spreadsheets, and data base management Management such as team work, motivation,
systems, internet applications, web page design with problem solving, inter-group conflict, giving and
html tags, introduction to algorithms and structured receiving feedback and decision making styles. In
programming, structure of a Pascal program, basic addition it aims to provide better understanding of
elements of Pascal: character set, identifiers, data purposes and processes of communication in
types and declarations, constants, and expressions, business. Cases and projects improving students'
selection and looping in Pascal, modular skills in a collaborative communication are
programming: functions and procedures, text files, provided. With the help of exercises, including
one-dimensional arrays. videotaping, students have opportunities to improve
and evaluate their communication skills, especially
BAS 134 Business Computing Laboratory oral.
(0-2)1 Prerequisite: CQS 311 Advanced Comp. Tools
The course covers advanced features of word
processing: writing equations; creating newspaper BAS 314 Business Law (3-0)3
columns; use of templates; working with objects; This is an introductory course on the legal
creating html documents; mail merge. Spreadsheets: environment of business. The course covers such
addressing modes and their uses; solving equations; subjects as: merchants, their rights and obligations;
matrix operations; recording macros. Designing and contract agency; legal forms of business; negotiable
using a data base system: report generation and instruments; insurance law; maritime law.
query design. Introduction to SQL, Programming Prerequisite: BLS 111 Legal Environment of
with Pascal: writing expressions; assignment, Business
selection, and looping statements, built-in functions,
functions and procedures, one-dimensional arrays. BAS 321 Organizational Behavior (3-0)3
This course reviews organizational influences on
BAS 142 Financial Accounting (3-0)3 individual behavior. It reviews topics such as
This course will provide students with a solid ability, personality, ethics, perception, decision
foundation in becoming a manager by giving them a making, values, attitudes, motivation, group
fundamental understanding of accounting theory behavior, leadership, power, politics, inter-group
and practice both internationally and in Turkey. behavior, the fundamentals of organizational
Students will be provided the basic tools they structure, and culture and change.
require from the field of Financial Accounting.
BAS 322 Organization Theory (3-0)3
BAS 151 Business Statistics (3-0)3 The concepts of organization; dormal organizations;
This is a course covering basic statistical concepts organizational dynamics and effectiveness;
and methods useful in decision making in the organizational development and change are
business environment, emphasis on descriptive and analyzed.
inferential tools used in converting raw data into
useful information, use of statistical computer
packages and interpretation of statistical results.
Topics include descriptive statistics, discrete and
315
BAS 324 Human Resources Management MIS 311 Management Information
(3-0)3 Systems (4-0)4
Management of human resources in complex The effective deployment of information
organizations, personnel recruitment and selection; technologies and computer-based information
increasing employee effectiveness, employee and systems has strategically enabled enterprises to
management development, performance evaluation, achieve and maintain competitive advantage. In the
motivation communication, employee morale, labor context of management imperatives and the rapidly
management relations, grievance and disciplinary changing business environment, this course
actions, incentives and security are major areas examines the role of various types of information
covered in the course. technologies and systems in organizations, technical
Prerequisite: MIS 311 Management Information foundations of information systems and the
Systems development of information systems. Discussion
labs provide the opportunity to become proficient in
BAS 352 Management Science (3-0)3 the use of productivity software, such as relational
This is an introductory course covering the most database management systems.
commonly used models/methods of Operations Prerequisites: CQS 111 and sophomore standing.
Research/Management Science. Topics include: Corequisites: OPM 311 and CQS 311.
linear, integer and dynamic programming, inventory
and queuing models, Markov processes and CQS 311Advanced Computer Tools
simulation. (2-0)2
Prerequisite: OPM 311 Operations Management Integrated lab component for the S-Core (OPM,
MIS and CQS 311s). Provides laboratory
BAS 371 Principles of Marketing (3-0)3 exercises to support learning in the Operations
This is the first exposure to the marketing discipline Management and Management Information
for students. Introduction to the nature of marketing; Systems.
development of marketing thought over time;
marketing research; consumer behavior; ACCT 212 Managerial Accounting (4-0)4
segmentation, targeting, positioning; product Introduction to managerial accounting. Accounting
development and policies; pricing methods and as an informational system to provide managers
practices; distribution decisions; integrated
with the basis for decision making. Includes basic
marketing communications; marketing
management are topics covered in the course. CVP analysis, job and process costing, standard
Prerequisite: MIS 311 Management Information costing and variance analysis, as well as specific
Systems situational decision-making matrices. Not open to
accounting students.
Prerequisite: ACCT 211.
BAS 381 Principles of Finance (3-0)3
This course addresses the theory and practice of
BLS 111 Legal Environment for Business
financial management -the generation and allocation
(4-0)4
of financial resources. It provides students with
Nature and role of law and its relation to business.
grounding in the basic concepts of finance,
Substantive law of contracts, procedural aspects
including the time value of money, the role of
governing.
financial markets, asset valuation, capital budgeting
decisions, portfolio theory, asset pricing, and the
MGMT 411 Global Strategic Management
risk-return tradeoff.
Prerequisite: ACCT 212 Managerial Accounting (4-0)4
Capstone course providing conceptual tools for
integrating functional skills acquired in previous
OPM 311 Operations Management (4-0)4 courses. Emphasis is on strategic and socially
An introduction to the design, planning and control responsible operation of the total enterprise in a
of systems that produce goods and services. Topics global environment. Combines lectures with in-
include quality management, forecasting, product depth case analyses and simulations or research
design, capacity planning, facility layout, MRP, studies of actual industries in real time. Students
just-in time manufacturing, scheduling, project research industries and companies, make oral
planning and inventory management. Prerequisite: presentations and write research papers.
sophomore standing. Prerequisites: completion of all required core
Corequisites: MIS 311 and CQS 311. courses and senior standing.
316
IBUS 311 World of Business (4-0)4 settings; modes of entering foreign markets and the
Introduction to management within an international rise of the global corporation; introduces sub-
context. Covers the development of trade, trade disciplines of management: marketing, human
patterns and theories, impact of trade and foreign resource management, production and finance, and
direct investment on home and host countries, basic how these are managed globally. Prerequisite:
principles of exchange rates and global financial junior standing.
markets. Discusses managerial challenges arising Corequisites: FIN 311, MGMT 311 and MKTG 311.
from different cultural, socio-economic and political
317
differences between philosophies, approaches and class companies will be reviewed towards learning
tools of quality management are pointed out. how companies achieve excellence. Invited guest
speakers from award winning companies will share
BA 5125 Turkish Business Environment their unique experience with students throughout the
(3-0)3 semester.
This course analyzes the main parameters of the
environment within which business takes place in BA 5133 Corporate Governance and
Turkey. To this end, it aims at understanding the Social Responsibility (3-0)3
historical background as well as the current context This course aims to address corporate social
that Turkish firms have been operating in, as well as responsibility and governance which are major
assessing the environment-related factors that cause concerns in business today. The major components
firms to create, sustain, or lose competitive of social responsibility and governance will be
advantage. discussed to build the foundation of these issues.
The manifestations of problems in terms of
BA 5129 Strategic Games for Managers complaints as to the responsibilities of a firm and
(3-0)3 managerial accountability, ineffective and
Game theory is an analytical tool used in modeling complacent boards, and excessive managerial
strategic interactions where an action by an agent compensation will be major issues to be highlighted.
influences the payoffs to other agents. Hence, game How we have gotten to the point where we are
theory studies cooperative and competitive behavior today will be arguments to be brought within the
in conflict situations. The applicability of game content of the course. Lastly, what actions are being
theory extends from economics, management taken and may be taken to address these issues will
science, bargaining, and conflict resolution to be discussed.
political science and theoretical biology. This
BA 5135 Leadership Theory and
course provides the students with the standard
Application (3-0)3
taxonomy and solution concepts necessary in
This course is designed to equip students with the
formulating games, identifying optimum strategies,
knowledge and skills necessary to work more
and predicting the outcomes of such games. Tools
effectively with individuals and groups in
of game theory will be developed through lectures,
contemporary organizations. Some examples of
readings, exercises, class discussions, and
topics covered include using power to influence
applications (business and economic). The course is
followers and others, delegating effectively, dyadic
mathematical in the sense that it requires logical
role making theories, contingency theories of
thinking.
leadership, leading change, strategic leadership and
BA 5130 Managerial Judgment and managing diversity.
Decision Making (3-0)3
BA 5136 Current Issues in Business (3-0)3
The goal of this course is to introduce essential facts
This course requires that students examine current
and skills from behavioral and rational analyses to
business issues from the business press in the light
make students into more competent and confident
of theories and models that they have learned
decision makers. By providing necessary insights
throughout their university education. As a result,
and tools, this course will enable students to support
by using what they learned so far, students will be
and improve their own decision making as well as
able to identify the major parties involved in the
to understand the decision making of others.
issues, their driving forces and possible directions
BA 5132 Cases in Quality Management that this may take. This analysis will help students
(3-0)3 sharpen important analytical skills that they will
The potential of quality management for significant need to be successful in the business world.
performance improvement cannot be ignored.
BA 5137 Entrepreneurship (3-0)3
Confronted with growing intensity of global
This course is designed to provide students with
competition, business managers are trying to figure
broad perspective of the topics of entrepreneurship,
out how to do it, while academicians are working on
and the structure, development and management of
definitions of the construct. Excellence of quality
family firms and their specific characteristics. The
management targets and improvements based on
complex relationship between family, business and
continuous review and development should become
ownership are examined. Leadership, corporate
a regular activity in any firm. The objective of this
culture and ethics of family firms and the reasons
course is to go beyond total quality management
behind their short survivals are also analyzed.
through learning about themes and concepts while
Other topics to be covered include responding to
analyzing best practices. The practices of best-in-
change, institutionalization of family business and
318
corporate strategy and policy in transition to will be on the pragmatics of organization and
professional management. management.
Courses Offered in the Operations Management decisions; use of simulation in connection with
Area project scheduling; project control, revision and
verification techniques; computer applications using
BA 5602 Operations Management (3-0)3 commercial software.
The operations management functions in
manufacturing and service industries; demand BA 5621 Supply Chain Management (3-0)3
forecasting, capacity planning, facility location and This course introduces the concepts, models, and
layout, product design, process selection, job design solution tools that are needed in the design, control,
and work measurement, production planning and and operation of supply chains. The discussion
control, Japanese manufacturing systems (JIT), ranges from basic topics of inventory management,
theory of constraints, quality control. logistics network design, distribution systems,
strategic alliances, buyer-supplier relationships, the
BA 5616 Services Management (3-0)3 value of information in the supply chain, utilizing
This course presents a study of the inherent readings, cases, and technical exercises.
characteristics of service organizations in the public
and private sectors; the service package and service BA 5622 ERP Applications (3-0)3
delivery system; service design and process ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) is an important
selection; forecasting in services; location and tool utilized by organizations to streamline their
layout of service firms; human resources operations, improve productivity and boost profits.
management; capacity management and the quality This class focuses on the features, functions and
challenge in services. benefits of the Oracle ERP e-Business Suite. In this
course ORACLE Inventory, ORACLE Purchasing
BA 5618 Project Management (3-0)3 and ORACLE Order Management modules will be
The course provides a review of CPM and PERT covered. Students will get the opportunity to
models to cover cases with certain and uncertain understand operations in an organization from ERP
activity times; project crashing and PERT/Cost perspective, visualize improvements and
analysis; GANTT charts and resource leveling efficiencies.
322
Courses Offered in the Marketing Area analysis, report writing are topics covered. An
extensive term project enables the student to put the
BA 5702 Marketing Management (3-0)3 course content into practice.
The course is designed exclusively for the MBA
student. It focuses both on the introduction of BA 5718 International Marketing (3-0)3
marketing concepts and managerial decision making The course introduces the student to the global
regarding the marketing function. Strategic planning marketing environment including the global
and the marketing management process; consumer economy, cultural forces, and the political and
and organizational markets; segmentation, targeting, regulatory climate, explores how managers analyze
positioning; product, pricing, distribution, and global opportunities, buyer behavior, competitors,
integrated marketing communications decisions; and marketing research, describes global marketing
marketing control are topics covered in the course. strategies, foreign market entry options, and the
global implications of managing the marketing mix.
BA 5713 Promotion Management (3-0)3
The course builds on the basic knowledge of BA 5719 Marketing Channels (3-0)3
marketing and focuses on the design and Institutional and functional analysis of distribution
management of the promotion mix, assumes an channels; power in distribution channels; selecting
integrated marketing communications perspective and evaluating channel systems; distribution
and covers advertising, sales promotion, personal problems, tools, and decisions are topics presented
selling, direct marketing, publicity, and public in the course.
relations. Cases, practical application assignments,
and term projects are employed to emphasize BA 5720 Professional Selling (3-0)3
applications. The course is designed to be a hands-on
introduction to selling and sales management.
BA 5714 Consumer Behavior (3-0)3 Speakers, films, role playing, group projects, and
This course centers on the role of the consumer in field trips are employed to enhance learning. The
the marketing process, enables the student to objective is to develop skills and abilities that allow
understand why certain marketing strategies are the student to manage sales territories as their own
more effective than others, how humans behave in business.
the marketplace, and which social and cognitive
mechanisms the consumer brings to the purchasing BA 5721 Retailing (3-0)3
decisions. Strong managerial, psychological, and The course aims to give the student an appreciation
personal implications; individual, social, and of the constant change and development in retailing.
marketing determinants of consumption behavior It introduces the student to basic qualitative and
are covered in the course. quantitative retail management concepts; provides
the student with current examples of retailing
BA 5715 Advertising Practice (3-0)3 concepts in action; improves the students skills is
The course is designed to familiarize the student analyzing competitive situations and marketing
with various practice-oriented aspects of the opportunities.
advertising profession. Briefing, planning,
budgeting, concept and copy creation, execution, BA 5722 Marketing Strategy (3-0)3
and evaluation of advertising campaigns; The course is designed to integrate and extend
advertising agency management are areas covered. fundamental marketing concepts and apply them to
It integrates theory with practice; cases, applications business problems. Focus is on studying strategic
and campaign assignments are employed to enhance issues relating to selection of business and segments
learning. in which to compete and how to spread resources
across products and elements of the marketing mix.
BA 5716 Advertising Campaign Practice Case and simulation methodologies are employed.
(3-0)3
Continuation of BA 4715. BA 5723 Principles of Advertising (3-0)3
The course aims to introduce the student to an
BA 5717 Marketing Research (3-0)3 overview of the world of advertising industry and
This course provides a hands-on introduction to provide the fundamentals for developing, creating
empirical methodology for market research and implementing advertising campaigns based on
applications. Problem formulation, research design, strategic marketing principles and planning. The
measure development, scaling techniques, attitude idea of the course is to develop students knowledge
measurement, simple and applied multivariate and understanding of the advertising process. By the
end of the course students will grasp the role of
323
advertising and get familiar with the basic concepts with regard to brands will be examined. Also, social
and terminology used in the business. role of brands as cultural, ideological, and political
objects are discussed in the class. In the second part
BA 5724 Advanced Marketing Research of the course, managerial concepts such as brand
(3-0)3 equity, brand identity, brand types, corporate
This course aims to provide the students with an in- branding, brand extensions, and brands and
depth understanding of the research process and its innovations are covered.
practical applications in the marketplace. The
course highlights the technical and academic BA 5726 Understanding Consumption in
concepts underlying business research, while at the Context (3-0)3
same time attempting to develop a keen This module seeks to develop an interdisciplinary,
understanding of when, why, and how to use theoretically informed understanding through an
marketing research for more effective managerial active piece of primary research into consumer
decision-making. behavior, consumer identities, and consumer
experience. It aims to understand how consumers
BA 5725 Brand Managemet (3-0)3 utilize consumption as a social process in their
The course provides a thotough understanding of everyday lives. Various qualitative research
branding processes in the 21st century. In the first methods are thought and conducted by students.
part of the course, consumers and their behavior
Courses Offered in the Finance and Economics and management of bonds; analysis of alternative
Area investments; portfolio theory and application.
325
affect financial institutions and the monetary policy BA 5836 Real Estate Finance (3-0)3
transmisision mechanism. Introduction to real estate markets and financing
alternatives for real estate investments. Topics on
BA 5834 Financial Issues in Corporate residential and commercial real estate and
Governance (3-0)3 alternative ways of investing in real estate.
In the 20th century, modern corporations became Performance of real estate investments and their
one of the worlds dominant institutions. affect on the portfolios of investors.
Consequently, the way they do business is now
under close scrutiny. The relationship between BA 5097 Term Project NC
ownership structure, performance and the demands
of society requires that companies exercise a high BA 5098 Prosthesis Seminar NC
degree of diligence in their governance.
BA 5099 Masters Thesis NC
326
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
The program incorporates a comprehensive and well-balanced range of MBA foundation courses and
provides the opportunity to develop a particular area of expertise through the elective courses offered. The
student has an option of doing a Masters thesis or picking the non-thesis Masters option. The Master's thesis
entails supervised research where the student, with the guidance of a faculty member, can explore in detail a
topic of interest to himself or herself. In the non-thesis option, the student is allowed to take further courses
and conducts a term project research under the supervision of a faculty member.
The courses are designed to incorporate problem solving approaches, ethical considerations,
international developments, teamwork and leadership abilities in interactive settings; and to provide a working
knowledge of the tools and software technologies used in managerial decision making. The non-credit term
project is a supervised project where actual problems from the field are addressed. The optional international
seminars aim to broaden the visions of the participants and to provide a more international perspective in
developing managerial skills.
Ph.D. IN ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE: Spanning a period of more than four decades, the
Department draws upon its exceptional success and experience in teaching, research and consultancy. The
program is uniquely positioned to produce effective instructors and researchers for the academic community,
and specialist positions in the private and public sector that require doctoral-level education.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(NON-THESIS)
Fourth Semester
Third Semester BA 5102 Strategic Management (3-0)3
BA 5301 Information Systems (3-0)3 BA xxxx Elective (3-0)3
ECON 514 Macro Economics (3-0)3 BA xxxx Elective (3-0)3
BA xxxx Elective (3-0)3 BA xxxx Elective (3-0)3
BA xxxx Elective (3-0)3 BA 5097 Term Project NC
BA 80xx Special Studies NC
BA xxxx Elective (3-0)3 BA 90xx Special Topics NC
327
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(WITH THESIS)
First Semester
BA 5201 Organization and Management Third Semester
(3-0)3 BA 5301 Information Systems (3-0)3
BA 5401 Accounting (3-0)3 BA xxxx Elective (3-0)3
BA 5501 Business Statistics (3-0)3 BA xxxx Elective (3-0)3
BA 5503 Management Science (3-0)3 BA 5098 Prothesis Seminar NC
BA 5801 Business Economics (3-0)3 BA 80xx Special Studies NC
BA 90xx Special Topics NC
Second Semester
BA 5106 Business Law (3-0)3 Fourth Semester
BA 5202 Human Resource Management BA 5102 Strategic Management (3-0)3
(3-0)3 BA 5099 Masters Thesis NC
BA 5602 Operations Management (3-0)3 BA 80xx Special Studies NC
BA 5702 Marketing Management (3-0)3 BA 90xx Special Topics NC
BA 5802 Financial Management (3-0)3
GRADUATE ELECTIVES
Courses Offered in the Business,
Management and Strategy Area
329
EXECUTIVE MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(NON-THESIS)
Second Semester
First Semester EMBA 5202 Essentials of Organizations (2-0)2
EMBA 5401 Accounting for Business EMBA 5204 Managing Human Resources (2-0)2
Decisions Financial (2-0)2 EMBA 5602 Managing Operations (2-0)2
EMBA 5403 Accounting for Business EMBA 5702 Marketing Management (2-0)2
Decisions Managerial (1-0)1 EMBA 5802 Financial Management for
EMBA 5501 Quantitative Decision Tools (3-0)3 Executives (2-0)2
EMBA 5801 Microeconomic Environment
of Business (2-0)2
EMBA 5803 Macroeconomic Environment
of Business (1-0)1
Students without a masters degree are admitted to the integrated doctorate program and students that already
hold a masters degree are admitted directly to the Ph.D. program. Students choose either a finance track or an
accounting track for the degree.
Summer Semester
BA 6021 Research Paper I (Seminar) NC
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
Courses Offered in the Executive MBA Program EMBA 5103 Executive Skill Development
(3-0)3
EMBA 5101 Strategic Management (2-0)2 Especially designed for executives, this course
This a capstone course to show the student the need provides students with the opportunity to develop
for and methods of integrating a firm's various cognitive, skill, and experiential-practicum learning
functional area activities in a dynamically changing applied to ongoing leadership and organizational
environment. Furthermore, strategic management is problems. It aims to develop self-awareness of
emphasized, that is, the process dealing with the personal attributes and goals, enhance personal
fundamental organizational renewal and growth, development, and help learn skills needed to
with the development of the strategies, structures function as future executives. Topics to be covered
and systems necessary to achieve such renewal and will include teamwork skills, negotiation skills,
growth and with the organizational systems needed conflict management, managing time and stress,
to effectively manage the strategy formulation and effective problem solving, understanding and
implementation processes. working through corporate culture, written and oral
communication skills, and other leadership skills.
331
EMBA 5105 Business Ethics and Social concept of globalization and its impact on work
Responsibility (1-0)1 force diversification and organization of the work
The course is on how ethics and social responsibility force.
can be integrated in business decision making.
EMBA 5222 Negotiation For Business (1-0)1
EMBA 5111 Managing Technology and The viewpoint that the manager is a negotiator is
Innovation (1-0)1 emphasized. Negotiation structure, planning for
Types and sources of innovation, disruptive negotiation; aggressive, consultative, distributive
technologies; standards and dominant designs; and negative negotiations are analyzed, and various
technology strategy; collaboration strategies; heuristics are developed. Cases and exercises in
protecting innovations; process of product this area are used to build the necessary
development; organization for product. understanding and skills.
EMBA 5129 Strategic Games for Managers EMBA 5301 Information Systems for
(1-0)1 Executives (2-0)2
This is an introductory course to game theory. The course focuses on the strategic role of
Focus will be on making decisions in multi person information systems in organization. It has a
settings that involve strategic interactions. Game managerial, rather than technical perspective on
theory is a mathematical tool that can be used in how to generate business value from information
modeling strategic interactions. It is used in many systems investments. Various types of information
disciplines including business, economics, biology, systems and their applications in different decision
political science etc. We will concentrate on making environments, their impact on firm
establishing a taxonomy that enables us to think in a performance, strategic issues in the planning,
systematic pattern in the face of interactive decision development and implementation of systems, the
making situations. Although the math will be kept at opportunities and threats of e-Business are among
the minimum level possible, some knowledge of the topics covered.
probability and derivatives will be necessary. Also
some knowledge of economics (especially micro) EMBA 5401 Accounting for Business Decision
will be helpful. Financial (2-0)2
EMBA 5133 Business Ethics and Social Designed for executives, basic concepts of financial
Responsibility (1-0)1 and managerial accounting are covered in this
The course aims to help future managers to learn course. Special emphasis is given to reading
what to think in making an ethical and responsible financial statements.
decision and develop good corporate citizens out of
their firms. EMBA 5403 Accounting for Business
Decisions-Managerial (1-0)1
EMBA 5202 Essentials of Organization (3-0)3 This Course is designed to provide a foundation of
This course provides a systematic and analytic study macro economic. Special emphasis is given to the
of the structure and functioning of organizations and recent developments in the Turkish economic
the behavior of groups and individuals within them. environment.
The emphasis will be on the pragmatics of
organization and management. Further emphasis is EMBA 5501 Quantitative Decision Tools for
on the analysis of the fit among the organization, its Managers (3-0)3
people and their work, its environment and internal This is a course covering basic statistical concepts
systems; analysis of the interaction of and methods useful in decision making in the
organizational design and various performance business environment. Emphasis is placed on
measures; awareness of contemporary views of best descriptive and inferential tools used in converting
practice in the structuring of organizations and the raw data into useful information; and on the use of
management of the people that comprise them. statistical computer packages and interpretation of
statistical results. The course also covers the most
EMBA 5204 Managing Human Resources commonly used models/methods of Operations
(2-0)2 Research/Management Science. This course aims at
The course is designed to cover the policies, introducing the students to some of the quantitative
procedures and practices governing the recruitment, decision making tools that are highly applicable in
selection, training, promotion, remuneration and solving practical problems faced every day by
working conditions of the people employed by an managers.
enterprise. Special emphasis is assigned to the
332
EMBA 5602 Managing Operations (2-0)2 part of the course, consumers and their behaviour
The operations management functions in with regard to brands will be examined. Also, social
manufacturing and service industries; demand role of brands as cultural, ideological, and political
forecasting, capacity planning, facility location and objects are discussed in the class. In the second part
layout, product design, process selection, job design of the course, managerial concepts such as brand
and work measurement, production planning and equity, brand identity, brand types, corporate
control, Japanese manufacturing systems (JIT), branding, brand extensions, and brands and
theory of constraints, quality control are topics innovations are covered.
covered in this course.
EMBA 5801 Micro Economic Environment of
EMBA 5702 Marketing Management (2-0)2 Business (2-0)2
This course focuses both on the introduction of This Course is designed to provide a solid
marketing concepts and managerial decision making foundation of economic understanding for use
regarding the marketing function. The course is executive decisions. Thereby, the course offers a
designed for people who have little or no formal comprehensive treatment of micro and principles
training in marketing. It is especially designed for and analysis to help the business firm in its specific
business professionals who work with marketing decision problems.
professionals on a day-to-day basis, managers who
want to know more about marketing, or small EMBA 5802 Financial Management for
business owners who need to understand the basic Executives (2-0)2
marketing concepts. It is covered through a case- This course examines the main issues in finance
based and highly applied perspective. incorporating theory and practice with emphasis on
investment and financing decisions of the firm.
EMBA 5711 Marketing Strategy (1-0)1 Special references are given to applications in
Competition, competitive processes, and marketing; Turkey. It provides students with grounding in the
strategy making and implementation issues in basic concepts of finance, including the time value
marketing; managing business relationships; of money, the role of financial markets, asset
managing customer relationships; data-based valuation, capital budgeting decisions, portfolio
marketing decision making; pricing practices; theory, asset pricing, and the risk-return tradeoff.
promotions practices; product design and related
issues; behavioral and structural issues in channels EMBA 5803 Macro Economic Environment of
management; performance metrics and Business (1-0)1
measurement issues in marketing; digital age and This course is designed to provided a foundation of
marketing applications. macro economic. Special emphasis is given to the
recent developments in the Turkish economic
EMBA 5712 Marketing Research Practice environment.
(1-0)1
This course designed to introduce you to research EMBA 5812 Financial Derivatives (1-0)1
methodology and application of research techniques The course is designed to provide a foundation in
and procedures in marketing. The primary goal in this the principles of financial derivatives and risk
course is to develop a sound understanding of research management. It provides an introduction to a myriad
methods in marketing applications. The course will of available financial derivative instruments and
have a practical orientation and focus on the current emphasizes practical issues in setting up investment
practice of marketing research in the Turkish strategies in order to manage risk in financial
marketing environment. markets.
EMBA 5714 Consumer Behavior (1-0)1 EMBA 5813 Financial Planning &
Centers on the role of the consumer in the Control System (1-0)1
marketing process. Enables the student to The objective of this course is to allow the students
understand why certain marketing strategies are to gain knowledge, and analytical skills related to
more effective than others, how humans behave in how a corporations executives go about designing
the marketplace, and which social and cognitive and implementing those ongoing formal systems
mechanisms the consumer brings to the purchasing used to plan and control the firms performance.
decisions. The key ideas underlying this course are (i) different
organizations typically have different strategies, and
EMBA 5725 Brand Management (1-0)1 (ii) different control systems are needed to
The course provides a thorough understanding of effectively implement different strategies.
branding processes in the 21st century. In the first
333
EMBA 5817 International Financial EMBA 5818 Analysis of Financial Statements
Management (1-0)1 (1-0)1
This course recognizes the importance of global The objective of the course is to provide the
integration of financial markets, a tread that is knowledge and the skills necessary to take full
creating a host of threats and opportunities for advantage of financial reports and analysis. Starting
individual investors and for firms that consider with an overview of financial accounting, the topics
undertaking become familiar with the issues that that will be covered include financial statements,
shape todays global markets and to acquire the ratio analysis, comparative analysis and the
skills necessary to tackle managerial problems management of operating funds.
related to international investing, financing, and
exchange rate risk management. EMBA 5097 Term Project NC
335
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
AIR, Seven: B.S., M.S., Middle East Technical University, Ph.D., Princeton University.
CMERT, Hasan : B.A, METU; M.A., METU; Ph.D, Universtiy of Massachuseets at Amherst.
DERN GRE, Pnar: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Boston University.
GAYGISIZ, Esma: B.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Manchester.
KKENEL, Serkan: B.S., Ko University; M.S., Sabanc University and California Institute of
Technology; Ph.D., California Institute of Technology.
ZEN, Can lhan : B.A., Bilkent University; M.A., Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University
PARMAKSIZ, . Kaan (Vice Chair): B.S. METU,M.S. METU and LSE, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
PELIZZON, Sheila: B.A., Boston University; M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton.
RK, pek Nil: B.S. Middle East Technical University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-
Champaign.
YILDIRIM, Dilem (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Manchester.
INSTRUCTORS
AKDERE, Cnla: B.S., Ankara University, M.S., PhD. Paris I Panthon-Sorbonne University
GLSEVEN, Osman: B.S., Bilkent University; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State University
GENERAL INFORMATION: Economics is the study of individual and social activities related to
the choice, production, distribution and consumption of goods and services. It is the science that attempts to
capture and perceive the essence of the material aspect of human life. Today's modern dynamic economic
environment calls for a challenging learning process even for the simplest decision-maker of everyday life.
The prominent position that economic behavior occupies in social activities has imparted a kind of priority to
economic inquiry in understanding human development through ages. The principal aim of the program
offered by the Department of Economics is to establish and improve the understanding of economic problems
from the elementary to the most complex, and to provide its students with necessary tools to undertake critical
and systematic analyses of the economic environment we live in and to develop policy options.
336
economic theory within a general social science context, as well as mathematics and statistics that enable them
to proceed on analytical grounds for the most advanced and specialized courses to be taken in the third and
fourth years. Due to the choice of methodology and field of study, the program offers a remarkably wide range
of options including certain applied issues as economic development, economic history, monetary policy,
public finance, international trade, political economy, labor economics, industrial relations, energy and
environmental economics.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: The specialized advanced courses in the fourth year of the program
are designed to prepare students for careers in government, private sector, banking and higher education for
academic career. Graduates take up academic posts, or positions in research departments of major state and
commercial banks and posts in the public sector that require independent research and analytical capability.
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF GRADUATE PROGRAMS: The main objective of the program is
to give students high-level training in basic theoretical and applied branches of economics to enable them to
conduct independent research.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
338
N.B.: Every student must take 16 electives in the third and fourth years to graduate. At least ten of the electives
must be chosen from the Elective courses offered by the Department. The maximum number of non-faculty
electives (outside FEAS) which are not listed in the curriculum is 3. Out-of- department electives should have
credit values and should be at least on second year level.
ELECTIVE COURSES
ECON 311 Monetary Theory and Policy (3-0)3 ECON 448 Technology and Industrial
ECON 312 Fiscal Policy and Public Finance Dynamics (3-0)3
(3-0)3 ECON 449 Macroeconomics of Technological
ECON 353 Introduction to International Change (3-0)3
Economics I (3-0)3 ECON 451 Industrial Economics (3-0)3
ECON 354 Introduction to International ECON 452 Agricultural Trade Policies (3-0)3
Economics II (3-0)3 ECON 453 Business Forecasting (3-0)3
ECON 362 History of Economic Analysis II ECON 454 Economics of Regulation and
(3-0)3 Antitrust (3-0)3
ECON 400 Seminar in Economics (0-6)3 ECON 455 Turkish Economic History (3-0)3
ECON 401 Practical Training in ECON 457 Turkish Fiscal System (3-0)3
Economics I (3-0)3 ECON 458 Project Evaluation (3-0)3
ECON 402 Practical Training in ECON 459 Turkish Banking System (3-0)3
Economics II (3-0)3 ECON 462 Topics in Economic History (3-0)3
ECON 406 Real Estate Economics and ECON 464 Development Planning (3-0)3
Finance (3-0)3 ECON 465 Development Economics (3-0)3
ECON 407 InputOutput Analysis and ECON 466 Economics of Growth (3-0)3
Economic Modeling (3-0)3 ECON 469 Economics of Labor (3-0)3
ECON 410 Economics of Entrepreneurship ECON 471 Statistical Database in Turkey(3-0)3
(3-0)3 ECON 472 Problems in Ottoman Economic
ECON 411 Economics of Networks and the History (3-0)3
Internet (3-0)3 ECON 475 Introduction to Mathematical
ECON 418 Women and the World Economy Economics I (3-0)3
(3-0)3 ECON 476 Introduction to Mathematical
ECON 421 Advanced Macroeconomics (3-0)3 Economics (3-0)3
ECON 422 The Chinese Economy (3-0)3 ECON 477 Welfare Economics and the
ECON 423 Public Sector Economics (3-0)3 Theory of Social Choice (3-0)3
ECON 425 Environmental Economics (3-0)3 ECON 478 Topics in Linear and Non-linear
ECON 426 Economics of Natural Resources Programming (3-0)3
(3-0)3 ECON 480 World Economy (3-0)3
ECON 432 Economics of Inequality and ECON 481 Agricultural Economics (3-0)3
Discrimination (3-0)3 ECON 482 Review Topics in Economics (3-0)3
ECON 433 Financial Markets (3-0)3 ECON 483 Applied Econometrics I (3-0)3
ECON 434 Economics of the Firm I (3-0)3 ECON 484 Applied Econometrics II (3-0)3
ECON 435 Economics of the Firm II (3-0)3 ECON 489 European Union and Turkey (3-0)3
ECON 439 Topics in Macroeconomics (3-0)3 ECON 490 International Economic
ECON 440 Macroeconomic Theory and Institutions (3-0)3
Stabilization Policies (3-0)3 ECON 493 Urban Economics (3-0)3
ECON 442 Topics in Monetary ECON 495 Labor Market in Turkey (3-0)3
Macroeconomics (3-0)3 ECON 496 Political Economy of the Middle
ECON 443 Game Theory (3-0)3 East and North Africa (3-0)3
ECON 444 Economics of Innovation (3-0)3 ECON 497 Comparative European Labor
ECON 445 Introduction to Linear and Markets (3-0)3
Nonlinear Programming (3-0)3 ECON 498 Labor Market Economics (3-0)3
ECON 447 Monitoring the Economy (3-0)3 ECON 499 International Money (3-0)3
339
MINOR PROGRAM IN ECONOMICS
Economics Minor program aims to furnish students of other departments with a certain insight into
issues in economic theory, policy applications in monetary and fiscal issues and international trade and
economic relations. The program gives a solid basis in these areas which can increase the problem solving
capacity of students in their professional life in the public as well as private sectors.
Compulsory courses
ECON 201 Microeconomic Theory I (4-0)4
ECON 202 Macroeconomic Theory I (4-0)4
Two courses from the list below:
ECON 203 Microeconomic Theory II (4-0)4
ECON 204 Macroeconomic Theory II (4-0)4
ECON 301 Introduction to Econometrics I (3-2)4
ECON 302 Introduction to Econometrics II (3-2)4
ECON 311 Monetary Theory and Policy (3-0)3
ECON 312 Fiscal Policy and Public Finance (3-0)3
ECON 353 Introduction to International Economics I (3-0)3
ECON 354 Introduction to International Economics II (3-0)3
Two electives approved by the Department
N.B.: The conditions for the consent of the Confidence Interval Estimation: One Population,
Department in the following prerequisites will be Confidence Interval Estimation: Further Topics,
announced at the beginning of each academic year. Hypothesis Tests of a Single Population, Two
Population Hypothesis tests. Application of those
ECON 101 Introduction to Economics I concepts, through computer usage, is encouraged.
(4-2)5
The economic problem; theories of supply and ECON 107 Economy, Society, and
demand; various market structures; theory of Civilization I (3-0)3
distribution. This course is designed to provide Economics
students with a strong humanities background. An
ECON 102 Introduction to Economics II interdisciplinary social science emphasizes on the
(4-2)5 origins and evolution of economic activities and
Firms and fiscal policy; interdependence of the institutions against the background of a history of
economy; national income; theory of income civilization.
determination; money and banking; monetary
policy; international trade and finance. ECON 108 Economy, Society, and
Prerequisite: ECON 101 or consent of the Civilization II (3-0)3
Department. Continuation of ECON 107.
ECON 202 Macroeconomic Theory I (3-2)4 ECON 206 Statistics for Economist II (3-0)3
The course examines the short-run and long-run This course continues the development of statistical
determination of key macroeconomic variables in methods from Econ 205 and deals, at intermediate
both closed and open economies, primarily in the level, with theory of estimation, estimation and
context of an IS/LM -AD/AS model. The course applications, principles of point and interval
aims to develop a framework to analyze policy estimations, properties of point and interval
questions and provide a sound understanding of estimators, optimality criteria in estimation,
macroeconomic aggregates and macroeconomic and hypothesis testing, comparison tests for independent
financial linkages. More specifically, the course and paired samples, multiple comparisons and
aims to provide students with a solid economic estimation methods: method of moments, maximum
understanding of the mechanisms underpinning the likelihood and ordinary least squares.
macroeconomics. Prerequisite: ECON 205
Prerequisite: ECON 102.
ECON 207 Social and Economic History I
ECON 203 Microeconomic Theory II (3-0)3
Based on some of the work of Karl Polanyi this
This course continues the development of course explores certain socio-economic aspects of
microeconomic analysis from Econ 201. The main non-capitalist societies of past times. It provides
aim is to provide an introduction to general points of comparison as a way of better
equilibrium analysis and strategic decision making understanding the economy of the present-day.
processes of agents in different economic
environments. i) The course is intended to fit into ECON 208 Social and Economic History II
the Economics B.Sc. program as a second year must (3-0)3
course. ii) The basic purpose of this course is to This course deals with transformation of the
introduce advanced topics in microeconomics. Upon politically fragmented, non-market European feudal
successful completion of this course, the student is societies into societies characterized by market-
expected to gain knowledge on major orientation and centralized political structures. It
microeconomic topics. focuses on differential patterns of agrarian and
Prerequisite: ECON201 commercial development in individual regions as
well as in the formation of a global economy
ECON 204 Macroeconomic theory II centered around Western Europe.
Intertemporal consumption-saving decisions;
Ricardian equivalence theorem; credit market ECON 210 Principles of Economics (3-0)3
imperfections; intertemporal investment decision of A non-departmental course designed for students
the firm; optimal investment rule; cash-in-advance outside the Faculty of Economic and Administrative
model; Fisher relation; Liquidity trap; monetary Sciences. The nature of economics. A general view
policy rules; neutrality of money; New Keynesian of price system. Markets and pricing. The
Economics; Keynesian transmission mechanism for determination and the control of national income.
monetary policy; menu cost models; Friedman rule; Fiscal policy. Money, banking and monetary policy.
Financial intermediation and Banking; The International trade and finance. Economic growth
Diamond-Dybvig Banking model; The Phillips and development.
curve; Rational expectations hypothesis; Time
consistency problem; Beginning of Modern ECON 211 Principles of Economics I (3-0)3
Macroeconomics; The Neoclassical Synthesis; The Introductory microeconomics course, especially
Rational Expectations Critique. designed for non-departmental students.
Prerequisite: ECON202
ECON 212 Principles of Economics II (3-0)3
ECON 205 Statistics for Economist I (3-0)3 Continuation of ECON 211, introductory
This course continues the development of research macroeconomics.
methods and data analysis from Econ 106 and deals,
at intermediate level, with basic probability theory, ECON 301 Introduction to Econometrics I
probability distributions and densities, mathematical (3-2)4
expectations, special probability distributions and The Classical Linear Regression Model: Estimation
densities, functions of random variables and and Inference, Functional Forms, Specification
341
Analysis and Model Evaluation, Multicollinearity, ECON 354 Introduction to International
Dummy Independent Variables, Testing for a Economics II (3-0)3
Structural Change, Seasonality. Balance of payments; foreign exchange market,
Prerequisites: ECON 206; disequilibrium and adjustment: the monetary and
portfolio balance approaches, price adjustment
ECON 302 Introduction to Econometrics II approach, national income and the current account.
(3-2)4 Economic policy in the open economy under
Autocorrelation: causes, consequences, tests and flexible and fixed exchange rate regimes,
estimation. Univariate Time Series Modeling and comparison of effectiveness of different policies in
Testing for Non-Stationarity, Dynamic Models, attaining internal and external balance with different
Cointegration and Estimation of Equilibrium capital mobility assumptions; international
Correction Models, Simultaneous Equations monetary systems: past, present and future
Models: identification and single-equation Prerequisite: ECON 202 or consent of the
estimation. Heteroscedasticity: Causes, Department.
consequences tests and estimation.
Prerequisite: ECON 301. ECON 361 History of Economic Analysis I
ECON 311 Monetary Theory and Policy (3-0)3
(3-0)3 The evaluation and improvement of the tools of
Monetary theory and policy tools. An overview of analysis of economic phenomena within a historical
the financial mechanism. Interest rate determination perspective; Mercantilism, Physiocrats Classicals
and the working of the capital market. Analysis of School (A. Smith, T. Malthus, D. Ricardo, J. S.
the demand and supply of money. Monetary Mill), Marxian economics, Marginal School
transmission mechanism and monetary approach to (Stanley Jevons, Alfred Marshall, Lon Walras),
balance of payments. Selected macro models in Keynesians (John Maynard Keynes and Neo-
which money appears as an endogenous variable. Keynesians), Austrian School (Friedrich Hayek,
Special applications to Turkey. Carl Menger).
Prerequisite: ECON 202 or consent of the Prerequisites: ECON 101; ECON 102
Department.
ECON 362 History of Economic Analysis II
ECON 312 Fiscal Policy and Public (3-0)3
Finance (3-0)3 Reading and analyzing the original works of the
Introduction to fiscal theory and policy. economists from different schools with a historical
Government expenditures. Budgeting. Taxation and perspective. Creating discussion on the evolution of
subsidies. Government finance. the key notions of the history of economic thought
Prerequisite: ECON 201 or consent of the e.g. value, price, money, accumulation, and
Department. entrepreneur. Developing a critical approaches to
neoclassical theory and to its arguments.
ECON 314 Econ. Of Growth and Prerequisites: ECON 101, ECON 102.
Development (3-0)3
This course is designed as an introduction to the ECON 400 Seminar in Economics (0-6)3
field of economic development, and examining the The seminar is devoted to a detailed study of an
intersection of this literature with the newly individual research theme on an assigned theoretical
emerging field of political economy of institutions or applied economic problem. Each student prepares
and development. a paper during the semester. The student is advised
by an instructor in his/her research and is expected
ECON 353 Introduction to International to write regular progress reports so that specific
Economics I (3-0)3 problems and aspects of his/her work can be
The classical theory of foreign trade, comparative discussed
costs; factor proportions and comparative Prerequisites: ECON 201; ECON 202.
advantages; factor-price equalization, income N.B.: For all the following courses, ECON 101 and
distribution and gains from trade: extensions on ECON 102 or the consent of the Department is a
trade theories and empirical verifications; economic prerequisite. Additional prerequisites are noted
growth and trade, theory of tariffs and trade policy, wherever necessary.
tools and policy implications, theory of economic
integration ECON 401 Practical Training in
Prerequisite: ECON 201 or consent of the Economics I (3-0)3
Department. The course is designed for 3rd and 4th year students
to equip them with practical tools of their future
342
careers. For those students planning to enter of economics is analyzed within the context of
academic career, the course will involve teaching input-output approach in this course.
techniques, practical teaching in tutorials,
discussion and problem hours. For those students ECON 410 Economics of Entrepreneurship
planning to enter the applied research career, the (3-0)3
course will involve research techniques, statistical This course focuses on the role of innovation with a
databases and practical training in research special emphasize on entrepreneurship in the growth
institutions. and development of 21st century economies. During
the course, the economic theories behind
ECON 402 Practical Training in entrepreneurship is discussed. The methods used in
Economics II (3-0)3 successful enterprises are also analyzed as an
The course is designed for 3rd and 4th year students entrepreneurial process.
to equip them with practical tools of their future
careers. For those students planning to enter ECON 411 Economics of Networks and
academic career, the course will involve teaching The Internet (3-0)3
techniques, practical teaching in tutorials, The course consists of three parts. The first part is
discussion and problem hours. For those students devoted to the analysis of technological change in
planning to enter the applied research career, the computing and telecommunication technologies.
course will involve research techniques, statistical The second part focuses on the economics of
databases and practical training in research networks and the Internet. The following topics are
institutions. covered in this part: technological convergence and
market convergence, structure of networks and the
ECON 404 Health Economics (3-0)3 internet, network externalities and "lock in", pricing
The main objective of this course is to introduce the and regulation of networks, Internet cost structures
students to the active field of health economics, and pricing and versioning information. The third
which is a vibrant and growing part of part of the course is about the economics of
microeconomics. After introducing the key concepts information policy.
that are developed by the microeconomists in the
fields of information and market failure, the ECON 418 Women and the World
students will be encouraged to use these concepts to Economy (3-0)3
some selected current issues of health policy. The One obvious feature of the present-day world-
students who take this class will learn about the economy is its vast inequalities. This course
worldwide distribution of health, the connection of considers one aspect of inequalitythat one
this with the worldwide income distribution and the organized and legitimated via gender roles. Clearly
importance of considerations of equity in there are differences: women in "Third world" areas
understanding this distribution. We expect them face more disadvantages than women in core states,
learn to identify important health care problems and non-white women more than white women,
to bring a new understanding of these problems immigrants more than natives and so on. This
through the prism of economic theory. course explores the historically constructed
economic and social processes that originate and
ECON 406 Real Estate Economics and
perpetuate these inequalities, and how gendering
Finance (3-0)3
contributes to the accumulation process.
This course applies the economic and finance theory
to real estate investment analysis. Debt financing in
ECON 421 Advanced Macroeconomics
real estate investment, portfolio theory with
(3-0)3
optimization problems, deterministic and
This course is designed to introduce advanced level
continuous asset pricing models will be covered.
students to dynamic macroeconomic theory and
ECON 407 InputOutput Analysis and familiarize them with current issues. The topics
Economic Modeling (3-0)3 include inter-temporal consumption-saving choice,
Inputoutput analysis and thus the resulting field of exogenous growth, introduction to neo-classical
quantitative approach, which is referred to as inter- growth model, business cycles, theories of
industry economics has been developed after the unemployment, markets with frictions and quantity
pioneering work of Leontief in the 1930s. The rationing, dynamic inconsistency and commitment,
objective of this course is to discover the field of dynamic fiscal policy, macroeconomic analysis with
input-output economics as an integral component of demographic details.
economic theory. The interdependence of economic
units in different empirical problems in varied fields
343
ECON 422 The Chinese Economy: Transitions ECON 433 Financial Markets (3-0)3
and Change (3-0)3 The structure and functions of financial markets are
Evolution of the Chinese economy during pre- and analyzed. Operations and regulations in the money
post-1949 periods; analysis of Chinas post-1978 and capital markets introduced. Financial
reform period using basic economic tools; innovations and liberalization processes will be at
identification of characteristics of Chinas economic the core of the course.
transition/transformation and development;
structural change; urban-rural gap; labor markets; ECON 434 Economics of the Firm I (3-0)3
foreign trade and investment; foreign exchange and This course studies the organization and behavior of
financial markets; Chinas post-WTO economic the firm. Emphasis is laid on the interdependence
reforms and multinational enterprises; industrial between financial and organizational structures of
policy; role of government and the market as the firm, investment planning control of assets and
allocators of resources; global imbalances. liabilities and internal and external financing.
ECON 435 Economics of the Firm II (3-0)3
ECON 423 Public Sector Economics (3-0)3 This course is the continuation of ECON 434 and
This course provides an overview of public sector focuses on the role of institutions and markets in
economics: important topics of public finance. We monitoring and controlling the behavior of the firm.
start with dynamic fiscal policy and examine the Prerequisite: ECON 434.
effects of fiscal policy on the economy namely
capital formation, economic growth, and ECON 439 Topics in Macroeconomics (3-0)3
intergenerational equity; the influence of long run The course aims to enhance students' understanding
expectations on short-run outcomes; and the of macroeconomics and trade concepts through a
restrictions imposed by current policies on the set of study of North-South trade models.
feasible future policies. Dynamic analysis gained Prerequisite: ECON 202.
favor over static analysis in public economics as ECON 440 Macroeconomic Theory and
fiscal variables are continually modified and current Stabilization Theory (3-0)3
policy changes alter the course of the economy. A The course primarily deals with economic
dynamic perspective is also crucial in weighting stabilization policies with an emphasis on
the short run benefits versus the long run costs of developing country experiences. The following
the fiscal policies. topics are covered: different approaches to
stabilization policies (heterodox, orthodox),
ECON 425 Environmental Economics (3-0)3 conditions for a successful stabilization policy,
The effects of economic activity on the natural structural reform programs, inflation, monetary and
environment with special reference to urban exchange rate targeting policies and monetary vs.
development forms the central subject matter of the exchange rate based stabilization programs. Special
course. Consideration is given to economic analysis emphasis will be given to current macroeconomic
of the causes of pollution and its control through issues in the Turkish economy.
taxes, the use of property rights and standards.
ECON 442 Topics in Monetary
ECON 426 Economics of Natural Resources Macroeconomics (3-0)3
(3-0)3 The main objective of the course is to introduce
This course is designed to introduce students to students to a number of approaches to monetary
certain areas of natural resource economics. Topics theory and policy. The following topics are covered:
include theories of replenishable and exhaustible Theoretical Fundaments of Monetary Policy,
resource exploitation and the environment. Specific Vulnerabilities and Limits to Monetary Policy:
natural resources (e.g. depletable energy resources, Financial Dollarization, Fiscal Dominance, New
recyclable resources, replenishable but depletable Monetary Macroeconomics Beyond IS-LM,
resources, etc.) are studied in depth. Monetary Policy Transmission Mechanisms,
Inflation Dynamics, Monetary Policy and Nominal
ECON 432 Economics of Inequality and Anchors, Inflation Targeting.
Discrimination (3-0)3
The course explores a number of central debates ECON 443 Game Theory and
evolving around the issue of economic inequality Its Applications (3-0)3
and discrimination within both conventional and This course consists of two separate parts. The first
alternative theories. The course particularly focuses part of the course is devoted to the techniques of
on the different theoretical explanations of the non-cooperative game theory. After introducing the
causes and consequences of discrimination in the basic solution concepts in game theory the second
context of gender and society. part of the course focuses on the macroeconomic
344
applications of game theory focusing upon the The primary objective of this course is to analyze
interrelationships among monetary and fiscal policy the political economy of technological change from
makers and wage setters in a national or an the point of view of both the producers and users of
international context. technology. The material will include a short
historical analysis of technological progress and
ECON 444 Economics of Innovation (3-0)3 technology policies that have been followed in
Theories of innovation and technical change. Turkey and in some advanced countries or trade
Determinants of the rate and direction of technical blocks. Recent theoretical approaches and trends in
change. The nature, sources and outcomes of the international sphere to technology-related
product and process innovations. Industrial subjects such as R and D policies, human capital
organization, inter-firm relations, networks and formation will be evaluated in the light of the
innovative activity. Management of product and Turkish development process.
process innovations. Dominant design, product life
cycles, and technological trajectories. The effects of ECON 451 Industrial Economics (3-0)3
firm size, market structure and innovation The course is an extension of ECON 201.
opportunities on innovative activities. Measurement Organization and development, concentration, entry
of innovative activity. Financial systems and barriers and other aspects of oligopolistic market
innovation. Sectoral and industrial studies and structures will be discussed in the first part of the
policy issues. course. The second part will involve the theoretical
and empirical dimensions of firm behavior. The
ECON 445 Introduction to Linear and specific topics will center on the pricing, investment
Nonlinear Programming (3-0)3 and growth processes of modern oligopolistic firms.
Optimization problem, graphical solutions, Prerequisite: ECON 201 or consent of the
algebraic solutions, simplex method, revised Department.
simplex method, duality, sensitivity analysis,
applications. ECON 452 Agricultural Trade Policies
Prerequisite: MATH 260. (3-0)3
The goal of this course is to convey the basic
economics of widely used agricultural trade policy
ECON 447 Monitoring the Economy (3-0)3 schemes. The course is designed for students who
How to monitor developments in the world and have some grasp of microeconomic principles.
Turkish economy? What are the main issues Numerous trade policy mechanisms like; tariffs,
exposed by these developments? How economic quotas, mixing regulations, market discrimination,
policies shape the course of events? How these and export subsidies are analyzed. Effects of various
policies relate to elegant, but somewhat abstract, trade policies on domestic and international prices,
theories and models of economist? Is it possible for consumption, production, trade and government
these abstractions to drive the observed practice? revenue are examined. Some ideas about the effects
Are we all, paraphrasing Keynes, prisoners of of individual trade policies on general economic
defunct economists? Alternatively, do living welfare are also discussed.
economists shape policy and hence impact upon
economic developments? This course is an ECON 453 Business Forecasting (3-0)3
introduction to these and related questions -ranging Various forecasting methods are introduced with
from practical to philosophical. emphasis on their applications for social and
economic planning. The core of the course is the use
of models in forecasting future sales, capital,
ECON 448 Technologies and Industrial investment, new product development etc.
Dynamics (3-0)3
The main objective of this course is to enable ECON 454 Economics of Regulation and
students to understand and to analyze the forces Antitrust (3-0)3
which determine industrial development. The Government regulation and antitrust (competition)
material includes a wide range of issues from a policy is one of the most exciting (and problematic)
variety of perspectives: Broad historical analyses, areas of economic policy. This course deals with
microeconomic theory, the economics of questions such as, what particular market failures
technological change and industrial policy from provide a rationale for government intervention?
both a domestic and an international perspective. How can economic theory illuminate the character
of market operation, the role for government action,
ECON 449 Macroeconomics of and the appropriate form of government action?
Technological Change (3-0)3 What do formal empirical analyses of economic
345
behavior and the effects of government intervention Methodological problems of economic history.
indicate about the direction this intervention should Some current issues and debates. Problems of socio-
take? Where does the antitrust policy stand within economic systems and modes of transition
this framework? Economic theory and empirical
analysis that have been devised to further ECON 464 Development Planning (3-0)3
understanding of regulations and antitrust policies This course is an introduction course to
will be used to provide the most up to date answers development planning and programming. The
to these questions. course explores project cycle methodologies of
Prerequisite: ECON 201. international organizations. Comparative evaluation
of project appraisal methods in the public and
ECON 455 Turkish Economic History (3-0)3 private sectors, economic and social cost-benefit
Study of Ottoman and Turkish economic and social analysis, identification of economic costs and
history, beginning with developments during the benefits, shadow pricing, income distribution and
16th and 17th centuries followed by the study of the social analysis, comparison of LMST and UNIDO
19th and early 20th centuries. methodologies and interdependence in investment
decisions and sectoral planning are topics
introduced in this course.
ECON 457 Turkish Fiscal System (3-0)3
Public expenditures and revenues; processes of ECON 465 Development Economics (3-0)3
budgeting and annual planning; formal and legal This course studies the current policy issues of
aspects of budgeting in Turkey; sources of public underdeveloped countries with reference to the
revenues; principles of taxation and public relevant theoretical debates and country
borrowing; introduction to Turkish tax system; experiences, with some emphasis on the East Asian
variations of fiscal policy; fiscal policy and growth. experience. Economic relations between North and
South; trade, technology and financial policy issues;
the role of the state; the implications of endogenous
ECON 458 Project Evaluation (3-0)3 growth theory and international institutional
Alternative approaches to the evaluation of constraints on policy making are discussed.
development projects at the micro and macro levels;
private versus social costs and benefits; ECON 466 Economics of Growth (3-0)3
intertemporal choice problem; market The main objective of the course is to familiarize
imperfections and shadow prices; integration of the students with the key theories of growth and the
project and sector studies. implications for economic development. The course
is designed to combine the theoretical rigor of main
growth theories, with the intuition of major
ECON 459 Turkish Banking System (3-0)3 development issues. Another equally important aim
This course is an introduction to the Turkish of this course is to channel the students into
financial system. Structure and functions of the thinking about various development issues and
Central Bank of Turkey, banking system in general, sources of growth in Turkey, or around the world.
other public and private financial institutions and
securities market are the basic issues that will be ECON 469 Economics of Labor (3-0)3
discussed. Comparisons with the Western practice This course will involve the systematic economic
and general evaluations of Turkish financial system study of human behavior regarding labor market
are made. operations. How labor markets operate in theory and
in practice will be carefully examined. A wide range
of topics and issues will be covered throughout the
ECON 460 Structure of the Turkish semester. The subjects to be discussed include;
Economy (3-0)3 wage determination, worker productivity, labor
Overall structure of the economy; sources and use supply and demand, employment and output,
of income; economy of government; main sectors; occupational choice, unemployment, unionization,
agriculture, industry, services; income distribution; discrimination, poverty, and some others. In short,
regional dispersion of economic activities. since everyone sells their labor resources to earn a
Prerequisites: ECON 101, ECON 102. living, it is important to understand how the labor
market operates. The ultimate goal in the course is
ECON 462 Topics in Economic History to develop a critical understanding of how to
(3-0)3 evaluate labor market policy.
346
ECON 471 Statistical Database in Turkey Agricultural development; agricultural sector in
(3-0)3 Turkey; analytical topics in agricultural economics,
This course will introduce the student to the sources analysis of government policies in agriculture;
of economic statistics in Turkey. It will also further topics in agriculture.
emphasize the methodologies involved in such
statistics, by examining their coverage, sampling ECON 482 Review Topics in Economics
framework, frequency, survey design and (3-0)3
questionnaires. Scope and method, micro vs. macro, equilibrium
and stability, markets and prices, expectations,
ECON 472 Problems in Ottoman technological equity vs. efficiency, time in
Economic History (3-0)3 economics, rationality.
This course deals with issues of agricultural and
commercial transformation models in the Ottoman ECON 483 Applied Econometrics I (3-0)3
Empire. Emphasis is laid on the interaction of the This course concentrates on formulation and
Ottoman economy with European capitalism after estimation of simultaneous equation systems and
the 16th century. their applications. As an example, macro
econometric models of Turkey are reviewed. Other
ECON 475 Introduction to Mathematical
areas of application may include estimation of
Economics I (3-0)3
consumption functions, systems of demand
Nature of equilibrium analysis. Comparative statics
functions, production and cost functions,
and dynamic analysis. Mathematical treatment of
international trade relationship and others.
some topics in microeconomics.
ECON 484 Applied Econometrics II (3-0)3
This course concentrates on limited dependent
ECON 476 Introduction to Mathematical
variable models and panel data estimation. Logit
Economics (3-0)3
and probit models of binary and multivariate
This course is the continuation of ECON 475. It is
responses, Tobit models and models for panel data
based on mathematical treatment of some topics in
methods and their applications are included such as
macroeconomics
difference-in-differences, fixed effects random
ECON 477 Welfare Economics and the effects models and estimation of simultaneous
Theory of Social Choice (3-0)3 equations models with panel data.
This course systematically develops the foundations
of modern welfare economics. In particular, the ECON 489 European Union and Turkey
twin pillars of positive economics and ethical (3-0)3
premises are stressed and both the weaker ethical The progress and problems of Turkeys association
premises underlying economic efficiency and the with the EU, the analysis of comparative economic
stronger ones underlying social welfare indicators and policies of Turkey and the EU,
maximization are examined. The techniques that Turkeys achievements and problems in adapting to
constitute the important ingredients in the common policies of the EU and other issues
constructive use of economics in policy making are associated with Turkeys full membership.
developed.
ECON 490 International Economic
ECON 478 Topics in Linear and Non-linear Institutions (3-0)3
Programming (3-0)3 Major international institutions and organizations
Problem formulation, post optimality analysis, involved in financing either on a global or regional
special topics in linear and non-linear programming, scale. Their policies, financing instruments and the
computer applications, economic applications. role they play on the world economic order.
ECON 480 World Economy (3-0)3 ECON 493 Urban Economics (3-0)3
The course investigates developments, trends, Urban economics as a field of study; theories of
cycles and facts of the world economy during the urban spatial structure; urban economic structure;
1980's and its future. A framework is developed techniques of urban economic analysis, economic
within which to examine the subject matter. aspects of the study of the community; economics
Outcomes of "structural adjustment" on a major of major urban problems.
country basis as well on a global basis are
evaluated. ECON 495 Labor Market in Turkey (3-0)3
This course evaluates historical development of the
ECON 481 Agricultural Economics (3-0)3 labor market in Turkey form a comparative
347
perspective. The demographic, economic, social, paradigms are the skill-biased technological change
legal and institutional framework of the labor adversely affecting low-skill workers and labor
market in Turkey from the mid-19th century until the market institutions as these institutions relate to
contemporary period from an internationally labor market flexibility or wage rigidity.
comparative perspective, with special emphasis on
wages and living and working conditions and on the ECON 498 Labor Market Economics (3-0)3
mechanisms and dynamics of their determination An up-to-date review of modern labor market
are introduced taking into consideration the theories, related policy issues and applications, as
situation in various other countries and the well as methods and findings of empirical research,
international conventions and other instruments. including national and regional level analysis of
these markets both in developed and developing
ECON 496 Political Economy of the countries. Open to economic and administrative
Middle East and North Africa sciences majors as well as to students from
(3-0)3 computer science, regional planning and
This course examines the issues of development in engineering.
the region from Morocco to Iran using the tools of
analysis of development economics and political ECON 499 International Money, Finance
economy. The topics to be covered include the and Banking (3-0)3
concept of development, an introduction to the The course aims to introduce students to alternative
economic history of the region, agrarian change, approaches to international money, finance and
rural to urban and international migration, informal banking. Whilst the emphasis is on policy questions,
sector, industrialization with and without oil, theory postulations and empirical evidence will be
external debt and the impact of restructuring and referred to frequently. The course is planned to
stabilization programs. cover some topical issues including i) International
monetary regimes and financial integration, ii)
ECON 497 Comparative European Labor Exchange rate determination theories and evidence,
Markets (3-0)3 iii) Alternative exchange rate regimes and policies,
This course examines labor market characteristics iv) Banking system: risks and regulation, v) The
and institutions in developed countries in general international experience with currency and banking
and Western European countries in particular. crises, vi) Turkish financial system: Issues, risks
Comparisons to the most flexible labor market, the and regulation, vii) Monetary policy in financially
US, will be a focus of the course. Underlying open economies with special reference to Turkey.
348
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
Third Semester
ECON 595 Seminar (0-0)0
ECON 599 Master's Thesis (0-0)0
ECON 800-899 Special Studies (0-0)0
* If Ph.D. degree is aimed, electives from the area of Economic Theory should be taken.
349
*A minimum of 3 electives out of 4 or 7 should be chosen from a single area of specialization.
**The students who have taken the three must courses through a MS degree are to take these 3 additional
electives.
DEFICIENCY PROGRAM
First Semester
ECON 501 Microeconomic Theory I (4-0)4
ECON 502 Macroeconomic Theory I (4-0)4
ECON 507 Econometric Methods I (4-0)4
First Semester
ECON 500 Mathematics for Economists Second Semester
(2-0)2 ECON 503 Microeconomic Theory II (3-0)3
ECON 501 Microeconomic Theory I (4-0)4 ECON 504 Macroeconomic Theory II (3-0)3
ECON 502 Macroeconomic Theory I (4-0)4 ECON 508 Econometric Methods II (3-0)3
ECON 507 Econometric Methods I (4-0)4
4 Electives* 3 Electives*
DEFICIENCY PROGRAM
First Semester
ECON 201 Microeconomic Theory (4-0)4
ECON 301 Introduction to Econometrics (3-2)4 Second Semester
ECON 475 Introduction to Mathematical ECON 202 Macroeconomic Theory (4-0)4
Economics* ECON 302 Introduction to Econometrics II
(3-0)3 (3-2)4
*
If required by the advisor
GRADUATE COURSES
ECON 500 Mathematics for Economists ECON 504 Macroeconomic Theory II (3-0)3
(2-0)2 The objective of this course is to build and
This course covers the elements of mathematical strengthen the student's foundation in modern
analysis, qualitative behaviors of dynamic systems macroeconomics. In this course, we apply the tools
and, static and dynamic optimization techniques. earned in Econ 502-Macroeconomic Theory I to
several important topics in macroeconomics. As in
ECON 501 Microeconomic Theory I (4-0)4 Econ 502, we continue on with the microeconomic
This course is designed to provide students an foundations approach to macroeconomics.
understanding of the principles of microeconomic Throughout the course, the analysis essentially is on
theory. This is done through a rigorous understanding the use of dynamic general
mathematical treatment of the consumer theory, equilibrium models in macroeconomics and its
producer theory and general equilibrium. The applications to macroeconomic policy in closed and
course also aims to give the students the knowledge open economies. Prerequisite: ECON 502
of nonlinear programming which they will use in
analyzing consumer and producer behavior. ECON 507 Econometric Methods I (4-0)4
The objective of this course is to familiarize
graduate students with the basic tools of
ECON 502 Macroeconomic Theory I (4-0)4
econometric research. As such, it does not seek to
The course starts with an introduction to real
teach econometrics modeling but provide a sound
dynamic macroeconomic models using the tool of
grounding in the methods of econometrics. The
dynamic programming, and continues with central
topics include:
issues in monetary theory, studying topics such as
Probability Distribution Theory and Statistical
currency-in-the-utility function and cash-in-advance
Inference; the linear regression model; maximum
models. In the second part of the course, we
likelihood; specification problems; data problems;
examine long-run growth theories, using a host of
non-linear regression.
models to explain economic growth, such as the
Solow-Swan model, the Ramsey model, and the
ECON 508 Econometric Methods II (3-0)3
OLG model.
This is a continuation of ECON 507 and is required
for Ph.D. students but is optional for M.S. students.
ECON 503 Microeconomic Theory II (3-0)3 It covers more advanced topics in Econometrics and
The objective of the course is to provide the has the same objectives as ECON 507. The topics
students an understanding of game theory. The include: Nonspherical disturbances;
approach of the course is oriented towards teaching heteroscedasticity and autocorrelation; the use of
the students the methods of solving different types panel data, seemingly unrelated regression;
of games. Prerequisite: ECON 501 simultaneous equation multiple time series:
351
cointegration and error correction; discrete ECON 605 Development Macroeconomics
dependent variables. (3-0)3
Prerequisite: ECON 507 Structuralist macro models; closure rules and
distributional implications; financial programming
ECON 510 Turkish Economy (3-0)3 and related controversies; money inflation and
Microeconomic and macroeconomic problems of growth; empirical aspects of saving-investment
the Turkish economy will be discussed in a behaviour; critical review of selected policy
historical perspective. Emphasis will be placed on episodes.
recent problems such as structural change,
liberalization, privatization and public sector ECON 608 Computable General
finance. Equilibrium Models (3-0)3
The objective of the course is to introduce the
ECON 512 Introduction to Political students with the principals and practicalities of
Economy (3-0)3 applied general equilibrium modeling and aims to
This course analyses the political dynamics present the basic tools for constructing and
underlying the development of economic theories implementing large-scale, applied general
and institutions. The conflicting nature of capitalist equilibrium modeling techniques.
accumulation process and its crises is also
discussed. ECON 616 Multisector Models of Growth
and Development (3-0)3
ECON 528 European Economic Integration and The main objective of this course is to discuss
Turkey (3-0)3 issues related to economic growth and development.
The objective of this course is to give a The central focus will be specifically on studying
comprehensive understanding of the European growth in multi-sector environments, motivated by
economic integration process, with particular some stylized facts on growth. The course is
emphasis on the integration of product, service, distinctively designed to provide the student with
capital, and labor markets, economic and monetary the basic tools of handling structural multi-sector
union and the common policies of the European dynamic macroeconomic systems. In doing so, first
Union, as well as their implications for Turkey. a sound background in theory will be presented, and
then methods of empirically executing the models
ECON 535 Public Finance (3-0)3 (i.e. handling the data and solution methods) will be
This course will provide a graduate level overview introduced.
of public economics. We will mainly cover taxation,
social security, government spending and public ECON 621 Computational Macroeconomics
goods. It is hard to cover all important public (3-0)3
economies subjects in one semester, so this class This is an introductory course to computational
will be more like a small summary of a graduate methods in macroeconomics that are used to solve
level public economics. Most of the papers will be and calibrate and 'estimate' DSGE models that that
based on US economy but we can have some does not admit analytical solutions. The objective of
arguments in class on the specific Turkish cases. the course is to equip students that have completed
their first year sequence with a particular set of tools
ECON 589 Term Project (0-0)0 that would allow them to start working on their own
This is a non-credit course for M.S. students who research agenda using dynamic stochastic general
are to take a non-thesis degree. The objective is to equilibrium models. The course is distinctively
have them carry out resaerch of a more limitted designed to provide the student with the basic
nature than a M.S. thesis computational tools of solving representative and
heterogeneous agent models.
355
INTERNATIONAL JOINT PROGRAM ON
GLOBAL AND INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS
GENERAL INFORMATION: The aftermath of the Cold War saw the rise of globalization as a
dominant process across the world. The undergraduate program on Global and International Affairs (GIA)
aims to familiarize students with the complex web of social relations generated by the globalization process as
well as its national and international dimensions. The program is jointly developed by the International
Relations and Political Science & Public Administration Departments of the Middle East Technical University,
in close collaboration with their counterparts of the State University of New York (SUNY) at Binghamton in
the United States.
This four-year program includes full-time enrollment. Students spend their first and third year in
METU and second and fourth year in Binghamton University. Upon successful completion of the Program the
students are offered separate degrees by both the Middle East Technical University and SUNY at Binghamton.
For more information on SUNY-Binghamton and the description of the courses offered by that
University please visit www.binghamton.edu
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
GIA 103 World History (3-0)3 GIA 104 Contemporary World History (3-0)3
GIA 105 Introduction to Politics I (3-0)3 GIA 106 Introduction to Politics II (3-0)3
GIA 107 Understanding Global Politics GIA 108 Issues in Global Politics (3-0)3
(3-0)3 GIA 110 Comparative Government (3-0)3
GIA 109 Society and Culture (3-0)3 ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I (4-0)4
(4-0)4 TURK 102 Turkish II NC
TURK 101 Turkish I NC HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
IS 100 Introduction to Information ENG 106 TOEFL IBT Preparation II NC
Technologies and Applications NC
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC
ENG 105 TOEFL IBT Preparation I NC
356
SECOND YEAR (Binghamton University)
Course Lists:
GIA 205 and GIA 206:
HIST 103 Foundations of American
Civilization, to 1877
HIST 104 Foundations of American GIA 207 and GIA 208:
Civilization, since 1877 HIST 232 Africa, Europe and the America,
HIST 256 Recent and Contemporary United 1400-1888
States, 1945-present HIST 233 Africa, Europe and the Americas
HIST 353 Society and Thought in Modern HIST 286A World Environmental History
America HIST 286D Science and Technology in the
HIST 356 American Legal History Modern World
HIST 361 Society and Culture in HIST 386R Human Rights in the Modern Era
Contemporary United States
GIA 301 Modern Governance (3-0)3 GIA 302 International Public Law (3-0)3
GIA 303 Turkish Politics and Political GIA 304 Turkish Foreign Policy (3-0)3
Structure (3-0)3 GIA 306 (One elective course from (3-0)3
GIA 305 (One from METUs (3-0)3 METUs list of Political
List of Regional Politics Courses) Science courses)
GIA 307 (One from METUs (3-0)3 GIA 308 (One elective course from
List of World Politics Courses) METUs list of Political
One course on Aesthetics Science courses) (3-0)3
One Course on Humanities
Course Lists:
GIA 305: IR 362 Russian Politics and Foreign
IR 317 Politics in the Balkans Policy
IR 407 Middle East in World Affairs IR 421 Asia in International Politics
IR 417 Process of European Integration IR 423 Central Asia in World Politics
IR 419 German Foreign Policy IR 454 Ottoman Diplomacy and
IR 421 Asia in International Politics European State System
IR 423 Central Asia in World Politics IR 470 Turkey and the EC/EU
IR 463 Russian Foreign Policy ADM 482 Current Issues in Central Asian
IR 218 Transitions from the Ottoman Politics
Empire to the Turkish Republic GIA 306:
IR 336 Europe in World Affairs ADM 301 Comparative Politics I
IR 342 Southern Europe in World ADM 447 Media and Opinion
Politics ADM 451 Theories of Democracy
357
ADM 459 Political Parties IR 328 International Security
ADM 405 Political Geography IR 340 Politics of International Migration
IR 422 Theories of International Relations
GIA 307: IR 432 Human Rights in World Politics
IR 321 International Political Economy
IR 327 Decision-Making and GIA 308:
Implementation in Foreign Policy ADM 302 Comparative Politics II
IR 459 International Environmental Law ADM 414 Contemporary Political Theory
IR 316 Political Economy of Globalization ADM 490 Gender and Politics
IR 320 The Modern International System ADM 394 Theories of Fascism
IR 326 International Organization ADM 458 Social Movements
GIA 401 Global History III (4-0)4 GIA 402 Global History IV (4-0)4
(One elective course from (One elective course from
SUNYs list of Global History SUNYs following list of
Courses) International Relations
GIA 403 International Relations I (4-0)4 Courses :402,403,405,406,
(One elective course from 432,486,327,350, 380)
SUNYs following list of GIA 404 International Relations (4-0)4
International Relations (One elective course from
Courses: 402,403,405,406, SUNYs following list of
432,486,327,350, 380) International Relations
GIA 405 International Relations II (4-0)4 Courses :402,403,405,406,
(One elective course from 432,486,327,350, 380)
SUNYs following list of GIA 406 International Relations V (4-0)4
International Relations (One elective course from
Courses:402,403,405,406, SUNYs following list of
432,486,327,350, 380) International Relations
GIA 407 Regional Politics (4-0)4 Courses :402,403,405,406,
(One elective course from 432,486,327,350, 380)
SUNYs list of Regional GIA 408 Regional Politics VII (4-0)4
Politics courses) (One elective course from
SUNYs list of Regional
Politics courses)
Course Lists:
PLSC 402 Dynamics of International Conflict
GIA 401: PLSC 403 Islam in World Politics
HIST 232 Africa, Europe and the America, PLSC 405 International Politics of Third
1400-1888 World
HIST 233 Africa, Europe and the Americas PLSC 406 Models of World Politics
HIST 286A World Environmental History PLSC 432 Political Transformation of Todays
HIST 286D Science and Technology in the Europe
Modern World PLSC 486 Islam and the West
HIST 386R Human Rights in the Modern Era PLSC 327 American Foreign Policy
PLSC 350 Comparative Political Parties
GIA 402, GIA 403, GIA 404, GIA 405, GIA 406: PLSC 380C Diplomacy in a Changing World
GIA 103 World History (3-0)3 in political science, economics and international
The course examines the rise and fall of great relations) with the fundamental concepts and
powers as political, military, and economic entities, terminology of sociological analysis. In this context,
with reference to political and economic relations of topics such as culture, socialization, family,
large states like the Ottoman Empire, France, Great marriage and divorce, gender, ethnicity,
Britain, Austrian-Hungarian Empire, Prussia, as stratification and mobility, mass-media, education,
well as two great powers, the United States and religion and urbanization are covered with the aim
Russia, within the framework of European Balance of comprehending the world in change through a
of Power and the traditional isolationist foreign comparative and historical perspective. The course
policy of the US in the last century. The course also tries to relate the personal to the social and is
includes the analysis of World War I. particularly sensitive to such pressing concerns of
contemporary life as gender issues.
GIA 104 Contemporary World
History (3-0)3
This course intends to examine the developments in GIA 110 Comparative Government (3-0)3
Europe and the US since 1919 until today, dealing This course provides a conceptual introduction to
with World War I and the new political structure the field of Comparative Government. After briefly
after 1918, World War II and the involvement of the analyzing the legislative, executive and judiciary
US in European affairs, Cold War, Sovietization of branches of government, it studies the governments
Eastern Europe and the emancipation of the Third of the United States, the United Kingdom, France
World countries, and relations between industrial and the Russian Federation.
and non-industrial countries in political, economic
and military fields with respect to global
developments. GIA 301 Modern Governance (3-0)3
The course aims to acquaint the students with the
GIA 105 Introduction to Politics I (3-0)3 prominent theoretical perspectives on modern
This course provides the introductory conceptual governance followed by those alternative ways and
framework for the study of politics. Definition of modes of administration/organization in practice.
the basic concepts of authority, power, sovereignty, The final phase will include the analysis of some
legitimacy, and ideology will be followed by the concrete cases of modern governance, selected from
examination of major political ideologies; classical throughout the world, in the form of case studies
liberalism, conservatism, Marxism and fascism. with the expectation to offer the students wider
This course also studies political regimes and outlook and insight on the topic.
systems, pressure groups, political parties, elections
and voting behavior. GIA 302 International Public Law (3-0)3
An introductory course, dealing with Sources of
GIA 106 Introduction to Politics II (3-0)3 international law, states, individuals, recognition,
Continuation of ADM 121 Introduction to Politics I international agreements, international
responsibilities of states, peaceful settlement of
GIA 107 Understanding Global disputes, theory and reality in modern law of war,
Politics (3-0)3 coercive measures, laws of land and serial warfare,
This course analyzes the behavior of states within laws of maritime warfare, enemy persons and
the framework of the international system. The main property within belligerent states, neutral states,
purpose of this course is to equip students with the termination of war.
analytical tools which contribute to their
understanding of the changing context of GIA 303 Turkish Politics and Political
international politics. Structure (3-0)3
This course is designed for providing the students
GIA 108 Issues in Global Politics (3-0)3 with a general scheme of Turkish politics between
Continuation of GIA 107. 1923-1960 by looking at both continuities and
discontinuities with the Ottoman past. It also
GIA 109 Society and Culture (3-0)3 analyses several other basic themes such as
This is an introductory course exploring issues of modernization nationalism the construction of
culture, social institutions and social relations from nation state secularism, military and politics and
a sociological viewpoint. It aims to familiarize non- democracy.
sociology majors (particularly students specializing
359
GIA 304 Turkish Foreign Policy (3-0)3 determinants of Turkish foreign policy between
The course aims to identify and analyze various 1919-1945, with reference to past experiences and
factors contributing to Turkeys foreign policy geopolitical imperatives placing certain constraints
orientation. While the main focus of this course is on the states decision makers, will also be briefly
the political dynamics and issues of Turkish foreign discussed.
policy after World War II, the problems and
360
DEPARTMENT OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
PROFESSORS
ALTUNIIK, Meliha (Director of the Graduate School of Social Sciences): B.A. Ankara University;
M.A. METU; Ph.D. Boston University.
BACI, Hseyin (Department Chair): B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Bonn.
BLKBAIOLU, Sha: B.A. Ankara University; M.A., Ph.D. University of Virginia.
DAI, hsan D.: B.A. Gazi University; M.A., Ph.D. University of Lancaster.
ERALP, Atila (Director of the Center for European Studies): B.A. METU;
M.A., Ph.D. University of Southern California.
POLAT, Necati: B.A. stanbul University; Ph.D. University of Nottingham.
TANRISEVER, Oktay F.: B.S., M.S. METU; Ph.D. University of London.
TRKE, Mustafa: B.A. Hacettepe University; M.A., Ph.D. University of Manchester.
YURDUSEV, A. Nuri: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D. University of Leicester.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
INSTRUCTORS
361
GENERAL INFORMATION
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM
Designed to provide an adequate framework for the study of International Relations as a branch of
social science drawing on a wide range of other disciplines, as well as for a better understanding of the
discipline as a whole, the program includes core courses in International Relations Theory, International Law,
Foreign Policy Analysis, International Political Economy, International Organizations, and Regional Studies.
Students are encouraged to further develop a more in-depth understanding of their areas of interest through
elective courses.
An important part of the department is the Center for Area Studies which was established in 1988
and designed to assist and provide the necessary resources for researchers and academic personnel who wish to
conduct research in area studies.
GRADUATE PROGRAM
The department also offers Master of Science and Ph.D. degrees in International Relations, designed
for students holding a first degree in International Relations or a related discipline, with an interest in further
study in the field. The department's emphasis on providing adequate analytical skills for academic work and its
concern with the development of in-depth knowledge of the topics of International Relations are addressed at
the graduate level with a series of advanced courses in the relevant areas of study.
The M.S. program aims at giving students a firm grounding and enhanced awareness in theoretical
and methodological issues concerning International Relations. By doing this, the program intends to provide
specialized knowledge in the field to professionals and experts in public and private sectors, as well as new
graduates.
The Ph.D. program is designed to prepare students for a lifetime of teaching and scholarship. The
program is built around two core areas; international relations theory and regional studies. The graduate
curriculum offers students excellent preparation in these two core areas as well as the flexibility to branch out
beyond the basics.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
362
SECOND YEAR
Third Semester
ADM 237 Introduction to Law (3-0)3 ELECTIVE COURSES OFFERED
IR 231 Introduction to International (1 Approved course from the below list)
Politics I (3-0)3
IR 223 Introduction to Peace and Conflict
IR 221 Communication in International Studies (3-0)3IR 234
Relations I (3-0)3 Introduction to Foreign Policy
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC Analysis (3-0)3
IR 235 Introduction to International
Political Economy (3-0)3
IR 247 The Social History of the Modern
Middle East (3-0)3
Fourth Semester
THIRD YEAR
363
FOURTH YEAR
2 Approved electives from other departments 2 Approved electives from other departments
The purpose of the European Studies Minor Program is to provide students majoring in other
disciplines with insight into issues in contemporary European economic and political agenda. The program
addresses students' interest in International Relations and European affairs with two core courses and a
selection of electives as may be relevant to related disciplines.
Compulsory courses
IR 231 Introduction to International IR 346 Turkish Foreign Policy II (3-0)3
Politics I (3-0)3
IR 326 International Organizations (3-0)3 IR 366 Process of European Integration
(3-0)3
Four electives approved by the Department IR 432 Human Rights and World Politics
(3-0)3
Elective courses IR 435 British Foreign Policy (3-0)3
IR 316 Political Economy of Globalization IR 454 Ottoman Diplomacy and the European
(3-0)3 State System (3-0)3
IR 317 Politics in the Balkans (3-0)3 IR 463 Russian Foreign Policy (3-0)3
IR 342 Southern Europe in World IR 470 Turkey and the EC/EU (3-0)3
Politics (3-0)3 IR 473 Europe in World Affairs (3-0)3
IR 345 Turkish Foreign Policy I (3-0)3 IR 488 Turkey and International Politics
of Energy (3-0)3
365
IR 234 Introduction to Foreign Policy IR 306 Public International Law II(3-0)3
Analysis (3-0)3 Continuation of IR 305.
This course is intended to provide an introductory Prerequisite: IR 305
examination of the subject of foreign policy
analysis. In this general context, the nature, scope
and definition of foreign policy; the impact of main IR 316 Political Economy of Globalization
theories and methods of international relations on (3-0)3
foreign policy studies; and various approaches and This course aims to develop a critical understanding
methods to the study of foreign policy will be on the changes in global political economy since the
covered in the lectures. 1970s. After a brief introductory discussion on
state-market relationship and pre-1970
IR 235 Introduction to International developments, the course will examine the reasons
Political Economy (3-0)3 of the rise of neoliberalism, its dominance in
This course is intended to provide an introductory economic policy-making since the 1980s, its
examination of the subject of International Political implementation through different processes as well
Economy (IPE). In this context, first, the basic as its limits and contradictions.
concepts and issues of international economics; and
second, the development of thought about the
relationship between international politics and IR 317 Politics in the Balkans (3-0)3
international economics is covered in the lectures The topics covered in the course are: History of the
and discussion. Syllabus: Issues of Political Balkans, the territorial settlement of 1919-1923,
Economy; Mercantilism; Liberalism; Marxism; the revisionism in the Balkans, characteristics features
dynamics of IPE; World Economy vs. International of the regimes during the period between the two
Economy; Power in the World Economy; Structures World Wars, the establishment of communist
of Power in the World Economy: the security regimes in the 1940s and their subsequent collapse
structure, the production structure, financial in 1989-1990 period. International and domestic
structure, knowledge structure. problems faced by the Balkan states during the
transitional period are examined, with emphasis on
IR 247 The Social History of the Modern current 'hot' issues in the Balkans.
Middle Eat (3-0)3
The aim of this course is to examine the
international and inter-regional relations of the IR 326 International Organizations
Middle East through the prism of social history and, (3-0)3
focusing on global themes such as urbanization, This course examines the evolution of international
poverty and consumption, to consider the internal organizations in relation to the developments in the
dynamics of Middle Eastern societies and the international system, undertaking a comparative
impact on them of extra-regional factors. The course study between the various pacts and systems prior to
will cover the period from the late eighteenth the foundation of the League of Nations, the League
century to the early 1980s. The themes will be of Nations and the United Nations system. The
examined using specific case studies from selected course addresses the relevant international
countries and comparisons will be made between organizations of the post-World War II period and
the experiences of different countries in the region. the post-Cold War international system.
The students will be provided with primary material
in translation and films made by Middle Eastern
film makers will be shown. IR 328 International Security (3-0)3
This course examines the range of security threats
that the international community faces at the
IR 305 Public International Law I (3-0)3 beginning of the new millennium and discusses,
An introductory course, dealing with sources of both at the level of discourse and the level of
international law, states, individuals, recognition, practice, how the international community is
international agreements, international responding to the persistence of such threats as
responsibilities of states, peaceful settlement of nuclear proliferation and terrorism and the
international disputes, theory and reality in modern emergence of new ones such as chemical and
law of war, coercive measures, laws of land and biological warfare, pandemics and mass migration.
serial warfare, laws of maritime warfare, enemy Special emphasis will be placed on comparing and
persons and property within belligerent states, contrasting traditional security paradigm with newly
neutral states, termination of war. emerging ones, as well as their complex interaction.
366
IR 329 Turkish Politics and Foreign Policy etc); foreign policy behavior; the role of the USA,
(3-0)3 EEC/EC/EU and USSR/Russia.
Foreign policy has conventionally been understood
as detached from the domestic policy environment. IR 345 Turkish Foreign Policy I (3-0)3
This is derived from the realist assumption that The course aims to identify and analyze various
there exists a clear demarcation line between the factors contributing to Turkey's foreign policy
domestic and the international. Yet this assumption orientation. While the main focus of this course is
has been questioned by theoretical analysis as well the political dynamics and issues of Turkish foreign
as practical developments in recent years. This policy after World War II, the problems and
course aims at elaborating domestic sources of determinants of Turkish foreign policy between
foreign policy making in the context of Turkish 1919-1945, with reference to past experiences and
politics. It is based on the hypothesis that an geopolitical imperatives placing certain constraints
"interactional" approach better serves to the on the state's decision makers, will also be briefly
understanding of both Turkish domestic politics and discussed.
Turkish foreign policy. Thus the course will explain
domestic sources of foreign policy issues, like IR 346 Turkish Foreign Policy II (3-0)3
democratization, human rights, the Kurdish Continuation of IR 345.
question, the role of the military in Turkish politics
etc. IR 352 International Private Law (3-0)3
Private International Law is a third year Course
IR 335 Applied Research Methods in which requires three hours attendance per week.
International Relations (3-0)3 Turkish Private International Law is considered as a
The course aims to introduce the students to branch of private law in Turkey although two of its
empirical political research methods and to basic fields namely Law of Nationality and Status of
statistical techniques, resources and concepts. It Aliens submit a public law character. In this course
aims to develop skills in the analysis, interpretation together with the above mentioned fields of law the
and presentation of research findings, including Conflict of Laws and the Law of International Civil
standards for written research reports. The course Procedure are examined as well as a part of Turkish
will encourage the students to gain an awareness of Private International Law. Law of Nationality,
the real nature of research and the means of deals with the acquisition, loss and proof of Turkish
collecting information, and to report findings. The nationality; Status of Aliens, covers the
course will cover a wide range of subjects and fundamental rights of aliens in Turkey mainly as
authors, but particular attention will be devoted to right of entry, right to residence, right of
the nature of research methodology in social employment, title to property, succession; Conflict
sciences, and mainly in the study of international of Laws, deals with the relationships and legal acts
relations. The course will mainly stress quantitative involving foreign element. Its main aim is to
research design. The course aims at providing the determine the applicable law in legal disputes
students with necessary knowledge and skills for involving foreign element such as contracts, torts,
planning, designing, carrying out, interpreting and restitution, marriage, divorce, maintenance claims,
presenting their own research at any level a term prescription etc. It also covers the general problems
paper, a dissertation or more advanced levels such such as renvoi, public policy, application of foreign
as articles or theses. law, preliminary question. Law of International
Civil Procedure, covers the particular rules and
IR 342 Southern Europe in World procedure to be followed in cases involving foreign
Politics (3-0)3 element. International jurisdiction of Turkish courts,
This course intends to provide the student with an recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments,
understanding of Southern Europe and the sovereign immunity, caution and prorogation are the
Mediterranean (including theoretical and conceptual major topics examined under this subject.
approaches). Case studies: Greece and Spain.
Economic Environment: economic development IR 366 Process of European Integration
patterns; characteristics of the economic elites; state (3-0)3
as an actor in the economy; the role of foreign This course is designed as a general introduction to
economic aid and foreign investment. Political the process of European integration and the politics
Environment: the nature of the political of the European Union (EU). The course consists of
establishment; authoritarianism; democratization; three parts: Part One traces the history of European
the role of individual leaders. External integration from the end of the WWII through 2002.
Environment: supportive and reactionary responses To facilitate different interpretations of the EU in
in the international system (intervention, solidarity, the making, part one also reviews the main
367
academic debates about European integration and
about the Union. Part Two looks at the institutional IR 434 Directed Readings (3-0)3
politics of the EU including a detailed analysis of This course, unlike the structured courses, has no
the formal and informal aspects of EU governance. fixed lectures and is based solely upon the reading
Part Three discusses the main policy areas ranging and analysis abilities of the students. Its basic
from agriculture to EMU. On the basis of the requirements are detailed examination of research
findings drawn from the theory and practice of material and a paper based on this material under
European integration, the course address the the guidance of the lecturer.
relationship of the post-1995 enlargement with the
challenge of deepening of the EU and seeks an IR 435 British Foreign Policy (3-0)3
answer to the question of what the future European This course provides an insight to British Foreign
integration may hold. Policy. Spanning the period from the spread of the
British Empire to the present day, this module seeks
IR 370 Contemporary Turkey: Politics and to offer an overview of British foreign policy by
Policies (3-0)3 concentrating on: a) the major actors involved b) the
This course aims to introduce exchange students at institutional and historical context of decision-
METU to the main characteristics of contemporary making and c) the relationship between domestic
Turkish politics, policies and society by offering the political factors and foreign policy
chance to explore actors and institutions involved. initiatives/decisions. Particular emphasis will be
In this light, the objective is to help students placed on the period after 1945. The module covers
contextualize and deepen their knowledge on six thematic issues: 1) The Rise and Decline of the
Turkey. By the end of the course, students are British Empire 2) Decolonization and Its Aftermath
expected to be able to demonstrate knowledge of 3) Anglo-American Relations 4) Britain in Europe
Turkish politics, policies and society and to identify 5) Defense and Security Policy 6) Foreign Policy
international and domestic factors behind change and Domestic Factors. Two weeks lectures will be
and continuity in Turkey. devoted to each thematic issue. Efforts will be made
to allocate time for debate at the end of each lecture-
IR 407 Middle East in World Affairs student participation is strongly encouraged.
(3-0)3
The course aims to introduce students to the IR 444 Issues and Politics in Central Asia
domestic political and socioeconomic processes of and Transcaucasia (3-0)3
the Middle East countries, including the Arab This course is designed for students interested in the
States, Iran and Israel. Emphasis is placed on contemporary problems of Central Asia and
decolonization, state formation, evolution of the Azerbaijan. Although there is no prerequisite, it is
political systems, socioeconomic developments, expected that the students have had some familiarity
impact of the military, crisis of legitimacy, social with the 20th century developments in the region.
movements, ideology and recent attempts at
economic and political reform. IR 454 Ottoman Diplomacy and the
European System (3-0)3
IR 411 American Foreign Policy The basic purpose of this course is to give the
(3-0)3 students a general understanding of Ottoman
The aim of this course is to introduce students to the diplomacy through the relations between Ottoman
basic theme, principles, and the implementation of Empire and the European states. It takes the
the American postwar security policies. An concepts of diplomacy and states-systems as
assessment of the containment policies of the US basic tools and first dwells on the beginnings of
policy-makers towards the Soviet Union will be Ottoman diplomacy and the European states-
given a special emphasis. The course is designed to systems. Secondly, it deals with the ad loc
enable students to understand properly the post diplomacy period and the establishment of
cold-war period in US foreign policy and its permanent diplomacy. Thirdly, the practice of
implications for the world peace and order. Ottoman diplomacy in foreign capitals is studies.
The course will conclude with a discussion of the
IR 421 Directed Readings (3-0)3 legacy of Ottoman diplomacy.
This course is offered to those students having a
higher academic average with the aim of helping IR 459 International Environmental Law
them to further specialize in the certain issues and (3-0)3
topics of international relations and to conduct The main purpose of this course is to familiarize
research under the guidance of an instructor. students with the environmental issues and the legal
(Offered as IR 434 in the Spring term). dynamics of the response given by the humanity to
368
this problem either at regional or global levels. course is divided into three sections.
Concerning the question of efficiency and adequacy First, various attempts to develop a European
of the international regulatory processes in foreign policy are traced, beginning with the
prevention and restitution of environmental creation of EPC in 1970, culminating in the EU's
problems, the underlying concepts, principles and CFSP as laid down in the Treaty on the EU.
techniques, the role of international, inter- Secondly, alternative approaches for understanding
governmental and non-governmental organizations, the EU's foreign policy behavior are presented.
the methods of enforcement, the application of the Against this theoretical background, the Union's
reformulated doctrine of state responsibility and relations with the rest of Europe, with the
liability will be discussed within the context of developing countries and with the US are examined.
existing international structures.
IR 483 Politics of International Aid: Issues,
IR 464 Historical Sociology of Actors and Dilemmas (3-0)3
International Relations (3-0)3 The purpose of this course is to introduce and
The course will consist of lectures concerning the analyze a wide range of issues that are central to the
sociological aspects of international relations. It will politics of international aid. Drawing on the
attempt to provide a sociological perspective and historical record and more recent case studies,
interpretation to the main controversies prevalent in students will develop an in-depth understanding of
international relations (theory). The main theme of the main actors, mechanisms, and dilemmas in the
the course is the necessity to develop a sociological contemporary aid system; how foreign aid and
perspective to international relations. This implies development policy theories are constructed and
the analysis of the relation between social relations used. We will examine the role of international and
and other social forms such as the state, the state local politics on the provision of international aid
system, power and law. Therefore, an analysis of not only from the perspective of donor countries,
the relation between social relations, social forms but also from the standpoint of recipient countries.
and its implications for the theory of international This course is intended to facilitate students to
relations will be discussed. It will also be acquire knowledge and think critically about
demonstrated through out the course that a origins, evolution and forms of foreign assistance;
sociological perspective to the prevalent disputes of the types of donors involved and their various
realism/neorealism, idealism and some motivations; the determinants, allocation, impact,
interpretations of theories of globalization. and effectiveness of aid; aid delivery in
humanitarian crises, conflict and post-conflict
IR 470 Turkey and the EC/EU (3-0)3 situations; the debates and criticisms surrounding
This course is designed to enable students to specific policy initiatives; and the changing role of
understand properly the political, economic, foreign aid in international relations since 9/11.
policy and security issues that influence the
relations between Turkey and the EC/EU. The IR 488 Turkey and International Politics of
course content includes an analysis of the normative Energy (3-0)3
structure of the EU-Turkey relations; major This course is designed for the undergraduate
breakthroughs in Turkey-EC/EU relations; the students who are interested in learning Turkeys
impact of EC/EU's developments on its relations role in international politics of energy. The course
with Turkey; the role of EC/EU bodies such as the deals with the approaches to and characteristics of
Commission; the Council of Ministers and the international politics of energy as well as Turkeys
European Court of Justice on Turkey's relations energy strategy in a wider international context. The
with the EC/EU; the influence of the Mediterranean course also covers Turkeys production and
policy of the EC/EU on Turkey. Furthermore, the consumption of coal, oil, natural gas, nuclear and
recent developments will be examined to project the renewable forms of energy. Besides, the course
future of relations between Turkey and the EU. explores Turkeys energy cooperation with the
United States, the European Union and Russia as
IR 473 Europe in World Affairs (3-0)3 well as international politics of energy in the
The purpose of this course is to provide students following neighbouring regions of Turkey: The
with a general understanding of the role of the EU Caspian, the Black Sea, the Middle East and the
in wider European and international arenas. The Mediterranean.
369
GRADUATE PROGRAM AT THE DEPARTMENT OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
Required Courses
Elective Courses
370
DESCRIPTION OF GRADUATE COURSES
372
IR 561 Enlargement and Integration concluding part will discuss the change and
in the European Union (3-0)3 continuity in Russia's place in the European state-
This course is intended primarily for MSc system.
International Relations and MSc in European
Studies. It may also be taken by certain students IR 565 Global Politics of Money and
provided that they already have a sufficient Finance (3-0)3
knowledge of the process of European integration This graduate course aims to provide students with a
and of the EU, its political system and its policy- critical historical understanding of state-
making as a whole. The aim of the course is to money/finance relations since the 16th century with
develop a detailed critical/analytical approach to the a particular focus on the post-1980 developments.
study of the one of the most important political and After a methodological and theoretical analysis on
economic issues facing EC/EU since its foundation, money and finance and the constitutive role played
namely the enlargement of the Union to include new by social relations and states on monetary and
members. The course hence aims to complement financial developments, the course will
more general courses on European integration and problematize the issue in relation to changing global
EU. By drawing on the experience and lessons of hegemonic powers, international monetary orders,
previous enlargements, the course will provide a international organization of credit, and global
detailed knowledge on the current enlargement financial crises.
process to include the 10 Central and Eastern
European countries as well as 3 Mediterranean IR 566 Theory and Event (3-0)3
states; Cyprus, Malta and Turkey. The course also This course introduces the student to the "theory in
aims to develop a comprehensive and comparative the event" and the "event in the theory," in the
approach to the analysis of EU-Turkey relations by reference frame of world politics, with a view to
placing it in the broader context of an enlarging and enhancing the uses of theory in postgraduate work.
deepening Europe. Indeed, the overall impact of The theory in the event designates the thematic
enlargement-both in terms of challenges and patterns that emerge out of cases, situations and acts
possibilities- for the EU can be studied not only by in international affairs, enabling abstract thinking on
focusing on the internal (policy) implications and the event, roughly in response to the question: What
external implications of enlargement but also by is the pattern? And the event in the theory is about
placing emphasis on the uneasy relationship the functioning of theories as simplifying devices,
between enlargement and deepening of the EU. rehearsing answers to the question: How do theories
What emerges are the current recurrent contending make sense of events that are inherently chaotic?
visions of European unity (federalist versus The course, which does not assume a prior
confederalist; Atlanticist versus Europeanist) ant the knowledge of theories of IR, aims to provide
pros and cons of a more differentiated Europe that instruction on these themes through attention
appears to be breaking forth in the Union. grabbing examples provided by the world of
movies.
IR 564 Russia and the European
State-System (3-0)3 IR 570 Global Environmental Issues
This post-graduate course seeks to explore and (3-0)3
analyze the evolution of Russia's place in the Our planet is threatened by a wide variety of
European state-system, especially in the post-Cold environmental problems ranging from climate
war era. The first part of this course discusses change, ozone depletion, deforestation, marine
various conceptual frameworks that are used to pollution, desertification to extinction of species,
analyze the dilemmas in Russia's process of which require international cooperation. Though the
Westernization and the existing conceptions of commitment of the states to protect the quality of
Europe among the Russian intelligentsia. The next the environment is impressive, the implementation
part deals mainly with the historical evolution of of these policies is problematic. In this course, the
Russia's orientation towards the European state- nature and extent of the global environmental issues
system during both the Tsarist and Soviet periods. and the response given by humanity to these
Afterwards, the course will discuss Russia's place in problems, at national, regional and international
the emerging institutional architecture of Europe in level will be analysed.
the post-Cold war era. In this part, the emphasis will
be on Russia's relations with CSCE/ OSCE, NATO IR 575 Research Methods in the
and the European Union. In the penultimate section, International Relations (3-0)3
the course will examine Russia's relations with the
Western countries, the Central and East European This course will look at a wide variety of methods
countries, the Balkans and the Baltics. The for researching politics in the contemporary world.
373
To do this, we will first look at some general and final part of the course discusses in interactions
theoretical issues of research methodology. between the energy, water and environment policies
Subsequent sessions will tend to be more practical inside the European Union and its neighbourhood,
and concentrate on issues directly related to covering the Americas, Africa, Asia, Eurasia and
carrying out research projects using the different Turkey.
methodologies. The final sessions will look at ideas
on how to write up a piece of research and present it IR 584 The Politics of Arab-Israeli
to an audience. Relations (3-0)3
The course aims to provide the students with an
IR 576 State in Global Capitalism understanding of the historical development of the
This course aims to provide the graduate students Arab-Israeli conflict, the major debates and
with a critical historical understanding on the discourses that have emerged regarding the
changes in the form of political authority in relation historiography, the sociology, the politics and the
to the so-called globalisation process. After a international relations of the conflict as well as an
methodological and historical analysis on the understanding of the essential political ideas
development of the modern state in its bourgeois and ideologies that have motivated and guided the
democratic as well as national forms until the principal actors in the conflict.
1980s, the course will scrutinize the social,
economic and ideological bases of the ongoing IR 586 Religion and Nationalism in
transformations in the political field since then from World Politics (3-0)3
a political economy perspective. In this regard, The aim of this course is to study the influence of
possible implications of global processes on the religion and nationalism in the modern world. The
state will be discussed by focusing on the course will first explore the role of religion in the
restructurings that have been taking place in state- pre-modern world. It will then provide a historical
society relationship, economic management and analysis of secularization and introduce students to
legal framework with a particular emphasis on their the literature of secularization. It will then examine
impact on democracy and nationhood. the literature on nationalism and look closely to the
relationship between religion and nationalism.
IR 579 Human Rights Issues in Europe Finally, it will discuss the contemporary debates on
(3-0)3 secularization and nationalism.
This is a legal course in international human rights
law that centres on a close scrutiny of actual cases IR 590 International Relations of
in mapping and discussing issues of human rights in the European Union (3-0)3
western Europe. As a theme, human rights is Since the 1990s, there has been a steady expansion
usually associated with somewhat peripheral of the practical and scholarly interest in the
political cultures in which the civil society is international role of the EC/EU both as a partner to
typically weak and grievances abound due to other major actors in world affairs and as an actor in
partisan, patriarchal or discriminating uses of public its own right. The objective of this course is to give
authority. The present course focuses instead on a broad introduction to ideas and issues related to
democracies in western Europe that seem rarely the EUs international role and identity in a
suspect in this regard, stretching from the UK, globalizing world. The course commences with a
France and Germany to Iceland and Norway, from conceptual and theoretical analysis of the
Spain and Italy, to Sweden, Switzerland, the international presence and actorness of the EU.
Netherlands, Belgium and Ireland. Next, it overviews the legal bases and the
institutional framework of EC/EUs external
IR 581 Energy, Water and Environmental relations and outlines various attempts to further
Policies in and around the European develop EUs foreign and security policy, beginning
Union (3-0)3 with European Political Cooperation, culminating in
This postgraduate course seeks to examine the key the Common Foreign and Security Policy and the
aspects of energy, water and environmental policies recent move into Common European Security and
in and around the European Union. The first part of Defence Policy. Against this theoretical and
the course develops the conceptual framework for historical background, the course assesses the
analysing the relationships among energy, water Unions relations with its peripheries to the east,
and environment by exploring the political realist, south, and with the rest of the world. Finally, by
liberal and critical approaches. In the following part, way of conclusion, the challenges facing the EU
the course will deal with the development and foreign and security policy and the the Unions
characteristics of energy, water and environment international role and identity are examined in the
policies in the European Union. The concluding context of a wider Europe.
374
IR 591 Controversies in European recipient countries. We will consider contemporary
Integration (3-0)3 approaches to settlement and integration, once
Since its inception the European Union (EU) has migrants have become citizens. We look at different
been a fiercely contested and politically divisive regimes of integration and political incorporation in
project. In recent years, controversial issues such as Canada and the US from a comparative perspective.
the EU enlargement, the constitutional crisis,
declining public support for European integration The final part will be devoted to the study of
and the latest Eurozone crisis have tested the EU to transnationalism. In this section, we will analyze the
its limits and increasingly divided both political host society and home country relationships, the
elites and mass publics. Starting with a solid role of immigrant organizations in immigrant
overview of the European integration process in integration and in influencing policies within both
successive stages, this course will analyse the key contexts. We will pay particular attention to the
issues and debates related to the political system of dynamics of gender and religion and how they
the EU and to the politics of European integration. shape transnational relations of migrant
While most mainstream courses on the EU describe communities.
the history, the institutions, policy areas and
theorizing about European integration, this course In short, this seminar aims to provide students with
aims at familiarising the students with many of the the analytical tools with which to critically compare
most important issues in EU politics and enable and contrast the relevant issues, actors, political
them to reflect on the current and future state of the institutions, and political processes that form the
EU. basis of immigration-related policy debates in North
America.
IR 592 Human Rights Politics in the
European Union (3-0)3 IR 598 Foreign Policy Analysis (3-0)3
This course explains why the EU has developed a This course aims to provide a profound examination
human rights policy with implications on its internal of foreign policy phenomenon. The nature scope,
evolution and external relations. To understand this, actors and determinants of foreign policy; main
the course explores policies and mechanisms theories and methods of Foreign Policy Analysis
adopted by the EU including the founding treaties, and their relationship with international relations
the council's declarations, the parliament's and change in foreign policy are the main topics to
resolutions and the ECJ's rulings. The course also be analyzed. In this framework, the actors and the
analyses the role the Union has played in the structures of foreign policy; domestic and external
promotion and protection of human rights in the sources of foreign policy; foreign policy decision
process of enlargement. Furthermore the human and policy making, decisional bodies and processes
rights conditionality attached to trade and (individuals/leadership, groups, organizational and
development aid with the third countries is bureaucratic politics) and the issue of rationality in
examined in the context of the EU's global reach in foreign policy are discussed through case stories in
influencing human rights policies. the seminars. Furthermore the complex interactions
between ideas, culture, media, public opinion,
IR 594 Immigration, Integration and interst groups, etc, and foreign policy are analysed.
Transnationalism in North Special emphasis is given on change and foreign
America (3-0)3 policy and the state and transnational actors,
This seminar will examine the challenges and theory and practice in foreign policy, and foreign
dilemmas posed by global migration and the policy implementation.
political responses of various national communities.
Geographically, the course will focus on the North IR 599 Master's Thesis NC
American region with emphasis on the US and
Canada as host countries. IR 800-899 Special Studies NC
In the first part of the course, we will consider the IR 601 Advanced Topics in Theory and
nature of migration, and address such topics as the Methodology in International
reasons why people choose to migrate, various Relations (3-0)3
immigration and citizenship policies, as well as This course focuses on two important issues of
changes and continuities with respect to migration methodology and theory of international relations:
flows and policies. the level of analysis problem and the question of
order and change. These two issues are analyzed
In the second part, the focus will be on examining within major theories of international relations. The
incorporation of immigrant communities in their aim of this analysis is not only to examine the main
375
propositions of major theories of international this idea, the course focuses on the developments in
relations with regard to these issues, but also to this century, primarily on the post-second world war
understand the limitations of the theories of period. The process of European integration and its
international relations on these issues. impact on the European nation-state system will be
one of the central concerns of the course.
IR 602 History, Politics and
International Relations (3-0)3 IR 605 Eurasia in World Affairs (3-0)3
The basic purpose of this graduate seminar is to This course is designed for Ph. D students who are
give students a general understanding of philosophy interested in the contemporary issues in Eurasia and
of history and to explore its possible implications their relevance to world politics. The course will
for political theory and the study of international cover the developments in Armenia,
relations. The idea of history and its relations with Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan,
human knowledge i.e. the problem of theory and Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, the Russian Federation,
history is the first issue to be dealt with. Then, the Tajikistan Turkmenistan Ukraine and Uzbekistan.
relations between history, political theory and the The course will explore the process of post-Soviet
study of international relations are to be analyzed transition in the Eurasian countries from a critical
and the basic problems and issues are to be perspective. Regional developments in Eurasia will
considered. be evaluated in comparison to the trends in other
post-Communist countries in order to identify which
IR 603 Middle East in World Affairs aspects of the post-Communist transition are
(3-0)3 specific to the Eurasian region. This course will first
This is an advanced seminar designed to encourage examine the historical legacy in Eurasia, focusing
a synthesis of national and international issues on the Tsarist and Soviet periods. Subsequently, it
facing the countries of the region ranging from will examine the key security, political, economic,
Morocco to the Persian Gulf. Within this context social, and cultural issues in Eurasia from 1991 to
issues of state formation, democratization, the present.
economic development, and regional conflicts will
be discussed. IR 650-690 Independent Studies in
International Relations (3-0)3
IR 604 Europe in World Affairs (3-0)3
The aim of this course is to examine the emergence IR 699 Ph.D. Dissertation NC
and the evolution of the idea of Europe in world
politics. After examining the historical origins of IR 900-999 Special Studies NC
376
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE AND
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
INSTRUCTOR
The courses in the undergraduate program cover a wide range of areas such as social and political
theory, political sociology, political parties, cultural studies, political history, media studies, political
participation, administrative law, bureaucracy, urban politics, local government, personnel administration,
public administration theories and organizational theory.
377
The first two years of the B.S. program aim to equip the students with the necessary theoretical,
methodological, and empirical formation relevant in the spheres of political science and public administration.
Most of the courses in these initial two years are thus must courses, with only a restricted number of elective
courses. From the third year onwards, students are encouraged to specialize in issues and topics of most
interest to them, by choosing from a range of departmental elective courses incorporated into the program. In
the third and fourth years students can also take free elective courses from other social science, language,
music and fine arts departments to broaden their perspectives and develop their language skills. More than
2000 students have graduated from the department of Political Science and Public Administration since 1956
and at present there are around 600 undergraduate students. The graduates are recruited by both public and
private sector employers mostly as candidates for middle and top managerial and administrative positions. The
banking sector and organizations such as the State Planning Organization, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, the
Ministry of Finance, other financial institutions, branches of local government and the media constitute main
employers of graduates of the Department of Political Science and Public Administration.
The Departments graduate programs are designed to provide an academic atmosphere as well as
advanced training to those who seek further education. The department offers courses which aim to equip
graduate students with the necessary tools and scientific outlook for independent research and advanced
knowledge. Currently there are more than 130 graduate students in the department; 70 of them in the M.S.
program and the remaining 60 in the Ph.D. curriculum.
The department also contributes to various interdisciplinary graduate programs in METU. Among
these are the graduate programs of Urban Policy Planning and Local Government (UPL), Gender and
Womens Studies (GWS), Asian Studies, Latin and North American Studies, Center for Black Sea and Central
Asia (KORA), Center for European Studies (CES) and Eurasian Studies (EAS) as well as Media and Cultural
Studies (MCS).
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Second Semester
ADM 1121 Introduction to Politics (3-0)3
ADM 1323 Society and Culture (3-0)3 ADM 1122 Introduction to Politics II (3-0)3
ADM 1225 Administration and Organization
ECON 101 Introduction to Economics I (3-0)3 in Public Context (3-0)3
ECON 102 Introduction to Economics II
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I (4-2)5
(4-0)4 ADM 1102 Introduction to Law for BA (3-
0)3
MATH 117 Calculus I (3-2)4 ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
TURK 101 Turkish I NC (4-0)4
IS 100 Introduction to Information TURK 102 Turkish II NC
Technologies and Applications NC MATH 118 or Restrcted Elective (3-2)4
378
SECOND YEAR
ADM 2401 Principles of Law (3-0)3 ADM 2402 Constitutional Law (3-0)3
ADM 2311 Foundations of Social ADM 1326 Introduction to Statistics (3-0)3
Research (3-0)3 ADM 2122 History of Political Thought II
ADM 2121 History of Political Thought I (3-0)3
(4-2)5 ADM 2132 Comparative Government (3-0)3
ADM 2242 Turkish Administrative System
Restricted Elective List
(3-0)3
ADM 2116 Social and Political History
ADM 2437 Introduction to Law for IR (3-0)3
ADM.4138 Theories & Practice of Nationalism
ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation
ADM 4220 Public Finance
Skills (3-0)3
ADM.2436 Introduction To Law for Econ. (3-0)3
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC
HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
ADM 3103 Political Participation and Electoral ADM 4185 European Identity and Turkish
Systems (3-0)3 Westernization (3-0)3
ADM 3205 Bureaucracy & Turkish Bureaucracy ADM 4177 E-Government (3-03)3
(3-0)3 ADM 4223 Local Government (3-0)3
ADM 4111 European Political Thought (3-0)3 ADM.4162 Democratization & Europeanization
ADM 4135 Migration (3-0)3 (3-0)3
ADM 4137 Western European Politics (3-0)3 ADM 4287 Regional Policy and Governance (3-0)3
ADM 4145 Turkish Foreign Policy I (3-0)3 BA 1401 Financial Accounting (3-0)3
ADM 4151 Theories of Democracy (3-0)3 ADM 3102 Comparative Political Analyis (3-0)3
ADM 4159 Political Parties (3-0)3 ADM 3204 Public Policy (3-0)3
ADM 4147 Media and Opinion (3-0)3 ADM 4117 Political Economy of the South (3-0)3
ADM 4155 Locating Europe in a Globalised World ADM 4114 Contemporary Political Theory (3-0)3
(3-0)3 ADM 4146 Adm. of Turkish Foreign Policy (3-0)3
ADM 4213 Policy Implementation & Evaluation ADM 4180 Urban Politics (3-0)3
(3-0)3 ADM 4182 Current Issues in Central Asian Politics
ADM 4150 Modernity and the Idea of (3-0)3
Freedom (3-0)3 ADM 4189 Theories of Fascism (3-0)3
379
ADM 4202 Reform in Turkish Public ADM 4344 Labour Market Issues in Turkey (3-0)3
Administration (3-0)3 ADM 3136 Forms of Modernity (3-0)3
ADM 4192 Globalization and Nation State (3-0)3 ADM 3430 Administrative Law II (3-0)3
The Department of Political Science and Public Administration receives much demand from
students of other departments who either wish to enroll in its M.S. program, but are not suitably qualified, or
wish simply to take political science or public administration courses without following a full Bachelor's or
Master's program. It is to meet this demand that the minors in Studies in Administration" and Studies in
Politics have been designed.
ADM 1102 Introduction to Law (3-0)3 ADM 1323 Society and Culture (3-0)3
This is an introductory course offered by the This is an introductory course exploring issues of
Department for the students of Business culture, social institutions and social relations from
Administration. The course aims to provide and a sociological viewpoint. It aims to familiarize non-
overview of some of the basic concepts of law and sociology majors (particularly students specialising
Turkish legal system. It focuses on some major in political science, economics and international
issues such as characteristics of law, functions of relations) with the fundamental concepts and
law and branches of law. terminology of sociological analysis. In this context,
topics such as culture, socialisation, family,
ADM 1121 Introduction to Politics I (3-0)3 marriage and divorce, gender, ethnicity,
This course provides the introductory conceptual stratification and mobility, mass-media, education,
framework for the study of politics. Definition of religion and urbanisation are covered with the aim
the basic concepts of authority, power, sovereignty, of comprehending the world in change through a
legitimacy, and ideology will be followed by the comparative and historical perspective. The course
examination of major political ideologies; classical also tries to relate the personal to the social and is
liberalism, conservatism, Marxism and fascism. particularly sensitive to such pressing concerns of
This course also studies political regimes and contemporary life as gender issues.
systems, pressure groups, political parties, elections
and voting behavior. ADM 1324 History of civilizations 3-0)3
For most of human history, humans lived in small
groups who hunted and gathered their food, but
ADM 1122 Introduction to Politics II (3-0)3 around 8,000 B.C., things changed. Humans
Continuation of ADM.1121 It focuses on the developed agriculture, settled in urban communities
analysis of the major 20th century ideologies, such and eventually built huge empires, created religious
as democratic socialism, new right, new labour, institutions and explored the planet. In many areas
environmentalism, fundamentalism, feminism. of life, civilization brought about striking
improvements and innovations. On the other hand,
380
oppression, exploitation, and massive human system in Turkey, capacity to act and to have rights
suffering accompanied civilizations. and obligations and representation.
The goal of this course is to provide you with a ADM 2402 Constitutional Law (3-0)3
foundation for understanding the world in which we This course surveys a conceptual and historical
live, keeping in mind humanitys accomplishments introduction to constitutional government and law.
as well as failures. Learning about history is not just Within that framework, it also examines the
memorizing a sequence of events, or a bunch of constitutional movements of the Ottoman Empire
facts and dates; the point is to critically examine and the early Republican period. In the final part of
continuity and change over time. The large scope of the course, the 1961 and 1982 Turkish Constitutions
this course will encourage more synthesis of ideas are analyzed with a comparative outlook.
and integration of knowledge than thorough
information on particular topics. ADM 2311 Foundations of Social
Research I (3-0)3
ADM 1116 Social and Political History (3-0)3 The main objective of this course is to introduce the
This course is an introduction to the history of the students to the basic concepts of social research and
western world. It examines the social and political to provide them with an understanding of the
scenery the Western civilizations from 16th century relationship between theory, research and empirical
to present. While the course follows a conventional evidence. Students will be introduced to a variety
periodic reading of the developments witnessed in of research methods that are important to empirical
the western world, it analyzes those developments political and administrative research such as survey
within a thematic framework. The course aims to research, observation, experimentation, content
provide an insight to the near history of the western analysis and aggregate data analysis. The course
world as well as to develop an understanding of the also aims to provide the students with an
key issues and concepts that make western culture understanding of the major approaches to the study
the West today. of social, political and administrative phenomenon
from a critical standpoint.
ADM 1225 Administration and Organization
in Public Context (3-0)3 ADM 2121 History of Political Thought I
This is an introductory course in Public (3-0)3
Administration which aims to introduce the student This two-semester course aims to give the students a
to the basic concepts of the field. First the concept broad perspective on the developments in the
of administration and organization with their history of political philosophy. It starts with the
relevant issues are discussed within a public pre-Socratic philosophers of nature and Socratic
context, and then they are related to Turkish Public criticism of conventions through dialogue.
Administration system. The course also aims to link Following the significant turn brought by the
theory and practice so as to provide a meaningful Platonic-Aristotelian tradition, the course examines
totality. Hellenistic worldviews and medieval outlook to
political affairs. Some of the themes that are
ADM 1326 Introduction to Statistics (3-0)3 surveyed in this course are early philosophical
The purpose of this course is to introduce students reflection on nature and human essence, time and
to the basic concepts and methods of statistics. matter, theory of forms, questions of justice,
Issues to be covered are data collection, equality and freedom, practices concerning the self
measurement of central tendency and variability, and the good life, and, the rising or declining
probability and distribution, estimation, and simple significance attributed to political participation.
regression and correlation.
ADM 2122 History of Political Thought II
ADM 2401 Principles of Law (3-0)3 (3-0)3
This is an introductory course in which basic This course is the continuation of ADM 2121
concepts of Turkish Law and the preliminary issues History of Political Thought I. It focuses on the
in Turkish Legal system are studied in order to major works of the political thinkers of Renaissance
provide an introduction to the legal concepts and and modern eras. It analyses Renaissance
institutions and to build a sound basis for the other Humanism, strategic approach to political action,
courses dealing with legal studies. Some of the scientific and intellectual revolution of the 17th
topics covered in this course are characteristics of Century, the birth of liberalism, the rise of
law as compared to other rules of social conduct, democratic theory, modernity and politics, the
functions of law, basic legal concepts and legal conception of historicity and the philosophy of life.
institutions, sources of Turkish Law, the court
381
ADM 2132 Comparative Government (3-0)3 ADM 3102 Comparative Political Analysis
This course provides a conceptual introduction to (3-0)3
the field of Comparative Government. After briefly This course is a general analytical framework for
analyzing the legislative, executive and judiciary the comparative study of societies which are going
branches of government, it studies the governments through different phases of economic and political
of the United States, the United Kingdom, France, development.
and the Russian Federation.
ADM 3103 Political Participation and
ADM 2436 Introduction to Law for Electoral Systems (3-0)3
Economists (3-0)3 This course aims to familiarize the students with
This is an introductory course offered to the basic issues of political participation. A basic
students of the Department of Economics. In this distinction is made between conventional means of
course, basic concepts of law and preliminary participation such as political parties, interest and
matters are studied. Following the general legal pressure groups, elections and voting on the one
concepts and institutions of law, an overview of the hand, and unconventional means of participation
Turkish Legal System and interaction of law and such as terrorism, new social movements, post-
economics are covered. The course also deals with modernity and cyber democracy on the other.
interrelated areas such as economic and social rights
recognized in international legal documents and ADM 3136 Forms of Modernity (3-0)3
competition law. This course aims to introduce and discuss changing
conceptions of modernity in social and political
ADM 2437 Introduction to Law for IR (3-0)3 theory from the mid-19th / early 20th to the early 21st
Introduction to legal concepts, social environment century. The mediating dynamic of change between
and legal institutions by analyzing, evolution of the conceptions of early and late modernity is
legal systems, and societies, formation of modern described through changes in the political-economic
legal society; actual effects and impact of legal organization of capitalism. This can be summed up
issues; encounters of as the transformation of nationally organized
20% 30% 25% 15%individuals with legal conflicts; capitalism towards a disorganized, global
fundamental rights; Sources of laws; charters, capitalism. In the new sociology of the late-
constitutions, statutes, customs and usages, modern societies it is argued that contemporary
governmental regulations by laws; rights, societies take new forms and undergo new
obligations and privileges of individuals; the experiences as they are exposed to global
violations of individual rights by government; abuse uncertainties and complexity arising from the
of governmental powers, checks and balances of decomposition of organized capitalism. This
government, forms of government; separation of course is designed with the expectation that the
church and state; separation of powers, Executive, students will have a comprehensive understanding
Legislative and Judiciary powers, public and private of changing forms of modernity from its inception
laws, international treaties; legal entities, law of to its novel forms in contemporary times.
European Union.
ADM 3204 Public Policy (3-0)3
ADM 2242 Turkish Administrative The aim of this course is to introduce you to the
System (3-0)3 literature on Public Policy and to help you to
This course offers a critical evaluation of the present develop a refined approach to the working of the
Turkish administrative system. The main emphasis government. In other words, we are interested in the
is on the structuring and functioning of central and state at work. The course, first, justifies the need to
local administrations. The course also deals with study public policy and gives a broader overview of
branches of government, sub-governmental what the terms policy process and policy
organizations, problems encountered at different analysis stand for. In doing so, it also concentrates
levels of government and the need for reforming on existing theories of the policy process. Next, we
Turkish Public Administration. will have a closer look at the policy-making and
formation process. In particular, we will examine
ADM 3101 Approaches to State-Society the question of who makes public policy, the
Relations (3-0)3 patterns of participation to policy-making, as well as
This course is a critical survey of the major theories the role played by institutions in this process, as
and literature in comparative politics, the logic of facilitators or obstacles. Finally, we will discuss the
cross-national inquiry, and the major concepts and instruments of public policy adopted by the
approaches. government during the policy process. Especially,
regulation and fiscal instruments of public policy
382
will constitute the centre of our concern. You are Europe or on Europe. We will particularly focus on
expected to prepare three (very) short reflection how critical thinking has developed and led to
papers and an end-of-the-term project that will diverse conceptions of European modernity in the
investigate a concrete policy problem in Turkey. eyes of various thinkers of these two centuries. The
main concern of the course is to investigate the
ADM 3208 Organizational Theory (3-0)3 responses given to the promise of Enlightenment.
This course offers a critical evaluation of the main
trends and developments in classical, neo-classical, ADM 4138 Theories & Practice of Nationalism
modern and post-modern theories of organization. (3-0)3
The course also intends to analyze the works of
prominent theorists and general principles ADM 4213 Policy Implementation and
characterizing various schools of thought. Evaluation (3-0)3
This course examines how public policy is created,
ADM 3429 Administrative Law I (3-0)3 implemented, evaluated and held accountable in the
This course extends to two semesters and it deals current social, economic and political environment.
with legal issues concerning administration. The The course is designed to both promote an
basic focus of the course is the nature, subject understanding of the theories and approaches to
matter and general characteristics of the Turkish policy analysis and help the student to acquire a
Administrative Law. The course also deals with working knowledge of the skills involved in the
administrative organization and power, and general practice of policy analysis in the area of public
fundamental principles of administrative law. administration.
ADM 3430 Administrative Law II (3-0)3 ADM 4223 Local Government (3-0)3
This course is the continuation of ADM 3429 The objective of this course is to study the
Administrative Law I. In this course the themes philosophy of decentralization and the concept of
formerly introduced are to be elaborated with a local administration. Role division between local
practical intend. and central authorities, local government structure
models, and international charters will be covered.
ADM 3161 Turkish Politics and Political Special emphasis will be given to the Turkish case,
Structure I (3-0)3 comprising development history, administrative
This course is designed for providing the students structure, current problems, several proposals for
with a general scheme of Turkish politics between solution hitherto offered, and possible
1923-1960 by looking at both continuities and improvements.
discontinuities with the Ottoman past. It also
analyses several other basic themes such as ADM 4114 Contemporary Political Theory
modernization nationalism the construction of (3-0)3
nation state secularism, military and politics and This course is aimed to introduce the students to the
democracy. works of major political thinkers of the 20th Century
with the central focus on the problems of
ADM.3205 Bureaucracy & Turkish Bureaucracy domination and inequality. It begins with the four
(3-0)3 major thinkers of the previous century who have
influenced heavily the 20th Century political
ADM 3160 - Political Sociology (3-0)3 philosophy: Kant, Hegel, Nietzsche and Marx. It
then examines, Arendt, Althusser, Foucault,
ADM 3162 Turkish Politics and Political Habermas, Rawls and Moufee with the aim of
Structure II (3-0)3 reaching certain generalizations and comparisons.
This course follows ADM 3429 chronologically,
and tells the political, social and economic history ADM.4177 E-Government (3-03)3
of contemporary Turkey from 1946 onwards. The This course reviews the use of information
DP era, the coups detat of 1960, 1971 and 1980 are technology in public administration, particularly the
all analyzed as part and parcel of a process which Internet, and its implications for public
can best be described as economic development and administration in general, public organizations, and
re-structuring of the Turkish economy and society. the citizens. The course is meant to provide a
historical, technical and practical framework for
ADM 4111 Euorpean Political Thought students of public administration to better
(3-0)3 understand the opportunities, challenges, and
This course is an attempt to explore the main limitations associated with e-government and the
currents of 19th and 20th century political thought in use of technology in public administration. We will
383
particularly focus on the concept and applications of equality, social security, employment, informal
e-government and will cover related administrative, labour market and child labour. For each issue, the
organizational, technological and major policy course will lead to systematic exploration of the
issues in this context, including a discussion of e- actual policy problems and situation in Turkey, the
government in Turkey. In addition, the course will basic institutional and legal framework, as well as
provide an overview of governmental web design the policies made and implemented in Turkey, from
and creation, and case study examples of different a critical perspective.
e-government applications around the world.
Classes will be held in lecture and discussion ADM 4236 Tax Law and Turkish Tax
format. System (3-0)3
ADM 4117 Political Economy of the South The course addresses the principles of taxation and
(3-0)3 Turkish Tax System. It focuses on the sources of the
After a brief introduction to the different Turkish tax legislation, procedures of taxation, tax
methodological approaches in the field of laws and applications in Turkey and Turkish Tax
international political economy so as to highlight Administration.
the alternative conceptualizations of the state-
market relationships, this course will undertake a ADM 4137 Western European Politics
comparative analysis of alternative strategies of (3-0)3
capilalist development and/or modes of integration The aim of this course is to familiarize the students
into the world economy with special reference to with the important issues in the political life of
Latin America, South and East Asia. contemporary Western Europe. In this context, the
course focuses on the structure and function of
nation states, the development of their institutions,
ADM 4220 Public Finance (3-0)3 their autonomy in relation to specific social,
The purpose of this course is to introduce the economic and political forces, their international
students to controversial issues of spending, taxing, contradictions, tensions and dynamics of social
financing and financial control activities of change.
governments which affect resource allocation and
income distribution in any economy. In addition, ADM 4145 Administration of Turkish
some issues concerning the public finance reform Foreign Policy I (3-0)3
initiatives in modern economies are also discussed This course aims to analyze Turkeys ability to
with a special reference to Turkey. address new issues and challenges in the post-cold
war period characterized by globalization, regional
ADM 4430 Competition Law (3-0)3 instabilities and integration and fragmentation in the
The course intends to overview the basic concepts foreign policy context. The main themes to be
of competition law such as agreements, decisions focused are decision-making process of Turkish
and concerted practices of undertakings, monopolies foreign policy, international context of decision-
and abuse of dominant power in the market, control making in the age of globalization, domestic context
of mergers and acquisitions which may affect of decision-making, administration of foreign
competition. It covers a comparative introduction of policy-search for security, administration of foreign
Turkish, European Union and United States policy and its normative, objective, domestic and
competition laws. Throughout the course the bureaucratic politics of integration into European
legislation and jurisprudence of the European Union, administration of Turkey' foreign economic
competition law is also analyzed, since the relations, administration of Turkish foreign policy
competition law in Turkey is to a great extent in issues related to Ottoman Legacy.
compliance with the European law.
ADM 4146 Administration of Turkish
ADM 4344 Labor Market Issues in Turkey Foreign Policy II (3-0)3
(3-0)3 This course is the continuation of ADM.495
The course aims to familiarize students with the Administration of Turkish Foreign Policy I
issues of neo-liberal transformation and changing
understanding of labour market in Turkey ADM 4147 Media and Opinion (3-0)3
throughout the 2000s, especially exacerbated with The aim of the course is to understand the
the heavy conditionality from international ambiguity concerning the role of press and
organisations such as the European Union, World broadcasting in politics. It analyses the nature and
Bank and International Monetary Fund. In this role of public opinion, the dynamics of the public
context, policy areas to be analyzed include labour opinion process, analysis of the numerous factors
market, labour relations and labour law, gender which shape or influence opinion, an evaluation of
384
the mass media of communication (their role as ADM 4471 Law of Obligations (3-0)3
molders and reflectors of public opinion and as This course is an evaluation of sources of
instruments of propaganda, their structure of obligations such as contracts, torts and unjust
control, their performance), public opinion enrichment. It studies contractual obligations with
measurement, the competence of public opinion, the regard to their effects, performance and termination
nature of propaganda, and consideration of several as well as some cases to clarify the discussed topics.
important types of propaganda (political
propaganda, public relations, and advertising). ADM 4164 Ideological Courses in Turkey
(3-0)3
ADM 4150 Modernity and the Idea of This course maps the ideological discourses in
Freedom (3-0)3 modern Turkey with special emphasis on their
This course is a senior seminar in political theory. representations of capitalist modernity, state, and
The purpose of this course is to explore one of the the people. It will mainly provide a discourse
key questions of the modern age: the question of analysis on the political and cultural writings of a
freedom. The Centrality of the notion of freedom number of major intellectual figures from different
and its definitive role in the political arena is ideological perspectives. Tracing the intellectual
undisputable. Nonetheless freedom appears a legacy of the late Ottoman Empire, the lectures will
specifically modern question. From the 17th century focus on the historical trajectories and modalities of
onward thinkers, who formed the grand narrative of ideological discourses including Kemalism,
Western European political thought, have dealt with nationalism, socialism, conservatism, Islamism, and
the question of how to define political freedom: Is liberalism. The intertextual relations between those
it the freedom of the individual (Hobbes) or the discourses and their role in the constellation of
freedom in harmony with the general will social and political forces will also be examined.
(Rousseau)? Does the concept of freedom change
from one culture to another (Tocqueville) or should ADM 4180 Urban Politics (3-0)3
it defined by the universal assumptions of political This course first introduces urban politics, and then
liberalism (Mill)? Can human mind conceive discusses community power structure in the Turkish
freedom a priori (Kant) or does freedom reveal itself urban context. Next, issues like decision-making at
in human history (Hegel)? Is political freedom local level, the pertaining legal framework, the main
tantamount to human emancipation (Marx) or actors involved in the process, the formal and
should one consider different/unconventional paths informal mechanisms and structures, political
to pursue political freedom (Derrida)? The decentralization, social clusters and groups, the
exploration of such dynamic and differing interaction between parochial and urban politics,
approaches to the question of freedom through the urban social movements and their motives,
reading of political theory texts, is one of the obstacles to urban integration. The course finally
primary aims of this course. discusses central responses to the dynamics of urban
politics.
ADM 4151 Theory of Democracy (3-0)3
In this course the concept of democracy is studied ADM 4182 Current Issues in Central Asian
from its genesis to our day. The analysis includes Politics (3-0)3
different theories and aims to provide the student This course aims to provide a basic understanding
the ability of critically comprehending and of five Central Asian republics of Kazakhstan,
evaluating the practice(s) of democracy in the Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and
contemporary world. Turkmenistan. These countries are analyzed both on
an individual basis and from a historical perspective
ADM 4159 Political Parties (3-0)3 with specific emphasis on some of their common
This course is composed of two main sections. In features. In the final part of the course, these
the first section, the role of political parties is republics are examined within a regional and global
discussed in relation to the political system and perspective.
social structure. In this section main issues of
interest are social class, interest articulation, ADM 4189 Theories of Fascism (3-0)3
election systems, parliamentary democracy, one The objective of this course is to give an overview
party states, and the relations of social groups with of the actual theories of fascism. With a specific
the state. In the second section, political party as an discussion of the twenties and thirties, the course
institution is studied. The subject matters of this also deals with certain attempts to analyze this
section are party organization, leadership, phenomenon scientifically in order to develop
membership, fractions, inter party democracy, and effective antifascist strategies in this period
the relationships of party structure and ideology are. especially in Italy and Germany.
385
explored are the elite/mass or high/popular culture
ADM 4192 Globalization and Nation- binaryism, the dichotomies of resistance versus
States (3-0)3 domination and opposition versus ideological
This course focuses on the changing role of the incorporation, the so-called postmodern collapse of
government with a specific reference to Turkey. In cultural hierarchies, the pragmatics of diversionary
the new phase of world capitalism, that is practices in everyday life, and the politics of
globalization, it analyses the increasing role of cultural transgression.
transnational actors in the international
environment, the role of nation-states and their ADM 4135 Migration
impact on economic, social, political and cultural (3-0)3
lives of societies. The aim of this course is to describe and analyze
immigration policy as practiced in Germany today,
ADM 4287 Regional Policy and Governance found its basis in the fifties and sixties, especially
(3-0)3 along two sectors: On the one hand in the areas of
The aim of this course is to introduce you to the politics and law. Rules about migration, residency
literature and on regional policy and governance to and work permits were passed at a very early date,
equip you with analytical tools necessary to long before the employment of foreign workers on a
understand the changing spatiality of public policies large scale was ever even considered. On the other
and administration in Turkey. Throughout the hand in the area of economics, e.g. the actual
course, the international examples, and especially opening of the Western German labor market to
the case of the European Union countries will be foreign workers. These two decades also illustrate a
discussed. The objective of these discussions is to certain amount of continuity about the treatment of
help you grasp the dynamics that (will) influence foreigners. This continues today along the
and shape the path of the public administration administrative as well as the political level. As an
system and the policy process in Turkey on the way example, one might mention at this point the
to integration with the EU. The course will finally regulations concerning residency permits,
cover the recent developments in Turkey in light of characterized by vagueness and complete flexibility
these discussions. when being interpretated and executed by German
foreign authorities.
ADM 4213 Policy Implementation and
Evaluation (3-0)3 ADM 4185 European Identity and Turkish
This course examines how public policy is created, Westernization (3-0)3
implemented, evaluated and held accountable in the The issues of European culture and identity gained a
current social, economic, and political environment. certain prominence in the contemporary stage of the
The course is designed to both promote an process of European integration. This course, firstly,
understanding of the theories and approaches to aims to introduce the prevailing initiatives and
policy analysis and help the student to acquire a images of European identity within Western
working knowledge of the skills involved in the Europe. Secondly, the emerging patterns of politico-
practice of policy analysis in the area of public cultural differentiation within the European
administration. geography are going to be evaluated in relation to
premise of popular cultural studies. Special the ongoing relations between EU and Central,
attention will be paid to the interplay of ideology, Eastern and Southeastern Europe. Lastly, the
culture, and power, the transformations of the field repercussions of these tendencies for the Turkish
of cultural practices, and the contestatory character experience of modernization will be discussed.
of popular cultural forms. Among the themes to be
386
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
POLITICAL SCIENCE AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
Required Courses
ADM 5500 Prothesis Seminar NC
ADM 5599 Master's Thesis NC
ADM 800-899 Special Studies NC
Elective Courses
Required Courses
ADM 6699 Ph.D. Dissertation NC
ADM 8001-8099 Special Studies NC
Elective Courses
ADM 6110 Turkish Politics and Political ADM 6246 Current Issues in Public,
Participation (3-0)3 Administration Theory (3-0)3
ADM 6114 Ideology and Culture (3-0)3 ADM 6248 Technology and Organizations
ADM 6116 Reading Hannah Arendt (3-0)3 (3-0)3
ADM 6120 Ethics & Politics: Reading ADM 6150 Advanced Study in Political
Aristotle, Kant and Hegel (3-0)3 Theory (3-0)3
ADM 6126 Topics in Turkish Politics (3-0)3 ADM 6158 Politics & Social Movmeents (3-0)3
ADM 6230 Issues in Public Personnel ADM 6160 Eighteenth-Century Political
Administration (3-0)3 Thought (3-0)3
ADM 6136 Political Sociology (3-0)3
387
ADM 6165 Political Economy of Urban Space ADM 6173 Readings in Central Asian
(3-0)3 Perspectives (3-0)3
ADM 6366 Advanced Studies in ADM 6178 Reading in Comparative Politics an
Comparative Government (3-0)3 Overview (3-0)3
ADM 6267 Ethics and Public ADM 6183 Ideology and Political
Administration (3-0)3 Behaviour (3-0)3
ADM 6168 Theories of Nationalism ADM 6291 Advanced Policy Analysis (3-0)3
and The Turkish Experience (3-0)3 ADM 6293 Comparative Public
ADM 6169 Contemporary Issues in Law Administration (3-0)3
Justice and Right (3-0)3 ADM 6194 Law and Transgression (3-0)3
ADM 6171 Post Modernism and Radical ADM 6297 Culture and Organizations (3-0)3
Democracy (3-0)3
ADM 6165 Political Economy of Urban ADM 6275 Bureaucracy, Politics and
Space (3-0)3 Public Policy (3-0)3
In this course the students are introduced to the This course is designed to analyze public policy by
main debates about geography and space and the giving special emphasis to the role played by public
ways in which space takes part in the constitution of bureaucracy and the intricate interrelations between
political and economic processes and vice-versa. In the policy making and other relevant actors. It
the course main schools of thought in the field such provides an in-dept examination of social,
as the Chicago School, Weberian and Marxist economic, administrative and political environment
approaches are also analyzed. in which the state operates. Particular emphasis is
on the significance attributed to public bureaucracy
ADM 6366 Advanced Studies in in the complex and dynamic contextual framework
Comparative Government (3-0)3 of public policy.
This course basically aims to provide the student the
necessary analytical tools in the field of ADM 6183 Ideology and Political
comparative government. In the first section of the Behaviour (3-0)3
course, the students analyze the three main This course aims to clarify how ideologies are used
branches of state; the legislature, the executive, and in politics with respect to different approaches to
the judiciary in a general and comparative political behaviour. Its focus is how and why
perspective. In the second section, countries chosen individuals develop certain ideologies and how
by the students according to their own preference these ideologies are reflected on their political
and/or areas of interest are analyzed in order to behaviour. Main political and sociological
contribute to the term projects to be prepared by approaches to ideology and political behaviour are
each student. also examined. The course also includes
discussions on such concepts as modernity, post-
ADM 6267 Ethics and Public modernity, and globalism.
Administration (3-0)3
This is a course in which ethical issues in public ADM 6291 Advanced Policy Analysis (3-0)3
administration theory and practice are elaborated. In this course advanced topics in policy-making
Emphasis is on both the philosophical grounds and process are studied.
the ethical code for public administrators.
ADM 6194 Law and Transgression (3-0)3
ADM 6169 Contemporary Issues in Law This course deals with the so-called dialectic of law
Justice and Right (3-0)3 and transgression that has been conceptualized in
This is a course on the twentieth century critical many different and offen contradictory ways. It
thought. It may include specific debates and/or refers to the theoretical frameworks developed by
advanced research on Frankfurt school, post- Bataille, Zizek, Foucault, Stallybross and White,
structuralism, post-modernism and a variety of Kristeva, Derrida etc., with a specific attention to
topics on the twentieth century Marxist thought. certain notions such as law-making and law-
preserving violence, inherent transgression,
ADM 6171 Postmodernism and Radical carnivalesque economics of transgression and
Democracy (3-0)3 transgression as the disavowed foundation of law.
This course is a critical evaluation of the theory and
practice of radical democracy. The main focus will
391
ADM 6249 Advanced Issues in Public ADM 6297 Culture and Organizations
Policy (3-0)3 (3-0)3
This course deals with select policy areas, and This course analyzes organizational culture as one
analyzes each in the light of the theoretical of the major issues for the organizational analysis.
framework built in the course 675. It further In this course the notion of culture is taken both as
specifies processes involved in the policy Analysis an organizational variable from the perspective of
and Evaluation of Policy Performance. The policy the administrators and a constituent of societal life
areas are selected from different socio-economic, from the organizational sociology perspective.
political and administrative domains, focusing at the
end on some specific Turkish Cases. ADM 6399 Ph.D. Dissertation NC
ADM 800-899 Special Studies (4-2)NC
In these special studies, students are required to
register into the special code of their thesis
supervisors. In these studies, there is no course
work, but regular meetings of the thesis student with
his/her supervision are held.
392
393
394
FACULTY OF EDUCATION
Founded in 1982, the Faculty of Education is METUs youngest faculty. The Faculty provides
exemplary leadership in achieving excellence in education at all levels in meeting the educational challenges of
a new millennium. High levels of scholarly activities, teaching and public service are equally encouraged and
expected. The Faculty functions as an integral part of the University in its systematic inquiry concerning
educational improvement.
The primary mission of the Faculty of Education is to educate qualified teachers for elementary,
secondary, and higher education in various disciplines. Students are provided with both sound theoretical
foundations and practical skills which are demanded by the teaching profession.
In addition to the undergraduate programs, the Faculty also offers several masters and doctoral degree
programs in collaboration with the Graduate Schools of Natural and Applied Sciences and Social Sciences.
The Faculty is also involved in research and consultancy activities in various aspects of education.
The Ministry of National Education and several private schools are in close contact with staff members
conducting research.
395
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER EDUCATION AND INSTRUCTIONAL
TECHNOLOGY
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
INSTRUCTORS
AKILLI, KAPLAN Gknur (Assistant Chair): B.S., Hacettepe University; M.S., METU; Ph.D., Penn State
University.
GNDOAN (SEZGN), M. Banu: B.ID., METU, M.S., PhD., Anadolu University.
GRBZ, Tarkan: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU; MBA, MIB School of Management.
KARAASLAN, Hasan : B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS: With its graduate and doctorate programs, the Department aims to
prepare educators, scholars, and researchers and to advance the profession of Instructional Design by
combining the science and art of teaching and learning, the repertoire of research methods rooted in various
paradigms, effective uses of technology and the analysis, design, development, implementation and evaluation
of instructional practices.
PHYSICAL FACILITIES: Department possesses three classrooms for theoretical lectures and
three computer laboratories for practical applications of the offered courses. One of these three classrooms is
designed as a smart classroom that contains appropriate technologies for conference calls. All three classrooms
have one instructor computer with Internet access, one projector, and one smart board. All three laboratories
have about 20 user computers, along with one instructor computer and projector. One of the laboratories is
reserved for undergraduate students collaborative coursework.
Apart from these facilities, there is also one research lab enhanced with cutting edge technologies providing
support for multiple research projects conducted in the department.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: Graduates of the programs offered in the department can choose
among various career alternatives. Both public and private schools employ the graduates with the B.S. degrees
396
right after their graduation. The department also has a wide range of B.S., M.S., and PhD. graduates who
became pioneer academicians, curriculum consultants, test and evaluation specialists, training experts,
supervisors, entrepreneurs, etc., in various business branches and corporations.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SECOND YEAR
CEIT 210 Programming Languages I (3-2)4 CEIT 211 Programming Languages II (3-2)4
CEIT 207 Design and Use of Instructional CEIT 216 Principles and Methods of
Material (2-2)3 Instruction (3-0)3
CEIT 213 Computer Hardware (2-2)3 CEIT 218 Graphics and Animation in
EDS 220 Educational Psychology (3-0)3 Education (2-2)3
ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentations (3-0)3 CEIT 225 Instructional Design (2-2)3
PHYS 181 Basic Physics I (4-2)5 PHYS 182 Basic Physics II (4-2)5
Elective I (3-0)3
397
THIRD YEAR
CEIT 313 Use of Operating Systems (2-2)3 CEIT 314 Computer Networks and
CEIT 321 Foundations of Distance Communication (2-2)3
Education (2-2)3 CEIT 390 Database Management System
CEIT 341 Measurement and Evaluation (3-0)3 (2-2)3
CEIT 323 Multimedia Design and CEIT 386 Community Work (1-2)2
Development (2-2)3 EDS 304 Classroom Management
CEIT 380 Computer Education Teaching (3-0)3
Methods I (2-2)3 CEIT 382 Computer Education Teaching
Elective II (3-0)3 Methods II (2-2)3
Elective-III (3-0)3
FOURTH YEAR
CEIT 411 School Experience (1-4)3 CEIT 412 Teaching Practice (2-6)5
CEIT 419 Web Design (2-2)3 CEIT 436 Project Development and
CEIT 421 Research Methods (2-0)2 Management II (1-4)3
CEIT 435 Project Development and EDS 416 Turkish Educational System
Management I (1-4)3 and School Management (3-0)3
Elective IV (3-0)3 EDS 424 Guidance (3-0)3
Elective V (3-0)3 Elective VI (3-0)3
Elective VII (3-0)3
402
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
COMPUTER EDUCATION AND INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
M.S. In Computer Education and Instructional Ph.D. In Computer Education and Instructional
Technology Technology
GRADUATE COURSES
403
CEIT 620 Research Seminar in Instructional Technology (3-0)3
CEIT 622 Seminar in Instructional Technology NC
CEIT 626 Advanced Readings in Instructional Technology (3-0)3
CEIT 627 Advanced Readings in Instructional Design and Technology (3-0)3
CEIT 652 Theories of Learning and Instruction (3-0)3
CEIT 672 Practices in Learning System Design (3-0)3
CEIT 705 Design and Development of Open Learning Environments (3-0)3
CEIT 710 Communities of Practice in Higher Education (3-0)3
CEIT 755 Mobile Learning: Foundations and Applications (3-0)3
CEIT 712 Qualitative Research in Instructional Technology: Theory & Applications
(3-0)3
CEIT 724 Gamification and Instructional Design: Theory and Applications (3-0)3
CEIT 799 Orientation Graduate Seminars (0-2)0
CEIT 7XX Special Topics in Instructional Technology (3-0)3
CEIT 8XX Special Studies (4-2) NC
CEIT 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0) NC
CEIT 503 Educational Statistics (3-0)3 CEIT 508 Technology Enhanced Learning
Descriptive and Inferential Statistics techniques for Theory into Practice (1-4)3
carrying out educational research such as coding This course aims to provide students necessary
and organizing data, sampling, correlation, t test, strategies and tactics to apply the theories and
simple linear regression, and ANOVA. models of instructional technology to the solutions
of real life instructional problems. The students will
CEIT 504 Instructional Message Design: utilize state of the art learning technologies in the
Theory Research and Practice scope of this course. The course will have both
(3-0)3 theoretical and technical dimensions. It will be
Underline instructional message design concerned organized around a collection of readings and real-
with presenting and structuring information to world instructional problems. New technologies and
promote learning. Examine research-based other resources will be used to help designing and
principles of instructional message design, and how developing state of the art solutions to the
to apply these principles into using signs and instructional problems.
symbols to create effective instructional
communications in multimedia, online lessons and
print materials for diverse learners, in different CEIT 519 Computer Mediated Learning in
content areas, and in variety of contexts. Network Environment (1-4)3
In this course students will learn how to design and
404
evaluate an educational Web site. Major outcome of tools. Provide the necessary background in
the course will be a full function educational Web challenges to implementing cognitive tools in
site. Class participation, professional quality classrooms, new roles for educators and
research and products, collaborative work, high administrators, and different types of assessments.
quality documentation will be major items of
success in this course.
407
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL SCIENCES
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
INSTRUCTORS
M.S. degree programs offer students theoretical and research courses in the respective areas, and help
them carry out a systematic research study as masters thesis. Some of our masters degree holders continue
their studies at the doctoral level while others work at schools, and other government and private organizations
as specialist in their areas. Ph.D. degree programs prepare students for more advanced theory and research in
their specializations leading to a dissertation research that aims to contribute to scientific literature and
improve practice. Most of our Ph.D. program graduates become academician at universities, and others work
in various governmental and private organizations.
Non-thesis M.A. program in Human Resource Development in Education offer courses in the
evenings and weekends, and aims to prepare individuals as training and development specialists in human
resources units of schools, government and private agencies, and organizations. The program is practitioner-
oriented, that is, it aims to equip students with the perspectives and skills in applying what they learn to
practical cases in human resources area, and to develop a problem solving orientation in its graduates.
Another main function of the department is to offer undergraduate and non-thesis master program
courses to prepare students from various departments of the Faculty of Education for teaching at the primary
and/or secondary school level. In addition, the department offers elective courses to students of other
departments and faculties to broaden their understanding of concepts, theories and applications in the field of
education.
408
Finally, the department faculty regularly offer in-service training for teachers and administrators in
schools, and for trainers in public and private organizations; and are actively involved in European Union
projects and exchange programs.
RESEARCH INTERESTS AND FACILITIES: The academic staff carries out both basic and
applied research in various areas of educational sciences, and cooperates with national and international
educational institutions in conducting research projects. Major areas of research includes strategic planning,
higher education, educational management, internationalization in higher education, sociology of education,
measurement and evaluation, student achievement, curriculum development and evaluation, teaching of social
studies and mathematics, student attitudes, teaching methods, learning, teacher education, staff development,
professional education, study and thinking skills, constructivism, school counselling, loneliness, individual and
group counselling, preventive activities, assertiveness, and self-identity. The department has a laboratory
specifically designed and equipped for psychological counselling.
410
DESCRIPTION OF UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
EDS 123 Student Personnel Services in conflict and conflict resolution, maintaining the
Practice (3-0)3 adaptability of employee, organizational
Historical perspectives of student personnel effectiveness, organizational change, basic
services, traditional and current activities in school, communication skills, discussion on the students
the school counselor's roles and functions, guidance projects.
outside the public secondary school settings, non-
standardized and standardized techniques for human EDS 306 Gender and Education (3-0)3
assessment, counseling with individuals and groups, An introduction to the gender issues as related to the
career guidance and placement and evaluation of process of informal and formal education.
guidance programs. Discussion of genetics and social bases of gender
differentiation in the process of schooling. Gender
EDS 226 Educating Exceptional Children inequalities throughout various levels of educational
and Youth (3-0)3 attainments. Gender-based intellectual, motivation,
Concept of exceptionality, different exceptionality aspiration and expectation differences.
groups, mental deviations, learning disabilities,
hearing impairment, visual impairment, EDS 310 Comparative Education (3-0)3
communication disorders, behavior disorders, An investigation of educational processes and
physical and health impairments, parental training practices in other societies. Area studies will be
and counseling and technological advances in carried out and selected topics, issues and problems
special education. will be examined. Comparisons will be made with
the Turkish education.
EDS 234 Study and Thinking Skills
(3-0)3 EDS 313 Theories of Counseling (3-0)3
Development and application of basic and advanced Introduction and overview of the counseling
study and thinking skills to be successful in school theories in terms of the emphasis placed upon the
setting. Study skills: self management, reading, cognitive, affective and behavioral domains. Basic
note-taking, locating information, writing and philosophy, key concepts, goals of counseling,
preparing for exam, communication and group relationship between counselor and client, clients
work. Thinking skills: memorizing, information and counselors work and techniques of various
processing, questioning problem solving, critical approaches in counseling are compared.
thinking and decision making. Helping students
with these skills at different levels of schooling. EDS 314 Methods and Techniques of
Counseling (3-0)3
EDS 253 Psychology of Adolescence Some perspectives on effective helping.
(3-0)3 Characteristics of effective helpers. Various
A detailed account of various theories of adolescent methods and skills used in individual counseling
development emphasizing physical, social, such as attending and observing, asking questions,
cognitive, and emotional changes in adolescence. encouraging paraphrasing and summarizing,
Adolescents and their families, adolescents in reflecting feelings, selecting and structuring skills to
schools and at work. Guidance services for meet clients' needs, confrontation, focusing,
adolescents. influencing and information giving at different
stages of counseling are.
EDS 255 Educational Philosophy (3-0)3
Introduction to fundamentals of philosophy, such as EDS 327 Issues and Trends in the
ontology, epistemology, methodology, and Teaching Profession (3-0)3
axiology. Extensive discussions of various Teaching as a profession, in-service and pre-service
philosophical theories and their implications for and training of teachers in Turkey and abroad. Changing
applications to the field of education. Explanation of qualities and characteristics of teachers' problems,
the philosophical nature of educational processes, organizations and ethics of the teaching profession
such as planning, implementation and evaluation.
EDS 330 Measurement and Evaluation in
EDS 301 Organizational Behavior (3-0)3
Education (3-0)3
Information about the field of Organizational
The role of evaluation in teaching, relating
Behavior, organizational perspectives, the character
evaluation to instructional objectives. Constructing
of the work group organizational climate,
tests, validity, reliability and other characteristics of
organizational leadership, decision making,
tests. Marking and reporting.
motivation, job satisfaction, morale, types of
411
EDS 332 Group Dynamics (3-0)3 EDS 400 Field Practice in School
Introduction to basic concepts in group dynamics: Guidance Services (1-4)3
primary and secondary groups. Role theory, in- Field Practice in School Guidance Services. In this
groups and out-groups, interaction. practicum course, students attend the secondary
school's guidance services where they are expected
EDS 337 Assessment Techniques in to observe and practice guidance activities based on
Affective Domain (3-0)3 the needs of a particular school, every student
Miscellaneous measurement techniques in affective administers a test or non test guidance technique,
domain. Problems of attitude, interest and writes observation reports about the schools and
personality measurements. Characteristics of carries out a research project.
checklists, rating scales and inventories. Test item
writing and item analysis techniques. EDS 401 Vocational Guidance (3-0)3
Survey and critical analysis of theory and research
EDS 340 History of Turkish on vocational choice and adjustment. Definition and
Education (3-0)3 correlates of vocational aspirations, preferences,
Historical foundations of Turkish Education with choices, motivation, success and satisfaction.
emphasis on recent Ottoman and early Republican Developmental trends in career decision making and
periods. The analysis of traditional and modern career patterns.
elements of Turkish Education within a historical
context. A comparison and contrast of the Islamic EDS 410 Field Practice in Individual
Nationalist and Westernist lines in Turkish Counseling (1-4)3
education. A brief sketch of pedagogical In this practicum course, students attend to the
developments in Turkish primary, secondary and secondary schools or prep-schools and conduct
higher education. interviews with students. Each session of these
interviews is tape-recorded and transcribed.
EDS 350 Marriage and Family Theoretical discussions and providing feedback are
Counseling (3-0)3 also essential elements of the course.
A conceptual analysis of disfunctionality in
marriage and family relationships; a survey of EDS 415 Behavior Disorders (3-0)3
different theoretical approaches to marriage and Misconceptions about abnormal behavior, criteria
family relationships including individual, dyadic, for abnormality, the problem of classification, main
and family systems approaches; assessment of and approaches to behavior disorders, the basic nature of
intervention in marriage and family relationships; neurosis (the neurotic nucleus and paradox, anxiety
research on intervention in marriage and family disorders, somatoform disorders, affective
relationships. disorders, sexual dysfunction and variants).
412
EDS 451 Managing Interpersonal EDS 460 Guidance and Counseling
Conflicts (3-0)3 in Primary Education (3-0)3
Introducing conflict. Win-lose and win-win Guidance and counselling needs of children in
approaches to conflict. Skills for conflict resolution: elementary education. Child counselling. Play
empathy, appropriate assertiveness, co-operative media in counselling. Group counselling procedures
power, managing emotions, mapping the conflict with children. Consultation with parents and
designing options, negotiation, and mediation. teachers.
413
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL SCIENCES
414
EDS 596 Assessment Techniques in EDS 645 The Elementary School
Counseling (3-0)3 Curriculum (3-0)3
Ph.D. PROGRAMS
EDS 646 The Secondary School
Required Courses Curriculum (3-0)3
EDS 695 Research Seminar in EDS 647 Comparative Higher
Educational Sciences (3-0)3 Education (3-0)3
EDS 699 Ph.D. Dissertation NC EDS 648 The Social Studies
EDS 800-899 Special Studies (4-2)NC Curriculum: Theory into
EDS 900-999 Special Topics (4-0)NC Practice (3-0)3
EDS 649 A Comparative Study of
Ph.D. PROGRAM IN EDUCATIONAL Teacher Education (3-0)3
ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING EDS 651 Practicum in Designing
Curriculum and Instruction (3-0)3
EDS 602 Educational Finance (3-0)3 EDS 653 Seminar in Teaching
EDS 603 Personnel Administration (3-0)3 Methods (3-0)3
EDS 605 Advanced Seminar in EDS 654 Practicum in Curriculum
Supervision (3-0)3 Evaluation (3-0)3
EDS 606 Supervisory Techniques II (3-0)3 EDS 655 Paradigms in Curriculum (3-0)3
EDS 607 Issues in Educational EDS 657 A Comparative Study of
Administration (3-0)3 Secondary School Programs
EDS 610 Educational Leadership
(3-0)3
and Change (3-0)3
Ph.D. PROGRAM IN PSYCHOLOGICAL
EDS 617 Restructuring Educational
COUNSELING AND GUIDANCE
Organizations (3-0)3
EDS 625 Educational Planning for
EDS 681 Advanced Individual
Social Development (3-0)3
Counseling (3-0)3
EDS 682 Advanced Group
EDS 630 Seminar in Educational Counseling (3-0)3
Planning (3-0)3 EDS 683 Contemporary Approaches
EDS 631 The Processes and Problems to Counseling (3-0)3
of Educational Planning EDS 684 Adjustment Problems (3-0)3
in Turkey (3-0)3 EDS 685 Advanced Seminar in
Guidance and Counseling (3-0)3
Ph.D. PROGRAM IN CURRICULUM AND EDS 686 Group Counseling With
INSTRUCTION Children (3-0)3
EDS 687 Special Topics in
Guidance (3-0)3
EDS 640 Instruction: Theory and
EDS 688 Counseling Needs of
Research (3-0)3 Exceptional Children (3-0)3
EDS 641 Curriculum: Theory and EDS 689 Counseling and Training of
Research (3-0)3 Parents with Children of
EDS 643 Curriculum and Society (3-0)3 Special Needs (3-0)3
EDS 644 The Pre-School EDS 690 Application of Psychology
Curriculum (3-0)3 to Education (3-0)3
* In addition to the courses below, students may take the area courses as elective with the
permission of their advisors, the course instructor, and the department.
EDS 501 Social Theories as Applied EDS 514 School as a Social System (3-0)3
to Education (3-0)3
EDS 503 Use of SPSS in Educational EDS 518 Major Trends in Sociology
Research (3-0)3 of Education (3-0)3
415
EDS 519 Contemporary Theories in EDS 579 Independent Study in
Sociology of Education (3-0)3 Education (3-0)3
EDS 521 Studies in Gender and EDS 580 Adult Education (3-0)3
Education (3-0)3 EDS 601 Qualitative Research
EDS 571 Comparative Education (3-0)3 Methods in Education (3-0)3
EDS 572 Advances in Psychological EDS 604 Multivariate Statistical
Foundations of Education (3-0)3 Techniques in Education (3-0)3
EDS 573 Current Issues in Turkish EDS 609 School and Society (3-0)3
Education (3-0)3 EDS 620 Current Issues in Higher
EDS 574 Mental Health Issues (3-0)3 Education (3-0)3
EDS 575 Ethical Issues in Counseling EDS 656 Changing World Perspectives
(3-0)3 in Education (3-0)3
EDS 578 Contemporary Philosophies EDS 660 Teaching in Higher
of Education (3-0)3 Education (3-0)3
Elective Courses
416
EDS 503 Use of SPSS in Educational EDS 514 School as a Social System (3-0)3
Research (3-0)3 Analysis of educational institutions as social
Basic concepts, steps and procedures in analyzing systems. Review of modern organizational theory as
quantitative data; preparing open and close ended well as organizational typologies. An analysis of
data for computer entry; processing data using role, responsibility, authority and status systems in
Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS); educational organizations. And also organizational
determining appropriate statistical procedures; climate, motivation incentives and job satisfaction
interpreting statistical data and preparing them for in education.
presentation.
EDS 515 Organizational Psychology (3-0)3
EDS 504 Educational Statistics I (3-2)4 Human problems in organizations. Organizational
Basic statistical techniques for carrying out an perspectives of human nature and motivation.
educational research. Coding and entering data, use Leadership and participation. Inter group problems
of descriptive statistics for data tabulation and in organizations. Organizations as dynamic and
summarization. Percentiles and standard scores, developing systems.
normal distribution, sampling distribution and
central limit theorem, correlation and simple linear EDS 516 Group Dynamics and
regression analysis, hypothesis testing for one and Leadership (3-0)3
two sample cases, z, t, F, chi-square distributions, An analysis of primary and secondary group
one and two way analyses of variance. dynamics. Dynamics of organizational behavior.
Conflict in organizations. Several leadership
EDS 505 Prothesis Seminar NC theories and their applicability in Turkey and other
Development of master's thesis and presentation of developing countries.
thesis proposal. The course involves design,
methods and other matters of concern in the EDS 517 Educational Organizations
preparation of an acceptable master's thesis and Design (3-0)3
proposal. An investigation in organizations in terms of their
design, climates and the other characteristics as well
EDS 508 Educational Statistics II (3-2)4 as the theories, with the emphasis on educational
Students with some educational statistics organizations. Study of various issues and problems
background learn advanced statistical techniques in Turkish educational organizations.
with the aid of computer packages, such as SPSS
and LISREL. The course focuses on multiple linear EDS 518 Major Trends in Sociology
regression, multivariate analysis of variance of Education (3-0)3
(MANOVA), repeated measure analysis, analysis of Examination and understanding of major
covariance (ANCOVA), factorial analysis of Sociological Theories. Reflections and implications
variance, discriminant analysis, principle of Durkheimian, Weberian and Marxian discourses
component analysis, and path analysis. for education. An analytical examination of
Structural Functionalist and Conflict Theories
EDS 511 Supervisory Techniques I (3-0)3 concerning their implications for education
Different approaches to supervision and supervision Reconceptualization of education in the process of
education, supervision of classroom activities and production and reproduction of the social order.
disciplinary matters.
EDS 519 Contemporary Theories in
EDS 512 Administrative Processes (3-0)3 Sociology of Education (3-0)3
Analysis of major administrative processes such as The investigation of recent theoretical approaches
planning, organization, staffing, coordination and and dilemmas in sociology of education with
decision-making, with the consideration of student emphasis on cross-cultural comparisons. Economic,
interest and needs. political, cultural and technological inequalities in
the light of Human capital, schooling for equality,
EDS 513 Administrative Problems economic growth, Development and Modernization
in Education (3-0)3 versus Underdevelopment and Dependencia
Review of educational institutions in their theories.
relationship to other institutions, the community and
the pressure groups and the problems related to EDS 520 Strategic Planning in Higher
these relationships with special emphasis on the Education (3-0)3
identification of the problem areas for individual Theoretical background of strategic planning, basic
students towards their thesis preparation. steps of carrying out a strategic planning in public
417
institutions. Based on a case study design, this EDS 540 Fundamentals of
course provides hands-on experience on strategic Curriculum Development (3-0)3
planning through which students can apply a similar Analysis of the basic concepts and components of
framework in carrying out a strategic planning curriculum and the study of several curriculum
process in school organizations as well as in other designs.
public and nonprofit organizations.
EDS 541 Instructional Designs (3-0)3
EDS 521 Studies in Gender and Systems approach to instructional designs.
Education (3-0)3 Heuristics for instructional design. Theory base,
Conceptual and empirical analysis of gender issues. analysis, synthesis and evaluation.
Gender differentiation in historical, social and
cross-cultural contexts. Cross-cultural analysis of EDS 542 Theories of Learning (3-0)3
gender differences in various levels and fields of A comparative study of learning backgrounds and
education. The role of education in the process of contemporary theories of learning and discussion of
formation and reproduction of gender and other learning-teaching relationships.
types of inequalities in contemporary society.
EDS 544 Theories of Instruction (3-0)3
EDS 523 Theories of Counseling (3-0)3 Study of the emergence and the present status of
This graduate level course is designed to familiarize instructional theories and the discussion of the
students with several major theoretical approaches relationship between learning theories, instructional
in counseling and psychotherapy and help them theories and practical applications.
integrate these approaches with practice. A
secondary goal is to introduce the wide variety of EDS 545 Research on Teaching (3-0)3
styles and practices used by leaders in the field of Focuses on a critical study of contrasting
counseling and psychotherapy. approaches to the study of teaching process.
Designed to survey research issues to help students
EDS 525 Systems Analysis in Education develop a more critical perspective, to increase
(3-0)3 awareness of the variety of approaches to studying
An in-depth study of the concepts: Systems and teaching and to provoke thought about the
Systems Analysis, A reconsideration of education as relationship between research and practice.
a system. Meaning and development of MIS in
education. Introduction to techniques in Systems EDS 546 Contemporary Issues in
Analysis: Flow Charts, Simulation, PERT, CPM, Curriculum and Instruction
Linear Programming, Game Theory, and other (3-0)3
applications. Contemporary issues in relation to curricular
sources and influences. Conflicting educational
EDS 526 Economics of Education (3-0)3
theories. Need for a paradigm in the field.
Theory of the Formation of Human Capital.
Innovations and reforms. Curriculum improvement.
Contribution of education to economic growth.
Microeconomics of Education: Study of the
EDS 547 Curriculum Evaluation (3-0)3
effectiveness of educational systems.
Theory and research related to curriculum/program
EDS 527 Finance and Educational evaluation. Study and analysis of various standards
Planning (3-0)3 and models in curriculum/program evaluation.
Analysis of the relation between educational Application of research designs in evaluation
systems and financial systems. Investigation of the process.
issues of private and public finance of education.
EDS 548 The Fundamentals of Social
EDS 531 Introduction to Educational Studies Curriculum (3-0)3
Planning (3-0)3 Basic objectives, concepts, problems and issues in
An introductory course involved with an overview social sciences/studies curriculum. Study of
of various aspects of educational planning. historical developments, related theory and
research.
EDS 533 Total Quality Management
in Education (3-0)3 EDS 549 Teaching and Learning
Acquire an adequate understanding of the theory of Process (3-0)3
total quality management as a way of continuous Philosophical, psychological, curricular applications
improvement and the skills necessary to implement in teaching learning process.
it in the field of education.
418
EDS 550 Needs Assessment (3-0)3 EDS 564 Theories of Measurement
Theoretical and practical basis of needs assessment and Research Designs in
in preservice and in-service training programs; Psychomotor Domain (3-0)3
quantitative and qualitative approaches applied to Discussion of basic measurement techniques,
determining needs. review of empirical research and measurement
techniques used in psychomotor domain.
EDS 554 Scale Construction in Investigations of change in psychomotor domain
Affective Domain (3-0)3 characteristics.
Techniques of attitude and related characteristics
measurement. Item writing and questionnaire EDS 565 Practicum in Measurement
design. Checklists, rating scales. Statistical analysis and Evaluation (3-0)3
of an attitude scale. Reliability and validity of Application of different measurement and
attitude scales. evaluation models.
EDS 555 Theories and Techniques of EDS 566 Elements of Factor Analysis
Measurement and Evaluation and Related Techniques (3-0)3
(3-0)3 Introduction to basic concepts of factor analysis and
Basic principles of Classical Test Theory. related statistical methodology with illustrations
Interpretations of test results. Topics: nature of using empirical data on SPSS and LISREL
measurement, reliability, validity, norms and statistical packages. Topics: relevant matrix algebra
measuring units, construction of teacher-made tests, and statistics, multiple and partial correlation,
marks and marking systems, recent developments. structural analysis of correlation matrices,
component analysis, common factor models,
comparative factor analyses. Exploratory versus
EDS 556 Elements of Test Theory (3-0)3 confirmatory analysis.
Classical test theory, item analysis, test assembly,
scoring and equating, matrix sampling, introduction EDS 567 Item Response Theory (3-0)3
to latent trait theory. Comprehensive study of item response models and
their applications in educational measurement in
relation to classical test theory, including the
EDS 558 Non-Parametric Statistics (3-0)3 assumptions of the models, estimation of ability
Practical non-parametric statistics including parameters, calibration of tests. Investigations of
probability theory, statistical inference, tests on model data fit statistics and other applications. Use
binomial distribution, contingency tables, ranks, of statistical packages, such as BILOG, LISREL,
Kolmogoro-Simirnov type statistics. Applications RASCAL, ASCAL.
drawn from the field of education.
EDS 569 Norms and Test Equating (3-0)3
EDS 559 Test Construction (3-0)3 Concept of reliability and validity. Different
Practicum providing experience in the construction procedures for score conversion, such as linear z,
of educational and psychological measuring transformations, and nonlinear normalized z, T and
instruments. stanine transformations Establishing test norms.
Test equating methodology. Anchor test design,
vertical, horizontal equating, Current research in the
EDS 560 Elements of Scaling (3-0)3
establishment of norms and test equating.
Construction of scales from a wide variety of data,
such as "yes-no", multiple choice, ranking and EDS 570 Counseling with Children (3-0)3
categorical data. Discussion of the major techniques Basic approaches to child counseling, utilizing play
such as scalogram analysis, Likert scaling, media in counseling, research on counseling and
information theory, methods of ranking, paired psychotherapy with children.
comparisons.
EDS 571 Comparative Education (3-0)3
EDS 562 Theory, Measurement and Investigation and comparison of educational
Research in Affective Domain systems. A review of the literature related to
(3-0)3 developments, issues and problems in education
Theories on affective characteristics and change, across different societies. A comparison and
discussion of selected measurement techniques, contrast of structure, organization, content,
review of empirical research on measurement and curricula, implementation, evaluation, selection and
change of affective characteristics. allocation, quality and quantity of elementary,
419
secondary and tertiary education in various EDS 580 Adult Education (3-0)3
societies. A study of and practice in the education of adults
based on anthropological theory and adult
EDS 572 Advances in Psychological psychology. Including consideration of concepts of
Foundations of Education (3-0)3 education as a continuing process and of
Current theory, research and practice in educational international strategies for the realization of this
psychology to help students analyze problems and concept.
develop situations based on psychological
principles. Major topics include educational EDS 581 Student Personnel Services
psychology and the classroom teacher, cognitive, in Schools (3-0)3
language, personal, social and moral development, Development and basic principles of student
impact of culture and community, behavioral, personnel services in different educational settings.
cognitive learning theories and their application, Organizational patterns of student personnel
classroom management and communication. services and elements of student personnel services
EDS 573 Current Issues in Turkish EDS 582 Principles and Techniques
Education (3-0)3 of Counseling (3-0)3
Analysis of micro and macro level problems of Understanding counseling as a process, goals of
Turkish Education, including structural and counseling, stages of the counseling process with
organizational problems; teacher-training problems; special reference to the techniques used in each
problems of elementary education; problems of stage. Theories and research findings.
secondary education, problems of higher education;
transitional problems between the various levels of EDS 583 Group Counseling (3-0)3
education; education and market relationships; Overview of the counseling group. Different
economic, political, juridical and philosophical theoretical approaches and techniques in group
problems. counseling. Stages in group counseling. Ethical and
EDS 574 Mental Health Issues (3-0)3 professional issues in group practice.
Modern theories and approaches of mental health
are presented and compared. Using these processes, EDS 584 Field Practice I (3-0)3
students analyze the processes by which people Opportunity for advanced students to obtain
cope with the realities of life, intrapsychic, practical experience. Identification of significant
interpersonal and institutional demands. Adaptive problems in an educational environment and other
processes from clinical, field and laboratory and related settings.
health issues and counseling are also evaluated and
discussed. EDS 585 Field Practice II (3-0)3
Continuation of Field Practice I
EDS 575 Ethical Issues in Counseling
(3-0)3 EDS 586 Interpersonal Relations (3-0)3
This course is designed to equip students with the The process of relationship formation, maintenance,
knowledge they need to deal effectively with the dissolution and investigating such relationship
complex ethical issues they will confront in phenomena as self-disclosure, equity, power and
practice. This course covers material that expands conflict.
the students learning beyond the content of the EDS 587 Counseling the Parents of
professional codes of ethics to include knowledge of Exceptional Children (3-0)3
the more important scholarly writings in the field Concept of exceptionality, the states of exceptional
and by examining emerging ethical issues. parents, family dynamics and relationships, parental
EDS 578 Contemporary Philosophies counseling and training programs, the helping
of Education (3-0)3 process and to understand and help to the parents of
Analysis of contemporary theories and philosophies exceptional children.
of education in relation to various issues, problems.
EDS 588 Counseling Needs of
EDS 579 Independent Study in Exceptional Children (3-0)3
Education (3-0)3 Research, current trends in counseling the
Study of various topics related to theory and exceptional children concerning the educational,
research in education, with the cooperation of the
social, psychological and vocational needs.
advisor.
420
EDS 589 Couple and Family Counseling The main purpose of this course is to introduce a
(3-0)3 number of qualitative research methods commonly
The family as a system, the family life cycle, used in educational research and improve
dealing with families with young children and participants' skills in using them. The methods
adolescents. The process of systems counseling. mainly include interview, observation, and
EDS 590 Counseling in Higher Education document analysis. This course is offered primarily
(3-0)3 for those who are contemplating to use qualitative
Growth and status of student services, theories of inquiry in their doctoral dissertations and/or as part
student development, models for higher education, of their job responsibilities.
essential competencies and techniques of counselor
in higher education, organization and management, EDS 602 Educational Finance (3-0)3
current trends. Fundamental theories of finance and how they relate
EDS 591 Recent Developments in to education. Introduction and discussion of
Counseling (3-0)3 controversial issues such as: Selectivity in
Recent approaches to counseling with special education, student loans, education vouchers, tuition
reference to cognitive and developmental fees, etc.
perspectives. Research on process and outcome in
counseling and behavior change. Specialized EDS 603 Personnel Administration (3-0)3
counseling concerns. The concepts of power and authority in relation to
bureaucratic models. Hierarchical relation-ships.
EDS 592 Counseling for Elderly (3-0)3 Staffing in educational systems. Analysis and
Research and current trends in counseling the review of laws, rules and regulations related to
elderly concerning the psychological, social and educational (public) personnel. Specific attention
leisure time needs. will be given to Public Employee Law No.657. In-
EDS 593 Crisis Counseling (3-0)3 Service education, evaluation of personnel, job
Intervention techniques used in a crisis situation classification, incentives in organizations. On-the-
such as drug induced crisis, family crisis, death of a job training. Career Systems.
loved one, loss of a job, retirement, financial
problems, unwanted pregnancy and so on. Research EDS 604 Multivariate Statistical
on crisis counseling. Techniques in Education (3-0)3
Introduction to multivariate methods as principal
EDS 594 Counseling in Industrial components and factor analysis, multidimensional
Settings (3-0)3 scaling and cluster analysis; multi-way contingency
Counseling techniques used in industrial settings table analysis and discriminant analysis. Focus on
and personnel selection with special emphasis to job research problems in education. Structural equation
satisfaction, workers' attitudes, group cohesiveness models. The explanation and use of SPSS for
and employer-employee relations. various topics.
EDS 595 Career Development
Counseling (3-0)3 EDS 605 Advanced Seminar in
Developmental patterns in career choice. Supervision (3-0)3
Components of career development counseling. Discussion of problems related to supervision in
Different approaches to career development Turkish schools with the participation of various
counseling. level ministry supervisory in discussions. Visits to
several education institutions with supervisors.
EDS 596 Assessment Techniques
in Counseling (3-0)3
Practice in the administration of individual tests and EDS 606 Supervisory Techniques II (3-0)3
preparation of psychological reports. Psychological Supervisory roles and responsibilities. Clinical
and educational assessment procedures used with supervision and related analyses and strategies.
counselee(s).
EDS 607 Issues in Educational
EDS 599 Master's Thesis NC Administration (3-0)3
A course on international and national aspects of
EDS 601 Qualitative Research transformation, innovation, and critical issues in
Methods in Education (3-0)3 school administration in the 1990s.
421
EDS 609 School and Society (3-0)3 EDS 640 Instruction: Theory and
Study of the relationships between education and Research (3-0)3
other societal subsystems, as including economy, Theories of instruction and research in the learning
politics, culture, technology and demography. More process, human relations, group dynamics,
particularly examination of the relationships communication, thought process and other fields
between school and other societal facts, as including contributing to a theory of instruction.
family, gender ethnicity religion locality and social
class.
EDS 610 Educational Leadership EDS 641 Curriculum:
and Change (3-0)3 Theory and Research (3-0)3
A course on educational leadership. Theoretical Theories of curriculum development, and a survey
approaches to educational leadership, organizational of curriculum research and patterns of curriculum
development. The importance of leadership as a management in various systems.
change in educational setting with a special
reference to reforming Turkish educational system. EDS 643 Curriculum and Society (3-0)3
EDS 617 Restructuring Educational A social and philosophical frame of reference for
Organizations (3-0)3 the education system and its implications for the
An in-depth study of organizational change and functioning of the curriculum development as it is
restructuring in education. Information age, `The related to the society.
new world order,` and education, emerging
theoretical issues in the concept of education, EDS 644 The Pre-school Curriculum (3-0)3
magnitude and scale of emerging issues and Identification and empirical investigation of
problems related to educational organizations, and selected topics, problems and issues and innovations
the explorations of change alternatives for the in pre-school curriculum.
Turkish education al system.
EDS 620 Current Issues in Higher EDS 645 The Elementary School
Education (3-0)3 Curriculum (3-0)3
Examinations of higher education in changing Identification and empirical investigation of
national and international context. Investigation of selected topics, problems, issues and innovations in
various dimensions of higher education: policy- elementary school curriculum.
making, personnel recruitment, research, promotion,
etc. EDS 646 The Secondary School
Curriculum (3-0)3
EDS 625 Educational Planning for Identification and empirical investigation of
Social Development (3-0)3 selected topics, problems issues and innovations in
Examination of the linkages between education and secondary school curriculum.
social development of nature. Concepts of social
development and approaches to determine optimal EDS 647 Comparative Higher
type and levels of educational systems. Discussion Education (3-0)3
of controversial issues leading to social Comparative study of higher education systems; a
development policy. review of historical and practical applications.
422
EDS 651 Practicum in Designing EDS 683 Contemporary Approaches
Curriculum and Instruction to Counseling (3-0)3
(3-0)3 Discussion of new approaches and their applications
Designing in curriculum and instruction using one to different counseling settings.
or more models.
EDS 684 Adjustment Problems (3-0)3
EDS 653 Seminar in Teaching Review of theoretical approaches on the problems
Methods (3-0)3 of adjustment. Typical adjustment problems in
Study of the development and improvement of different developmental period. Prevention of
teaching methods. adjustment problems.
423
EDS 699 Ph.D. Dissertation NC
EDS 900-999 Special Topics (4-0)NC
EDS 800-899 Special Studies (4-2)NC
HRDE 505 Inquiry Methods (3-0)3 in-service training programs for various settings.
Application of qualitative and quantitative inquiry Designing a training program (consisting of
methods and techniques to human resources area to objectives, content and skills, implementation and
identify and solve training and development evaluation) based on a small scale needs
problems. Survey of inquiry methods that would assessment.
help human resources education specialists to gain
information to make more informed decisions. HRDE 520 Training Strategies and
Regarding training, to assess training needs, to Techniques (3-0)3
design and implement inquiry to meet these needs, Various aspects of adult learning and thinking.
and to communicate their findings to inform and Concepts and practices related to staff development
influence future plans. Problem identification, and in-service education, review of trends in staff
searching and reviewing literature, research design, development and training to examine implications
design of data collection instruments like for the workplace. Use of various training
questionnaires and interview guides, data collection techniques toward the purpose of achieving specific
and analytical techniques, and report preparation. training objectives. Developing training skills
Basic statistical procedures as used in quantitative through a broad range of training session activities
inquiry methods and needs assessment. including formal presentation, discussion and peer
interaction, modelling, role-playing, case study,
HRDE 510 Educational Organizations problem based learning, simulation, using media,
and Design (3-0)3 warm-up activities, facilitation, developing
An investigation into educational organisations in customised activities, and modification of packaged
terms of their design, climates and the other activities. Use of informal learning processes (job
characteristics as well as the related theories. assignments, mentoring, coaching, and self-directed
Leadership, power and authority in relation to learning) in training. Preparation of training
bureaucratic models, and hierarchical relationships. materials for a specific target audience. Preparing a
Organisation and management of the training project outlining training strategies and techniques
function. Establishing mission for training. to be used for a specific training need.
Developing policies and procedures for training in
organisational perspective. Design for long term HRDE 525 Assessment of Training
policies. Alternative structures for training Programs (3-0)3
activities. Emphasis on educational Theory and research related to training program
institutions/organisations, study of various issues evaluation. Study and analysis of various standards
and problems in Turkish educational and models in program evaluation. Application of
institutions/organisations. various designs in evaluation process. Phases in
evaluation, formative and summative evaluation,
HRDE 515 Designing Training Programs values and the evaluation process. Internal and
(3-0)3 external validity in evaluation. Developing
Examination of training and development in evaluation criteria considering its many dimensions.
organisations, the purpose and role of training in Practical and scientific importance of evaluation.
increasing individual and organisational The role of evaluation and measurement in program
effectiveness. Nature and design of educational assessment. Connecting evaluation to long term
activities like meetings, conferences, workshops and planning of training and development activities.
seminars. Role of training design in human resource Designing a program evaluation plan.
education process. Current research and practice in
program development. Application of various HRDE 530 Performance Evaluation (3-0)3
models and approaches in designing training Various roles of performance evaluation.
programs. Methods for conducting needs Operational measures of job performance.
assessment, defining training objectives, Performance evaluation process and procedures,
determining and organising content, formulating evaluation instrument development and
instructional and evaluation strategies. Designing implementation, measuring training achievement.
424
Validity and reliability of evaluation instruments. Theoretical background of strategic planning, basic
Characteristics of performance evaluation. Scoring steps in carrying out a strategic planning in public
performance tests. Use of the results of performance and private organisations. Training objectives and
evaluation for identifying weaknesses and strengths the organisational strategy. Teamwork, process
and opportunities for improvement and skills management, planning research, training, marketing
development. and retention strategies used for growth in
educational organisations.
HRDE 550 Interpersonal Relations (3-0)3
Understanding the importance of interpersonal HRDE 558 WEB-Based Training: Design
relations and social skills. The process of & Implementation Strategies
relationship formation, maintenance, and (3-0)3
dissolution. The association of interpersonal This course aims to provide necessary skills and
relationships and personal well-being. Social background in construction and implementation
emotions such as feelings about relationships and criteria, and procedures for selection and evaluation
other people. Expressing feelings verbally and non- of web-based training materials; synthesis of
verbally. Communication skills and the languages research and resources in the field. The course also
of interpersonal relationships including self- underlines major steps and techniques used in
disclosure, developing and maintaining trust, ways design, development and evaluation of web-based
of increasing communication skills and helpful training environments. Such contemporary issues as
listening and responding. Managing feelings, e-learning and WBT for human resource
resolving interpersonal conflicts and barriers to development and professional development also
interpersonal effectiveness. The application of receive a considerable attention in this course.
social science research to interpersonal relations.
Roles, gender, power and change in relationships. HRDE 560 Needs Assessment (3-0)3
Theoretical and practical basis of needs assessment
HRDE 552 Career Development in in-service training programs, qualitative and
Counselling (3-0)3 quantitative approaches applied to determining
Different theories of career development and needs. Micro and macro training needs and their
application of theories to career development issues. assessment. Task, knowledge, skill and ability
The nature of career choice, development patterns in analysis. Study of various needs analysis
career choice, components of career success and techniques, task analysis, competency studies,
satisfaction, group cohesiveness. Role of training need survey and interviews. Prioritising
organisational awareness and commitment. Role of needs. Use of various data collection and analysis
occupational information in career choice. techniques for needs assessment. Linking needs
Techniques and methods of career planning. analysis to training design.
HRDE 554 Total Quality Management HRDE 562 Organizational Psychology (3-0)3
in Education (3-0)3 Human values and problems in organisations
Definitions of the concept of "quality" and "total (perception, personality, interpersonal transactions),
quality management". Application of the total organisational perspectives of human nature and
quality management principles and procedures to motivation, leadership and participation, decision
educational processes. Stakeholders in total quality making, team management, group dynamics in
management. Team formation, problem solving, and organisations, conflict resolutions in organisational
policy implementation through total quality context, organisation as dynamic and developing
management process for the purpose of continuous systems (structure, process, change, development),
organisational improvement. Daily management implications of theory and research that underlie the
tools for effective total quality management. field of organisational psychology in various
Students in this course acquire an adequate organisational contexts. Examination of the
understanding of total quality management as a way individual as a functioning member of the groups
of continuous improvement and the skills necessary and organisations in public and private sectors.
to implement it in the field of education. Through
case studies they develop their own strategies for HRDE 564 Adult Education (3-0)3
making educational settings totally dedicated to A study of and practice in the education of adults
high performance, quality and satisfaction of based on anthropological theory and adult
psychology including consideration of concepts of
HRDE 556 Strategic Planning in education as a continuing process and of
Education (3-0)3 international strategies for the realization of this
concept. The concept of andragogy. Characteristics
425
of adults as learners, cognitive development, HRDE 574 Special Topics in Human
interpersonal development, individual differences Resource Education (3-0)3
and change. Adult learning and motivation Focuses on a variety of special topics within the
principles. Diagnosing learning needs of adults. spectrum of Human Resource Education. Special
Designing learning experiences for adults. Tools for emphasis on the concept of team as vital part of the
training adults. Working with adults in educational organization. Team building as the key to increase
settings. Assessing adult learning. performance in all kinds of organizations. A unique
effort to introduce the human factor of the team
HRDE 566 Educational Leadership concept make up. Communication, conflict
and Change (3-0)3 management, presentation skills, meeting
Scope and influence of leadership in educational management, critical thinking, and questioning.
organisations. Leadership and organisational Action research, and e-research and its application
development. Leadership role descriptions. in Human Resource Education field.
Theoretical approaches to educational leadership,
trait approach, power and influence approach, HRDE 576 Trends and Issues in Human
behaviour approach, situational approach. Recent Resource Education (3-0)3
research and practice on educational leadership. An exploration of the contemporary and future
Strategies for improving leadership. The importance developments, trends and issues related to Human
of leadership in educational change process with Resource Education (HRE) field and implications
special reference to Turkish educational system. for HRE professionals and adult educators. Topics
will be selected from current and future workplace,
HRDE 568 Computer Mediated Learning societal, demographic, technological,
in Network Environment (3-0)3 educational, economic, political and global trends
In this course students learn how to design and and issues affecting training and development.
evaluate an educational Web site. Major outcome of Students also explore the implications of future
the course will be a full-function educational web developments, trends and issues in theory and
site. Class participation, professional quality practice in HRE. They forecast future models of
research and products, collaborative work, high work, family and community and the future role of
quality documentation will be major items of HRE specialists and adult educators.
success in this course. HRDE 578 Supervision in Human
Resources Education (3-0)3
HRDE 570 Leadership and Planning in An investigation of both role and function of
Instructional Technology (3-0)3 supervisors in public and private educational
This course underlies a variety of innovative ideas settings with emphasis on supervisory skills for
and new ways of thinking about the value and use of future school leaders, department chairs, and human
technology in a school setting. The main goal of this resources specialists. Foundations of supervision,
course is to provide school administrators and supervision as professional development, clinical
leaders of educational settings with applications of supervision, human resource supervision and
educational technology to restructure their learning education connections, and supervision and
environments and improve schools and school summative evaluation are the key issues to be
programs with the merits of instructional covered. The relationship among skills, functions,
technology. This course also covers planning, and effective human resources supervision and their
funding, and staff development models to provide implementation to the evolving nature of
the school administrators and leaders with site- supervision as an emerging field in the operation of
based models. educational settings.
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
AKYZ, Didem : B.S., Ankara University; M.S., Gazi University; Ph.D., University of Central Florida.
DEMRCAN, Hasibe zlen: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
HASER, idem: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Michigan State University.
OLGAN, Refika (Vice Chair): B.S., Hacettepe University; M.S., Texas A&M University; Ph.D., Florida State
University.
AHN, Elvan: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: The career opportunities for students graduating from the department
of Elementary Education according to the programs offered are as follows:
Elementary Science Education: The graduates are mainly employed as science teachers, and when
needed as mathematics teachers in public, private and international schools; as well as academicians at
universities. They can be employed as consultants by private and media companies working on material
development for elementary science and mathematics education.
427
Elementary Mathematics Education: The graduates are mainly employed as mathematics teachers,
and when needed as science teachers in public, private and international schools; as well as academicians at
universities. They can be employed as consultants by private and media companies working on material
development for elementary mathematics and science education.
Early Childhood Education: The graduates are employed as teachers and administrators in private
and public childcare centers, preschools, child clubs, child development and education centers, special
education institutions which are governed by the Ministry of National Education and Social Services Child
Protection Agency and as academicians at universities as well as having their own institutions. Besides they
can be employed by private and public institutions as consultants to develop radio, television and magazine
programs for the development and education of 0-6 year-old children.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
ECE 100 Introduction to Early Childhood ECE 104 Maternal and Child Health
Education (3-0)3 and First Aid (3-0)3
ECE 120 Anatomy and Physiology (3-0)3 ECE 110 Child Development and
PSY 100 General Psychology (3-0)3 Psychology (4-0)4
TURK 103 Written Expression (2-0)2 ECE 126 Maternal and Child
IS 100 Introduction to Information Nutrition (2-0)2
Technologies and Applications NC ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I (4-0)4
(4-0)4 TURK 104 Oral Communication (2-0)2
EDS 200 Introduction to Education (3-0)3 SOC 104 Principles of Sociology (3-0)3
SECOND YEAR
428
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
ECE 409 Creativity and Children (2-2)3 ECE 430 Practice Teaching II (2-6)5
ECE 410 Assessment and Evaluation in ECE 480 School Readiness and Transition
Early Childhood Education (3-0)3 to Elementary School (2-0)2
EDS 424 Guidance (3-0)3
ECE 411 Practice Teaching I (2-6)5 EDS 416 Turkish Educational System and
ENG 311 Advanced Communication Skills School Management (3-0)3
(3-0)3 Elective IV (3-0)3
Elective III (3-0)3
ECE 100 Introduction to Early Childhood major issues related to menopause and aging.
Education (3-0)3 Lecture and demonstration of first-aid for wounds
Major approaches to and basic principles of early and bleeding, burns and scalds, sprains, dislocation,
childhood education, educational environments, fractures, unconsciousness conditions, suffocation,
development of fundamental skills, impact of mass drowning and poisoning with skill training in all
media and early childhood education, teacher procedures.
education and school/family collaboration.
ECE 110 Child Development and
ECE 104 Maternal and Child Health and Psychology (4-0)4
First Aid (3-0)3 Description, theories and principles of development,
Defining mother and child health, factors affecting the factors affecting development, pre-natal, birth
their health in the community, growth and and post-natal periods, cognitive development.
development, common diseases in childhood:
diarrhea, upper respiratory infections, infectious ECE 120 Anatomy and Physiology (3-0)3
diseases such as hepatitis, meningitis and parasites; Basic principles of human anatomy and the
immunization; common accidents in childhood and fundamental mechanisms of human physiology.
preventive care; drug usage, emergencies and Structure and the functions of human body, its
special applications; health problems of women in organization, regulation and maintenance systems,
different periods of lifetime, sexual maturation,
429
support, movement and integration-control systems, ECE 214 Teaching Science in Early
nervous system, hormones. Childhood (3-0)3
Importance of science and nature in early childhood
ECE 126 Maternal and Child Nutrition education. Methods of teaching science and nature
(2-0)2 concepts in early childhood, construction of concept
Fundamental concepts and principles of nutrition. maps and hands on activities; basic concepts in
Components of nutrients, enrichment of nutrients science and nature; living-nonliving concepts;
with respect to nutrient value, nutrition of pregnant distinction of sky and space; basic events about heat
and lactating women, malnutrition, energy balance, and light.
nutrient requirements during pregnancy,
malnutrition in children, nutrition of 0-6 year old ECE 215 Play in Early Childhood (3-0)3
children and hygienic rules in preparation of food. Description, importance and social role of play.
Factors affecting play, different phases of play
ECE 201 Music I (1-2)2 parallel to child development, ways to encourage
Music and education, using music in early play, diagnosing behavioral disorders through play.
childhood education, discriminating natural voices,
becoming familiar with instruments, selection of ECE 220 Physical Education and Games
appropriate materials, developing expression (2-2)3
through music, developing desirable behavior via Movement education in early childhood education
music education, getting children to participate in centers; the characteristics of gymnasium where the
musical activities, construction of a music center in programs will be performed; facilities/equipment
classroom, repertoire studies. and their areas; exercises with equipment, programs,
games. Exercises that are suitable to 3-6 year old
ECE 202 Music II (2-2)3 children's movement development; games that are
Continuation of ECE 201. preparatory to sport games, musical games and
Prerequisite: ECE 201 practice. The teaching methods of movement
ECE 206 Mental Health and Adaptation education in early childhood. The basic principles in
Disorders (2-2)3 game education and teaching.
The concept of mental health; various theories; ECE 230 Curriculum in Early Childhood
psychological maturity, mental health in children Education (3-0)3
and stages of mental development, definition, Basic concepts in curriculum development and its
causes and symptoms of mental disorders, defense processes; development of lesson plan, unit plan,
mechanisms, mental health in family, adaptation annual and daily plan; selection of content and
problems in children, childhood neurosis and organization. Teaching methods and strategies;
psychosis. properties of materials and their selection.
ECE 250 Basic Science (3-0)3
ECE 208 Children's Literature (3-0)3
Characteristics and classification of living
The importance of books for the growing child,
organisms, structure of cell and organels, and
development of children's literature in the world and
genetics are the topics that will be taught in biology
Turkey; characteristics of children's publications;
part. Atoms, molecules, chemical reactions units in
stories, folk tales, fairy tales, fable, biography,
chemistry. Force, motion and energy units in
poem, riddle, etc.
physics.
ECE 302 Drama in Early Childhood
ECE 213 Teaching Mathematics in Early Education (2-2)3
Childhood (2-2)3 Definition of drama, comparison of different types
Logico-mathematical and spatio-temporal learning of drama, history of educational drama, importance
by the child's own experience with objects (learning of play and drama in the development and education
by discovery), creating and inventing relationships of child, drama techniques, integration of pedagogic
between objects and symbols and resulting drama into daily and weekly plans in the early
integration and reorganization of ideas by the child. childhood education.
Spatial relations, time concepts, number concepts,
one-to-one correspondence, comparing sizes, ECE 303 School Experience (1-4)3
comparing amounts, comparing and evaluating Introducing students to the field, and gaining
different points of view, classification, seriation, experience with young children. Opportunities
conservation. including class observation, adaptation to classroom
conditions, planning and preparation. Guided
teaching practice in Early Childhood Education.
430
ECE 306 Visual Arts and Material drawing ability, color and proportion in children's
Development (2-2)3 art work, various creativity activities using re-
Definition, meaning and the purpose of visual arts. cycled materials.
Art criticism, the history of the visual arts and
aesthetic judgements. Preparation and application of ECE 410 Assessment and
different kinds of paints using different materials, Evaluation in ECE (3-0)3
such as crayons, water coloring, clay and ceramics. Understanding the role of measurement and
Construction of musical instruments and toys, assessment in educational process with special
puppets; finger puppet, cloth puppets, wooden attention to observation and recording methods. To
puppet, string puppet by using waste materials. define educational goals and objectives in ways
Principles and standards of toy construction, design those facilitate curriculum planning and student
of a kindergarten or playground. evaluation. The means of observing and recording
the behaviors of young children. To use observation
ECE 315 Children with Special Needs methods to describe childrens behaviors by relating
(1-2)2 to developmental theories. Methods, including
Definition and history of special education, anecdotal records, running records, time samples,
definition of being handicapped. The principles of and frequency charts to gather information for the
special education, educational management and development of a childrens development portfolio.
integration in special education. Education of
exceptional children: Children with mental ECE 411 Practice Teaching I (2-6)5
retardation, learning disorders, speech disorders, Field experience and teaching practice (minimum
adaptation and behavioral disorders, visual 12 weeks) including class observation, adaptation to
disorders, hearing disorders, physical disorders and classroom conditions, planning and preparation for
gifted children. Education of parents with teaching. Guided teaching practice in Early
exceptional children. The special education system Childhood Education. Discussion of these
in world and Turkey. applications in class (2 hours per week seminar at
ECE 325 Parent Involvement and the university)
Education (3-0)3 Prerequisite: ECE 303
Effect of family on child development and learning;
importance of intra-family relationships in ECE 430 Practice Teaching II (2-6)5
psychological and social development of child; Continuation of ECE 411
adult psychology. Prerequisite: ECE 411
431
ECE 435 Worldwide Implications of Early ECE 472 Strategies for Educational
Childhood Education (3-0)3 Research in Early Childhood
In-depth examination of best practices with young Education (3-0)3
children (birth through elementary school age) Inquiry course intended to orient early childhood
across the world as well as the issues related to the education students to the conduct of social science
preparation and ongoing professional development inquiry in general and educational inquiry in
of caregivers and teachers of young children. particular to acquaint them with the basic
information needed to understand the research
ECE 440 Gender Equity in Early process, from idea formulation through data
Childhood and Elementary analysis and interpretation.
Education (3-0)3
Introduction of the theories and empirical research ECE 480 School Readiness and Transition
in the field of gender equity in education. Analysis to Elementary School (2-0)2
of sources of the gender differentiation in early Definition of school readiness and contributing
childhood and elementary classrooms. Discussion of factors, different domains of school readiness; being
gender equity in the classrooms. physically, socially, emotionally, and cognitively
ready to school, construction of classroom activities
supporting healthy transition to elementary school.
Examination of Elementary school curriculum and
its comparison with early childhood education
curriculum. Supporting young childrens emergent
literacy skills, and assessment of school readiness.
PHYS 181 Basic Physics I (4-2)5 PHYS 182 Basic Physics II (4-2)5
CHEM 101 General Chemistry I (4-2)5 CHEM 102 General Chemistry II (4-2)5
MATH 117 Calculus I (4-2)5 MATH 118 Calculus II (4-2)5
EDS 200 Introduction to Education (3-0)3 ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I (4-0)4
(4-0)4 CEIT 100 Computer Applications in
IS 100 Introduction to Information Education (2-2)3
Technologies and Applications NC
SECOND YEAR
BIO 101 General Biology (4-4)6 BIO 102 General Biology II (4-4)6
CHEM 281 Fundamentals of Analytical and CHEM 282 Fundamentals of Organic
Inorganic Chemistry (3-0)3 Chemistry (3-0)3
PHYS 283 Optics and Modern Physics (3-0)3 ASTR 201 Astronomy I (3-0)3
ELE 240 Probability and Statistics (2-2)3 ELE 225 Measurement and
EDS 220 Educational Psychology (3-0)3 Assessment (3-0)3
ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation Skills ELE 221 Instructional Principles and
(3-0)3 Methods (3-0)3
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
432
THIRD YEAR
Fifth Semester Sixth Semester
FOURTH YEAR
ELE 419 School Experience (1-4)3 BIO 433 Introduction to Evolution (3-0)3
ELE 440 Science Technology and EDS 424 Guidance (3-0)3
Society (3-0)3 ELE 420 Practice Teaching in Elementary
ELE 411 Environmental Sciences (3-0)3 Education (2-6)5
Elective II (3-0)3 EDS 416 Turkish Educational System
Elective III (3-0)3 and School Management (3-0)3
Elective IV (3-0)3
FIRST YEAR
First Semester Second Semester
SECOND YEAR
Third Semester Fourth Semester
PHYS 181 Basic Physics I (4-2)5 MATH 201 Elementary Geometry (3-0)3
STAT 201 Introduction to Probability PHYS 182 Basic Physics II (4-2)5
and Statistics I (3-0)3 STAT 202 Introduction to Probability
MATH 219 Introduction to Differential and Statistics II (3-0)3
Equations (4-0)4 ELE 225 Measurement and Assessment
ELE 221 Instructional Principles and (3-0)3
Methods (3-0)3 ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation Skills
EDS 220 Educational Psychology (3-0)3 (3-0)3
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
433
THIRD YEAR
MATH 260 Linear Algebra (3-0)3 ELE 310 Community Service (1-2)2
ELE 341 Methods of Teaching ELE 329 Instructional Technology
Mathematics I (2-2)3 and Material Development (2-2)3
TURK 305 Oral Communication (2-0)2 ELE 342 Methods of Teaching
Elective I (3-0)3 Mathematics II (2-2)3
Elective II (3-0)3 EDS 304 Classroom Management (3-0)3
TURK 306 Written Communication (2-0)2
Elective III (3-0)3
FOURTH YEAR
ELE 301 Research Methods (3-0)3 ELE 420 Practice Teaching in Elementary
ELE 419 School Experience (1-4)3 Education (2-6)5
ELE 465 Nature of Mathematical EDS 416 Turkish Educational System
Knowledge for Teaching (3-0)3 and School Management (3-0)3
EDS 424 Guidance (3-0)3
Elective IV (3-0)3 Elective VI (3-0)3
Elective V (3-0)3
ELE 221 Instructional Principles and ELE 225 Measurement and Assessment
Methods (3-0)3 (3-0)3
Basic concepts and principles of teaching and Focuses on construction and use of classroom tests
learning. The importance and benefits of to assess student learning in relation to instructional
instructional planning. Planning instruction (yearly objectives, test interpretation, basic psychometric
plan based on units, daily plan and examples of statistics and reporting.
activities). Teaching and learning strategies.
Instructional methods and techniques and their ELE 240 Probability and Statistics (2-2)3
relation to practice. Instructional tools and Data collection, sampling, sampling distribution and
materials. Teachers duties and responsibilities in estimation, permutation and combination,
improving the quality of instruction. Teachers probability, continuous random variables and
qualifications. distribution, estimated value, data analysis,
hypothesis testing, Chi-square test, regression and
ELE 224 Instructional Planning and correlation.
Evaluation (3-2)4
Basic concepts in curriculum development and its ELE 301 Research Methods (3-0)3
processes; development of lesson plan, unit plan, Provides a fundamental understanding about the
annual and daily plan; selection of content and principals of carrying out research in social
organization. Teaching methods and strategies; sciences, methods of science, and basic concepts
properties of materials and their selection; used in research and scientific endeavor (fact,
measurement and evaluation; approaches in knowledge, absolute, theory, praxis, axiom,
evaluation; types of tests; developing achievement paradigm, etc.). During the course, different
tests. research methods (experimental, associational,
descriptive, action research), different data
collection instruments (tests, questionnaires,
interviews, observations), different data analyses
strategies (qualitative, quantitative), and different
434
sampling strategies (purposive, random, systematic, learning process in teaching science and
etc.), conducting a literature review are examined. mathematics at elementary schools.
Discussion of the writing a research report. Prerequisite: ELE 224
436
ELE 448 Textbook Analysis in problem-solving abilities, critical thinking and
Mathematics Education (2-2)3 socio-affective skills.
Examination of mathematics textbooks and
educational programs, approved by Ministry of ELE 474 Education and Awareness for
Education, in terms of student's level, content, Sustainability (3-0)3
language, format, and contribution to learning. To develop environmental insights in young people
Prerequisite: ELE 224 and to contribute to the development of an
environmentally oriented behavior with purposeful
ELE 455 Disaster Risk Management awareness building and practical conversion. To
Education (3-0) offer an insight especially for people-society-
The philosophy of disaster risk management (DRM) technology-nature-sustainability relationship. To
in global and Turkish applications; the training for introduce the concept of environmental education
DRM /disaster risk reduction (DRR) activities, the with emphasis on the European Unions policy.
social and economic aspects of DRM; the national
and international DRM strategies ELE 475 Climate Change Education for
Sustainability (3-0)3
ELE 463 Special Topics in Science
Education (4-0)4 The course is comprised of innovative educational
A course covering the interaction of organisms with approaches to help students understand, address,
their biotic and physical environment from an mitigate, and adapt to the impacts of climate
evolutionary perspective. Topics follow the change, encourage the changes in attitudes and build
organisation of life through the levels of population, a new generation of climate change-aware citizens.
community and ecosystem, emphasizing diversity at The course provides an introduction to climate
each level. Terrestrial and aquatic systems are change science and shows how the international and
equally represented throughout the course, and the national communities are responding. Starting with
relationship of ecological theory and practice with a scientific perspective, the course content explains
environmental problems are highlighted. the causes and possible impacts of climate change;
it also explores ways of coping and dealing with the
ELE 465 Nature of Mathematical problem by means of presenting real cases of both
Knowledge for Teaching (3-0)3 national and international context. The course also
Focus on the questions regarding the nature of provides an insight for the individual
mathematical knowledge needed in mathematics responsibilities to cope with the problem.
teaching. Exploring mathematical content
knowledge and its relationship to pedagogical
content knowledge and pedagogical knowledge. ELE 477 Laboratory Applications in
Investigation of the nature of knowledge types Environmental Education
through theoretical foundations and practical (3-0)3
implications. Provides opportunities for students to be equipped
with necessary skills and knowledge to access and
ELE 467 Creative Drama in Elementary evaluate science and environmental information
Mathematics and Science Education upon which sound judgments can be made in
(3-0)3 conserving the environment through sustainable
A course targets to teach definition of creative development and integrating basic principles into
drama; international and local historical the real life cases.
developments of creative drama; basic concepts and
techniques in creative drama; creative drama
applications in elementary mathematics and science ELE 482 Projects in Elementary Science
education; creative drama as discipline and art; and Mathematics Education
using creative drama as teaching methodology in (2-2)3
elementary mathematics and science education; A project-based course designed to help presevice
using creative drama in alternative spaces. teachers to work on a theoretical or practical needs
related to elementary science and mathematics
ELE 473 Environmental Education (1-4)3 education and their applications in classroom
Develop conceptions in environmental education by settings. To the extent practical, students are
using a range of strategies designed to integrate an expected to develop projects related to their own
individuals environmental knowledge, primary area of study and give a seminar.
attitudes/values, and behavior. Includes
opportunities to build skills that enhance learners
437
ELE 486 Methods of Teaching Current addressing the specific examples of its application
Issues on Sustainable Development (3-0)3 in education sector by teaching how to prepare,
manage and finalize educational projects. Besides, it
Interactions among environment-society- will create an opportunity for students to prepare an
economics-technology in the context of sustainable educational institutions development plan which is
development. Reflections of the ESD Decade on very important for educational institutions in order
Science and Technology Curriculum in Turkey. to make a sustainable development and increase
Instructional methods and techniques pertaining to their competitiveness. In addition, the proposed
teaching and learning issues on sustainable course provides information on EU and its
development to be used in elementary science educational activities and funds in terms of project
education. Key skills required for creating management so that the students are able to learn
sustainable schools. how to reach educational opportunities both to
develop their personal skills and to provide
ELE 490 Project Management for improvement at the educational environment they
Teachers (3-0)3 are in.
The proposed course embraces the general
principles of the project management while
438
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
The graduates of this program earn an M.S. degree in Early Childhood Education.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
ECE 500 Seminar in Early Childhood ESME 506 Quantitative Data Analysis in
Education (0-2) NC Education (3-0)3
ECE 501 Historical and Theoretical ESME 509 Educational Inquiry (3-0)3
Bases of Early Childhood ECE 599 Masters Thesis NC
Education (3-0)3 ECE 8XX Special Studies (4-2) NC
ECE 503 Advanced Child Theory (3-0)3
4 Elective Courses*
Total minimum credit: 21
No of Courses with credit: 7
These electives are approved by the Department.
GRADUATE COURSES
ECE 599 MS Thesis NC
ECE 500 Seminar in Early Childhood Education (0-2) NC
ECE 502 Organization and Administration of Early Childhood Programs (3-0)3
ECE 505 Independent Study in Early Childhood Education (3-0)3
ECE 519 Parent-Teacher-Child Relationships (3-0)3
ECE 523 Techniques of Classroom Management and Child Study (3-0)3
ECE 542 Early Childhood Cognitive Development (3-0)3
ECE 544 Early Childhood Social and Moral Development (3-0)3
ECE 552 Early Childhood Language Arts (3-0)3
ECE 553 Infants and Toddlers (3-0)3
ECE 554 Observing Young Children (3-0)3
ECE 501 Historical and Theoretical Bases ECE 503 Advanced Child Theory (3-0)3
of Early Childhood Education In depth study of theories and theoreticians of
(3-0)3 maturationist, behaviorist, psychoanalytical,
Different philosophical and psychological theories cognitive and ecological and other modern theories
that form the foundation of early childhood
education programs and practices. Historical events ECE 505 Independent Study in Early
that influenced the direction and nature of the care Childhood Education (3-0)3
and education of young children. Project-based course designed to provide the student
with the opportunity to explore and study an area of
439
early childhood education under the guidance of the early childhood children manifest in relation to
instructor. The student is expected to produce a other people. Topics include attachment, prosocial
scholarly paper or a project related to the topic and antisocial behavior, gender development, and
chosen and to make an oral presentation upon the the consequences of social experience.
completion of the paper or the project.
ECE 552 Early Childhood Language Art
ECE 519 Parent-Teacher-Child (3-0)3
Relationships (3-0)3 Learning to teach letter names, letter sounds, word
To assist those in the field of early childhood patterns and recognizing sight words. Different
education in the understanding and effective genres of literature and developing pre-reading
handling of questions arising from parent-child skills of predicting sequencing and getting the
relationships and teacher-parent-child relationships. meaning from printed language. Create
Through the use of readings, case histories, and data developmentally appropriate illustration, labels and
drawn from individual experiences, an stories, choral speaking, recitation and retelling
understanding is sought of the dynamics of the most methods used to develop speaking skills to enable
frequently encountered problems of children in students to effectively communicate with others. To
classrooms. Development of methods of forming discover listening to various types of literature and
constructive relationships with children, parents, communication. Comprehensive exploration of
and ancillary school or social agency personnel. young children's communicative processes:
listening, speaking, reading and writing. An
ECE 523 Techniques of Classroom integrated "whole language" approach, to design
Management and Child Study language arts activities that enable them to provide a
(3-0)3 language-rich environment while facilitating
Identifying and analyzing theories, programs, and language growth in young children.
essential components in classroom management.
Exploring techniques for classroom teachers to use ECE 553 Infants and Toddlers (3-0)3
in developing a child study with emphasis on Approaches, techniques, and materials to use in
educational implications. caring for infants and toddlers in a program setting.
Methods for developing age-appropriate curricula
ECE 542 Early Childhood Cognitive and setting up environments. The components of
Development (3-0)3 quality care and education for children ages 0-3.
Cognitive functioning from infancy through the Physical, motor, language, cognitive, social and
preschool years. Study mental development by emotional characteristics of infants and toddlers,
exploring changes in thinking and problem solving enhancing and supporting their development
in children, as well as typical and atypical through activities, instructional materials and
neurological changes which provide (or undermine) environmental arrangements.
the foundation for cognitive development. Focus on
topics such as concept formation, the paradoxical ECE 554 Observing Young Children (3-0)3
nature of preschoolers' thinking styles, and the The means of observing and recording the behavior
acquisition of the fantasy/reality distinction. Major of young children. To use observation methods to
cognitive theories considered in the light of current describe children's behavior by relating to
research findings of the cognitive abilities of developmental theories. Methods, including
children. anecdotal records, running records, time samples,
and frequency charts to gather information for the
ECE 544 Early Childhood Social and development of a student's children's development
Moral Development (3-0)3 portfolio.
Advanced study of Piaget and Kohlbergs moral
development focusing on early childhood children. ECE 599 Masters Thesis NC
A developmental perspective is applied to the study
of behavioral patterns, feelings, and attitudes that ECE 8XX Special Studies (4-2) NC
440
M.S. IN ELEMENTARY SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS EDUCATION
The graduates of this program earn an M.S. degree in Elementary Science and Mathematics Education
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
5 Elective Courses*
Total minimum credit: 21
No of Courses with credit: 7
* These electives are approved by the Department.
GRADUATE COURSES
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
6 Elective Courses*
* These electives are approved by the Department.
442
Total minimum credit: 21
No of courses with credit: 7
GRADUATE COURSES
ELE 565 New Trends in Education: ELE 622 Advanced Study in the Teaching of
Education for Sustainability (3-0)3 Mathematics (3-0)3
ELE 603 Advanced Educational Research ELE 623 Technology in Mathematics
(3-0)3 Education (3-0)3
ELE 605 Qualitative Research in Elementary ELE 632 Advanced Study in Teaching of
Education (3-0)3 Elementary School Science (3-0)3
ELE 606 Classroom Management and ELE 636 Science Teacher Education (3-0)3
Effective Discipline in Early ELE 641 Philosophical Issues in Science
Childhood and Elementary Education (3-0)3
Education (3-0)3 ELE 642 Epistemic Issues in Science
ELE 610 Current Issues in Elementary Education (3-0)3
Education (3-0)3 ELE 643 Science, Technology, Environment
and Society in Education (3-0)3
ELE 611 Self-Regulation in Elementary ELE 651 Foundations and Contemporary
School Settings (3-0)3 Issues in Early Childhood
Education (3-0)3
ELE 612 Motivation in Elementary School ELE 652 International Early Childhood
Settings (3-0)3 Education: Comparing
ELE 613 Disciplinary Knowledge and Commonalities and Differences
Elementary School Subjects (3-0)3 (3-0)3
ELE 615 Mathematics Related Beliefs (3-0)3 ELE 666 Advanced Curriculum Study in
in Education Early Childhood Education (3-0)3
ELE 616 Pedagogy of Elementary ELE 669 Program Development for Early
Mathematics (3-0)3 Childhood Education (3-0)3
ELE 617 Elementary Mathematics Teaching ELE 680 Science Education in Sociological
as a Learning Profession (3-0)3 Context (3-0)3
ELE 618 Knowledge Base for Teaching
Elementary Mathematics (3-0)3
ELE 565 New Trends in education: depth coverage of selected topics in the design of
Education for Sustainability (3-0)3 research and the collection and analysis of data
444
ELE 623 Technology in Mathematics Analyze the relationships/interactions between
Education (3-0)3 science, technology, environment, and society.
Examines modern technologies and their impact on Emphasize various implications/effects of scientific
the mathematics curriculum. Focus is on changes advancement within the environment and society.
that can occur in what is taught and learned (and Evaluate the relationships and ethical implications
also what can be assessed) when technologies are of science, upon technology, environment, and
used. Students design curricular segments that use society.
technologies and test them with children in
classrooms. Includes project-like modules ELE 651 Foundations and Contemporary
integrating several domains. Issues in Early Childhood
Education (3-0)3
ELE 632 Advanced Study in Teaching of Foundations of educational programs and current
Elementary School Science (3-0)3 research and practices related to the education of
Combines theory of learning, curriculum young children with an emphasis on sociological,
development, and research in the teaching of cultural, historical, and philosophical factors.
elementary school science with instructional Examination of early childhood program
strategies. Include a study on establishing improvements and revisions such as parent
foundations on which to build instructional involvement, anti-bias curricula, the impact of
strategies. Opportunities will be provided for technology and media, leadership, professionalism
individual and group study of content, methodology, and child advocacy.
and instructional materials for modern science ELE 652 International Early Childhood
programs. Education: Comparing
Commonalities and Differences
ELE 636 Science Teacher Education (3-0)3 (3-0)3
Investigates sources of teacher knowledge and Study and comparison of the education of young
explores strategies for improving science teacher children in selected countries from a comparative
performance. Common and innovative approaches perspective. Emphasis is on the historical progress
are studied and analyzed in terms of theory and and the curriculum models applied in these
research on teaching. countries.
ELE 641 Philosophical Issues in Science ELE 666 Advanced Curriculum Study in
Education (3-0)3 Early Childhood Education (3-0)3
This course aims to build an understanding of In-depth study of educators and philosophers, who
philosophical and sociological issues relevant to have influenced early childhood curricula. Emphasis
school science curriculum. Different perspectives on on the beliefs of Piaget, Dewey, Vygotsky,
the nature of scientific knowledge will be presented Montessori, Bruner, Gardner and how they
through the writings of famous philosophers of influence each students educational belief system.
science. ELE 669 Program Development for Early
Childhood Education (3-0)3
ELE 642 Epistemic Issues in Science Current trends in planning, implementing, and
Education (3-0)3 assessing early childhood programs for children 0-6
This course focuses on ways of knowing in science years old. Emphasis is on developmentally
education, the differences and similarities between appropriate practices, child-centered and play-based
the characteristic of school science and professional curriculum and inclusion.
science, the nature of the school science practice
and its knowledge. Different epistemic dispositions ELE 680 Science Education in Sociological
and theories related to knowing and learning will be Context (3-0)
discussed, such as constructivism and its variants, Science and its endeavors from a sociological
and conceptual change. perspective in order to make inferences on school
science practice and science teaching. Review the
ELE 643 Science, Technology, historical, philosophical, and sociological views on
Environment science and their implications on science teaching.
and Society in Education (3-0)3
445
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGE EDUCATION
PROFESSORS
DALOLU, Ayegl (Assistant to the President): B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Bilkent University;
Ph.D., METU.
SEFEROLU, Glge (Dean of the Faculty of Education): B.A., Boazii University; M.A., Ed.M.,
Ed.D. Columbia University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
BRLK, Nurten (Chairperspon): B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Hacettepe University.
CEDDEN-EDBOLU, Glay: M.A., Ph.D., Ankara University.
ERZ-TUA, Betil: B.A., METU; M.A., Ph.D. University of Arizona.
GRAANIN-YKSEK, Martina: B.A., University of Zagreb; M.A., Syracuse University;
Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
HATPOLU, iler: B.A., M.A., Boazici University; Ph.D., UWE, Bristol, UK.
KIRKICI, Bilal: B.A., M.A. METU; M.A. University of Essex; Ph.D. METU
SAIN- MEK, idem: B.A., M.A., METU; Ph.D., Hamburg University.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
ALPAKIN MARTINEZ-CARO, Drrin (Coordinator of the ERASMUS programme): B.A., M.A., Ankara
University; Ph.D., Hacettepe University.
GRBZ, Nurdan: B.A., Gazi University; M.A., METU; Ph.D. Nottingham University.
IIK- GLER, Hale: B.A. Hacettepe University; M.A., PhD. METU.
KARAMAN, A. Cendel: B.A., M.A. Hacettepe University; Ph.D. University of Wisconsin-Madison.
KORKUT-NAYKI, Nil: B.A., M.A. Ph.D., METU.
ZTABAK- AVCI, Elif: B.A., M.A., METU; Ph.D. University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
SAVA, Perihan: B.A., M.A., METU; Ph.D., University of Florida
SNMEZ, Margaret: B.A., M.A., Oxford University; Ph.D., Durham University.
YILDIZ-BAE, Hlya: B.A., M.A. METU; M.A., Ph.D. University of Texas at Austin.
INSTRUCTORS
OPUR-ALLI, Deniz (Coordinator of the SUNY Dual Programme): B.A., M.A., PHD, METU.
GNDZ, Mge (Vice Chair): B.A., M.A., Hacettepe University; Ed.D., University of Leicester.
GNSEL KAAR, Il (Vice Chair): B.A., M.A., Ph.D. METU.
MARTIN, Anja: B.A., M.A. Humbolt University;
ONARAN, Sevil (Coordinator of the German Minor Programme): B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Ankara University.
TEZGDEN, Yasemin: B.A. Boazii University; M.A. Bilkent University
YALIN, enm Tuba: B.A., Hacettepe University; PhD., Indiana University, Bloomington.
EMERITUS FACULTY
BEAR, Joshua M.: B.A., University of California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Hacettepe University.
COKUNOLU BEAR, Ayten: B.A. Ankara University; M.A., Bryn Mawr College;
Ph.D., stanbul University.
LEL, Meral: B.A., M.A., Ankara University; Associateship, University of London;
Ph.D., Ankara University.
ENGNARLAR, Hsn: B.A., Ankara University; MA., METU; Ph.D., Hacettepe University.
Z, Nursel: B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Ankara University.
KA, Ali: B.A., Ankara University; B.A., Sciences Politiques (IEP) ; M.A., Ph.D., Universit de Provence,
Marseille-France.
KNG, Wolf: M.A., Ph.D. Phil. Universitaet Gttingen, Habil Universitaet Osnabrck.
NORMAN, nal: B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Ankara University
RUH, kriye: B.A., Universit Catholique de Louvain; M.A., METU.; Ph.D., Hacettepe University.
446
GENERAL INFORMATION: The Department of Foreign Language Education offers a B.A.
program in English Language Teaching. Taking into consideration the latest developments in the field,
students are provided with a solid foundation in the English language, English literature, methodology,
educational sciences and linguistics in order to make them fully qualified teachers of English in secondary
schools. The Department also offers a wide selection of elective courses in literature and linguistics to students
in other Faculties.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Second Semester
FLE 133 Contextual Grammar I (3-0)3
FLE 135 Advanced Reading and Writing I FLE 134 Contextual Grammar II (3-0)3
(3-0)3 FLE 136 Advanced Reading & Writing II
FLE 137 Listening and Pronunciation (3-0)3 (3-0)3
FLE 129 Introduction to Literature (3-0)3 FLE 138 Oral Communication Skills (3-0)3
EDS 200 Introduction to Education (3-0)3 FLE 140 English Literature I (3-0)3
TURK 103 Written Communication (2-0)2 FLE 146 Linguistics I (3-0)3
FLE 177 Second Foreign Language I FLE 178 Second Foreign Language II
(3-0)3 (3-0)3
IS 100 Introduction to Information TURK 104 Oral Communication (2-0)2
Technologies and Applications NC
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
447
FOURTH YEAR
Seventh Semester
Eighth Semester
FLE 405 Materials Adaptation and
Development (3-0)3 FLE 404 Practice Teaching (2-6)5
FLE 413 English Language Testing & FLE 426 English Lexicon (3-0)3
Evaluation (3-0)3 EDS 424 Guidance (3-0)3
FLE 425 School Experience (1-4)3 Departmental Elective IV (3-0)3
FLE 423 Translation (3-0)3
Departmental Elective III (3-0)3
MINOR PROGRAMS
The aim of the minor program is to give students of METU the possibility to study a second foreign
language. Basic knowledge of French or German is a precondition in entering the minor program. One
objective of the minor program is to reinforce and develop knowledge of French or German. The academic
objectives of the program are to give the students, according to their inclinations and interests, knowledge
about French or German linguistics, French or German culture and literature, French or German for special
purposes, translation, and methods of French or German language teaching.
FLE 371 Comparative Grammar: FLE 471 Survey of German Literature (3-0)3
German- Turkish I (3-0)3 FLE 472 Introduction to German
FLE 372 Comparative Grammar: Linguistics (3-0)3
German- Turkish II (3-0)3 FLE 473 Translation into German (3-0)3
FLE 373 Translation from German (3-0)3 FLE 474 Advanced Literary Texts
FLE 374 Readings in German in German (3-0)3
Contributions to Humanities FLE 475 Methods of German
(3-0)3 Language (3-0)3
FLE 375 History of German Culture (3-0)3 FLE 476 Lexical Structure and Word
FLE 376 Development of Communicative Formation in German (3-0)3
Competence in German (3-0)3 FLE 478 German in Business and
FLE 377 Practice Teaching in German (3-0)3 Administration (3-0)3
FLE 479 Logic and Methodology of
FLE 378 German Scientific Texts (3-0)3 Sciences (3-0)3
FLE 133 Contextual Grammar I (3-0)3 FLE 135 Advanced Reading and Writing I
This course aims to promote understanding the (3-0)3
relation between language structures and lexical This course presents a wide range of authentic
items as well as raising awareness about the reading materials including newspapers, journals,
attribution of meaning by means of these structures. reviews and academic texts in order to comprehend
Within the framework of a context, advanced contrasting viewpoints and to predict and identify
language structures are analyzed so as to establish main ideas and to decode intersentential clues. It
relations between form and text type. Synthesizing also aims to equip students with intensive and
these structures, students produce advanced level extensive reading habits. Critical thinking skills
texts employing these structures. The course also such as synthesizing information or analyzing a
emphasizes interactive activities such as group and problem as well as reacting on the basis of
pair work. evaluation are fostered. Such sub-skills of reading
are employed by the students in their writings.
448
Students also analyze and produce different types of or drama. Texts are selected from different periods
writings (e.g. expository paragraph, descriptive (from classical time to the modernists) and cover
paragraph, narrative paragraph, etc.); build up three main genres of literature. The course proceeds
writing skills emphasizing the organization, through class discussions in which the students will
coherence, and cohesion and such sub-skills as demonstrate an understanding of the fundamentals
summarizing, outlining, and paraphrasing at of literary processes and focused writing
paragraph level. The use of spelling and punctuation assignments in which they employ their analytical
conventions as well as non-alphabetic symbol use and interpretative skills.
will be practiced as well.
FLE 177 Second Foreign Language I
FLE 137 Listening and Pronunciation (3-0)3
(3-0)3 Depending on the facilities of the department,
This course aims to develop students listening and student teachers may chose to learn one of the
pronunciation skills while gaining confidence in following languages to fulfill the second foreign
communicating in English. To develop students language requirement: German, French, Italian.This
receptive listening skills, it employs authentic course is an introduction to the basics of a second
listening materials (i.e. academic and natural-setting foreign language. It aims at providing student
samples) produced by diverse communities of teachers with the skills required for basic
practice to be analyzed as communication-oriented communication. The aim for student teachers is to
classroom activities. Starting from basic listening understand simple every day dialogues and basic
and phonetic skills such as discriminating minimal reading texts, express themselves and ask questions
pairs and formulating phonetic transcriptions of in the basic spoken language. To fulfill these aims,
problematic sounds focused in class, the course will dialogues and reading texts are utilized. Student
focus on higher level listening skills and strategies teachers are exposed to the basic structures and
such as note-taking, predicting, extracting specific vocabulary items of the target language in
and detailed information, guessing meaning from communicative contexts, but grammar is not the
context, and getting the gist through content-based primary focus. Listening is an important component
activities. Students will be provided with the of the course and is integrated especially with
fundamentals of listening and phonetics namely speaking. Besides, some insights into the target
vowels, consonants, stress in words, rhythm and culture and life style will be given.
intonation as well as the usage of phonetic alphabet *This course is prerequisite for Second Foreign
for learning and production purposes. Throughout Language II and III.
the course, students will also be exposed to aural
authentic listening materials such as interviews, FLE 134 Contextual Grammar II
movies, songs, lectures, TV shows and news (3-0)3
broadcasts. This course also aims to equip student This course is a continuation of Contextual
teachers with a strong sensitivity towards different Grammar I. This course leads students to have a
accents of English language being spoken around critical perspective into the advanced level
the world. Collaborative learning through group and structures (e.g. word classes, elements of the
pair work will be encouraged. sentence, types of sentence, sentence fragments etc.)
of different types of texts on a contextual level.
FLE 129 Introduction to Literature Building upon analysis and synthesis, students
(3-0)3 evaluate the most problematic forms of English
The course introduces students to the study of grammar with guidance in their function and usage
literature as a rigorous intellectual discipline using methods such as error analysis or discourse
introducing ways in which one might approach analysis. Besides presenting a descriptive review of
literature, through the practice of close reading and the forms and function of advanced English
analysis. It seeks to develop basic strategies for grammar structure, this course encourages students
critically reading and interpreting poetry, fiction, to develop a critical stance toward the use of these
and drama, and to introduce the basics of literary structures in various contexts. The course also
analysis and critical methods associated with emphasizes interactive activities such as group and
various literary concerns. The course also seeks to pair work.
improve the students' ability to understand,
appreciate, and apply knowledge of plot, character, FLE 136 Advanced Reading & Writing II
point of view, imagery, theme, setting, irony, tone, (3-0)3
symbol, metaphor, metonymy, conceit, paradox, This course is a continuation of Advanced Reading
hyperbole, language and dramatic elements like and Writing I. This course promotes higher level
hamartia and catharsis when reading fiction, poetry, thinking skills. By processing a variety of different
449
authentic reading texts, students will develop acquired in the listening and pronunciation course,
superior-level sub-skills of reading namely, making students will be expected to deliver informative
inferences and deductions, and reading between the presentations individually and collaborate with a
lines. Students will relate inferences from the text to group to deliver a persuasive group presentation.
real life, and gain insights into the cultural Students will be acquainted with the use of
similarities and differences. By means of the audiovisual aids (OHP, power point, posters) and
awareness gained from the texts, students will techniques which will help them become effective
analyze, synthesize and evaluate information and speakers.
therefore, in their compositions, react to readings.
Students will also analyze and produce different FLE 140 English Literature I (3-0)3
types of essays (e.g. comparison and contrast, This course offers a broad overview of major
classification, process analysis, cause-and-effect English works from the Anglo-Saxon period (ca.
analysis, and argumentative) that are unified, 600-1100) through the 17th century, and introduces
coherent and organized. In addition to the the students to the intensive examination of literary
integration of reading with writing, research-based texts in various genres with references to the
instruction will be adopted, so that students will cultural, philosophical, scientific, and ethical
develop basic research skills including context they were written in. It involves discussion
library/internet search, and basic research report of some of the most influential critical schools of
writing skills such as citing, paraphrasing and thought which shaped the general features of the
referencing. texts. By the end of the course the students are
expected to perform a reasonable close reading by
FLE 138 Oral Communication Skills analyzing the literary and figurative elements in
(3-0)3 poetry, fiction and drama in the relevant literary
This course offers a variety of different periods. The course also provides a kind of
communication-oriented speaking opportunities background for their professional and intellectual
such as discussions, individual and group development; and imparts skills of interpretation,
presentations and other interactive tasks providing analysis, research and writing that are useful in a
opportunity for students to improve their oral broad range of professional activities. The course
competence by developing effective language use gives them the opportunity to practice and improve
both in formal and informal contexts. It offers different reading skills strategies and to increase
extended communicative tasks such as debates, their existing vocabulary base. The course proceeds
role-plays, individual and group presentations, through class discussions in which the students will
impromptu speeches and other interactive tasks demonstrate an understanding of the fundamentals
providing opportunity for students to improve their of literary processes and focused writing
oral competence by developing effective language assignments in which they put their analytical and
use both in formal and informal contexts. As in- interpretative skills at work and apply the principles
class activities, for the promotion of interest and of different writing styles.
motivation in communication, the course also
includes discussion topics, interesting facts, FLE 146 Linguistics I (3-0)3
stimulating quotes as well as literary texts which are An introduction to the basic concepts in linguistics.
structurally and intellectually complex and thought- Components of language as a system: phonology;
provoking. Integrating different reading and morphology; semantics and syntax. Linguistic
listening texts into communication-oriented tasks, competence and performance; the arbitrariness of
this course aims to develop students productive the linguistic sign; linguistic creativity; language
skills beyond their receptive skills. By exploring universals. The anatomy of the brain and language;
components of communicative competence, this brain lateralization and handedness; and language
course aims to equip students with the necessary processing. Semantics: componential analysis;
skills to become successful communicators as well semantic relations; collocational meaning; thematic
as language teachers. Students will develop a good relations. Pragmatics and discourse analysis:
command in supra-segmental features (pitch, stress speech act theory; the Cooperative Principle;
and intonation) as well as strategic competence in politeness and speech acts; formal aspects of
repairing communication breakdowns in discourse; cohesion; discourse and the context of
communication on the basis of continuous feedback situation.
received throughout the course. Common
pronunciation mistakes are listed by the instructor FLE 178 Second Foreign Language II
and discussed regularly so as to raise the awareness (3-0)3
of students as future language teachers. By also This course is a continuation of Second Foreign
utilizing theoretical and practical knowledge Language I. It aims at providing communicative
450
tasks for student teachers to communicate in the morphemes and allomorphs; bound and free
target language. Student teachers will be exposed to morphemes; word structure; affixes; morphological
commonly occurring grammatical patterns and typology of languages; types of words and word
vocabulary items in written texts such as formation processes. Syntax: syntactic constituents
newspapers, magazines and short stories. Simple and constituent analysis; transformational-
writing tasks will also be integrated into the course. generative grammar; phrase structure; clause
Both listening and speaking are important structure analysis.
components of this course and more vocabulary
items will be presented through longer dialogues FLE 238 Approaches to ELT (3-0)3
and reading texts. More insights into the target This course presents basic issues and processes in
culture and life style will be given through the use ELT course design. It focuses on identifying the
of authentic materials. difference among approach, method and technique
*This course is prerequisite for Second Foreign and the significance of these concepts in course
Language III design. A critical overview of methods and
approaches taking a historical perspective is
FLE 241 English Literature II (3-0)3 presented: Grammar Translation Method, Direct
This course offers a broad overview of major Method, Audio-lingual Method, Silent Way,
English works from the end of 17th century up to Community Language Learning, Suggestopedia,
the present time. As in the Survey of English Communicative Approach, the Natural Approach.
Literature I, the cultural, philosophical, scientific, Student teachers will discover and synthesize
and ethical background of the texts is explored in classroom application possibilities of such methods
detail with references to some of the most through designing micro-teaching of activities
influential critical schools of thought. The course associated with them. A porton of the course also
seeks to give the students an appreciation of literary focuses on current issues and practices in ELT
texts in various genres written in the last three course design, selecting the appropriate approach
hundred years. As this is the continuation of Survey suitable to learner needs based on current
of English Literature I, the students can see how distinctions such as ESL, EFL, EIL, ESP, EAP. It
works written in different times can inform each outlines current foreign language teaching trends
other and the literary works written at present; and such as constructivist approach, content-based
they can relate their readings of past literature to instruction, task-based instruction, problem-based
20th century context. As a result of successful teaching, multiple intelligences, whole language
completion of this course, the students will be able approach and corpus-based applications of language
to: teaching and designing micro-teaching of activities
* Acquire an awareness of the methods of literary associated with them. This course aims to raise
analysis and critical methods associated with awareness of issues of culture and classroom
various literary concerns by analyzing the literary second/foreign language learning, of technology use
and figurative elements in poetry, fiction and drama in language classrooms, and of the need for
in the relevant literary periods. developing communicative and intercultural
*Recognize the names and works of creative competencies for the language learner and teacher
individuals from each time period; of the globalized world and designing micro-
*Explain the important literary features of each teaching of activities associated with them.
period;
*Recognize concepts from each period and relate FLE 277 Second Foreign Languages III
these to individuals and their works; (3-0)3
*Analyze specific genres and interpret selected This course is a continuation of Second Foreign
works. Language II. It aims at further developing student
The course proceeds through class discussions and teachers reading and oral skills. Authentic texts of
focused writing assignments. different genres will be studied in order to focus on
more complex grammatical structures and advanced
FLE 261 Linguistics II (3-0)3 level vocabulary items. Student teachers are
A continuation of Linguistics I. Phonetics: branches expected to make short oral presentations, produce
of phonetics; the difference between orthography role-plays, watch short extracts of movies in the
and speech; articulatory phonetics; consonants and target language and participate in simple discussions
vowels; diphthongs and triphthongs in English. on a related topic in class and write letters and e-
Phonology: phonemes; allophones; distinctive mails of greeting, complaint, response etc., diary
features; minimal pairs; phonetic and phonological entries and short paragraphs and essays. Further
transcription; phonological processes; insights into the target culture and life style will be
suprasegmental phonology. Morphology:
451
given through authentic classroom materials and FLE 270 Contrastive Turkish-English
research tasks. (3-0)3
An introduction to the contrastive analysis of
FLE 221 Drama Analysis (3-0)3 Turkish and English. Comparing English and
This course studies the characteristics of drama as a Turkish with respect to their phonetic,
type of literature, types of drama and major trends morphological, syntactic and semantics systems.
in modern drama through close reading and analysis Phonetics: Consonants and vowels; word stress.
of plays from the Renaissance through the modern Syntax: the structure of the simple clause; phrase
period by such playwrights as Marlowe, structure; embedding. Semantics: tense, aspect and
Shakespeare, Chekhov, Beckett and Ayckbourn. In modality in Turkish and English; the perfective and
this course, students will study and identify the non-perfective aspect; epistemic and deontic
elements of drama that distinguish it from other modality.
genres, read and identify individual playwrights
representative of diverse theatrical expressions, FLE 200 Instructional Principles &
examine social, religious, and philosophical forces Methods (3-0)3
that developed each trend, compare the contents and This course presents the basic instructional
structures of the selected plays and discuss them in principles and methods in education. It focuses on
relation to each other. the principles of learning and teaching, the
significance and necessity of being planned and
FLE 280 Oral Expression & Public organized in learning. To this end, this course will
Speaking (3-0)3 cover the basic principles of course design (e.g.
This course is an introduction to public speaking yearly plans, lesson plans, and etc.) as well as basic
and focuses on development of practical skills for methods and techniques in learning and teaching. In
effective communication. It emphasizes this course students will discover the ways to apply
fundamental stages of speech preparation and their relevant theoretical knowledge while learning
delivery including adopting and developing audio how to utilize their teaching materials effectively.
and visual aids. Throughout the course, students Students will also become conscious of teacher
will deliver extended presentations as an outcome of responsibilities and develop strategies to enhance
extensive reading and research. Samples of quality in education.
successful presentations will be analyzed in terms of
the appropriateness of content, form, and FLE 304 ELT Methodology II (3-0)3
audiovisual aids. The course also aims to foster This course is a continuation of ELT Methodology
students oral and written language skills in job- I. Taking a learner-centered teaching model as a
related situations such as interviewing, socializing, guide, it emphasizes application of classroom-based
telephoning, presenting information, holding research, teacher directed research and action
meetings as well as CV and application writing. research for the purposes of diagnosing learners
language related needs and developing remedial
teaching activities. Student teachers will design
FLE 262 ELT Methodology I (3-0)3 lesson plans based on current trends with a focus on
This course is focuses on designing and conducting principles of learner monitoring and role of learner
needs analysis on language learner needs (e.g.: assessment in lesson planning and micro-teach these
situational, objective, subjective and language lessons. In order to foster ongoing professional
needs), writing objectives that reflect these needs development, student teachers will be informed of
and designing course syllabus at the macro level and the national and international professional
writing lesson plans at the micro level. An overview organizations (e.g.: TESOL and INGED) and
of different lesson stages (i.e.: Presentation, Practice practical journals (e.g.: English Teaching Forum,
and Production) and approaches to lesson planning ELTJ, TESLJ, and TESL Reporter) as a resource to
and course design will be presented. Student their future teaching. Selected articles from such
teachers will become familiar with various syllabus journals on the previously mentioned issues on
types and criteria for the selection of appropriate language teaching pedagogy and methodology will
syllabus type according to the needs of the learners, be discussed.
age of the learners and aims of the course;
standards-based teaching, proficiency descriptors, FLE 307 Language Acquisition (3-0)3
English language proficiency standards and Theories, comparison, and illustration of native and
guidelines, Common European Framework and the foreign languages; stages of language development
European Language Portfolio ; and identity issues. and acquisition; learning grammar and other
components of language; models of foreign
language learning; learner characteristics; using
452
language and learning stages and processes in the FLE 352 Community Service (1-2)2
teaching of a foreign language. In cooperation with national non-governmental
organizations, throughout this course student
FLE 308 Teaching English to Young teachers participate in community service to meet
Learners (3-0)3 certain educational and social needs of local
The learning strategies of young children and the communities in order to develop their critical
acquisition of the mother tongue as well as the thinking abilities, their commitment and values, and
learning of a foreign language; the classroom the skills they need for effective citizenship. Driven
methods and techniques to be used when teaching by a philosophy of experiential learning, student
English to young learners; the development of teachers may take a service or a project option. For
games, songs and visual materials and their use in the former option, student teachers are to commit to
teaching. a minimum 15 hours of community service during
the term at the following approved non-profit
FLE 311 Advanced Writing and Research community based agencies:
Skills (3-0)3 TEGV: Trk Eitim Gnllleri Vakf
The teaching and application of scientific research (http://www.tegv.org/v2/default.asp)
methods and techniques; having students do small YDD: ada Yaam Destekleme Dernei
scale research in their own fields and evaluating (http://www.cydd.org.tr/ )
their work. TGV: Toplum Gnllleri Vakf
(http://www.tog.org.tr/ )
FLE 315 Novel Analysis (3-0)3 TEV: Trk Eitim Vakf (http://www.tev.org.tr/)
The years from the Great Exhibition (1851) to the AEV: Anne ocuk Eitim Vakf
Second Reform Bill (1867) were a period of (http://www.acev.org/)
enormous vitality in the English novel. Major works LKYAR: lkretim Okullarna Yardm Vakf
by Dickens, Thackeray, Charlotte Bronte, Trollope, (http://www.ilkyar.org.tr/)
George Eliot, Gaskell, and others capitalized on the ZEV: Zihinsel Yetersiz ocuklar Yetitirme ve
burgeoning of serial publication and circulating Koruma Vakf (http://www.zicev.org.tr/)
libraries; on unprecedented growth of consumer EKL: evre ve Kltr Deerlerini Koruma ve
capitalism at home and imperial dominance abroad; Tantma Vakf (http://www.cekulvakfi.org.tr/)
on worshipful audiences ranging from distinguished TEMA: Trkiye Erozyonla Mcadele Aalandrma
literary critics, to eminent leaders of society and ve Doal Varlklar Koruma Vakf
politics, to vast numbers of middle and lower class (http://www.tema.org.tr/ )
readers. The result was a novel of confident power KIZILAY (http://www.kizilay.org.tr/)
and narrative scope. By focusing on this period, we AKUT: Arama Kurtarma Dernei
are able to survey many of the major authors of (http://www.akut.org.tr/)
Victorian fiction while attending closely to a LSEV: Lsemili ocuklar Vakf
specific set of historical developments, class (http://www.losev.org.tr/)
relations, and gender issues. The aim of the course For the latter option, with the guidance of a mentor,
is to instruct the students about the characteristics of student teachers are expected to develop and
novel as a literary genre and to show the classroom implement small-scale educational problem-based
techniques for teaching the realist novel and to projects in cooperation with primary and secondary
introduce them to the Victorian novel by close study level educational institutions in their local
of major texts from this period. surroundings.
FLE 324 Teaching Language Skills (3-0)3 FLE 404 Practice Teaching (2-6)5
This course concentrates on building language Consolidating the skills necessary for teaching
awareness and teaching skills through a detailed English as a foreign language at primary and
study of techniques and stages of teaching listening, secondary schools through observation and teaching
speaking, pronunciation, reading, writing, grammar practice in pre-determined secondary schools under
and vocabulary to language learners at various ages staff supervision; critically analyzing the previously
and language proficiency levels. Student teachers acquired teaching related knowlegde and skills
will design individual and/or group micro-teaching through further reading, research and in class
activities focusing on the language skills above with activities in order to develop a professional view of
adherence to principles of lesson planning and the ELT field.
techniques of the specific skills for a variety
proficiency levels.
453
FLE 405 Materials Adaptation and Besides translation activities from diverse areas,
Development (3-0)3 within a contrastive analysis framework, students
Continuation of FLE 304, enabling students to also engage in error analysis tasks in which they
acquire skills necessary for evaluating language critically evaluate the appropriateness of the various
teaching materials in current textbooks, adapting or translations of the same text paying attention to the
developing materials for language teaching and idiosyncrasies regarding the unique nature of
language testing. Turkish and English and its comparison to their own
translation by employing different translation skills.
FLE 413 English Language Testing and Various aspects of translation will be evaluated
Evaluation (3-0)3 including style, word selection, the role and
Types of tests; test preparation techniques for the importance of translation in language learning and
purpose of measuring various English language teaching and cultural aspects of translation. The
skills; the practice of preparing various types of practical aspect of the course will go hand in hand
questions; evaluation and analysis techniques; with readings covering theoretical grounds pertinent
statistical calculations. to current issues in the field of translation. Exposure
to and translation of ELT-related materials will also
FLE 426 The English Lexicon (3-0)3 be strongly encouraged.
An in-depth analysis of the relation between lexical
semantics, clause structure and discourse in English, FLE 425 School Experience (1-4) 3
with a focus on aspects of English grammar that are This course aims to prepare student teachers for full
problematic for second language learners. Argument teaching practice. It gives them a structured
structure: types of verbs and passivisation. Lexical introduction to teaching, helps them acquire
aspect and discourse: types of lexical aspect; aspect teaching competencies and develop teaching skills.
in discourse; adverbial modification. The syntax and Student teachers have observation and application
the semantics of the noun phrase in English: tasks that they carry out in a primary or secondary
definiteness, quantifiers, subject-verb agreement; school under the supervision of a cooperating
definiteness; specificity; genericness. teacher. Some observation tasks include: practicing
questioning skills, explaining; effective use of
FLE 423 Translation (3-0)3 textbooks; topic sequencing and lesson planning;
This course includes the fundamental theories and classroom management; preparing and using
approaches in the science of translation. Students worksheets; effective use of textbooks; effective
translate a variety of different authentic English questioning skills; explaining.
texts into Turkish and Turkish texts into English.
ELECTIVES
FLE 120 History of Ideas I (3-0)3 FLE 130 The Short Story (3-0)3
This course and its sister course, History of Ideas II, The characteristics of the short story are identified
were designed to provide the students of this and analysed in this course, and its history and place
department with an understanding of the basic ideas in literature are discussed. Techniques of analyzing
essential to any understanding of English literature the short story are demonstrated and practiced. The
and culture in general. Since this literature and students read and study various short stories by
culture are mostly based in Graeco/Latin philosophy modern British and American writers such as Henry
and the Western church, this is where course 120 James, D H Lawrence, Doris Lessing, Katherine
begins, it ends with Galileleo Galilei and the Mansfield, Edgar Allen Poe, Saki, Oscar Wilde.
beginnings of a new scientific age.
FLE 141 English Grammar And
FLE 131 History of Ideas II (3-0)3 Composton I (3-0)3
This course and its sister course, History of Ideas I Understanding the relation between advanced
were designed to provide the students of this language structures and words (lexical items) and
department with an understanding of the basic ideas raising awareness about the formation of the
essential to any understanding of English literature meaning by means of these language structures;
and culture in general. This course starts with analyzing advanced language structures within the
Descartes and Rationalism and continues scope of text type; producing advanced level texts
chronology through to a brief introduction to by employing such grammatical structures in
Postmodernism. context and analysis.
454
FLE 142 English Grammar And period, and, thus, recognize the sources, qualities,
Composition II (3-0)3 and achievements of different national literatures
A continuation of FLE 141 English Grammar and and different literary styles and techniques.
Composition I.
FLE 229 Shakespeare I (3-0)3
FLE 143 Reading Skills (3-0)3 This course is an intensive study of Shakespeares
Presenting authentic academic texts written in the dramatic texts selected from various genres:
field from the point of conceptual and structural comedy, tragedy, history and romance. The course
perspectives; developing reading sub-skills required will center around four plays, one representative
for higher level thinking skills such as analysis, example from each sub-genre. The emphasis will be
synthesis, and evaluation; studying academic and on the study of the historical background of
professional writing skills; presenting applied Elizabethan England, the culture in which the
studying skills of the academic types such as essay, selected plays were written and performed, the
article and report. literary style, dramatic principles and content in
Shakespeares plays such as figurative language,
FLE 144 Developing Reading And scene development, dialogue, monologue, soliloquy,
Speaking Skills (3-0)3 character development, multiplicity in plot,
Developing students speaking and listening skills dramatic irony, thematic elements and their
with a variety of activities including reading; universality.
reading of and listening to authentic English
passages, conversations, poems etc. with emphasis FLE 230 Shakespeare II (3-0)3
on interaction-based activities. This course introduces students to different reading
approaches to Shakespeares plays. A continuation
FLE 147 Spoken English (3-0)3 of FLE 229, four plays (different from the ones
Employing variety of different listening texts that studied in other courses) will be studied this time in
could be used in various discourses regarding from the light of recent critical practices. Students will
contemporary subjects to academic subjects, explore how various modern critical approaches and
focusing on intonation, stress and sound differences; literary theories such as semiotics, structuralism,
emphasizing the usages of phonetic alphabet in poststructuralism, psychoanalysis, feminism,
learning as well as production purposes; Marxism and new historicism have been applied to
highlighting th importance of the accurate Shakespeares plays and examine the connections
pronunciation for a language teacher. between issues of language, self, gender, and power
in Shakespearean dramatic texts and modern critical
FLE 227 Masterpieces of World theory.
Literature I (3-0)3
In this course the great legends in world literature FLE 231 Modern Drama I (3-0)3
from ancient times to the seventeenth century are This course makes a survey of the development of
studied. These legends come from Asia, The Far modern drama and studies major trends and
East, the Classical world and Europe. The course theatrical movements of the nineteenth and
provides essential readings for an understanding of twentieth centuries such as realism, naturalism,
the foundations of literature. symbolism, expressionism, surrealism, and the
absurd through close reading of representative
FLE 228 Masterpieces of World selection of plays by Ibsen, Strindberg, Shaw,
Literature II (3-0)3 Pirandello, Brecht, ONeill, Ionesco, Pinter,
This course offers choices from a range of courses Stoppard and others. In this course, students will
in literature, in translation or in the original examine changes in the social and political role of
language, from Europe, Asia, Africa, and Latin drama, identify the influences that formed modern
America, from the late 17th century through to the drama, read and evaluate samples of plays written in
present day. Through the study of world literature, different periods and countries from the
students will be expected to recognize, understand, perspectives of content and dramatic form, apply
and appreciate the diversity of other cultures and critical thinking skills to analyse the connections
societies and the intrinsic value of national literary among them and study how each play responds to
traditions different from their own. Consequently, the historical and cultural context in which it was
they will be required to demonstrate a more global written.
and historical awareness of their place in the world.
Students will be required to identify specific FLE 232 Modern Drama II (3-0)3
characteristics of the various literary modes This course studies plays from post World War II to
common to each national literature and literary the present. In this course, students will discover
455
philosophical and aesthetic developments in paying attention to issues of contemporaneity and
contemporary drama and study how these difficulties of evaluating very recent literature, the
developments are introduced as modes of course to include sustained discussion of the rise
expression reflecting globalization and and development of postmodernism and the
contemporary cultural, political and economic problem of a literary canon. Set texts to include
forces and changes. works by some of the following writers: Beckett,
Doris Lessing, Spark, Fowles, Golding, Carter,
FLE 233 Literature and Society I (3-0)3 Lodge, Byatt, Rushdie, Barnes, Ackroyd.
Examining literature as social evidence and
testimony, this course deals with literary works FLE 239 From the Epic to the Novel I
which provide a variety of commentaries on and (3-0)3
insights into the societies which produced them. In this course a study of classic epics leads to
Literature is taken as both a product of and a identification and delineation of important epic
commentary on its social environment, which motifs. These motifs are then traced through
provides as much relevant information indirectly as significant examples of later epics and romances.
it does directly and literally; various theoretical Up to and including major works of the Renaissance
models for analysing these sometimes complex period. This course will include discussion of the
interactions are introduced in this course, and following works: The Iliad, The Odyssey, The
students are expected to use these theories in their Aeneid, Beowulf, Don Quixote, Gargantua and
analyses of the set texts. A selection of important Pantagruel, Paradise Lost. Students are expected
literary texts from different societies is used, to read the complete versions of a number of these
including works by some of the following: Monica and to be familiar with the general argument and
Ali, Atwood, Malcolm Bradbury, Beecher-Stowe, some extracts of others. These works will be
Chekhov, Coetzee, Dostoevsky, George Eliot, discussed both formally and thematically.
Flaubert, Gaskell, Henry James, Yasar Kemal,
Kipling, Thomas Mann, Henry Miller, Toni FLE 240 From the Epic to the Novel II
Morrison, Pamuk, Tolstoy, Twain, Zola. (3-0)3
In this course students are required to carry out
FLE 234 Literature and Society II (3-0)3 close study and analysis of novels showing epic or
This course looks at the influence that literature has epic-like motifs and themes from the eighteenth
on society as well as the ways in which it reflects or century to the present. Such works as Tristram
challenges social norms; such themes as 'honour and Shandy, Moby Dick, Ulysses, War and Peace, and
heroism', 'religion', 'women', 'poverty', 'colonialism', The Magic Mountain are studied in this respect.
'individuality', and 'integration and alienation' are
studied in relation to famous and influential works FLE 245 Turkish Phonetics and
of literature. In addition, the material production of Morphology (3-0)3
literature, history of textual transmission, and Linguistic approaches to the study of sound and
sociology of the text are examined and issues such form units of languages; description the phonetic
as official and unofficial censorship, popular and morphological units of Turkish making
literature and the Canon, performance and criticism comparisons for teaching a foreign language.
are discussed.
FLE 246 Turkish Syntax and Semantics
FLE 235 Modern Fiction I (3-0)3 (3-0)3
This course focuses on British prose fiction from The linguistic analysis and description of Turkish
1900 to the Second World War. After an sentence structures; arranging materials for teaching
introduction to the philosophical, political and Turkish sentence structure with a linguistic
economic background and to the arguments of approach; the application of modern approaches to
Modernism, some of the main characteristics of semantics to the analysis of the Turkish language;
Modernist art and of modern fiction in more the contribution of semantics to the teaching of
general terms are studied in relation to works by Turkish.
such writers as James, Conrad, Wells, Bennett,
Woolf, Joyce, Mansfield, Forster, Greene. The FLE 251 Creative Reading (3-0)3
extent to which modern literary theories are Creative Reading is a web-based reading course
responses to Modernist Fiction is discussed. that is composed of four modules. The presentation
of each module has two stages. In the first stage,
students read the section entitled Strategies for
FLE 236 Modern Fiction II (3-0)3
Effective Reading which basically focuses on
A number of works of later 20th century and
reading strategies that aim to develop students
contemporary British fiction are studied in depth
456
reading skills, providing information on various chronological study of major authors and their
reading strategies such as contextual clues, writing. Included on the reading list are Anne
figurative/literal language, and tips on how to use Bradstreet, Edward Taylor, Washington Irwing,
them. At this stage students do exercises in the form James Fenimore Cooper, William Cullen Bryant,
of completing sentences or answering questions Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, Oliver Wendell
through which they revise the topics introduced. In Holmes, Edgar Allan Poe, Ralph Waldo Emerson,
the second stage, students use the skills they learned Henry David Thoreau, Nathaniel Hawthorne and
in a meaningful and communicative context. At this Herman Melville.
stage, students read stories and various articles to
answer questions with a focus on comprehension of FLE 256 Selections from American
the text and the new vocabulary items. These Literature II (3-0)3
reading materials are enriched with music, This course will focus on historical survey of
animations and pictures to provide a challenging American Literature from the mid-19th century
and communicative learning and practice through the 20th century. This course will include
environment. Walt Whitman, Emily Dickinson, Mark Twain,
Stephen Crane, Edwin Arlington Robinson, Willa
FLE 253 Modern Poetry I (3-0)3 Cather, Sherwood Anderson, William Faulkner,
This course will explore the shifting meanings of Ernest Hemingway, Gertude Stein, Ezra Pound,
"modern" and "British within poetic practice, Marianne Moore, E..E.Cummings, Wallace Stevens,
charting a literary history from the late nineteenth to James Baldwin, Denise Levertov, Adrianne Rich,
the late twentieth century. The first several weeks of Saul Bellow, Arthur Miller, Tennessee Williams,
the course will treat some of the currents that gave Alan Ginsberg, J.D. Salinger, John Barth, Toni
rise to modernist poetry in Britain, including Morrison, and Louise Erdrich. Students will identify
movements such as Imagism and Vorticism, and and explain the social, religious, philosophical, and
the new kinds of experience brought about by economic forces behind literary movements.
World War I. The middle part of the course will be
centrally concerned with two major figures of FLE 257 Psychological Trends in
high modernism, T.S. Eliot and W.B. Yeats. The Literature I (3-0)3
final part of the course will deal largely with This course examines the interrelationships between
responses to and articulations within the terms set literature and psychoanalysis. The idea of this
out by modernist poetry: for example, W.H. course is to introduce students to psychoanalysis
Audens diagnosis of English culture between the and to psychoanalytically informed ways of reading
wars; Irish, Scots, Welsh poets negotiation of and interpreting texts. Readings will include a
minority cultures within British modernity; and selection from the short stories of Edgar Allan Poe,
Philip Larkins hostility toward modernisms E.T.A. Hoffman, Mary Shelleys Frankenstein,
experimentalism and cosmopolitanism. The student Henry Jamess The Turn of the Screw, and R. L.
will identify and explain the social, religious, Stevensons Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde. Students will
philosophical and economic forces of the period and focus on the convergences between these works and
read and identify modernist poets. various essays written by Sigmund Freud, Carl
Gustav Jung, Otto Rank, Sandor Ferenczi, Melanie
FLE 254 Modern Poetry II (3-0)3 Klein and Jacques Lacan.
This course is designed to read and discuss a range
of important American poems representing the
cultural and regional diversity of American FLE 258 Psychological Trends in
Literature. We will focus a good deal of attention on Literature II (3-0)3
Wallace Stevens, William Carlos Williams, Ezra This course will survey important texts in post-
Pound, H.D. and Robert Duncan. This course will Lacanian psychoanalytic texts and literature that
help students understand and appreciate Modern invites a psychoanalytic approach. In this course
American Poetry through the study of the most students will familiarize themselves with some of
important practitioners of poetry locating them in the key concepts of Helene Cixous, Luce Irigaray,
their historical and social context. Julia Kristeva, Slavoj Zizek and Judith Butler. They
will also examine the texts written by Shoshana
FLE 255 Selections from American Felman, Gayatri Chakrovorty Spivak, Peter Brooks,
Literature I (3-0)3 Louis Althusser and Fredric Jameson and learn how
This course surveys the literary, cultural, to extrapolate meaning from literary texts such as
philosophical, religious, social and economic James Joyces Ulysses and Virginia Woolfs Mrs
dimensions of the Pre-colonial, Revolutionary, Dalloway.
Romantic, early 19th century periods through a
457
FLE 259 Moral and Social Aspects in examined. This course is designed to develop an
Children's Literature I (3-0)3 appreciation of short story and to provide the
This course provides an introduction to different students with an understanding of its processes.
theories and differing views as to the determinants Students will be exposed to the common elements
of morality and different aspects of moral of short story and its terminology and the historical
development. The major current approaches to development of the genre through an analysis of
moral development are discussed with examples of individual short stories; their style and structure.
application in child literature from the Victorian The course also offers brief background notes on the
period up to the present. authors, the contextual forces that influenced their
orientations; and on the significance of the plays in
FLE 260 Moral and Social Aspects in the context of Western literature. The course will be
Children's Literature II (3-0)3 taught through a combination of readings, and
In this course children's literature is examined as a discussions in which the students will demonstrate
source for promoting moral and social development. an understanding of the elements of the short story,
Through close study of key texts in developmental its historical development and the major themes of
psychology and children's literature, further the short story.
theoretical tools are presented and personal skills
are developed in the identifying and interpreting of FLE 268 The Short Story in World
moral aspects of text and narrative. Literature II (3-0)3
This course covers short stories from world
FLE 263 History of the Theatre I (3-0)3 literature written in or translated into English (Irish,
This course introduces students to the origins of Russian, Indian, African, Australian, Canadian ...)
theatre through intensive reading and analysis of dating from early 19th century to the post-colonial
plays from ancient Greece and Rome in their period written by a diverse range of English-
theatrical and social contexts and examines the speaking authors and authors from different
contributions of these plays to contemporary drama. languages. In addition to examining the literature of
In this course, the origins of Greco-Roman drama these writers, the course is designed to explore the
and typical structures and subject matters of tragedy biographical and historical context in which they
and comedy will be studied, these distinguishing produced as well as the social and philosophical
characteristics will be identified and analyzed as implications of their messages. This course also
they are seen in the selected plays, the relationship aims at a contrastive analysis of generic types: short
between the nature and role of drama in society will story vs. novel, short story vs. essays, and short
be discussed and through readings, lectures, and story vs. diary; and how they inform each other; and
discussions the influence of past styles, conventions thus, offers the students the opportunity to consider
and theatrical theory on Western modern drama and the relationships between works of literature. The
dramatic criticism will be explored. course will be taught through a combination of
readings, and discussions in which the students will
FLE 264 History of the Theatre II (3-0)3 demonstrate an understanding of the elements of the
This course is a study of the development of theatre short story, its historical development and the major
through the Middle Ages with emphasis on English themes of the short story.
drama of the Medieval period. Selected mystery and
morality plays will be read and analyzed to FLE 271 Comparative English-German
understand the world view which they represent and Language Structure I (3-0)3
the society which produced them. In this course, German grammar, German grammar compared to
students will become familiar with the main types English grammar. Language training in German.
and themes of Medieval drama and discover the
position and function of drama in the Medival
period and the relationship of art to society. They FLE 272 Comparative English-German
will also explore and express the connections Language Structure II (3-0)3
between Medieval drama and drama in subsequent Continuation of FLE 271.
periods.
FLE 267 The Short Story in World FLE 273 Reading Comprehension and
Literature I (3-0)3 Writing in German I (3-0)3
Following a brief study of the nature of this literary Developing reading and writing skills. Textual
form, a comprehensive collection representing the practice of grammatical knowledge.
most outstanding short stories written in the past
hundred years by English and American writers is
458
FLE 274 Reading Comprehension and FLE 288 Elementary Italian (3-0)3
Writing in German II (3-0)3 Developing reading and writing skills of the
Continuation of FLE 273; FLE 177, FLE 178, FLE students who have already taken FLE 177, FLE 178
277. and FLE 277. Italian language -as used in everyday
situations. Further studies on Italian grammar taught
FLE 275 Modern Language Use I (3-0)3 through dictation, translation and reading exercises.
Language training in German with focus on the Prerequisite: FLE 177, FLE 178 and FLE 277
standard language. Lexical and structural problems
in the process of communication. FLE 289 Language and Society II (3-0)3
Basic sociolinguistic concepts; attention, perception,
memory; the actual production and processing of
FLE 276 Modern Language Use II (3-0)3 language.
Continuation of FLE 275.
FLE 291 Comparative English-French
FLE 279 Introduction to Comparative Language Structure I (3-0)3
Linguistics (3-0)3 A beginners' course in French language with focus
The genealogical classification of the languages of on grammar. Knowledge of English grammar is
the world. The topological classification of the presupposed and will be used in explaining the
languages of the world. Different explanations of grammatical structure of French.
the relationship between languages. The Indo-
European language group. The Germanic language FLE 292 Comparative English-French
group. Universal grammar and language diversity. Language Structure II (3-0)3
Continuation of FLE 291.
FLE 281 General Linguistics I (3-0)3
Features and functions of human communication, FLE 293 Reading Comprehension and
components of language and methods of linguistic Writing in French I (3-0)3
analysis with emphasis on transformational models. Developing reading and writing skills and textual
Study of major transformational rules. Not open to practice of grammatical knowledge.
students majoring in English Language Teaching.
FLE 282 General Linguistics II (3-0)3 FLE 294 Reading Comprehension and
Analysis of phonological components of language. Writing in French II (3-0)3
Brief survey of linguistic change and language Continuation of FLE 293.
variation. Language acquisition.
Not open to students majoring in English Language
Teaching. FLE 295 Post-Colonial and the Third
World Literature (3-0)3
FLE 285 Language and Culture (3-0)3 This course has a twofold aim. First, it explores
Beginning with a discussion of language as a social literary texts written by authors born into the
institution, this course treats various aspects of the colonial and imperialist discourse. Second, the
reciprocal relationship between language and course focuses on texts written by authors who
culture, including language and world view, live(d) in a colonized country. The course will
language and nationalism, naming and word magic, discuss literary texts against the background of
linguistic taboos, and national language policy. theoretical formulations, historical, linguistic,
geographical and cultural contexts with an emphasis
FLE 286 Language and Society I (3-0)3 on race, sex, gender and identity; and how they are
Basic sociolinguistic concepts; language and represented and problematized. The students will
socialization, language and social setting, also discuss different definitions of postcolonialism
pluralingualism and verbal repertoire. and related terms such as related terms such as
cosmopolitanism, hybridity, diaspora, and
FLE 287 Beginner Italian (3-0)3 nationalism with references to theoretical texts
greetings, descriptions, Simple Present Tense, created by Edward Said, Homi Bhabha, Gayatri
Simple Past Tense, Future Tense, and the Spivak, Benedict Anderson and others. Texts will
fundamentals of the Italian language. Analysis of be drawn from a variety of genres (e.g. fiction,
simple grammar structures and elementary poetry, autobiography, drama, travel writing, essays,
conversation skills. and film) and from several countries.
Prerequisite: No prior experience with Italian FLE 305 The English Renaissance (3-0)3
language.
459
This course offers an intensive study of works by learners' errors and the ways to help learners
English Renaissance playwrights exclusive of correct their errors.
Marlowe and Shakespeare. The focus will be on the
structure, style and dramatic forms of the selected
FLE 318 Audio-Visual Aids in ELT (3-0)3
plays and their relation to political history and
Introducing different kinds of visual aids which
Renaissance thought. This course aims to help
improve the language teaching and learning process.
students gain a critical perspective of historical and
Students will be shown why the aid is useful, how
social forces which contributed to the development
to use it, and to which language items the aid is best
of such genres as revenge tragedy and city comedy
applied. Recommended for FLE students who are
and to enable them to understand the homogenised
ready to do their practice teaching.
concept of the Renaissance through varieties of
textual, social and ideological construction of FLE 319 Discourse Analysis for
human experience in plays by Kyde, Dekker, Translation (3-0)3
Jonson, Webster, Middleton, Ford, and others. The use of discourse analysis to understand the
characteristics of texts; translating various types of
FLE 312 19th Century English Literature texts from English to Turkish; discussing
(3-0)3 problematic points in translation and finding ways
19th century English essays, novels, poems and of dealing with them.
drama are studied as interacting with the debates
and discoveries of the long Victorian era. The FLE 320 Phonetics for Learners of
social, political, scientific and philosophical English (3-0)3
discussions of the period are introduced through the An introduction to the basic concepts of articulatory
works of such key figures as John Stuart Mill, Karl phonetics; the use of this knowledge in the
Marx and Charles Darwin. Taking these and other description and classification of English sounds;
issues into consideration, the students are required helping students to produce and perceive English to
to read works by Matthew Arnold, the Bronte become better communicators.
sisters, Robert and Elizabeth Browning, Thomas
Carlyle, Wilkie Collins, Charles Dickens, George FLE 325 Selections from the
Eliot, Thomas Hardy, Ruskin, the Rosettis, Walter English Novel I (3-0)3
Scott, G. B. Shaw, Mary Shelley, Tennyson, W. M. The aim of the course is to instruct the students
Thackeray, and Oscar Wilde. about the characteristics of novel as a literary genre
and to show the classroom techniques for teaching
FLE 313 Discourse Analysis for the 18th and the 19th Century novels through the
Language Teachers (3-0)3 close study of major texts from these periods. The
Functional analysis of language; Methods of 18th century, of course, embraces its proper
analyzing spoken and written language; Interaction hundred years, but the period is often more
in the classroom setting. generously stretched to include the Restoration era--
the last forty years of the 17th century following the
FLE 314 History of the English (3-0)3 return of Charles II to the throne--and even the first
Sentence structure, word formation, semantics, two decades of the 19th century. The Napoleonic
phonology (pronunciation change), spelling, Wars comprised a series of global conflicts fought
dialectal & socio-linguistic variation. The general during Napoleon Bonaparte's imperial rule over
approach is chronological, through studies of France (18051815). They formed to some extent
selected passages from different times. an extension of the wars sparked by the French
Revolution of 1789. Nationalism would shape the
FLE 316 Seminar in Advanced course of much of future European history; its
Composition (3-0)3 growth spelled the beginning of some nations and
Useful hints/tips on thesis writing and paraphrasing states and the end of others.
and students' professional needs, concentrating on
editing and revision strategies, grading and critical FLE 326 Selections from the
evaluation of student essays, and letter/resume English Novel II (3-0)3
writing. In the twentieth century, scientific discoveries,
better communications and faster transportation
FLE 317 Error Analysis in ELT (3-0)3 transformed the world in those hundred years more
Examining the errors frequently made by learners in than any time in the past. It was a century that
the English learning process emphasis on started with steam powered ships as the most
classification of common errors, the origins of sophisticated means of transport, and ended with the
space shuttle. As a result of technological, medical,
460
social, ideological, and political innovation, in the Montesquieu in France are discussed; the many
twentieth century the life expectancy and the quality social, philosophical and political changes started in
of living changed a lot. Arguably more this period are introduced through readings of
technological advances occurred in any 10 year selections from these thinkers' writings (including
period following World War I than the sum total of letters and diaries). The literature of the period is
new technological development in any previous studied with close reading of set texts, and attention
century.. War reached an unprecedented scale and is paid to all genres and many text types, to include
level of sophistication; in the Second World War verse, prose, the novel, satire, diaries, early
(1939-1945) alone, approximately 57 million people biographies, the essay and journalism. Especially
died, mainly due to massive improvements in the important among the literary figures studied here
field of weapons. Scientific discoveries such as the are Dryden, Swift, Pope, Addison, Steele, Johnson,
theory of relativity and quantum physics radically and Voltaire. While concentrating on the ideas of
changed the worldview of many people. The aim of the period, the course also examines the extent to
the course is to instruct the students about the which this period paves the way for Romanticism
characteristics of novel as a literary genre and to philosophically and artistically.
show the classroom techniques for teaching the 20th
and 21st Century novels through the close study of FLE 333 Introduction to Syntax (3-0)3
major texts from these period, from the modernist Basic notions of generative syntax within the
novel to the postcolonial novel. Major authors may framework of Principles and Parameters and
include James, Conrad, Woolf, Joyce, Forster, Minimalist program. The course will enable
Lawrence, Orwell, Beckett, Golding, Fowles, Spark, students to work with linguistic data from a variety
Murdoch, Lessing, Rushdie, Carter, Ishiguro, of languages, including but not restricted to English,
Barnes. make generalizations over the data, from hypotheses
that can explain the generalizations, and test the
FLE 327 World Mythology (3-0)3 hypotheses on more data in order to reach a
This course is designed to acquaint students with (tentative) conclusion.
some of the worlds most influential mythology.
The students will explore the theory of myth and the FLE 353 Phonology (3-0)3
use of myth in art, literature and film. During the The aim of the course is to raise an awareness of the
course, students will study the myths from different sound systems of different languages and provide
cultures: Classical Greek, Roman mythology, Celtic students with theoretical knowledge of phonology
mythology, Scandinavian myhtology, Sumerian and practical skills in phonological analysis. It is a
mythology, Native American myhthology, Near comprehensive survey of suprasegmentals,
Eastern mythology, African mythology and Oriental phonological processes, speech errors, dialect and
mythology. language variations and phonological development
with a special emphasis on English and Turkish
FLE 329 Structure and Content in Prose
Narrative Literature (3-0)3
While investigating the relationship between FLE 361 Computer Assisted Language
"realism" and verisimilitude, this course provides an Learning (3-0)3
introduction to the main theories and techniques of The course aims to educate students on computer
narratology and stylistics. For narratology the assisted language learning. The course focuses on
theories of Todorov, Booth, Bal, Genette and Historical background of computer assisted
Fludernick are studied, while Rimon Kenan's work language learning, theoretical and practical
is used as the main centralizing text for the class. applications in ELT, teacher training in computer
The main stylisticians referred to are Lodge and assisted language learning and ELT, and conducting
Short. Bringing insights from these theorists research in the field.
together, analyses of various novels and short
stories are made.
FLE 379 Introduction to Cognitive
FLE 332 The Restoration and the Linguistics (3-0)3
Enlightenment (3-0)3 Models for the acquisition, processing, and
In this course the interactions between the literature application of human knowledge as the object of
of the long eighteenth century and its cultural cognitive sciences. Cognitive linguistics as the
contexts are examined. The theories of Hobbes and investigation of the acquisition, processing, and
Locke, and the work of Newton and the Royal application of language knowledge. Grammar as a
Society in England, and the theories and work of model of human language knowledge. Relations to
Descartes, Rousseau, Voltaire, Diderot, and artificial intelligence.
461
FLE 396 Development of Communicative The literature of the 20th century has an
Competence in French (3-0)3 overwhelming preoccupation with the self, the
A course in the communicative grammar of French nature of consciousness, and the processes of
including speech acts, communicational routines perception. Literature is often subjective, and
and discourse analysis. personal and internal. Authors are concerned with
the fragmentation of both experience and thought.
FLE 398 Translation from Italian into Many employ stream-of-consciousness: the fluid,
Turkish (3-0)3 associational, often illogical, sequence of the ideas,
This course will focus on Italian grammar and feelings and impressions of a single mind as seen in
translation into Turkish. While addressing aspects the works of Virginia Woolf and James Joyce. This
of modern and contemporary Italian literature, course will include: presentation of the
history and culture, the course will also teach characteristics of novel as a literary genre,
students to communicate in written and spoken approaches to analyzing the novel analysis
Italian. The lectures are in English, but the students considering of the work of major novelists and
will read texts originally written in Italian and in classroom techniques for teaching the novel and
Turkish and eventually translate them in the class- practical applications.
room. Films in Italian will be assigned as home-
work. At the end of the semester the students are FLE 433 Advanced Syntax (3-0)3
expected to submit a research project which covers The course is a continuation of FLE 333
some aspect of Italian language, literature, or Introduction to Syntax, in which students are
thought translated into Turkish. introduced to the ideas underlying the generative
tradition and where they attain basic knowledge of
FLE 406 Poetry Analysis (3-0)3 generative syntax, including the notions of phrase
This class is an introduction to English and structure (head, complement, specifier), structural
American poetry. We will study poems from the relations between elements in a syntactic structure,
Renaissance to the present day. Poets to be read constituency, lexical and functional
include Shakespeare, Donne, Marvell, Coleridge, categories/projections, subcategorization (selection),
Wordworth, Keats, Bradstreet, Emerson, Whitman, Theta theory, head movement. The topics covered
Dickinson, Yeats, Eliot, Frost, Williams and in FLE 433 include more advanced concepts in
Stevens. syntactic theory, such as Binding theory, Case
theory, passivization, local and long distance (A and
FLE 407 The Novel: Analysis II (3-0)3 A) movement, and related notions such as syntactic
The aim of the course is to further instruct the locality, successive cyclicity, islandhood, quantifier
students about the characteristics of the novel as a raising. The course will advance students
literary genre and to show the classroom techniques proficiency in syntactic analysis, with an emphasis
for teaching 19th, 20th and 21st Century novels on individual research, as well as provide them with
through the close study of major texts from these the basics of syntax-semantics interface.
periods. Major authors may include Bronte,
Dickens, Eliot, Conrad, Joyce, Woolf, Forster, FLE 496 Lexical Structure and Word
Lawrence, Orwell, Amis, Lessing, Rushdie. Formation in French (3-0)3
A course in the morpho-syntactic structure of
FLE 411 20th Century English Novel French, including morpho-phonemic structure,
(3-0)3 derivation and composition of words, semantic
structure, and loan influence.
462
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES IN THE
MINOR PROGRAM IN GERMAN LANGUAGE
FLE 371 Comparative Grammar: FLE 378 German Scientific Texts (3-0)3
German -Turkish I (3-0)3 Developing reading and writing skills in German for
Comparison of the categories of finite verb, subject special purposes in different scientific fields and in
and predicate, verb tenses modality, gender of verb, theory of science.
declination of nouns, article, pronoun, adverb,
relative clauses, adjectival, nominal phrases, and FLE 471 A Survey of German Literature
related grammatical topics in the two languages (3-0)3
under consideration. German literature in the Middle Ages, Renaissance,
Baroque, Enlightenment, Classical, Romantic
FLE 372 Comparative Grammar: epochs, Realism, Naturalism, Expressionism,
German -Turkish II (3-0)3 Impressionism, and the 20th century.
Comparison of the categories of subject, direct and
indirect object, case, subject-and object-sentences, FLE 472 Introduction to German
modal auxiliary verbs, sentence connectives, Linguistics (3-0)3
questions, indirect questions, temporal clauses, German and Germanic. The German dialects. The
conditional clauses, infinitives, and related standardization of German. The influence of foreign
grammatical topics in the two languages under languages. Language reform. 'New-High-German'.
consideration. Language and nationalism. German as a scientific
language. Language development and urbanization.
FLE 373 Translation from German (3-0)3 Contemporary normative linguistics. Language
Translations from German into Turkish and/or problems of foreigners.
English. Special problems in translating literary,
philosophical, scientific, and commercial texts, FLE 473 Translation into German (3-0)3
lexical and structural problems in the translation Translations into German from Turkish and/or
process. English. Special problems in translating literary,
philosophical, scientific, and commercial texts.
FLE 374 Readings in German Lexical and structural problems in the translation
Contributions to Humanities process.
(3-0)3
Reading texts of high intellectual level from FLE 474 Advanced Literary Texts in
representative writers of philosophy, humanities, German (3-0)3
and social sciences in different centuries. Reading literary texts of high level from
representative writers in different centuries. FLE
FLE 375 History of German Culture 471 is recommended.
(3-0)3
German Civilization in the Middle Ages, in the FLE 475 Methods of German Language
Renaissance, Baroque, Enlightenment, Classical and Teaching (3-0)3
Romantic epochs., during the Second German Theories of language acquisition and language
Empire, between 1919-1945, after World War II, teaching methods. Bilingualism. German as a
between 1965-1990 and after reunification. second foreign language. A comparative sociology
of English and German as foreign and second
FLE 376 Development of Communicative languages. Curriculum planning. Computer-aided
Competence in German (3-0)3 language learning. Teacher training: theory and
Communicative grammar of German including application.
speech acts, communicational routines, and
discourse analysis. FLE 476 Lexical Structure and Word
Formation in German (3-0)3
FLE 377 Practice Teaching in German The morpho-syntactic structure of German
(3-0)3 including morpho-phonemic structure, derivation
Audits and practice teaching sessions in German and composition of words, semantic structure, and
classes of schools of secondary education. loan influence.
463
FLE 478 German in Business and FLE 479 Logic and Methodology of
Administration (3-0)3 Sciences (3-0)3
Developing reading and writing skills in German for Developing reading and writing skills in German for
special purposes in the fields of business and special purposes in the field of logic, theory of
administration. grammar, and cognitive sciences.
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF ELT GRADUATE PROGRAMS: The M.A. and Ph.D. programs
in ELT (English Language Teaching) introduce major theoretical and methodological issues in language
learning/acquisition and teaching and provide students with a firm foundation in the theoretical and applied
aspects of the field. Both programs strive to provide a critical perspective on current issues in teaching and
learning languages by putting a great deal of emphasis on fieldwork skills in relation to qualitative/quantitative
and mixed-methods research as well as theoretical/applied linguistic, cross-linguistic/cultural analysis within
the field of language teaching.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: The graduates of the English Language Teaching M.A. Program can
work as instructors at national and international educational institutions. The graduates of the PhD program in
ELT can work as academicians, researchers, advisors at national and international higher education institutions
working on diverse fields within the language sciences. The graduates may also work as teacher educators of
pre-service and in-service teachers in the field of English Language Teaching.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
Required Courses
ELT 506 Second Language Acquisition (3-0)3
ELT 554 Quantitative Research Methods in Language Research (3-0)3
ELT 555 Qualitative Research: Theory and Methods (3-0)3
+4 electives
Elective Courses
ELT 507 Curriculum Development for ELT 522 Lexical Semantics (3-0)3
English for Specific Purposes ELT 525 Approaches Methods and
(3-0)3 Techniques in ELT I (3-0)3
ELT 508 Research Methods in Applied ELT 526 Approaches Methods and
Linguistics (3-0)3 Techniques in ELT II (3-0)3
ELT 509 Literature in the Teaching of ELT 528 Instructional Technology in ELT
English (3-0)3 (3-0)3
ELT 513 Linguistics for English ELT 529 Brain-based Learning and
Language Teaching (3-0)3 Language Teaching (3-0)3
ELT 517 Materials Evaluation and ELT 530 Modern Theory of Grammar (3-0)3
Development in ELT (3-0)3 ELT 531 Cognitive Linguistics (3-0)3
ELT 518 English Language Testing (3-0)3 ELT 541 Language Acquisition (3-0)3
ELT 520 English-Turkish Contrastive ELT 542 Bilingualism and Bilingual
Analysis (3-0)3 Education (3-0)3
ELT 521 Cultural Aspects of Language ELT 561 Linguistics and Formal Languages
Teaching (3-0)3 (3-0)3
464
Ph.D. PROGRAM IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING
Required Courses
Elective Courses
*These courses (which are also required courses in the M.A in ELT program) are required in the PhD
program if the student has not taken an equivalent course at a previous graduate program attended. Note that
equivalence is subject to the approval of the ELT graduate programs coordinator. Newly admitted PhD
students need to take ELT 506, ELT 554 and ELT 555 before taking any 600-level courses, if not otherwise
instructed.
ELT 506 Second Language Acquisition designing structural interviews and questionnaires;
(3-0)3 discourse analysis and teacher training for ESP.
Surveying current research in language acquisition
with special emphasis on similarities and ELT 508 Research Methods in Applied
differences between child and adult language, Linguistics (3-0)3
between native and foreign language acquisition The course aims to provide a comprehensive
introduction to the research methods and techniques
ELT 507 Curriculum Development for used in the field of applied linguistics and to help
English for Specific Purposes students develop skills necessary to design and
(3-0)3 implement research in the field. The first section of
Curriculum development and course design as the course provides a brief review of the main
applied to ESP; language functions, notions and concepts in the area while the second part focuses
speech acts; principles of functional /notional or on quantitative methodology and scrutinises
communicative syllabus strategies and techniques; experimental, quasi-experimental and non-
465
experimental research designs as well as the data teaching; significance of culture in teaching English
collection and analyses procedures appropriate for as a foreign language; perspectives on how
this brand of research. The third part of the course is language and culture interact, and on the significant
devoted to qualitative research designs and distinction between understanding and participating
examines case studies, ethnographies, action in a foreign culture.
research, grounded theory and phenomenology. It
also walks the students through the basics of ELT 522 Lexical Semantics (3-0)3
gathering and interpreting qualitative data. The History of lexical semantics, arguments and theta-
course ends by discussing topics such as mixed roles; lexical conceptual structures; verb classes and
research designs, writing the research and alternations; lexical aspects; events; unaccusativity;
practicalities in applied linguistics research. ergativity; linking from lexicon to syntax.
ELT 509 Literature in the Teaching of ELT 525 Approaches, Methods and
English (3-0)3 Techniques in ELT I (3-0)3
Significant contributions of literature to the process Examining major approaches to, methods and
and purpose of learning English as a foreign techniques of English language teaching; studying
language; poetry, prose and drama in the EFL linguistic and psychological theories behind them;
classroom; approaches to selecting texts for practical applications of techniques for teaching
different levels of learners. various language skills, specifically listening and
speaking.
ELT 513 Linguistics for English ELT 526 Approaches, Methods and
Language Teaching (3-0)3 Techniques in ELT II (3-0)3
Contributions of linguistics to the field of foreign A continuation of ELT 525, practical work on
language teaching; current approaches to the English language teaching by focusing on the
linguistic analysis of English. techniques in teaching grammar, vocabulary,
reading and writing; discussion and evaluation of
ELT 517 Materials Evaluation and applications of approaches, methods and techniques.
Development in ELT (3-0)3
Reviewing methods of evaluating language teaching ELT 528 Instructional Technology in
materials and adaptation techniques and applying English Language Teaching
evaluation and adaptation criteria to materials (3-0)3
currently employed; determining appropriate Current developments in the use of instructional
discovery procedures for developing effective technology in language teaching; use of computers,
language teaching materials through applied interactive video, television and video in language
research. teaching; approaches to the design, evaluation,
ELT 518 English Language Testing development and application of English language
(3-0)3 teaching courseware by using instructional
Major aspects of English language testing: item technology.
analysis and interpretation of test scores; subjective
and objective tests; procedures in preparing ELT 529 Brain-based Learning and
different kinds of test items appropriate for testing Language Teaching (3-0)3
different language skills; practice in item writing Introducing a new paradigm, known as brain-
and statistical methods. compatible or brain-based learning, providing
language teachers with research from the discipline
ELT 520 English-Turkish Contrastive of neuroscience, biology and psychology to design
Analysis (3-0)3 brain-compatible materials and a brain-based
Introducing current approaches to contrastive curriculum that encompass the role of emotions,
analysis; comparing and contrasting English and patterns, meaningfulness, enriched environments,
Turkish in the areas of phonetics and phonology, body rhythms, attention span of the brain and rest,
syntax and semantics with special emphasis on attitudes, stress and relaxation, learner states,
problem areas in language teaching and learning. trauma, multiple ways of brain-compatible
assessment, music, movement, memory, retrieval of
ELT 521 Cultural Aspects of Language information, perception, meaning construction,
Teaching (3-0)3 cognition, nonconscious learning, motivation,
Providing language teachers with a basis for creativity, nutrition and brain-gym in the language
introducing a cultural component into their classroom.
466
ELT 530 Modern Theory of Grammar ELT 554 Quantitative Research Methods
(3-0)3 in Language Research (3-0)3
This course will examine the theory of generative Focusing on the foundations of quanitative inquiry,
grammar in its minimalist version. The empirical this course aims to introduce graduate students to
adequacy of generative grammar as a system of the design and implementation of quantitative
mental representations is one of the main topics of research projects. Course participants will explore
investigation in the course. various quanitative research traditions such as
designing and executing experiments, preparing and
ELT 531 Cognitive Linguistics (3-0)3 analyzing surveys and data elictitation tasks that
The course will examine models for acquisition, give way to quantitative analysis.
processing and application of knowledge as the
object of cognitive linguistics, and investigate the
cognitive aspects of the different branches ELT 555 Qualitative Research: Theory and
linguistics. Methods (3-0)3
Focusing on the epistemological foundations of
ELT 541 Language Acquisition (3-0)3 qualitative inquiry, this course aims to introduce
The nature of child language; universal grammar; graduate students to the design and implementation
theories and research methods in the acquisition of of qualitative research projects. Course participants
phonology, morphology, syntax, and semantics; an will explore various qualitative research traditions
overview of second language acquisition. such as Interviewing, Case Study, Action Research,
Ethnography, Narrative Inquiry, Phenomenological
ELT542 Bilingualism and Bilingual Studies, and Grounded Theory.
Education (3-0)3
The course aims to cover a wide range of topics at ELT 561 Linguistics and Formal
the individual and at the societal level: the Languages (3-0)3
linguistic, psycholinguistic, sociolinguistic and The course aims at investigating language as a
educational aspects of bilingualism. The course knowledge-based process. It elaborates the
starts with how bilingualism is defined and relationship between formal language theory and
measured, the development of bilingualism, natural language and relates language theory to its
linguistic behaviours of bilinguals, the computational machinery.
psycholinguistic and neurolinguistic bases of
bilingualism which are essential to understand ELT 590 Seminar in English Language
bilinguals and bilingual education. The second part Teaching NC
of the course will draw attention to societal Preparation towards M.A. thesis proposal through
bilingualism and its effects discussing the topics prescribed readings; written or oral presentation of
such as language contact, language maintenance, the work developed.
language and identity, and issues of education and
language planning for bilinguals and society as a ELT 599 Master's Thesis NC
whole.
ELT 801-850 Special Studies NC
468
GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN ENGLISH LITERATURE
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF ELIT GRADUATE PROGRAMS: The MA and PhD programs in
ELIT aim to educate researchers in the field of English Literature. Our courses focus on both canonical and
non-canonical texts of English Literature from the Middle Ages onward, locating them within relevant
historical, cultural, philosophical and psychological contexts. Students are expected to develop a critical
approach to literature; they study ancient and modern literary criticism and learn how to use literary theory in
textual analysis.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: Our graduates from ELIT can work as instructors of English in prep-
schools of various universities and in private language schools. They can work as cultural researchers and
consultants in public and international relations departments of national and international companies and
institutions. They can work as academics in Humanities and Social Sciences departments of various
universities.
Required Courses
Elective Courses
ELIT 503 Milton (3-0)3 ELIT 515 The Victorian Novel (3-0)3
ELIT 504 Spencer (3-0)3 ELIT 516 Literature in the Middle Ages
ELIT 505 20th Century British Novel I (3-0)3
(3-0)3 ELIT 517 Literature in the Renaissance
ELIT 506 20th Century British Novel II (3-0)3
(3-0)3 ELIT 518 Literature in the 17th Century
ELIT 507 20th Century British Drama (3-0)3
(3-0)3 ELIT 519 Literature in the Restoration
ELIT 508 Shakespearean Drama (3-0)3 and the 18th Century (3-0)3
ELIT 509 Approaches to Literary ELIT 520 The Victorians (3-0)3
Criticism (3-0)3 ELIT 521 Literature in the 20th Century
ELIT 510 The Rise and Development of (3-0)3
the English Novel (3-0)3 ELIT 522 Backgrounds of Modern
ELIT 511 The Romantic Period (3-0)3 Criticism (3-0)3
ELIT 512 Postcolonial Theory and Literature ELIT 523 Highlights of American
(3-0)3 Literature (3-0)3
ELIT 513 20th Century British Poetry ELIT 529 Psychological Aspects of
(3-0)3 Literature (3-0)3
ELIT 514 Chaucer (3-0)3
Required Courses
469
Elective Courses
ELIT 604 Interactions Between English and ELIT 611 Contemporary Literary Theory
Other European Literatures (3-0)3 (3-0)3
ELIT 606 Psychology and Literature (3-0)3 ELIT 618 Women and Writing (3-0)3
ELIT 607 Non-Western Contemporary ELIT 619 Literature and Science (3-0)3
Literatures (3-0)3 ELIT 620 Selected Works from Turkish
ELIT 609 Research Methodology in and English Literatures (3-0)3
Literary Studies (3-0)3 ELIT 621 Fiction: Selected Works (3-0)3
ELIT 610 Literary Genres and Inter- ELIT 622 Drama: Selected Works (3-0)3
Generic Relations (3-0)3 ELIT 623 Poetry: Selected Works (3-0)3
ELIT 503 Milton (3-0)3 ELIT 510 The Rise and Development of
A critical study of selected works of John the English Novel (3-0)3
Milton including Paradise Lost, Paradise Regained, After an introduction to the background of the
L'Allegro, IL Penseroso, and Comus. English novel and its beginning in the eighteenth
century, novels by Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
ELIT 504 Spencer (3-0)3 Sterne and other significant writers are studied in
Spencers works, especially The Faerie Queene, will depth.
be discussed in a critical and theoretical perspective.
ELIT 505 20th Century British Novel I ELIT 511 The Romantic Period (3-0)3
(3-0)3 Significant characteristics of the Romantic period
Significant novels of Conrad, Woolf, Joyce, and Romanticism will be discussed and selected
Lawrence and Forster will be examined critically. works of prose and poetry will be studied. Among
the authors to be considered are Burns, Coleridge,
ELIT 506 20th Century British Novel II Wordsworth, Lamb, Hazlitt, Blake, Scott, De
(3-0)3 Quincey, Byron, Shelley, Keats.
Works of significant novelists from the thirties
through the Post-War period to the present day will
be studied. ELIT 512 Postcolonial Theory and
Literature (3-0)3
ELIT 507 20th Century British Drama This course aims to serve as an intensive study of
(3-0)3 major authors in postcolonial theory and literature.
In-depth study of trends and works in modern Through lecture, discussion, research, and writing,
British drama, including plays by Osborne, Bond, students will practice applying postcolonial theory
Pinter, Arden, and other significant dramatists. to works of literature. The course aims to establish
some of the important concepts in the study of
ELIT 508 Shakespearean Drama (3-0)3 postcolonial literature, discuss colonialism, call
In-depth study of selected major Shakespearean attention to major research tools, and exemplify the
plays. interplay between the colonialist and the colonized.
The course will focus on the conceptual work that
ELIT 509 Approaches to Literary postcolonial thinking allows in relation to historical
Criticism (3-0)3 periodizing logic, on the relation of postcolonial to
After a brief review of approaches to literature comparable designations such as third world,
before the twentieth century, this course transnational, global and neoliberal. We will ponder
concentrates upon developments in literary criticism the usefulness of notions of mimicry, hybridity,
in the twentieth century. The approach used is orientalism, resistance, and migrancy in
conceptual rather than historical; the concepts of understanding postcolonial subjectivity. The
literature in the major contemporary movements of intersections of these categories with the broader
literary criticism and the assumptions concerning conceptual categories of race, class, gender,
the study of literature underlying these movements sexuality, and nation will be a critical area of
are studied in representative texts. Examples of inquiry.
applications of the approaches discussed to literary
texts are also included in the course.
470
ELIT 513 20th Century British Poetry ELIT 520 The Victorians (3-0)3
(3-0)3 Representative examples of the poetry and prose of
Significant characteristics of modern English poetry the Victorian Age are studied as a means of
will be studied with emphasis on selected works of understanding and evaluating the social, moral
major poets. and scientific issue of this period. (To include works
by Arnold, Huxley, Ruskin, Dickens, G. Eliot,
ELIT 514 Chaucer (3-0)3 Oscar Wilde, Tennyson, Browning, Butler, etc.)
Chaucer's role in the development of English
literature and a study of his major works including ELIT 521 Literature in the 20th Century
The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. (3-0)3
Major non-fictional works, such as biographies,
ELIT 515 The Victorian Novel (3-0)3 autobiographies, essays, letters and travel writings
Representative examples of the Victorian are studied as a means of investigating social,
novel are studied and criticized as a means of cultural and intellectual issues of the period.
achieving a complete understanding of selected
authors' attitudes towards the basic human and ELIT 522 Backgrounds of Modern
social issues of the Victorian Period. Criticism (3-0)3
This course concentrates on the development of
ELIT 516 Literature in the Middle Ages Literary Theory from the Classical Age of Greece to
(3-0)3 the Modern Period. The approach used is historical
Representative texts are used to study the courtly as well as conceptual. Major texts necessary for an
love and romance traditions, verse romances and understanding of modern criticism are read and
Medieval drama. discussed. The focus is on the theoretical aspect.
Practical criticism is not a part of this course.
ELIT 517 Literature in the Renaissance
(3-0)3 ELIT 523 Highlights of American
Characteristics of the Renaissance spirit as Literature (3-0)3
reflected in English literature are studied in Texts by major literary figures of the 19th and 20th
selected works of drama, poetry and prose. (To century are studied with a critical approach to give
include texts by Sidney, Spencer, Marlowe, Decker, the students a taste of American Literature and
Middleton, Shakespeare). culture with its specifically American themes and
concerns.
ELIT 518 Literature in the 17th Century
(3-0)3 ELIT 529 Psychological Aspects of
Representative works and genres are studied in the Literature (3-0)3
context of social and intellectual trends of the After basic concepts, theories and trends of
period. (To include works by Milton, Donne, psychology are introduced, representative literary
Marvell, Johnson, Behn, etc.) works are studied in the light of these trends.
471
Ph.D. PROGRAM IN ENGLISH LITERATURE
ELIT 604 Interactions Between English ELIT 611 Contemporary Literary Theory
and Other European (3-0)3
Literatures (3-0)3 Recent literary theoretical concerns and their
Interactions between English literature and Spanish, bearing upon writing, reading and criticism of
Italian, French, German and Russian Literatures literature. It examines, among others, the theoretical
from the Middle Ages to 20th century. This positions of new psychoanalytic, Marxist, feminist,
interaction is be studied in the light of social, deconstructionist, phenomenological and new
political economic changes and philosophical and historicist criticism.
literary trends.
ELIT 618 Women and Writing (3-0)3
ELIT 606 Psychology and Literature (3-0)3 The relationship between women and the idea of
Analysis of the literary text as a key to the "author" and "authority". How women writers try to
mechanisms of the psyche, the relationship between find a space for writing in their own terms and the
the text and author and reader. The texts are also strategies they develop to be recognized in the male-
studied as a part of a more general problem of dominated world of writing and publishing. The
dealing with the constitution of the self and its work of prominent feminist theorists as well as a
relationship with the other. wide selection of creative writers are examined.
ELIT 607 Non-Western Contemporary ELIT 619 Literature and Science (3-0)3
Literatures (3-0)3 The impact of scientific discoveries and theories on
An introduction to contemporary Non-Western literature studied with an interdisciplinary approach.
literatures with an emphasis on multicultural and
multiethnic writers. The texts include the works of ELIT 620 Selected Works from Turkish
writers who write in English to reach a wider and English Literature (3-0)3
audience, as well as those translated into English. A study of Turkish and British works evincing
Emphasis on different authors in different similar generic and content features. Emphasis on
semesters. different genres in different semesters.
ELIT 609 Research Methodology in ELIT 621 Fiction: Selected Works (3-0)3
Literary Studies (3-0)3 A study of fiction as a literary genre through
Development of a disciplined and consistent representative works from different periods.
approach to literary research, with emphasis on
problems of locating, analyzing and interpreting
data. ELIT 622 Drama: Selected Works (3-0)3
A study of drama as a literary genre through
ELIT 610 Literary Genres and representative works from different periods.
Inter-Generic Relations (3-0)3
Major narrative literary genres and inter-generic ELIT 623 Poetry: Selected Works (3-0)3
relations. Non-literary causes behind genres, and A study of verse forms and types through
common formal literary devices among genres and representative works from different periods.
their transformations.
ELIT 699 Ph.D. Dissertation NC
472
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORTS
PROFESSOR
KOAK, M. Settar (Department Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of New Mexico.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
ALTUNSZ HRMER, Irmak: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., The Ohio State University
INSTRUCTOR
With the beginning of Ph.D. program in 2002, the departments main focus shifted to the graduate
program in the fields of exercise physiology, training theory and methodology, motor learning, motor
development, sports management, sports psychology, teaching/curriculum-planning in physical education and
adapted physical activity. The aims of the graduate program are to equip students with the skills and
knowledge to conduct research and to interpret the results to be of value to further development in field.
Considering that a great majority of the graduate students are either junior lecturers or are interested in
academic careers, the departments emphasis is not only on research but also on development of teaching
skills.
RESEARCH INTERESTS AND FACILITIES: The graduate level research activities undertaken
by the Department can be summarized under the following topics:
Department has Anatomy & First Aid Laboratory, Human Performance Laboratory and Movement
Education Laboratory to conduct the relevant tests for research and teaching activities.
473
GRADUATE PROGRAM AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORTS
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
Required Courses
Elective Courses
Elective Courses Offered in Teaching and Curriculum Planning in Physical Education Area
474
Elective Courses Offered in Sports Psychology and Motor Learning Area
Required Courses
Elective Courses
PES 610 Analysis of Instruction in PES 642 Exercise throughout Life Cycle
Physical Education (3-0)3 (3-0)3
PES 620 Process of Skill Acquisition PES 646 Designing Training Programs
(3-0)3 in Competitive Sports (3-0)3
PES 624 Independent Study in Motor PES 650 Sports Injuries, Preventive
Behavior Measures & Rehabilitation (3-0)3
(2-2)3 PES 660 Program and Event
PES 630 Advanced Nutrition in Sport (3-0)3 Management (3-0)3
PES 640 Exercise Physiology PES 664 Public Relations & Fund Raising in
Specialization (3-0)3 Sport Setting (3-0)3
Upon successful completion of course work, students are required to take a comprehensive examination. If
successful in the examination, students will register for PES 699 Ph.D. Dissertation course for the duration of
the time they are preparing their dissertation.
476
PES 542 Psychological Effects of Sport PES 610 Analysis of Instruction in
and Physical Activity (3-0)3 Physical Education (3-0)3
Consequences of involvement in physical activity This course is designed to equip students with the
and sport on selected psychological states such as knowledge and skills to systematically describe,
anxiety, depression, hostility and self-esteem. analyze, and evaluate teachers and coaches in
reliable and valid manner. The focus will be on both
PES 543 Growth & Motor Development qualitative and quantitative data collection
(3-0)3 procedures in PE context.
A study of growth and motor development of
children from infancy through adolescence PES 620 Process of Skill Acquisition (3-0)3
Emphasis is on observing, analyzing characteristics The course prepares students to be able to design
of movement behavior and motor performance of and implement optimal learning environments for
children with application to developmentally both the acquisition and performance of motor
appropriate movement experiences. skills. Process of skill acquisition is explored by
analyzing the early perceptual motor development
PES 545 Prosthesis Seminar NC in children and the problems of motor learning and
Scanning field literature, preparing and conducting retention for individuals of all ages.
seminars, submitting a research proposal, under a Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor
supervisors guidance.
PES 624 Independent Study in Motor
PES 550 Motor Control (3-0)3 Behavior (2-2)3
Theories around motor control will be examined Independent study into the current research,
and discussed as to their usefulness to understand literature, and issues in the area of motor behavior.
changes in movement execution as a result of task The course is designed to help students to choose
demands and environmental changes. One of the the topic(s) that they are interested and to help them
emphases will be explaining how basic principles to conduct in-depth literature review and run
and theories are derived from experimental experiments in the area of motor behavior.
approaches within the disciplines of physiology, Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor
neuroscience, biomechanics, and psychology.
PES 630 Advanced Nutrition in Sport
PES 560 Motor Learning (3-0)3 (3-0)3
An investigation of motor learning as an important This lesson aims to give the ability to create diet to
component of the foundation needed to understand enhance performance and capacity in sports.
human behavior as it relates to teaching, learning Detailed information and data related to food
and performing motor skills. The course explains commodities and nutritional substances, increasing
the process by which humans acquire and refine strength and resistance in sports, will be given as
physical skills, as well as the stages of skill learning complementary to nutrition in sports.
and development.
PES 640 Exercise Physiology
PES 590 Readings in Physical Education Specialization (3-0)3
Sports and Recreation (3-0)3 Exercise physiology emphasis area, which is
Analysis and study of current literature in the broadly based upon life sciences: physiology,
physical education sports and recreation areas. biochemistry, biomechanics, nutrition and human
anatomy. The premier interest is to understand how
PES 599 Masters Thesis NC various cells, tissues, organs, and organ systems
Program of research leading to M.S. degree, respond to challenges posed by exercise and
arranged between the student and a faculty member. physical training. Exercise physiology focuses on
Students register this course while the research optimal performance such as that attained by
program or write-up of thesis is in progress. sedentary, elite and highly trained athletes.
PES 600 Research Seminar in Physical PES 642 Exercise throughout Life Cycle
Education (3-0)3 (3-0)3
Development of doctoral dissertations, projects and Exercise is a concept of lifetime and the habit of
presentations. The course will assist students in exercise should be gained in childhood. This habit
literature review, design, methods and other matters should then further carried to older ages. It is well
of concern in preparation of a dissertation, project known that exercise is one of the most important
and presentation. items in reducing illnesses. This course will teach
methods on how exercise can become part of daily
477
life. It will give information and draw attention to on the knowledge and application of necessary
the importance of exercise throughout life cycle. skills to develop, propose and conduct sport-related
program, events, games, and contests.
PES 646 Designing Training Programs in
Competitive Sports (3-0)3 PES 664 Public Relations & Fund Raising
Design of a training program is a significant part of in Sport Setting (3-0)3
theory and methodology in sports. The main interest This course is designed to prepare and update
of this course is to apply basic principles and prospective sport managers and leaders with regard
methodology of preparation of different types of to fund raising approaches and strategies. Upon
training plans including training lessons, micro- and completing the course, a student will have a sound
macro-cycles, annual, Olympic and long term plans grasp of the principles and practice of fund raising
in various individual and team sports. and will be able to work effectively in a variety of
sport institutions and related non-profit
PES 650 Sports Injuries, Preventive organizations both as a staff member and as an
Measures and Rehabilitation independent consultant.
(3-0)3
Students will be able to identify the sports specific PES 699 Ph.D. Dissertation NC
types of injuries and apply preventive precautions Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree,
during the acute period. Students will have been arranged between the student and a faculty member.
thought to prevent sport injuries by alternating Students register this course while the research
stretching types, correct load of training, choosing program or write-up of thesis is in progress.
sport specific exercise patterns etc.
PES 800-899 Special Studies NC
PES 660 Program & Event Management Students choose and study under the guidance of a
(3-0)3 faculty member, normally as M.S. thesis advisor.
This course is designed to develop and
understanding of theories and principles required in PES 900-999 Special Studies NC
managing a program and event in various sport Students choose and study under the guidance of a
settings, including the management process. Focus faculty member, normally as Ph.D. thesis advisor.
478
DEPARTMENT OF SECONDARY SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS EDUCATION
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
ZDEMR, mer Faruk (Vice Chair): B.S., Seluk University; Ph.D. Ohio State University.
INSTRUCTORS
The five-year programs prepare graduates as fully qualified teachers of science in secondary schools.
The graduate programs with thesis are aimed at those students who would like to pursue an academic career, or
to become administrators or specialists in the area of science / mathematics education.
The department aims particularly to equip students with the up-to-date knowledge and practical skills
required for secondary school science and mathematics teachers. An important objective of the department is
to provide its graduates with relevant contemporary information, training, and prerequisite skills to enable
them to guide their students to cope with the challenges of the 21st century. Science education and computer
laboratories are available to enrich the theoretical background of prospective teachers.
FIVE-YEAR PROGRAMS: The admission to the five-year programs is through the Interuniversity
Student Placement System. The department currently runs integrated programs in chemistry and physics
education. Graduates are qualified to teach in secondary schools. The curricula of the programs require
students to take courses from the Department of Secondary Science and Mathematics Education, Educational
Sciences and relevant departments of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS WITH THESIS: The graduate programs with thesis are designed to
prepare graduate students as academicians, science and mathematics supervisors, curriculum consultants, test
and evaluation specialists in science and mathematics education. The Department offers M.S. and Ph. D.
courses in Physics Education, Chemistry Education, Biology Education, and Mathematics Education.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: The graduates of the Department are employed by secondary science
and mathematics education departments of other universities as well as the Ministry of Education and private
schools as teachers, academicians, supervisors, inspectors, curriculum consultants, and test and evaluation
specialists in science and mathematics.
FIVE-YEAR PROGRAMS
FIRST YEAR
CHEM 105 General Chemistry I (4-4)6 CHEM 106 General Chemistry II (4-4)6
ENG 101 Development of Reading and ENG 102 Development of Reading and
Writing Skills I (4-0)4 Writing Skills II (4-0)4
MATH 117 Calculus I (4-2)5 IS 100 Introduction to Information
PHYS 111 Physics I (Mechanics) (4-2)5 Technologies and Applications NC
MATH 118 Calculus II (4-2)5
PHYS 112 Physics II (El. And Magn.) (4-2)5
SECOND YEAR
CHEM 200 Colloquium in Chemistry I (1-0)0 CHEM 234 Organic Chemistry I (4-0)4
CHEM 221 Analytical Chemistry I (4-0)4 CHEM 236 Organic Chemistry Lab. I (0-4)2
CHEM 223 Analytical Chemistry (0-6)3 CHEM 252 Physical Chemistry I (4-0)4
CHEM 233 Introduction to Organic Chemistry CHEM 254 Physical Chemistry Lab. I (0-4)2
(2-0)2 EDS 220 Educational Psychology (3-0)3
CHEM 257 Mathematics for Chemists (4-0)4 ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation
EDS 200 Introduction to Education (3-0)3 Skills (3-0)3
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II
NC
480
THIRD YEAR
Fifth Semester Sixth Semester
CHEM 301 Organic Chemistry II (4-0)4 CHEM 322 Analytical Chemistry II (4-0)4
CHEM 303 Organic Chemistry Lab. II (0-6)3 CHEM 324 Analytical Chem. Lab. II (0-6)3
CHEM 353 Physical Chemistry II (4-0)4 ENG 311 Advanced Communication
CHEM 355 Physical Chemistry Lab. II (0-4)2 Skills (3-0)3
SSME 301 Curriculum Development & SSME 302 Measurement and Evaluation in
Instruction in Science/Mathematics Science/Mathematics Education
Education (3-0)3 (3-0)3
TURK 305 Oral Communication (2-0)2 SSME 309 Theories and Approaches in
Teaching and Learning of
Science/Mathematics (3-0)3
TURK 306 Written Expression (2-0)
FOURTH YEAR
CHEM 361 Inorganic Chemistry I (4-0)4 CHEM 362 Inorganic Chemistry II (4-0)4
CHEM 400 Colloquium in Chemistry II (1-0)0 SSME 403 Laboratory Experiments in Science
SSME 400 Computer Applications in Education (3-0)3
Science/Mathematics Education SSME 512 Methods of Science/Mathematics
(2-2)3 Teaching II (2-2)3
SSME 511 Methods of Science/ Mathematics SSME 518 Instructional Technology and
Teaching I (2-2)3 Material Development (2-2)3
Elective I (3-0)3 Elective III (3-0)3
Elective II (3-0)3
FIFTH YEAR
EDS 416 Turkish Educational System and EDS 304 Classroom Management (2-2)3
School Management (3-0)3 SSME 544 Practice Teaching in Science/
EDS 424 Guidance (3-0)3 Mathematics Education (2-6)5
SSME 534 School Experience in Science/ SSME 555 Research Projects in Science/
Mathematics Education (1-4)3 Mathematics Education (2-2)3
Restricted Elective I* (3-0)3 Restricted Elective II* (3-0)3
Elective IV (3-0)3
*Restricted electives: Courses offered by the Chemistry Department are defined as restricted elective.
481
PHYSICS EDUCATION PROGRAM
FIRST YEAR
SECOND YEAR
PHYS 203 Introductory Electronics (3-2)4 PHYS 202 Modern Physics (4-0)4
PHYS 209 Math. Methods in Phys. I (4-0)4 PHYS 210 Math. Methods in Phys. II (4-0)4
PHYS 221 Optics and Waves (4-0)4 PHYS 222 Optics and Waves Lab. (1-4)3
MATH 260 Linear Algebra (3-0)3 ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation
EDS 200 Introduction to Education (3-0)3 Skills (3-0)3
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC EDS 220 Educational Psychology (3-0)3
HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
THIRD YEAR
PHYS 307 Applied Modern Physics Lab PHYS 300 Quantum Physics (3-0)3
(1-4)3 ENG 311 Advanced Communication
PHYS 311 Classical Mechanics (4-2)5 Skills (3-0)3
SSME 301 Curriculum Development & SSME 302 Measurement & Evaluation in
Instruction in Science/Mathematics Science/Mathematics Education
Education (3-0)3 (3-0)3
SSME 309 Theories and Approaches in SSME 400 Computer Applications in
Teaching and Learning of Science/Mathematics Education
Science/Mathematics (3-0)3 (2-2)3
TURK 305 Oral Communication (2-0)2 TURK 306 Written Expression (2-0)2
Restricted Elective I* (3-0)3 Elective I (3-0)3
FOURTH YEAR
PHYS 431 Quantum Mechanics I (4-0)4 PHYS 334 Electromagnetic Theory (4-2)5
SSME 443 High School Physics Curriculum EDS 304 Classroom Management (3-0)3
Review I (3-0)3 SSME 403 Laboratory Experiments in Science
SSME 511 Methods of Science/Mathematics Education (3-0)3
Teaching I (2-2)3 SSME 512 Methods of Science/Mathematics
SSME 518 Instructional Technology and Teaching II (2-2)3
Material Development (2-2)3 Elective III (3-0)3
Elective II (3-0)3
482
FIFTH YEAR
Ninth Semester Tenth Semester
EDS 416 Turkish Educational System and EDS 424 Guidance (3-0)3
School Management (3-0)3 SSME 544 Practice Teaching in
SSME 534 School Experience in Science/Mathematics
Mathematics Education (1-4)3 Education (2-6)5
Restricted Elective II* (3-0)3 SSME 555 Research Projects in
Elective IV (3-0)3 Science/Mathematics
Education (2-2)3
Restricted Elective III* (3-0)3
*Restricted electives: Courses offered by the Physics Department (courses with PHYS and ASTR codes) are
defined as restricted elective.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
ELECTIVE COURSES
485
of the experiments, data gathering and evaluation. these concepts in literature; the strategies in order
Interpretation of possible unexpected results daily to handle the misconceptions; examination of SS
life applications of scientific principles relevant to and YS questions and measuring tools to assess
experiments. Design new experiments in the misconceptions, achievement, skills and
accordance with the national curriculum. The attitude; familiarizing students to the corresponding
impacts of calculators and computers on curriculum Turkish terms of the physics concepts in English.
and new standards for the professional development
of Physics, Chemistry and Biology teachers. SSME 444 High School Physics Curriculum
Review II (3-0)3
SSME 412 Learning and Cognition in
Analysis of all topics in Turkish 11th and 12th grade
Teaching Science (3-0)3
physics curricula in detail; review of the physics
Provides students with a broad-based understanding concepts emphasizing the common misconceptions
of the major theories and concepts of human and learning difficulties related to these concepts in
learning and cognition as they pertain to the science the literature; the strategies in order to handle the
education. Specifically, students in this course will misconceptions; examination of SS and YS
examine current learning theories and applications questions and measuring tools to assess the
of these theories to instructional practices at the misconceptions, achievement, skills and attitude;
secondary and high school. familiarizing students to the corresponding Turkish
SSME 422 Teaching Science Concepts of the physics concepts in English.
Through Hands-on Activities
(2-2)3 SSME 445 High School Chemistry
Focuses on planning and managing appropriate Curriculum Review (3-0)3
hands-on science experiments for grades six Reviewing the topics in high school chemistry
through eleven. Opportunity for exploring, curriculum in detail; exploring common
developing, experimenting, and evaluating hands- misconceptions related to chemistry concepts
on instructional materials. reported in the literature; discussing assessment
techniques to identify misconceptions; discussing
SSME 424 Introduction to Statistics for conceptual change strategies on how to eliminate
Teachers (2-2)3 the misconceptions; examining the questions in
Nature of statistical methods, elementary University Entrance Examination considering the
distribution and sampling theory, estimation and misconceptions; introducing Turkish terms for the
testing hypothesis, linear regression and analysis of corresponding chemistry concepts.
variance. Use of computer packages in the
statistical analysis of data in education. SSME 456 Laboratory Applications in
Mathematics Teaching (2-2)3
SSME 430 Special Problems in Planning, development, and managing hands-on
Math. / Science Education (2-2)3 mathematics activities relevant to secondary school
Research project carried out under the supervision mathematics curriculum. Effective use of
of a staff member on Science Education aiming at technological tools to analyze mathematical
giving the student the necessary skill and phenomena; application of teaching methods and
experience in carrying out a scientific research. assessment tools in mathematics education
Students are expected to complete a written report considering cognitive, affective and psychomotor
on their topics, and give a seminar. aspects of human learning. Connections between
real-world and mathematics realm.
SSME 440 Teaching of Geometry Concepts
(2-2)3 SSME 485 Research Methods for
The role of geometry in Turkish school Prospective Teachers (3-0)3
mathematics curricula. Psychological development Research skills and related competences involved in
of geometrical concepts. Methods of teaching planning conducting and reporting of applied
geometry with special emphasis on active learning. research studies of the type needed for prospective
teachers.
SSME 443 High School Physics
Curriculum Review I (3-0)3 SSME 486 Problem Solving in
Analysis of all topics in Turkish ninth and tenth Mathematics (3-0)3
grade physics curricula in detail; review of the Theories of mathematical problem solving;
physics concepts emphasizing the common pedagogical techniques for school mathematics
misconceptions and learning difficulties related to problem solving; curriculum organization to
incorporate problem solving in school mathematics
486
programs; extensive experience and practice in school mathematics curriculum; basic inferential
solving mathematical problems. statistics to use them in action research.
SSME 492 Teaching of Probability and SSME 495 Affective Variables for
Statistics (2-2)3 Mathematics / Science Teachers (3-0)3
Misconceptions on probability and statistics; Theories of affective variables related to attitudes
methods of teaching concepts of probability and toward mathematics/science, mathematics/ science
statistics; problem solving techniques to solve the anxiety, mathematics/ science self-concept, beliefs
problems related to them; their utility in daily life about the natures of mathematics/science and their
and other areas; pedagogical techniques for teachings, self-regulation; reciprocal relationships
improving attitudes toward them, self-concept and among those variables and achievement; factors
beliefs related to their nature and their teachings; affecting these variables; pedagogical techniques
their historical development; their integration into for improving affective outcomes; evaluation of
affective variables.
487
GRADUATE PROGRAMS WITH THESIS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF SECONDARY
SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS EDUCATION
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
M.S. in Secondary Science and Mathematics Ph.D. in Secondary Science and Mathematics
Education Education
If admitted by M.S. degree:
SSME 500 M.S. Thesis NC
SSME 503 Educational Statistics (3-0)3 SSME 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
SSME 520 Research Methods in Education 7 Elective Courses*
(3-0)3
SSME 552 Seminar NC Total minimum credit: 21
5 Elective Courses* No of Courses with credit: 7
GRADUATE COURSES
488
DESCRIPTION OF GRADUATE COURSES
490
MASTER OF SCIENCE PROGRAMS WITHOUT THESIS AT
THE DEPARTMENT OF SECONDARY SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS EDUCATION
The graduates of the program will obtain a M.S. degree without thesis in Secondary Science and
Mathematics Education with a major in biology, chemistry, mathematics or physics education, and will be
qualified to teach in secondary schools. Applications to each of the four major areas of the program need to
have a B.S. degree in one of the corresponding disciplines listed below.
EDS 507 Development and Learning (3-0)3 EDS 510 Classroom Management (2-2)3
SSME 511 Methods of Science/Mathematics SSME 512 Methods of Science /
Teaching I (2-2)3 Mathematics Teaching II (2-2)3
SSME 501 Curriculum Development & SSME 518 Instructional Technology
Instruction in Science/Mathematics and Material Development (2-2)3
Education (3-0)3 SSME 502 Measurement & Evaluation in
SSME 509 Theories and Approaches in Science/Mathematics Education
Teaching and Learning of (3-0)3
Science/Mathematics (3-0)3 SSME 534 School Experience in Science/
EDS 524 Introduction to Education (3-0)3 Mathematics Education (14)3
Elective (3-0)3
Third Semester
For the course descriptions, see Five-Year Programs of Secondary Science and Mathematics Education
Department.
491
INTERNATIONAL JOINT PROGRAM ON LIBERAL STUDIES WITH A
CONCENTRATION IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION:
Global socioeconomic conditions in the new millennium require the need for going beyond
conventional teacher education models and highlight multidimensional, interdisciplinary educational programs
for teacher education. Based on this philosophy, Middle East Technical University (METU), Department of
Foreign Language Education in collaboration with State University of New York (SUNY)New Paltz is
offering a dual diploma undergraduate program in Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL) and
Liberal Studies.
The program in TEFL-Liberal Studies provides students with a solid foundation in the field of English
language teaching and helps them to develop strategies, firmly grounded in research, theory and practice, to
teach English in any part of the world, or to do research on the teaching, learning or assessment of English as a
foreign language. This formulation is enriched by Liberal Studies perspective that students will gain
throughout their education.
The four-year program includes full-time enrolment for 6 semesters at METU and 2 semesters and 2
summer sessions at SUNY-New Paltz: first, second and fourth years at METU, and the third year and two
summer sessions at SUNY, New Paltz. Compulsory courses in the program provide students with the
fundamentals of English language teaching profession while a wide spectrum of elective courses in
psychology, sociology, philosophy, linguistics and literature equip them with new perspectives and new
horizons.
Upon successful completion of all the requirements at both institutions, students of this dual diploma
program are awarded Bachelor of Arts degree in English Language Teaching at METU and Bachelor of Arts
degree in Liberal Studies at SUNY-New Paltz.
a chance to study in one of the most respectable institutions both in Turkey and the US,
an understanding of cross-cultural characteristics of todays world by being a student in Turkey and in
the US, and
compulsory courses which aims to familiarize students with the fundamentals of their academic
development as well as a wide range of elective courses which broaden their vision and facilitate their
specialization.
492
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
TEFL 171 Expository Writing I (3-0)3 TEFL 172 Expository Writing II (3-0)3
TEFL 173 Critical Reading &Thinking I TEFL 174 Critical Reading &Thinking II
(3-0)3 (3-0)3
TEFL 175 Oral Communication I (3-0)3 TEFL 176 Oral Communication II (3-0)3
TEFL 177 Introduction to Literature (3-0)3 TEFL 182 Introduction to English Language
EDS 200 Introduction to Education (3-0)3 Teaching: Approaches and
TURK 103 Turkish I (2-0)2 Methods (3-0)3
IS 100 Introduction to Information TEFL 273 Introduction to Linguistics I (3-0)3
Technologies & Applications (NC) TURK 104 Turkish II (2-0)2
ENG 105 TOEFL IBT I (NC) ENG 106 TOEFL IBT II (NC)
TEFL 274 Introduction to Linguistics II (3-0)3 TEFL 271 Language Acquisition (3-0)3
TEFL 275 Survey of English Literature (3-0)3 TEFL 278 ELT Methodology II (3-0)3
TEFL 277 ELT Methodology I (3-0)3 TEFL 280 The Novel I (3-0)3
TEFL 279 Lexical Competence (3-0)3 TEFL 282 Advanced English Structure (3-0)3
TEFL 281 Research Methods (3-0)3 TEFL 286 English-Turkish Translation (3-0)3
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk (NC) HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk (NC)
SED 356 Teaching and Learning in the EDS 340 Sociological and Philosophical
Digital Environment (3-0)3 Foundations of Education (3-0)3
SED 393 Syntax, Phonology & Lexicon I SED 353 Field Work Level I (NC)
(3-0)3 SED 393 Syntax, Phonology & Lexicon II
Math (Restricted Elective) (3-0)3 (3-0)3
Natural Sciences (3-0)3 SED 393 Sed. Ed. Selected Topics (3-0)3
Major (3-0)3 SED 453 Introduction to Curriculum and
Major (3-0)3 Assessment (3-0)3
Major (3-0)3
Major (3-0)3
Major (3-0)3
Major (3-0)3
493
FOURTH YEAR (METU)
TEFL 487 ELT Materials Development and TEFL 490 Practice Teaching (2-6)5
Adaptation (3-0)3 TEFL 492 Poetry (3-0)3
TEFL 489 Teaching English to Young TEFL 494 The Novel II (3-0)3
Learners (3-0)3 TEFL 496 Turkish- English Translation (3-0)3
TEFL 491 Drama (3-0)3 EDS 416 Turkish Educational System and
EDS 304 Classroom Management (3-0)3 School Management (3-0)3
EDS 424 Guidance (3-0)3
TEFL 171 Expository Writing I (3-0)3 TEFL 176 Oral Communication II (3-0)3
Paragraph writing; organization of paragraphs; A continuation of Oral Communication I, aiming at
developing skills of summarizing, outlining, further practice in listening and spoken skills,
paraphrasing, and answering examination questions focusing on formal presentation skills.
at paragraph level, developing students' linguistic
competence in English, increasing awareness of TEFL 177 Introduction to Literature (3-0)3
how meaning is created through structure and how Studying basic concepts of literary analysis and
structure and vocabulary are related. critical appreciation through selected texts from
various genres and periods.
494
theories and language teaching methods, and the TEFL 282 Advanced English Structure
functioning of language in society. (3-0)3
Reviewing syntactic and semantic trouble spots in
TEFL 275 Survey of English Literature English grammar at advanced level, with emphasis
(3-0)3 on techniques of teaching grammar.
Studying literary texts representing different periods
and genres of English literature is the main TEFL 286 English-Turkish Translation
objective of this course. The students will be (3-0)3
introduced to the study of literature as an This course develops basic knowledge, skills and
intellectual discipline by showing the ways of techniques required for translating as well as
approaching literature, through close reading and continued growth of linguistic resources such as
analysis. It aims at developing basic strategies for vocabulary, structures and style within an English-
critical reading and interpreting poetry, fiction, and Turkish foreign language cultural and social
drama. Reading texts are selected from different context.
literary periods and it aims to develop familiarity
with notable literary texts of English Literature. TEFL 487 ELT Materials Development
and Adaptation (3-0)3
TEFL 277 ELT Methodology I (3-0)3 Enabling students to acquire skills necessary for
Developing students' awareness concerning the evaluating language teaching materials in current
relationship between linguistics, psychology and textbooks, adapting or developing materials for
educational psychology; enabling students to make language teaching and language testing.
presentations with major approaches, methods and
techniques of teaching English. TEFL 489 Teaching English to Young
Learners (3-0)3
TEFL 278 ELT Methodology II (3-0)3 The learning strategies of young children and the
A continuation of ELT Methodology I, enabling acquisition of the mother tongue as well as the
students to acquire skills necessary for teaching learning of a foreign language; the classroom
different language skills with special emphasis on methods and techniques to be used when teaching
learning and teaching strategies, lesson planning English to young learners; the development of
and class management. games, songs and visual materials and their use in
teaching.
TEFL 279 Lexical Competence (3-0)3
This course aims to raise students understanding of TEFL 490 Practice Teaching (2-6)5
the relation between lexical items and structural Consolidating the skills necessary for teaching
forms as well as expanding their vocabulary English as a foreign language at primary and
knowledge by focusing on the components of word secondary schools through observation and teaching
formation including prefixes and suffixes. Students practice in pre-determined secondary schools under
also learn idioms, collocations, slang, euphemisms, staff supervision; critically analyzing the previously
neologisms, proverbs and phrasal verbs to help them acquired teaching related knowledge and skills
to better explore, review, play with and enhance through further reading, research and in class
their spoken and written expression. Throughout the activities in order to develop a professional view of
course, students will engage in interactive content- the ELT field.
based tasks such as problem-solving activities, error
analysis, and journals writing to increase their TEFL 491 Drama (3-0)3
vocabulary span. Studying the characteristics of drama as a genre;
types of drama; analysis of drama; analysis of
TEFL 280 The Novel I (3-0)3 examples from European or American drama
Studying the characteristics of the novel as a literary representing different trends.
genre; approaches to analyzing the novel; analysis
of sample British novels that represent various TEFL 492 Poetry (3-0)3
literary periods. This course aims at developing familiarity with
important poems of English Literature by focusing
TEFL 281 Research Methods (3-0)3 on widely appreciated poems by British poets
The teaching and application of scientific research through critical methods associated with poetry
methods and techniques; having students do small analysis.
scale research in their own fields and evaluating
their work.
495
TEFL 494 The Novel II (3-0)3 TEFL 496 Turkish-English Translation
This course aims at studying and analyzing (3-0)3
significant British novels of the 20th century. This course develops basic knowledge, skills and
Modernist and Postmodernist texts of prominent techniques required for translating as well as
20th century writers are discussed critically by continued growth of linguistic resources such as
considering social, political and cultural changes of vocabulary, structures and style within a Turkish-
the period. English foreign language cultural and social
context. The course enables students to acquire
skills necessary for dealing with a broad range of
(Turkish to English) translation problems through
analysis, discussion and practice with a variety of
texts.
Electives
For their major, students will select 6 courses from the following list in consultation with their advisor at New
Paltz.
496
497
498
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
MISSION STATEMENT
The Faculty of Engineering of METU educates engineers and researchers with universal
qualifications, who can fulfill the needs and expectations of, and play a leadership role in the advancement of
industry and society. The Faculty of Engineering advances engineering science and technology through
research, and contributes to the application of the created knowledge and technology to benefit mankind.
OBJECTIVES
To educate engineers capable of applying their knowledge effectively to solving engineering problems
and to design, who are open to change and committed to lifelong learning, equipped with communication
skills and understanding of professional issues and humanitarian values.
To educate masters level engineers with a level of knowledge sufficiently advanced to carry out research
and communicate the results thereof.
To educate doctorate level engineers capable of carrying out original research and defending and
disseminating the results thereof.
To employ a sufficient number of faculty members to carry out high quality education and research, who
can be role models to students through their personality and scholarly conduct.
To increase high level, funded research, preferably interdisciplinary, and guided by goals that contribute
to the advance of technology.
To disseminate results of research and existing knowledge through such means as national and
international publications, meetings, consultancy and continuing education.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
offering 13 undergraduate programs (the Department of Engineering Sciences has no undergraduate program)
as well as numerous graduate programs at both master's and doctoral level. The Faculty of Engineering, being
aware of its distinguished standing in the country, gives utmost priority to research activities and to relations
with the industry. There are also cooperative links with universities in the U.S.A., U.K., Europe, and Australia
via several educational and R&D protocols.
499
ENGINEERING FACULTY CORE CURRICULUM
The Faculty Core Curriculum intends to set up criteria regarding the maximum and minimum
allowable credits necessary for graduation and to establish a well-balanced composition of topics from the
following four main categories:
Mathematics and basic sciences
Engineering sciences
Social sciences, humanities, economics and communication
Professional sciences and applications of a particular engineering field
ENGINEERING SCIENCES: (min. 4 courses in 3 of the following 6 areas with at least 1 course outside the
discipline; min. 12 credits)
Engineering Mechanics (Continuum/Sub-continuum)
Thermodynamics
Electrical Sciences
Materials Science
Transport Phenomena
Computer Science
DESIGN: (min. 2 design courses based on previous course work in the relevant discipline; min. 4 credits)
500
MINOR PROGRAMS IN ENGINEERING
Currently there are 23 minor programs offered by various departments of the Faculty of Engineering
as listed below:
The details of individual minor programs are given under the program descriptions of related
departments except Geographic Information Systems and Remote Sensing and Mechatronics minor programs
which appear under the Faculty of Engineering. The equivalency of courses taken in student's major program
to the courses in a minor program is determined by the department offering that minor. However, students
must take courses of at least 12-credits and at least 4-courses in addition to their regularly enrolled major
programs in order a minor certificate to be granted.
Students seeking a double major in engineering must satisfy the requirements of both majors as stated
by both departments involved as well as the requirements of the Faculty Core Curriculum. The equivalency of
courses which will be considered common in both programs is determined by the departments involved.
The program is designed to provide systematic approach to students who are interested in the field of activity
which integrates all the means used to acquire and manage spatial data required as part of scientific,
administrative, legal and technical operations involved in the process of production and management of spatial
information. Considering the interdisciplinary nature of the subject the program offers equal opportunity to
interested students from different departments.
Compulsory courses:
501
One of the following courses:
Faculty of Engineering offers a Minor Program on Mechatronics for undergraduate students of the
Faculty of Engineering. Mechatronics is a methodology and design philosophy which blends areas of
technology involving analysis and design of the behaviour of systems of sensors, measurements, drives,
actuators as well as their microprocessor based controls. A mechatronic system is multidisciplinary,
embedding several fundamental disciplines; electrical and electronics, computer science and information
technology and mechanical engineering with fundamental engineering design methodology. The main purpose
of this program is to provide the successful and motivated students within broad knowledge of mechatronics
that will enable them to practice their profession in an interdisciplinary manner.
Compulsory Courses:
ME 220 Introduction to Mechatronics (1-0)1
EE 281 Electrical Circuits (2-2)3
EE 282 Introduction to Digital Electronics (3-0)3
ES 223 Statics and Strength of Materials (4-0)4
ME 208 Dynamics (3-0)3
ME 212 Principles of Production Engineering (3-0)3
METE 227 Basic Concepts in Material Science (3-0)3
EE 301 Signals and Systems I (3-0)3
EE 302 Feedback Systems (3-0)3
EE 348 Introduction to Logic Design (3-0)3
ME 461 Mechatronic Components and Instrumentation (1-4)3
ME 462 Mechatronic Design (2-2)3
ME 414 System Dynamics (3-0)3
EE 447 Introduction to Microprocessors (3-2)4
502
Three of the Following Courses:
1- ME 442 Design of Control Systems (3-0)3
2- EE 402 Discrete Time Systems (3-0)3
or
ME 534 Computer Control of Machines* (3-0)3
3- EE 430 Digital Signal Processing (3-0)3
4- CENG 424 Logic for Computer Science (3-0)3
or
CENG 462 Artificial Intelligence (3-0)3
or
EE 586 Artificial Intelligence* (3-0)3
or
EE 559 Intelligent Control* (3-0)3
5- CENG 466 Fundamentals Image Processing Techniques (3-0)3
or
CENG 483 Introduction to Computer Vision (3-0)3
or
EE 584 Machine Vision* (3-0)3
or
EE 634 Digital Image Processing * (3-0)3
6- ME 440 Numerically Controlled Machine Tools (3-0)3
or
ME 448 Fund. of Micro Electromechanical Systems and Microsystems (3-0)3
or
ME 493 Introduction to Smart Structures and Materials (3-0)3
or
ME 551 Design of High Precision CNC Machinery* (3-0)3
7- CENG 443 Intro. to Object Oriented Prog. Lang. and Systems (3-0)3
8- CENG 786 Robot Motion Planning and Control* (3-0)3
or
CENG 787 Robot Locomotion: Models and Algorithms* (3-0)3
or
EE 780 Statistical Techniques in Mobile Robotics* (3-0)3
9- CENG 436 Data Communications and Computer Networking (3-0)3
or
EE 444 Introduction to Computer Networks (3-0)3
ACCREDITATION HISTORY
Formal external evaluations were requested from ABET (Accreditation Board for Engineering and
Technology, Inc.) in 1992. As a result of these evaluations, Chemical and Mining Engineering programs (since
1994), Civil, Electrical & Electronics, Mechanical, Metallurgical & Materials Engineering programs (since
1996), and Aerospace, Computer, Environmental, Food, Geological, Industrial and Petroleum & Natural Gas
Engineering programs (since 2002), were judged to be "substantially equivalent to similarly named accredited
programs in the USA" by ABET which was the only kind of positive accreditation statement provided by
ABET for programs outside the USA at the time.
Latest evaluations were towards full accreditation and currently all 13 undergraduate programs are
accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET, http://www.abet.org, effective
October 1, 2007.
503
DEPARTMENT OF AEROSPACE ENGINEERING
PROFESSORS
KER, Demirkan : B.S., METU; M.S. in Applied Mathematics, Wright State Univ.;
M.S. in Aerospace Eng., Univ. of Dayton; Ph.D.in Aeronautics, California Institute of Technology.
EY, Sinan: B.S., K.T..; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
KURTULU, Dilek Funda (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S., Ph.D. METU; Ph.D., E.N.S.M.A., Poitiers France.
AHN, Melin: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Southampton.
UZOL, Ouz : B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
YAVRUCUK, lkay: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Georgia Intitute of Technology.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
GRSES, Ercan: B.S., METU in Civil Eng., M.S., Ph.D. University of Stuttgart
KUTAY, Ali Trker (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S. METU; Ph. D. in Aerospace Eng., Georgia Institute of
Technology.
MISSION STATEMENT :Department of Aerospace Engineering aims to graduate students who can
meet the demands of the National Aerospace Industry, who are equipped with fundamental engineering
knowledge and abilities who can comprehend and analyze aerospace systems as a whole, who have leadership
qualities, ethical values and consciousness of environmental issues, who can renew themselves and who can
continuously learn and question. The department collaborates with distinguished universities and technology
centers of the world on education and research, thus increasing and updating its knowledge and does research
to develop and produce technology.
The program is designed to equip the students with basic physical and mathematical sciences in the
first year; with basic aeronautical engineering courses in the second year and applied courses in the remaining
two years. The program comprises various summer training programs and laboratory work at every level of the
education.
504
equipped with advanced knowledge in their fields, fulfill aerospace engineer requirements in
Turkey,
are preferred by national and international pioneering institutes and research centers in the fields of
aerospace and advanced technologies,
specialize in areas of their choice by pursuing graduate studies and those who prefer seek academic
and research positions in reputable universities.
Our graduates are expected to have the following knowledge, skills, and behaviors:
ability to apply basic knowledge in mathematics, science, and engineering in solving aerospace
engineering problems,
ability to analyze and design aerospace systems and subsystems,
ability to reach knowledge required to solve given problems and utilize that knowledge in solving
them,
ability to follow advancements in their fields and improve themselves professionally,
ability to communicate and participate effectively in multi-disciplinary teams.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
To train Aerospace Engineers at M.S. or Ph.D. levels in order to create the potential in research and
development for the needs of the industry and Aerospace Engineering Sciences.
Individually designed graduate programs are offered at M.S. and Ph.D. levels according to the
formation requirements of each student in the following fields: Aerodynamics, Structures and Materials,
Propulsion, and Flight Dynamics and Control. The current research interests of the staff members are described
below.
Aerodynamics: Some of the current research interests of faculty members are: Computational fluid
dynamics (CFD); Development of Euler and Navier-Stokes CFD solvers for application to various missile and
aircraft configurations, prediction of vortical flow fields of helicopter rotor blades, numerical prediction of ice-
accretion and loss of performance, performance evaluation of various turbulence models, high-lift
aerodynamics and performance of multi element airfoils, jets in cross flow, numerical investigation of unsteady
turbomachinery flows, numerical investigation of flapping airfoil combinations. Hypersonic and rarefied gas
dynamics. Computational aeroacoustics; Prediction of tonal noise radiating from turbofans. Turbulence
measurements using hot-wire and split-film anemometry techniques. Conceptual and detailed design aircraft
and helicopter; Model manufacturing and wind tunnel testing of new conventional and unconventional flight
vehicles. Flow visualization in subsonic and supersonic wind tunnels. Calculations of lift, drag, pitching
moment coefficients and various stability coefficients using empirical, 3-D panel and advanced CFD
techniques. 6 DOF flight simulation of various missile and aircraft configurations.
Structures, Structural Dynamics and Materials: Structural dynamics and vibrations, theoretical
and applied mechanics, thin walled structures: beams, plates and shells, mechanics of composite materials,
sandwich structures, composite manufacturing, experimental and computational mechanics, fracture
mechanics, fatigue of materials, damage tolerant design, behavior of materials under dynamic loading
involving high strain rates, impact loading structures, adhesive joints in composite structural elements, periodic
structures, active noise and vibration control of aerospace structures by using smart structures, application of
piezoceramics and/ or shape memory alloys, structural health monitoring and damage detection,
multidisciplinary design and optimization of aerospace structures, aeroelasticity, aeroservoelasticity,
biomechanics, morphing aerospace structures.
505
Propulsion, Heat Transfer, Aerothermodynamics: Propulsive ducts, ice formation on wings and
propellers, 3D-TVD and ENO Solutions of turbine and compressor blades, quasi 3-D inverse flow solution and
design of rotating cascades, 2 phase liquid-gas internal flow analysis, spinning solid rocket propulsion
assessment, overall performance estimation and experimental investigation of small ramjet, turbojet and
turboprop engines; 3-D Spray Combustion Simulation. Design and test of combustion chambers; lean and rich
combustion, flame propagation and stability characteristics. Analysis of ducted and non-ducted propellers,
production system integration and design, cogeneration and combined cycle performance analysis.
Turbomachinery flows, rotor-stator interaction, experimental techniques including optical diagnostics, gas
turbine modeling, simulation and control, turbulence.
Avionics, Flight Mechanics and Control: Modeling of aerospace flight vehicles, development of
simulation tools, automatic flight control algorithms, guidance techniques, NN Based INS filtering methods,
combined optimization of design and control variables, development of a flight control system for a VTOL-
UAV.
Departments of the Faculty of Engineering. In this respect, the research facilities and laboratories of
these Departments are jointly used with Aerospace Engineering and the respective Departments. Detailed
information about the facilities of these departments can be looked up from appropriate sections of this catalog.
However, Aerospace Engineering Department is developing its own research facilities and putting them at the
disposition of the other departments. Some important research facilities of Aerospace Engineering Department
are;
AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY:
1. Small Subsonic Research Wind Tunnel: This is a home built, Eiffel type, variable speed (0-30
m/s) subsonic wind tunnel, having a test section of 0.3 m x 0.3 m and is used basically for demonstration and
research purposes. The tunnel speed can be controlled and regulated through a personal computer. Basic
research in turbulence and flow field measurements using pressure probes and hot-wire anemometry
techniques are conducted in this tunnel. A complete data-acquisition system is also incorporated with this
facility for automated probe traversing and data collection.
2. Supersonic Wind Tunnel: This is a blow-down supersonic wind tunnel, complete with its
compressor, air drier and exhaust silencer. The test section is 20 mm x 30 mm, and is of variable nozzle type
which permits to attain speeds in the range 1.3 < M< 3.4, velocity being continuously adjustable during
operation. The running time of the tunnel is 30 to 60 seconds, depending upon the Mach number. The nominal
operating stagnation pressure of the system is 14 bars supplied by a compressor rated at 7.5 kW. The tunnel
incorporates a complete Schlieren system for flow visualization. This tunnel is used mainly for demonstration
purposes in high-speed compressible gas dynamics.
3. Air Flow Bench: This is a mobile bench providing the basic airflow for a wide range of
demonstration experiments, laboratory and project work. Various test facilities, such as Bernoulli's equation,
drag force, round turbulent jet, boundary layer, flow around a bend, jet attachment and flow visualization are
also incorporated. The working section of the apparatus is 100 mm x 50 mm. Besides the department has a 3
channel Constant-temperature anemometer system, with various single, cross (double) and triple hot-wire
probes and triple-quadruple split film probes used basically for measurements in recirculation flows. Data
acquisition hardware and software systems are also available for research and application purposes.
4. Water Tank: This is a water tank with 80cmx80cm cross section having 2m length. Impulsive
starting flows, flow around aerodynamic bodies at low Reynolds numbers and flow visualization with dye are
incorporated in the setup. Data acquisition hardware and software systems are also available for research and
application purposes.
5. Low-speed Wind Tunnel: This is a continuous-flow blower configuration wind tunnel that
consists of a 0.6 m diameter double-intake radial blower driven by a frequency controlled 18.5 kW AC electric
506
motor, a 2.6 m long rectangular to square transitional diffuser with a 7 deg diffusion angle, a 1.85 m long
1.1x1.1 m2 cross-section settling chamber, a 0.915 m long contraction with an area ratio of 3.36 followed by a
0.5 m long square-to-rectangular transition duct. The maximum achievable velocity is 18 m/s. There are two
types of Plexiglas test sections: one for wing models and the other is for linear turbine cascade models.
Miscellaneous measurement techniques can be implemented on the test sections such as pressure
measurements, hot wire measurements etc. Also state of the art Time-resolved Particle Image Velocimetry (Tr-
PIV) system can be incorporated to various steps.
6. Low-speed Wind Tunnel: This is an open circuit suck down wind tunnel that consists of 1.2 m
diameter axial fan with a speed of 1500 rpm driven by a 200L electric motor. A rectangular cube test section
with cross section area of 1x1 m2 and the length of 2 m, the material used for test section production is
Plexiglas. A 1 m contraction section placed before the test section. This wind tunnel has a maximum velocity
of 28 m/s and a turbulence intensity of 1.2% at the inlet of the test section. A wind screen can be assembled
upstream of the test section to improve the flow quality depending on the problem in hand. Various
measurement techniques such as pressure measurements, hot wire measurements and PIV measurements can
be achieved on the model tested.
SIMULATION CONTROL AND AVIONICS LABORATORY: The main focus of the laboratory
is flight mechanics simulation as well as the automatic flight control of aerospace vehicles. For this purpose
many simulation codes, novel control algorithms as well as sensor integration and filtering methods has been
developed. There are number of remotely piloted vehicles, where the instrumentation and development of
flight control systems has been carried out. Among them, two relatively large fixed wind UAVs with 3m
wing span, helicopters, and quadrotors may be named. The laboratory has integrated IMU's, GPS receivers, as
well as other sensors to these small vehicles with novel flight controllers, implemented on PC104s as well as
DSPs and other micro controllers. Some of the other facilities of the lab are listed below:
1. A single axis air bearing table where control moment gyroscopes and
reactions wheels are being tested.
2. Experimental setups for smart structures research
3. A set up to demonstrate gyroscope principles
1. Propeller Rig: Maximum rotational speed is 2250 RPM and is driven by a speed controlled 18.4
kW DC electric motor. The rig can be used as a whirl stand for ducted and non-ducted propellers up to 130 cm
in diameter.
2. J79 Compressor Blade Row: Maximum rotational speed is 3000 RPM and is driven by a simovert
controlled 200 kW electric motor. The blade row is coupled in series with a radial fan which can discharge air
up to 10 kg/sec. On the GE- J79 compressor, only the first stage is left. 3D flow measurements and analysis,
secondary flow and stall research is carried out. (Jointly developed by T.U.A.F. 1st Overhaul and Maintenance
Center and METU-AEPL)
3. Impulse and Reaction Turbines Test Units: Bench top units are used to test miniature turbines
reaching 50 000 RPM and 30 000 RPM respectively at no-load configuration
4. Nozzle Performance Test Unit: Bench-top unit is used to test miniature nozzles for their optimum
performance and theoretical pressure ratios. Velocities around 500 m/sec are searched.
5. Combustion and Flame Propagation Test Facility: Accurate combustion research of various
fuel/air ratio can be carried out. Combustion products are analyzed through an electronic gas analyzer.
Determination of the flame speed, flame zones and the stability, characteristic can be undertaken. A flow
calorimeter is used for teaching and research.
507
6. Ramjet/ Pulse Jet Propulsion Test Facility: Thrust, drag and specific fuel consumption of various
ramjets and pulse jets at low air flow speeds (M < 0.29) can be measured. Fuel of such engines is either
butane-propane gas mixture or gasoline.
7. Turbocharger Based Turbojet/ Turboprop Engine: Design, development and research of such
engine is being undertaken jointly with TEI (TUSA Engine Industry) and METU- AEPL.
8. Turboshaft Gas Turbine Test Cell: A full-scale test cell for performance testing, health-
monitoring and bio-fuel studies on turboshaft engines. Currently a Rolls-Royce C-18 helicopter engine is
installed on the system.
9. Small Turbojet Test Setup: A small scale test setup for measuring the performance characteristics
of a small turbojet engine. Thrust, rpm, fuel consumption, EGT data can be acquired. Currently, a 100 N thrust
small Simjet engine is installed.
10. Small Radial Compressor Test Rig: This facility is used for testing and determining the
performance characteristics of small radial compressors that are generally used in small jet engines.
STRUCTURES LABORATORY:
1. Universal Testing Machine: It is of 100 kN capacity for torsion, compression and fatigue testing.
2. Vibration Test Unit: Universal testing bench for vibrating beam- and plate- like structures. This
unit can also be used for modal testing of various light weight aircraft structures such as aileron, flap, rudder,
small scale UAV wings of up to wing span of 4m.
3. Experimental Modal Analysis and Testing Equipment: A complete data-acquisition system with
six channel input module. The module has a real time FFT analysis capability with modal analysis software.
This test setup also comprises a waveform generator up to 15 MHz, four exciters (a 200N modal shaker, two
miniature modal shakers and an impact hammer) and various types of sensors (single axis and tri-axial
deltratron accelerometers, a laser displacement sensor and various strain gauges)
4. Strain Measurement Equipment.
5. Smart Structures Analysis Unit: Smart structures having piezoceramics. High voltage power
amplifiers. Controllers for smart structures. Data acquisition and signal processing units. Charge and isotron
signal conditioner of three-channel input.
6. Noise Measurement Unit: A hand-held analyser with built-in free-field pre-polarised microphone
of operating range of 6Hz to 30 kHz. The unit has sound level meter and frequency analyses software with
sound recording option.
7. Test set-up for Measuring Wave Velocities in Elastic Bars: The test up consists of bars made of
different materials with installed strain gages, bridge amplifier, a power supply and an oscilloscope. Wave
velocities are measured by the oscilloscope after impacting the bars with a hammer. Youngs modulus of
elastic bars are determined experimentally from the measured wave velocities.
8. Computing Facility: High performance desktop and laptop with computers with AutoCAD,
CATIA, ANSYS, MSC NASTRAN/ PATRAN for structural and mechanical design and analysis with finite
element modelling and analyses capabilities, Fluent and MSC Flight Loads for Aeroelastic modelling and
related analyses, NI LabVIEW and MATLAB for virtual instrumentation and mathematical modelling and
control system design.
The laboratory is established for the purpose of prototype manufacturing of composite micro to
tactical range category of unmanned air vehicles.
The laboratory is mainly used for research projects and for senior year design course projects to give
hands-on experience to the students. The main capabilities available in this laboratory are:
1. Infrastructure for vacuum bagging and vacuum infusion techniques for composite manufacturing .
2. Temperature controlled curing oven with maximum temperature of 200C, having dimensions of
3m x 3m x 3m with ports for vacuum bagging manufacturing.
3. Male and female mold making and composite manufacturing workshop with separate positive
pressure fanned room for trimming and painting operations.
4. Storage room for composite fabric, resin systems, chemicals and vacuum bagging/infusion system
components
508
5. Numerically controlled automatic foam cutting machine for manufacturing base models of
substructures of aerospace vehicles
6. Small scale carpenter shop for mold manufacturing, and manufacturing of internal reinforcements
of aerospace structures and back-up structure of the molds
7. Design Bureau equipped with related hardware and software such as PC and workstations, CATIA
V5, Fluent, MD Nastran/Patran, Marc Mentat, Dytran, Adams, Aeroelasticity I, Flightloads, Matlab, Absoft
Pro Fortran and IMSL libraries, direct access to ESDU database etc.
8. Electro-mechanical system integration room with soldering-desoldering unit, power supplies,
oscilloscope etc.
9. Storage room for airplane electro-mechanical components such as engines, fixed and folding
propellers, different kind of batteries, battery charging devices, remote radio control units, speed control units,
receivers, servos, servo heads and arms, connecting rods, cables etc.
10. Portable computer controlled testing facility for piston and turbo-prop engines for performance,
thrust, temperature, fuel consumption and rpm measurements.
11. Portable computer controlled testing facility for micro sized turbo jet engines for performance as
thrust, temperature, rpm and fuel consumption.
12. Facilities for developing, testing and evaluation of ground control station for mini and tactical
Unmanned Aircraft Systems.
13. Facilities for developing, testing and evaluation of autopilot systems for mini and tactical
Unmanned Aircraft Systems.
14. Facilities for testing of Video Transmission units and cameras.
Ankara Wind Tunnel of TBTAK-SAGE: This is the oldest industrial scale wind tunnel of
Turkey, with a test section of 3.05 x 2.5 m and 6m in length, and is equipped with an overhead six component
external electro-mechanical balance system. The tunnel is of closed circuit type with a maximum velocity of
100 m/s in its closed test section. Graduate students of Aerospace Engineering Department can perform
academic and industry supported research activities in this wind tunnel.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
MATH 119 Calculus with Analytic Geometry MATH 120 Calculus for Functions of
(4-2)5 Several Variables (4-2)5
PHYS 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 PHYS 106 General Physics II (3-2)4
CHEM 107 General Chemistry (3-2)4 CENG 200 Int. to Computers and Fortran
ME 105 Computer Aided Engineering Programming (2-2)3
Graphics (2-2)3 AEE 172 Introduction to Aircraft
AEE 101 Introduction to Aerospace Performance (3-0)3
Engineering (0-2)NC ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I (4-0)4
(4-0)4
IS 100 Introduction to Information
Technologies and Applications NC
509
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
AEE 305 Numerical Methods (3-0)3 AEE 334 Propulsion Systems I (3-2)4
AEE 331 Heat Transfer (3-0)3 AEE 342 Aerodynamics II (3-2)4
AEE 341 Aerodynamics I (3-2)4 AEE 362 Aerospace Structures (4-0)4
AEE 361 Applied Elasticity (3-0)3 AEE 372 Flight Mechanics (3-0)3
AEE 383 Systems Dynamics (3-0)3 ME 212 Principles of Production
TURK 303 Turkish I NC Engineering (3-0)3
AEE 300 Summer Practice II NC Non-technical Elective (3-0)3
TURK 304 Turkish II N
FOURTH YEAR
510
DOUBLE MAJOR PROGRAM IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERING
The program consists of all courses in the undergraduate curriculum. The equivalency of the courses will be
determined by the department.
The aim of this minor program is to provide students, who are interested in aeronautics, basic information
about the methods of approach and facts on aeronautical propulsion systems.
Compulsory courses
AEE 172 Introduction to Aircraft Performance (3-0)3
AEE 231 Thermodynamics (4-0)4
AEE 334 Propulsion Systems I (3-2)4
AEE 372 Flight Mechanics (3-0)3
AEE 435 Propulsion Systems II (3-0)3
AEE 438 Aircraft Engine Design (2-2)3
The aim of this minor program in aerodynamics is to give the basic information on aerodynamics of
aeronautical systems to students who are interested in aeronautics.
Compulsory courses
AEE 172 Introduction to Aircraft Performance (3-0)3
AEE 244 Fluid Mechanics (4-0)4
AEE 341 Aerodynamics I (3-2)4
AEE 342 Aerodynamics II (3-2)4
AEE 372 Flight Mechanics (3-0)3
AEE 451 Aeronautical Engineering Design (2-2)3
Structural engineers, who are interested in aerospace structures, will find a high technology field of activity if
they learn the essential aspects of aerospace engineering related to this field. The aim of this minor program is
to give students the opportunity to know basics of this interdisciplinary field.
Compulsory courses
AEE 172 Introduction to Aircraft Performance (3-0)3
AEE 264 Mechanics of Materials (4-0)4
AEE 361 Applied Elasticity (3-0)3
AEE 362 Aerospace Structures (4-0)4
AEE 372 Flight Mechanics (3-0)3
One of the following
AEE 462 Aerospace Structures Design (2-2)3
AEE 469 Mechanics of Composite Materials (3-2)4
This minor program is designed for students of other departments who may have specializations in various
fields but are not acquainted with aerospace systems. This program aims at providing the fundamental
background on important aspects of aerospace flight vehicles and their control, so that they may easily be
employed in aerospace industries.
511
Compulsory courses
AEE 172 Introduction to Aircraft Performance (3-0)3
AEE 341 Aerodynamics I (3-2)4
AEE 384 Automatic Flight Control Systems I (3-0)3
AEE 372 Flight Mechanics (3-0)3
AEE 483 Automatic Control Systems II (2-2)3
One of the following
AEE 484 Inertial Navigation Systems (3-0)3
AEE 486 Spacecraft Dynamics (3-0)3
AEE 101 Introduction to Aerospace and viscosity. Fluid statics, pressure variation in a
Engineering (0-2)NC fluid, forces acting on flat and curved surfaces,
Aerospace Engineering Department of METU: buoyancy. Fluid kinematics, motion of a fluid
METU; Faculty of Engineering; Department of element, rotation, deformation. Eulerian and
Aerospace Engineering; Purpose, Staff, Facilities, Lagrangian flow descriptions, pathlines, streaklines,
Courses, Rules and Regulations. timelines and streamlines. Eulerian and Lagrangian
Turkish Aviation Industry: Short Summary of flow descriptions, conservation laws, system-control
Aviation History; Historical View of Turkish volume approaches, Reynolds Transport theorem.
Aviation Industry, Existing Industry, opportunities Governing integral equations of fluid flow,
in Aerospace Industry; Aerospace Engineer: What is conservation of mass, conservation of linear
an Engineer?; What are expected from an momentum and angular momentum, conservation of
Aerospace Engineer? energy, Bernoullis equation and its applications.
Visits to industry: Companies and factories related Differential analysis of fluid flow, Navier-Stokes
to Aerospace Engineering located mostly in the equations, Couette flow, Poiseuille flow. Turbulent
vicinity of Ankara. flows in pipes.
AEE 305 Numerical Methods (3-0)3 AEE 361 Applied Elasticity (3-0)3
Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Generalized theory of pure bending. General theory
Equations (ODE), initial value problems, Euler's for shear stresses. Shear center. Statically
method, Runge-Kutta methods, stability analysis, indeterminate beams. Torsion of non-circular
Solution of system of ODEs and high order ODEs. beams. Concepts of stress and strain in 3-D.
Boundary value problems. Numerical solution of Generalized Hooke's Law. Plane stress and plane
integral equations, Finite Volume Method. strain problems.Stress concentrations, thermal
Numerical solution of Partial Differential equations stresses. Axisymmetric problems. Aerospace
(PDE), Finite Difference Method, convergence and Applications
stability analysis. Model equations, numerical Prerequisite:AEE 264 or consent of the department.
solutions of parabolic PDEs, elliptic PDEs and
hyperbolic PDEs.
Prerequisite: ES 305 or consent of the department.
514
AEE 446 Introduction to Helicopter AEE 462 Design of Aerospace Structures
Aerodynamics and Helicopter (2-2)3
Design (2-2)3 Fundamental structural concepts. Structural design
Introduction: Helicopters in general, critical parts of criteria limit, ultimate loads, design strategies.
helicopters, types of helicopters. Rotor in vertical American and European civil and military
flight (momentum theory). Rotor in vertical flight regulations and design requirements. Aircraft data
(blade element theory). Mechanisms of rotor. requirements; structural design speeds, basic load
Forward Flight: Momentum theory, blade element concepts and types of load analyses. Flight
theory. Performance and Trim-Stability: Helicopter Maneuvering loads, V-N Diagrams. Gust loads;
design, design road map, blade section design, blade Discrete gusts. Gust loads; Continuous gusts.
tip shapes, rear fuselage upsweep, fuselage drag Landing and ground handling loads. Static
estimates. Design assignment: conceptual level aeroelastic considerations. Role and lay-out of
projects assigned to groups of max. of three students aerospace structural members. Initial sizing of
expected to be completed within eight weeks. aircraft structures; emphasis on wing structure.
Prerequisite:AEE 341 or consent of the department. Wing strength requirements and stress analysis
methods. Analysis and design of semi-monocoque
AEE 451 Aerospace Engineering Design structures. Buckling design constraints. Structural
(2-2)3 joints and fittings. Fatigue failure consideration;
Conceptual design of fixed wing aircraft. Aircraft damage tolerant, fail-safe, safe life designs.
sizing. Airfoil and geometry selection. Thrust to Prerequisite: AEE 362 or consent of the
weight ratio and wing loading. Configuration department.
layout. Propulsion and fuel systems integration.
Landing gear and subsystems. Aerodynamics. AEE 463 Mechanical Vibrations (3-0)3
Weights and balance. Stability, control and handling Free and forced vibrations of single degree-of-
qualities. Performance and flight mechanics. Cost. freedom undamped linear systems. Types and
Prerequisite:AEE 342 or consent of the department. characteristics of damping. Free and forced
AEE 452 Aerospace Engineering Design II vibrations of multi degree-of-freedom linear
(2-2)3 systems. Eigenvalue problem, modal vectors and
Preliminary and detail design of aircraft. orthogonality. Vibration of continuous systems.
Demonstration of the design by manufacturing a Vibration measurement and isolation.
reduced scale fyling model of the aircraft. Use of Prerequisite:AEE 262 or consent of the department.
computer aided design tool for sizing, trade off and
AEE 464 Application of Finite Element
configuration layout studies. Landing gear design,
Analysis in Aerospace Structures (2-2)3
integration of propulsion system, and structural
Introduction to finite element analysis. One
design. Calculation of moments of inertia, weights
dimesional elements and computational procedures.
and balance, center of gravity of the design. Static
1D FE code development. Finite element form of
and dynamic stability, control characteristics and
Rayleigh Ritz Method. General derivation of
performance prediction of the aircraft.
element stiffness matrix. Interpolation and shape
Prerequisite: AEE 451 or consent of the department
functions. Application of FE based structural
analysis in aerospace engineering.
AEE 453 Introduction to Atmospheric Prerequisite: AEE 264
Physics I (3-0)3
Introduction to selected topics on solar system, AEE 469 Mechanics of Composite
interplanetary space, solar-tenestrial and Earth Materials (3-2)4
systems. Properties of the upper atmosphere, Fiber-reinforced composites. Composite
ionosphere, magnetic field, and magnetosphere of manufacturing techniques. Anisotropic elasticity.
the Earth. Space weather. Macromechanical behavior of a lamina; Stress strain
relations for a lamina. Micromechanical behavior
behavior of a lamina. Macromechanical behavior of
AEE 454 Introduction to Atmospheric a laminate; Laminate constitutive equations. Beams,
Physics II (3-0)3 columns and rods of composite materials... Lamina
Selected topics on solar system, interplanetary and laminate strength analysis: strength and failure
space, solar-terrestrial and Earth systems. Properties theories.
of the upper atmosphere, ionosphere, magnetic
field, and magnetosphere of the Earth. Space AEE 477 Space Propulsion (3-0)3
weather. Functional requirements of aerospace propulsive
devices. Mission analysis. Fundamental
515
performance relations. Rocket propulsion systems introduction to analytical dynamics, generalized
for launch, orbital, and interplanetary flight. coordinates, constraints, work and energy; orbital
Modeling of solid, liquid-bipropellant, and hybrid motion, orbital parameters, common satellite orbit
rocket engines. Engineering and environmental types, orbital maneuvers.
limitations. Propellant feed systems, turbopumps. Prerequisite: AEE 262
Combustion processes in liquid, solid and hybrid
rockets. Thermochemistry, prediction of specific AEE 487 Power Systems in Aerospace
impulse. Nozzle flows including real gas and kinetic Engineering (3-0)3
effects. Vehicle electrical power requirements and end uses
Prerequisite:AEE 334 or consent of the department. in aeronautics. Energy sources in aircraft and
conversion to electrical energy. Additional and
AEE 483 Auto. Control Systems II (4-0)4 auxiliary power systems. Power distribution
State equations, canonical forms, eigenvalues, systems. Utilization of the generated power by:
eigenvectors, stability, controllability, observability; electric motors, lighting, engine starting systems,
state space approach to control system design, state ignition systems, fire and smoke detection, ice and
variable feedback, eigenstructure assignment, state rain protection systems, temperature control, air
observation, model following control, introduction conditioning, conversion of control signals to
to optimal control, linear quadratic regulator. powered control. Electromagnetic compatibility.
Prerequisite:AEE 383 or consent of the department.
AEE 489 Computer Assisted Analysis of
AEE 484 Inertial Navigation Systems Aircraft Performance,
(3-0)3 Stability and Control (3-0)3
Basic navigation quantities and functions; Review of the equations of motion of a rigid
coordinate transformations and kinematics; a aircraft. Definition and evaluation of stability
unified inertial navigation analysis applicable to derivatives. Derivation of transfer functions for
both gimballed and strapdown systems; propagation stick fixed flight. Computerized analysis of
of bias errors through the system; physics of inertial longitudinal static and dynamic stability and control
measurements and measurement error sources; characteristics of an aircraft. Computerized analysis
navigation analysis with multiple sensors; Kalman of lateral static and dynamic stability and control
filter estimation; practical navigation problems. characteristics of an aircraft. Performance equations
of an aircraft. Computerized analysis of point, path
AEE 485 Avionic Systems Design (3-0)3 and take-off performance characteristics of an
Introduction to microprocessor controlled systems aircraft. Computer project for the analysis of a
in aerospace applications. Microprocessor based sample aircraft.
systems architecture. Introduction to assembly Prerequisites: AEE 172 and AEE 372 or consent of
language; interrupt handling; data acquisition and the department.
processing; Case study: design of a longitudinal
autopilot using a microprocessor based hardware; AEE 490-498 Special Topics in
Case study: Position estimation. Aerospace Engineering (3-0)3
These code numbers will be used for technical
AEE 486 Spacecraft Dynamics (3-0)3 elective courses which are not listed regularly in the
Coordinate systems and transformations, Euler catalog. The course contents will be announced
equations, torque free motion of spinning bodies, before the semester commences.
516
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF AEROSPACE ENGINEERING
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
GRADUATE COURSES
Following is the list of graduate courses that will be offered according to the demand and availability of staff.
These courses are supplemented by graduate courses of other departments relevant to the field of specialization
of the student.
AEE 500 M.S. Thesis NC AEE 544 Advanced Airfoil and Propeller
AEE 501 Advanced Mathematics for Theory (3-0)3
Engineers I (3-0)3 AEE 545 Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3-0)3
AEE 502 Advanced Mathematics for AEE 546 Computational Fluid Dynamics
Engineers II (3-0)3 on Unstructured Grids (3-0)3
AEE 531 Advanced Engine and Process AEE 547 Experimental Aerodynamics (2-2)3
Thermodynamics (3-0)3 AEE 548 Fundamentals of Aerodynamic
AEE 532 Advanced Aircraft Engine Noise (3-0)3
Design (3-0)3 AEE 549 Linear Stability Theory and
AEE 534 Advanced Heat and Mass Laminar- Turbulent Boundary
Transfer (3-0)3 Layer Transition (3-0)3
AEE 538 Combustion in Engines (3-0)3 AEE 551 Introduction to Space Sciences
AEE 539 Advanced Combustion in (3-0)3
Engines (3-0)3 AEE 552 Selected Topics On Space
AEE 541 Advanced Computational Applications: Microgravity (3-0)3
Fluid Dynamics (3-0)3 AEE 554 Applied Orbital Mechanics (3-0)3
AEE 542 Turbulent Boundary AEE 555 Basic Satellite Operations (1-4)3
Layers (3-0)3 AEE 562 Theory of Plates (3-0)3
AEE 543 Internal Fluid Mechanics (3-0)3 AEE 564 Wave Analysis and Wave
Propagation in Structures (3-0)3
517
AEE 566 Aeroelasticity (3-0)3 AEE 582 Robust Control in Aerospace
AEE 568 Experimental Analysis of System (3-0)3
Vibrating Structures (3-0)3 AEE 590 Seminar (0-2) NC
AEE 569 Composite Materials in AEE 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
Aerospace Structures (3-2)4 AEE 7XX Special Topics in Aerospace
AEE 577 Physics of Gases (3-0)3 Engineering (3-0)3
AEE 578 Non-equilibrium Gas AEE 8XX Special Studies (4-2) NC
Dynamics (3-0)3 AEE 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0) NC
AEE 581 Automatic Flight Control
Systems (3-0)3
AEE 534 Advanced Heat and Mass AEE 543 Internal Fluid Mechanics (3-0)3
Transfer (3-0)3 General features of internal flows as applied to
Integral transform techniques, conjugate and compressors and turbines. Concepts of unsteady
nonlinear heat conduction; rarefied and rotating flows. Blade element theory. Effect of
compressible flow heat transfer around cylindrical viscosity and compressibility. Loss Mechanisms.
objects; radiation properties of gases and
applications to combustion chambers.
518
Secondary flows. Flow instabilities in AEE 548 Fundamentals of Aerodynamic
turbomachines. Noise (3-0)3
Basic equations of fluid dynamics, linearized Euler
AEE 544 Advanced Airfoil and equations, speed of sound. Classical acoustics: the
Propeller Theory (3-0)3 wave equation, solutions in Cartesian, cylindrical,
Theory and design of airfoil sections lifting and and spherical coordinates. Fourier transform and
thickness problem. Lifting line and lifting surface convolution integrals, Greens function for the wave
theory as applied to propellers and airfoils. Integral equation. Compact, noncompact sources. Lighthills
boundary layer methods. Propeller thrust and theory of aerodynamic noise: acoustic analogy, jet
torque. noise, scaling laws. Turbomachinery noise: duct
acoustics, mode generation mechanisms, sound
AEE 545 Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3-0)3 attenuation. Noise from moving bodies: helicopter
Introduction to Cartesian Tensors (refresher); noise, propeller noise, airframe noise.
definition, transformations, co and contra variant Computational aeroacoustics: high-resolution
tensors, Kroenecker delta and antisymmetric tensor , numerical algorithms, boundary conditions.
invariants of 2. order tensors, jacobian, dilatation.
Basic Notions of Fluid Mechanics; Reynolds
AEE 549 Linear Stability Theory and
transport theorm (re-visited), Mathematical Basis of
Laminar-Turbulent Boundary
Inviscid Flow; Gauss and Stokes Theorems as
Layer Transition (3-0)3
applied to Fluid flow problems and
Stages of laminar-turbulent transition. Basic
consequences,Helmholtz equations , connectivity,
concepts of hydrodynamic stability theory. Method
uniqueness theorems for ideal fluids Depending on
of small disturbances. Method of normal modes.
the choice of the studying group one of the follwing
Orr-Sommerfeld equation. Temporal and spatial
paths is followed.
amplifications. Eigenvalue problem. Solution of the
1: Mathematical basis of Panel Methods
Orr-Sommerfeld equation. Smith-van Ingen en
2: Physics and Calculation of Turbulent Shear
transition prediction method. Gaster's
Flows. Some turbulence models are also used for
transformation.
illustration.
AEE 546 Computational Fluid Dynamics
AEE 551 Introduction to Space Sciences
on Unstructured Grids (3-0)3
(3-0)3
Navier-Stokes equations in integral form, boundary
The sun and its interaction with the near earth
conditions, entropy condition. Turbulence and its
space; Earth's neutral atmosphere; fenosphere and
modeling, one-equation turbulence models.
magnetosphere, some selected topics on quiet and
Unstructured grid generation, Delaunay
disturbed ionosphere.
triangulation, advancing front triangulation., data
structures. Finite Volume method, convective and
diffusive fluxes, flux vector splitting methods, AEE 552 Selected Topics On Space
shock-tube and the Riemann problem, approximate Applications: Microgravity (3-0)3
Riemann solvers. Euler forward/backward time Space systems and conditions for manufacturing in
integration, higher order reconstruction of flow space, the fluid mechanics of microgravity, phase
variables and higher order methods. transitions in microgravity, applications.
519
(SKM), East-West and North-South Maneuvers behavior of a lamina. Micromechanical behavior
Planning, Yaw Angle Computation, SKM with behavior of a lamina. Macromechanical behavior of
Optical Reference with different thruster branches, a laminate. Plates, beams, and rods of composite
Gyro Calibration in Normal mode, SKM with Gyro materials. Vibration and buckling of composite
Reference (S). plates and beams. Lamina and laminate failure
analysis. Finite element applications in composite
AEE 562 Theory of Plates (3-0)3 aerospace structures.
Introduction to "Boundary Value Problems" in
elasticity theory. Stress resultants in plates. Strain- AEE 577 Physics of Gases (3-0)3
displacement relations and displacements. Stress- Quantum theory background. The vector model of
displacement relations. Basic assumptions in thin the atom. Statistical mechanics. Calculation of the
plate theory. Governing equations of classical plate thermodynamic properties. Chemical
theory. Classical and numerical methods of solution thermodynamics, equilibrium gas properties
of plates in aerospace, mechanical and civil AEE 578 Nonequilibrium Gas
engineering structures. Introduction to vibrations, Dynamics (3-0)3
stability and shear theory of plates. Introduction to High temperature flows. Equilibrium and
shear theory of plates. Introduction to composite nonequilibrium kinetic theories. Flows with
plates. translational nonequilibrium. Flows with vibrational
and chemical nonequilibrium.
AEE 564 Wave Analysis and Wave Prerequisite: AEE 577 or consent of the department
Propagation in Structures (3-0)3
Introduction to the dynamics of wave motion. AEE 581 Automatic Flight Control
Energy carrying mechanisms. Forced motion in Systems (3-0)3
infinite, uninterrupted uniform structures. Wave Aircraft equations of motion; sensors and actuators
characteristics of one-dimensional and two- used in flight control systems; design of stability
dimensional continuous systems. Coupled augmentation, attitude and flight path control
vibrations of open-section, thin-walled channels. systems; flight simulation; guidance and navigation;
Effects of warping. Wave propagation in mono and control system design examples on other aerospace
multi-coupled periodic structures. Characteristics of flight vehicles; aircraft automatic flight control
propagation constants. Characteristics of multi-bay system, implementation, testing and certification
periodic and non-periodic structures. process.
Prerequisite:AEE 384 or consent of the department.
AEE 566 Aeroelasticity (3-0)3 AEE 582 Robust Control in Aerospace
Static aeroelasticity: lift distribution on an elastic Systems (3-0)3
surface, divergence, aileron effectiveness and Review of frequency domain feedback design
reversal. Unsteady aerodynamics: oscillatory and techniques, matrix algebra, signal and system
arbitrary motions of a 2-D thin airfoil, strip theory. norms. Mathematical modeling of uncertainties in
Dynamic response (to gusts, etc.). linear time invariant systems. Robust stability and
robust performance analysis, H2, H
and
-
AEE 568 Experimental Analysis of synthesis control design techniques for
Vibrating Structures (3-0)3 multivariable systems.
Modal analysis theory. Vibration measurement and Prerequisite:AEE 384 or consent of the department.
testing. Test planning and structure preparation.
Vibration exciters, transducers, sensors and AEE 590 Seminar (0-2)NC
analyzers. Modal analysis methods including time Presentation involving current research given by
and frequency domain methods. Structural graduate students and invited speakers.
modification. Finite element analysis and model
updating. Structural health monitoring and damage
identification. AEE 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree
AEE 569 Composite Materials in arranged between the student and a faculty member.
Aerospace Structures (3-2)4 Students register to this course in all semesters
Fiber-reinforced composites. Fiber and matrix starting from the beginning of their second semester
properties. Composite processing and while the research program or write-up of thesis is
manufacturing. Laboratory demonstrations of in progress.
composite manufacturing of aerospace sub-
structures. Anisotropic elasticity. Macromechanical
520
AEE 7XX Special Topics in Aerospace AEE 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
Engineering (3-0)3 Graduate students as a group or a Ph.D. student
Courses not listed in catalogue. Contents vary from choose and study-advanced topics under the
year to year according to interest of students and guidance of a faculty member normally his/her
instructor in charge. supervisor.
521
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
DLEK HACIHABBOLU, era: B.S., M.S.. METU, Ph.D., Wayne State University.
KLAH, Grkem: B.S., M.S., METU, Ph.D., University of British Columbia
SEZG, Naime Asl: B.S., M.S.,Ph.D., METU.
ULUDA, Yusuf: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph. D., University of California at Davis.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
BAT, Erhan (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S., METU, Ph.D., University of Twente.
ULFAZ EMECEN, Pnar Zeynep (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S., METU, Ph.D., University of Twente.
KINCAL, Serkan: B.S., METU, M.S., Ph.D., University of Florida
KOKU, Harun: B.S., METU, M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
INSTRUCTORS
The rapid growth of the chemical and related industries since the beginning of the 20th century, and
strong competition in these industries, have resulted in the establishment of new standards and requirements
for the chemical engineering profession; so it has become obvious that the knowledge and the training of an
industrial chemist is no longer sufficient to meet the new responsibilities.
The advancement in unit operations and transport phenomena has produced new methods for more
economical design and better control. The developments and accumulation of knowledge in fluid
transportation, combustion, heat transmission, diffusional processes, reaction kinetics, engineering
thermodynamics, instrumentation and automatic control have opened the way to the design of continuous
processes thus increasing the yield and reducing the manufacturing cost of products with higher purity and
more uniform composition. In recent years, novel applications in biotechnology and advanced materials
widely extended the scope of the chemical engineering profession.
522
Today a chemical engineer is expected to perform research, development and design work in addition
to assuming production responsibilities. He/she must be capable of evaluating new projects, competitive bids
and of carrying out economic analysis at an advanced level. He/she is expected to be qualified in the
supervision of the operation of the plants. His/her responsibilities range from the evaluation of raw materials to
the competitive marketing of finished products while observing regulations and laws associated with employee
and public safety and with environment.
The program is designed to give students not only the fundamentals of modern chemical engineering,
but also instruction in a variety of subjects, both technical and non-technical, so as to develop a broader view
leading to a more intelligent approach to industrial and organizational problems. Along with the academic
training, the students are required to participate in a Summer Training Program.
The student outcomes that prepare our graduates to attain the program educational objectives are
a. an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering
b. an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
c. an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic
constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety,
manufacturability, and sustainability
d. an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams
e. an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
f. an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
g. an ability to communicate effectively
h. the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global,
economic, environmental, and societal context
i. a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
j. a knowledge of contemporary issues
k. an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering
practice
RESEARCH INTERESTS AND FACILITIES: Chemical Engineering has a rich past and a bright
future. The new millennium are reshaping the structure of Chemical Engineering career and the department is
augmenting its undergraduate program and graduate research activities in parallel in order to prepare its
graduates to the market of the future. Chemical Engineering graduates at all levels will continue to find career
opportunities at the established Turkish chemical industries like petrochemicals, drugs, sugar, cement, pulp and
paper as well as in emerging new technologies such as biotechnology, material science and computer aided
design and control of manufacturing processes.
There are several major research topics currently under study in the Chemical Engineering Department
of METU. They may be broadly categorized as follows: studies related to heat, mass and momentum transfer,
separation technology such as membrane processes and reactive extraction, process design, modeling and
control, radiative heat transfer, reaction engineering and catalysis, material science including polymers,
zeolites, biological materials, biotechnology and energy related subjects such as coal combustion, liquid fuels
and energy economy in process industries.
2. Unit Operations Laboratory: This laboratory is used for activities of undergraduate laboratory
courses, aimed to help students to develop skills for accurate and reliable collection, reduction and evaluation
of experimental data on unit operations equipment and to help students to reinforce their knowledge about unit
operation courses and to compare the actual performance of the equipment with the theoretical principles
covered in related courses. The experiments performed are; fluid flow, pressure drop characteristics of a
packed column, fluidization, unsteady state heat conduction, agitated tank heater, double-pipe heat exchanger,
gas absorption, distillation cooling tower, spray drying, thin film evaporation, size reduction and filtration.
Pilot scale research is also carried out in this laboratory.
3. Clean Combustion Technology Laboratory: A 300 kW hybrid fluidized bed combustor test rig
and a 150 kW circulating fluidized bed test rig are available in this laboratory. These test facilities are used
both for research and by the energy industry to evaluate the effect of operating conditions, sorbent and solid
fuels such as coal, biomass etc. characteristics on combustion and emission performances.
4. Process Control Laboratory: Experimental work relating to process control is carried out in this
laboratory. The experiments that can be performed in this laboratory are: Level Control , Flow Control,
Pressure Control, Pulse Testing, Control-loop Tuning and Temperature Control.
5. Computer Laboratories: There are two computer rooms (35 PCs each) accessible by graduate and
undergraduate students all with chemical engineering software installed
6. Central Instrumental Analysis Laboratory: The main function of this laboratory is to provide
support for research activities pursued in the department and for undergraduate experiments. The chemical
analysis and material characterization equipment involve an X-ray diffractometer, a thermal analysis system
(TGA, DTA, DSC, TMA), a dual channel gas chromatograph, a high performance liquid chromatograph, an
infrared spectrophotometer, an ultraviolet and visible spectrophotometer, an atomic absorption
spectrophotometer, mercury porosimeter, computerized N2 and CO2 surface area analyzer, Helium
pycnometer and several other analysis equipment.
524
7. Chemical Reaction Engineering and Catalysis Laboratories: These laboratories are equipped
with homogeneous and heterogeneous reaction systems, high pressure reaction and extraction equipment,
chemical vapor deposition system and analysis equipment such as Fourier Transform, Infrared Spectrometer,
Gas Chromatographs, Gas spectrometers, intelligent gravimetric analyzer. The laboratories have also access to
mercury porosimeter, surface area analyzer; pycnometer; X ray diffractometer and other equipment in the
Central Instrumental Analysis Laboratory.
8. Fuel and Petroleum Laboratory: This laboratory is equipped with instruments for testing and
characterization of gaseous, liquid and solid fuels, crude oil and petroleum derivatives. Some of the
equipments are elemental analyzer, bomb calorimeter, sulfur determination apparatus, standard equipment for
fire and flash points, automatic distillation equipment, viscometers, and centrifuges furnaces.
9. Polymer Laboratory: This laboratory supports research in polymer studies. The equipment
involved are; rheometer, universal testing machine, thin film forming apparatus, viscometers, twin screw
extruder, compression molding machine and access to thermal analysis equipment.
10. Biotechnology Laboratory: This laboratory is equipped with instruments to support research
activities in microbial biotechnology. The equipment involved are a number of incubators, autoclaves,
fermenters, orbital incubators, protein purification and characterization systems, refrigerated centrifuges,
microcentrifuges, ultrafiltration systems, laminar flow hoods, UV/Vis spectrophotometers, balances,
refrigerators and freezers.
11. Membrane and Membrane Process Laboratory: In this laboratory, research to develop new
membranes and membrane processes are being carried out. Various equipment to measure performance of
different membrane processes (such as ultrafiltration, gas separation coupled to a gas chromatograph,
nanofiltration, reverse osmosis, pervaporation) is available. It also contains an automatic membrane casting
equipment and a hollow fiber spinning setup.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
MATH 119 Calculus with Analytic Geometry MATH 120 Calculus for Functions of
(4-2)5 Several Variables (4-2)5
PHYS 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 PHYS 106 General Physics II (3-2)4
CHEM 111 General Chemistry I (3-2)4 CHEM 112 General Chemistry II (3-2)4
ME 105 Computer Aided CENG 200 Introduction to Computers
Engineering Graphics (2-2)3 and Fortran Programming (2-2)3
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I CHE 102 Introduction to Chemical
(4-0)4 Engineering (1-0)1
IS 100 Introduction to Information ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
Technologies and Applications NC (4-0)4
525
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
CHE 407 Process Control (3-0)3 CHE 418 Chemical Engineering Design II (3-
CHE 410 Chemical Engineering 2)4
Laboratory II (0-4)2 CHE 420 Chemical Engineering
CHE 417 Chemical Engineering Design I (3- Laboratory III (0-4)2
2)4 Technical Elective
CHE 423 Chemical Engineering Technical Elective
Economics (3-0)3 Non-technical Elective
CHE 400 Summer Practice II NC Free Elective
Technical Elective
The Chemical Engineering undergraduate program was accredited by the Engineering Accreditation
Commission of ABET, http://www.abet.org.
526
MINOR PROGRAM IN CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING
The main objective of this program is to provide working knowledge on the basic principles of kinetics and
thermodynamics of chemical reactions, heat, mass and momentum transport effects in chemical reactors, with
an ultimate aim of chemical reactor design; for those majoring in chemistry and in other engineering fields.
Compulsory Courses:
The program consists of all courses in the undergraduate curriculum. The equivalency of the courses will be
determined by the Department.
528
Prerequisite: Two of CHE 320, CHE 407, CHE encountered in Turkish industry. ISO 9000, Just in
410. time, TQM techniques.
CHE 423 Chemical Engineering CHE 442 Polymer Technology (3-0)3
Economics (3-0)3 Chemistry of polymerization; mechanisms such as
Importance of economics in engineering, role of step, radical chain, emulsion, ionic chain, chain
engineers in economics. Market and Process copolymerization, ring opening, etc. Production,
surveys in relation to feasibility analysis. Site properties and fabrication of plastic materials of
selection, capital investment and production cost industrial importance. Rheology of polymers and
analysis. Interest, taxes, insurance, depreciation, polymer solutions. Polymer composites, new
profitability, alternative investments and polymers.
replacements in chemical engineering.
Prerequisite: ECON 210. CHE 443 Downstream Processing of
Bio-products (3-0)3
CHE 426 Reactor Design (3-0)3 Fundamentals and importance of downstream
Multiple reaction systems, multiple and processing. Recovery, separation and purification of
multifunctional reactors. Optimum design of both low and high molecular weight
chemical reactors. Introduction to reactor stability. biotechnological products by various methods.
Non ideal flow in reactors. Analysis of coupled
transport processes, heat effects and chemical CHE 444 Structure Property Relations in
reaction in various types of chemical reactors. Macromolecular Media (3-0)3
Design of heterogeneous reactors. Macromolecular chains. Thermodynamics of
Prerequisite: CHE 311. macromolecules. Diffusion in macromolecules.
Gelation, rheological properties.
CHE 427 Novel Topics in Separation
Processes (3-0)3 CHE 446 Fundamentals of Industrial
Emphasis on adsorption, ion-exchange, Waste Treatment (3-0)3
chromatography and membrane separation Introduction to waste treatment in industrial plants.
processes. Applications of supercritical extraction Kinetics of reactions involved in different methods.
and crystallization. Chemical study of unit processes and unit
Prerequisite: CHE 327 or consent of the operations. Design of treatment devices for
department. purification of waste water and control procedures
for environmental protection.
CHE 428 Introduction to Process CHE 447 Chemical Processes in
Principles (3-0)3 Microelectronics (3-0)3
A brief survey of chemical process principles with a Introduction to microelectronics processing. Silicon
clear orientation to biotechnology. Material and Refining. Crystal growth. Chemical rate processes
energy balances, basic principles of and kinetics. Chemical vapor deposition
thermodynamics, kinetics and transfer operations. It incorporation and transport of dopants. Physical and
aims to provide knowledge of process handling physico-chemical rate processes. Design of
from engineering point of view to non-engineering chemical reactors and process equipment used in
students. microelectronics manufacturing.
CHE 432 Design of Fluidized Bed CHE 448 Ceramic Technology (3-0)3
Reactors (3-0)3 Raw materials, structure and properties of clays,
Design of Fluidized Bed Reactors. Hydrodynamics. feldspars, and silicate minerals. Forming and firing
Heat Transfer. Chemical Reactions. Design of ceramics, vitrification. Rate process theory and
considerations. Gas-solid separations. Management use of phase equilibrium diagrams. Whitewares,
of solid residues. refractories, enamels, and glazes. Glass and glass
CHE 440 Industrial Organization and forming. Special ceramics.
Management (3-0)3
Industrial organization, organization techniques, CHE 452 Chemical Process
management, research and development, Optimization (3-0)3
procurement and contracting, production, The nature and organization of optimization
marketing, personnel and administration, employer- problems. Formulation of the objective functions.
employee relations, financing, accounting, plant An overview of optimization of individual units as
supervision. Special emphasis is given to chemical well as complete flowsheets.
and related industries and major problems
529
CHE 453 Computer Applications in CHE 471 Water Treatment Technology
Chemical Engineering (3-0)3 (3-0)3
The use of contemporary computational tools, Nature of water. Impurities in water and their
techniques and algorithms for advanced harmful effects. Removal of nonionic suspended
computations in chemical engineering, illustrated and colloidal impurities. Softening by precipitation.
with case studies. Topics include: comtemporary Ion exchange. Demineralization process and
numerical computing environments, computational systems. Demineralizer equipment designs.
complexity, model checking, linear and non-linear CHE 472 Industrial Rheology (3-0)3
systems, systems of ordinary/partial differential Time-independent non-Newtonian fluids, structural
equations, classical and probabilistic parameter time-dependency, linear viscoelasticity,
estimation, optimization and visualization. suspensions, viscometric and extensional flows,
Prerequisite: CENG 200. measurable rheological properties, experimental
methods for rheological property measurements.
CHE 454 Polymer Process Analysis and Applications to glassmaking, paint, coatings and
Design (3-0)3 polymer industries.
Development of tools of continuum mechanics
necessary for the quantitative description of CHE 473 Heat Transfer in Radiating and
viscoelastic media. Use of principles of chemical Combusting Systems (3-0)3
kinetics, fluid and continuum mechanics and heat Black body radiation laws and their application.
and mass transfer to describe the production and Radiative exchange in black enclosures. Radiative
processing of polymeric materials. exchange in gray enclosures with no absorbing
medium. Radiative exchange in gray enclosures
CHE 461 Polymer Additives, Blends and
with an absorbing medium. Radiation exchange in
Composites (3-0)3
combustion chambers. Applications Radiation
Additives for processing, surface and optical
transport equation. Solution of the transport
property modification, fire retardants, UV
equation in combustion chambers.
protecting agents, blowing agents. Principles of
blending and compatibilization. Thermodynamics,
CHE 482 Chemical Process Safety (3-0)3
rheology and morphology of polymer blends.
Industrial hygiene and loss statistics, toxicology,
Principles of composites, interfaces, geometrical
source models (fluid flow through holes in tanks,
aspects, elastic properties. Introduction to laminate
pipes etc.) toxic release and dispersion models, fires
theory. Short fiber reinforced plastics. Processing of
and explosions, designs to prevent accidents, hazard
composites.
identification and risk assessment, accident
investigations with some sample case historie.
CHE 462 Polymer Solutions (3-0)3
Fundamentals of dilute polymer solutions, single
CHE 490 Fundamentals of Biochemical
chain conformations and configurations. Polymer
Engineering (3-0)3
solution thermodynamics, lattice models, equation
Review of basic biological concepts such as cell
of state approach. Phase equilibria and phase
construction, cell nutrients, and enzyme kinetics.
separation in polymeric solutions. Behavior of
Large scale production of enzymes. Selection of
concentrated and/or multicomponent solutions,
bioreactors. Recovery and purification of products.
physical gelation. Diffusion in polymeric systems.
CHE 491 Chemical Production
CHE 464 Polymer Material Evaluation
Engineering I (3-0)3
and Product Design (3-0)3
Statistics theory relevant to process engineering.
Stress, strain, linear elasticity, finite strain elasticity,
Data collection, management and quality in
viscoelastic properties of solid polymers. Tensile
production environments, basic design of
and tear strength of polymers, yielding, crazing,
experiments, statistical process control, process
brittle fracture, environmental stress cracking,
health monitoring, reliability and yield
fatigue, toughness, impact and tear. Material
enhancement, process development cycle, total
evaluation based on mechanical and other
quality management.
properties. Conception of part. Analytical design of
plastic products. Process design of plastic products.
CHE 492 Materials Resources and
Testing of products. Case studies on plastic product
Conversion Processes (3-0)3
design.
Introduction of green process engineering with
effective use of resources. Fast depletion of natural
resources and environmental impacts. Synthesis and
use of chemicals. Basic principles of equilibrium
530
and rate concepts in physical, biological and systems in the context of political, social, economic,
chemical processes. Case studies illustrating and environmental goals.
sustainable chemical processes and trends in
chemical technology. CHE 495 Green Chemical Engineering
(3-0)3
CHE 493 Chemical Production Environmental laws, regulations, and issues related
Engineering II (3-0)3 with chemical processes. Environmental risks
Operation of batch, continuous and hybrid associated with chemicals, production methods and
processes. Synthesis of reaction and separation exposures. Green chemistry and chemical processes.
systems and integrated processes for the smaller Risk assessment, sustainability and life cycle
scale production of speciality chemicals. analysis of products and processes. Case studies
Introduction to the process intensification and utility related with carbon and water footprint of
integration in chemical production facilities. chemical processes.
Mathematical modeling and optimization of batch
semi-batch processes for the production of more CHE 496 Interfacial Phenomena (3-0)3
than one product. Resource planning, chemical Interfacial tension and work associated with
production scheduling, and feed stock management. interface formation. Laplace and Kelvin equations,
their applications and consequences. Capillarity and
CHE 494 Resource Engineering II (3-0)3 wetting. Surfactants and micelles. Forces acting at
Assessment of current and potential energy systems, interfaces. Formation, properties and stability of
covering extraction, conversion and end-use, with emulsions and colloids. Case studies.
emphasis on meeting regional and global energy
needs in a sustainable manner. Examination of CHE 499 Topics in Chemical
energy technologies in each fuel cycle stage for Engineering (1-4)3
fossil, nuclear, and renewable (solar, biomass, wind, Faculty-supervised term projects assigned to
hydro, and geothermal) energy types, along with individual students or groups on new and
storage, transmission, and conservation issues. developing areas of chemical engineering. A written
Evaluation and analysis of energy technology and an oral presentation are required.
531
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
GRADUATE COURSES
CHE 552 Process Analysis (3-0)3 CHE 558 Chemistry and Manufacture of
Principles of systems analysis. Numerical solution Cement (3-0)3
of algebraic and ordinary differential equations. History of Calcareous Cements Portland Cement:
Basic modeling and decomposition of large-scale Classification and manufacture clinker and cement
system. Signal flow reaction kinetics, and components and their phase relations. The
distributed systems. constitution and specification of Portland cements.
Manufacturing processes. Energy and material
CHE 553 Process Modeling and balances in rotary kiln. Relations between chemical
Simulation (3-0)3 reactions, phase content and strength of Cement.
Introduction to the basic principles of process Hydration of Cement.
analysis, modeling and simulation techniques in
chemical engineering. Classification of transport CHE 560 Computer Aided Process
phenomena and population balance models. Plant Design (3-0)3
Subsystem analysis and distributed parameter Material and energy balances, data bases for
systems. Numerical examples on tank systems, properties. Design of unit operations. Equipment
vapor-liquid equilibria, reaction kinetics, fluid flow flow sheeting.
and stagewise operations. Solution of these
examples by microcomputer techniques will be CHE 572 Paint Technology (3-0)3
emphasized. Basic principles of colour and constitution,
chromophores and auxochrome groups. Technology
CHE 554 Advanced Process Control of dyes and pigments widely used in the industry.
(3-0)3 Technology of oil and water based paints and their
System models; system matrices; state space constituents. Formulation principles and testing
characterization of multivariable systems; discrete- methods.
time systems and z-transforms. Liapunov theory;
definitions of stability and applications to linear and CHE 578 Biotechnology Process
nonlinear control theory, quadratic optimal control Principles (3-0)3
problems. Momentum, heat and mass transfer between phases
536
in biosystems. Non-Newtonian fluid flow in semester.
suspensions and polymeric solutions. Power
consumption in mixing and agitation, scale-up of CHE 697 Graduate Seminar (0-1)NC
process equipment, sterilization and media As a very important part of the PhD training, each
preparation. student is required to thoroughly review the
literature around the objective and scope of his/her
CHE 579 Nuclear Fuels and Fuel research topic, and demonstrate ability to read,
Management (3-0)3 interpret and discuss the academic literature.
Fissile and fertile fuels, fuel cycle operations, Participation in the discussions of other
solvent extraction, processing of ores at nuclear presentations is also required.
purity. Metallic, alloy, oxide, and carbide fuels,
mixed fuels. In-core fuel management. Methods of CHE 7XX Special Topics in Chemical
removal of cladding, dissolution of nuclear fuels. Engineering (3-0)3
Fuel reprocessing methods. Isotope separation Courses not listed in the catalogue. Contents vary
methods. from year to year according to interest of students
and instructor in charge.
CHE 597 Graduate Seminar I (0-1)NC
Each student is required to present objective and CHE 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
scope of his/her research subject, and actively M.S. Students choose and study a topic under the
participate in the discussions of other students guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
presentations. advisor.
537
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
INSTRUCTORS
To provide the most high quality undergraduate and graduate education in the area of Civil
Engineering in our country so as to turn students possessing high potential into graduates with
maximum added value
Without neglecting the international standard and dimension, to conduct high level research projects
giving priority to the needs of Turkish industry, providing mobility to intellectual capital and to merge
them with graduate educational activities
To share and disseminate accumulated expert knowledge for use in the solution of problems faced by
institutions in the relevant sector and by society
To ensure the continuous provision of quality both in necessary physical conditions and in human
resources in order to fulfill educational, research and public service duties
Being conscious of the necessity of efficiency, to continuously review, starting from within the
University, our responsibilities to society, to the country, to our profession, to science and to humanity
To create required methods and mechanisms for the swift and effective transfer into the curriculum
and research topics of the latest developments in technology, knowledge access and information
processing
To take account of the ethical, social, cultural, environmental and economic aspects of the profession
as much as to the technical dimension in all educational and research activities
To plan for the future and to adapt to innovation
To uphold the positive traditional qualities that have undeniably contributed to the present successful
position
To equip students with the knowledge, ability and creative thinking required for the identification,
solution, synthesis and design of civil engineering problems
539
To exert attention so that research activities in addition to being suitable for the needs of our country
should also be pioneering studies that contribute to the profession and to science
To transfer and share the accumulation of knowledge firstly for the benefit of our country and in
general for the benefit and development of all humanity
To always improve and develop the required physical environment for education and research
In short, in all areas of endeavor, with students, faculty, administrative staff and graduates to be
always the pioneer, the leader and to strive for perfection
It is this will and effort that makes METU Civil Engineering Department different from others. For this reason,
What makes our future is our difference, what makes us different is our future.
STUDENT OUTCOMES:
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM
Students successfully completing their fourth year are entitled to a "Bachelor of Science in Civil
Engineering" degree. Practical experience is required for the degree and accordingly, students are required to
go into summer practice at the end of their second and third years and to have a satisfactory record of their
summer employment approved by the Department. During the fourth year technical elective courses are
offered to enable the students to advance their knowledge in specific fields.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Graduate courses are offered in each of the mentioned below fields of specialization leading to the
degrees of "Master of Science" and "Doctor of Philosophy." The course program for the M.S. degree is
decided by the advisor of the student according to his intended field of specialization and to his future career
plans. He is required to take a minimum of 60 credit hours from the courses which are approved by the
Department. Thesis is obligatory and each student is assigned a thesis supervisor. For studies leading to the
Ph.D. degree see Graduate School Rules and Regulations.
At present the Civil Engineering Department has nine active fields of specialization; eight of these are
associated with laboratories with a total floor area of 12 000 m2.
1. Structural Engineering Division: This laboratory, with a total floor area of 1500 m2 is established
both for instruction and research. The laboratory is equipped with a modern programmable dynamic loading
system and a thirty channel digital recording system. Various types of tests can be made using various testing
frames available. The laboratory has its own machine shop and carpenter shop. In the 500 m2 main testing hall,
full or small-scale structural elements and models can be tested. The laboratory has all the necessary facilities
for experimental stress analysis.
2. Hydraulics Engineering Division - Coastal and Ocean Engineering Laboratory: The Coastal
and Ocean Engineering Laboratory is established both for education and research. The laboratory has a
covered area of 3000 m2 and an open area of 1000m2, with mechanical (regular and irregular) wave
generators, etc., and carries out basic and applied research on coastal sediment transport , sea outfalls and
coastal pollution, coastal structures, wave mechanics, wave climate, harbour design, marinas, coastal
management and related engineering and management problems. On these topics, various sponsored research
projects for both public and private organizations are investigated in this laboratory.
3. Transportation Engineering Division: This laboratory has the equipment for the performance of
the following tests: gravity, penetration, water content, ductility, flash and fire points, loss on heating ,
distillation, spot, softening point, viscosity and float tests on, asphalts, cut backs, road oils, emulsions;
bitument content, Marshall method, Hveem Stability and Centrifuge Kerosene Equivalent tests for highway
pavements; LCN evaluation for airport pavements, stripping, soundness and abrasion tests or round or crushed
aggregates. In addition to standard tests, research is carried out on the economical treatment of soils and
aggregates for highway construction.
5. Construction Materials Engineering Division: This laboratory covers a total floor area of
1800m2. In the main testing hall there are five universal testing machines and two loading frames ranging in
capacities from 1 ton to 500 tons. With these equipment the mechanical properties of various materials can be
determined and full scale tests can be performed on structural elements. In other sections there exists the
necessary equipment for testing the physical and chemical properties of materials of construction. The
laboratory is used both for instruction and research and for services to industry.
6. Geotechnical Engineering Division: This laboratory has all the equipment for standard soil testing
as well as some sampling and field testing equipment. Apparatus such as triaxial shear with pore pressure
measurement, direct shear, simple shear, unconfined compression, laboratory vane, and oedometers are
available to carry out research at an advanced level. The Soil Mechanics Laboratory is at its early stage of
development as regards to research in the areas of dynamic soil behavior, machine foundations and earthquake
engineering. The laboratories are actively used for teaching purposes.
7. Geomatics Engineering Division: This laboratory provides instruction and research in the fields of
geodesy, photogrammetry and engineering seismology. In addition to classical geodetical equipment the
laboratory includes electronic distance measuring units, photogrammetric plotters, gravitymeters,
accelerographs and a complete vibration and recording system.
541
8. Hydraulics Engineering Division - Water Resources Engineering Laboratory: The Water
Resources Laboratory provides instructional, applied and theoretical researches facilities in the fields of water
resources, hydrology and hydraulics.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
MATH 119 Calculus with Analytic Geometry MATH 120 Calculus for Functions of Several
(4-2)5 Variables (4-2)5
PHYS 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 PHYS 106 General Physics II (3-2)4
CHEM 107 General Chemistry (3-2)4 CENG 230 Introduction to Computers and C
CE 101 Civil Engineering Drawing (2-2)3 Programming (2-2)3
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I GEOE 104 Geology for Civil Engineers (3-0)3
(4-0)4 CE 102 Introduction to Civil
IS 100 Introduction to Information Engineering (2-0)NC
Technologies and Applications NC ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
(4-0)4
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
* Must be selected from a group of technical elective courses (minimum three credits) approved by the CE
Department.
** Must be selected from a group of technical elective courses (minimum three credits) approved by the CE
Department.
*** Must be selected from a group of technical elective courses (minimum three credits) approved by the CE
Department.
**** Must be selected from a group of technical elective courses (minimum three credits) approved by the CE
Department.
Must be selected from a group of design elective courses (minimum three credits) approved by the CE
Department.
Must be selected from a group of design elective courses (minimum three credits) approved by the CE
Department.
Out of the two technical elective courses (minimum three credits), one of them could be taken from other
engineering departments subject to the approval of the CE department.
The Civil Engineering undergraduate program was accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission
of ABET, http://www.abet.org "
This program is aimed at students in other fields of engineering and science wishing an introduction to
the behavior of engineering soils and geotechnical applications, especially those who are likely to collaborate
with geotechnical engineers in their future professional life. The program requires basic knowledge of
engineering mechanics and hydraulics. The emphasis will be on the principles of soil mechanics and ground
investigation which are of value in gaining an understanding of problems such as slope stability, ground water
movement, ground improvement and environmental geotechnology.
Prerequisite Courses
CE 221 Engineering Mechanics 1 (3-0) 3
CE 224 Mechanics of Materials (3-0) 3
Compulsory courses
CE 363 Soil Mechanics (3-2) 4
CE 366 Foundation Engineering 1 (2-2) 3
One of the following courses
CE 382 Reinforced Concrete Fundamentals (3-0) 3
CE 383 Structural Analysis (3-0) 3
CE 423 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3-0) 3
The purpose of this minor program is to introduce students especially in the architecture department to
the modern methods of structural analysis, and to acquaint them with current design procedures. The emphasis
is on buildings although other structural forms will also be used to illustrate the underlying concepts.
Prerequisite Courses
CE 221 Engineering Mechanics 1 (3-0) 3
CE 224 Mechanics of Materials (3-0) 3
Compulsory courses
CE 382 Reinforced Concrete Fundamentals (3-0)3
CE 383 Structural Analysis (3-0)3
CE 388 Fundamentals of Steel Design (3-0)3
545
CE 363 Soil Mechanics (3-2)4 hydrograph analysis, floods and routing, statistical
Introduction: engineering problems involving soils. analysis, groundwater, environmental impacts,
Basic characteristics of soils, classification and fundamentals of RS and GIS for hydrologic
compaction of soils. Principle of effective stress. applications. (Offered to non-CE students only).
Permeability and flow of water (seepage) in soils.
Shear strength of soils. Slope stability. Lateral earth CE 378 Water Resources Engineering
pressure theories. Consolidation theory. (4-0)4
Introduction to hydrology and water resources
CE 364 Soil Mechanics (2-2)3 engineering. Basin and hydrologic processes:
Index properties and classification of soils. Pore precipitation, stream flow, infiltration. Hydrograph
pressures, effective stress, permeability, flow of analysis. Reservoir routing. Dams and spillways.
water through soils. Compressibility and Groundwater hydrology. Municipal water supply
consolidation. Shear strength. Lateral earth pressure. systems. Wastewater and stormwater collection and
Stability of slopes. Principles of foundation design; removal. Irrigation and drainage.
analysis of settlements, bearing capacity of Prerequisite: CE 372.
foundations.
(Offered to non-CE students only). CE 382 Reinforced Concrete
Fundamentals (3-0)3
CE 366 Foundation Engineering I (2-2)3 Mechanical behavior of concrete in uniaxial and
Site investigations, retaining structures, excavations, multiaxial states of stress. Time dependent behavior
dewatering, shallow foundation design, bearing of concrete. Mechanical behavior of reinforcing
capacity, settlement, stress distribution in soils, steel. Behavior and strength of uniaxially loaded
initial settlement, consolidation settlement, members; confinement. Behavior and strength of
permissible settlement, deep foundation design, members in pure bending. Behavior and strength of
bearing capacity, settlement, types of piles, ground members under combined bending and axial load.
improvement. Behavior and strength of members under combined
Prerequisite: CE 363. shear and bending.
Prerequisite: CE 224.
550
CE 472 Statistical Techniques in filled sewers, self-cleansing of pipes, design of
Hydrology (3-0)3 sanitary sewers, system layout main sewers,
Importance in Hydrology. Properties and model manholes, house and building connections, sewer
parameter estimation techniques. Use of discrete profiles, design criteria, population estimate, peak
and continuous functions in hydrology. Point and factors, construction and maintenance of sewer
regional frequency analysis. Applications. systems, Turkish standards for sewerage system
Prerequisite: CE 378, CE 204 construction.
552
CE 496 Designs of Marinas (2-2)3 CE 498 Coastal and Harbor Engineering
Classification of marinas, marina developments. (2-2)3
Facilities and components of marinas, preliminary Classification of ports, marinas, small craft harbours,
studies and investigations. Site selection. Layout developments, facilities and components of ports and
planning and design. Economics. Environmental marinas, preliminary studies and investigations, site
and social impacts of marinas. Marina management. selection, layout alternatives, layout planning and
Legal and administrative considerations. Term design of port and /or marina structures, optimum
project on design of marinas. capacity, economics, environmental and social impacts
Prerequisite: CE 491. of ports, marinas, management, legal and
administrative considerations.
CE 497 Coastal Zone Management Prerequisite: CE 491
(3-0)3
The coast and coastal issues; the boundaries, shoreland CE 4301 Construction Productivity
and coastal waters subsystems; introduction to coastal Measurement and Improvement (3-0)3
ecosystems; coastal resources and uses; sustainable Productivity, importance and problems. Work
resource development and ecocoastal engineering; sampling, group timing technique, five minute
environmental impact assessment; coastal water rating techniques. Craftsmen questionnaire,
quality management; beach management; marine and foreman-delay surveys. Crew balance charts,
coastal protected area management; coastal zone process charts, flow diagram. Effect of labor,
management tools and instruments; institutional material and equipment on productivity. External
arrangements, coastal management in Turkey. factors affecting productivity. Worker motivation
and performance.
553
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING
The University requirement governing the M.S. and Ph.D. degree are described in Academic Rules
and Regulations (Graduate Programs) of this catalog.
The Department offers graduate programs in Structural Engineering Division, Hydraulics Engineering
Division (Hydromechanics laboratory, Water Resources Engineering laboratory, Coastal & Ocean Engineering
laboratory), Construction Materials Engineering Division, Geomatics Engineering Division, Transportation
Engineering Division, Construction Engineering and Management Division and Geotechnical Engineering
Division leading to M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. The programs are offered to students who are graduates of civil
engineering.
The aim of the Middle East Technical University Civil Engineering Graduate Program is to prepare
skilled students to pursue successful professional careers in teaching, research and the practice of Civil
Engineering.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
GRADUATE COURSES
561
CE 593 Statistical Analysis in Coastal CE 5601 Geotechnical Earthquake
Engineering (3-0)3 Engineering (3-0)3
Statistical theory of waves, harmonic analysis, A brief review of seismicity, fault-rupture
energy density spectrum, probability distribution of mechanisms, and fundamentals of vibrations.
waves. Measurement and analysis of waves, Discussion of attenuation relationships, design
measurement techniques, definitions of height and motions and influence of soil behavior on ground
period of irregular waves, spectral analysis. shaking characteristics. Methods of analyzing
Examples of statistical analysis of coastal seismic site response. Soil liquefaction phenomena
engineering problems. (R) and methods to predict seismic coil liquefaction
initiation. Use of in- situ index tests in the
CE 594 Modeling of Coastal Engineering estimation of seismic liquefaction risk. Seismic
Problems (3-0)3 performance of slopes and earth structures and soil-
Mathematical modeling, differential equations of structure interaction effects.
wave motion, dimensionless presentations and
scaling, initial and boundary conditions, analytical CE 5602 Numerical Modeling in
solutions, numerical solutions, computer Geomechanics (3-0)3
experiments on selected problems. Physical models A brief review of some fundamental methods in
of wind waves and long waves on a rigid bed, numerical modeling with emphasis on finite element
models with movable bed, estuarine and other formulation. Development of constitutive laws for
physical models. (R) geotechnical materials including linear or nonlinear
elastic (hyperbolic), linear elastic perfectly plastic,
CE 595 Coastal Sedimentation (3-0)3 and non-linear elastic-plastic models based on the
Coastal sediment properties, waves and currents Critical State Soil Mechanics theory. Employment
oscillator boundary layers, incipient motion, of a finite element computer program for the
onshore and offshore sediment movement, littoral analyses of a geotechnical engineering problem.
drift, beach processes. Coastal protection structures, Discussion of the new developments in numerical
groins, jetties, breakwaters and harbour entrances, modeling of geotechnical problems including
seawalls and revetments, beach nourishment, modeling of dynamic problems and new constitutive
maintenance of river mouths. Dredging. Estuarine models.
sedimentation. (R)
CE 5603 Seismic Hazard Assessment
CE 596 Coastal Pollution (3-0)3 (3-0)3
Various aspects and problems of water pollution A brief of probability concepts, and epistemic and
control, sources and types of pollutants. Hydraulics aleatory uncertainties. Deterministic vs.
of turbulent jets and plumes. Turbulent diffusion, probabilistic seismic hazard analysis. Source
dispersion. Bacterial disappearance. Sea outfall characterization and attenuation relationships.
design. Heated dischargers. Oil pollution. Estuarine Hazard computer code: deaggregation of hazard.
Pollution of marinas. (F) Development of design spectra: equal hazard
spectra, directivity and basin effects. Design of time
CE 598 Coastal and Harbour Structures histories: scaling vs. spectrum compatibility.
Design (3-0)3 Numerical simulation methods for time histories.
Wave climate, Harbour structures; quays, piers,
gravity and floating breakwaters. Seawalls CE 5604 Unsaturated Soils (3-0)3
revetments and groins. Wave forces on vertical Interfacial tension, cavitation, capillarity. Soil
walls, rubble mounds and circular cylinders. Design suction, water retention and drainage of porous
of concrete block quaywalls, sheet pile walls and media. Micromechanics/microhydraulics of
piled quay walls. Seismic design. (R) unsaturated soil. Testing of unsaturated soils:
suction measurement and control, volume
measurement. Flow and balance laws, hydraulic
CE 599 Groundwater Hydraulics (3-0)3 conductivity function, 1-D flow, infiltration and
Groundwater and Aquifers; Groundwater Balance; evaporation. Shear strength; effective stress and
Groundwater motion; Fundamental Equations of independent state variables approaches.
Groundwater Flow; Initial and Boundary Deformation and consolidation; expansive and
Conditions; Methods of Solutions; Hydraulics of collapsing of soils. Constitutive modeling.
Well; Hydrodynamics Dispersion; Modelling of
Aquifer Systems; Salt Water Intrusion; CE 5701 Hydroclimatology (3-0)3
Groundwater Management. (R) Precipitation formation process, the surface and
atmospheric branch of the hydrologic cycle, land
562
surface-atmosphere interaction, surface energy Introduction to masonry and non-engineered
balance, evapotranspiration, heat and moisture construction. Mechanical properties of clay brick,
fluxes into the soil and atmospheric boundary layer. cellular concrete block, autoclave aerated concrete
(AAC) block, adobe and stone masonry units. In-
CE 5801 Condition and Vulnerability plane and out-of-plane behavior of masonry
Assessment of Building (3-0)3 buildings. Design principles and code specifications
Seismic performance objectives and code design for masonry construction. Repair and strengthening
criteria. Linear and nonlinear seismic analysis. techniques for damaged masonry buildings after
Procedures for evaluating existing buildings. earthquakes. Confined and reinforced masonry
Vulnerability assessment techniques. Introduction to construction. Historical masonry structures.
loss estimation and earthquake insurance.
CE 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
CE 5802 Structural Health Monitoring (3-0)3 Program of research leading to a Ph.D. degree
General concepts in structural health monitoring; arranged between student and a faculty member.
necessities; commonly used monitoring techniques; Students register to this course in all semesters
fields of application; data acquisition systems and starting from the beginning of their first semester.
transducer types; determination of critical
measurement types and location; design of CE 7XXX Special Topics in Civil
measurement setup; cost estimation; alert systems; Engineering (3-0)3
remote communication; analytical simulation; These courses are not listed in the University
structural properties extraction from data; analytical Catalogue. Their contents may vary from year to
calibration; structural condition evaluation; damage year according to the contents of subject matters
detection; introduction to heuristic and statistical involved in recent technological applications. (R)
approaches in monitoring.
CE 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
CE 5803 Seismic Base Isolation (3-0)3 MS students choose and study a topic under the
General features; isolator devices and systems; guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
mechanical characteristics and modeling of supervisor. (F&S)
isolators; structures with seismic isolation; code
provisions for seismic isolation; stability of CE 9XX Advanced Topics (4-0)NC
elastomeric isolators; ground motion characteristics. Ph.D. students choose and study advanced topics
CE 5804 Analysis and Design of under the guidance of a faculty member, normally
Structural Masonry (3-0)3 his/her supervisor. (F&S)
563
MASTER OF SCIENCE AT THE DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING (Without Thesis)
OBJECTIVES: The civil engineering undergraduate curriculum is intended to give the students a
general civil engineering background by establishing the general principles of each of the major areas of
interest of the profession. This Programme aims at the development of professional skills in the chosen field of
civil engineering. The following are the major objectives of the programme:
To give the students an insight into the problems of hydraulics engineering;
To equip them with the modern methods of analysis and design;
To provide an innovative thinking medium where the students are trained towards a critical and analytical
treatment of problems;
To improve the students sense of responsibility towards the society and the environment;
To improve their technical report writing and presenting skills.
Well qualified applicants with minor admission deficiencies may be admitted provisionally subject to
completion of an articulation programme.
DURATION: Completion of the programme takes normally four semesters. Students who cannot
complete the programme in six semesters are dismissed.
Students in this programme must complete a minimum of 10 courses with total credit hours not less
than 30. Each student shall submit a report and shall also make a presentation of a non-credit graduation
project. Completion of the programme takes normally four semesters. Students who cannot complete the
programme in six semesters are dismissed.
Core Courses
All students must complete the following 7 courses and the graduation project.
564
HE 575 Water Transmitting Systems (New) HE 577 Basic Coastal Engineering
(3-0) 3 (Equiv. To CE 491) (3-0) 3
HE 576 Planning And Management of HE 599 Graduation Project NC
Hydrosytems (New) (3-0) 3
Elective Courses
All students must complete at least 3 of the following courses (the list can be modified by the approval of the
Department):
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
OBJECTIVES: The civil engineering undergraduate curriculum is intended to give the students a
general civil engineering background by establishing the general principles of each of the major areas of
interest of the profession. This Programme aims at the development of professional skills in the chosen field of
civil engineering. The following are the major objectives of the programme:
566
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS: Admission requirements are similar to those of the existing
Masters Degree (M.S.) programme. However, admission priority is based on the assessment of the applicants
capacity to pursue the programme successfully. Consideration is given to,
Well-qualified applicants with minor admission deficiencies may be admitted provisionally subject to
completion of an articulation programme.
DURATION:Completion of the programme takes normally four semesters. Students who cannot
complete the programme in six semesters are dismissed.
Students in this programme must complete a minimum of 10 courses with total credit hours not less than 30.
Each student shall submit a report and shall also make a presentation of a non-credit graduation project.
Completion of the programme takes normally four semesters. Students who cannot complete the programme in
six semesters are dismissed.
Core Courses
All students must complete the following 4 courses and the term project. Those who have already taken the
equivalent of any one of these courses will have to take one additional structural elective in lieu of the course
taken earlier.
Elective Courses
Each student should take at least 6 of the following structural courses (the list can be modified by the approval
of the Department).
569
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER ENGINEERING
PROFESSORS
ALPASLAN, Ferda Nur: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of North Texas.
ATALAY, Volkan (Vice President): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Universit Ren Descartes- Paris V.
COAR, Ahmet: B.S., METU; M.S. Bilkent University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
EKL, Nihan Kesim: B.S., METU; M.S., Bilkent University; Ph.D., Imperial College.
DORU, Ali H.: B.S., ITU; M.S., University of Texas at Arlington; Ph.D., Southern Methodist University.
GEN, F. Payidar: B.S., METU; D.I.C., M.S., Imperial College; Ph.D., University of Manchester.
LER, Veysi: B.S., METU; M.S., Bilkent University; Ph.D., Bilkent University.
POLAT, Faruk: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Bilkent University.
TARI, Sibel: B.S., Hacettepe Uiversity; Ph.D., Northeastern University.
TOROSLU, . Hakk: B.S., METU; M.S., Bilkent University; Ph.D., Northwestern.University.
OLUK, Gktrk: B.S., M.S., Boazii University; Ph.D., METU.
YARMAN-VURAL, Fato Tnay: B.S., ITU; M.S., Boazii University; Ph.D., Princeton University.
YAZICI, Adnan (Department Chair): B.S., ITU; M.S., University of Tulsa; Ph.D., University of Tulane.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
CAN, Tolga: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., University of California at Santa Barbara.
KARAGZ, Pnar (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S., Ph.D. METU.
OUZTZN, Halit: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
ONUR, Ertan: B.S., Ege University; M.S., Ph.D., Bogazici University.
MANGUOLU Murat: B.S., METU; M.S, The University of Utah USA; Ph.D.: Purdue University, West
Lafayette, USA.
SARANLI, Ulu: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., The University of Michigan; Ann Arbor MI.
AHN, Erol: B.S., Bilkent University; M.S., METU; Ph.D., Boston University.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
AKYZ, Ahmet Ouz: B.S., METU; Ph.D.: University of Central Florida, USA.
ALTINGVDE, smail Sengr: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Bilkent University.
KALKAN, Sinan: B.S., METU; M.S., METU; Ph.D.: University of Stirling, UK; BCCN Goettingen,
Germany.
TEMZER, Selim; B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), Cambridge, MA,
USA.
INSTRUCTORS
The Computer Engineering undergraduate program was accredited by the Engineering Accreditation
Commission of ABET, http://www.abet.org".
570
MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT: The goal of the Department of Computer Engineering is to
teach, produce, and disseminate theory, principles, practice, and know-how of computing for the critical
analysis, design, evaluation, and improvement of computer-based systems in the contexts of computers and
man, computers and the society, computers and the industry and services.
1. They have breadth in the discipline of computing covering the full range of core concepts, and depth in a
range of state-of-the-art topics.
2. They have an understanding of the fundamentals of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering
sciences.
3. They are capable of designing, constructing and operating computer-based systems.
4. They can analyze problems from a computational viewpoint, propose algorithmic solutions, and
implement them correctly and efficiently.
5. They are aware of the potentials and the responsibilities of the computing profession in the context of
science, technology and society.
6. They have a strong background for further professional development in industrial and academic settings.
STUDENT OUTCOMES: Our BSc program in Computer Engineering strives to ensure that our
students attain the following outcomes:
The Department also offers a number of undergraduate courses to students of engineering, arts and
sciences as well as other disciplines as part of its service to the University. These courses are designed to
provide a sound understanding for effectively utilizing computers in various application areas.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS: The aim of graduate program is to provide qualified personnel for
the needs of Computer Engineering and Software Engineering fields as well as to train students who plan to
enter academic profession in universities. The graduate program has been designed to meet the demands of
specialized computer scientists and engineers in industry and in higher education. It provides opportunity to
qualified students from various academic disciplines for further education at an advanced level in Computer
Engineering and Software Engineering. The graduate students fulfilling the requirements of the University are
571
granted the degree of Master of Science (M.S.) in Computer Engineering or Software Engineering or Doctor of
Philosophy (Ph.D.) in Computer Engineering.
RESEARCH INTERESTS AND FACILITIES: Research activities are conducted in the following
areas: Artificial Intelligence, Databases, Parallel Computing, Software Engineering and Information Systems,
Distributed Systems, Theoretical Computer Science, Computer Networks, Pattern Recognition, Modeling and
Simulation, Computer Graphics, Image Processing, Computer Vision, Bioinformatics, and Evolutionary
Computing. The research work is supported by various national and international organizations. The laboratory
facilities of the Department are as follows:
Undergraduate Laboratories: Three laboratories have 80 Core 2 Duo personal computers which
are used by undergraduate students. Personal computers work under Linux and Windows operating systems,
using 1000 Mbit/s connection to department network and the Internet. There is also a laboratory allocated to
self owned student laptops using departmental wireless connections for Internet.
Graduate and Staff Laboratories: Personal computers along with laser printer, color laser printer
and a scanner are open to the use of department staff in this laboratory.
Hardware and Electronics Laboratory: This laboratory contains various logic design experiment
boards, microcomputers, logic analyzers, oscilloscopes other tools and components. The microprocessor,
computer architecture and electronics courses use this facility for the practical training of students.
HPC (High Performance Computing): The department hosts a High Performance Computing system with
the following computational and storage capacity: 46 x 2 = 92 CPUs, 46 x 2 x 4 = 368 Cores, 46 x 16 GB =
736 GB Memory, 46 x 146 GB = 6.5 TB Local Disk (halved by RAID), 2 x 3 TB = 6 TB Common Storage
Area (halved by RAID).
CENG 200-230 Laboratories: There are two laboratories each containing 35 Core 2 Duo personal
computers which are connected to a two Quad Core XEON server with 16 Gb Ram (all working under LINUX
operating system) and to the campus network. Assisted laboratory experiments are held in these laboratories.
Department Infrastructure: There are a total of 14 servers running on Linux and Solaris operating
systems to provide necessary computation power and web, e-mail, database services. There are 3 LAN
segments with C class subnets having more than 250 connected nodes in total. All faculty and student
computers are connected through a Gbit Ethernet LAN. Department servers are connected through 1 Gbit/s
Ethernet connection. The Department LAN is connected to the campus network backbone through fiber links.
All department users can connect to the department wireless network. The network is authenticated by central
department user name and password, over RADIUS and LDAP. All areas of the department (including garden)
are covered by 8 Cisco 1131 AG Access points, supporting 802.11a/b/g, and running on Power Over
Ethernet. In addition, an array of 7 disks, each consisting of 146 GB 10000 rpm SCSI disk, serve the
department's storage needs. There are two laser printers available for use by staff and students.
Image-Processing and Pattern Recognition Laboratory: This laboratory is used for research
purposes and for graduate courses on image processing, pattern recognition and computer vision. Current
projects are on Content-Based Image Retrieval, Face Detection-Recognition, Intelligent Detection of
Geographical Objects from Satellite Images and Extracting Semantic Information from both Image and Text
Databases, Medical Diagnosis using Gait Analysis, Multimedia Retrieval and Querying Systems. Research
projects are supported by METU, TUBITAK and various other resources (DPT, State-Planning Agency), while
the international collaborations are granted by TUBITAK-NSF and the French Ministry of Foreign Affairs.
The homepage of the laboratory can be reached at: http://image.ceng.metu.edu.tr/ .
KOVAN (Cooperative and Cognitive Agents) Research Lab.: The Kovan research laboratory is
founded to study the synthesis of intelligent systems inspired from nature. Our inspiration stems from
a wide range fields ranging from social insects to biological neural systems and evolution. Autonomous
robots are preferred as a major test-bed in our studies. We have two major active research tracks: Swarm
robotics and Cognitive Robotics. Our research in swarm robotics is funded by a TUBITAK Career Project.
Within this project, we are developing mobile robot platforms to be used in swarm robotics research and
studying how self-organization can be controlled. Our research in cognitive robotics is funded by a
572
European Commission research project, called MACS. In this project, we are developing an affordance-based
control architecture for a mobile robot with object manipulation capabilities. The laboratory is also a
member of the EURON (European Robotics Network of Excellence) funded by the European Commission.
The laboratory has a number different mobile robot platforms ranging from simple Mindstorm kits to a
professional mobile robot platform equipped with pan-tilt cameras and laser range scanners. The
laboratory also has infrastructure to develop small embedded systems. Web: http://kovan.ceng.metu.edu.tr
Laboratory for Computational Studies of Language (LcsL): The goal of LcsL is to conduct
interdisciplinary research in computational linguistics and cognitive science. Current research areas are
morphological, syntactic and morphosyntactic analyses and generation (mainly Turkish), multidimensional
grammars, and the structure of discourse. Applied projects are web-based language learning tools, text
segmenters, and machine translation systems. Web site: http://www.LcsL.metu.edu.tr.
Parallel Computing Laboratory: The laboratory includes a cluster of PCs, a fast Ethernet network
and PVM/MPI message passing libraries. The Laboratory serves undergraduate and graduate students projects
and independent research.
METU Computer Graphics and Visualization Research Group: METU Computer Graphics and
Visualization Research Group (CGV) is formed to study various research areas of computer graphics, virtual
reality and visualization in 1996. More specifically CGV has been involved in the following specific research
areas: Game Technologies: massively multiplayer online games, serious games, architectures; Geometrical
Modeling: multiresolution, virtual sculpting; Global Illumination and Rendering: ray Tracing and radiosity,
occlusion culling; GPU Programming: gpu ray casting, volume rendering, smoke generation; Modeling and
Simulation: C4ISR systems, agent based simulations, driving simulators; Visualization for different domains:
volumetric objects, bioinformatics, cultural heritage, military and road safety. Detailed information can be
found at the group web site which is http://cgv.ceng.metu.edu.tr/ .
Intelligent System Lab ISL: The Intelligent Systems Laboratory (ISL) primarily supports
research on various aspects of intelligent systems, including semantic-web systems, multimedia databases,
knowledge engineering, knowledge-based systems, automated reasoning, natural language processing, text
mining, web service composition, artificial life, intelligent collaborative systems for technology-enhanced
learning, neural networks, genetic algorithms, and robotics. Intelligent Systems lab was established in 2000
with initially four research groups working on various intelligent system projects. These are namely, Robotics
and Artificial Life, Action Languages, Neuro-fuzzy Systems, and Distance Learning. ISL researchers carried
out many national and international projects. The national projects were supported by METU and TUBITAK
while the international collaborations were granted by TUBITAK-NSF and the French Ministry of Foreign
Affairs.
Mobility Research Group: Research topics are mainly focused on modeling movement of the
objects that can move (generally robotic cars and quadrocopters), how these mobiles act under physical
conditions such as friction and forces comes from world and accomplish a job with these mobile devices using
a scenario.
IDAG (Intelligent Data Analysis Research Group): The Intelligent Data Analysis Group at
METU focuses on the analysis of very large data sets, especially mining and querying aspects. Our research
domain usually includes applications for Web mining, Databases and Bioinformatics.
The Department actively supports the activities of the METU-MODSMMER Modeling and Simulation
Research Center.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
MATH 119 Calculus with Analytic Geometry MATH 120 Calculus for Functions of
(4-2)5 Several Variables (4-2)5
PHYS 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 PHYS 106 General Physics II (3-2)4
CHEM 107 General Chemistry (3-2)4 MATH 260 Basic Linear Algebra (3-0)3
CENG 100 Computer Engineering CENG 140 C Programming (3-2)4
Orientation (2-0)NC ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
CENG 111 Introduction to Computer (4-0)4
Engineering Concepts (3-2)4
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I
(4-0)4
IS 100 Introduction to Information
Technologies and Applications NC
SECOND YEAR
MATH 219 Introduction to Differential STAT 221 Statistics for Engineers I (3-0)3
Equations (4-0)4 CENG 232 Logic Design (3-2)4
EE 281 Electrical Circuits (2-2)3 CENG 242 Programming Language
CENG 213 Data Structures (3-0)3 Concepts (3-2)4
CENG 223 Discrete Computational CENG 280 Formal Languages and Abstract
Structures (3-0)3 Machines (3-0)3
ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation EE 282 Int. to Digital Electronics (3-0)3
Skills (3-0)3 HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC
574
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
CENG 477 Int. to Computer Graphics (3-0)3 CENG 436 Data Communications and
CENG 491 Computer Engineering Design I Computer Networking (3-0)3
(2-0)2 CENG 492 Computer Engineering Design II
Technical Elective (1-2)2
Technical Elective Technical Elective
Non-technical Elective Technical Elective
CENG 400 Summer Practice II NC Free ElectiveAll elective courses are minimum 3
credits.
Restricted Elective* :One of the following courses: AEE 231, AEE 244, AEE 261, CHE 204, CHE 222,ES
221, ES 223, ME 203, ME 205, ME 305, ME 351, METE 230, CE 221, CE 371, CE 374.
Technical Elective :Technical elective courses offered by the department or one of the following courses:
CE 413, CENG 382, EE 212, EE 301, EE 312, IE 407, IE 451, IE 455, IE 466, IS 514,
IS 533, IS 536, IS 551, IS 564, IS 572, IS 573, MATH 301, MATH 321, MATH 341,
MATH 353, MATH 365, MATH 390, MATH 401, MATH 402, MATH 478, MATH
489, MATH 490, STAT 222, STAT 253, CEIT 321.
The program consists of all courses in the undergraduate curriculum. The equivalency of the
courses taken from other departments is determined by the Department.
Information Systems minor program aims at particularly fulfilling the educational requirements of
an `information-based society`, which calls for a know-how in informatics in almost all areas of expertise. The
program will consist of subjects in databases, software engineering, information systems and some other basic
subjects in computer engineering and is open to all students whose major area is outside computer engineering.
At least one course in programming is recommended for application.
Compulsory Courses
CENG 230 Introduction to Computers and C Programming (2-2)3
CENG 301 Algorithms and Data Structures (3-0)3
CENG 350 Software Engineering (3-0)3
CENG 351 Data Management and File Structures (3-0)3
575
Three of the following courses
CENG 352 Database Management Systems (3-2)4
CENG 436 Data Communications and Computer Networking (3-0)3
CENG 451 Information Systems Development (3-0)3
Technical Elective courses offered by the department.
CENG 100 Computer Engineering structures, binary search trees. Array and pointer
Orientation (0-2)NC based implementations. Recursive applications.
An orientation course to provide counsel to the Sorting and searching.
students about the Department and Computer Prerequisite: CENG 140.
Engineering in general. An introduction to the
faculty and their activities. Visit to several CENG 223 Discrete Computational
Computer Centers in and outside the University. Structures (3-0)3
Fundamentals of logic, set theory, relations,
CENG 111 Introduction to Computer functions, induction, graph theory, trees,
Engineering Concepts (3-2)4 introduction to algebraic structures, lattices.
Introduction to fundamentals of computer systems,
including computer organization, operating systems, CENG 230 Introduction to C Programming
language processors and user interfaces. (2-2)3
Introduction to algorithms and programming. Introduction. Constants, variables, expressions,
Reasoning informally about the correctness and statements. Selective structures. Repetitive
efficiency of programs. A functional programming structures and arrays. Functions. Pointers. Multi-
language will be used for practical work. dimensional arrays.
(Offered to non-CENG students only.)
CENG 140 C Programming (3-2)4
Advanced programming with C: storage and control CENG 232 Logic Design (3-2)4
structures, recursion and programming with Introduction to computer hardware. Number
dynamic data structures. Homeworks are required systems. Boolean Algebra. Logic Gates and Flip
to run on Unix environment. Flops. Combinational and sequential circuit design.
Registers, counters. Bus transfer. RAM, ROM units.
CENG 200 Introduction to Computers and Instruction execution and hardwired control.
Fortran Programming (2-2)3
Basic introduction to computers and programming. CENG 242 Programming Language
Flowcharting, Fortran control statements, input- Concepts
output statements, loops, arrays and subprograms. (3-2)4
Labs covering an introduction to DOS, word Evolution of programming languages. Overview of
processors, database overview and other general language translation, virtual machines, and run-time
topics. (Offered to non-CENG students only). environments. Names, bindings and scopes. Values,
expressions and types. Type compatibility and type
CENG 210 Computers and Fortran checking. Storage, variables, and commands.
Programming (3-2)4 Procedural abstraction. Generic units. Overview of
Fortran: Algorithmic approaches and flowcharting, functional programming paradigm. Overview of
elements of Fortran control statements, loops, object-oriented programming paradigm:
arrays, formatted I/O, subprograms, character encapsulation, classes and objects, inheritance,
expressions, File I/O, advanced statements, external polymorphism, dynamic binding.
lib. handling. Literacy: Computers, their Prerequisites: CENG 111 and CENG 213.
components, terminology, peripherals, operating
system concept, spectrum of softwares, some CENG 280 Formal Languages and Abstract
software tools and packages. Machines (3-0)3
(Offered to non-CENG students only). Introduction to strings, languages and grammars.
Concept of abstract machines and language
CENG 213 Data Structures (3-0)3 acceptance. Deterministic and non-deterministic
Classification of data structures, space and time finite state machines. Regular expressions.
considerations. Linked lists, stacks and queues. Tree
576
Machines with pushdown tape. Turing Machines operations. Reduced instruction set computer.
and recursive functions. Input/Output.
Prerequisite: CENG 223. Prerequisite: CENG 232.
579
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER ENGINEERING
The graduate program is designed to meet the demands for specialized computer scientists and
engineers in industry and in higher education which also gives opportunity to qualified students from various
academic disciplines for further education at an advanced level in Computer Engineering and Software
Engineering.
Graduate students may specialize in Algorithms and Data Structures, Artificial Intelligence,
Databases, Computer Networks and Distributed Systems, Computer Graphics, Pattern Recognition and Image
Analysis, Numerical Computation, Operating Systems, Parallel Computing, Programming Languages,
Software Engineering, Natural Language Processing, Bioinformatics, and Modelling and Simulation.
The graduate students fulfilling the requirements of the University are granted the degree of Master
of Science (M.S.) or Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in Computer Engineering. The Department of Computer
Engineering runs three exclusive programs for Master of Science (M.S.): M.S. in Computer Engineering, M.S.
in Computer Engineering without thesis and M.S. in Software Engineering without thesis. The latter two
programs are designed for those who are not willing to do thesis work but would like to further their
educational and professional goals with extensive coursework and a term project. Graduate Students in these
programs must demonstrate sufficient breadth of knowledge of Computer Engineering or Software
Engineering by satisfying an enhanced coursework requirement.
Graduate curriculum for M.S. and Ph.D. programs are outlined below. Ph.D. program, in addition to
courses and thesis also involves a written and oral qualifying examination.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
580
2
Courses taken during MS studies at METU Department of Computer Engineering may satisfy the course
requirements of theory and systems areas. A student has to take another course (free) in place of each counted
course.
3
Breadth Electives: CENG 538/ MS 522, CENG 551/ MS 529, CENG 553, CENG 561/ MS 527, CENG 563,
CENG 564, CENG 566, CENG 568, CENG 569, CENG 574/ MS 517, CENG 575, CENG 577
4
SE Restricted Electives: SE 541, SE 542, SE 546, SE 547, SE 548, CENG530, CENG546, CENG551,
CENG553, CENG567
GRADUATE COURSES
CENG 500 Master Thesis NC Internet (OBI), Common Business Library (CBL),
Program of research leading to M.S. degree, CommerceNet's eCo Framework, RosettaNet,
arranged between a student and the faculty member. BizTalk, Electronic Marketplaces, Personalization
Students register to this course in all semesters on the Internet, Agents and Negotiation in
starting from the beginning of their second semester Electronic Commerce, Supply Chain Integration on
while the research program or write-up of the thesis the Internet, Issues in Mobile Electronic Commerce,
is in progress. Security Issues in Electronic Commerce, Research
issues
CENG 508 Fuzzy Logic and Database
Modeling (3-0)3 CENG 529 Combinators in Syntax and
This course introduces fuzzy logic (in a great detail) Semantics (3-0)3
and some recent fuzzy database modeling advances
for the non-traditional applications. It focuses on Combinators. Semantic dependencies and lambda
database models for modeling complex information calculus. Variable elimination. Syntacticizing the
and uncertainty at the conceptual, logical, physical combinators. Systems with and without logical
database design levels and on fuzzy integrity forms. Choice of universal dependencies.
constraints defined on the fuzzy relations. A number Computation with combinators (combinatory
of special non-traditional databases such as parsing). CCG as a linguistic theory. CCG as a
multimedia, spatial and spatio-temporal databases computational theory. Radical lexicalization.
will also be studied. Some of the topics will be Models and applications.
studied through reading a relevant paper on the
topic. CENG 530 Computer Networks and
Communications (3-0)3
CENG 513 Wireless Communication and Basics of data communication, and computer
Networks (3-0)3 networks, ISO/OSI basic reference model. physical,
data-link, network, and transport layers. Routing,
Introduction to transmission and networks. flow control, congestion control. Internetworking.
Antennas, multipath propagation, frequency TCP/IP suite of protocols. Higher layer protocols.
hopping. Satellite communication. Overview of Contemporary network architectures.
current systems for cellular for networks, wireless
LANs, mobile IP, Ad Hoc networks, the Bluetooth CENG 531 Advanced Computer
technology and the IEEE802.11 standard. Architecture (3-0)3
Basics of advanced computer architecture. Multi-
processing, multi-threading. Instruction level
CENG 514 Data Mining (3-0)3 parallelism. High performance interconnection
techniques. Memory hierarchy and shared memory
This course introduces data mining and data models. Advanced caching techniques, cache
warehousing concepts. Data warehousing, OLAP coherency. Input/output performance issues. System
technology, data preparation, association rule performance parameters and analysis
mining, classification and prediction, clustering,
mining complex types of data, web mining, CENG 532 Distributed Computing
multirelational data mining are the basic concepts Systems (3-0)3
covered in this course. Basics of distributed computing systems. Global
state management in distributed computing systems.
CENG 520 Electronic Commerce Communication in distributed systems. Inter
Technology (3-0)3 Process Communication and remote procedure call.
Introduction to Electronic Commerce, Electronic Distribute file systems. Fault tolerance.
Commerce Business Models, Current State of the Synchronization and deadlocks. Load balancing and
Art, An introduction to enabling technologies and process migration. Distributed Operating Systems
standards, World Wide Web Consortium's issues. Project(s).
Recommendations: XML and RDF, Storing and
Querying XML Documents, XML Query CENG 535 Performance Evaluation of
Languages: XML-QL and XSLT, Workflow Parallel System (3-0)3
Systems for Electronic Commerce, Message Parallel architectures, parallel languages,
Oriented Middleware, Current B2B Electronic communication structures in parallel programs.
Commerce Frameworks: Open Buying on the Characterization of machine performance evaluation
582
of parallel systems. Benchmarking and modeling. development. Process models for software
Performance metrics. development. Design level process modeling.
CENG 567 Design and Analysis of CENG 575 Simulation Modeling and
Algorithms (3-0)3 Analysis (3-0)3
Introduction to algorithms. The computational Fundamental theoretical concepts of discrete
complexity of algorithms. Amortized analysis. simulation. A selected simulation language to be
Lower and upper bound theory. Approaches for taught. Overview of analog computer simulation.
designing algorithms: Divide-and-Conquer, Greedy Review of basic probability and statistics. Selecting
Approach, Dynamic Programming, Backtracking input probability distribution, random number
and Branch-and-Bound. NP-Complete and NP-Hard generators, output data analysis for a single system,
problems. Approximation algorithms. statistical techniques for comparing alternative
systems, simulation languages and GPSS.
CENG 568 Knowledge Engineering (3-0)3
Basic concepts and techniques. Knowledge CENG 576 Numerical Methods in
representation. Drawing inferences. Tools and Optimization (3-0)3
languages for expert systems. Knowledge Types of optimization problems in a variety of
engineering and expert systems development. fields; efficiency of common methods of solution.
Definition of optimization, extrema of functions of
584
n variables, linear programming and the simplex Locomotion and sensing of robots. Robot control
method, nonlinear programming, and application of paradigms and architectures. Hierarchical paradigm:
common methods to optimization problems. STRIPS, RCS. Reactive paradigm; Arbibs
schemas, Brooks subsumption architecture,
CENG 577 Parallel Computing (3-0)3 behaviors, potential fields. Hybrid paradigm: AuRo,
Classification of computers and introduction to SSS, RAPs. Mobile robot navigation: Localization,
parallel architectures. Pipelining and vector Map-making, SLAM, route planning. Robot vision.
processing. Organization of data and parallel Evolution in autonomous robot systems. Sensory-
storage. Design and analysis of parallel algorithms. motor coordination and learning. Multi-robot
Performance measures of parallel algorithms. systems: Robot teams, Robocup, swarm robotics.
Examples of parallel algorithms. Programming
assignments for parallel solution of some CENG 591 Graduate Seminar (0-2)NC
problems on the PVM and the Transputer system. This seminar course must be taken by all M.S.
students working towards their M.S. thesis. The
CENG 580 Multi Agent Systems (3-0)3 students taking the course are required to make
Concurrency and distribution in AI. Agents: micro presentations on their thesis studies and prepare
and macro views. Rational agency: economic/game progress reports and final reports.
theoretic, logical. BDIarchitecture. Multi-agent real-
time search. Multi-agent learning. Reinforcement CENG 600 Ph.D. Dissertation NC
learning. Opponent modeling. Coordination: Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree,
cooperation, competition, communication and arranged between a student and the faculty member.
conflict resolution among agents. Students register to this course in all semesters
preferably starting from the beginning of their
CENG 581 Automated Reasoning (3-0)3 second semester but not later than the beginning of
Geometric reasoning, temporal reasoning, uncertain the third semester while the research program or
reasoning, non-monotonic reasoning, induction, write-up of the dissertation is in progress.
metaknowledge and metareasoning, state and
change, planning, intelligent agent. CENG 7XX Special Topics in Computer
Engineering (2-2)3
Courses not listed in catalogue. Contents vary from
CENG 582 Advanced Neural Modeling year to year according to interest of students and the
(3-0)3 instructor in charge. Typical contents include,
Mathematical treatment of generalization, Virtual reality, High-speed networks, Advanced
information theory in neural modeling, radial-basis topics in computational linguistics, Internet
function networks, higher-order neural networks, Electronic Commerce, etc.
adaptive resonance theory, temporal processing in
neural networks, modular networks, neurodynamics, CENG 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
introductory computational neuroscience. M.S. students choose and study a topic under the
guidance of a faculty member normally their
CENG 583 Computational Vision (3-0)3 supervisor.
Edge detection and contour extraction. Region
segmentation. Perspective projection and camera CENG 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
calibration. Matching and stereo. Projective Ph.D. students choose and study a topic under the
geometry. Three dimensional reconstruction. guidance of a faculty member normally their
Dynamic scene analysis. supervisor.
CENG 584 Cognitive Aspects of Natural CENG2 500 Graduate Project (0-4)NC
Language Processing (3-0)3 This course must be taken by all students in the
Computational aspects of linguistic theories. Human M.S. without thesis program. Students have to select
sentence processing. Interpretation. Information a project given by faculty and work under
Structure. Ambiguity resolution. Interactions in her/his supervision.
multi-component grammars.
CENG2 591 Graduate Seminar (0-2)NC
CENG 585 Fundamentals Of Autonomous This course must be taken by all students in the
Robotics (3-0)3 M.S. without thesis program. The students taking
History of Autonomous robotics: Braitenbergs the course are required to make presentations on
vehicles, Walter Grey Walters tortoises. their project studies and prepare progress reports
and final reports.
585
SE 541 Multimedia and Web SE 548 Process Modelling (3-0)3
Engineering (3-0)3 Introduce students to the concept of software
Introduction to methodologies, Techniques and process and software process improvement through
Tools used in the analysis, Design, and the use of software process capability models.
implementation of multimedia and Web-Based Emphasis will be placed on the application of
Applications. Hands-on development of process concepts to industrial situations. Other
commercial Web-based applications. A variety of topics will include software process assessment
software technologies relevant to Web Design and techniques, software process improvement models
Implementation. Including Programming and process capability models in related areas.
Languages, Scripting Languages, Network
Programming and Security. Application SE 550 Software Engineering (3-0)3
development by going through all phases of Web A review of the breadth knowledge in Software
Engineering Life Cycle: Specification, Design, Engineering. Paradigms, Process Models,
Implementation and Evaluation. Methodologies. Traditional, current and developing
approaches to software development; their
SE 542 Human Computer Interaction comparison and suitability to problem types.
(3-0)3 Specification, Analysis, Design, Standards, Quality,
The relationship of user interface design to human- Reporting, Estimation, Planning, Management,
computer interaction. Interface quality and methods Acquisition, Complexity, Maintenance, Reverse-
of evaluation; interface design examples; engineering, Coding, Testing, Integration,
dimensions of interface variability; dialogue genre; Validation and Verification, and field operations of
dialogue tools and techniques; user-centered design Software Systems.
and task analysis; prototyping and the iterative
design cycle; user interface implementation; SE 554 Software System Analysis and
prototyping tools and environments. Multimodal Design (3-0)3
interaction with computers. Students will perform Introduction to Software System Analysis and
the analysis, design and evaluation of a user Design within Process Models and Specification
interface of a software system as class project. Techniques perspective. Requirements Elicitation
and Specification, Analysis Modeling and
SE 546 Software Architectures (3-0)3 Reporting, Logical and Detailed Design. Various
Architectural level of software design. Major traditional, Object Oriented, and contemporary
architectural styles. Architecture description medthodology examples.
languages and related tools. Architectural
specification and analysis case studies. Relations SE 556 Software Project Management
with Frameworks, Design Patterns and Component (3-0)3
Orientation. Management processes, fundamental tasks.
Scoping and definition. Preparation of call for
SE 547 Formal Specification Techniques proposals. Selection-awarding, contracting and
(3-0)3 termination of projects. Monitoring and
Overview of logical and set theoretic foundations. supervising. Task analysis. Management of
State of the art specification formalisms, such as Z, technology, resource, cost, change, and risk. Total
VDM, Larch, state charts, algebraic specifications, Quality Management. Staffing, and project
and related tools. Formal specification case studies. management methodologies. Related tools and
approaches.
586
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
PROFESSORS
AKAR (BOZDAI), Gzde (Vice Chair):B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Bilkent University.
AKIN, Tayfun: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
ALATAN, A. Aydn: B.S., METU; M.S., Imperial College; Ph.D., Bilkent University.
BAYKAL, Buyurman: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Imperial College.
BEKC, Cengiz: B.S., Hacettepe University; M.S., Illinois Institute of Technology;
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
BLGEN, Semih: B.S., METU; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., University of Manitoba.
CANATAN, Fatih: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of London.
LOLU, Tolga: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
V (AYDIN), zlem: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
DEMR, imek B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
DEMRBA, Kerim: B.S., M.S., ITU; M.S., Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles.
DEMREKLER, Mbeccel: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
DURAL, Glbin: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Ohio State University.
ERKMEN, Aydan: B.S., Boazii University; M.S., Drexel University; Ph.D., George Mason University.
ERM, Muammer: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
ERTAN, H. Blent: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Leeds.
EYBOLU, Murat(Vice Dean): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Sheffield University.
GENER, N. Gneri: B.S., Boazici University; M.S., Ph.D., METU.
GNALP, Nilgn: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
GVEN, Nezih: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
HALICI, Uur: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
KO, S. Sencer: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
KUZUOLU, Mustafa: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
LEBLEBCOLU, Kemal: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
SAYAN (TURHAN), Gnl (Department Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Ohio State University.
SEVAOLU, Osman: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
TANIK, Yaln: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
TUNCER, T. Engin: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Boston University.
UYSAL (BIYIKOLU), Elif; B.S., METU; M.S., MIT; PhD., Stanford University.
NVER, Zafer: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
587
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
KAMILI, Fatih: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D. Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT)
ERGL, Salih zgr: B.Sc., M.S., Ph.D. , Bilkent University
KOCAMAN, Serdar: B.Sc.,Boazii University; M.S., Ph.D., Columbia University.
INSTRUCTORS
The program is designed to encourage the development of individual initiative and resourcefulness
with emphasis on responsibility and good judgment.
The undergraduate program is designed for students who may wish to delay their decisions until the
end of the fifth semester as to which of the several fields of Electrical and Electronic Engineering they will
choose. Successful candidates are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Electrical and
Electronic Engineering at the end of the fourth year. During this period of undergraduate study students are
expected to spend a minimum of 40 working days in industry over two consecutive summers.
The selection of the fields of specialization in the fourth year must be made under the close
supervision of the Department advisors or of the Chair of the Department. Research, on the other hand, is the
life blood of an institution of higher education. In the Electrical and Electronics Engineering Department
strong academic programs provide a background for the directed research that form a part of the M.S. and
Ph.D. and Integrated M.S.-Ph.D. programs. It is the policy of the Department to encourage its members to take
part in externally sponsored project works. These activities forming a mutually beneficial link between the
university and industry serve not only as a stimulus for a more intensive research environment in the
Department but constitute a channel of information about the present and future needs of the industry to help in
the improvement of the educational programs.
Some of the major research activities are: Power system analysis and planning, power system control
and operation, insulation, breakdown in dielectrics, H.V. measurement techniques, gaseous discharges, design
of electrical machines, control of electrical machines, electrical drives, power converters, renewable energy
sources, process control and instrumentation, intelligent control, adaptive control, vision, kinematics and
trajectory planning of robots, artificial intelligence, pattern recognition, VLSI design, solid-state electronics,
optoelectronics, MEMS, signal processing, data transmission, synchronization and equalization, coding
techniques, speech processing, switching circuits, microcomputers (software and hardware), computer aided
instruction, scattering and diffraction problems, antennas and radar, active and passive microwave devices and
systems, biomedical instrumentation, medical imaging, acoustic imaging, pulse shaping filters, broad band
matching.
The graduate program gives opportunities to qualified students for further education at an advanced
level.
The students may specialize in the fields of circuits and systems, electronics (VLSI, solid-state
electronics, optoelectronics and MEMS), biomedical engineering, EMT, communications, signal processing,
control systems, robotics, computer engineering, electrical machines and power electronics, power systems and
high voltage.
The candidates fulfilling the university requirements are awarded the degree of Master of Science
(M.S.) or Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in Electrical and Electronics Engineering. A minimum of seven
588
courses and a seminar on the thesis topic is required by the department for the M.S. degree. For the Ph.D. and
Integrated M.S.-Ph.D. programs, see the Academic Rules and Regulations.
MISSION: Electrical and Electronics Engineering Department was founded with a threefold mission
in teaching, research, and public service. Based on that foundation, the mission of the Department, in all major
fields of electrical engineering, is to instill in students the attitudes, values, vision, and training that will
prepare them for lifetimes of continued learning and leadership, to develop the ability and passion to work
wisely, creatively, and effectively for the benefit of society; to generate new knowledge for the betterment of
humankind and disseminate it universally; and to generate realistic and innovative solutions for the current and
future technological needs and to play a leading role to form the van of social and scientific progress and to
provide special services when there are needs that the department is uniquely qualified to meet.
The Electrical and Electronics Engineering undergraduate program was accredited by the Engineering
Accreditation Commission of ABET, http://www.abet.org .
2. Basic Electronics Laboratory: This laboratory is used for undergraduate electronics, logic
design and telecommunications experiments. The laboratory houses state of the art test and measurement
setups each including a power supply, a multimeter, a signal generator, a mixed signal oscilloscope and a
personal computer. The laboratory is also equipped with the necessary hardware and software for
experimenting on field programmable gate arrays.
4. Microcomputer Systems Laboratory: This laboratory primarily aims to acquaint the students
with the basics of microprocessors and microcontrollers and their relevant interfacing techniques. It is designed
for conducting experiments on microcomputer systems and microprocessor/controller based applications in
both hardware and software, using mainly machine language and assembly level programming. The laboratory
is equipped with development boards and training kits of various microprocessor families such as Motorola
and Intel, and personal computers, networking facilities, high level programming tools and other necessary
support equipment.
6. Computer Systems and Networking Research Laboratory: This laboratory is mainly for
graduate research and training and is equipped with PCs, workstations, logic analyzers, various advanced level
computer development platforms, DSP boards, networking simulation software, etc. The research topics are
concentrated primarily on computer systems and architecture, computer networking, routing problems, QoS
issues, performance modeling, network optimization and fault tolerance.
7. Computer Vision and Intelligent Systems Research Laboratory: This laboratory is designed
for graduate and post graduate students studying in the fields of computer vision, pattern recognition,
intelligent systems and robotics. It is equipped with computers for researchers, a parallel processing system, a
robot base and special instrumentation, which can be used in robot construction.
8. Multimedia Research Laboratory: This laboratory is designed for both graduate and senior
students. Currently, the reach is concentrated on video transmission, watermarking, data hiding, image/video
indexing, 3DTV, and object tracking. Several national and international projects on these topics are being
pursued in the laboratory. The laboratory is equipped with high performance computers; several DSP boards;
stereo, video, still and depth cameras, autostereoscopic displays.
9. Robotics Research Laboratories: Robotics Laboratory and Robot Hand Laboratory serve as a
platform for conducting experimental studies to support the robotics related courses offered in the graduate
program. Available hardware includes one robot arm (PUMA 700 series), a robot hand, a simple educational
purpose robot arm, and a programmable mobile robot. Research studies conducted in the same laboratories are
mainly concentrated on vision and image understanding (stereo vision, motion vision, model-based vision,
image/video transmission and analysis), planning (motion planning and task planning applications on both
mobile robots and robot arms), reasoning, machine learning, and navigation.
10. Process Control Laboratory: The laboratory provides facilities for undergraduate and graduate
training and research in the field of control and instrumentation of industrial processes.
11. Laboratory of Feedback Control Systems: The laboratory contains various linear and
nonlinear electromechanical systems that are monitored and actuated via computer. The feedback laws to
control these systems are designed and implemented through Matlab/Simulink
590
12. Telecommunication Research Laboratory: This laboratory provides facilities for
undergraduate and graduate studies in the fields of telecommunication and signal processing. The laboratory is
equipped with special purpose telecommunication instruments as well as basic signal generation and analysis
facilities.
13. Antenna Laboratory: The antenna laboratory is well-equipped for making measurements of
antenna parameters such as gain, pattern, polarization, input VSWR, and impedance at frequencies ranging
from 1 to 40 GHz using an anechoic chamber of dimensions 6.73mx2.85mx2.60m. The laboratory is equipped
with electromagnetic simulation and circuit design software.
14. Microwave Laboratory: It is equipped for studies in the frequency range of 0.1 to 40 GHz. A
network analyzer and a spectrum analyzer are among the basic facilities offered in this laboratory for
undergraduate training as well as graduate research. Waveguide, microstrip and stripline circuits and
components are studied, including thick-film hybrid circuits and components. The laboratory is equipped with
electromagnetic simulation and circuit design software.
15. Photonics Laboratory: This laboratory is intended to familiarize students with the fundamental
procedures of photonics laboratory measurements. Experiments are designed to emphasize engineering
applications.
16. Power System Laboratory: The laboratory is designed for undergraduate and postgraduate
teaching and research.
17. High Voltage Laboratory: This laboratory provides facilities for undergraduate and graduate
experiments and research as well as quality control tests of high voltage insulation for industrial equipments.
The laboratory consists of medium and high voltage test halls and is equipped with high voltage, A.C., D.C.
and impulse test systems, high voltage and current measurement, waveform recording, and discharge detection
facilities.
18. Static Power Conversion Laboratory: This laboratory has necessary facilities to carry out
experiments on SCR based rectifier/inverter sets for the study of static power conversion and conducting
research in the field. It offers a suitable ground for developing high power DC sources and electrical drives. It
is furnished with the necessary equipment for harmonic studies related to static power converters.
19. MEMS and Microelectronics Fabrication Laboratory: This clean room houses the necessary
equipment for the fabrication of Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (MEMS), microelectronics, and
optoelectronic solid state devices and circuits. Laboratory facilities include a high resolution lithography
system and photoresist spinner, a sputtering system, thermal evaporators, diffusion and oxidation furnaces, a
plasma etcher, a surface profiler, chemical hoods, and ovens. Researchers in the laboratory have also access to
cleanroom facilities of METU-MEMS Research and Applications Center, which has 1300m2 cleanroom with
4, 6, and 8 wafer processing capability with 0.35m lithography resolution.
20. VLSI and MEMS Design Laboratory: The educational part of the laboratory can
accommodate 25 concurrent users with 25 state of the art Linux workstations that can run a number of
engineering design software mainly geared towards integrated circuit design, VLSI, and MEMS. The software
packages available in the lab include 100 seats of full Cadence suite for integrated circuit design education, in
addition to 15 licenses for research purposes in another laboratory. Moreover, the students in both laboratories
can access many engineering tools such as HFSS for electromagnetic analysis, CoventorWare and ANSYS for
FEM analysis and Matlab and Mathemetica for mathematical modeling and analysis, as well as other VLSI
CAD design tools like Tanner Tools and Synopsys.
21. Quantum Devices and Nanophotonics Research Laboratory: This research laboratory
houses two certified clean rooms for the growth, fabrication and characterization of compound semiconductor
devices. The facilities include two molecular beam epitaxy (MBE) reactors for the epitaxial growth of III-V
and II-VI compound semiconductors, high capacity liquid nitrogen production system, semiconductor
characterization equipment including an XRD system, lithography system, thin film coating systems, reactive
ion etcher, two flip-chip aligner/bonders for the hybrid integration of optoelectronic components, high
resolution lapping/polishing system and wire bonder. The laboratory also houses the necessary equipment for
591
the electrical and optical characterization of semiconductor devices and infrared sensor arrays. The current
research activities in this laboratory are concentrated on large format single and multi band infrared sensor
arrays for thermal imaging applications.
24. Medical Imaging Laboratory: Current research in this laboratory is mainly focused on
developing numerical methods and hardware for a novel medical imaging method that uses electromagnetic
means to image tissue electrical conductivity distribution. For computational and visualization purposes
workstations and desktop computers are employed with necessary compilers and a professional visualization
software.
25. Magnetic Resonance Imaging Laboratory: This laboratory has a 0.15 Tesla, 800mm clear
bore whole body Oxford resistive magnet, Analogic Corporation gradient and RF amplifiers. This laboratory is
also equipped with hardware and software tools for MR-current density imaging, MR-Electrical Impedance
Tomography.
26. Brain Research Laboratory: The research in this laboratory is on the Electro-magnetic-Source
Imaging (EMSI) of the human brain. Currently, the forward and inverse problems of EMSI are studied, and a
256-channel EEG device is being developed. The laboratory is equipped with six interconnected PCs and a PC
based computer cluster with eight processors.
27. Student Computer Service Room: This laboratory is designed for the use of undergraduate
students. Various compilers, word processors, graphics editors and special mathematical and electrical
application programs are available for users.
28. Machine Shop: The Departmental machine shop is equipped to manufacture various parts
required for research projects and laboratories. Facilities are available for turning, milling, drilling, punching
and welding. A surface-grinding machine is also available for precision machining.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
MATH 119 Calculus with Analytic Geometry MATH 120 Calculus for Functions of
(4-2)5 Several Variables (4-2)5
PHYS 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 MATH 260 Basic Linear Algebra (3-0)3
CHEM 107 General Chemistry (3-2)4 PHYS 106 General Physics II (3-2)4
CENG 230 Introduction to Computers and ME 105 Computer Aided
C Programming (2-2)3 Engineering Graphics (2-2)3
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I EE 100 Introduction to Electrical
(4-0)4 Engineering (1-0)NC
IS 100 Introduction to Information ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
Technologies and Applications NC (4-0)
592
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
Fifth Semester Sixth Semester
FOURTH YEAR
Restricted Elective*: One of the following courses: AEE 231, CHE 204, ME 351, ME 203,
ME 205, METE 230.
Technical Elective***: Students are requested to satisfy the core and elective requirements in one of the
concentration areas given below.For the required 7 Technical Elective courses, total
credits must be at least 21 and at least two of them must have laboratory work.
593
Biomedical Area:
Core courses: EE 415, EE 416, EE 430
Electives (Any four of the following): EE 402, EE 404, EE406 , EE 407, EE 408,
EE 412,EE 413, EE 414, EE 419, EE 426, EE 427, EE 428, EE 435, EE 436, EE 441,
EE 443, EE 447.
Communications Area:
Core courses: EE 430, EE 435, EE 436
Electives (Any four of the following): EE 402, EE404, EE406, EE407, EE 412, EE 413,
EE 414,
EE 415, EE416, EE 419, EE 426, EE 427, EE 428, EE 438, EE 441, EE 442, EE 443,
EE 444, EE 445, EE 446, EE 447.
Computers Area:
Core courses: EE 441, EE 445, EE 446, EE 447
Electives (Any three of the following): EE 402, EE 404, EE406, EE 407, EE 408,
EE 412, EE 413, EE 414, EE 415, EE 416, EE419, EE 430, EE 435, EE 436, EE 442,
EE 443, EE 444, EE 463, EE 464.
Control Area:
Core courses: EE 402, EE 406. EE 407, EE 430
Electives (Any three, fourth year EE Courses except): EE413, EE419, EE 426, EE 427,
EE 428, EE438, EE 474,EE 475, EE 476, EE 478.
Electronics Area:
Core courses: EE 413, EE 414, EE 419,
Electives (Any four of the following): EE 402, EE 404,EE406, EE 407, EE 408, EE
412, EE 415, EE 416, EE 426, EE 427, EE 428, EE 430, EE 435, EE 436, EE 438, EE
441, EE 442, EE 443, EE 444, EE 445, EE 446, EE 447.
The program consists of all courses in the undergraduate curriculum. The equivalency of the courses will be
determined by the Department.
The program's objective is to teach students fundamental aspects of telecommunication techniques and
systems. Following courses on basic circuit analysis, electronics, signals and systems; basic communication
techniques and their applications at system level will be given. It is expected that the program will provide an
inter-disciplinary atmosphere that will help non-EE students to understand the basic aspects of
telecommunications on which the whole information technologies are based.
594
Compulsory courses:
EE 281 Electrical Circuits (2-2)3
EE 282 Introduction to Digital Electronics (3-0)3
EE 230 Probability an Random Variables (3-0)3
EE 301 Signals and Systems I (3-0)3
EE 306 Signals and Systems II (3-0)3
EE 435 Telecommunications I (3-0)3
EE 436 Telecommunications II (3-0)3
595
and forces. Quasistatic fields and electromagnetic EE 302 Feedback Systems (3-0)3
induction. Mathematical modeling: Transfer functions, state
Prerequisites: MATH 120 and PHYS 106. equations, block diagrams. System response;
performance specifications. Stability of feedback
EE 230 Probability and Random systems: Routh-Hurwitz criterion, principle of
Variables (3-0)3 argument, Nyquist stability criterion, gain margin
Axiomatic definition of probability spaces. and phase margin. Design of dynamic
Combinatorial methods. Conditional probability; compensators. Analysis and design techniques using
product spaces. Random variables; distribution and root-locus. State-space techniques: Controllability,
density functions; multivariate distribution; observability, pole placement and estimator design.
conditional distributions and densities; independent Discrete-time control systems.
random variables. Functions of random variables; Prerequisite: EE 301.
expected value, moments and characteristic
functions. EE 303 Electromagnetic Waves (3-0)3
Prerequisite: MATH 120. Maxwell's equations in time and frequency
domains. Electromagnetic energy and power. Wave
EE 281 Electrical Circuits (2-2)3 equation. Uniform plane electromagnetic waves;
Circuit laws and basic elements. Resistive circuits, reflection and refraction. Introduction to
analysis methods. Network theorems. transmission lines, waveguides, antennas and
First and second order circuits. Sinusoidal steady- radiation.
state analysis and power. Basic diode and transistor Prerequisite: EE 224.
circuits.
(Offered to non-EE students only). EE 306 Signals and Systems II (3-0)3
Prerequisite: MATH 120. Correlation of signals. Energy and power spectral
densities. Hilbert transform. Principles of
EE 282 Introduction to Digital modulation. Stochastic processes: Characterization,
Electronics (3-0)3 correlation functions, stationarity, ergodicity, power
Semiconductor diodes. Diode characteristics. Diode spectral density, transmission of random signals
circuits. Transistors, BJT, FET and integrated through linear systems. Special stochastic processes.
circuits. Inverters. TTL, MOS, ECL structures. Noise.
Logic Gates. Flip-flops. Bistable, astable and Prerequisites: EE 230 and EE 301.
monostable multivibrators. Semiconductor
memories. ROM, RAM structures. Programmable
logic arrays. EE 309 Fundamentals of Electrical
(Offered to non-EE students only) Engineering (3-0)3
Prerequisite: EE 281. Basic electrical quantities. Fundamental circuit
laws. Sinusoidal steady-state analysis and
EE 300 Summer Practice I NC transformers. Three phase circuits. Principles of
Minimum four weeks (20 working days) of practical electromechanical energy conversion. DC and AC
work in an organization with a sizable electrical or machines. Electrical safety.
electronics operation. Special attention should be (Offered to non-EE students only).
given to most but not necessarily all of the Prerequisite: PHYS 106.
following subjects: production, operation,
maintenance, management and safety. A formal
report as described in the Summer Practice Guide is EE 310 Fundamentals of Electronics
to be submitted. Engineering (3-0)3
Operation of electronic devices. BJT and FET small
EE 301 Signals and Systems I (3-0)3 signal amplifiers; power amplifiers; operational
Memory, causality, stability, invertibility, linearity amplifiers. Silicon controlled rectifiers. Digital
and time-invariance Linear time-invariant systems: circuits and systems. Selected electronic systems.
impulse response, convolution. Functions of a Electronic instruments.
complex variable, complex series and integrals. (Offered to non-EE students only).
Transform methods: Continuous time Fourier series Prerequisite: EE 309.
and transform, discrete-time Fourier series and
transform, Frequency response. Sampling theory. EE 311 Analog Electronics (3-0)3
Laplace and z-transforms, system functions. Basic single-stage transistor amplifiers and
Prerequisite: MATH 219. frequency responses. Multi-stage amplifiers.
Feedback in amplifiers. Differential pair stages.
596
Current mirrors. Operational amplifiers. Power Conversion II (3-2)4
amplifiers. Power supplies and regulators. Electromagnetic fields created by AC electric
Prerequisites: EE 201 machine windings: pulsating and rotating magnetic
Corequisite: EE 313. fields, emf induced in a winding. Induction
machines: equivalent circuit, steady-state analysis,
EE 312 Digital Electronics (3-0)3 speed control. Synchronous machines: equivalent
Large signal transistor models. TTL, MOS and circuit, steady-state analysis, stability. Single-phase
CMOS logic gates: Inverters, input and output induction machines. Special electrical machines.
circuits, NAND and NOR gates; static and dynamic Prerequisite: EE 361.
analyses. Regenerative circuits: Astable, EE 374 Electrical Equipment and
monostable, bistable multivibrators and Schmitt Applications (3-0)3
triggers. Introduction to VLSI. Static and dynamic Introduction to power supplies and systems. Short
memories: RAM, ROM, EPROM, 5670PROM, etc. circuit phenomena and analysis in low voltage
A/D and D/A converters. systems. Protection concept, devices and
Prerequisite: EE 201 applications in electrical systems. Characteristics
Corequisite: EE 314. and applications of circuit breakers, relays and
fuses. Power and installation cables and
EE 313 Analog Electronics Laboratory applications. Power and energy measurement
(0-4)2 techniques and devices. Reactive power
Regulated DC Power Supplies, Multistage compensation. Battery plants and UPS systems.
Amplifiers. High Frequency Effects. Differential Lighting sources and installations. Electrical safety
Amplifiers. Feedback Amplifiers. Tuned Circuits. and earthing systems.
Power Amplifiers. Operational Amplifiers. Prerequisite: EE 202.
Optoelectronic Circuits.
Corequisite: EE 311. EE 381 Systems and Control (3-0)3
Modeling dynamic systems in engineering, industry
EE 314 Digital Electronics Laboratory and economics. Time domain analysis.
(0-4)2 Controllability and observability. Fourier series,
Diode waveshaping and compensated attenuator Fourier and Laplace transforms, transfer function.
circuits. Transistor (BJT) switching circuits. Relationship between time and frequency domain
Introduction to logic circuits. TTL, and CMOS representations.
NAND gates. Parallel adders, subtractors, and Offered to non-EE students only.
complementers. 430 Comparators with hysteresis. Prerequisite: MATH 219.
Multivibrator circuits using CMOS gates. Flip flop.
Counters.
Corequisites: EE 312 and EE 348. EE 400 Summer Practice II NC
Minimum four weeks (20 working days) of practical
EE 348 Introduction to Logic Design work in an organization with a sizable electrical or
(3-0)3 electronics operation. Special attention should be
Binary systems and Boolean algebra. Boolean given to most but not necessarily all of the
function simplification. Combinational logic. following subjects: maintenance, production
Sequential synchronous logic. Registers and planning, management, quality control and design.
counters. A formal report as described in the Summer Practice
Corequisite: EE 314. Guide is to be submitted.
EE 402 Discrete Time Systems (3-0)3
EE 361 Electromechanical Energy Importance and advantages of discrete time system
Conversion I (3-2)4 models in control. Time domain analysis of
Electrical safety. Electromagnetic circuits. discrete-time systems. Sampled data systems.
Properties of ferromagnetic materials. Single-phase Stability; translation of analog design. State space
and three phase transformers. Per Unit System. design methods: observer theory, introduction to
Principles of electromechanical energy conversion: optimal design methods. Quantization effects.
Linear and nonlinear systems; singly and multiply Prerequisite: EE 302.
excited translational and rotational systems. DC Corequisite: EE 406.
machines: Theory, generators, motors, speed
control. EE 404 Nonlinear Control Systems (3-0)3
Prerequisites: EE 202 and EE 224. State-space analysis methods. Isocline Lienard's
EE 362 Electromechanical Energy methods, classification of singularities. Analytic
597
techniques of periodic phenomena: Perturbation Nonlinear controlled sources: piecewise linear,
method. Stability definitions. Lyapunov's second square-law, exponential and differential pair
method; Popov stability criterion. The method of characteristics. Low level amplitude modulation and
harmonic realization: Describing functions. Dual- analog multiplication. Narrowband transformer like
input describing functions. Equivalent linearization coupling networks. Nonlinear loading of tuned
and oscillations in nonlinear feedback systems. circuits. Tuned large signal transistor amplifiers and
Prerequisite: EE 302. frequency multipliers. Sinusoidal oscillators.
Frequency mixers and converters.
Prerequisite: EE 311.
EE 406 Laboratory of Feedback Control
Systems (0-4)2 EE 413 Introduction to VLSI Design
Digital control of linear and nonlinear (3-0)3
electromechanical systems; components of a digital Design techniques for rapid implementations of
control system; simulation models; Proportional- very large-scale integrated (VLSI) circuits, metal
Derivative (PD) position control; lead-compensator oxide semiconductor (MOS) technology and logic.
speed control; pole-placement based state-space Structured design. Design rules, layout procedures.
control of nonlinear cart-pendulum system; Optimal Design aids: layout, design rule checking, logic, and
Linear Quadratic Regulator (LQR) based state- circuit simulation. Timing. Testability. Projects to
space control of flexible-joint and inverted develop and lay out circuits.
pendulum systems; more advanced Prerequisites: EE 312 and EE 348.
electromechanical control examples.
Prerequisite: EE 302. EE 414 Introduction to Analog
Corequisite: EE 402. Integrated Circuits (3-0)3
Analysis and design of bipolar junction transistor
EE 407 Process Control (3-2)4
(BJT) and metal oxide semiconductor field-effect
Control of industrial processes: Mathematical
transistor (MOSFET): multi- stage amplifiers.
modeling of fundamental distributed parameter
Analog integrated circuit (IC) building blocks/sub-
processes. Lumped parameter approximation.
circuits. Biasing circuits. Differential pairs.
Disturbance filtering characteristics of control
Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor
loops. Proportional, integral, derivative, on-off,
(CMOS) operational amplifier topologies. Stability
floating modes of controls, feedforward and cascade
analysis and pole-zero cancellation in operational
types of loops. Minimization of integral square
amplifiers. Differential and regenerative
error. Characteristics of flow, pressure and level
comparators.
control loops and final control elements.
Prerequisites: EE 311.
Fundamentals of control of basic processes such as
heat exchange, distillation, combustion, drying.
EE 419 Solid State Devices (3-0)3
Organization of direct digital control loops.
Introduction to quantum theory of solids,
Prerequisite: EE 302.
semiconductor fundamentals and carrier transport,
EE 408 Process Instrumentation and p-n and metal-semiconductor junctions, bipolar
Control (3-2)4 junction transistors (BJTs) and metal oxide
Identification, measurement and instrumentation for semiconductor field-effect transistors (MOSFETs):
the control of industrial processes. Review of principles, modeling and advanced issues,
stochastic processes. Minimization of the integral heterojunctions and advanced electron devices,
square error for stochastic inputs. Fundamental optical properties of semiconductors, optical
identification techniques, sine, step, pulse inputs, devices: photodetectors, solar cells, light emitting
pseudo-random binary sequences and correlation diodes and lasers.
methods. Continuous cycling and reaction curve Prerequisites: EE 212.
methods for the adjustment of controller parameters.
Fundamentals of sensors and instrumentation for EE 415 Introduction to Medical
temperature, pressure, level, flow, gas composition Imaging (3-0)3
and pH. Pneumatic and electronic transmitters, Fundamentals of X-ray, generation and detection of
converters, controllers. Selection A/D, D/A X-rays, X-ray diagnostic methods, X-ray image
converters. characteristics, biological effects of ionizing
Prerequisite: EE 302. radiation. Fundamentals of acoustic propagation,
generation and detection of ultrasound, ultrasonic
EE 412 Nonlinear Electronics for diagnostic methods, biological effects of ultrasound.
Communications (3-2)4 Fundamentals of radionuclide imaging, generation
and detection of nuclear emission, radionuclide
598
imaging methods, radiation dosimetry and Amplitude and angle modulation techniques:
biological effects. Fundamentals of magnetic Amplitude Modulation, Double Side Band, Single
resonance imaging, generation and detection of Side Band, Vestigial Side Band, Quadrature
NMR signal, imaging methods, biological effects of Amplitude Modulation, Frequency Modulation,
magnetic fields. Pulse Modulation. Phase-locked loops.
Prerequisite: EE 301. Superheterodyne receivers. Frequency division
multiplexing. Television. Noise in CW systems.
EE 416 Fundamentals of Biomedical Prerequisite: EE 306.
Engineering (3-2)4
Fundamentals of biomedical signals, measurement EE 436 Telecommunications II (3-0)3
and instrumentation; biomedical transducers; Pulse modulation: Sampling process, pulse-
membrane biophysics, electrophysiology of amplitude modulation, time-division multiplexing,
excitable cells, membrane models; theory of quantization, pulse-code modulation. Line codes.
bioelectrical signals, electrocardiography (ECG), Baseband pulse transmission. Digital passband
electroencephalography (EEG), electromyography transmission. Introduction to information theory and
(EMG); biopotential electrodes; biopotential error control coding.
amplifiers and instrumentation techniques, electrical Prerequisite: EE 435.
and patient safety; examples of monitoring,
therapeutic and prosthetic devices.. EE 438 Optical Communication
Prerequisite: EE 311. Systems (3-2)4
Fiber optics, guiding of light waves, dispersion,
EE 426 Antennas and Propagation attenuation, and nonlinear properties of fibers.
(3-2)4 Optical modulation schemes. Resonator optics,
Antenna parameters. Linear antennas. Influence of photonic components, optical interconnects and
earth on antenna radiation pattern and impedance. amplifiers. Photonic switching and fiber optic
Radiation from slot and aperture antennas. Antenna telecommunication links.
arrays and the general array formula. Baluns. Prerequisite: EE 303.
Receiving antenna theory. Elements of groundwave,
tropospheric and ionospheric propagation. EE 441 Data Structures (3-0)3
Prerequisite: EE 303. Arrays, stacks, queues, linked lists, trees, hash
tables, graphs: Algorithms and efficiency of access.
EE 427 Microwaves I (3-2)4 Searching and sorting algorithms.
TEM mode transmission lines. Field and distributed Prerequisite: CENG 230.
circuit analysis. Frequency and time domain
analysis. Waveguiding structures. Rectangular and EE 442 Operating Systems (3-0)3
circular waveguides. Impedance transformations Introduction to operating systems, concurrent
and matching techniques. Scattering matrix of processes, process scheduling, memory
microwave junctions. management, virtual memory, deadlocks,
Prerequisite: EE 303. distributed systems, introduction to Unix, the file
system, using the shell, filters, shell programming.
EE 428 Microwaves II (3-2)4
Prerequisite: CENG 230.
Passive reciprocal and nonreciprocal devices.
Electromagnetic resonators. Periodic structures and
EE 443 Computational Methods in
microwave filters. Microstripline structures and
Electrical Engineering (3-0)3
coupled lines. Solid state microwave devices.
Numerical errors and their estimation.
Prerequisite: EE 427.
Approximation and interpolation. Roots of
EE 430 Digital Signal Processing (3-0)3 equations. Solutions of linear and nonlinear
Discrete-time signals and systems. Discrete Fourier simultaneous equations. Numerical differentiation
transform. Sampling and reconstruction. Linear and integration. Solution of ordinary and partial
time-invariant systems. Structures for discrete-time differential equations. Introduction to statistical
systems. Filter design techniques. Fast Fourier methods.
Transform methods. Fourier analysis of signals Prerequisites: CENG 230 and MATH 219.
using discrete Fourier transform. Optimal filtering
and linear prediction. EE 444 Introduction to Computer
Prerequisite: EE 301. Networks (3-0)3
Seven layered ISO-OSI model, the medium access
EE 435 Telecommunications I (3-0)3 sublayer, ALOHA and local area network protocols,
IEEE 802.2 and ethernet, the data link layer, error
599
detection and correction, data link protocols, the DC-DC switching converters; time-ratio control,
network layer, routing, congestion control, effect of loading, parameter optimization. Device
internetworking, the transport layer, Internet and failure mechanisms. Thermal considerations,
Internet tools. maximum ratings, protection of switching elements.
Prerequisite: EE 230. Series and parallel operation of switching elements.
Prerequisite: EE 463.
EE 445 Computer Architecture I (3-0)3
Asynchronous logic system. Algorithmic state EE 471 Power System Analysis I (3-0)3
machines. CPU organization. Construction of Basic structure of electrical power systems.
arithmetic logic unit. Process control architectures. Electrical characteristics of transmission lines,
Instruction modalities. Microprogramming. Bit transformers and generators. Representation of
slicing. power systems. Per Unit System. Symmetrical
Prerequisite: EE 348. three-phase faults. Symmetrical components.
Unsymmetrical faults.
EE 446 Computer Architecture II (3-2)4 Prerequisite: EE 361.
Arithmetic processor design, arithmetic algorithms.
Memory organization, parallel processing, EE 472 Power System Analysis II (3-2)4
multiprocessors systems. Peripheral organization. Matrix analysis of power systems networks and
I/O processing. I/O controllers. methods of solution. Load flow and short circuit
Prerequisite: EE 445. analysis. Economic operation of power systems.
Transient stability analysis.
EE 447 Introduction to Prerequisite: EE 471.
Microprocessors (3-2)4
Microprocessor architecture; a particular EE 474 Distribution Systems (3-0)3
microprocessor software. I/O interfacing. Interrupt Basic considerations. Load characteristics and
processed I/O. Direct memory access. forecasting methods. Distribution substations.
Microprocessor based communications. Subtransmission, primary and secondary
Prerequisites: EE 314 and EE 348 or consent of the distribution. Choice of voltage levels. Operational
department . characteristics of cables, aerial lines and
transformers. System voltage regulation. Power
EE 462 Utilization of Electrical Energy factor correction. Fusegear, switchgear, current and
(3-2)4 voltage transformers. Overcurrent and thermal
Basic operating characteristics and classification of protection. Earthing methods. Economics of
electrical drives. Solid state DC motor control. Solid distribution systems.
state AC motor control. Dynamic behavior of
electrical machines. Electric braking. Starting of EE 475 High Voltage Techniques I
electrical machines. Intermittent loads. Drive (3-2)4
applications. Modern methods of reactive power Field analysis: experimental and numerical (finite
compensation. Electrical energy saving. difference, finite element and charge simulation)
Prerequisites: EE 362 and EE 463. methods and applications. Electrical breakdown in
gases: ionization processes. Townsend's breakdown
EE 463 Static Power Conversion I (3-2)4 criterion, Paschen's Law, bread-down in
Power switches and their characteristics. Power electronegative gases, time lags. Streamer-Kanal
converter definitions, classification. VTA method. mechanism, breakdown in non-uniform field and
Midpoint and bridge rectifiers: non-ideal corona. Electrical break-down of liquids:
commutation, harmonics, input power factor, utility- breakdown mechanism of pure and commercial
factor, winding utilization and unbalances in liquids. Electrical breakdown of solids: Intrinsic,
rectifier transformers. Applications. electromechanical, thermal and erosion mechanism.
Prerequisites: EE 212 and EE 361. Insulating materials: dielectric gases; insulating oils
and solid dielectrics.
EE 464 Static Power Conversion II Prerequisite: EE 224.
(3-0)3
Introduction to forced commutated circuits, EE 476 High Voltage Techniques II
analysis, classification of techniques. Centretap (3-2)4
inverter. Voltage-fed inverters; waveshaping; PWM, Generation and measurement of high AC, DC and
stepped and square-waveforms, voltage regulation, impulse voltages and impulse currents: AC to DC
harmonics. Current-fed inverters; analysis, effect of conversion and electrostatic generators. Testing
SCR turn-off time on voltage waveform, overlap. transformers and series resonant circuits. Impulse
600
voltage generator circuits. Operation, design and Fundamentals of design, project management,
construction of impulse generators. Impulse current design tools, simulation, standards and safety,
generator circuits. Sphere and uniform fieldgaps. quality concepts, ethics, design experience through
Electrostatic, generating and peak a team project.
voltage measuring voltmeters. Voltage dividers. Prerequisite: EE313 and two courses among EE
Measurement of impulse voltages and currents. 302, EE 314 and EE 361.
Dielectric measurements.
Prerequisite: EE 361. EE 494 Engineering Design II (1-2)2
Continuation of Engineering Design I with topics
EE 478 Power System Protection (3-0)3 covering statistics, reliability, engineering
Current and voltage transformers. Overcurrent economics, ethics and completion of a team project
protection. Comparators and static relay circuits. with a final report and presentation.
Differential protection and its application to Prerequisite: EE 493.
generators, transformers and bus bars. Motor
protection. Pilot wire protection of feeders. EE 495-499 Special Topics in Electrical
Introduction to distance and other protection and Electronics Engineering
systems. (3-0)3
Prerequisite: EE 471. These code numbers will be used for courses which
are not listed regularly in the catalog. The course
EE 493 Engineering Design I (1-2)2 contents will be announced before the semester
commences.
601
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
EE 500 M.S. Research and Thesis NC EE 500 M.S. Research and Thesis NC
EE 590 Seminar (0-2)NC EE 515 Bioelectricity and
7 elective courses Biomagnetism (3-0)3
EE 519 Medical Imaging (3-0)3
Total Minimum Credit 21 EE 590 Seminar (0-2) NC
Number of courses with credit (min): 7 5 Elective courses
GRADUATE COURSES
First Semester
Second Semester
EE 501 Linear Systems Theory I (3-0)3 EE 503 Signal Analysis and Processing
Linear spaces: fields, linear independence, basis, (3-0)3
direct sum decomposition, normed linear spaces, Signal representation and classification.
convergence concepts, Banach spaces. Linear Deterministic signals. Random signals. Noise.
transformations: null and range spaces, matrix Analytic signal and complex envelope. Signal
representation, block diagonal form. Linear processing systems. Signal sampling. Modulation
transformations defined by a square matrix and frequency translation. Spectrum analysis.
characteristic and minimal polynomials, direct sum Detection and estimation.
decomposition of Cn, Jordan canonical form,
functions of a square matrix. Hilbert spaces: inner EE 504 Adaptive Signal Processing
product, concept of orthogonality, Hermitian (3-0)3
matrices, projection theorem, systems of linear Overview of discrete-time stochastic processes.
algebraic equations, general Fourier series Wiener filter theory. Linear prediction. LMS
algorithm and its variants. Frequency domain
EE 502 Linear Systems Theory II (3-0)3 adaptive filtering; RLS, QR-RLS algorithms and
Differential equations: existence and uniqueness, their connection to Kalman Filtering. Order
linear differential equations, stability of solutions, recursive adaptive filters; QRD-LSL algorithm and
604
its variants. Analysis and discussion of adaptation
algorithms and their convergence properties. EE 512 Introduction to Optical Fiber
Computational complexity considerations. Filter Communications (3-0)3
structures and algorithms for fast adaptation and Optical propagation in fibers, attenuation,
real-time processing. Numerical stability of fast scattering, dispersion, polarization and non-linear
algorithms. IIR adaptive filters. Applications of phenomena in transmission. Optical sources and
adaptive filtering. optical detectors. Coupling of sources and detectors
to optical fibers, splicing and optical connectors.
EE 505 Multiresolution Signal Non-coherent receivers and their performance, non-
Processing (3-0)3 coherent optical fiber communication systems.
Fundamentals of signal decompositions. Time- Coherent optical fiber communication systems with
frequency representations. Filter banks. Wavelets. heterodyne and homodyne demodulation. Optical
Efficient algorithms. Signal compression and fiber amplifiers, frequency division multiplexing
subband coding. and time division multiplexing.
605
EE 517 Therapeutic and Prosthetic EE 523 Electromagnetic Wave Theory
Devices in Biomedical (3-0)3
Engineering (3-0)3 Fundamental concepts and theorems. Plane wave
Cardiovascular instrumentation, prosthesis and functions; modal expansion. Cylindrical wave
assist devices. Neuromuscular prosthetics and functions. Spherical wave functions. Wave
orthotics. Respiratory therapy equipment and transformations.
instrumentation. Anesthesia delivery apparatus and
applications. Sensory communication aids. Internal EE 524 Electromagnetic Wave
prosthetic and orthotics. Electrosurgery and related Propagation (3-0)3
equipment. Instrumentation related to metabolic Wave propagation fundamentals. Ground wave
systems. Medical imaging systems. Radiation propagation; spherical earth problem. Tropospheric
therapy. propagation; troposcatter systems, iono-spheric
propagation. Measurement and modeling of
EE 518 Physiological Control Systems environmental noise. Antenna noise temperature.
Analysis (3-0)3 EE 525 Antenna Engineering (3-0)3
Definition of and examples on homeostasis. Body Review of field equivalence principles, surface
fluid compartments and compartmental analysis. wave antennas, microstrip antenna elements and
Models of the cardiovascular and respiratory arrays, broadband antennas, introduction to reflector
systems. Hormonal control mechanisms. Neutral antenna systems, smooth walled and corrugated
control mechanisms. Regulation of body fluid horns.
volumes and electrolytes. Mathematical modeling,
simulation and identification of physiological EE 526 Antenna Theory (3-0)3
systems; associated numerical methods. Induced current and aperture integration
formulations, the Huygens-Fresnel principle,
EE 519 Medical Imaging (3-0)3 geometrical optics, the plane wave spectrum
Physical principles of x-Ray NMR, ultrasound and representation, fast analysis of aperture type
nuclear imaging as applied to medicine. antennas, fast and slow wave structures, array
Mathematical formulation of the imaging problem analysis and synthesis techniques.
for these modalities. Backprojection, convolution,
Fourier and Algebraic techniques of image EE 527 Microwave Engineering (3-0)3
reconstruction. Data acquisition techniques and Matrix representation of microwave networks.
hardware considerations. New imaging modalities Properties of scattering parameters. Generalized
and application areas. scattering parameters. Microwave transistor
amplifier design; gain stability, noise. Microwave
EE 521 Analytical Methods for transistor oscillator and mixer design. Simplified
Electromagnetics (3-0)3 signal flow graph analysis. Coupled lines,
Sturm-Liouville problems, one dimensional Green's directional coupler, Schiffman's differential phase
functions in closed form and in eigenfunction series, shifter. Hybrids and power dividers. Richard's
separation of variables, higher dimensional Green's frequency: transformation, Richards' theorem.
function in rectangular, cylindrical and spherical Kuroda's identifies.
coordinates, relation with the solution of EM related
inhomogeneous partial differential equations, EE 528 Microwave Theory (3-0)3
Watson transformation, plane-wave spectrum Microwave classic filter design. Generalized
representations, the T-Matrix method, vector wave coupled line analysis. Coupled line equivalent
functions, dyadic Green's functions in closed form circuits. Exact microwave filter synthesis. Analysis
and wave function expansions. of arbitrary connected microwave networks.
Sensitivity analysis of microwave circuits. Theory
EE 522 Numerical Methods for of broad-band matching.
Electromagnetics (3-0)3
Numerical solution of matrix equations and matrix EE 531 Probability and Stochastic
eigenvalue problems. Method of moments. Finite Processes (3-0)3
difference and finite element methods. Variational Review of probability theory and random variables.
methods. Spectral domain approach. The use of Sequence of random variables, convergence
above methods in the solution of various antenna concepts. Stochastic processes: correlation and
and scattering problems, and in the analysis of power spectra, stationarity, linear systems with
passive microwave components. random inputs, second order processes; stochastic
continuity, differentiation and integration in
quadratic mean; Gaussian processes; Poisson
606
processes, shot noise; Markov processes; orthogonal between Neurocomputers and computation in
expansions, least mean square error estimation. Cerebral Cortex. Characteristic differences between
Digital and Neurocomputers.
EE 533 Information Theory (3-0)3
Mathematical analysis of discrete and continuous EE 544 Algorithms and Computational
information sources and communication channels. Complexity (3-0)3
Concepts of mutual information and entropy as Introduction to algorithms and computational
mathematical measures for sources and channels. complexity. Growth of functions. Recursion.
Introduction to rate distortion theory. Channel Polynomial time algorithms and the class P. Turing
capacity, source and channel coding theorems. machines. Intractable problems and the class NP.
Reducability. NP completeness. Cook's theorem.
EE 534 Coding Theory (3-0)3 Backtracking. Approximate algorithms for hard
The arithmetic of Galois fields. Linear block codes problems.
with particular emphasis on cyclic codes, such as
BCH and RS codes. Convolutional codes. Efficient EE 545 Switching and Automata
decoding algorithms for block and convolutional Theory I (3-0)3
codes. Concatenation and interleaving of codes. Synchronous sequential circuits. State equivalence
and machine minimization. State identification and
EE 535 Communication Theory (3-0)3 fault detection experiments. Memory-span aspects
Detection theory: binary M-ary hypothesis testing. of finite automata. Information losslessness and
Estimation theory. Representation of stochastic unique decipherability.
processes: Karhunen-Loeve expansion. Detection
and estimation of signal parameters in white and EE 546 Switching and Automata
colored noise. Estimation of continuous waveforms. Theory II (3-0)3
Optimum linear realizable processor: Wiener-Hopf Introduction to formal languages. Regular languages
equation and its solution. and finite automata. Context-free languages and
pushdown automata. Turing Machines. Churchs
EE 536 Digital Communication Thesis. Unsolvability and computable functions.
Systems (3-0)3
Baseband pulse transmission. Modulation of digital
signals: ASK, FSK, PSK, OAM, OPSK, MSK EE 547 Parallel Computer
systems. Equalizers. Carrier and bit Architectures (3-0)3
synchronization. Multiprocessors, interconnection schemes, shared
memory vs. distributed systems, granularity, cache
EE 538 Telecommunication Networks coherence, synchronization, pipelined processors,
(3-0)3 process creation and switching problems, load
Overview of existing analog and digital telephone balancing, automatic detection of parallelism.
networks. Review of voice digitization, digital
transmission and multiplexing. Digital Switching. EE 548 Microprocessors and
Network synchronization. Control and Applications (3-0)3
Management. Fundamentals of fiber optic Intel 8086 microprocessor, 8087 and 8089
transmission systems. Data and Integrated services coprocessors, Intel 80286 microprocessor, pipelined
digital networks (ISDN). Traffic analysis. execution, Motorola 68020 microprocessor,
coprocessors of 68020, architecture of Intel 80386,
EE 542 Computer Networks (3-0)3 80486 and 860 microprocessor, transputer.
The layered architecture, Local Area Networks, data
link protocols, error correction with FEC and ARQ, EE 549 Parallel and Distributed
routing, flow control, transport protocols, Computing (3-0)3
application layer protocols, recent subjects in Parallel and distributed architectures: models and
networking. complexity measures, communication aspects,
synchronization issues. Synchronous algorithms:
EE 543 Neurocomputers (3-0)3 algorithms for systems of linear equations, direct
Introduction, computer models of neuron. and iterative methods, nonlinear problems, shortest
Supervised and unsupervised learning, Hopfield paths and dynamic programming. Totally and
nets, Perceptrons. Backprogation learning partially asynchronous algorithms. Organization of
algorithms. Self organization and memories. asynchronous network of processors: termination
Neurocomputing for pattern recognition, expert detection, snap-shots, synchronization using
systems, and optimization problems. Analogy
607
rollback, asynchronous simulation, maintaining Kalman-Bucy and Wiener filters. Smoothing and
communication with a center. prediction. Nonlinear estimation. Filter
implementation. Applications to communication,
EE 551 Multivariable Control control, system identification and biomedical
Systems I (3-0)3 engineering.
State space characterization of linear multivariable
systems. Concepts of controllability, observability EE 558 System Identification and
and stability. Structural equivalence. Luenberger Adaptive Control (3-0)3
canonical forms. State feedback and pole placement. System models: internal and external
Design of observers. Dynamic output feedback. representations. Volterra and Wiener
Strong observability. A survey of current research characterizations for nonlinear systems. Explicit
topics in control science. and implicit system identification. Use of periodic
EE 552 Multivariable Control test signals, binary m-sequences. On-line parameter
Systems II (3-0)3 identification; stochastic approximation, random
System models; system matrices; decoupling zeros; search algorithm and the extended Kalman filter.
standard forms of system matrices. Stability and The linear quadratic Gaussian optimal control
design of multivariable control systems using problem. Various adaptive control strategies.
frequency domain methods: Inverse Nyquist array Stability considerations. Learning and hierarchical
and characteristic loci design techniques, and their intelligent control systems, bionic systems, man-
applications to industrial plants. A survey of current machine control systems.
research topics in multivariable control systems.
EE 559 Intelligent Control (3-0)3
EE 553 Optimization (3-0)3 Uncertainty models and information representation:
Mathematical preliminaries on functions of several types of uncertainties and uncertainty measures.
variables. Convexity and convex functions. Intelligent control methodologies: learning control,
Unconstrained minimization problems. fuzzy control, neurocontrol.
Computational algorithms such as steepest descent,
Newton and quasi-Newton methods. Constrained EE 561 Advanced Static Power
minimization problems and Kuhn-Tucker theory. Conversion (3-0)3
Fundamental theorems of linear optimization and Overloaded modes of operation of rectifiers,
the simplexs algorithm. characteristics. Reactive power and harmonics in
ac-dc converters, cascade use of converters.
EE 554 Optimal Control Theory (3-0)3 Commutation techniques in inverters; McMurray
Examples of optimal control problems. Calculus of circuit and its modified forms, voltage control and
variations and necessary conditions of optimality. harmonic elimination. ASCII inverters. Chopper
Pontryagin's maximum principle. Minimum time structures; improving the performance, optimization
and minimum energy problems. Linear-quadratic of circuit elements.
optimal control problems. Computational
algorithms such as steepest descent, variation of EE 563 Generalized Electrical Machine
extremals, quasilinearization. Theory (3-0)3
Some basic concepts of electrical machines.
EE 555 Stability Theory of Dynamical Generalized machine concept. Transformation in
Systems (3-0)3 circuits and machines. Matrix equation of electrical
Review of dynamical system models, classification machines. Measurement of machine parameters.
of equilibrium solution. Results on 2-dimensional Methods of solution and computation. Steady state,
systems; Poincare-Bendixon theory for limit cycles. transient, balanced and unbalanced operations.
Liapunov theory; definitions of stability and Approximate models of electrical machines. Small
applications to linear and nonlinear feedback oscillations. Applications.
systems. Input/output stability; definitions and
derivation of frequency response criteria for EE 564 Design of Electrical Machines
stability. (3-0)3
Induction machine: Classification, design principles,
EE 557 Estimation Theory (3-0)3 electric and magnetic loading, determination of
Gauss-Markov process and stochastic differential dimensions, selection of slot numbers, reduction of
equations. Bayesian estimation theory. Maximum parasitic torques, windings, calculation of
likelihood, linear minimum variance and least- parameters. Synchronous machine design:
square estimations. Properties of estimators; error determination of dimensions and winding details,
analysis. State estimation for linear systems, determination of characteristic curves and terminal
608
voltage. Optimum design of induction and Switching surge design. Insulation coordination of
synchronous machines. Transformer design. HV substations.
612
entropy. Fractal dimensions and entropies of strange concerns, yield analysis; packaging of microwave
attractors. circuits; system aspects of microwave circuits.
613
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING SCIENCES
PROFESSORS
AIK, Mehmet Zlf: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Texas Tech. University.
DCLEL, Murat (Department Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Ottawa.
ERASLAN, Ahmet Nedim: B.S., Gazi University; M.S., METU; Ph.D., Iowa State University.
TARMAN, Ik Hakan: B.S., M.S., Boazii University; Ph.D., Brown University.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
AKGL, Ferhat: B.S., M.S., University of New Mexico; Ph.D., University of Colorado at Boulder.
EVS, Zafer: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
GRSES, Senih: M.D., Hacettepe University; M.S., Boazii University; Ph.D., METU.
KANOLU, Utku: B.S., M.S., ITU; M.B.A., stanbul University; Ph.D., University of Southern California.
KESKN, Dilek (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
TEZCANER, Ayen: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
614
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF GRADUATE PROGRAM: The Department offers graduate
programs in Computational Mechanics (CM) and Biomechanics (BM) leading to M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in
Engineering Sciences. The graduate program in CM is offered to students who are graduates of mechanics,
aeronautics, mathematics, physics, civil engineering, mechanical engineering or other similar engineering and
science programs. The graduate program in BM is designed for the graduates of the schools of life sciences
(biology, medicine, dentistry) and also for the graduates of science and engineering fields. The course
requirements in the BM program are tailored according to the needs of the students. Because of the flexibility
of the curriculum, candidates may combine the study of engineering mechanics with that of other fields into
interdisciplinary programs that will prepare them for further work in specific areas. The Department offers also
graduate level courses in mechanics, applied mathematics, numerical analysis and biomechanics to students
from other engineering and science departments. The graduate program is supported by the course offerings of
the Department of Engineering Sciences as well as by other engineering and science departments. A dynamic
list of elective courses is announced every semester.
Mechanics is the branch of applied science concerned with the study of mechanical phenomena: The
behavior of solids, fluids, and complex materials under the action of forces. Computational Mechanics is the
fundamentally important part of the computational science and engineering concerned with the use of
computational approaches to characterize, predict, and simulate physical events and engineering systems
governed by the laws of mechanics. Computational Mechanics has had a profound impact on science and
technology over the past three decades. It has transformed much of classical Newtonian theory into practical
tools for prediction and understanding of complex systems. These are used in the simulation and design of
current and future advances in technology throughout the world and they have had a pervasive impact on
manufacturing, communication, transportation, medicine, defense and many other areas central to modern
civilization. By incorporating new models of physical and biological systems based upon quantum, molecular
and biological mechanics, computational mechanics has an enormous potential for future growth and
applicability. Successful research in Computational Mechanics is usually interdisciplinary in nature, reflecting a
combination of concepts, methods, and principles that often span several areas of mechanics, mathematics,
computer sciences, and other scientific disciplines as well. The success of Computational Mechanics will
ultimately be judged by effectiveness in solving problems of interest to society and on providing deeper
understanding of natural phenomena and engineering systems. The field has been successful to date because of
its unprecedented predictive powers, making possible the simulation of complex physical events and the use of
these simulations to design engineering systems. This is done through so-called computer modeling: The
development of discretized versions of the theories of mechanics which are amenable to digital computation,
together with the complex process of manipulating these digital representations to produce abstractions of the
way real systems behave.
Some of the applications of Computational Mechanics are well known; others are not. One well-
known area in which Computational Mechanics has had dramatic success is with the simulation of crash
worthiness of automobiles. Computer-generated simulations of the collision of a vehicle with walls or
obstacles, based on fundamental scientific principles on the dynamics of deformable bodies, have replaced
hundreds of full-scale tests and countless lives have been saved and injuries diminished by improved safety
features developed through computer modeling and simulation. An exciting Computational Mechanics
application area under development is predictive surgery. The geometry and properties of the living tissue are
deduced from MRI imaging and other tests and go directly into computer subroutines that generate models,
several different options are calculated and presented to the surgical team so that the best procedure for the
particular patient under treatment can be obtained. Many different surgical strategies can be simulated and the
results predicted by Computational Mechanics software before a single step in the actual surgery is taken.
Computational Mechanics has been used in military applications too. One example is in the analysis and design
of weapons and armor. Applications of Computational Mechanics are not limited to the engineering design of
products and systems. Many are concerned with the basic understanding of natural phenomena or with the
prediction of natural physical events, examples of which include the use of Computational Mechanics methods
to study atmospheric changes, ocean currents, surface flow in rivers, subsurface flows in oil reservoirs, or
geological phenomena such as the movement and evolution of polar ice caps or the tectonic plates.
Computational mechanics has three aspects: The first one is engineering application; this is mainly in
the fields of classical and recently developing new engineering disciplines. The second one, the backbone of the
field, is the theoretical mechanics which uses continuum approach. The third one is the numerical solution of
the analytical equations. Here, the solution is based on methods such as finite element, boundary element and
615
volume element. Therefore, the structure of computational mechanics necessitates an interdisciplinary
organization involving the Department of Engineering Sciences and other related engineering departments.
Biomechanics is the study of the effects and control of forces that act on or are produced by living
tissue. Biomechanics also involves understanding the generation of internal forces within the human body. It
examines the loading, posture and movements generated by these internal and external forces. Researchers in
this area are involved in basic, clinical and occupational problems. Biomechanics draws from a wide range of
the sciences, e.g., mechanics, materials, physics, chemistry, physiology, morphology, medicine, pathology,
dentistry, molecular biology, etc. Biomechanics basically applies engineering principles to the understanding of
biological systems at the macro and microscopic levels. So it is a field of specialization that integrates the
mechanical and biological aspects of living systems.
Although modern biomechanics is a relatively young and dynamic field, its history can be traced back
to the fifteenth century, when Leonardo Da Vinci (1452-1519) noted the significance of mechanics in his
biology studies. As a result of contributions from researchers in the fields of biology, medicine, basic sciences,
and engineering, the inter- and multi-disciplinary field of biomechanics has been growing steadily in the last
decades. As academic and industrial interests in human movement have expanded, many professional
organizations recognize and support biomechanics as an integral part of exercise science, sports medicine,
orthopedics, ergonomics, and physical therapy.
The development of the field of biomechanics has improved our understanding of many concepts,
including: The clarification of the definition and meaning of the terms normal and pathological, the mechanics
of neuromuscular control, bone formation, the mechanism of the response to injury of the musculoskeletal
system, the mechanics of blood flow in the microcirculation, the mechanics of air flow in the lung, and the
mechanics of growth and form. Biomechanics has contributed to the development of medical diagnostics and
treatment procedures. It has provided the means for designing and manufacturing medical instruments, devices
for the handicapped, artificial replacement limbs and implants. Biomechanics has wide range of application
fields as: Physical therapy, occupational therapy, medicine (orthopedics, sports medicine, rehabilitation
medicine, occupational medicine, forensic medicine), ergonomics (industrial medicine), bioengineering,
kinesiology (movement science) , arts (performance arts, fine arts). Following specific topics can be involved in
the research areas of biomechanics: Factors contributing to falls following a perturbation, motor adaptations to
repeated perturbation exposure, kinematic and kinetic analyses of sports techniques, strength assessment for
clinical settings, mathematical models of balance recovery, mathematical and in-vitro models of the spine.
The aim of the graduate program of the Department of Engineering Sciences is to provide a
qualification to the graduates in such a way that they can bring solutions to the problems those have
interdisciplinary nature and also falls outside the domain of the classical engineering branches. There is an
increasing demand in industry and public services for graduates with a broad training in the fundamentals of
engineering rather than in very specialized fields. These graduates will have an interdisciplinary flavor so that
they can communicate and cooperate with colleagues from many classical engineering fields. The graduate
program of the Department of Engineering Sciences emphasizes the fundamental principles of engineering
sciences and provides a strong foundation in applied mathematics and mechanics coupled with an appreciation
of the most recent developments in engineering sciences. Graduates of this program will thus have the adequate
qualification to find solutions to interdisciplinary problems of industry and to conduct research of similar nature
cooperating with researchers from other disciplines of the broad engineering field. The Department of
Engineering Sciences promotes fundamental multidisciplinary research programs in engineering and sciences.
This Department may provide a means for researchers from various faculties and departments in the University
to collaborate on multidisciplinary research projects.
616
Objective of the Department of Engineering Sciences is to develop the graduate Biomechanics Option
which is a typical example for contemporary applications of mechanics; to conduct research work of
interdisciplinary nature that will raise the level of contemporary knowledge and to publish the results; to
participate in multinational research projects; to work on research projects that will contribute to the nations
industry; to develop existing service courses in a way to please the students and their departments; to prepare
new, modern courses; to become a more dynamic and more successful department.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: A candidate for the M.S. degree in Engineering Sciences is expected
to possess a thorough knowledge of undergraduate mathematics and mechanics. In case of deficiency, the
candidate may be required to take necessary undergraduate courses from this department to complete or
strengthen the lacking background. Ph.D. candidates with non-CM M.S. degree are required to complete the
compulsory courses of the M.S. program of CM and Ph.D. candidates with non-BM degree are required to
complete the compulsory courses of the M.S. program of BM also. M.S. program consists of a minimum of
seven courses, a seminar on the thesis topic and a thesis. Ph.D. program consists of a minimum of seven
courses, qualifying examination, thesis proposal, a seminar on the thesis topic and a thesis. The candidates
fulfilling the university requirements are awarded the degree of Master of Science (M.S.) or Doctor of
Philosophy (Ph.D.) in Engineering Sciences.
618
ES 443 Human Physiology for Engineers Fatigue, vigilance and accidents. Technological
(3-0)3 skills and training.
Engineering anthropometry. Fundamentals of cell ES 464 Instrumentation for Engineering
and tissue physiology. Gross anatomy and Measurements (2-2)3
physiology of human skeletal, muscular, nervous, Measurement systems. Error analysis. Operational
cardiovascular, respiratory, and urinary systems. amplifiers. Force, pressure, temperature, flow, strain
Energy metabolism and requirements of human and other relevant measurements. Microprocessor
body. Body interactions with environment. Sleep applications in measurement and control.
and body rhythms. Manipulation, transmission and recording of data.
619
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING SCIENCES
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
620
GRADUATE COURSES
621
ES 504 Numerical Solution of Prerequisite: Engineering Mathematics and
Partial Differential working knowledge of a programming tool.
Equations (3-0)3
Solution of systems of equations. Initial and ES 510 Numerical Solution of
boundary-value problems. Parabolic, elliptic and Ordinary Differential
hyperbolic equations. Selected topics from solid and Equations (3-0)3
fluid mechanics. Numerical solution of initial value problems: multi-
step methods and Runge-Kutta methods, stability
ES 505 Variational Methods in and convergence. Numerical solution of boundary
Engineering (3-0)3 value problems: shooting methods, finite difference
Problems of minimization and maximization. and collocation methods, Greens function methods,
Functionals. Classical problems in calculus of transform methods, introduction to the finite
variations, Euler equations, Variational notation, element method. Nonlinear boundary problems.
Natural boundary conditions, Hamilton's principle, Prerequisite: ES 305 or equivalent.
Lagrange equations. Transformation of boundary
value problems into the problem of calculus of ES 511 Basic Principles of
variation. Direct methods; Ritz method, Galerkin Mechanics (3-0)3
method, Kantorovich method, Weighted residual Fundamentals of mechanics. Equivalent force
method. systems. Equations of equilibrium. Internal forces.
Introduction to continuum mechanics. Mechanical
ES 506 Reliability (3-0)3 behavior of Hookean materials. Stress-strain
Brief review of applied probability. Distributions of transformations. Strain energy. Introduction to
sum and quotient of two random variables. Topics viscoelastic materials.
in risk-based engineering design. Methods
available, advantages and disadvantages. System ES 512 Experimental Analysis (3-0)3
reliability concepts. Statistical decision theory and General concepts. Measuring devices.
its application in engineering. Manipulation, transmission and recording of data.
ES 507 Boundary Element Method
ES 514 Mechanical Behavior of
(3-0)3
Deformable Bodies (3-0)3
Gradient and directional derivative of position
Materials properties; structure of materials; stress
vector. Numerical evaluation of surface and line
and strain concepts; stress and strain tensors; elastic
integrals, review of the equations of elasto
behavior; three dimensional analysis; plastic
dynamics, acoustics and heat conduction.
behavior; fracture; viscoelastic behavior.
Formulation of boundary element method: basic
Prerequisite: Consent of the department.
integral equation, fundamental solutions. Boundary
element equation. Numerical implementation of
ES 516 Spectral Methods (3-0)3
boundary element method. Codes based on
Introduction to the concept of spectral methods.
boundary element method. Numerical applications.
Fourier-collocation spectral methods. Chebyshev-
ES 508 Statistical Methods for collocation spectral methods. Smoothness and
Engineers (3-0)3 accuracy. Boundary value problems. Polar
Advanced statistical techniques in the solutions of coordinates. Time stepping. Initial value problems.
real life engineering problems. Analysis of Introduction to spectral element method.
experimental data, Analysis of Variance, k-variable
analysis, statistical modeling, regression analysis, ES 521 Theory of Elasticity (3-0)3
experimental design, topics in time series, Bayesian Stress and strain tensors. Strain-displacement
analysis, discriminant analysis and clustering and relations. Compatibility equations. Constitutive
their application to engineering problems. equations. Plane strain, plane stress. Biharmonic
equation, polynomial solutions, Fourier series
ES 509 Partial Differential Equations in solutions. Axisymmetric problems. Torsion,
Computer Vision / Image bending.
Processing (3-0)3
Axiomatic Approach in Computer Vision, ES 522 Advanced Theory of Elasticity
Nonlinear Evolution equations, Representation of (3-0)3
generic shape, Energy functionals and associated Indicial notation, Cartesian tensors and field
Euler equations, Heat equation, multi resolution, equations of elasticity theory. Integral transform
stochastic connection. solutions. Complex variable formulation. Nonlinear
elasticity.
622
Prerequisite: ES 521 or equivalent. half-space. Surface waves. Waves in layered media.
Waves in rods. Method of characteristics.
ES 523 Advanced Mechanics (3-0)3
Axioms of mechanics. Mechanics of a particle. ES 531 Mechanics of Composite
Mechanics of a system of particles. The virtual Materials (3-0)3
work principle. General survey of further variational The nature and scope of composite materials.
principles of mechanics. Conservation theorems. Fundamental aspects of the theory of the linear
Hamilton's equations of motion. Canonical anisotropic elasticity. Prediction of macroscopic
transformations.The Hamilton-Jacobi theory. mechanical properties of composite materials.
Analysis of internal fields in heterogeneous
ES 524 Thermal Stress Analysis (3-0)3 medium. Wave propagation and dynamic effects in
Theory of heat conduction in solids and review of composites. Effective stiffness theory
basic principles in thermal stress analysis. Various considerations, lattice model representations.
formulations of thermo-elastic problems, uncoupled
and coupled theories. Some three-and two- ES 532 Theory of Plasticity (3-0)3
dimensional problems in thermoelasticity. Physical background. Idealizations, yield criteria.
Formulation of thermal stresses in thermo- Plastic-stress strain relations. Two measures of
viscoelastic and thermo-elastoplastic media. Some work-hardening. Extremum principles, the plastic
illustrative examples. potential and uniqueness. Elasto-plastic problems.
Plane stress and plane strain (theory of slip-line
ES 525 Theory of Continuous field with some applications). Geometric effects.
Media I (3-0)3 Plastic anisotropy.
Review of tensor analysis and integral theorems.
Kinematics of deformation, strain tensor, ES 534 Elastic Stability (3-0)3
compatibility condition. Material derivative of Various stability methods. Buckling of beams,
tensors, deformation rate, spin and vorticity. columns, beams on elastic foundation. Bifurcation
External and internal loads, Cauchy principle and and snap through buckling. Plate and shell buckling.
stress tensor. Balance laws of momenta and energy, Introduction to dynamic buckling.
entropy principle. Constitutive theory and its
axioms, thermomechanical materials. Some ES 536 Energy Methods (3-0)3
illustrative applications. Force Fields. Work. Principles of dynamics.
Elements of calculus of variations, variational
ES 526 Theory of Continuous
principles for discrete systems. Elements of the
Media II (3-0)3
mechanics of continua. Hellinger, Reissner and
Theory of elasticity: General approach, linear
Hamilton principles, Castigliano's theorem,
constitutive equations, material symmetries,
theorems of work and reciprocity.Application to
isotropic materials. Wave propagation in
elastic rods, structural systems, elastic plates and
isotropic elastic solids. Thermo-elasticity: General
shells. Stability.
approach, linear constitutive equations, isotropic
materials. Thermo-elastic waves. Fluid dynamics:
ES 538 Soil-Structure Interaction
Incompressible and compressible fluids,
Analysis (3-0)3
propagation of shock waves. Viscoelasticity:
Discrete Fourier transform. Soil-structure
Mechanical models, linear theories.
interaction analysis: direct and substructure
Prerequisite: ES 525 or equivalent.
methods, free field system, impedance relation,
ES 527 Fracture Mechanics (3-0)3 scattering analysis. Artificial boundary conditions:
Mechanisms of failure for brittle and ductile viscous boundary conditions in the absence and
materials. Stress concentration. Elastic stress fields presence of free field. Description of seismic
around cracks. Plasticity effect. Fracture criteria. environment: types of control points, free
Crack propagation and methods of crack arrest. displacements and forces in terms of control point
Fatigue. Fracture testing. motion.
624
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
AKSOY, Ayegl (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph. D. University of Virginia.
ALP, Emre (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; M.S., Ph. D., Marquette University.
GEN, Blent: B.S., Hacettepe University; M.S., Ph.D., METU.
MAMOLU, pek (Associate Dean - Faculty of Engineering): B.S., METU;
M.S.,University of Newcastle upon Tyne; Ph. D. University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
INSTRUCTOR
MURDOCH, Robert W.: B.S., University of Texas at Austin; Ph.D., Cornell University
The Department of Environmental Engineering offers the degrees of Bachelor of Science (B.S.),
Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). The programs are designed with consideration of
the modern concepts of environmental engineering education, as well as to encourage the development of
individual initiative and resourcefulness with emphasis on responsibility and good judgment.
MISSION: The mission of the Environmental Engineering Department is to provide the high
quality environmental engineering education as required by the industry and the public; to advance the
understanding and application of the principles of environmental science and engineering; to enhance and
maintain sustainable economic development efforts and to improve the well-being of the society in general
through teaching, research and community outreach programs.
1. Graduates will identify and contribute to the solution of current and emerging environmental
problems in a creative and independent manner.
625
2. Graduates will participate in research and technology development programs.
3. Graduates will function in diverse areas of environmental engineering practice at national and
international levels.
4. Graduates will pursue leadership positions in both public and private organizations.
a) Graduates will have an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
b) Graduates will have an ability to design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret
data.
c) Graduates will have an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs with
realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety,
manufacturability and sustainability.
d) Graduates will have an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
e) Graduates will have an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f) Graduates will have an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g) Graduates will have an ability to communicate effectively.
h) Graduates will have the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering
solutions in a global, economic, environmental and societal context.
i) Graduates will have recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
j) Graduates will have knowledge of contemporary issues.
k) Graduates will have an ability to use the techniques, skills and modern engineering tools necessary
for engineering practice.
RESEARCH INTERESTS AND FACILITIES: Some of the research interests are: Analysis and
characterization of domestic and industrial wastewaters; wastewater treatability; physical, biological, and
chemical treatment methods for water and wastewater treatment; application of contemporary treatment
techniques; drinking water quality analysis and assessment; local and regional surface and groundwater quality
assessment and pollution control; lake and reservoir management; pollution source identification,
characterization and control; characterization, handling and disposal of water and wastewater treatment sludge;
analysis and control of the sludge and solid waste produced by different industrial activities; hazardous waste
management and disposal; investigation of the fate of pollutants in environment; environmental risk
assessment; determination of atmospheric pollutants, their sources and impacts, air pollution and control;
mathematical modeling of environmental systems and processes; environmental systems engineering;
modeling of pollutant transport in surface waters and groundwater; modeling of atmospheric pollutant
transport; soil pollution and control; development of watershed management plans; investigation of diffuse
pollution sources and control strategies; environmental management and policy development; resource
efficient and sustainable production; eco-efficiency; industrial symbiosis; life cycle assessment; biorefining;
waste valorization; renewable energy; environmental remote sensing.
626
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL LABORATORY: In this laboratory facilities for sampling and
analysis of various air pollutants are present. Emission, immision and meteorological measurements can be
done with the equipment available in the laboratory.
LINUX COMPUTER LABORATORY: This laboratory is mainly used for research purposes.
The laboratory is equipped with computers running Linux and other open source software. Computers are
designed to handle high computational demand for modeling applications in Environmental Engineering.
STUDENT COMPUTER LABORATORY: This laboratory is designed to meet the computer use
requirements of undergraduate and graduate students. There are many computers that are connected to a server
and to the campus computer network in this laboratory. Also many software packages are present in the
department, that are to be used for research and teaching in applications related to water supply engineering,
wastewater engineering, air pollution, soil and groundwater pollution, waste remediation and river pollution
subjects.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
MATH 119 Calculus with Analytic Geometry MATH 120 Calculus for Functions of
(4-2)5 Several Variables (4-2)5
PHYS 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 PHYS 106 General Physics I (3-2)4
CHEM 107 General Chemistry (3-2)4 CE 101 Civil Engineering Drawing (2-2)3
ENVE 101 Introduction to Environmental ENVE 102 Environmental Chemistry I
Engineering (2-0)2 (3-0)3
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I CENG 230 Introduction to Computers and
(4-0)4 C Programming (2-2)3
IS 100 Introduction to Information ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
Technologies and Applications NC (4-0)4
627
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
The program consists of all courses in the undergraduate curriculum. The equivalency of the
courses is determined by the Department.
628
MINOR PROGRAM IN ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
This program aims to provide an opportunity to the students to qualify in one of the sub-areas of the
Environmental Sciences, namely Environmental Chemistry. This program is designed with the consideration of
the modern concepts of Environmental Chemistry and laboratory training related to the environmental
sampling and analysis.
Compulsory courses
ENVE 102 Environmental Chemistry I (3-0)3
ENVE 206 Physico-Chemical Principles of Environmental Engineering (3-0)3
ENVE 208 Environmental Chemistry Laboratory (1-4)3
ENVE 424 Instrumental Analysis in Environmental Engineering (2-2)3
Compulsory courses
ENVE 202 Environmental Microbiology (3-2)4
ENVE 301 Environmental Pollution and Ecology (3-0)3
ENVE 309 Fundamentals of Biological Treatment (3-0)3
CHEM 229 Organic Chemistry (3-0)3
629
chemistry and its environmental chemical pollution ecology. Toxicology and water quality
applications. criteria. Microbial ecology.
633
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
GRADUATE COURSES
634
DESCRIPTION OF GRADUATE COURSES
635
decision making in design of chemical industries wastes. Advances in anaerobic pond system design.
and land use planning. Anaerobic treatment modeling. Energy recovery,
effluent treatment of wastes. Anaerobic sludge
ENVE 513 Atmospheric Chemistry (3-0)3 treatment, utilization of digested sludge. Biogas
Description of the atmosphere. Greenhouse effect. recovery from anaerobic treatment plants.
Stratospheric ozone. Photochemical smog. Acid
rain. Brief introduction to atmospheric aerosols. ENVE 547 Marine Pollution (3-0)3
Present health of the oceans. The need of control of
ENVE 532 Environmental Biotechnology pollution due to potentially harmful substances in
(3-0)3 the ocean. Definition of potentially harmful
Advanced biological reactors, enzyme reactors, substances; inorganics, organics, radioactive
treatment with immobilized cells and enzymes, matter, solid waste. Marine environment as a waste
biodegradation of unusual compounds and tests for receiving body. Environmental capacity. Potential
biodegradability, effect of metals on biological impairment of marine ecosystems and water uses.
kinetics, biological recycling of mineral wastes and Case studies.
residues, thermophilic microorganisms and their
application to waste treatment. ENVE 573 Fate of Pollutants in the
Environment (3-0)3
ENVE 535 Advanced Biological Fundamental concepts regarding the fate of a
Treatment (3-0)3 pollutant once released into the environment.
Review of biological treatment processes. Classification of pollutants, equilibrium partitioning
Mechanism, kinetics and microbiology of nutrient between gaseous, liquid and solid phases: vapor
removing activated sludge. IAWQ Task group pressure, solubility in water, air-organic solvent, air-
models for nutrient removing activated sludge. water partitioning, organic liquid-water partitioning,
Calibration techniques for the Task group models. sorption, solid-water distribution, partitioning to
Hands-on practice with SSSP and ASIM computer living media. Abiotic and biotic transformation
models. Microbiology of bulking and population processes: hydrolysis, redox and photochemical
dynamics of activated sludge. Sequencing batch, reactions, biodegradation. Transport of pollutants
GAC and PAC activated sludge. and modeling concepts. Case studies.
ENVE 538 Advanced Environmental ENVE 598 Graduate Seminar (0-2)NC
Chemistry (3-0)3 It is a proposal seminar given by the M.S. candidate
Nature and properties of environmental chemistry. either in the second or third term of the graduate
Ingredients of environmental chemical work, study. If available, the candidate may present the
sampling and sample storage, analysis method initial findings of his/her thesis. Credits will be
adoption and standard methods of analysis, given upon the completion of the seminar.
chemicals for environmental analysis, their grades
and purification techniques. Primary standards in ENVE 599 Graduate Seminar (0-2)NC
environmental chemical work. Case studies. This is a second graduate seminar course in the
M.S. program. Students register to this course in all
ENVE 539 Environmental Systems semesters except the semester that they register to
Engineering (3-0)3 ENVE 598 to give their proposal seminar.
Handling and treatment of engineering data. Attendance is required in this course.
Experimental design. Systems approach to problem
solving. Formulation of management models. ENVE 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
Linear and non linear programming. Selected Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree
applications in water, air, and soil quality arranged between student and a faculty member.
management, solid and hazardous waste Students register to this course in all semesters
management. while the research program or write-up of thesis is
in progress.
ENVE 541 Anaerobic Treatment of
Wastes (3-0)3 ENVE 7XX Special Topics in Environmental
Chemistry, microbiology. Environmental Engineering (3-0)3
requirements and control conditions for anaerobic Courses not listed in the catalogue are given as
treatment. Toxic materials and their control. Process Special Topics courses. Contents vary from year to
design. Anaerobic treatment of organic year according to interest of students and instructor
636
in charge. Courses include various environmental ENVE 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
engineering topics. Graduate students as a group or a Ph.D. student
choose and study advanced topics under the
ENVE 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
M.S. students choose and study a topic under the supervisor.
guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
supervisor.
637
DEPARTMENT OF FOOD ENGINEERING
PROFESSORS
ALPAS, Hami (Acting Secretary General): B.S., M.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., METU.
BAYINDIRLI, Alev (Department Chair): B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
BOZOLU, Faruk: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., North Carolina University.
GRAKAN (GLTEKN), Candan: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
HAMAMCI, Haluk: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of California at Davis.
AHN, Serpil : B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
UMNU, S. Glm : B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
YENER, M. Esra: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Cornell University.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
EKMECELOLU, Deniz: B.S., M.S., University of Gaziantep; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
MERT, Behi (Vice Chair): B.S., METU; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Purdue University.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
GENERAL INFORMATION: Food Engineering applies modern science and engineering concepts
to the manufacture and distribution of foods. To accomplish this objective, an understanding of the basic
principles of many disciplines, including chemistry, mathematics, physics, economics, engineering,
microbiology, management, nutrition and public health, must be coupled with the ability to apply this
knowledge to food processing and preservation as well as to marketing. Food engineers are concerned with the
theoretical and practical aspects of the food industry that involve the food chain from the production of raw
materials to the ultimate utilization of products by consumers. Food engineers should be prepared to meet
challenges of work in such areas as: cereals, dairy products, fruits and vegetables, meat, poultry and fish
products or fabricated foods of the future.
MISSION STATEMENT: METU- Food Engineering program aims to provide graduates with the
knowledge and skills that can be applied to design, develop and manufacture safe, high quality, value added
food products and production and distribution systems for the benefit of mankind.
The program is continuously updated for rapid adaptation of the graduates to dynamically growing
food industry. The graduates are employed especially by the private sector to design, control, operate the
existing equipment and processes as well as to perform research, development, marketing and management
work. Further, for those students interested in academic life, the graduates are welcomed by the outstanding
universities in the USA and Europe for graduate study.
The Food Engineering undergraduate program was accredited by the Engineering Accreditation
Commission of ABET, http://www.abet.org
RESEARCH INTEREST AND FACILITIES: Program aims to provide more depth to the
undergraduate background of the students both through theoretical and applied studies in different areas of
food engineering.
Food Safety
Design of new equipment for food processing
Extraction (Microwave extraction, Supercritical fluid extraction, Ultrasound extraction)
Frying
Microwave processing of foods (Baking, Drying, Extraction, Frying and Thawing)
Physical properties of food materials
Non-thermal processing of foods (High hydrostatic pressure, Pulsed electric field, Ultrasound)
Industrial biotechnology
Food pathogens
Molecular Typing (i.e., DNA Fingerprinting)
Characterization of probiotic microorganisms
Microbial strain improvement by genetic engineering
Value added products from organic waste materials.
Food rheology and texture
Plant fibers
Food extrusion process
Micro and nanoencapsulation
Research Laboratories: The Department of Food Engineering has research facilities in the following
laboratories:
1. Food Microbiology Laboratory: The laboratory is equipped with incubator, microscope, stomacher etc.
2. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory: The laboratory is equipped with DSC, FTIR spectrometer, rheometer,
particle size analyzer, GC-MS.
3. Food Analysis Laboratory: The main function of this laboratory is to provide standard tests related to the
analysis and determination of food ingredients, additives and contaminants by LC, GC, UV-VIS
spectrophotometer, AAS, FTIR, GC-MS, QTRAP LC-MS-MS, flow cytometer.
639
4. Food Engineering Operations Laboratory-1: This laboratory is used for undergraduate laboratory courses
for experiments on heat transfer, fluid flow, size reduction, pasteurization, filtration, drying, evaporation
and extraction. Each unit is equipped with manual and/or automatic control and measurement
instruments.
5. Food Engineering Operations Laboratory -2: The laboratory is equipped with twin screw extruder, cross
beater mill, HHP system, microfluidizer and fermentors
6. Food Product Development Laboratory: The laboratory is equipped with facility and processors to
develop food products from new formulations.
7. Non-thermal Food Processing Laboratory: The laboratory is designed for studies on non-thermal food
processing technologies such a high hydrostatic pressure system and ultrasound.
8. Microwave Processing Laboratory: The laboratory contains the necessary ovens to study microwave
baking, drying frying and thawing, texture analyzer, colorimeter, water activity instrument and thermal
properties analyzer are available for measurement of physical properties.
9. Encapsulation Laboratory: The laboratory contains ultrasonic homogenizer, water bath,
spectrophotometer and GC-MS for the encapsulation applications for food industry.
10. Biotechnology Laboratory: The laboratory is equipped with a number of fermentors and necessary
equipments for demonstrative and industrial studies and experiments.
11. Development of Starter Cultures Laboratory
12. Food Imaging Laboratory: The laboratory is equipped with magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), NMR
relaxometry.
13. Pathogen Laboratory: The laboratory is equipped with inoculation cabinet and necessary equipments for
the examination of pathogens.
14. Food Safety and Molecular Biology Laboratory: The laboratory is equipped with UV-spectrophotometer,
shaker incubators, centrifuges, PCR equipment, microwave oven, water-baths, agarose gel
electrophoresis system, hybridization oven and imaging systems
15. Bioprocess Laboratory: The laboratory is equipped with in vessel composting system, extraction,
distillation and filtration systems
16. Supercritical Fluid Processing Laboratory: The laboratory is equipped with analytical scale supercritical
fluid extractor with two high pressure pumps and circulatory cooler.
17. Food Rheology Laboratory: The laboratory is equipped with rheometer, texture analyzer, microscope
and microfluidizer.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Second Semester
MATH 119 Calculus with Analytic Geometry
(4-2)5 MATH 120 Calculus for Functions of
PHYS 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 Several Variables (4-2)5
CENG 230 Introduction to C Programming PHYS 106 General Physics II (3-2)4
(2-2)3 CHEM 107 General Chemistry (3-2)4
BIO 107 Concepts in Biology (3-0)3 ME 105 Computer Aided Engineering
FDE 101 Introduction to Food Graphics (2-2)3
Engineering (1-0)1 ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I (4-0)4
(4-0)4
IS 100 Introduction to Information
Technologies and Applications NC
640
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
FDE 407 Process Control Applications FDE 416 Food Engineering Operations
In Food Engineering (3-0)3 Laboratory (1-4)3
FDE 413 Food Technology (3-0)3 FDE 426 Food Product and Plant Design
FDE 425 Food Engineering Design (2-2)3 (2-2)3
Technical Elective Technical Elective
Non-technical Elective Technical Elective
Non-technical Elective
FDE 400 Summer Practice II NC
The program consists of all courses in the undergraduate curriculum. The equivalency of the courses will be
determined by the Department.
The main objective of this program is to provide information on the basics of food microbiology, food
chemistry, and food processing especially for those majoring in Chemical Engineering, Environmental
641
Engineering, Biology and Chemistry who are planning to be involved in the design of or employment in food
plants and food quality control laboratories as well as those having a special interest to the subject.
Compulsory courses
BIO 107 Concepts in Biology (3-0)3
CHEM 229 Organic Chemistry (3-2)4
FDE 305 Food Microbiology Laboratory (0-2)1
FDE 311 Food Microbiology (3-0)3
FDE 313 Food Chemistry (3-0)3
Minor Program Elective Courses: (Students will take 4 courses from this list)
FDE 318 Biochemical Changes in Raw Foods (3-0)3
FDE 320 Applied Kinetics (3-0)3
FDE 322 Applied Food Microbiology (3-0)3
FDE 403 Food Biotechnology (3-0)3
FDE 412 Engineering Principles of Fermentation
Technology (3-0)3
FDE 415 Food Plant Sanitation (3-0)3
FDE 418 Chemistry of Food Preservation and
Packaging (3-0)3
FDE 431 Food Quality Control (3-0)3
FDE 432 Sensory Analysis (3-0)3
645
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
FOOD ENGINEERING
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered in the graduate program of Food Engineering.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
* At least one from ES 501, ES 502, ES 507, ES 509, CHE 550, FDE 561 or one equivalent course with
consent of department.
** will be replaced by an elective course if taken in the M.S. program.
*** At least two from ES 501, ES 502, ES 507, ES 509, CHE 550, FDE 561 or two equivalent courses with
consent of department.
GRADUATE COURSES
646
FDE 587 Rheological Methods in Food FDE 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
Engineering (3-0)3 FDE 7XX Special Topics in Food
FDE 589 Microwave Processing of Foods Engineering (3-0)3 or (2-2)3
(3-0)3 FDE 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
FDE 591 Seminar I NC FDE 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
FDE 592 Seminar II NC
FDE 579 Food Additives, Contaminants FDE 589 Microwave Processing of Foods
and Toxicology (3-0)3 (3-0)3
Intentional and non-intentional additives, natural Principles of microwave heating. Microwave
toxic constituents of plant and animal foods. processing: drying, baking, blanching, thawing,
Mycotoxins, detoxification processes, package-food sterilization and cooking of foods. Modeling
interactions. Food-drug interactions, residue microwave heating characteristics. Development of
analysis in foods. microwavable foods.
648
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING
PROFESSORS
AKGN, Haluk: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., University of Arizona; P.E. (New Jersey).
ALTINER, Demir: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Universite de Geneve.
ALTINER, Sevin zkan: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of London.
BOZKURT, Erdin (Department Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Keele.
AMUR, M. Zeki: B.S., Karadeniz Technical University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Cincinnati.
GNCOLU, M. Cemal: B.S., M.S., stanbul University; Ph.D., Fredrich Wilhelm University of Bonn.
GLE, Nilgn: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Cambridge.
KARAHANOLU, Nurkan: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
KAYMAKI, Nuretdin: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph. D., University of Utrecht.
ROJAY, Bora: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
SZEN, M. Ltfi (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S., Ph. D., METU.TOPAL, Tamer: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
TRKMENOLU, Asuman Gnal: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati.
YAZICIGL, Hasan: B.S., METU; M.S., Iowa State University; Ph.D., Purdue University.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
INSTRUCTOR
GENERAL INFORMATION
The educational mission of the Geological Engineering Department of the Faculty of Engineering of
Middle East Technical University is to graduate professionals who are capable of providing innovative
solutions to geological engineering problems met by private, public, industrial and government entities, as well
as being able to follow, utilize and disseminate developments in related areas of science and technology.
649
A wide selection of employment opportunities is offered to the graduates having a good command of a
foreign language and a computer literacy skill.
1. can successfully practice the geological engineering profession in the areas of natural resources,
natural hazards, geotechnical and environmental issues that are related to geological materials and processes,
2. can pursue advanced studies and conduct research in the academic institutions, and
3. are able to discharge the necessary professional responsibilities in areas such as ethical, societal,
environmental and self-improvement issues.
Student Outcomes: Targeted outcomes of the METU Geological Engineering Program of the Faculty
of Engineering are listed below:
a. acquisition and application of knowledge on mathematics, basic sciences, geological sciences and
engineering sciences for the solution of geological engineering problems,
b. development of ability to visualize topographical and geological features in 4-D for solving
Geological Engineering problems,
c. development of capabilities for analytical thinking and seeking alternative solutions in modeling,
analyzing and solving Geological Engineering problems by using modern engineering tools and methods,
d. development of professional and ethical responsibilities to protect both occupational and public
health and safety,
e. development of ability to design and conduct Geological Engineering projects and experiments
individually, or in single-or multidisciplinary teams,
f. development and improvement of ability to effectively communicate in order to inform the society
on the impact of Geological Engineering problems and their possible solutions through oral, written and poster
presentation,
h. improvement of awareness of the need for life-long learning including the use of multi-language
sources.
Graduate Program: The graduate programs are designed to lead to M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in
Geological Engineering with specialization in any branch of geology, including interdisciplinary fields as well.
Students may take any suitable combination of optional courses with the approval of thesis advisor and the
Chairperson of the Department. The objective of the programs is to provide the students with field oriented
education supplemented by laboratory works and practical applications.
Research Interest and Departmental Facilities: The research interests of the staff cover a wide
spectrum of geological sciences and engineering applications including engineering geology, hydrogeology,
geostatistics, modeling and computer simulations, geochemistry, economical geology, petroleum geology,
environmental geology, stratigraphy, paleontology, structural geology, neotectonics, sedimentology, remote
sensing and geographic information system, petrology of igneous and metamorphic rocks, and clays. Research
in these fields with the involvement of graduate students is supported through national and international grants.
650
The Department has the following laboratories and computer facilities for both teaching and research:
Clay Mineralogy Laboratory: Equipped for sample preparation of clay materials for their X-ray and
chemical identifications.
Computer Laboratory: 50 PCs and a server connected to campus network and internet.
Economic Geology Laboratory: Equipped for examination of hand specimens from metallic and industrial
mineral deposits.
Geology Museum: Display of a wide variety of minerals, rocks and fossils for educational purposes.
Integrated Basin Analysis Laboratory: Equipped with workstations, PCs for Landmark Graphic Software.
Marine Micropaleontology Laboratory: High resolution microscopes, computer facilities, and peripheral
units.
Microscope Laboratory: Equipped with polarizing and stereoscopic microscopes, image analyzer system.
Mineralogy and Petrography Laboratory: Equipped for examination of hand specimens and thin sections of
minerals and rocks.
Mineral Separation Laboratory: Equipped with magnetic separator, heavy liquid separation system,
stereomicroscope.
Ore Microscopy Laboratory: Equipped with microscopes for examination of polished sections.
Photogeology Laboratory: Equipped with stereoscopes for the study of aerial photographs.
Remote Sensing and GIS Laboratory : Equipped with PC's and required software.
Sample Preparation Laboratory: Equipped for the preparation of mineral and rock samples for petrographic
and chemical analysis.
Geophysics Laboratory and Seismological Observatory: Equipped with automatic resistivity system. Very
broad band digital and analog seismograph, included in USGS Worldwide Network, dial-up connections.
Thin-Section and Polished Section Laboratory: Equipped for the preparation of thin and polished sections
for rocks and minerals.
651
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
GEOE 401 Mineral Deposits (3-0)3 GEOE 492 Geological Engineering Design II
GEOE 407 Engineering Geology (2-2)3 (1-4)3
GEOE 423 Hydrogeology (2-2)3 Technical Elective***
GEOE 425 Computer Applications in Technical Elective***
Geological Engineering (2-2)3 Technical Elective***
GEOE 491 Geological Engineering Design I Technical Elective***
(2-2)3 Free Elective GEOE 400
Summer Practice II NC
652
All elective courses are minimum 3 credits.
The Geological Engineering undergraduate program was accredited by the Engineering Accreditation
Commission of ABET, http://www.abet.org
The program consists of all courses in the undergraduate curriculum. The equivalency of the courses will be
determined by the Department.
This program is designed to provide necessary background to the students who are directly or indirectly
involved with the earth resources and/or processes in their major field of studies. The major objectives are to
broaden the spectrum of the interested students, to strengthen their interdisciplinary communication and to
provide the foundations for future scientific research and/or professional applications.
Compulsory Courses
GEOE 208 Mapwork (2-2)3
GEOE 209 Physical Geology (2-2)3
GEOE 210 Petrography (1-4)3
GEOE 213 Mineralogy (2-4)4
GEOE 214 Principles of Stratigraphy (2-2)3
GEOE 313 Structural Geology (2-2)3
GEOE 104 Geology for Civil Engineering GEOE 207 Principles of Mineralogy and
(3-0)3 Petrography (3-0)3 (2-2)3
Structure of the Earth. Geological cycles, minerals Introduction to mineralogy and petrography.
and rocks. External processes on land and in the sea. Physical, chemical and descriptive mineralogy.
Internal processes, including deformation of rocks Classification of minerals, description of common
and earthquakes. Topics of interest to Civil rocks. General classification of igneous,
Engineering students. sedimentary and metamorphic rocks particularly for
field use. Identification of common minerals and
GEOE 105 Introduction to Geological rocks in hand specimens.
Engineering (2-0)NC (Offered to non-GEOE students only).
The Earth and its crust. Economic resources of the
crust. Geological hazards (earthquakes, volcanic GEOE 208 Mapwork (2-2)3
eruptions, landslides), Hydrologic environment. Concepts of geological features on topographic
Opportunities in Geological Engineering. maps. Scale and orientation. Three dimensional
Engineering ethics and professional responsibilities. views in problem solving. Use of space geometry in
geological map problems. Introduction to basic
GEOE 201 General Geology (3-2)4 design concepts through geological maps.
Structure of the Earth. Elements, minerals, and Prerequisite: GEOE 209 or consent of the
rocks of the Earth's crust. Igneous and metamorphic department.
processes. Weathering. Sedimentary processes.
Geological external processes. Rock formation. GEOE 209 Physical Geology (2-2)3
Earth's dynamic processes and rock deformation. Framework of Earth processes and products.
Map studies. Concepts and terminology of basic geological
(For Petroleum Engineering students only).
653
features. Interrelation of various branches of the problems. Global aspects of seismology. Computing
scientific study of Earth. laboratory works and case studies.
GEOE 435 Exploration and Development of GEOE 441 Applied Mineral Science
Groundwater Resources (3-0)3
(3-0)3 Relationships between fundamental properties and
Geological, geophysical, and geochemical methods behavior of minerals in natural environments and
for exploration and development of groundwater industry. Applications based on surface, electrical,
resources. Hydrogeological mapping. Water well magnetic, mechanical, thermal, optical and nuclear
drilling techniques. Well logging. Water well properties. Adsorption on minerals and ion
design. Installing well screens. Development and exchange. Mineral catalysts, fluxing capacity.
completion of water wells. Well sterilization. Minerals, health hazards and natural environments.
Corrosion and incrustation. Pumps and power units. Ceramics, glasses, abrasives, conductors, mineral
Well and pump cost factors, operation and pigments, mineral dusts.
maintenance. Prerequisite: GEOE 213 or consent of the
Prerequisite: GEOE 423 or consent of the department.
department.
GEOE 443 Aerial Thematic Mapping
(2-2)3
GEOE 436 Stratigraphic and Paleontologic Fundamentals of thematic mapping using aerial
Analyses in Exploration (2-2)3 photographs. Recognition and identification of
Treatment of stratigraphic and paleontologic data in different landforms. Terrain characteristics.
geologic exploration. Stratigraphic correlation. Thematic mapping approaches. Case studies.
Facies analysis. Use of fossil record in recognition
of sedimentary rock bodies. Biostratigraphic, GEOE 445 Aerial Photography (3-0)3
paleoenvironmental and paleogeographic Fundamentals of aerial photographs and aerial
applications. camera; mission planning in airborne remote
sensing. Errors in airborne systems. Orthophotos.
GEOE 437 Geomechanics (2-2)3 Mosaics. Parallax calculations. Establishment of
Classification and index properties of rocks. Rock stereograms, use of terrestrial stereophotography.
strength and failure criteria. Initial stresses in rocks
and their measurements. Planes of weakness and GEOE 447 Digital Terrain Analysis
deformability of rocks. Application of (2-2)3
geomechanics in geological engineering. Handling of various interpolation techniques of geo-
Prerequisite: ES 224. spatial data. Recognition and classification of
different terrain aspects, terrain morphometry,
GEOE 438 Engineering Geological Mapping interpretation of Digital Terrain Model (DTM) and
derivatives, production of thematic maps and
(2-2)3 analysis of selected terrains.
Principles of engineering geological mapping.
Methods of data collection, evaluation, and GEOE 480 Management in Geological
presentation. Stripe method and zoning concept in Engineering (3-0)3
engineering geological mapping. Cost effective Basic concepts and principles of management.
mapping. Preparation of thematic engineering Planning, organizing, staffing, directing and
geological maps in planning of land-use and the controlling of field and laboratory projects in
657
organizations where geological engineering is the GEOE 492 Geological Engineering Design II
main practice. (1-4)3
Discipline dependent design course that involves the
GEOE 491 Geological Engineering Design I application of geological principles and engineering
(2-2)3 design concepts to the solution of geological
Basic concepts in engineering and design. engineering problems. Students are required to
Engineering ethics. Needs and information analysis. complete one or more projects individually or in
Modeling and simulation. Problem solving and small groups, starting from needs analysis to the
decision making. Engineering economical analysis. preparation of plans for implementation.
Project planning and scheduling. Optimization. Engineering reports, complete with specifications,
Engineering reports, proposals and presentations. analyses, and results, are required.
Health and safety. Case studies and design project Prerequisite: GEOE 491 and GEOE 401 or GEOE
proposals on the full range of geological 407 or GEOE 423.
engineering applications.
Prerequisite: GEOE 327 or consent of the GEOE 493-498 Special Topics in Geological
department. Engineering (3-0)3
These code numbers will be used for technical
elective courses which are not listed regularly in the
catalog. The course contents will be announced
before the semester commences.
658
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING
GRADUATE COURSES
GEOE 502 Advanced Seismic and GEOE 509 Advanced Mineralogy (2-2)3
Electrical Methods (3-0)3 Advanced theory and practices in mineralogy. Phase
Seismic refraction and reflection techniques. Theory equilibria in mineralogy. Detailed study of selected
and field application, data reduction and minerals, mineral groups. (R)
self potential, resistivity, electromagnetic, induced
polarization, magnetotelluric methods; theory, field GEOE 510 Mineral Economics (3-0)3
techniques and interpretation. (R) Review of mineral commodities with regard to
history, geologic occurrences, consumption, trade,
GEOE 503 Advanced Igneous and price, financial control and the future positions of
Metamorphic Petrology (3-0)3 key mining countries. Study of fundamentals
Advanced study of the petrography and petrogenesis including business organization in the mineral
of the igneous and metamorphic rocks. Use of industries, governmental control, national mineral
phase equilibrium, detailed study of chemistry of policies, depletion allowance, taxation, tariffs,
rock forming minerals, chemical compositions of stockpiling, conservation and secondary usage. (AF)
rocks, geochemical processes in rocks. Problems of
classification. Special classification systems. Modes GEOE 512 Petroleum Geochemistry (2-2)3
of occurrence and relation to tectonics. Petrographic Chemical properties of oil and natural gas. Source
provinces of the world in general and of Turkey in rock analyses. Alteration of petroleum in the
detail. (F) reservoir rock. The application of petroleum
geochemistry in the exploration of oil and natural
GEOE 504 Advanced Gravity and gas. Laboratory methods and equipment.
Magnetic Methods (3-0)3 Prerequisite: Consent of the department (S)
Principles of the application of gravity and magnetic
methods in the search for oil and minerals and in GEOE 513 Stratigraphic Paleontology
the solution of geological and mining problems. (3-0)3
Types of survey, reduction of observations, Review of the relationship of fauna, facies and
interpretation of results. Miscellaneous methods environment; ancient life provinces and migration
(including telluric), with stress on interpretation.(R) of fauna. General study of the world faunal
successions and detailed study of selected
GEOE 505 Sedimentary Petrology and stratigraphic systems, particularly from Turkey. (R)
Sedimentation (3-0)3
Advanced study of the petrography and problems of GEOE 514 Isotope Geology (3-0)3
classification of the sedimentary rocks. Sedimentary Principles of nuclear physics. Radioactive decay
associations and structures. Study of environment equation and mechanisms. Rb-Sr, Sm-Nd and He
660
isotope systematics in geochronology and petrology. application to global tectonics. Petrogenesis of
Concepts of crustal growth, mantle depletion, contact, dynamic, regional and burial
mantle degassing, mantle metasomatism, and crustal metamorphism. Metasomatism. Distribution of
contamination.(R) metamorphic rocks in Turkey: Detailed study of an
area and/or association of metamorphic rocks. (S)
GEOE 515 Advanced Geochemistry (3-0)3
Concept of fractionation in igneous processes. GEOE 524 Ore Microscopy (2-2)3
Behaviour of compatible and incompatible Preparation of polished specimens. Optical and
elements during melting and crystallization. physical properties of opaque minerals. Textures,
Geochemical aspects of magma generation and mineral assemblage and sequence of crystallization.
evolution. (R) Microhardness and reflectivity measurements.
Identification of opaque minerals. (S)
GEOE 516 Geochronology (3-0)3
Geological problems of age determinations. GEOE 525 Biostratigraphy (3-0)3
Application and reliability of radioactivity and other Review of basic concepts and principles of
methods of determining age of geologic processes. biostratigraphy. Study of the different
(F) biostratigraphic models of invertebrate fossils in
Paleozoic and Mesozoic. Correlation and calibration
GEOE 517 Advanced Geostatistics (2-2)3 of the Turkish biostratigraphic units with the
Theory of regionalized variables, semivariogram standard zonation schemes. (R)
modeling, spectral analysis, kriging, multiple
regression, multivariate extension of elementary GEOE 527 Elements of Seismology (2-2)3
statistics, discriminant functions, cluster analysis, Causes and effects of earthquakes; intensity.
principal component and factor analysis, analysis of Seismic waves. Principles of seismographs.
directional data. Seismograms. Determination of hypocenters.
Prerequisite: Consent of the department (F) Magnitude scale. Field observations and analysis.
Earthquake engineering. (R)
GEOE 519 Advanced Stratigraphy I (3-0)3
The Precambrian, Paleozoic and Mesozoic Eras. GEOE 528 Remote Sensing (3-0)3
Lithology, age, fossils and development of Review of Remote Sensing definitions.
geological formations. Sedimentation, igneous Characteristics of the remote sensing platforms and
activity, tectonic evolution of selected geosynclines, sensors. Spectral reflectance curves and spectral
platforms and cratons. (R) libraries. Physical properties of earth materials in
spectral reflectance curves. Fundamentals of
GEOE 520 Advanced Stratigraphy II (3-0)3 spectral and spatial enhancement. Theories and
The Cenozoic Era (Tertiary and Quaternary). applications of remote sensing on the evaluation of
Lithology, age, guide fossils and development of resource exploration, natural hazards and
geologic formations. Sedimentation, igneous environmental problems. (F-WE)
activity, evolution of selected geosynclines,
platforms and cratons. (R)
GEOE 530 Economics of Energy
GEOE 522 Instrumental Geochemical Resources (3-0)3
Analysis (2-2)3 Review of energy resources with regard to history,
Principles, and applications of methods of chemical geologic occurrences, production, consumption,
analysis related to mineralogical, petrological and trade, price, and future, Study of fundamentals
geochemical problems. Preparation and including business organization in the industry,
concentration of samples. Spectrophotometric conservation, and alternative uses. (F)
methods, emission and atomic absorption
spectrometry. XRD and XRF analysis.
Electronmicroprobe and electron microscopy. GEOE 531 Carbonate Petrology (2-2)3
Thermal techniques and IR analysis. (F) Classification of carbonate rocks. Principles of
deposition and diagenesis of carbonate rocks.
GEOE 523 Metamorphic Petrogenesis Modern and ancient environments of carbonate
(3-0)3 sedimentation. Recrystallization of limestones.
Advanced study of metamorphic minerals and Dolomitization. Thin-section studies stress the
rocks, supported by field studies, detailed study of petrogenetic aspects of carbonate rock textures and
petrography and petrochemistry of metamorphic their organic constituents. (F)
rocks. Metamorphic Facies concept and its general
661
GEOE 532 Subsurface Geology (2-2)3 GEOE 540 Clay Mineralogy (2-2)3
Stratigraphic principles applied to subsurface. Classification and structural mineralogy of the
Essentials of reservoir geology and formation major groups of clay minerals based on AIPEA
evaluation. Laboratory work include lithofacies nomenclature. Species variation within groups
analysis, correlation of well logs, subsurface maps discussed in terms of substitution, layer stacking
and illustrations. (S) arrangement and ion exchange capacity.
Dehydration-rehydration reactions and clay organic
GEOE 533 Microtectonics (2-2)3 complexes. Laboratory devoted to analytical
Tectonic fabric. Deformation and strain. Strain- methods, interpretation of data and calculation of
induced mineral growth in deformed rocks. structural formulas. (F)
Deformation of some rock-forming minerals and
related microstructures. Shear zones and related GEOE 541 Volcanology (2-2)3
deformation. Determination of shear sense in thin Active and extinct volcanoes. Volcanic processes
sections of oriented samples. Micro-cracks and and products. Regional distribution of volcanic
their analyses using oriented samples. activity and relation to tectonic processes and
Reconstruction of the structure and metamorphic environments. Particular reference to volcanism in
history of a volume of rock. (R) Turkey and in the Middle East. (S)
662
GEOE 547 Hydrocarbon Seismology (3-0)3 Characteristics and applications of SAR imagery.
Basics of seismic wave propagation. Seismic Image analysis and post processing techniques.
reflection acquisition and processing. Seismic Radar image interpretation and synergistic use with
expression of geological structures. Hydrocarbon other remotely sensed data. SAR interferometry.
basin and trap types. Structural and structural
interpretation. Prospect evaluation exercise GEOE 556 Enhancement Techniques in
involving structural mapping, prospect Remote Sensing (2-2)3
identification and risk assessment. Types of enhancement techniques used for Satellite
images. Single band enhancement (spatial and
GEOE 548 Well Logging (3-0)3 spectral), multiband enhancement (arithmetic
Fundamentals of borehole measurements. Self operations, principal component analysis).
potential, resistivity, acoustic, and radioactivity Applications in different engineering problems (AS)
logging devices. Applications in petroleum geology GEOE 557 Geographic Information
and petroleum engineering. (R) Systems in Earth Sciences (2-2)3
GEOE 550 Applied Geophysics (2-2)3 Spatial geo-data models and structures. Attribute
Seismic, gravity, electrical, magnetic, airborne table structures and normalization. Tools for map
magnetic and electromagnetic and marine analysis (single maps, map pairs, multiple maps).
geophysical methods; field procedures and DEM applications. Case studies.
interpretation. (R) GEOE 559 GIS Models in Natural Hazard
GEOE 551 Groundwater Modeling Assessment (3-0)3
Techniques (3-0)3 Concept of Hazard vulnerability and risk. Types and
Fundamentals of groundwater modeling. Classification schemes of natural hazards. Phases in
Differential equations of confined and unconfined GIS. Types of natural Hazard Assessment
flow. Review of analog models and sand tank Approaches (Expert oriented, heuristic, statistical,
models. Analytical and numerical methods. univariate, bivariate, multivariate, deterministic and
Numerical analysis by finite difference and finite probabilistic) in GIS. New methods and trends in
element methods. Computer applications in Natural Hazard Assessment GIS.
groundwater modeling. (F) GEOE 560 Rocks and Minerals in
GEOE 552 Geohydrology (3-0)3 Archaeological Studies (2-2)3
Basic definitions. Theory of groundwater Physical properties of minerals, physical and
movement. Flow nets and seepage. Mechanics of chemical tests for their hand specimen
well flow, steady and unsteady flow. Leaky identification. Elementary description of rocks with
aquifers. Analysis and evaluation of pumping test general classification and nomenclature of common
data. Sea water intrusion in coastal aquifers. (AF) igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks.
Practical studies on hand specimens of rocks with
GEOE 553 Site Investigation (3-0)3 emphasis on the most commonly used
The role of engineering geologist in site archaeological materials. Effects of geological
investigation. Stages of site investigation, planning, processes (weathering, diagenesis) on rocks and
boring, sampling, testing, and reporting. Description minerals. (R)
and evaluation of in-situ tests. Site visits. (S)
GEOE 567 Groundwater Contamination
GEOE 554 Engineering Geology Case (3-0)3
Studies (3-0)3 Fundamental concepts of groundwater
Study, analysis, and solution of geological contamination and modeling. Derivation of solute
engineering problems as related to special surface transport equations and dispersion coefficients.
and subsurface conditions. Intensive literature Analytical and numerical methods for solving
review of engineering case histories and reports on groundwater contamination problems. Modeling
geological problems. (S) ground water contamination and sea-water
Prerequisite: Consent of the department. intrusion. (S)
GEOE 568 Paleoclimatology (3-0)3
GEOE 555 Principles and Applications of The climate system and feed back mechanisms.
Imaging Radar Systems (3-0)3 Variations of the Earths orbital parameters and
Earth observation systems and space related Milankovitch Theory. Paleoclimatic informations
activities. Review of Remote Sensing Principles. from marine and non-marine sediments,
Basic principles, the theory and practice of Imaging sedimentary rocks, corals, terrestrial organisms and
Radar Systems. The nature of microwaves. ice cores. Global carbon, oxygen and sulfur cycles
663
in the Earths history. Phanerozoic paleoclimate rocks observed and measured with a petrographic
changes. Determination of Paleotemperature. microscope. Interpretation of the orientational
Effects of climate change on sea level. Paleoclimate patterns and their relation to recrystallization. (R)
models and future predictions.(S)
GEOE 614 Groundwater Systems
GEOE 590 Graduate Seminar (M.S.) (0-2)NC Planning and Management (3-0)3
Papers prepared and presented by graduate students Groundwater systems, elements, input and output
on topics of interest in their fields. Each paper is components. Numerical simulation of groundwater
followed by a round table discussion participated in systems. Benefit-cost analysis. Formulation of
by students and members of faculty. (F&S) objectives and constraint functions for optimum
GEOE 593 Advanced Field Mapping (1-4)3 development and operation of groundwater
This course may be taken by graduate students reservoirs. Solution of groundwater management
during the summer months under the direction of a problems by operations research techniques.
faculty member and it may include preparation Multiobjective programming of groundwater
work for thesis or attendance in international systems. (S)
seminars approved by the department. (R) Prerequisite: Consent of the department
GEOE 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC GEOE 616 Geochemistry of Natural Waters
Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree (3-0)3
arranged between student and a faculty member. Study of thermodynamics of the reactions which
Students register to this course in all semesters control the chemistry of natural waters. Solution
starting from the beginning of their second semester thermochemical under equilibrium conditions.
while the research program or write-up thesis is in Reaction between natural waters and natural
progress. (F&S) materials. Thermochemical modeling applied to
natural waters. (S)
GEOE 605 Basin Analysis (3-0)3
Paleocurrents, fabrics and geophysical properties, GEOE 621 Neotectonics (3-0)3
cross bedding and ripple mark, linear structures, Active tectonics. Investigation of active faults.
deformation, internal structures, dispersal and Active tectonic regimes and related neotectonic
current systems, sedimentary models, methods of structures. Neotectonical depositional settings and
study. (R) sedimentation. Rifting. Future Earth's movements
and neotectonical synthesis of eastern
GEOE 607 Advanced Seismology and Mediterranean and Turkey. (R)
Seismic Instrumentation (3-0)3
The theory of seismic wave transmission applied to
GEOE 623 Advanced Micropaleontology
the determination of the properties of the Earth's
(2-2)3
interior. The study of fault mechanisms in an elastic Detailed study of the principal groups of
Earth. The physical principles underlying the design microfossils; their ecology and stratigraphic
and operation of the seismograph. The selection of a distribution. Statistical studies of microfossils
seismograph for specific problems, the calibration especially related to zonal distribution and age
and response characteristics. Installation and determination. (R)
calibration of modern seismographs. (R)
GEOE 697 Advanced Seminar I (Ph.D.)
GEOE 610 Geology of Clays (3-0)3
(0-2)NC
Soil clays in the geochemical cycle. A brief review
Similar to GEOE 590 but open to doctoral students
of silicate hydrolysis. Geology of clays in
only. (F&S)
continental sediments and marine sediment from
point of view of environmental factors. Comparison
GEOE 7XX Special Topics in Geological
of ancient and modern clay deposits. Clay mineral
Engineering. (3-0) or (2-2)3
genesis by inheritance and transformation,
Courses not listed in catalogue. Contents vary from
neoformation, and diagenesis. Brief consideration of
year to year according to interest of students and
clay mineral synthesis, hydrothermal origin and low
instructor in charge. (R)
grade metamorphism of layer silicates.
Prerequisite: Consent of the department (S)
GEOE 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
M.S. students choose and study a topic under the
GEOE 612 Petrofabric Analysis (2-2)3
guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
Advanced study and practices in establishing
advisor. (F &S).
penetrative features of deformed and metamorphic
664
GEOE 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
Graduate students as a group or a Ph.D. student supervisor. (F &S)
choose and study advanced topics under the
665
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
GENERAL INFORMATION: The programs offered by the Department aim to develop knowledge
and skills with which organizational problems can be effectively addressed. Of particular interest are questions
of design, installation, planning, improvement, operation and control of human activity systems under
conditions of scarcity. The approach needed for this type of inquiry draws on specialized knowledge in
mathematics, natural and social sciences, as well as engineering analysis and design.
The Department offers courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science, Master of Science, and
Doctor of Philosophy in Industrial Engineering. There is also a Master of Science program in Engineering
Management offered for non-majors. The curricula are regularly updated taking note of scientific advances, as
well as local conditions and requirements.
In general, the programs are designed to provide broad based training for the purpose of achieving
effectiveness and efficiency in manufacturing and service systems. The graduate programs go further and
provide in-depth coverage of selected research and application areas.
The Department coexists and shares its faculty and facilities with the Master of Science and Doctor of
Philosophy Programs of Operational Research.
The graduates of the Department find employment in almost all sectors of the industry and
government agencies.
The Industrial Engineering undergraduate program was accredited by the Engineering Accreditation
Commission of ABET, http://www.abet.org.
666
PROGRAM MISSION STATEMENT: The Industrial Engineering Department of METU studies
organized human activity and educates engineers capable of creating value in socio-technical systems. Our
work is founded on critical reason and systems thinking and on strong quantitative analysis. Our approach
emphasizes identifying and structuring issues and formulating problems, as much as it seeks to develop and
implement courses of action. We promote interdisciplinary research and participation in joint research
programs. We encourage the involvement of the industry, the students and the alumni in departmental
activities.
1. Graduates of the METU Industrial Engineering program have successful careers in industrial
engineering practice and research in a broad range of organizations,
2. Taking a systems approach and using scientific inquiry, they provide leadership and actively
participate in problem solving and system design in these organizations,
A primary objective of our program is to educate students who depend on critical reason and systems
thinking to effectively apply qualitative and quantitative methods of inquiry in general, and statistical analysis,
mathematical modeling and information technologies in particular, to real-life problem solving and systems
design. We understand systems thinking at the very least, as realizing that organized human activity takes place
in systems of purposeful individuals and scarce resources, and that such systems do not have fixed boundaries.
In pursuing our educational objectives we ensure systematic integrity and focus in our curricula, we
make industrial experience and real-life problems an integral part of education and we maintain mutual respect
and effective interaction between faculty and students. We actively search for and maintain qualified faculty
and seek to attract graduate students from diverse backgrounds.
STUDENT OUTCOMES: METU Industrial Engineering Department aims that by the time of
graduation the students will acquire the following skills, knowledge and behaviors:
a1. The students will be able to understand and apply concepts of mathematics and basic sciences.
a2. The students will be able to understand and apply concepts of engineering and computer science.
a3. The students will be able to understand and apply concepts of social, administrative, and economical
sciences.
b. The students will be able to design and conduct scientific experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret
data.
c. The students will be able to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d. The students will be able to work in cooperation with others and facilitate teamwork.
e1. The students will be able to identify and formulate industrial engineering problems.
e2. The students will be able to generate creative and meaningful solution and design alternatives for industrial
engineering problems.
f. The students will observe professional responsibility and ethical conduct.
g. The students will be able to effectively communicate.
h. The students will understand the role and impact of industrial engineering within a wider societal and global
context.
i. The students will recognize the need for lifelong learning and will be able to engage in it.
j. The students will have an awareness of contemporary issues such as globalization, environmental impact and
conflicting interests in society.
k. The students will be able to make effective use of scientific methods and tools (such as mathematical
models, statistical methods and techniques) necessary for industrial engineering practice.
l. The students will be able to design, develop, implement, and improve integrated systems that include people,
materials, information, equipment, and energy.
m. The students will be able to apply critical reason and systems thinking in problem solving and systems
design.
667
n. The students will have an awareness of developments in science (such as computational and behavioral
sciences) and technology (such as information, manufacturing and material technologies).
o. The students will honor and practice uninhibited exchange of ideas.
p. The students will be able to practice their profession in a wide variety of industries.
r. The students will be able to take initiative in their professional lives.
s. The students will be able to manage projects effectively.
A selection of recent graduate theses points out some of the active research areas:
The department has facilities for research and educational purposes including an Ergonomics
Laboratory, a Work Study Laboratory, and a Design and Optimization Laboratory. There are also an Active
Learning Laboratory and extensive computing facilities with networking capabilities.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Second Semester
MATH 119 Calculus with Analytic
Geometry (4-2)5 MATH 120 Calculus for Functions of
PHYS 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 Several Variables (4-2)5
CHEM 107 General Chemistry (3-2)4 MATH 260 Basic Linear Algebra (3-0)3
CENG 230 Introduction to Computers PHYS 106 General Physics II (3-2)4
and C Programming (2-2)3 ME 105 Computer Aided
ENG 101 English for Academic Engineering Graphics (2-2)3
Purposes I (4-0)4 IE 102 Industrial Engineering
IS 100 Introduction to Information Orientation (2-0)2
Technologies and Applications NC ENG 102 English for Academic
Purposes II (4-0)4
668
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
Fifth Semester
Sixth Semester
EE 381 Systems and Control (3-0)3
IE 323 Production and Service ME 351 Thermodynamics of Heat
Operations Planning I (3-0)3 Power (3-0)3
IE 333 Work Systems Analysis IE 304 Production and Service
and Design (3-0)3 Information Systems (3-0)3
IE 347 Engineering Economy (3-0)3 IE 324 Production and Service
IE 361 Stochastic Models in Operations Operations Planning II (3-0)3
Research (3-0)3 IE 368 Quality Planning and
TURK 303 Turkish I NC Control (3-0)3
IE 300 Summer Practice I NC IE 372 Simulation (3-0)3
Non-technical Elective TURK 304 Turkish II NC
FOURTH YEAR
Restricted Elective* : One of the following courses: CENG 301, CENG 305, EE 441, IE 206
The program consists of all courses in the undergraduate curriculum. The equivalency of the courses taken in
other programs are determined by the Department.
669
MINOR PROGRAM IN OPERATIONAL RESEARCH
The essential quality of operational research derives from the use of scientific inquiry into complex socio-
technical systems, complemented by mathematical modeling which emphasizes both goal-seeking and open-
systems aspects. It has found widespread applications in all sectors of the government and the industry. The
Operational Research Minor Program aims to provide an understanding of the techniques and methods of
operational research as they are used in organizational decision making. It will be of benefit to students who
want to develop a more focused and systematic view of work organization and management.
Compulsory courses
IE 251 Linear Programming (3-0)3
IE 252 Network Flows and Integer Programming (3-0)3
IE 265 Introduction to Probability (3-0)3
IE 266 Engineering Statistics (4-0)4
Two of the following courses
IE 361 Stochastic Models in Operations Research (3-0)3
IE 372 Simulation (3-0)3
IE 451 Decision Analysis (3-0)3
IE 452 Mathematical Modeling and Applications (3-0)3
IE 453 Topics in Optimization (3-0)3
IE 454 Network Flows and Project Management (3-0)3
IE 455 An Introduction to Combinatorial Analysis (3-0)3
IE 456 Network Routing (3-0)3
IE 489 Systems Thinking (3-0)3
IE 492 Decision Making in Health Care (3-0)3
Production planning and control are of central importance in many domains of engineering activity. These
functions are likely to assume even more significance, as focus in production shifts towards creating more
value for the customer, and design and manufacturing become integrated. The Production Planning and
Control minor program provides the necessary basic concepts in four compulsory courses and then allows
more specialization through two electives. It will be useful to students who want to complement their training
with an organization-wide understanding of the processes and problems of production.
Compulsory courses
IE 251 Linear Programming (3-0)3
IE 323 Production and Service Operations Planning I (3-0)3
IE 324 Production and Service Operations Planning II (3-0)3
Quality planning and control comprises the concepts and approach of a new notion of quality that seeks to
maximize customer satisfaction. Work in this area is not of interest to industrial engineers only, but also to
other engineering disciplines as well as to students in industrial design, business administration, and statistics.
The Quality Planning and Control minor program aims to contribute to the training of graduates who can
improve and enhance quality in all phases of production such as in planning, research and design,
manufacturing, distribution or customer relations.
Compulsory courses
IE 251 Linear Programming (3-0)3
IE 265 Introduction to Probability (3-0)3
IE 266 Engineering Statistics (4-0)4
IE 368 Quality Planning and Control (3-0)3
671
sensitivity analysis and duality. Multi-criteria IE 324 Production and Service
decision making. Game Theory. Operations Planning II (3-0)3
Prerequisite: MATH 260. Systemic issues in supply chain management.
Production planning with emphasis on APP, MPS,
IE 252 Network Flows and Integer capacity planning and MRP. Machine scheduling,
Programming (3-0)3 cyclic schedules and scheduling in services.
Transportation and network models. Solution Distribution systems and routing. Design and
algorithms. Project scheduling. Integer development of services and service delivery
programming models. Weak and strong systems. Managing capacity and demand in service
formulations. Cutting plane and branch and bound systems. Service productivity and measurement
algorithms. Heuristic approaches to large-scale performance.
problems. Introduction to nonlinear programming. Prerequisite: IE 323.
Karush-Kuhn-Tucker optimality conditions.
Prerequisite: IE 251. IE 333 Work Systems Analysis
and Design (3-0)3
IE 265 Introduction to Probability (3-0)3 Introduction to human work systems and layout.
Elements of probability. Random variables and Systematic layout planning. Manual work design
distributions. Two and higher dimensional random principles. Industrial safety and accident prevention.
variables. Mathematical expectation. Generating Material handling and warehousing. Computer-
functions. Limiting and sampling distributions. aided layout planning. Method study and work
Prerequisite: MATH 120. measurement techniques.
672
IE 372 Simulation (3-0)3 IE 407 Fundamentals of
Simulation methodology and model building. Operational Research (3-0)3
Modeling with a simulation language. Random An introduction to the methodology of operational
variate generation. Basic issues in the design, research. Survey and examples of OR models.
verification and validation of simulation models. Basics of linear programming. Networks, integer
Case studies. programming and queuing models. Dynamic
Prerequisites: CENG 230 and IE 265. programming. (Offered to non-IE students only).
673
IE 421 Inventory Planning IE 431 Ergonomics in Analysis
Problems (3-0)3 and Evaluation of Jobs (3-0)3
Definitions. Deterministic inventory problems. Work system, task and job demand will be analyzed
Deterministic inventory problems with constraints. in different systems to establish adequate guidelines
Unconstrained, infinite horizon, stochastic demand for work design to minimize stress and strain in the
continuous review problems. Single period, work environment.
stochastic demand problems. (s,S) policies for Prerequisite: IE 333.
periodic review, infinite horizon problems.
Prerequisite: IE 323. IE 432 Human Factors in
Information Systems (3-0)3
IE 422 Seminar in Industrial The human element in information systems design.
Engineering Practice (2-0)NC Information theory, decision making process and
Informing senior students about professional life in human communication. Introduction to cybernetics.
industrial engineering. Depending on lectures given Prerequisites: IE 304 and IE 333.
by practicing industrial engineers, establishing the
link between the courses the students have taken IE 433 Human Factors
during their education and application of industrial Engineering (3-0)3
engineering techniques and approaches in real-life The effect of thermal factors, noise, vibration,
cases. illumination, control display design, age and shift
work on the performance of human beings will be
explored.
IE 424 Scheduling (3-0)3
Scheduling and sequencing problems. Basic IE 439 Topics in Ergonomics (3-0)3
formulation. Single processor, multi processor Ergonomical issues of modern industrial society are
scheduling procedures and solution approaches. introduced. Problems of automation, humanization
Prerequisite: IE 324. of work environment, shift work, disabled and aged
workers in industry are discussed.
Prerequisite: IE 333.
IE 425 Plant Location and
Layout (3-0)3 IE 440 Engineering Economy (3-0)3
Introduction to the planning and the design of Modeling economic factors bearing on design and
manufacturing facilities. Organization of data for decision-making. Basic time value models. Methods
facilities design. Analysis of production plans and of evaluating alternatives. The effect of taxes and
processes to compute equipment and manpower depreciation on investment decisions. The impact of
requirements. Identification of production support inflation. Measuring costs in industry. Analysis of
activities and computation of related facilities public projects. Risk and sensitivity analysis in
requirements. Design of layout and materials engineering economic analysis. (Offered to non-IE
handling systems. Facilities location. students only).
Prerequisites: IE 251 and IE 333.
IE 441 Modeling in Engineering
IE 426 Topics in Production Economy (3-0)3
Management (3-0)3 Investment and financing decisions of the firm. Cost
Production line design. Just-in-time(JIT) production of capital and selection of a minimum attractive rate
systems. Optimized production technology (OPT). of return. Economic analysis under risk and
Flexible manufacturing systems (FMS). Cellular uncertainty. Effects of inflation and construction
Manufacturing Systems and use of index numbers.
Prerequisite: IE 323. Prerequisite: IE 347.
674
IE 445 Industrial Economics (3-0)3 Vehicle routing problem. Extensions and
Utility maximization and the theory of applications.
consumption. Derived demand and supply Prerequisite: IE 252.
functions. Elasticities of demand and substitution
effects. Production and cost theory, the duality IE 461 Forecasting Methods (3-0)3
between production and cost functions. Market An overview of forecasting. Available
structures and pricing. Modern topics in industrial methodologies, comparing individual
economics. methodologies, selecting a methodology and
designing a forecasting system that fits the specific
IE 451 Decision Analysis (3-0)3 management - decision making requirements of the
Maximizing expected monetary value. Utility organization. Smoothing techniques, adaptive
theory. Judgmental probabilities. Value of filtering, simple and multiple regression and
information. Normal form of analysis. Risk sharing. correlation analysis, time series forecasting, Box-
Multi attribute utility theory. Jenkins methods, Input-Output and Econometric
Prerequisite: IE 265. models.
Prerequisite: IE 266.
IE 452 Mathematical Modeling
and Applications (3-0)3 IE 472 Applications of Simulation
The aim of this course is to develop better skills in Modeling (3-0)3
building and understanding mathematical modeling. Advanced simulation modeling concepts in process
Deterministic models in the areas of transportation, interaction orientation. Modeling of manufacturing
distribution, location, production and economic systems. Station submodels. Continuous and mixed
planning are analyzed. simulation. Introductory output analysis for a single
Prerequisite: IE 252. system and comparison of alternatives.
Prerequisite: IE 372.
IE 453 Topics in Optimization (3-0)3
Advanced techniques which are not covered in IE 485 Technology Management (3-0)3
elementary operational research courses are Definition of technology concept in production and
covered. Linear, nonlinear, integer and dynamic service sectors. History of technological
programming algorithms. developments on a sectoral basis. Relationships
Prerequisite: IE 252. with science and engineering. Models for
technology development: techno-parks, science
IE 454 Network Flows and Project parks, research institutes. Organizations and media
Management (3-0)3 toward technology surveys and technology transfer.
Basic network flow problems such as shortest path, Role of technology in national economic
minimal spanning tree and maximal flow problems. development and global competition.
Principles of project management. Network
representation and terminology. Network planning IE 489 Systems Thinking (3-0)3
with respect to costs and durations. Resource Inquiry and research. Methods of science.
constrained network planning. Financial planning Fundamental systems concepts and notions.
and cost control. Project scheduling with Systems thinking as a mode of inquiry; historical
probabilistic networks. and methodological account. Contrasting and
Prerequisite: IE 251. clarifying the systems position vis--vis science.
The relation between systems thinking and
IE 455 An Introduction to operational research. Principal stains of systems
Combinatorial Analysis (3-0)3 thinking and the systems approaches.
Introduction to combinatorial reasoning and Prerequisite: IE 251.
modeling; the systematic analysis of different
possibilities; the exploration of the logical structure IE 491 Industrial Networks
of a problem. General counting methods, generating and Clusters (3-0)3
functions, recurrence relations, inclusion-exclusion. Inter-enterprise relations, theories of the firm and
Applications to operations research problems. external cooperation, boundaries of the firm,
organization and structure of networks, scientific an
IE 456 Network Routing (3-0)3 technological collaboration, production networks,
Models and basic solution methods for the network strategic alliances, innovation networks, complex
flows motivated by transportation applications. networks, theories of regional economy, clusters,
Traveling salesman problem. Arc routing problem. cluster analysis, development.
675
IE 492 Decision Making in IE 496 Financial Engineering (3-0)3
Health Care (3-0)3 Basic concepts in modern finance. Fixed income
Measurement of costs and value of health outcomes. securities, yield curve and interest rate models.
Health-related quality of life issues. Evaluation of Financial risk management, derivative instruments,
health interventions. Modeling value and time option pricing, value-at-risk.
preferences (patient, physician, provider) and Prerequisite: IE 347
uncertainty in medical decision making for research
or policy purposes. Knowledge of basic probability IE 497 Systems Design I (1-4)3
theory and Operations Research techniques are Systems design and design issues in industrial
required. engineering. Team experience in design projects.
The conception, structuring and formulation of a
IE 494 Industry Analysis (3-0)3 real-life system design problem that draws upon and
Macroeconomic framework of industrial activity. synthesizes knowledge accumulated throughout the
Key macro indicators. Classification schemes for IE degree program, underlying ethical and other
economic activity. Long-term trends in major social aspects.
sectors. Surveys and censuses for industrial activity. Prerequisite: -
Key industry indicators. Sources for monitoring Co-requisite: IE 489 and consent of the department.
developments in industries. Analysis of selected
industries. Brief remarks on history and future of IE 498 Systems Design II (1-4)3
industry. Knowledge of principles of economics and The second of a two-course sequence in systems
statistics is required. design project. Analysis, formulation, modeling,
validation and implementation stages of system
IE 495 Off-Line Quality Control (3-0)3 design.
The total quality concept. Continuous quality Prerequisite: IE 497.
improvement. Quality control activities (off-line,
on-line). Quality loss. System design. Parameter IE 4900-4910 Special Topics in
design. Taguchi method. Tolerance design. Quality Industrial Engineering (3-0)3
function deployment. Quality standards. Quality These code numbers will be used for technical
awards. elective courses which are not listed regularly in the
Prerequisite: IE 266. catalog. The course contents will be announced
before the semester commences.
676
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
Graduates of Industrial Engineering and of other disciplines can be admitted to the graduate programs upon
satisfying the requirements of the Department. Candidates from other disciplines are normally required to
complete a deficiency program.
M.S. Program
5 elective courses
**or OR 590
Ph.D. Program
GRADUATE COURSES
Core Courses:
Objectives of the Proposed Program: The target group, namely engineers and business school
graduates, equipped with the knowledge and practice of this training program, will have a much more broader
vision and scope. They will gain the ability to manage socio-technical affairs more intelligently. Quality
management, human resources management, technology management, project management, information
management, engineering economy, among others, are disciplines which have emerged or reformed recently
and through this program the target group will catch the chance to refresh and update themselves.
The objective of the program is to provide engineers and scientists with the skills, knowledge and attitude
necessary for leadership in the management of current and future generations of technology. The program
lends the methodological strength of science and engineering and the conceptual breadth of management in a
powerful framework for managing engineering and technology. Graduates will have gained improved skills to
take a global perspective in formulating, analyzing, and solving management problems with particular concern
for strategic technologies and their use in all areas of business activity. They will also acquire a greater
awareness of interpersonal relations, group dynamics and team motivation for innovation and effective
communication.
Organization of the Program: The admission requirements, list of faculty, structure of the
graduate program and the description of the courses are given below.
Admission Requirements:
A bachelor's degree in engineering (except industrial engineering), basic sciences, management, economics or
similar fields,
A background in calculus, probability, statistics, and computer programming,
Proficiency in English in TOEFL or in METU proficiency exams,
A certain minimum grade at the Graduate Admission Examination (ALES or GRE) (to be determined),
A letter explaining the goals of the candidate,
A favorable opinion of the Program Admission Committee.
682
Required Courses:
EM 501 Financial and Management Accounting
EM 502 Operations Management
EM 503 Systems and Organizations
EM 505 Decision Models
EM 517 Business Economics
Elective Courses:
EM 504 Technology Management
EM 506 Project Management
EM 507 Total Quality Management
EM 508 Strategic Planning
EM 510 Business Process Reengineering
EM 512 Qualitative Methods for Management
EM 516 Logistics
EM 520 Management Information and Decision Support Systems
EM 521 Applied Statistics
EM 531 Engineering Economy and Investment Management
EM 532 Finance for EM
EM 533 Quality Engineering
EM 534 Supply Chain Management
EM 7XX Special Topics in EM
EM 8XX Special Studies
EM 9XX Advanced Studies
Degree Requirements:
The requirements, in addition to the course and credit requirements above, for the M.S. degree in Engineering
Management comprise the following courses:
EM 590 Seminar (0-2)NC
EM 599 Term Project (0-4)NC
685
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
CEROLU, Ender: B.S., M.S., METU; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
DLEN, Melik: B.S., .T..; M.S., University of New Hampshire; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
KONUKSEVEN, E. lhan (Vice Chair): B.S., .T..; M.S., Ph.D., METU.
OKUTUCU ZYURT, Tuba: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Northeastern University.
TARI, lker: B.S., H..; M.S., University of Michigan; Eng. Deg. MIT; Ph.D., Northeastern University.
YAMALI, Cemil: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Michigan.
YAVUZ, Mehmet Metin: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University.
YAZICIOLU, Almla G.: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Chicago.
YOZGATLIGL, Ahmet: (Vice Chair) B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Drexel University.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
686
INSTRUCTORS
Mechanical Engineering Department offers educational programs designed to prepare students for
professional career by developing a sound base in fundamental engineering sciences. The undergraduate and
graduate programs are intended to develop initiative, creativity, talent, leadership and the capability to develop,
follow and adopt new technologies in the field of Mechanical Engineering. A variety of courses covering basic
and specialized subjects in Thermal and Fluid Sciences, Energy Systems, Applied Mechanics, Design and
Production, Theory of Machines and Control Systems are offered. Lectures are supplemented by tutorials, use
of computers, and experimental work in various laboratories.
Mechanical Engineering Department is heavily involved in basic and applied research and
consultancy. Besides graduate theses, research activities are also motivated by projects sponsored by the public
and private sectors, as well as by the international organizations. National and international conferences,
workshops, short courses and seminars are regular activities of the Department.
The Department houses the following national and international organizations and research centers:
- The CAD-CAM and Robotics Center (BLTR)
- International Center for Heat and Mass Transfer (ICHMT)
- Machine Design and Production Society (MATM)
- Machine Design and Production Research Center (MATMAREN)
To educate individuals to become creative, inquisitive and productive in both national and
international arenas, instilled with global knowledge and abilities, and able to be leaders and
pioneers in their field.
To perform research and development activities that will contribute to science and national
technologies.
To lead and to pioneer in related fields.
- Automotive Engineering
- Biomechanics
- Combustion, Internal Combustion Engines
- Computational Fluid Mechanics
- Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
- Design and Optimization of Mechanical Systems
- Design and Optimization of Thermal Systems
- Energy Management
- Experimental and Computational Fluid Mechanics and Turbomachinery
687
- Experimental and Computational Heat and Mass Transfer
- Fuel Cells
- Fracture Mechanics
- Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery
- Mechatronics
- MEMS
- Micro-Nanoscale Heat Transfer and Fluid Mechanics
- Modeling and Control of Mechanical Systems
- New and Renewable Energy Resources and Utilization
- Non-destructive Testing
- Non-traditional Manufacturing Processes
- Pipeline Engineering
- Plasticity and Metal Forming
- Robotics
- Solar Energy
- Vibration and Acoustics
The following laboratories of the Mechanical Engineering Department are used for student
experiments in undergraduate courses, for graduate research and for industrial tests and projects:
The Department has a Local Area Network (LAN) which is connected to the University backbone
network through which Internet facilities can be accessed. For number crunching computing in graduate level
research, the IBM Scalable Power Parallel System-SP2 at the Computer Center of the University can be used
through the network. Computing facilities also include over 200 personal computers and several work stations,
which are connected to the Department LAN. The students are introduced to the use of computers in their first
year Computer Aided Engineering Graphics Courses, and are constantly involved in computer oriented
education and practice throughout their undergraduate study.
688
Scheduled and general use of computers in educational programs are conducted in the Computer
Graphics Laboratory and the Computer Room for Undergraduate Studies as well as in the computational
facilities distributed through various laboratories and offices in the Department.
A culminating feature of the Mechanical Engineering curriculum for senior level students is the
Design Project Competition in the compulsory course ME 407 Mechanical Engineering Design. Groups of
three students tackle with design problems which require analytical ability, judgment, technical skills,
creativity and innovation and produce a working prototype of their design. The prototypes are tested and
evaluated on the basis of some pre-established merits.
The second compulsory course in the fourth year of the curriculum is ME 410 Mechanical
Engineering Systems Laboratory. This course is an overview of the basic courses of the first three years of the
curriculum, giving the students the opportunity to apply the knowledge acquired on basic concepts during
experiments on practical engineering systems. Groups of three students conduct experiments on systems such
as internal combustion engine, turbomachinery, energy conversion equipment, metrology-quality control in
production, vibrating machinery, machine tools, etc., which might not have been fully covered in the
compulsory courses of the curriculum.
I. are sought in areas of new technology and/or product development, being innovative and
entrepreneurial individuals with leadership abilities and pioneering abilities in professional areas.
II. identify and solve engineering problems using scientific approach with their sound engineering
base.
III. seek rational solutions in their professional practice while considering their social,
environmental, economical and ethical dimensions.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES:
1. Ability to establish the relationship between mathematics, basic sciences and engineering
sciences with engineering applications.
2. Ability to find and interpret information.
3. Ability to follow the literature and technology related to his/her topic of interest.
4. Recognition of the need to keep oneself up to date in his/her profession.
5. Possession of written and oral communication skills.
6. Ability to conduct team work (within discipline, inter-disciplinary, multi-disciplinary).
7. Ability to produce original solutions.
8. Use of scientific methodology in approaching and producing solutions to engineering problems
and needs.
9. Openness to all that is new.
10. Ability to conduct experiments.
11. Ability to do engineering design.
12. Awareness of engineering ethics, knowledge and adoption of its fundamental elements.
13. Ability to take societal, environmental and economical considerations into account in
professional activities.
14. Possession of pioneering and leadership (characteristics in areas related to the profession).
689
GRADUATE PROGRAMS: Mechanical Engineering Department seeks to provide high quality
graduate education in the advanced technical and professional fields of Mechanical Engineering. The prime
objective of the program is to educate graduates to acquire the state of the art knowledge in the different fields
of Mechanical Engineering. This is to fulfill the growing need for well-trained experts with breadth of vision of
the technologically developing industry. Mechanical Engineering Department educates graduate students in the
subjects which are relevant to the present and future requirements of the industry, with critical thinking
capabilities which will benefit the student and the community. The graduate program is noteworthy in its
emphasis both on technology development areas and/or practical applications. Graduate courses are designed
to give a sound background which would ease the efforts of the students to understand, set-up and solve many
problems which they would be confronting in their thesis projects and in their professional career. The
Department expects high scholarship from its graduate students and not only tries to educate technically
competent engineers but engineers with a sense of civic responsibility.
The Department offers three programs to qualified students for further education and research at
advanced level, leading to the degree of Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in
Mechanical Engineering. The graduate programs consist of courses and a thesis. The thesis dissertation topics
are developed from the interactions of the faculty with the needs of the community and industry in compliance
with current progresses in the scientific and technical world. The Department also offers Mechanical Design
and Manufacturing (MDM), a non-thesis evening program.
All students admitted to the M.S. program in Mechanical Engineering are required to designate their
thesis supervisor and topic at the start of their program. In addition to an M.S. thesis, students are required to
take a minimum of 7 courses, one of which should be selected from a pool of designated analytical
mathematics courses. The course program of the student is designed by the thesis supervisor and it may contain
at most 2 courses offered by other departments. The course program must have at least 4 courses with ME
5XX codes, excluding ME 521, totaling a minimum of 12 credit hours. The M.S. program must be completed
in a maximum of 6 semesters.
Students admitted to Mechanical Design and Manufacturing (MDM), non-thesis evening master
program are required to take 10 courses (2 compulsory and 8 elective) with 30 credits and a term project.
Students admitted to the Ph.D. program in Mechanical Engineering are required to take 7 graduate
courses with credit in a maximum of four consecutive semesters. The course programs of the students are
prepared by their thesis supervisors. The Ph.D. program involves a qualifying examination in addition to the
courses and a Ph.D. dissertation, and must be completed in a maximum of 12 semesters.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Second Semester
MATH 119 Calculus with Analytic Geometry
(4-2)5 MATH 120 Calculus for Functions of
PHYS 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 Several Variables (4-2)5
CENG 230 Introduction to Computers PHYS 106 General Physics II (3-2)4
and C Programming (2-2)3 CHEM 107 General Chemistry (3-2)4
ME 113 Computer Aided Engineering ME 114 Computer Aided Engineering
Drawing I (2-2)3 Drawing II (2-2)3
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
(4-0)4 (4-0)4
IS 100 Introduction to Information
Technologies and Applications NC
690
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
691
DOUBLE MAJOR PROGRAM IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
The program consists of all courses in the undergraduate curriculum. The equivalency of the courses are
determined by the Department.
Mechanical Engineering Department also offers a Minor Program on Production for undergraduate students of
other disciplines. The purpose of the Minor Program on Production is to give the interested and successful
students a general view of production technology, with the expectation that they will perform better in their
own discipline, having acquired a wider scope of knowledge and a different perspective. The courses are
divided into two categories; five compulsory courses and three restricted elective courses. The compulsory
courses are to create the necessary background and to teach the fundamental principles. The students can
extend their knowledge in a selected field of production through the elective courses.
Compulsory Courses
ME 105 Computer Aided Engineering Graphics (2-2)3
ME 202 Manufacturing Technologies (3-0)3
or
ME 212 Principles of Production Engineering (3-0)3
METE 227 Basic Concepts in Materials Science (3-0)3
ME 303 Manufacturing Engineering (3-0)3
ME 307 Machine Elements I (3-0)3
692
ME 202 Manufacturing Technologies Characteristic values and characteristic vectors of
(3-0)3 matrices. Complex numbers. Complex analytic
Introduction. Casting. Powder metallurgy. Metal functions, applications.
working; hot working and cold working processes. Prerequisite: MATH 158 or consent of the
Chip removal processes. Non-traditional machining department.
processes. Welding. Manufacturing systems and
automation. Machine shop practices. ME 212 Principles of Production
Engineering (3-0)3
ME 203 Thermodynamics I (3-0)3 Introduction. Material properties. Casting. Powder
Basic concepts and definitions. Properties of a pure metallurgy. Metal working; hot working and cold
substance. Equations of state. Work and heat. First working processes. Chip removal processes. Non-
law of thermodynamics. Internal energy and traditional machining processes. Welding.
enthalpy. Second law of thermodynamics. Carnot Manufacturing systems and automation.
cycle. Entropy. (Offered to non-ME students only).
694
ME 402 Fluid Machinery (3-0)3 ME 408 Hoisting and Conveying
Fundamentals of compressible fluid flow in inertial Machinery (3-0)3
and rotating coordinate systems. Energy exchange Introduction to material handling. Bulk and unit
between fluid and rotor, loss mechanisms. 3D, 2D load concepts. Cranes: overhead traveling cranes;
and 1D representation of flow in turbomachinery. FEM rules, calculation methods for bridge girders
Pitch-line design principles. Three dimensional flow and carriages, drive and hoist mechanisms and
and radial equilibrium. Internal aerodynamics of related equipment; jib cranes; gantry cranes.
blades and axial flow cascades. Preliminary design Feeders and conveyors, chain conveyors, roller
principles for axial and radial flow compressors and conveyor, pneumatic conveyors, vibrating
turbines. Loss and deviation correlations. conveyors, screw conveyor.
Prerequisite: ME 306 or consent of the department. Prerequisite: ME 308 or consent of the department.
695
ME 415 Utilization of Geothermal ME 422 Heating, Ventilating, Air
Energy (3-0)3 Conditioning and Refrigeration
Thermodynamic aspects of geothermal fluids. System Design (3-0)3
Geothermal fluid collection and distribution. Well District heating systems-steam and hot water.
head equipment and piping. Geothermal electric Psychrometric analysis of summer air conditioning
power plants. Geothermal district heating systems. systems. Air cleaning and filtering. Analysis and
Scaling, corrosion and environmental pollution design of a year-round air conditioning unit.
problems. Economics of geothermal energy Ducting and air distribution. Refrigeration
utilization. equipment in HVAC & R systems. Control
Prerequisites: ME 204 and ME 312 or consent of equipment and systems in HVAC & R applications.
the department. Prerequisite: ME 403 or consent of the department.
696
ME 428 Nuclear Reactor Engineering ME 433 Engineering Metrology and
(3-0)3 Quality Control (3-0)3
Fundamentals of nuclear reactors and nuclear power Analysis of errors. Calibration. Linear, angular
plants. Transient behavior of nuclear reactors. measurement. Geometric tolerances and their
Reactivity. Reactor poisoning. Fission to thermal measurement. Measurement of surface roughness.
power conversion. Temperature distribution in the Measurements of threads and gears. Testing of
reactor core, hot-spot factors; coolant-channel machine tools. Gage design. Quality assurance
orificing, radiation and thermal shielding. systems: ISO 9000 series of standards. Acceptance
Technological aspects of reactors. sampling. Design of sampling plans and control
Prerequisites: ME 312 and ME 427 or consent of charts. Process capability analysis.
the department. Prerequisites: ME 303 and ME 307 or consent of
the department.
ME 429 Mechanical Vibrations (3-0)3
Coulomb and structural damping. Response of ME 434 Advanced Strength of
single degree-of-freedom systems to periodic and Materials (3-0)3
nonperiodic excitation. Vibration measuring Fundamental concepts and elementary elasticity.
devices. Vibration criteria. Diagnostics. Lagrange Review of failure theories. Nonsymmetrical bending
equations. Multi degree-of-freedom systems. of beams. Torsion of noncircular long prisms.
Coordinate transformation and normal coordinates. Elasticity stability and buckling of columns.
Eigenvalue problem, modal vectors and Selected topics among energy methods, limit
orthogonality. Modal analysis. Response to analysis, beam-columns, thermal and residual
harmonic excitation. Continuous systems. stresses.
Prerequisite: ME 302 or consent of the department. Prerequisite: ME 206 or consent of the department.
700
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL
ENGINEERING
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
GRADUATE COURSES
701
ME 523 Impact Mechanics (3-0)3
ME 524 Industrial Air Conditioning and ME 545 Advanced Thermodynamics (3-0)3
Refrigeration Design (3-0)3 ME 546 Diffusion Problems in
ME 525 Analytical Methods in Spatial Thermal-Fluid Sciences (3-0)3
Mechanisms (3-0)3 ME 547 Introduction to Continuum
Mechanics (3-0)3
ME 549 Experimental Stress Analysis I
ME 526 Vibration of Continuous (3-0)3
Systems with Computational ME 550 Experimental Stress Analysis II
Methods (3-0)3 (3-0)3
ME 527 Advanced Internal Combustion ME 551 Design of High-Precision CNC
Engine Design (3-0)3 Machinery (3-0)3
ME 528 Flexible Multibody Dynamics ME 552 Micro-and Nanoscale Heat
(3-0)3 Transfer (3-0)3
ME 529 Advanced Internal Combustion ME 553 Technical and Economical
Engines (3-0)3 Aspect of Nuclear Power Plants
ME 530 Introduction to Fluidized Bed (3-0)3
Combustion (3-0)3 ME 560 Tribology (3-0)3
ME 531 Machine Tool Design (3-0)3 ME 570 Advanced Topics in Radiative
ME 532 Advanced Machinery Transfer (3-0)3
Vibrations (3-0)3 ME 575 Non-Traditional Production
ME 533 Computer-Aided Design (CAD) Processes (3-0)3
(3-0)3 ME 581 Finite Element Analysis in Solid
ME 534 Computer Control of Machines Mechanics (3-0)3
(3-0)3 ME 582 Finite Element Analysis in
ME 535 Metal Cutting (3-0)3 Thermofluids (3-0)3
ME 536 Design of Intelligent Machines ME 583 Engineering Fracture Mechanics
(3-0)3 (3-0)3
ME 537 Advanced Engineering ME 584 Advanced Computational Fluid
Thermodynamics I (3-0)3 Dynamics (3-0)3
ME 538 Advanced Engineering ME 586 Variational Principles in
Thermodynamics II (3-0)3 Elasticity (3-0)3
ME 539 Hydrodynamic Instability, ME 587 Perturbation Methods in
Vortex Dynamics and Engineering (3-0)3
Turbulence (3-0)3 ME 588 Impulsive Loading of Solids (3-0)3
ME 540 Analytical Methods in ME 590 Thesis Seminar (0-2)NC
Engineering II (3-0)3 ME 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
ME 541 Plasticity and Computer Aided ME 7XX Special Topics in Mechanical
Metal Forming (3-0)3 Engineering (3-0)3
ME 543 Theory of Elasticity (3-0)3 ME 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
ME 544 Beams, Plates and Shells (3-0)3 ME 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
703
ME 513 Vehicle Dynamics (3-0)3 ME 518 Boundary Layer Theory (3-0)3
Vehicle handling: Tire cornering force Outline of boundary-layer. Navier-Stokes equations.
characteristics, vehicle handling model for plane Creeping flow. Derivation of boundary layer
motions; understeer, oversteer, and neutral steer; equations for two dimensional flow. General
roll centers and roll axis; four-wheel steering; properties of the boundary layer equations. Exact
articulated vehicle dynamics. Vehicle ride: Passive solutions of the steady-state two dimensional
suspensions; vehicle models for bounce, pitch, and boundary layer equations. Boundary layer control.
roll; higher order models; description of road Thermal boundary layers in laminar flow. Laminar
surface roughness, optimization of suspension boundary layers in compressible flow.
parameters; active suspensions. Fundamentals of turbulent flow. Turbulent flow
Prerequisite: ME 436 or consent of the department. through pipes and along a flat plate. Turbulent jets.
(S) (F)
708
* F: Fall, S: Spring, A: Alternative Year, R: Upon request, WE: Wide elective.
709
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MECHANICAL DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING
Compulsory Courses:
MDM 507 Modern Control Systems (3-0)3 MDM 529 Design of Autonomous
MDM 508 Internal Combustion Machines (3-0)3
Engines (3-0)3 MDM 530 Design of Advanced
MDM 509 Vibrations of Continuous Composite Structures (3-0)3
Systems (3-0)3 MDM 531 Non-conventional
MDM 510 Optimal Control (3-0)3 Machining (3-0)3
MDM 511 Metrology (3-0)3 MDM 532 Plasticity and Metal Forming (3-0)3
MDM 512 Viscous Flow (3-0)3 MDM 533 Rocket Propulsion
MDM 513 Smart Materials (3-0)3 Technology (3-0)3
MDM 514 Optimum Design Methods (3-0)3 MDM 534 Finite Element Analysis
MDM 515 Computer Integrated in Thermofluids (3-0)3
Manufacturing (3-0)3 MDM 535 Computer Aided Design
MDM 516 Fatigue and Fracture (3-0)3 and Manufacturing (3-0)3
MDM 517 Finite Element Analysis MDM 536 Advanced Machinery
in Solids (3-0)3 Vibrations (3-0)3
MDM 518 Mechatronics (3-0)3 MDM 537 Hydraulic Systems (3-0)3
MDM 519 Advanced Heat Transfer (3-0)3 MDM 538 Energy Methods in
MDM 520 Computational Fluid Applied Mechanics (3-0)3
Dynamics (3-0)3 MDM 539 Liquid Molding of
MDM 521 Kinematic Synthesis (3-0)3 Advanced Composites (3-0)3
MDM 522 Thin Walled Structures (3-0)3 MDM 540 Impact of Solids (3-0)3
MDM 523 Robotic Manipulators (3-0)3 MDM 541 Dynamic Loading of
MDM 524 Combustion (3-0)3 Simple Structures (3-0)3
MDM 525 Vibration Control and MDM 542 High Velocity Deformation
Isolation (3-0)3 of Materials (3-0)3
MDM 526 Machine Dynamics (3-0)3 MDM 599 Term Project NC
MDM 527 Continuum Mechanics (3-0)3 MDM 892 Special Studies (0-2)NC
MDM 528 Compressible Fluid Flow (3-0)3
710
DESCRIPTION OF GRADUATE COURSES
MDM 522 Thin Walled Structures (3-0)3 MDM 528 Compressible Fluid Flow (3-0)3
Stretching, bending and torsion of open, single-cell Isentropic flow, normal shock waves, flow in
and multi-cell thin walled beams, kinematics of constant area ducts with friction, flow in ducts with
deformation, Vlasov beam theory, warping torque heating and cooling, steady and two-dimensional
and bimoment, flexural-torsional buckling, lateral supersonic flows, wave propagation, multi-
buckling, beam-columns. dimensional equations of gas dynamics, flow with
small perturbations, method of characteristics,
MDM 523 Robotic Manipulators (3-0)3 solution of unsteady one-dimensional flows.
Basics of spatial kinematics. Rotation matrices.
Homogeneous transformation matrices. Hartenberg- MDM 529 Design of Autonomous
Denavit convention. Direct and inverse kinematics. Machines (3-0)3
Velocity and acceleration analyses in the direct and Introduction to the autonomy concept. Discuss
inverse senses. Jacobian matrix. Static force structure and locomotion methods of autonomous
analysis via virtual work method. Dynamic force machines focusing on autonomous vehicles. A
analysis via Newton-Euler formulation. Trajectory semester project involves design of a vehicle by the
planning. Basic control methods. use of which decision making and planning methods
713
used in autonomous machine applications are MDM 534 Finite Element Analysis
practiced. in Thermofluids (3-0)3
Variational techniques, method of weighted
MDM 530 Design of Advanced residuals, Ritz method, Galerkins technique. Review
Composite Structures (3-0)3 of two-dimensional finite elements. Inviscid
Introduction to advanced composite materials: incompressible flows, inviscid compressible flows,
properties of constituent materials and fiber incompressible viscous flows without inertia and
reinforced materials. Mechanics of laminated incompressible viscous flows with inertia. Three-
composite materials: 3D micromechanical models, dimensional isoparametric finite elements. Three-
macro-mechanical analysis tools. Hygro-thermal dimensional unsteady Euler equations.
analysis of laminated composites. Design of
laminates for in-plane and out-of-plane loads. MDM 535 Computer Aided Design
Elastic tailoring. Experimental characterization of and Manufacturing (3-0)3
composite laminates. Failure of laminated In this course overview CAE systems, orthographic
composites. Optimum design of laminates for and perspective display transformations, parametric
flexural and combined loading conditions. Use of representation of curves and surfaces, elementary
stat-of-art technologies in the design of composite differential geometry; interactive graphics; bicubic
laminates. surface paths, image generation. This course
presents advanced mechanical design techniques
MDM 531 Non-conventional using a CAD/CAM software. It explains advanced
Machining (3-0)3 methods and techniques about assembly
A brief overview and evaluation of nontraditional management and mechanism design, kinematic and
manufacturing processes and their comparison to dynamic analyses, structural analyses (FEA), and
traditional manufacturing processes. Classification CNC manufacturing. The material is presented
of nontraditional machining processes according to based on extensive hands-on examples. The CAM
energy used in material removal and overview of sections include practical examples with 3-4 axes
process principles, equipment, machining Vertical Machining Centers and a Turning CNC
parameters, process capabilities and applications. center. Rapid Prototyping Methods, Automation in
Mechanical energy: Ultrasonic machining; abrasive Manufacturing, Automatic Programming, Robots,
jet machining, water jet machining. Electrochemical CIM, Group Technology, Reverse Engineering
energy: Electrochemical machining, electrochemical MDM 536 Advanced Machinery
grinding, electrochemical honing. Chemical energy: Vibrations (3-0)3
Chemical machining. Thermal energy: Electric Proportionally and nonproportionally damped
discharge machining (EDM) wire EDM, laser beam multidegree of freedom systems; viscously and
machining, plasma machining. Overall comparisons structurally damped systems. Numerical methods;
of nontraditional machining processes. Rayleigh-Ritz method and transfer matrix methods.
Rotor dynamics; whirl, critical whirl, gyroscopic
MDM 532 Plasticity and Metal effects, flexible bearings, geared shafts and
Forming (3-0)3 branched systems. Condensation, structural
Stress. Strain. Yield Criteria. Stress-Strain coupling, structural modifications and modal
Relationships. Work Hardening. Plastic Anisotropy. synthesis. Experimental methods and modal testing;
Plastic Instability. Metal Forming Processes. modal identification.
714
MDM 538 Energy Methods in MDM 541 Dynamic Loading of
Applied Mechanics (3-0)3 Simple Structures (3-0)3
Tensors. Strain. Stress. Constitutive Equations. Introduction. Dynamic properties of materials. One-
Equations of Bars, Beams, Torsion and Plane dimensional elastic-plastic stress waves in bars.
Elasticity. Calculus of Variations. Virtual Work and Impulsive loading of beams. Static and dynamic
Energy Principles. Stationary Variational Principles. loading of rings and frames. Dynamic response of
Hamiltons Principle. Theory of Plates. some axi-symmetric solids.
715
DEPARTMENT OF METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
DERCOLU, Arcan Fehmi (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Tokyo University.
DURUCAN, Caner (Vice Chair): B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
NALAN, Hsn Emrah: B.S., METU, M.S., Ph.D. Rutgers University.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
716
PROGRAM OBJECTIVES: The general educational objective of the Materials and Metallurgical
Engineering undergraduate program is to provide its graduates with fundamental knowledge to function
effectively in materials related positions in industry, government and academics consistent with the mission of
the Middle East Technical University. The following specific Program Educational Objectives were
established for the graduates of the program to insure the accomplishment of this general objective.
Accordingly, the graduates of the METU Metallurgical and Materials Engineering Department are engineering
professionals who
1. are preferred in areas of new and conventional materials technology and/or materials product and
process development,
2. work effectively and efficiently in the priority fields such as defense, energy and transportation
3. are preferred by leading/important private and public institutions as engineers and researchers,
4. follow graduate education in the prestigious universities relevant engineering and science
departments and have a successful academic career,
5. are distinguished in their careers as leaders and experts,
6. are engaged in appropriate professional societies and continuing education activities.
STUDENT OUTCOMES: METU Metallurgical and Materials Engineering Department aims its
graduates to acquire the following knowledge, skills and behaviors
a. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering.
b. An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
c. Ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d. An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
e. An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f. An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g. An ability to communicate effectively.
h. The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in global and
societal context.
i. A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
j. A knowledge of contemporary issues.
k. An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering
practice.
DEPARTMENT SPECIFIC OUTCOMES:
l. A knowledge of the scientific and engineering principles underlying the four major elements of the
field; structure, properties, processing and performance related to material systems.
m. An ability to apply and integrate knowledge from each of the four major elements of the field to
solve materials and/or process selection and design problems.
Service Laboratories: The equipment present serves the common needs of the department and of researchers
from other departments of the university.
Instrumental Analysis and Wet Chemical Analysis Laboratories: Equipped with Bruker S8 Tiger
wavelength dispersive X-ray fluorescence (WDXRF) spectrometer. Perkin-Elmer Atomic Absorption
Spectrophotometer, Perkin-Elmer Gas Chromotograph, Satmagan magnetite analyzer, a spectrometer, two
photometers, turbidimeters and Leco train for analysis of carbon, sulfur, oxygen, hydrogen and nitrogen in
ferrous and non-ferrous alloys. The laboratory also has Eltra CS800 Analyser for carbon and sulfur.
X-Ray Laboratory: A Rigaku DMAX 2200, 3 kW rated output, vertical multi-purpose X-ray
diffractometer with graphite diffracted-beam monochromator and high linearity scintillation counter equipped
with thin film and pole figure attachments.
Metallography and Image Analysis Laboratory: Facilities for specimen cutting and mounting,
mechanical and electrolytic polishing, macro and micro etching. Various optical microscopes namely Nikon,
717
Olympus and Vickers research microscopes with digital camera attachments. Knoop microhardness tester.
Automated grain size, aspect ratio, volume fraction, nodule count and graphite size distribution with Clemex
Image Analysis System. Darkroom facilities are also available.
Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) Laboratory: FEI Nova Nano SEM 430 with a variety of
detectors; Helix, vCD, STEM. This microscope is equipped with EDS analysis system and EBSD camera
integrated to a common platform (PEGASUS) allowing local elemental analysis as well as phase analysis. A
40 kV Jeol 6400 scanning electron microscope equipped with Digital Imaging and Noran Inst. Series II x-ray
microanalyser. A Cambridge stereoscan S4-10 microscope with a variety of accessories such as sputter coating
and carbon evaporation units.
Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) Laboratory: Equipped with a field emission TEM: JEOL
JEM-2100F UHR/HRP 200 kV Microscope with 0.19 nm resolution equipped with STEM, EDS
spectrophometer and high resolution CCD camera. A 100 kV Jeol JEM-100 CX transmission electron
microscope with 2A resolving power and up to 250000 magnification and with accessories including double
tilt, heating/cooling and elongation specimen holders and various electropolishing facilities for thin film
specimen preparation. Facilities for sample preparation for electron microscoby include disc cutter,
dimpling grinder, automatic twin jet polisher as well as Ion Mill (Fichione) and Plasma Cleaner (Fischione).
Thermal Analysis Laboratory: Equipped with Setaram DSC 131 thermal analyzer for temperature range
(-170 C to 600 C) and Setaram SETSYS TG-DTA/DSC thermal analyzer with facilities for simultaneous TG
and DTA/DSC measurements for high temperature (ambient to 1650 C) quantitative and qualitative
calorimetric studies. The laboratory has also Neutromag Digital centrifugal casting machine for the
development and preparation of novel alloys by means of induction melting and casting under controlled
atmosphere.
Nondestructive Testing Laboratory: Equipped with facilities for liquid penetrant, magnetic particle
methods, radiography with X-rays up to 200 kV and an isotope source of Ir 192 together with ultrasonic testing
equipment with straight and angle beam probes in the frequencies of 2 and 4 MHz.
Mechanical Behaviour Laboratory: A 10 ton MTS and a 30 ton DARTEC Universal Testing Systems
for testing under controlled load, deflection or strain for fatigue, creep and stress relaxation studies. A highly
accurate acoustic emission equipment for fracture studies and an instrumented impact tester. A 10 ton Instron
Universal Testing Machine for tension, compression and torsion tests equipped with an high-temperature
furnace. Also the laboratory has several hardness testers and other facilities for creep and fatigue testing.
Extractive Metallurgy Laboratory: The facilities for raw material preparation, metal extraction and
refining consist of the following individual laboratories.
(a) Mineral Dressing Laboratory: Equipped with jaw crushers, grinders, screens, microscopes, balances,
tables, jigs, wet magnetic drum separator and flotation units.
(b) Hydrometallurgy Laboratory: Equipment for atmospheric leaching, autoclaves, pH meters, various
types of filters, electrowinning equipment, solvent extraction and ion exchange units.
(c) Pyrometallurgy Laboratory: Semi-pilot scale equipment for extraction and refining. A pelletizing disc,
fluidized bed roaster, Herreshoff roasting unit, various muffle and tube furnaces, a high frequency induction
furnace and an electric arc furnace (Birlec-100 kVA).
Foundry: Foundry and Alloy Preparation Laboratory main hall has 390 m2 working space. Two induction
furnaces are used for heating and alloying. The large Inductotherm coreless induction furnace has a melting
capacity of 10 kg aluminium alloy and 16-17 Kg cast iron. The other small melting furnace has a melting
capacity of 4 kg aluminium and 5-6 Kg cast iron. Balzers-Elphiac vacuum induction furnace has 10-15kg
ferrous alloy melting capacity and reaching a vacuum value of 10-5 Torr. The fuel fired furnaces have 5-150
kg nonferrous alloy melting capacity. Centrifugal casting machine having 13-16-17.5 mm dia and 20-28 mm
height cylindrical cast iron moulds for tubes and sleeve castings. Sand casting flasks are available for castings
up to 6-8 kg aluminium and 10 kg cast iron parts. Electro-slag remelting unit has 1 Ton capacity for steel
refining.
718
Ceramic Engineering Laboratories: Equipped with ceramic ball mills for powder communition;
facilities for processing of ceramics powders through chemical routes. Numerous rheological characterization
units for the study of ceramic slurries and of the colloidal behavior. Slip casting, pressing, CIP and extrusion
units. Vacuum or pressure sintering furnaces up to temperatures like 2500oC. Glass melting and crystallization
facilities. Equipment for structural studies and for the characterization of thermal, mechanical, electrical, and
magnetic properties.
Heat Treatment Laboratory: Various muffle and tube furnaces which can operate under controlled
atmospheres and vacuum. Salt baths are available for different heat treatment applications.
Welding Technology Laboratory: Equipped with conventional welding process equipment for gas
welding, manual metal arc welding, MIG/MAG, TIG and spot welding. There are facilities for hot cracking
test (MVT-test) and cold cracking test (implant test).
Machine Shop: The machine shop serves to implement the research needs of faculty members and
graduate students. The facilities available in the machine shop include lathes, a milling machine, a surface
grinding machine, a shaping machine, various drills, and various welding equipment.
Laboratories for Specialized Research : These laboratories are belong to research groups and equipped with
specific instruments to serve the needs of advanced research.
Alloy Preparation Laboratory: Equipped with a 45 kW medium frequency Balzers vacuum induction
furnace of 10 kg capacity. The laboratory has a second 2 kg capacity smaller induction unit.
Powder Metallurgy Laboratory: Equipped with facilities to prepare metal powders by electrolytic,
mechanical and chemical methods and by atomization. Various powder characterization equipment, double
cone and Y-cone mixers, several hydraulic presses, controlled atmospheres sintering furnaces. Hot pressing of
metallic powders under nitrogen atmosphere is also possible.
Novel Alloys Design and Development Laboratory: involves atomistic computer simulations and
experimental studies for design and development of novel materials for various engineering applications. For
this purposes Novalab equipped with Bhler Arc Melting System for melting up to 4000C under vacuum (10-
6 mbar) and/or inert gas atmosphere with a movable non-consumable electrode system; Neutromag Digital
induction centrifugal casting machine for the preparation and casting of the alloys under controlled
atmosphere. The lab equipped with various furnaces operating under controlled atmosphere up to 1700C for
the heat treatment of the alloys. Novalab has also equipped with Setaram DSC 131 (-170C to 600C) and
Setaram SETSYS 1750 thermal analysers with facilities for simultaneous TG and DTA/DSC measurements for
high temperature (ambient to 1650C) thermal and ADE-EV9 Vibrating Sample Magnetometer (VSM)
operating under magnetic fields > 2.6 Tesla in the temperature range of (-196C to 700C) for magnetic
characterizations of materials.
Shape Memory Alloys Research Laboratory: Equipped with a laboratory type rolling mill, temperature
dependent resistivity measurement set up, data acquisition system to capture time-temperature-strain data from
custom-built testing units and various controlled atmosphere heat treatment tube furnaces for the production
and characterization of Cu-Zn-Al, Cu-Al-Ni and TiNi shape memory alloys
Battery and Energy Storage Devices Laboratory: Equipped with a computer controlled multichannel
potentiostat/galvanostat for electrochemical characterization of energy storage materials systems and for
corrosion testing.
Metal-Hydrogen Research Laboratory: Equipped with facilities both for powder and thin film
processing of metal hydrides. The facilities include a three target DC/RF sputter deposition unit suitable for
high-throughput combinatorial studies. The laboratory is equipped with a glove-box with a gas purification
system. A Sievert type apparatus capable of testing materials up to 70 bar.
719
Laboratory for Plasma Processing of Materials: Equipped with Tekna 30 kW induction plasma
system, the laboratory is involved in the synthesis of nanopowder either as a direct modification of starting
material or via reactive synthesis from solid, liquid or gas precursors. The laboratory is also equipped with
alloy making facilities including induction melting of alloys under vacuum or pressure up to 10 bar and
facilities for grinding and milling of powders. Activities are directed for nanopowder synthesis for energy
application and surface coating
Surface Sciences Research Laboratory: Equipped with 3 vacuum coating units (a CVD unit, a thermal
evaporator and a sputter coater) and chemical synthesis equipment (a spin coater, 3 hot plate/magnetic stirrers,
an ultrasonic cleaner, a pH meter and a precision balance, microwave oven, homogenizator, a rotating
evaporator) for thin film preparation and nano-particle production, a muffle furnace, three electronically
controlled furnaces (a high temperature tube furnace, a standard chamber furnace and a low temperature oven)
and various measurement units and recorders (including a superconductivity measurement apparatus and a
nitrogen cryostat, and a ferroelectric tester) for the characterization of electrical properties.
Polymers and Nanocomposites Laboratory: Equipped with laboratory size twin-screw extruder for
compounding, laboratory size injection and compression molding devices for shaping, together with various
lab-scale chemical processing equipment such as mechanical and magnetic stirrers, ultrasonic bath and
homogenizer, hot plates, precision balances, curing and drying ovens, oil and water baths, pH meter, etc.
Electromagnetic Materials Laboratory (EML): The laboratory is equipped with powder preparation
and classification units such as ball mills and vibratory sieves. Powder compaction units such as uniaxial and
biaxial hydraulic presses of varying tonnage as well as a cold isostatic pressing (CIP) unit are also included.
Furthermore, a laboratory type hot isostatic pressing (HIP) unit, an atmosphere controlled high temperature
microwave sintering furnace as well as conventional sintering furnaces of various temperature capabilities and
drying ovens are employed for processing.
Nanomaterials and Devices Laboratory : Involves the synthesis of nanomaterials and their utilization in
optoelectronic devices such as light emitting diodes, photodetectors, transistors, solar cells, supercapacitors etc.
Equipped with chemical vapor deposition (CVD) unit for the synthesis of nanowires, plasma enhanced
chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) unit for the synthesis of nanotubes, photometer and spectrometer for the
characterization of light emitting diodes, light source and integrated sphere setup for
absorption/transmission/reflection measurements, a glove box for the storage and processing of organic
materials, 2 voltage sources and a nanoamperemeter for electronic measurements and a physical vapor
deposition unit for metallization, spin coaters, pH meters, precision balance, tip/bath sonicators, hot plates,
centrifuges, drying oven, vacuum oven, high temperature furnace, ultra pure water system.
Structure and Dynamics in Metals Laboratory: involves the investigation of structural hierarchy,
dynamical evolution and selection dynamics at various length scales to develop new alloy systems with
remarkable properties. Laboratory equipped with several high and low temperature box furnaces, computer
aided thermal shock instrument (-40 to +150 C), glass sealing unit, light alloy production unit under
controlled atmosphere and several specimen preparation tools.
720
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
MATH 119 Calculus with Analytic Geometry MATH 120 Calculus for Functions of Several
(4-2)5 Variables (4-2)5
PHYS 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 PHYS 106 General Physics II (3-2)4
CHEM 111 General Chemistry I (3-2)4 CHEM 112 General Chemistry II (3-2)4
ME 105 Comp. Aided Eng.Grap (2-2)3 METE 102 Introduction to Metallurgical
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I and Materials Engineering (2-0)2
(4-0)4 ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
IS 100 Introduction to Information (4-0)4
Technologies and Applications NC
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
METE 301 Phase Equilibria (3-0)3 METE 302 Principles of Solidification (3-0)3
METE 303 Mechanical Behaviour of METE 304 Fundamentals of Mechanical
Materials (3-0)3 Shaping (3-0)3
METE 305 Transport Phenomena (3-0)3 METE 306 Chemical Metallurgy I (3-0)3
METE 307 Metallography (2-2)3 METE 308 Physical Metallurgy (3-0)3
Restricted Elective ** METE 310 Materials Characterization
Non-technical Elective (2-2)3
METE 300 Summer Practice I NC Non-technical Elective
TURK 303 Turkish I NC TURK 304 Turkish II NC
721
FOURTH YEAR
METE 401 Materials Eng. Design (3-0)3 METE 402 Materials Eng. Design II (1-4)3
METE 403 Phase Transformations (3-0)3 Technical Elective
METE 407 Chemical Metallurgy II (3-0)3 Technical Elective
METE 451 Ceramic Materials (3-0)3 Technical Elective
Technical Elective Technical Elective
Technical Elective Free Elective
METE 400 Summer Practice II NC
Restricted Elective** One of the following courses: CHEM 220, CHEM 229, CHEM 468
The Metallurgical and Materials Engineering undergraduate program was accredited by the Engineering
Accreditation Commission of ABET, http://www.abet.org (in 1996, 2004 and 2009).
The program consists of all courses in the undergraduate curriculum. The equivalency of the courses will be
determined by the Department.
Materials are critical to all fields of engineering since design is often constrained by their limited availability.
Furthermore, innovations in materials may lead to new design criteria and result in emergence of new products.
Thus, most programs within the Faculty of Engineering involve one or two courses on Materials Science and
Engineering. The metals and their alloys constitute still the most widely used family of engineering materials.
The current program addresses students who want to further develop their understanding of engineering metals
and alloys. Courses offered in this program emphasize the structure-property relationships as well as factors
that affect the materials behavior in service.
Compulsory Courses
METE 201 Materials Science I* (3-0)3
METE 202 Materials Science II** (3-0)3
METE 307 Metallography (2-2)3
METE 303 Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3-0)3
The current program addresses students who want to further develop their understanding of ceramic materials.
Compulsory Courses
METE 201 Materials Science I* (3-0)3
METE 202 Materials Science II** (3-0)3
METE 301 Phase Equilibria (3-0)3
METE 451 Ceramic Materials (3-0)3
723
METE 204 Thermodynamics of METE 227 Basic Concepts in Materials
Materials II (3-0)3 Science (3-0)3
Reaction equilibria between condensed materials Introduction and classification of materials; Atomic
and a gaseous phase, Oxidation of metals and bonding in solids; the structure of crystalline solids;
Ellingham diagram, Solution thermodynamics, diffusion and rate equation; mechanical properties
partial and integral molar quantities, Gibbs-Duhem of metals; failure; physical properties of materials;
equation, relative partial and relative integral molar electrical, thermal and magnetic properties.
quantities. Microscopic examination of solutions, Corrosion and degradation of materials.
ideal non-ideal solutions, excess properties. Gibbs-
Duhem integration. Applications to materials METE 228 Engineering Materials (3-0)3
systems. Reaction equilibria in solutions. Designation of materials; phase and phase diagrams;
Prerequisite: METE 203. iron-carbon system; phase transformations; thermal
processing of metallic materials; metal alloys;
structure and properties of ceramic, polymeric and
METE 206 Materials Laboratory (1-2)2 composite materials; material selection.
Mechanical testing; tensile testing, impact testing Prerequisite: METE 227 or consent of the
and hardness. Heat treatment and microstructures; department.
annealing, quenching normalizing and hardening of
steel. Crystallography and X-ray diffraction; phase METE 230 Fundamentals of Materials
identification. Temperature measurement. Science and Engineering (3-0)3
Calorimetry. Physical property measurement. Introduction and classification of materials;
Prerequisite: METE 201. structure of metals, ceramics and polymers,
imperfections; diffusion; phase diagrams and
METE 208 Chemical Principles of microstructure; materials properties: mechanical,
Material Production (3-0)3 electrical, magnetic, optical and chemical;
Examples of common unit operations and unit composite materials.
processes in extractive metallurgy. Stoichiometric
principles, charge calculations, and material METE 300 Summer Practice I NC
balances. Heat balance; choice of reactions, Summer practice of at least 21 working days
application of thermochemical principles. Examples preferably carried out in a plant that will involve
of material and heat balances from selected processing of materials in an integrated manner.
processes. Report prepared at the end of summer practice
should reflect both the practical experience and the
knowledge gained in the second year courses.
METE 215 Materials Processing Laboratory
(1-2)2 METE 301 Phase Equilibria (3-0)3
Laboratory experiments and data analysis in Phase diagrams of materials systems. Geometric
materials processing. Particle size reduction and relationship and thermodynamic fundamentals.
analysis, fabrication of ceramics by pressing and Phase relations in unary systems, binary
firing, sol-gel processing of ceramics, polymer isomorphous systems, and binary systems
compounding and shaping, roasting of a sulfide containing invariant reactions. Ternary systems;
concentrate, leaching and electrowinning, projections of liquidus and solidus surfaces,
solidification of materials and mechanical shaping Alkemade lines, compatibility relations, ternary
of materials. invariant reactions, paths of equilibrium
crystallization, isothermal and vertical sections.
Applications.
METE 225 Engineering Materials (3-0)3 Prerequisite METE 202 and METE 204.
The role of materials. Products and materials.
Classification of materials. Materials properties. METE 302 Principles of Solidification
Extraction of metals: an atomic view of solids. The (3-0)3
structure of perfect and imperfect solids. Liquids and Solids. Solidification of pure metals.
Mechanical properties of materials. Heat treatments Homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation.
of ferrous and nonferrous alloys. Mechanical Solidification of alloys, undercooling, solidification
properties for processing and use: achieving of eutectics. Constitutional undercooling. Growth in
strength for service, ductility for processing. pure metal and alloys. Distribution coefficient.
Chemical properties for processing and use: Macrostructure development. Classification of
Environmental degradation. alloys according to their freezing range. Centerline
feeding resistance. The rate of solidification, heat
724
transfer in solidification. Segregation, single crystal METE 308 Physical Metallurgy (3-0)3
growth, zone refining, rapid solidification. Alloy theory: primary solid solutions Intermediate
phases, stability of alloys, ordering. Kinetic theory.
METE 303 Mechanical Behavior of Interfaces: classification, geometry and energy of
Materials (3-0)3 interfaces, grain boundary segregation, Mobility of
Micromechanics of deformation, slip, dislocations. interfaces. Normal grain growth. Homogeneous and
Strengthening mechanisms: solid solution heterogeneous nucleation. Recovery and
strengthening, particle strengthening, grain size recrystallization.
strengthening, fiber strengthening. work hardening. Prerequisite: METE 202 and METE 204.
Mechanical behavior at elevated temperatures.
Micromechanics of fracture: brittle fracture, void METE 310 Materials Characterization
initiation, growth and coalescence. Ductile-brittle (2-2)3
transition temperature. Fatigue. Toughening Properties of X-rays and electron beams.
mechanisms in materials. Mechanical behavior of Spectroscopy. Fundamentals of crystallography.
composites. Diffraction, direction of diffracted beam; diffraction
Prerequisite METE 202 under non-ideal conditions, crystal structure
determination. Intensities of diffracted beam.
METE 304 Fundamentals of Mechanical Precise parameter measurement. Phase diagram
Shaping (3-0)3 determination. Order-disorder transitions.
Macroscopic plasticity of engineering materials; Characterization of amorphous materials. Design of
yield criteria, plastic stress-strain relations, strain material characterization procedures.
instability, strain rate and temperature. Plasticity
analysis, ideal work, slab analysis, upper-bound METE 388 Material Research I (0-2)1
analysis, slip line field theory, finite element A research activity of one term duration on selected
analysis. Formability, workability, deformation topics in material science and engineering. The
processing of multiphase materials, control of course aims to develop skills of performing basic
microstructure through deformation processing. experiments, reviewing the relevant literature and
Prerequisite: ES 223. report writing.
METE 305 Transport Phenomena (3-0)3 METE 400 Summer Practice II (Non-credit)
Fluid flow; energy balances, friction, types of flow, Summer practice of at least 21 working days carried
flow measurements. Heat transfer; conduction, out in an establishment suitable with option courses
convection, radiation. Mass transfer; homogeneous followed in the third year. A comprehensive report
kinetics, diffusion, heterogeneous reactions, is required which will combine the knowledge
nucleation and bubble formation, metastable gained in the third year courses with the practical
products. experience gained by the student.
METE 411 Chemical Metallurgy of Steel METE 418 Unit Operations and
(3-0)3 Pretreatment Processes (3-0)3
Introduction to iron and steelmaking processes. Drying; principles of drying equipment.
Blast furnace and its description. Reduction of iron Calcination; principles of calcination, calcination
oxides, bosh and hearth reactions, slag formation. furnaces. Roasting; thermochemistry, types of
Blast furnace operating practice, treatment of hot roasting, roasting furnaces and product control.
metal. Steelmaking; description of steelmaking Agglomeration processes; sintering, pelletizing,
processes, oxidation reactions, S, P, N, H in nodulizing, and briquetting. Theory of sintering and
steelmaking. Alloy steelmaking. Deoxidation. Ladle pelletizing. Description of industrial agglomeration
metallurgy. processes. Solid state reduction processes; direct
and indirect reduction.
METE 412 Chemical Metallurgy of
Non-ferrous Metals (3-0)3 METE 421 Glass Science and Technology
General principles of the extraction and refining of (3-0)3
non-ferrous metals. Copper: concentration, roasting Structure of glass. Glass formation. Nucleation and
and smelting of copper ores. Converting and crystallization in glasses. Oxide and chalcogenide
refining of copper. Zinc: concentration, roasting, glasses. Glasses for various applications. Viscosity
sintering and smelting of zinc ores. Leaching and of glasses. Glass melting. Principles of glass
electrolysis of zinc. Lead: sintering, blast furnace working. Forming processes in glass technology.
smelting and refining. Aluminum: ores, Stresses and stress relaxation in glass; annealing and
tempering. Corrosion and weathering of glasses
726
strengthening of glasses. Optical and elastic METE 434 Principles of Ceramic
properties of glasses. Glass defects. Processing (3-0)3
Characterization of ceramic powders; size, surface
METE 422 Structural Ceramics and area, density and porosimetry. Particle size and
Ceramic Composites (3-0)3 distribution, particle statistics. Particle packing.
Importance of structural ceramic materials. Methods of ceramic powder synthesis. Surface
Constituent materials; oxides, non-oxides, fibers, chemistry and rheology. Powder forming
whiskers. Forming of structural ceramics; slurry, techniques; additives, pressing, slip casting,
plastic forming and pressing techniques. Composite extrusion, injection molding. Densification of
fabrication and processing. Transformation powder compacts; theory and practice of sintering
toughened ceramics. Glass-ceramics. Non-oxide processes, solid state sintering, liquid phase
ceramics; carbides, nitrides, brides, etc. sintering, pressure sintering.
METE 433 Materials for Organic Electronics METE 440 Total Quality Management in
(3-0)3 Metallurgical Industries (3-0)3
Fundamentals of organic semiconductors and their Introduction to quality, quality assurance,
applications in electronic and photonics devices. fundamentals of statistics, control charts for
Materials, manufacturing issues and applications in variables, fundamentals of probability, control
organic field effect transistors (OFETs), light charts for attributes, reliability, quality costs,
emitting diodes (OLEDs), photovoltaic devices product liability.
(OPVs), memory devices and smart windows.
727
METE 441 Melting and Casting (3-0)3 processes; electrowinning, electrorefining and
Foundry sands, green sand concept, quartz-clay electrodissolution, Fused salt electrolysis of
interface, clay-clay interface, Quartz-clay-water aluminum and magnesium.
interface. Moulding mixtures, additives core
concept; oil bonded cores. CO2 process, cold METE 450 Materials Selection and
setting, core making. Casting processes; sand Design (2-4)4
casting, die casting, centrifugal casting, investment Introduction to design process: The steps of design,
casting, other processes. Melting methods, melting Examples of conventional and fracture-based
furnaces. Melting of cast iron in cupola. Non- design. Decision making Optimization. Material
ferrous industrial alloys; Al-alloy Cu-alloy, other selection and design. Evaluation methods for
non-ferrous alloys. Steel casting processes. materials selection. Special Topics in materials
selection and design: Failure analysis as a tool of
METE 442 Energy Storage Devices (3-0)3 materials selection. Term project in which the
Fundamentals of electrochemistry, electrochemical proper engineering design approach is the prime
thermodynamics and transport. Energy storage and requirement.
conversion devices such as primary and secondary
batteries, fuel cells and solar cells. Principles of METE 451 Ceramic Materials (3-0)3
their operation, design concepts and materials Classification of ceramic products with respect to
considerations. Advances in secondary lithium their functions. Classical and modern Ceramics.
batteries, cathode and anode materials, and Methods of ceramic production: Natural and
hydrogen storage materials. synthetic raw materials, shaping methods, drying
METE 443 Computer Modelling and and firing of ceramic articles. Effect of processing
Simulations in Mat. Sci. Eng. on the development of microstructures and
(3-0)3 properties. Examples of ceramics selected from the
Phenomenological computational modeling and major groups of triaxial whitewares, electrical
simulation techniques in materials science and ceramics, magnetic ceramics, refractories, cements
engineering. Mathematical and physical basis of and mortars, abrasives, glasses and glass ceramics.
modeling, methodology: definition of the physical
problem, defining input and outputs, construction of
METE 455 Electrical, Magnetic and
the model, computer implementation, validation and
Optical Properties of Materials
visualization. Application of the methodology for
(3-0)3
materials behavior and processesing problems like
Electron energy levels and bands. Free electron
creep, fatigue, phase transformations, sintering,
theory of metals. Fermi-Dirac statistics. Metals,
electrochemical reactions, welding, plastic
semiconductors, insulators. Electronic transport,
deformation, solidification, etc. Simulation methods
conduction in metals. Electrical resistivity of metals.
of materials science related phenomena like
Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors.
diffraction, thermodynamics and kinetics of
Superconductors. Electrical properties of junctions.
reactions, mass and heat transfer, etc.
Techniques of making p-n junctions. Magnetic
properties of materials: diamagnetic, paramagnetic
METE 444 Electronic and Magnetic
materials, ferrites. Optical properties of materials.
Ceramics (3-0)3
Interaction of ceramic materials with METE 456 Surface Processing of Materials
electromagnetic waves. Review of charge transfer (3-0)3
and charge displacement processes. Electrical and Introduction to services and interfaces, structure and
ionic conduction in crystals and glasses. Dielectric properties of interfaces. Different coating methods.
behavior, ferroelectricity; piezoelecricity, and Surface processing techniques that involve chemical
magnetic properties of ceramics. Effects of and physical changes; special surface treatment
processing parameters on microstructure and techniques. Surface processing selection and
properties. Examples on the manufacture of ceramic controlling surface quality.
resistors, conductors, thermistors, capacitors,
piezoelectrics, and magnets. METE 458 Physical Modeling of
METE 445 Electrometallurgy (3-0)3 Crystalline Structures (3-0)3
Electrochemical principles. Standard electrode Interatomic interactions in metals and alloys:
potentials. Reference electrodes. Galvanic Cells. phenomenological theory; quantum-mechanical
Thermodynamics of oxidation-reduction processes, model. Energy of crystal structure: nearly-free
Nernst equation. eH-pH diagrams. Overvoltage. electron model (NFE); orthogonalized plane wave
Applications of electrochemical theory to industrial method (OPW); pseudo potential method (PP);
728
Green function theory (GF); density functional METE 468 Welding Metallurgy (2-2)3
theory (DFT). Application of these methods for the Joints and welds, manual arc welding, electrodes
analysis such as crystal structure energy, phase and techniques. Gas welding and cutting, plasma arc
stability, ordering processes, grain boundary energy, and other cutting processes. Arc welding
etc. metallurgy. Testing and inspection. Welding of
alloy and carbon steels. Welding of cast iron.
METE 460 Engineering with Polymers Welding of non ferrous metals. Equipment and
(3-0)3 technique for TIG welding. Weld defects. Weld
Review of engineering polymers and their distortions.
processes. Effects of compounding, reinforcing and
processing on the behavior of engineering polymer METE 470 Composite Materials (3-0)3
components. Materials selection and design for Principles of composites and composite
strength, stiffness, toughness, resistance to fatigue, reinforcement. Fiber reinforced composites.
creep, hostile environments and wear. Advantages Laminated composites. Role of fiber, matrix and
and deficiencies compared with metallic alloys. fiber-matrix interface in composite behavior.
Continuous and discontinuous fiber strengthening.
METE 462 Residual Stresses in Materials Calculation of thermoelastic properties and strength.
Processing (3-0)3 Tensile and compressive behavior. Fracture
Residual stresses. Their origin depending on the behavior and toughness. Corrosion and degradation
industrial processes. Measurement and evaluation. of composites. Mechanical testing. Applications of
Effect of residual stresses on design, service composite materials.
performance and failure of components.
METE 472 Corrosion and Oxidation of
METE 464 Heat Treatment of Materials Metals (3-0)3
(2-2)3 Electrochemical principles of corrosion; review of
Property changes due to heat treatment. Iron-carbon thermodynamic approach as related to corrosion
system. Austenitizing transformation of austenite, I- tendency, polarization and its application to
T and C-T diagrams, annealing, normalizing, corrosion rates. Passivity. Types of corrosion
hardening, critical cooling rate. Actual cooling rate, damage. Corrosion in various environments.
quenching media, size and mass effect. Principles of corrosion control: design; material
Hardenability and applications of hardenability data. selection, surface coatings, treatment of
Tempering. Secondary hardening, temper environment, anodic and cathodic protection.
embrittlement, austempering. Case hardening. Oxidation and tarnish of metals.
Residual stresses, martempering.
METE 474 Failure Analysis (3-0)3
METE 466 Powder Metallurgy (3-0)3 Objectives of failure analysis. General procedure of
Principles of the P/M process. Powder a failure investigation: Collection of background
characterization, properties of metal powders and data, preliminary examination, nondestructive
their testing. Methods of metal powder production. testing, destructive testing. Macro and micro
Precompaction powder handling. Compaction inspection of fracture surfaces: Metallographic and
processes. Densification mechanisms. Sintering fragtopraphic analyses, chemical analyses.
theory. Liquid phase and activated sintering. Determination of fracture type. Application of
Sintering atmospheres and furnaces. Full density fracture mechanics. Case studies that demonstrate
processing. Finishing operations. Compact various types of component failures and the
characterization. preventive measures .
729
METE 477 Testing and Evaluation of METE 481 Special Topics in Metallurgical
Engineering Materials (2-2)3 Engineering (3-0)3
Introduction to testing of engineering materials, data This code number will be used for technical elective
collection and evaluation. Load and strain course which is not listed regularly in the catalog.
measurements. Calibration of equipment. Hardness The course content will be announced before the
measurement. Testing under static tension, semester commences.
compression, torsion and bending. Fatigue, impact
and fracture toughness testing. Testing for high and METE 482 Special Topics in Materials
low temperature behavior. Stress corrosion cracking Science and Engineering
testing. Fractographic analyses. Examples of testing (3-0)3
for conformance to product specification. This code number will be used for technical elective
course which is not listed regularly in the catalog.
METE 478 Nondestructive Evaluation of The course content will be announced before the
Materials (2-2)3 semester commences.
General description of most common NDT
methods. NDT detection of metallurgical properties METE 483 Special Topics in Ceramic
of metals their composition and size differences, Engineering (3-0)3
Application of nondestructive evaluation for This code number will be used for technical elective
metallurgical processes and products. NDT course which is not listed regularly in the catalog.
detection in service produced defects mainly caused The course content will be announced before the
by thermal shock, fatigue, creep, or by corrosion semester commences.
attack.
METE 488 Material Research II (1-2)2
METE 480 Electron Microscopy in Materials A research activity of one term duration on selected
Science (2-2)3 topics in material science and engineering. The
History of electron microscope, optical column and course involves a systematic experimental program
detection systems, concepts of signal and noise, structured for a clearly defined objective and report
resolution, depth of field, elastic and inelastic writing.
scattering, X-ray production, secondary electrons, Prerequisite: METE 388
back-scattered electrons, Auger electrons, contrast
mechanisms, electron back-scattered diffraction, X- METE 490 Graduation Project (0-2)NC
ray spectroscopy, miscellaneous scanning electron This is a one term short research project to give
microscopy techniques, pseudo-coloring and image practical experience of engineering processes.
analyses.
730
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
GRADUATE PROGRAMS: For the degree of Master of Science in Metallurgical and Materials
Engineering, the students are required to take a minimum of seven courses apart from a Master's thesis. For the
Ph.D. degree an additional seven courses and a Ph.D. thesis should be successfully completed. The Master's
program involves 3 compulsory courses and a seminar. Remaining courses are restricted electives which are
taken by the student in close cooperation with their advisors. These restricted electives permit the student to
specialize in their respective fields in an orderly manner.
Graduate study in the Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering is designed to present
the student with the systematic development of the fundamental scientific and engineering principles
underlying materials phenomena and process operations.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (M.S.): Upon graduation, alumni of the METU Metallurgical and
Materials Engineering Masters program:
can reach the general and specific knowledge/information, can analyze, crystalize and implement these in
conducting scientific research in the field.
have compressive knowledge on the up-to-date engineering practices and methods and their limitations.
are equipped with the analytical characterization knowledge required in realizing
observational/experimental work-based research activities in the field.
can clearly define and formulate problems related to the field, and develop exceptional and novel
procedures to solve such problems.
can develop new and/or original ideas and methods; design complex systems or processes and invent
novel/alternative solutions in his designs.
can work effectively as a member of a team in his own field or interdisciplinary groups, he can be the
leader in such formations and offer solutions in intricate cases; can also work independently and take
responsibility.
can communicate well in spoken and written English effectively.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (Ph.D.): Upon graduation, alumni of the METU Metallurgical and
Materials Engineering Doctorate program:
can clearly define scientific and/or technical problems/issues in metallurgical and materials engineering
field; develops novel and systematic research methods and procedures in resolving these.
develop new and/or original ideas and methods for developing advanced engineering materials; design
complex systems or processes and invent novel/alternative solutions in his designs.
have compressive knowledge on the up-to-date engineering practices and methodsand their limitations.
have the ability and proficiency in following the up-to-date scientific literature in metallurgical and
materials engineering field.
are aware of interdisciplinary nature of metallurgical and materials engineering, and can develop basic
and/or applied research projects with such characteristics and be the leaders in such groups.
are equipped with the analytical characterization knowledge required in realizing
observational/experimental work-based research activities in the field.
731
are effective and successful in translating knowledge and educating new researchers, technical staff and
engineers.
can communicate well in spoken and written English effectively.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
GRADUATE COURSES
732
METE 524 Texture and Anisotropy in METE 541 Point Defects in Solids (3-0)3
Metallic Materials (3-0)3 METE 542 Advanced Structural
METE 525 Extractive Metallurgy of Ceramics (2-2)3
Copper (3-0)3 METE 543 Science and Technology of
METE 526 Advanced Deformation Ceramic Powder Synthesis
Processing (3-0)3 (2-2)3
METE 527 Advanced Chemical METE 544 Properties of Glasses (3-0)3
Metallurgy (3-0)3 METE 545 Atomistic Modelling of
METE 528 Computer Applications in Materials (2-2)3
Materials Science (2-2)3 METE 546 Nanostructured Materials
METE 529 High Strength Alloys (3-0)3 (3-0)3
METE 530 Ladle Metallurgy (3-0)3 METE 550 Solar Cells (3-0)3
METE 532 Selection of Materials METE 555 Processing and Properties
Against Corrosion and Of Nanocomposites (3-0)3
Oxidation (3-0)3 METE 560 Polymer Nanocomposites
METE 534 Phase Transformations in (3-0)3
Metallic Systems (3-0)3 METE 565 Structure of Materials (3-0)3
METE 535 Transmission Electron METE 580 Prethesis Seminar (0-2)NC
Microscopy (2-2)3 METE 590 Seminar (0-2)NC
METE 536 Cement Plant Refractories METE 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
(3-0)3 METE 7XX Special Topics in
METE 538 Advanced Solidification Metallurgical and Materials
(3-0)3 Engineering (3-0)3 or (2-2)3
METE 539 Near Net Shape Processing METE 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
(3-0)3 METE 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
METE 540 Phase Stability in Alloys (2-2)3
733
precipitation processes in liquids and solids, vacuum reduction techniques; Detailed explanation
deformation. of ferro- chromium, manganese titanium, vanadium,
tungsten and molybdenum production; Halide
METE 507 Advanced Crystallography and metallurgy; Production of volatile metals especially
Diffraction (2-2)3 zinc and magnesium.
Advanced theory of diffraction. Matrix operations
and their application to crystallography. Symmetry, METE 517 Gas Metal Reactions (3-0)3
space groups structure analysis, imperfect lattices, Theory of reaction rates. Dissolution of gases in
strain and texture. Diffraction in non-crystalline metals. Oxidation, sulphidation. Carburizing,
materials. decarburizing, nitriding, denitriding reactions.
Determination of the reaction rates under different
METE 508 Advanced Optical Techniques conditions. Stability of precipitates. The growth
(2-2)3 kinetics of precipitates and its dependence on
Electron microscopy, electron microanalysis, environment.
electron and neutron diffraction (Theory and
Application). Advanced techniques of spectroscopy METE 518 Physical Chemistry in Process
(I.R., Raman, Atomic Absorption, Mssbauer etc.) Metallurgy (3-0)3
Advanced treatment of important metallurgical
METE 509 Physics of Materials I (3-0)3 systems and processes. Structure and properties of
Theoretical basis of structure and properties of liquid metals, alloys, mattes, and slags. Equilibrium
materials, quantum mechanical theory of bonding, and kinetic considerations in smelting and refining
quantum mechanical theory of metals and alloys processes. Chemical and electrochemical
(Free Electron Theory, Band Theory). interactions between melts, between melts and gases
and between melts and refractories.
METE 510 Physics of Materials II (3-0)3 Prerequisite: METE 501
Electrical properties of insulators and
semiconductors, optical properties of insulators and METE 520 Process Analysis in
semiconductors. Magnetism (Quantum Mechanical Metallurgical Reaction
Theory, Ferromagnetism, Domains, Anisotropy, Systems (3-0)3
Magnetostriction), Magnetic resonance techniques. Equilibrium stages, calculations for staged
operation. Continuous flow system. Similarity,
METE 511 Advanced Powder Metallurgy modeling of reaction systems like copper smelting,
(3-0)3 iron ore reduction, steelmaking. Heat and mass
Special topics in P/M. Tool and bearing materials, transfer applications to packed and fluidized beds,
sintered friction materials. Electrical and magnetic sintering, reduction and smelting.
materials. Nuclear application of P/M. Refractory
materials. Laboratory experiments on model powder METE 521 Advanced Foundry
production, their testing and characterization; Technology (3-0)3
Mixing, compaction and sintering. Mathematical analysis of solidification. Heat
transfer problem in ingot casting. Continuous
METE 512 Advanced Ceramic casting process. Refined melting techniques.
Engineering (3-0)3 Metallurgy and casting of corrosion resistant and
Structure of ceramic materials. Characterization of heat resistant alloys and special steels.
particulate systems. Analysis of ceramic forming
methods. Mechanisms and kinetics of densification METE 522 Bioceramics (3-0)3
(sintering). Property development through process Synthesis, processing and characterization of
and structure control. ceramics and ceramic-based systems for
applications in biomedical use. Calcium phosphate
METE 515 Composite Materials (3-0)3 chemistry, calcium phosphate cements, sol-gel
Principles of composites and composite chemistry, glass formation, glass-ceramics and
reinforcement. Micro-mechanics and fracture bioglass. Bioinert ceramics, alumina, zirconia,
behaviour of composites. Static and time dependent carbon-based coatings. Selected applications of
behaviour of Composites. bioceramics in medical use.
METE 516 Production of Ferroalloys (3-0)3 METE 523 Molten Salt Electrolysis (3-0)3
Production of ferro-alloys by carbothermic Physicochemical properties of melts; structure of
reduction, with special emphasis on ferro silicon; melts. Thermodynamics of molten salt mixtures;
Production of ferro alloys by metallothermic and activity models, melts with common ion, complex
734
formation, reciprocal salt systems. Galvanic METE 528 Computer Applications in
concentration cells, membrane potential. Materials Science (2-2)3
Electrolysis in molten salts, Faraday's law, metal The numerical methods of solving engineering
solubility, current efficiency, electrode kinetics. problems. Determinants, matrices, and linear
Industrial applications; Hall-Heroult process, simultaneous equations, and their evaluations by
magnesium electrolysis. FORTRAN program. Roots of polynomial and
algebraic equations, Lagrange's interpolation
METE 524 Texture and Anisotropy in formula, method of Least Squares. Numerical
Metallic Materials (3-0)3 Solutions of ordinary differential equations. Some
Texture, grain shape anisotropy, mechanical examples from mechanical vibrations, dislocation
fibering. Description of texture; ideal indices, dynamics, mass transport.
polefigures, orientation distribution functions.
Experimental determination of texture. Texture METE 529 High-Strength Alloys (3-0)3
development; castings, deformation, Review of strengthening mechanisms. Particle
recrystallization transformation textures. Texture hardened engineering materials; Microstructure and
and properties; elastic and plastic anisotropy, microstructural control. Mechanical behaviour of
magnetic anisotropy. Texture control in steel (deep P.H. alloys yielding and work hardening behaviour,
drawing) and in aluminum sheets, grain oriented fracture. Re-evaluation of P.H. engineering alloys.
silicon iron.
METE 530 Ladle Metallurgy (3-0)3
METE 525 Extractive Metallurgy of Review of basic chemistry of steelmaking. Scope
Copper (3-0)3 and advantages of ladle metallurgy.
Comminution and concentration of copper ores; Thermodynamic and kinetic aspects of deoxidation.
Roasting of copper concentrates; Physical chemistry Formation and removal of deoxidation products.
of copper smelting; Matte smelting, converting of Reoxidation. Desulfurization and sulfide inclusions
copper matter and copper losses in slags; in steel. Oxide and sulfide inclusion shape control.
Continuous production of blister copper: Single-step Degassing of steel. Stirring and injection processes.
and multi-step processes; Hydrometallurgical Ladle furnaces and processes.
extraction of copper; Electrolytic refining and
electrowinning of copper. METE 532 Selection of Materials Against
Corrosion and Oxidation (3-0)3
Principles that apply to the selection of materials
METE 526 Advanced Deformation against corrosion. Alloying for corrosion resistance:
Processing (3-0)3 Economic considerations in materials selection.
Metalworking processes; equilibrium, slip-line, Design principles for component and structures with
upperbound and visioplasticity methods of analysis better corrosion resistance. Aims of corrosion
applied to forging, rolling, extrusion, drawing, sheet testing. Principles that apply to design of corrosion
forming, machining; deformation processing of testing methods. A critical review of available
powder and composite materials; material properties methods and the related standards on corrosion
and characteristics under processing conditions, testing.
flow instability, drawability, ductile fracture;
resulting properties and characteristics: structural METE 534 Phase Transformations in
size and anisotropy. Metallic Systems (3-0)3
Classification of solid state phase transformations;
Solid solutions, intermetallic phases and order-
METE 527 Advanced Chemical disorder transformations; Precipitate nucleation,
Metallurgy (3-0)3 growth, coarsening and dissolution; Spinodal
Gas-solid reactions in calcination, roasting and decomposition; Eutectoid transformations and
direct reduction. Physicochemical treatment of coarsening of lamellar structures; Ferrous and non-
liquid metal solutions and solution models. ferrous martensite transformations: stabilization,
Thermodynamic properties and property-structure thermoelasticity, reversibility, shape memory effect.
relations of slag/glass forming systems. Slag-metal, Prerequisite: Consent of the department.
slag-matte-metal reaction equilibria in high
temperature unit processes. Electrochemical METE 535 Transmission Electron
reaction in aqueous systems with applications to Microscopy (2-2)3
hydrometallurgical operations. Electron microscope: Specimen preparation.
Reciprocal lattice concept and kinematical theory of
electron diffraction. Diffraction pattern indexing
735
and evaluation of spot patterns. Geometry of METE 541 Point Defects in Solids (3-0)3
formation and applications of Kikuchi patterns. Point defects in stoichiometric crystals. Atomic
Constants and its applications in faulted crystals. mobility and diffusion. Nonstoichiometry and defect
Introduction to nonconventional techniques (lattice chemistry. Nonstoichiometric materials containing
imaging, convergent beam, stereomicroscopy, atoms of variable valence. Nonstoichiometry and
21/2D imaging). conduction in materials containing ions of variable
METE 536 Cement Plant Refractories (3-0)3 valence. The structures of nonstoichiometric phases.
Introduction to refractory technology and Prerequisite : Consent of department .
refractories used in the rotary kiln cement plant.
Major refractory systems in terms of constitutional METE 542 Advanced Structural Ceramics
members and related phase equilibria. Generalized (2-2)3
refractory families alumino-silicates, basic Bonding theories to explain elemental combinations
refractories, magnesites and dolomites, bauxite and and ceramic structures. Ceramics with the Spinel,
alumina based refractories, advanced products Perovskite, Garnet, Magnetoplumbite, Corundum,
containing zirconia and silicon carbide. Bricks, Rutile, Zircon, Diamond and Fluorite structures.
mortars, and castables. Physical, mechanical, and Establishment of structure and property relations.
thermal properties of refractories. Response of Three cases of structures containing complex ions:
refractories to their environment; interaction with Silicates, Germanates and Phosphates. A summary
solid, liquid, and gaseous neighbors. Refractory of single crystal growth processes in ceramic
erosion and corrosion, mechanisms of thermal materials.
degradation.
METE 543 Science and Technology of
METE 538 Advanced Solidification (3-0)3 Ceramic Powder Synthesis
Atom transfer at the solid-liquid interface; (2-2)3
conditions for nucleation, rate of nucleus formation, Formation and characterization of oxide powders.
interface structure. Morphological instability of a Formation and characterization of nonoxide and
solid-liquid interface, perturbation analysis. composite powders. Powderless processing.
Solidification microstructures; cells and dendrites, Ceramic shaping processes. Colloidal dispersions,
eutectic and peritectic, diffusion coupled growth, rheology, and shaping processes. Densification and
competitive growth of dendritic and eutectic phases. microstructural design. Processing-microstructure-
Solute redistribution; mass balance in directional property relations.
solidification, microsegregation. Rapid
solidification processing; general characteristics, METE 544 Properties of Glasses (3-0)3
production methods, microstructural effects. Composition-structure-property relations in glasses.
Chemical properties, Physical properties, Thermal
METE 539 Near Net Shape Processing properties, Mechanical properties, Optical
(3-0)3 properties, Electrical properties; factors affecting
The methods for manufacturing small section these properties. Engineering the factors for specific
products such as strip, fibre, flake, wire directly glass applications. Testing of glassware.
from molten metal. Spray rolling, the Taylor wire Prerequisite: Consent of the department.
process, melt spinning, melt overflow, melt drag,
melt extraction, double roll quenching, thin slab METE 545 Atomistic Computer Modelling of
casting (belt drive) and laser glaze process. Mass Materials (2-2)3
and heat flow analysis. Alloy design, dimensional Theory and application of atomistic computer
control. Alloy parameters such as melt delivery simulation methods to model, understand, and
speed, viscosity and surface tension. predict the properties of materials and simulate
materials behaviour. Introduction to energy
models, from emprical potentials to first-principles
METE 540 Phase Stability in Alloys (2-2)3 techniques. Deterministic, stochastic and static
Theoretical basis of structure of solid solutions; approaches for atomistic modelling; Molecular
Quasi-chemical statistico-thermo dynamical and Dynamics (MD), Monte Carlo (MC) and energy
quantum mechanical theory of interatomic minimization methods. Application of these
interactions in metals and alloys; theory of crystal- methods to understand, phase transformations,
structure stability; Energy of phase boundaries; stability, phase diagram determination, atomic
Ordered phases, their structure and existence transport, order-disorder, defects, interfaces and
conditions; Interatomic interaction in the fiber surfaces.
reinforced metal matrix composites.
736
METE 546 Nanostructured Materials (3-0)3 theory, point groups, space groups, reciprocal
Introduction to nanometer scale materials; visions in lattice; nature and properties of powder diffraction,
nanoscience and engineering. Different techniques source of radiation(X-ray, neutron, and electron),
of synthesis for nanostructured materials; Synthesis powder diffraction data collection; crystal structure
of nanoparticles, nanotubes/nanowires, nanoscale solution and refinement from powder diffraction
films and bulk nanoscale materials. Characterization data, Rietveld refinement; diffuse scattering, pair
of nanostructured materials by electron microscopy, distribution function.
x-ray diffraction and spectroscopical techniques.
Properties of nanostructured materials. METE 580 Prethesis Seminar (0-2)NC
Students are required to give a seminar on their
METE 550 Solar Cells (3-0)3 thesis subject and participate in the discussions of
Fundamentals of solar cells. Properties of sunlight, seminars given by others. The seminar should cover
interaction of light with matter. Introduction to such aspects as; aim of the study, a comprehensive
semiconductors for solar cell applications, literature review and work plan to achive the aim.
fabrication routes and working principles. Theory of
conventional pn junction and excitonic solar cells. METE 590 Seminar (0-2)NC
Material issues and effect of nanostructures in Each graduate student is required to present
silicon based, thin film, tandem, dye-sensitized and objective and scope of his/her thesis subject, and
organic solar cells, including emerging solar cell actively participate in the discussions of other
concepts such as intermediate band and bio-inspired students presentations. In addition, presentation of
solar cells. topics of general interest in materials and
metallurgical engineering and related fields will be
METE 555 Processing and Properties of given by staff members and invited speakers.
Nanocomposites (3-0)3
Basic concepts in composite materials science. METE 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
Fundamentals of nanomaterials and Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree,
nanocomposites. Ceramic matrix nanocomposites. arranged between student and a faculty member.
Metal matrix nanocomposites. Polymer Students register to this course in all semesters
nanocomposites. Processing of nanocomposite starting from the beginning of their first semester
materials. Effect of interface on the properties of while the research program or write-up of thesis is
nanocomposites. Nanocomposites for surface in progress.
applications. Application-specific nanocomposites.
Natural nanocomposites. Biomimetic and bio- METE 7XX Special Topics in
inspired nanocomposites. Metallurgical and Materials
Engineering (3-0)3 or (2-2)3
METE 560 Polymer Nanocomposites (3-0)3 Courses not listed in catalogue. Contents vary from
Definition of polymer nanocomposites. Comparison year to year according to interest of students and
with micro-and macro-scale polymer composites. instructor in charge. Typical contents include
Types of polymeric matrix materials and nano- Recent Advances in Materials Science, Topics in
particulates used. Importance of interface between Chemical Metallurgy, Developments in Ceramic
matrix and nano-phase. Problems and difficulties in Materials, etc.
the production methods of polymer nanocomposites.
Characterization and testing of polymer METE 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
nanocomposites. Mechanical behavior, thermal M.S. students choose and study a topic under the
response, flame retardancy, chemical resistance, and guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
electrical-magnetic-optical properties of polymer advisor.
nanocomposites. Applications and future trends of
polymer nanocomposites. METE 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
Graduate students as a group or a Ph.D. student
METE 565 Structure of Materials (3-0)3 choose and study advanced topics under the
Concepts of short, medium, long-range order; guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
symmetry operations, symmetry elements, group supervisor.
737
DEPARTMENT OF MINING ENGINEERING
PROFESSORS
AROL, Ali hsan (Department Chair): B.S., ITU; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis.
ATALAY, M. mit: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
DZGN, H. ebnem: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
HOTEN, etin: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley.
KARPUZ, Celal: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
GENERAL INFORMATION: The Mining Engineering at the METU was established in 1960 to
promote the development of mineral resources of the country by providing training for the engineers required
by the growing mining industry. The curriculum of the four-year bachelor's program in mining engineering is
composed of sufficient parts to make the mining engineer be aware of all the facts of his/her job. The graduate
program was started in 1960. The department offers both Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy
(Ph.D.) degrees in mining engineering.
Mission Statement of the Department: The mission of the Department of Mining Engineering at the Middle
East Technical University is to provide education, carry out research, and enlighten the society pertinent to the
science and technology of mining engineering to the highest international standards so that the mankind can
benefit from non-renewable mineral resources in a safe, economical, efficient, and environmentally and
socially acceptable manner.
Vision Statement of the Department: The Department of Mining Engineering at the Middle East Technical
University is committed to being an internationally reputable institution, using cutting-edge technologies in
education and research; advancing cooperation and collaboration with national and international institutions
through student, instructor and researcher exchange programs; strengthening the graduate programs to make
the department a base for advance education; bolstering the strong ties with the mineral industry.
Program Educational Objectives: The Mining Engineering Program at METU prepares students for lifetime
careers as productive and innovative engineers adaptive to new situations and emerging problems with utmost
awareness of ethical, societal and environmental concerns so that, within three to five years after graduation,
they will:
Student Outcomes: Upon graduation, the students are expected to acquire the following knowledge, skills,
and behavior:
a. Graduates will have an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering.
738
b. Graduates will have an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data.
c. Graduates will have an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
within realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and
safety, manufacturability, and sustainability.
d. Graduates will have an ability to function as leaders or members on multidisciplinary teams as well
as to work independently.
e. Graduates will have an ability to identify, formulate, and creatively solve problems in mining
engineering practice.
f. Graduates will have an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
g. Graduates will have an ability to communicate effectively in both English and Turkish.
h. Graduates will have the broad education necessary to understand the impact of mining engineering
solutions in a global, economic, environmental, and societal context.
i. Graduates will have recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j. Graduates will have knowledge of contemporary issues related to mining engineering.
k. Graduates will have an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary
for engineering practice.
RESEARCH INTEREST AND FACILITIES: In order to surmount the mining conditions getting
more difficult, and to keep-up with the very fast advancing technology, the graduate level education provided
in the Mining Engineering Department is quite dynamic in nature. The graduate program also tends to
reinforce the cooperation between the university and industry. In this respect, the engineers working in the
industry are encouraged to attend to the graduate program. The research work that they carry out is usually
oriented towards solving some of the problems existing in their own establishments.
Mining systems-innovative extraction methods for surface and underground mining of mineral
deposits, mining equipment selection, system analysis in mining.
Rock mechanics-fundamentals of rock mechanics and their application to the design and stability of
surface and subsurface structures in rocks,
Rock penetration and fragmentation,
Mine mechanization,
Safety and health management in mining engineering, mine atmosphere, ventilation of underground
workings, dust, gas, fires, explosions and mine rescue,
Mine economics-valuation and investment analysis of mineral properties, forecasting and
econometric models of mineral markets,
Mine closure and reclamation,
Mineral processing fundamentals-comminution, agglomeration, physical and physicochemical
methods of mineral particulate separation, solid-liquid separation methods, applied surface and
colloid chemistry in mineral processing,
Mineral process engineering-mathematical modeling, computer simulation of mineral processes,
Coal cleaning,
Solution (chemical) mining,
Mine closure and reclamation, waste, tailings and effluent management.
Research facilities include the highly sophisticated computer hardware and software and the following
laboratories:
Rock Mechanics Laboratory: In the rock mechanics laboratory, which has a close area of 258 m2
in a separate building, all index and design experiments are conducted on rock material. The necessary test
equipment for preparing the sample and conducting the tests are available in the laboratory. In addition to those
laboratory test equipment, the laboratory has the necessary equipment for the determination of rock mass
739
properties such as seismic wave measurement device. The detailed information about the rock mechanics
laboratory facilities can be reached from the main page of the department.
Mine Ventilation Laboratory: Mine ventilation laboratory serves in a closed area with 99 m2 in a
separate building to meet the experimental requirements of research and teaching in underground mine
ventilation and occupational health and safety management in mining and graduate courses. The laboratory
facilities also serve for determination of fan characteristics, psychometric properties of ambient air, calibration
of air velocity measurement devices, industrial noise measurement, detection of poisonous gases and dust
amount, and pressure drop measurements. The laboratory is equipped with various ventilation instruments such
as a fan-testing apparatus with two fan units, conventional, electronic and thermal anemometers, anemometer
calibration test unit, gas and dust measurement devices, manometers, and other auxiliary equipment such as
pitot tube, altimeter, hygrometer, psychrometer, and counter microscope.
Mine Surveying Laboratory: The surveying laboratory has levels, theodolites, plane tables and a
total station for field measurements.
Mine Mechanization Laboratory: Mine Mechanization Laboratory contains cone indenter, shore
sclerescope, rock cutting set-up including planer, force dynamometer, carrier amplifier, U.V. recorder, precise
electronic balance. These equipment are used for conducting cone indenter and shore sclerescope tests to
estimate the compressive strength and the cuttability of rocks, direct cutting test to determine the cutting
specific energy.
Mineral Processing Laboratory: This laboratory is housed in two separate buildings, namely, the
mineral process unit operations building (245 m2 floor space) and the instrumental analysis building (28 m2
floor space). The laboratory serves for instruction and research. Experimental work relating to sampling,
crushing, grinding, screening, classification, gravity separation, magnetic and electrostatic separations,
flotation, filtration, agglomeration, and leaching is carried out in the unit operations laboratory. The
instrumental analysis laboratory is equipped with chemical analysis and material characterization instruments
such as wet chemical analysis equipment, atomic absorption spectrometer, XRF spectrometer, TGA/DTA,
goniometer, surface tensiometer, viscometer, BET surface area instrument, zetameter, mineralogical
microscope.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
MATH 119 Calculus with Analytic Geometry MATH 120 Calculus for Functions of
(4-2)5 Several Variables (4-2)5
PHYS 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 PHYS 106 General Physics II (3-2)4
CHEM 111 General Chemistry I (3-2)4 CHEM 112 General Chemistry II (3-2)4
ME 105 Engineering Graphics (2-2)3 MINE 102 Introduction to Mineral
ENG 101 English for Academic Industries (2-0)2
Purposes I (4-0)4 ENG 102 English for Academic
IS 100 Introduction to Information Purposes II (4-0)4
Technologies and Applications NC
740
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
Fifth Semester
Sixth Semester
ES 303 Statistical Methods for
Engineers (3-0)3 CE 374 Fluid Mechanics (3-0)3
ME 351 Thermodynamics of Heat MINE 302 Mine Power and
Power (3-0)3 Machinery (2-0)2
MINE 309 Mineral Processing I (2-2)3 MINE 310 Mineral Processing II (2-2)3
MINE 317 Introduction to Rock MINE 312 Mine Surveying (2-2)3
Mechanics (2-2)3 MINE 324 Rock Fragmentation (3-0)3
TURK 303 Turkish I NC MINE 332 Mine System Analysis (3-0)3
MINE 300 Summer Practice I NC TURK 304 Turkish II NC
Free Elective
Non-Technical Elective
FOURTH YEAR
MINE 407 Mine Valuation (2-2)3 MINE 416 Mine Design (1-4)3
MINE 417 Mine Ventilation (2-2)3 MINE 420 Mine Environment and Safety (2-
MINE 419 Materials Handling and Mine 0)2
Transport (3-0)3 MINE 430 Ethics in Engineering (1-0)1
MINE 427 Mineral Processing Design (2-2)3 Technical Elective
MINE 400 Summer Practice II NC Technical Elective
Technical Elective*
Technical Elective
The program consists of all courses in the undergraduate curriculum. The equivalency of the courses will be
determined by the consent of the department.
741
MINOR PROGRAM IN ROCK MECHANICS
In recent years, rock mechanics is widely utilized in various areas outside the mining engineering, such as
tunneling, rock foundations, dam construction, highways, deep drilling, underground storage of nuclear waste,
natural gas, underground civil and defense structures like parking areas, subway stations, sports center. The
main purpose of this program is to provide the successful and motivated students with a broad knowledge of
rock mechanics which will enable them to practice their profession in an interdisciplinary manner. The
program is composed of rock mechanics principles and its application to surface and subsurface structures in
rock.
Compulsory Courses
Use of mineral raw materials has been steadily increasing in quantity and quality since the beginning of the
industrial revolution. This increase will continue in the foreseeable future with more emphasis on the quality
because of the growing environmental concerns. This program will help the students to get an understanding of
how minerals are produced and processed. With this understanding, students of other disciplines will become
better equipped to evaluate ore deposits, to extract metals from ores, to safely dispose waste, etc.
Compulsory Courses
744
MINE 448 Life Cycle Assessment in Mining MINE 490-498 Special Topics in Mining
Engineering (3-0)3 Engineering (3-0)3
Introduction to the concept of Life Cycle These code numbers will be used for technical
Assessment (LCA) in Mining Engineering; History elective courses which are not listed regularly in the
and development of LCA methodologies and catalog. The course contents will be announced
standards; Stages of LCA analysis: goal definition, before the semester commences.
scoping, inventory assessment, impact analysis,
improvement analysis, reporting; Sources of data,
boundary selection and uncertainty; Relationship
between LCA, mining design for environment and
other environmental management tools.
Prerequisites: ES 303.
745
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
MINING ENGINEERING
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
GRADUATE COURSES
746
MINE 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC MINE 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
MINE 500 M.S. Thesis NC from leach liquors. Seminars on selected topics by
Program of research leading to M.S. degree students. (F)
arranged between student and a faculty member.
Students register to this course in all semesters MINE 510 Mineral Processing Plants of
starting from the beginning of their first semester Turkey (3-0)3
while the research program or write-up of thesis is Selected mineral processing plants in Turkey.
in progress. (F&S)* History of development, feasibility studies,
flowsheets of the plants. Field trips to the plants
MINE 501 Advanced Mining Practice I sites. Problems of industrially operated mineral
(3-0)3 processing plants. (S)
A detailed study of mining methods, rock
mechanics approaches for underground mining. MINE 513 Advanced Flotation (3-0)3
Rock failure. Rock bursts. Supports. Ground Phases in flotation. Binding, adsorption at solid and
control. Development and stope planning. (F) liquid surfaces. Electrical properties of surfaces in
relation to flotation. Classification of flotation
MINE 502 Advanced Mining Practice II reagents and their uses. Detailed information for the
(3-0)3 flotation of sulfides, oxides, silicates and non-polar
Recent developments in underground and surface minerals. (F)
mining. Mine design. Equipment selection. Mine
planning and scheduling. Case studies. (S) MINE 514 Advances in Mineral
Processing (3-0)3
MINE 505 Advanced Mine Environment Development of new methods and equipments for
(2-2)3 treatment of ores; e.g., selective flocculation and
Advanced study of network analysis techniques, flotation, progress in magnetic separation. Seminars
computer programming applications. Mine by students on selected topics in advanced treatment
ventilation planning and economics. Remote control of ores. (S)
system in mine ventilation. Sources of heat and
moisture in mines. The physiological and MINE 515 Particle Characterization (3-0)3
psychological effects of heat acclimatization, heat Discussion of the methods of particle size
stress, heat stroke etc. (F) measurements. The measurement of the surface area
of particulate assemblages. The characterization of
MINE 507 Air Conditioning and particle shape. (F)
Refrigeration (3-0)3
Study of properties of air and vapor mixtures.
Psychrometric charts. Graphical representation of MINE 516 Coal Preparation (3-0)3
psychrometric processes. Thermodynamic approach Properties of coal and impurities in relation to
to mine ventilation. The complete ventilation cycle. preparation. Sampling of coal. Coal characteristics
Refrigeration in mines. Refrigeration systems, and their relationship to utilization. Washability
cooling towers. (F) studies and evaluation of coal for different uses. The
economics of coal preparation. Raw coal handling,
breaking and crushing. Screening, wet concentration
MINE 508 Tunneling (3-0)3 methods of coarse coal. Dry concentration.
Design approaches in tunneling. Support systems. mechanical and thermal dewatering. (F)
Rock-support interactions. Excavation methods.
Portal design. Pressure tunnels in porous rocks. MINE 517 Mineral Process Engineering
Highway, mine and railroad tunnels; case histories. Analysis (3-0)3
(S) Statistical techniques for process analysis.
Development and analysis of empirical and
MINE 509 Use of Bacteria in Mineral mechanistic models of unit operations in mineral
Processing (2-2)3 processing. Material balancing. Process analysis by
Bacterial leaching. Preparation of ores, growing and computer simulation. (F)
inoculation of bacteria, leaching techniques,
parameters in bacterial leaching. Recovery of metals
747
MINE 518 Interfacial Phenomena in MINE 525 Field Measurements in Rock
Mineral Systems (3-0)3 Mechanics (2-2)3
Application of surface and colloid chemistry to In-situ strength, deformation and stress,
mineral processing systems. Surface and interfacial measurement of permeability, ground water.
tensions, thermodynamics of surfaces, adsorption Pressure instrumentation and monitoring techniques
from solution, wetting. The electrical double layer used in tunneling. Large underground excavations,
Slopes, open pits and underground mines.
and electrokinetic phenomena. Colloidal systems, measurement of accelerations due to large blasts or
van der Waals attraction, mechanisms and kinetics earthquakes. (F)
of coagulation and flocculation. (S)
MINE 526 Fundamentals of Theoretical
MINE 519 Theory of Rock Penetration Rock Mechanics (3-0)3
and Fragmentation (3-0)3 Direction cosines and stresses on discontinuity
An advanced study of the theories of rock planes from geological data. Boundary value
penetration including percussion, rotary and rotary- problems and elasticity solutions in rock mechanics.
percussion drilling and rock fragmentation Anisotropic elasticity and determination of elastic
including explosives and the theories of rock constants for discontinuous rocks. Computer
blasting practice in mines, pits and quarries. (F) applications in determining stresses and
deformations around underground openings in
MINE 520 Occurrence, Flow and discontinuous rock. (S)
Drainage of Methane (3-0)3
The origin of occurrence of methane in coal MINE 527 Rock Mechanics for Civil
measures. Theories on the retention and flow of Engineers (3-0)3
methane in porous permeable media. Internal Rock properties and constitutive behaviour.
structure of strata around working coal seams and Anisotropy and rock strength. Constitutive
the effects of mining and geological factors on behaviour of rock discontinuities. Analytical and
methane flow. Theories and methods on the numerical modeling of mechanical behaviour of
prediction of methane flow and applications of rock and discontinuities. Failure around large
methane drainage; sudden outburst of gas. (S) underground chambers and tunnels. Effects of rock
discontinuities and pore pressure. Rock foundations,
MINE 521 Chemistry of Mineral-Water stability of foundations on jointed and bedded rock.
Systems (3-0)3 (F)
A review of chemical thermodynamics. Ionic
activity coefficient. Equilibrium constants. MINE 528 Instrumental Tech. in Mineral
Hydrolysis, precipitation and dissolution in mineral Processing (2-2)3
process aqueous systems. Principles of Principles, methods and applications of several
electrochemistry construction and use of Eh-pH instruments of mineral processing. Electrophoresis,
diagrams. Aqueous corrosion. (F) goniometer, surface tensiometer, Hallimond tube,
BET apparatus, specific surface area measurements.
MINE 522 Chemical Mining (3-0)3 (S)
Theoretical and practical aspects of extracting ores
under in-situ environments regarding mining MINE 533 Advanced Theoretical Rock
economics and ore evaluation. Elements of leaching Mechanics (3-0)3
phase, including mining preparation of ores. Analysis of stress and strain. Linear elasticity.
Practical aspects of in-situ leaching. Reagents and Hollow cylinders of rock with internal and external
their regenerations and recovery of metals from pressure. Stresses around circular holes. Theory of
leach liquor. Classroom studies on specific rock stress and deformability measurements in
problems as individual or group projects. (S) boreholes. Stresses applied to the surface of a solid
cylinder. Surface loads on a semi-infinite region.
MINE 524 Design of Underground Rock Strain energy, energy release theories and rock
Structures (3-0)3 bursts; mechanics of hydraulic fracturing in rock.
Basic design concepts. Design of tunnels and large (F)
underground excavations such as underground
rooms, water treatment plants, civil defense MINE 536 Rock Mechanics
chambers, hydraulic power stations, sports and Instrumentation (2-2)3
public facilities and factories. (S) Mechanical measuring systems. Electrohydraulic
testing machine. Electronic measuring systems.
748
Mechanical and electromechanical transducers. MINE 552 Numerical Methods in Rock
Signal conditioning and readout systems. Basic, Mechanics (2-2)3
analog and digital data monitoring systems. Design Elasticity and singular solutions. Fictitious stress
and calibration of load and deformation measuring method, displacement discontinuity method, direct
devices. Design of underground measuring systems. boundary integral method. Program modules for
(S) inhomogeneous and anisotropic rocks, crack
MINE 537 Strata Control Engineering propagation in rock fragmentation, and bearing
(3-0)3 capacity analysis. Mohr-Coulomb elements and
Strata control practice and design. Evaluation of simulation of discontinuity slip and separation. (S)
rock mass behaviour in underground openings;
design of mine shafts and mine pillars, support MINE 555 Advanced Mine Safety and
design in mine roadways and longwall faces. Design Health Management (3-0)3
projects and presentations. (F) History and overview of mine health and safety;
industrial hygiene in mining; control of respirable
dust; noise; ground control issues for safety
MINE 538 Rock Slope Stability (3-0)3 professionals; mine fires and explosions; mining
Economic and planning considerations. Basic with explosives; haulage; electrical safety;
mechanics of slope failure. Geological data emergency preparedness and response; job safety
collection and graphical presentation of this data. analysis, task analysis and observation; safety
Shear strength of rock. Ground water flow, communications; incident reporting and analysis;
permeability and pressure. Plane failure. Wedge management strategy and system for education and
failure. Toppling failure. Miscellaneous topics. (S) training and engineering for health and safety in
mining. (R)
MINE 539 Stereographic Project. Meth. MINE 556 Economic Analysis for
in Rock Mech. (3-0)3 Mineral Industries (3-0)3
The principle of stereographic projection. Polar and Methods for short and long term forecasting applied
equatorial projection. Basic procedures using to mineral industries. Trend analysis. Simple
stereographic projection. Analysis of borehole data. econometric models. Exponential smoothing and
Analysis of rigid blocks by inclined stereographic input-output analysis. Case studies. (S)
projection methods. Analysis of the stability of rigid
blocks. (F) MINE 565 Mining Geostatistics (3-0)3
The theory of spatially correlated random variables
MINE 543 Monitoring and Control in and variogram functions. Minimum variance
Mining Eng. (3-0)3 unbiased estimation (kriging) to solve decision
Sensing and transducers. Development and transfer making problems in exploration, resource
functions. Microprocessor sensors-analysis, design evaluation, and production. Each student is given a
and specifications. Signal conditioning and simulated deposit and required to calculate the
processing.. Data and voice communication; process reserves and prepare a production plan using
control in mineral processing plants. Strata control geostatistics. (F)
monitoring systems. Ventilation and environmental
monitoring systems. Artificial intelligence and MINE 567 Probabilistic O.R. Models
robotics; case studies. (S) in Mining (3-0)3
Queuing theory, inventory theory, Markovian
MINE 545 Dynamic Rock Mechanics (3-0)3 decision processes, reliability, decision analysis and
Propagation of elastic waves in a medium; introduction to simulation. Application in mining.
mechanics of drilling and blasting. Determination of (F)
dynamic rock properties. Theoretical and
experimental results.(F) MINE 568 Mine Systems Simulation (3-0)3
Systems, models, and nature of simulation.
MINE 551 Introduction to O.R. Tech. for Discrete-event, continuous, combined discrete-
Mining Engineers (3-0)3 continuous, and Monte Carlo simulation. Simulation
An introduction to basic operational research languages. Simulation of inventory and single-
methodology through a survey of basic models such server queuing systems. Extension to multi-server
as linear programming. Applicability of these systems in mining. Selecting input probability
models to mining engineering problems. (F) distributions. Output data analysis. Validation. (S)
749
MINE 578 Mineral Economics (3-0)3 MINE 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
Mineral supply, mineral industry demands and Graduate students as a group or a Ph.D. student
general market equilibrium, functions and structure choose and study advanced topics under the
of the mineral industry, international trade of guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
minerals, economics of the important minerals of supervisor. (F&S)
Turkey. (S)
* F: Fall, S: Spring A: Alternate years, R: Upon
MINE 590 Graduate Seminar (0-2)NC request, WE; Wide elective.
Papers prepared and presented by graduate students
on topics of general interest in their fields. Each
paper is followed by a round table discussion
participated by students and members of faculty.
(F&S)
750
DEPARTMENT OF PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS ENGINEERING
PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
GENERAL INFORMATION: In the development of primary sources for energy, petroleum and
natural gas occupy an important place. The engineering field concerned with exploration, drilling and
production of oil and gas requires knowledge of basic sciences (physics, mathematics, chemistry and geology),
and rapidly growing technology forces engineers to become acquainted with recent subjects such as shale gas,
shale oil, gas hydrates. In the Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering Department, undergraduate education is
aimed at equipping the students with the knowledge of basic sciences as well as with the tools of rapidly
growing technology.
MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT: The mission of Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering
Department is to educate students for the practice of their profession in drilling, production and reservoir
engineering topics for underground fluid resources and, for the advancement of knowledge and technology that
form the basis of petroleum engineering as well as for finding solutions to the national, international, societal
and environmental issues related to petroleum industry.
are preferred by major national and international companies as successful Petroleum Engineers to
take part in development and production activities of underground energy sources including oil and
natural gas, geothermal, shale gas and coal gas.
reach the managerial positions in the national and international organizations where they serve
at active and policy-maker positions.
have successful academic career at Petroleum Engineering departments in the academia.
carry on successful tasks at the other sectors of the industry such as research and development,
transportation, supervising, marketing and sales.
STUDENT OUTCOMES: The following outcomes are expected to be gained by the graduates of
Middle East Technical University Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering program upon their graduation:
Having knowledge of basic mathematics and physical sciences up to the mark of professing
engineering.
Having knowledge of Petroleum Engineering up to the mark of professing any of the three main
branches of the Petroleum Engineering which are Reservoir Engineering,Production Engineering
and Drilling Engineering.
Reaching to a critical reasoning level at which s/he can apply,analyse and evaluate the basic
engineering and petroleum engineering knowledge that s/he has.
Having the sufficient knowledge for recognizing and portraying the possible problems that s/he
may face during professing and having skills of improving stratgies to handle with these problems.
751
Possessing of reaching to new information, interpretation of that information and self perpetuation
ability that is required by their ever-growing, changing job and by disciplinary and
interdsiciplinary studies in which they can be included.
Self-perpetuation by continuous learning habit upon their strong basic engineering knowledge that
they gained during their education.
Being at the professional perfection for self-working as well having an ability of working with a
team harmonazingly.
Having necessary qualifications for taking responsibility individually or as a member of a team,
guiding and collimating when a task is assigned or when needed.
Consciousness of necessity of sharing the acquired craft knowledge and experience with others and
being up to use communication methods and instruments for actively sharing that knowledge and
experience.
Regarding not only the professional marks and earnings but also the society and environment
during solving of professional problems.
Paying attention to ethical values and codes of conduct both in professional and social life.
Evaluating the encountered problems not only from engineering perspective but also from
social,environment and ethical perspectives and searching for and applying realistic solutions to
them by these criterias into account.
RESEARCH INTERESTS AND FACILITIES: Research activities in Petroleum and Natural Gas
Engineering Department may be broadly categorized as follows: rheological modeling of drilling fluids;
environmental effects of drilling and production activities; geo statistical methods, fractal mathematics and
artificial intelligence methods, underground storage of natural gas; CO2 sequestration, enhanced oil recovery
techniques; geothermal reservoir engineering; natural gas hydrates; bioremediation; scaling in geothermal
waters; reservoir modeling.
The Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering Department has the following laboratories for training and
research as well as a machine shop.
- Undergraduate Laboratories:
Rock Properties Laboratory: This laboratory is intended to familiarize students with the
fundamental properties of reservoir rock such as porosity, permeability, fluid saturation,
electrical properties and mechanical properties.
Fluid Properties Laboratory: Fluid properties such as API gravity, viscosity, surface and
interfacial tension, pH, refractive index, and vapor pressure analysis are performed in this
laboratory. Distillation of crude oil, chromatographic analysis of natural and condensates are
also studied.
Drilling Fluid Laboratory: Evaluation of the yield points of the various bentonites, filtration
properties, solids analysis, drilling fluid contamination and property changes, viscosity and
rheological properties are the main items studied in this laboratory.
Fluid Mechanics Laboratory:
- Graduate Laboratories:
PVT Laboratory: Pressure, volume, and temperature relations of field hydrocarbons can be
studied in this laboratory for graduate level research. Hydrocarbon properties such as bubble
and dew point curves, critical temperature and pressure, and viscosity as a function of
temperature or pressure are determined and flash vaporization analysis can be performed.
Thermal Characterization Laboratory: Combustion and pyrolysis behavior of various
hydrocarbons are investigated in this laboratory.
Flow Loop
Enhanced Oil Recovery Laboratory: This laboratory is equipped with linear and three-
dimensional fluid injection models for undergraduate and graduate level researches. Different
techniques of steam injection, in-situ combustion reaction kinetics and microbial EOR can be
investigated for heavy crude oils or oil shales. In addition, CO2 flooding, polymer injection,
surfactant and micellar flooding fundamentals and applications to different crude oils in
carbonate rocks are investigated.
752
Department has two computer laboratories which include over 20 personal computers connected to
the Department LAN. The students are introduced to the use of computers in their first year through Computer
Aided Engineering Graphics (ME 105) and Information Technologies (IS 100) courses, and are constantly
involved in computer oriented education and practice throughout their undergraduate study. Several
commercial softwares with their educational licenses are available.
A total of eight weeks of summer practice is obligatory to fulfill the requirements for the B.Sc. degree. The
first 4 weeks are preferred to be in drilling operations after the second year, while the second half is for
production and for reservoir engineering after the third year of undergraduate education.
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE GRADUATE PROGRAMS: Like all the other engineering
disciplines, Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering Undergraduate Education can only provide the students
with the fundamental knowledge, selected from a wide range of subjects, all of which are highly important in
Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering practice. It is quite unfortunate that later in their professional life,
graduates from petroleum engineering departments all over the world have to cope with problems with this
limited knowledge which is often in the form of fundamental theory. Graduate programs are very useful not
only for the specialization necessary to handle specific problems that are encountered in industry, but also for
providing the skills that are required to follow the technological innovations in the field of Petroleum and
Natural Gas Engineering.
In the light of these necessities, the objectives of the graduate program in Petroleum and Natural Gas
Engineering can be summarized as providing the specialization in the fields of Drilling, Production and
Reservoir Engineering, Enhanced Oil Recovery, Natural Gas Engineering and Geothermal Energy, and also
developing the skills of analysis and synthesis necessary for initiating and conducting research and
development activities. The latter is of primary importance for a country like Turkey who wants not only to
catch-up with the technological developments in the modern world but also to produce know-how.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: The graduates of the department are employed in various public and
private companies as well as in universities both in Turkey and abroad.
The Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering undergraduate program was accredited by the Engineering
Accreditation Commission of ABET, http://www.abet.org
CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
MATH 120 Calculus for Functions of
MATH 119 Calculus with Analytic Geometry Several Variables (4-2)5
(4-2)5 PHYS 106 General Physics II (3-2)4
PHYS 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 CHEM 112 General Chemistry II (3-2)4
CHEM 111 General Chemistry I (3-2)4 PETE 110 Introduction to Petroleum
ME 105 Computer Aided Engineering Engineering NC
Graphics (2-2)3 ENG 102 English for Academic Purposes II
ENG 101 English for Academic Purposes I (4-0)4
(4-0)4 CENG 230 Introduction to C
IS 100 Introduction to Information Programming (2-2)3
Technologies and Applications NC
Second Semester
753
SECOND YEAR
Third Semester Fourth Semester
ES 224 Strength of Materials (3-0)3
MATH 219 Introduction to Differential CHE 204 Thermodynamics I (4-0)4
Equations (4-0)4 PETE 211 Introduction to Fluid Mechanics
ES 202 Mathematics for Engineers (3-0)3 (3-2)4
PETE 220 Reservoir Rock Properties (2-2)3 PETE 218 Reservoir Fluid Properties (2-2)3
ES 221 Engineering Mechanics I (3-0)3 ENG 211 Academic Oral Presentation
GEOE 201 General Geology (3-2)4 Skills (3-0)3
HIST 2201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I NC HIST 2202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II NC
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
The program consists of all courses in the undergraduate curriculum. The equivalency of the courses will be
determined by the Department.
754
DESCRIPTION OF UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
PETE 411 Petroleum Property Valuation PETE 424 Special Operations in Drilling
(3-0)3 (3-0)3
Estimation of reserves. Optimization of production Coring; core barrel types. Fishing; differential
rate. Maximizing the oil recovery within economic sticking, freepoint detection, string-shot back-off
limits. Investment required for exploration and taps and die collars, spears and overshots, washover
development of oil gas fields. Investment required pipe, cutters. Measurement while drilling.
for improved recovery processes. Operating cost.
PETE 426 Drilling Fluid Engineering
Taxes, prices and depreciation. Profit analysis.
(3-0)3
Clay mineralogy and colloid chemistry of muds.
PETE 414 International Petroleum
Rheology and filtration properties of drilling fluids.
Economics and Politics (3-0)3
Annual performance calculations. Composition of
Review of petroleum industry from l859 when it
water base muds. Inhibitive and low solid muds.
was discovered by Drake in Pennsylvania, USA, up
Theory of emulsion and foam. Composition of oil
to and including early 1980's when the world
base and pneumatic drilling fluids. Solids control.
economic structure survived the "second oil price
Hole stability. Problems related to drilling fluids.
shock." Role of oil in international economics and
Differential sticking, lost circulation and corrosion.
politics, its vital importance in the Middle East and
North Africa for the Western and Eastern
PETE 434 Well Stimulation (3-0)3
economical and political systems. Economical and
Acidizing: carbonate and sandstone acidizing.
political results of developments. A brief survey of
Diverting agents: history and application.
the structure of oil market.
Fracturing; principles of hydraulic fracturing,
planning a fracturing treatment (data gathering),
PETE 417 Petroleum Engineering Design I
fluid design, perforation design, breakdown design,
(2-0)2
design of a fracturing treatment, post-job evaluation.
Development and use of design methodology,
Re-fracturing. Fracture acidizing.
formulation of design problem statements and
specifications, consideration of alternate solutions,
PETE 436 Reservoir Characterization
feasibility, considerations. Development of student
(3-0)3
creativity by using open ended problems. Project
Definition of petroleum reservoir heterogeneity
engineering and management of engineering
using conventional methods and possible
projects. Design of drilling projects.
improvements to these methods. Review of basic
Prerequisites: Three of the following courses:
statistical concepts and methods. Reservoir Rock
PETE 322, PETE 331, PETE 343 and PETE 352
and Fluid Property Evaluation by Statistical
Methods. Scale-up and Simulator Data Preparation.
PETE 418 Petroleum Engineering
756
Emerging Methods in Petroleum Reservoir PETE 450 Introduction to Geothermal
Characterization. Case studies from oil industry. Reservoir Engineering (3-0)3
Classification of geothermal reservoirs, distribution
PETE 440 Well Test Analysis (3-0)3 and characteristics of geothermal resources.
Analytical solution to diffusivity equation and basis Physical aspects of hydrothermal systems.
for pressure transient test analysis. Skin and Assessment of geothermal resources. Well
wellbore storage concepts. Pressure buildup and completion and warm-up, measurements during
flow tests. Estimating average drainage area drilling; temperature log, the completion tests,
pressure. Type curves as diagnostic tools and as an pressure log. Flow testing. Well performance.
analysis technique. Analysis of well tests in
hydraulically fractured wells. Well test behavior in PETE 452 Chemistry of Geothermal
naturally fractured reservoirs. Multiple well testing, Systems (3-0)3
interference and pulse tests. Well test design. The chemical nature of geothermal systems; water,
steam, origin and age of water, origin of chemicals
PETE 443 Enhanced Oil Recovery in geothermal fluids, deposits from waters. Physical
Methods (3-0)3 properties, chemical geothermometers, isotope
Immiscible fluid displacement mechanisms. The geothermometers. Sampling and data collection;
fractional flow formula. The rate of advance collection of samples of water and steam, analytical
formula. Stabilized zone concept. Mechanisms and techniques for geothermal fluids. Gaseous
performance calculations of waterflooding and components in geothermal processes, distribution of
immiscible gas injection. Improved waterflooding gases between liquid and vapor, gas pressures.
methods. Miscible injection methods. Thermal Mineral deposition.
methods: Hot water, steam and in-situ combustion.
Field design parameters. PETE 460 Natural Gas Technology (3-0)3
The origin and characteristics of natural gas. The
PETE 444 Mathematical Modeling of purification and liquefaction of natural gas. Natural
Hydrocarbon Reservoirs (3-0)3 gas transmission and distribution.
Basic principles of mathematical modeling. Finite
difference/finite element form of equations that PETE 461 Natural Gas Engineering (3-0)3
govern single and multiphase flow through porous Properties of natural gases, hydrate formation.
media. Characteristics of finite difference/finite Estimation of gas reserves. Gas well testing.
element equations. Solution strategy techniques of Estimation of gas deliverability. Gas flow
originating matrix problems. Data evaluation in measurement. Natural gas deliverability. Natural
simulation problems. Case studies. gas transmission, design of gathering systems. Field
Prerequisites: ES 305 and PETE 343 treating and processing of natural gas. Compressor
horsepower requirement.
PETE 445 Transport Phenomena in
Geosystems (3-0)3 PETE 462 Underground Gas Storage (3-0)3
Applications of mass, heat and momentum balances Aspects of energy related to gas storage, degree day
to fluid flow problems. Shell balances. Non- concept, base load, peak load. Properties of gas
Newtonian fluids. Transport processes in porous storage reservoirs, aquifer storage, salt cavern
media. storage. Design, development and operation of
storage fields.
PETE 446 Thermal Recovery Methods
(3-0)3 PETE 490 Petroleum Engineering
Fluid flow and heat transport through porous media. Research (1-4)3
Definition of thermal EOR methods. Hot water A research activity of one semester duration on
injection, steam injection, steam override, steam selected topics in petroleum and natural gas
additives, case histories. Insitu combustion, wet engineering. Each student, as a member of project
combustion, superwet combustion. Combustion group is assigned a project topic which involves
reaction in porous media. Case histories. experimental and/or mathematical modeling
(analytical or numerical) studies.
PETE 448 Miscible EOR Processes (3-0)3
Definition of miscibility in hydrocarbon reservoirs. PETE 491-498 Special Topics in
Phase behavior and miscibility, ternary diagrams, Petroleum Engineering (3-0)3
methods of determining miscibility conditions. These code numbers will be for technical elective
Condensing gas drive, vaporizing gas drive courses which are not listed regularly in the catalog.
processes. Design considerations and predictive The course contents will be announced before the
methods. semester commences.
757
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT THE DEPARTMENT OF
PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS ENGINEERING
The University requirements governing the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are described in Academic Rules
and Regulations (Graduate Programs) of this catalog.
The Department offers graduate programs in Drilling, Production, Reservoir, Natural Gas, Enhanced
Oil Recovery and Geothermal Engineering. A candidate is expected to take at least one course from each of the
two predetermined course-groups, namely, Mathematics (group 1); Thermodynamics/Physical
Chemistry/Strength of Materials and Transport Phenomena (group 2) for an M.S. study. For a Ph.D. study, an
additional course is required from predetermined Economics course (group 3).
All students admitted to graduate programs are required to designate their supervisor and thesis topic
by the end of their first semester.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
M.S. in Petroleum and Natural Gas Ph.D. in Petroleum and Natural Gas
Engineering Engineering
* at least 2 of which are PETE courses * at least 2 of which are PETE courses
For M.S. two courses from predetermined course For Ph.D. three courses from predetermined
groups course groups
GRADUATE COURSES
PETE 500 M.S. Thesis NC PETE 519 World Energy Sources (3-0)3
PETE 501 Drilling Hydraulics (3-0)3 PETE 520 Drilling Case Studies (3-0)3
PETE 502 In-situ Combustion (3-0)3 PETE 521 Chemicals from Petroleum (3-0)3
PETE 503 Steam Flooding (3-0)3 PETE 523 Carbon Dioxide Flooding (3-0)3
PETE 505 Surface Production Operations PETE 526 Well Stimulation (3-0)3
(3-0)3 PETE 552 Measurements in Petroleum
PETE 506 Hot-fluid Injection (3-0)3 Engineering (3-0)3
PETE 507 Numerical Reservoir PETE 553 Current Problems in
Simulation I (3-0)3 Geothermal Production (3-0)3
PETE 508 Geothermal Drilling (3-0)3 PETE 555 Numerical Reservoir
PETE 509 Modeling of Geothermal Simulation III (3-0)3
Reservoirs (3-0)3 PETE 556 Analysis of Porous Media Flow
PETE 510 Pilot Field Test Design (2-2)3 Equations I (3-0)3
PETE 512 Fluid Flow Through Porous PETE 557 Analysis of Porous Media Flow
Media (3-0)3 Equations II (3-0)3
PETE 513 Water Drive Reservoirs (3-0)3 PETE 560 Optimization of Petroleum
PETE 514 Shale Oil Recovery (3-0)3 Recovery Processes (3-0)3
PETE 515 LIFT and Micellar Flooding (3-0)3 PETE 561 Well Testing (3-0)3
PETE 516 Numerical Reservoir PETE 562 Advanced Natural Gas
Simulation II (3-0)3 Engineering (3-0)3
PETE 517 Hydrocarbon Phase Behavior PETE 563 Reservoir Management (3-0)3
(3-0)3 PETE 590 Seminar (0-2)NC
PETE 518 Advanced Topics in Production PETE 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
Optimization (3-0)3
758
PETE 7XX Special Topics in Petroleum and PETE 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
Natural Gas Engineering (3-0)3 PETE 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
759
PETE 514 Shale Oil Recovery (3-0)3 PETE 521 Chemicals from Petroleum
Chemical and physical properties of oil shales, (3-0)3
occurrence of oil shales and bituminous sands. Concept of crude oil as raw material in petro-
Insitu or surface recovery methods for extracting chemical industry. Testing of crudes. Separation of
oil. (R) petroleum into fractions by physical methods.
Thermal cracking and catalytic cracking of
PETE 515 LIFT and Micellar Flooding petroleum crudes. Classification of petroleum
(3-0)3 chemicals according to source: C1,C2, C3, C4, C5
Review of basic principles of surface chemistry. and higher hydrocarbon derivatives. Derivatives of
Reservoir wettability and properties affected by synthesis gas. (AF)
wettability. Distribution of residual oil. Use of low
interfacial tension flooding as a tertiary recovery PETE 523 Carbon Dioxide Flooding (3-0)3
method. Micellar polymer flooding to recover Overview of conventional and enhanced oil
residual oil. (R) recovery methods. Factors affecting displacement
behavior. Principles of phase behavior and
PETE 516 Numerical Reservoir miscibility. Carbon Dioxide process. Carbon
Simulation II (3-0)3 Dioxide sources. Assessment of Process. Guidelines
Mathematical analysis of multiphase flow in porous for identifying reservoirs with carbondioxide
and permeable media. Case studies. Recent miscible flooding potential. Recovery prediction
developments. methods and model validation. Project economics
Prerequisite: PETE 507 or consent of department and design. (R)
(S)
PETE 526 Well Stimulation (3-0)3
PETE 517 Hydrocarbon Phase Behavior Acidizing; carbonate acidizing, sandstone acidizing.
(3-0)3 Diverting Agents-History and Application.
Pressure-volume-temperature relationships for Fracturing; Principles of Hydraulic Fracturing,
liquid and gas hydrocarbons. Laboratory results and Planning a Fracturing Treatment (Data Gathering),
empirical correlations. Phase behavior of field Fluid Design, Perforation Design, Breakdown
hydrocarbons with CO2, N2 and other cases. (F) Design, Design of a Fracturing Treatment, Post-Job
Evaluation. Re-Fracturing. Fracture Acidizing. (S)
PETE 518 Advanced Topics in
Production Optimization (3-0)3 PETE 552 Measurements in Petroleum
Inflow relationships for oil and gas wells. IPR Engineering (3-0)3
curves for fractured wells. Multiphase flow in pipes. Fundamentals in instrumental techniques based on
Nodal system analysis applied to injection wells, electromagnetic radiation, electrochemistry and
gravel packed oil and gas wells and standard diffusion. Modern methods of engineering
perforated well. Production optimization to a measurements as applied to petroleum engineering.
complete field-integrated oil production systems. (R)
Production optimization for a complete ocean-floor
optimization. (S) PETE 553 Current Problems in
Geothermal Production (3-0)3
PETE 519 World Energy Sources (3-0)3 Problems related to well productivity; deposition of
Energy in the rest of the century. Mapping the solids within casing and surface installations,
critical gap between supply and demand. Decline in corrosion, two-phase flow calculations. Decline in
the oil area, world wide petroleum supply limits. reservoir productivity; pressure maintenance,
Review of other sources of energy, coal, nuclear, reinjection strategies, tracer testing. Environmental
hydroelectrical, geothermal, solar, other renewable, aspect of geothermal utilization; geothermal fluid,
and unconventional sources. Environment and noise, chemical composition and pollution. (AF)
climate. Energy conservation and pricing. (F)
PETE 555 Numerical Reservoir
Simulation III (3-0)3
PETE 520 Drilling Case Studies (3-0)3 Compositional simulation. Case studies. Recent
Consideration of all aspects of a given field developments
problem. Bit selection, DP and DC selection, casing Prerequisite: PETE 516 or consent of department.
and casing setting, depth selection, DLRL. (R).
Hydraulic and cementing designs. (R)
760
PETE 556 Analysis of Porous Media PETE 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
Flow Equations I (3-0)3 Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree,
Development and application of mathematical arranged between student and a faculty member.
techniques to solve partial differential equations of Students register to this course in all semesters
steady state flow in porous media. (S) starting from the beginning of their fall/spring
semester while the research program or write-up of
PETE 557 Analysis of Porous Media thesis is in progress. (F&S)
Flow Equations II (3-0)3
Application of mathematical techniques to solve PETE 7XX Special Topics in Petroleum
partial differential equations of unsteady state flow and Natural Gas Engineering
in porous media. (3-0)3
Prerequisite: PETE 556 or consent of department. These courses will be for technical elective courses
(F) which are not listed regularly in the catalog. The
course contents and course titles will be announced
PETE 560 Optimization of Petroleum before the semester commences. Contents vary from
Recovery Processes (3-0)3 year to year according to interest of students and
Optimum search methods, linear programming, instructor in charge.(R)
nonlinear programming, dynamic programming
application to history matching. (AS) PETE 8XX Special Studies (4-2) NC
M.S. Students choose and study a topic under the
PETE 561 Well Testing (3-0)3 guidance of a faculty member, normally him/her
The theory and applications of oil well testing. supervisor. (F&S)
Pressure buildup and flow tests. Analysis of well
tests in hydraulically fractured wells. Reservoir PETE 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0) NC
description using well tests, analysis of well tests in Graduate students as a group or a Ph.D. student
naturally fractured reservoirs. Injection well testing. choose and study advanced topics under the
Well test design. Extensive review of technical guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
papers. (F) supervisor. (F&S)
761
762
763
764
DEPARTMENT OF TURKISH LANGUAGE
FULL-TIME INSTRUCTORS
PART-TIME INSTRUCTORS
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
TURK 101 Turkish I (2-0) NC* researching and using sources; classroom exercises
The course will cover the following: the importance and discussions concerning all the subjects.
of language as a social institution in the life of a
nation; relations between culture and language; the TURK 104 Written Expression (2-0)2**
Turkish languages and their geographical Language, its definition and importance, relations
distribution; history of the Turkish language; between speaking and thinking, developing the
phonology of the Turkish language; rules of comprehension and expression ability; language and
punctuation. The rule of inflection (declension and culture relations, listening and its importance,
conjugation) and derivation in the Turkish language. effective listening; reading, its importance and
General rules of composition; various forms of functions; reading types; expression and its rules,
written expression. expression units, types, forms and means; oral
expression and types of oral expression; fluent,
TURK 102 Turkish II (2-0) NC* correct and effective speaking, body language;
Reading from literature; exercises in composition. classroom exercises and discussions.
Errors in sentence structure and their correction, Prerequisite: TURK 103.
writing research papers; development of students
ability to speak and write well through the use of TURK 105 Turkish I (2-0)NC***
selected texts from world literatures. The characteristics, rules and basic grammar is
Prerequisite: TURK 101 or Consent of the given in this course. Practical work is carried to
Department. improve the students' comprehension, writing and
speaking skills.
TURK 103 Oral Communication (2-0)2**
Written expression; composition and punctuation TURK 106 Turkish II (2-0) NC***
rules; types of written expression; colloquial, With contemporary script examples, improvement
literary, scientific and official language; criticism; of students vocabulary is achieved. By working on
765
terminology and classroom exercises using scripts connotation, portrayal, character, standpoint and
in their relevant educational areas, reading and create dialogue. Participants' experiences and
comprehension improvement is aimed. dreams to be reinterpreted. Issues that concern the
Prerequisite: TURK 105 or Consent of the individual and society inspired by the new text will
Department. be created.
TURK 113 Selective Writers From Turkish TURK 201 Elementary Turkish
And World Literature I (4-0) NC****
(4-0)3(Elective) Designed to instruct foreign students in the
The pieces of literature chosen from different rudiments of the Turkish language in terms of
periods of Turkish and world literature are going to grammar, syntax and vocabulary. Basic
be studied, analysed and discussed. These pieces of characteristics of Turkish language: sounds, vowel
literature are going to be chosen according to certain and consonant harmonies, changes in consonants,
subjects and themes. On this course, the students are nominal compounds, possessive suffixes, cases, the
going to analyse novels and short stories. verb imek, basic tenses and modes, comparative
and superlative, numerals, compound tenses.
TURK 114 Creative Writing
(4-0)3(Elective) TURK 202 Intermediate Turkish
Within the scope of creative writing courses will be (4-0) NC****
informed about the methods of observation , Designed to increase students knowledge of
Turkish language. Compound sentences, voices,
766
compound verbs, written and oral expression of TURK 302 Advanced Turkish II
ideas within the limits of a paragraph, written and (4-0)4*****
oral translation. Designed to introduce journalistic Turkish based
Prerequisite: TURK 201. upon news and comments in Turkish newspapers.
Prerequisite: TURK 301.
TURK 203 Intermediate Level Turkish TURK 303 Turkish I (2-0)NC******
(4-0)3(Elective) Language; the elements of language, the use of
Basic start-up in Turkish language: Basic oral language in oral communication; the use of
expressions (how to get acquainted with new language in written communication; native
people, how to use greeting expressions & survival language; the elements of Turkish language, the
words necessary for daily life). Grammer studies: present state of Turkish language; official
the present continuous, simple past and past communication.
continuous tenses. Cases (locative, ablative, dative,
accusative, instrumental) are taught using various
materials. The first aim of this course is to make the TURK 304 Turkish II (2-0)NC******
students able to communicate with the outside Oral and written expression; types of oral and
world and to make them able to read & interpret written expression; general rules of official
articles in simple linguistic structures. communication; writing research papers; classroom
Note: The content of this course may vary according exercises and discussions.
to the Turkish language level of the students. Prerequisite: TURK 303 or Consent of the
Department.
TURK 204 Turkish Folk Culture
(4-0)3(Elective) TURK 305 Oral Communication
Turkish folk culture with the introduction of basic (2-0)2*******
elements such as, language, literature, archeology, Language, its definition and importance, relations
history, geographical features and natural beauty, between speaking and thinking, developing the
architecture and technology, music, crafts, comprehension and expression ability; language and
performing arts, culinary arts, thinkers, traditions, culture relations, listening and importance,
beliefs and clohting. effective listening; reading, its importance and
functions; reading types; expression and its rules,
TURK 301 Advanced Turkish I expression units, types, forms and means; oral
(4-0)4***** expression and types of oral expression; fluent,
Designed as a transition to introduce Turkish correct and effective speaking, body language;
Literature through comparatively simple texts on classroom exercises and discussions.
folk poetry and short stories from twentieth century
Turkish Literature. TURK 306 Written Expression
Prerequisite: TURK 105, 106, 107, 108, 201 and (2-0)2*******
202 Written expression; composition and punctuation
rules; types of written expression; colloquial
literary, scientific and official language; criticism;
searching and using sources; classroom exercises
and discussions concerning all the subjects.
Prerequisite: TURK 305
* All the first grade students of the Faculty of Economic and Administrative Sciences, Faculty of Arts
and Sciences and Technical Vocational School of Higher Education are required to take TURK 101 and TURK
102.
** Only the ECE, CEIT and FLE Departments students of the Faculty of Education students are
required to take TURK 103 and TURK 104.
*** The students who are, Azerbaijan, Bashkiria, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Dagestan, Circussian,
Cassack, Crimea, Macedonia, Mongolia, Moldovia, Nahcivan, Uzbek, Tajikistan, Tatary, Turkoman
nationalities and Albania, Bulgaria, Georgia, Iraq, Iran, Yugoslavia, Greek nationalities who have Turkish
origin certificates and are paying fees and tuitions like the Turkish nationalities or who are graduated from
Turkish schools will take 6420105 Turkish Language I in the first semester and 6420106 Turkish Turkish
Language II in the second semester of the first grade (first year) without any exception of Faculty or
Department.
767
* The Turkish national students who were living abroad and having inefficiency in Turkish are also
required to take this course.
**** All non-Turkish speaking foreign students are required to take TURK 201 and 202.
***** Only the foreign students who successfully completed TURK 105, TURK 106, TURK 107,
TURK 108, TURK 201 and TURK 202 are allowed to take TURK 301 and TURK 302.
****** The third grade students of the Faculty of Architecture, Faculty of Engineering and Science
Departments' of Faculty of Arts and Sciences are required to take TURK 303 and TURK 304.
******* Only the third grade students of ESE, EME, PHED and CHED Departments of the Faculty
of Education are required to take TURK 305 and TURK 306.
******** The students of Faculty of the Education who are, Azerbaijan, Bashkiria, Bosnia-
Herzegovina, Dagestan, Circussian, Cassack, Crimea, Macedonia, Mongolia, Moldovia, Nahcivan, Uzbek,
Tajikistan, Tatary, Turkoman, nationalities and Albania, Bulgaria, Georgia, Iraq, Iran, Yugoslavia, Greek
nationalities who have Turkish origin certificates and are paying fees and tuitions like the Turkish nationalities
or who are graduated from Turkish schools will take 6420107 Turkish Language I in the first semester and
6420108 Turkish Language II in the second semester of the first grade (first year).
768
769
770
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC AND FINE ARTS
ZGENEL, Lale (Assoc.Prof. Dr.) (Department Chair): B.Sc., METU; M.Sc., METU, Ph.D., METU
SANSA, Tayfun (Vice Chair): B.A., H.U. Ankara State Conservatory; M.A., Gazi University.
UYSAL, Mehmet Ali (Assoc. Prof. Dr.): B.Sc., METU. MFA., Ph.D., Hacettepe University.
IITMAN, dl (Dr.): B.A., MFA, Ph.D., Hacettepe University.
PART-TIME INSTRUCTORS
771
RESEARCH ASSISTANT
GENERAL INFORMATION: The Department of Music and Fine Arts was founded in l989 in
order to offer to the METU students the opportunity to broaden their cultural understanding and increase their
skills and appreciation of music and fine arts. The Department operates under the authority of the University
President and offers (3-1)3 credits (5.0 Credits According to the European Credit System) elective courses for
the moment. The main objective of the Department is to offer elective courses in music, performing arts and
visual arts on a theoretical and practical basis. The courses also provide students with a cultural and artistic
alternative to fulfill their requirements.
COURSES OFFERED
MUS 651 0101- 0102- 0201- 0202- 0301- 0302- 0401- 0402 Classical Turkish Music (3-1)3
MUS 651 0111- 0112- 0211- 0212- 0311- 0312- 0411- 0412 University Chorus (3-1)3
MUS 651 0121- 0122- 0221- 0222- 0321- 0322- 0421- 0422 Voice (3-1)3
MUS 651 0141- 0142 History of Instrument (3-1)3
MUS 651 0151- 0152- 0251- 0252- 0351- 0352- 0451- 0452 Jazz Orchestra (3-1)3
MUS 651 0161- 0162- 0261- 0262- 0361- 0362- 0461- 0462 Performing Jazz (3-1)3
MUS 651 0171- 0172- 0271- 0272- 0371- 0372- 0471- 0472 Drum (3-1)3
MUS 651 0181- 0182- 0281- 0282- 0381- 0382- 0481- 0482 Bass Guitar (3-1)3
INST 682 0101- 0102- 0201- 0202- 0301- 0302- 0401- 0402 Piano (3-1)3
INST 682 0111- 0112- 0211- 0212- 0311- 0312- 0411- 0412 Flute (3-1)3
INST 682 0121- 0122- 0221- 0222- 0321- 0322- 0421- 0422 Violin (3-1)3
INST 682 0131- 0132- 0231- 0232- 0331- 0332- 0431- 0432 Viola (3-1)3
INST 682 0141- 0142-0241- 0242- 0341- 0342- 0441- 0442 Violoncello (3-1)3
INST 682 0151- 0152- 0251- 0252- 0351- 0352- 0451- 0452 Classical Guitar (3-1)3
INST 682 0161- 0162- 0261- 0262- 0361- 0362- 0461- 0462 Saxophone-Clarinet (3-1)3
INST 682 0171- 0172- 0271- 0272- 0371- 0372- 0471- 0472 Trumpet (3-1)3
INST 682 0181- 0182- 0281- 0282- 0381- 0382- 0481- 0482 Trombone (3-1)3
773
research and make class presentations. Grading is techniques for glass moldings are experienced and
based on class presentations and a term paper. practiced with support of related literature and
theoretical discussions. Every year is independent
MUS 651 0 341-342 from other years and students are evaluated
Music Appreciation (3-1)3 according to their works at the end of the year.
This course aims to develop the musical aesthetic of
the students, by means of research of some topics THEA 643 0 131-132-231-232-331-332-431- 432
related with the transition of music from primitive to Sculpture (3-1)3
modern ages, the genres in music, techniques which This course is an introduction to sculpture. In the
have been used to compose music and presumptions studio the student will explore various approaches to
about the future of classical music. contemporary sculptural problems by working with
a variety of media. Each week there are eight
MUS 651 0 242 scheduled hours in the studio during which time you
Art and Science Culture (3-1)3 will be able to work in consultation with the
The course aims to create awareness in aesthetic, instructor. In addition, this time will be used for
technical and intellectual genuineness of the field of lectures and to critique work in progress. During the
art. At the end of the semester, students are first few weeks a number of sculptural projects will
expected to be equipped with the connection be assigned, and critiqued as they are completed.
between science and art and to develop creative The projects are designed to develop hands-on
motivation in her/his professional field as a result of experience with diverse materials and methods.
the new formation derived from the course. While working on these initial projects students will,
in conference with the instructor, begin a major
THEA 643 0 101-102 sculptural project.
International News (3-1)3
This course attempts to provide a basic grounding in THEA 643 0 141-142-241-242-341-342-441
international news media as they constitute, 442 Ceramics (3-1)3
represent and influence international relations. The This course is intended as a continued exploration of
course introduces the field of international ceramic media with emphasis on the artistic
communication, news media diplomacy and news possibilities of clay. Early pieces will provide
media practice during times of war and crisis with review and guides into different hand-building
visual and written press coverage examples. techniques (Pinching, coil building, additive
sculpture, slab building and combinations etc.). The
THEA 643 0 111-112- 211-212-311-312-411- course provides an exploration of the properties of
412 Painting (3-1)3 clay and an introduction to basic ceramic processes,
The purpose of this course is to give information including studio responsibilities, hand building and
about materials, basic rules and techniques (drawing, glazing techniques. Later projects will combine
watercolor, oil on canvas, etc.) of painting in studio. these techniques to realize more complex artistic
objects. The projects will further develop an
THEA 643 0 113 Drawing (3-1)3 appreciation of techniques, concepts behind and
To teach drawing is to encourage you to see it as a aesthetic of ceramic forms a greater sense of clay,
creative process. Therefore, the thought and glaze and firing will be developed. Group
commitment you put into your drawings, and the discussions will introduce students to the
enjoyment you derive from doing them, is more contemporary ceramic artists and illustrate how clay
important than the finished work. You on the other has been used as an artistic medium. The broad
hand, will most likely want to draw a photo realistic diversity within ceramic styles, techniques,
likeness of any subject matter the first time out. If functional possibilities and subject matter will be
you could already do that.... why would you be investigated. Ceramics history and appreciation is
here? Just as we learn to read and write, drawing also included in the course.
skills are acquired and developed by doing. This
doesn't require genius or even innate talent and does THEA 643 0 151-152- 251-252-351-352-451-
not require fancy tools, but rather, requires time, 452 Introduction (3-1)3
patience and the willingness to practice, make To Video Production
"mistakes" and persevere. Students will study and produce experimental films.
An experimental film is a film that explores new
THEA 643 0 121-122-221-222-321-322-421- 422 ways of seeing, storytelling, shooting, editing. While
Glass (3-1)3 it is the task of Documentary or fiction film, to
The course aims to introduce the techniques of glass observe or reenact reality, experimental film is not
molding. Throughout four-year syllabus, different bound to reflect truly the surface of reality like a
774
mirror. It is free to create a new reality, a piece of art and the theatrical activities of the period will be
open for all kind of interpretation by the audience. observed. After this, the Renaissance Period will be
In this course a wide range of films utilizing studied with its contribution to the theatre and the
experimental modes are screened. Through the theatrical events. Finally, the Elizabethan Theatre
examination of cinematographic approaches across and Shakespeares significance as a man of theatre
the various experimental films or experimental parts will be observed.
in conventional films students will get an idea of 202/This course covers the 17th, 18th, 19th, 20th
possible alternative ways of filmmaking. Century theatres. In addition to the theatre history of
Some hints to modern art and music will help to these periods, famous directors of 20th and 21st
imagine other ways of audiovisual art. Beginning Centuries are introduced. During the period study,
with alternative screenplay writing up to different the focus is on theatre buildings, acting areas,
ways of editing, students will explore step-by-step performance styles, famous actors and actresses,
experimental worlds. They will develop, shoot and famous playwrights, the period events and their
edit short experimental films. influence on theatre, social class changes and how
they affect theatre. Since theatre is a shared
THEA 643 0 161-162- 261-262-361-362-461- experience, observation of this concept is inevitable.
462 Theater (3-1)3 Furthermore, the nature of theatre is emphasized.
The purpose of this course is to give students an
introduction to the theater. Topics will encompass THEA 643 0 301-302
the history and development of the theatrical arts, Media Economics (3-1)3
including acting, directing and the various elements The course will explore the history and current
of stagecraft and production, as well as major practices of media systems both in Turkey and
theatrical works. The contemporary Turkish theater abroad. The students will be acknowledged by
will be emphasized. examining the particular strengths and weaknesses
of broadcast television and print industry, media
THEA 643 0 171-172- 271-272-371-372-471- corporations, and audience research and therefore
472 Cinema and Reality (3-1)3 will able to evaluate and analyze the current trends
This course is on film editing. This course will in mass media and how the media market is operated
introduce into the development of this grammar of and consumed.
editing by viewing and analyzing history of editing.
To learn the ways of editing students will edit first THEA 643 0 401
specific scenes of film history to a little essay for History of Art (3-1)3
presentation, and then they will edit footage This course surveys the history of art in western and
available at GSAM to a short film. The editing non-western traditions from 14th century to the last
will contain documentary editing, fiction film decades of 20th century. The course emphasizes the
decoupage editing and use of effects for special connections among historical, political, social,
content. religious and artistic developments, showing how
artists are influenced by the culture and time in
THEA 643 0 181-182 which they live. It aims to identify the major art
Museums and Masterpieces (3-1)3 movements from 14th century to the last decades of
This art course is structured upon two main parts; 20th century. The students are supposed to recognize
while the first part consists the history of the art the works and contributions of the major artists in
movement and important contributions of artists to each movement. It searches how past art movements
art, the second consists examples of contemporary and styles influence today's art. The course
art with the explanations and examples of events of encourages the students to develop their vocabulary
contemporary art fairs and biennals. of art terms.
THEA 643 0 201-202 THEA 643 0 402
History of Theater (3-1)3 Modernism and Postmodernism in Art
201/This course will cover the beginnings of (3-1)3
theatre, the ancient rituals, and the theatrical nature The course is focused on modern and contemporary
of the ancient rituals. Then, the Ancient Greek and art tendencies in context of modernism and
Roman Theatres will be introduced. While surveys postmodernism. It includes certain issues such as
of the Ancient Greek and Roman Theatres are birth and evolution of the modern idea; historical
given, the famous genres of the period will be limits of modern art, modernism, modernization; the
introduced such as comedy, tragedy. The basic concepts and methods of modern art; the
representative playwrights of both periods will also arguments about culture in the late capitalist
be introduced. Following this, the Medieval Theatre society; the end of grand narratives and history; the
775
basic concepts, tendencies and methods of quality of their music by teaching them what bad
postmodern art; curatorship and biennials. Related and simple music is. In a broad perspective the
artists, tendencies and works of art will be instructors of the course also aim to grow such
instructed during the course. students who can support the cultural development
of our country.
THEA 643 0 281-282
Film Analysis (3-1)3 INST 682 0131-132-231-232-331-332-431-432
Students will learn to analyze major films of world Viola (3-1)3
cinema from the point of esthetics and social points Philosophy of the viola course is to teach the
of view. They will attain an understanding of the students how to play the instrument by passing from
history of world cinema and an ability to build some different stages in which they can learn what
relations between cinema and social, political and universal music is, by experiencing it in theoretical
economic facts and events of the epoch. Such topics and practical courses. Moreover, the aim of the
as classical Hollywood cinema, Italian neo-realism, course is to encourage the students to understand the
French new wave, major filmmakers, etc. will be quality of their music by teaching them what bad
studied during these courses. and simple music is. In a broad perspective the
instructors of the course also aim to grow such
THEA 643 0 291-292 students who can support the cultural development
Genres in Arts (3-1)3 of our country.
The purpose of this course is to give information
about genres in arts. INST 682 0 141-142- 241-242-341-342-441-
442 Violoncello (3-1)3
INST 682 0 101-102-201-202-301-302-401- 402 Philosophy of the violoncello course is to teach the
Piano (3-1)3 students how to play the instrument by passing from
Philosophy of the piano course is to teach the some different stages in which they can learn what
students how to play the instrument by passing from universal music is, by experiencing it in theoretical
some different stages in which they can learn what and practical courses. Moreover, the aim of the
universal music is, by experiencing it in theoretical course is to encourage the students to understand the
and practical courses. Moreover, the aim of the quality of their music by teaching them what bad
course is to encourage the students to understand the and simple music is. In a broad perspective the
quality of their music by teaching them what bad instructors of the course also aim to grow such
and simple music is. In a broad perspective the students who can support the cultural development
instructors of the course also aim to grow such of our country.
students who can support the cultural development
of our country. INST 682 0 151-152- 251-252-351-352-451-451
Classical Guitar (3-1)3
INST 682 0 111-112-211-212-311-312-411- 412 Philosophy of the classical guitar course is to teach
Flute (3-1)3 the students how to play the instrument by passing
Philosophy of the flute course is to teach the from some different stages in which they can learn
students how to play the instrument by passing from what universal music is, by experiencing it in
some different stages in which they can learn what theoretical and practical courses. Moreover, the aim
universal music is, by experiencing it in theoretical of the course is to encourage the students to
and practical courses. Moreover, the aim of the understand the quality of their music by teaching
course is to encourage the students to understand the them what bad and simple music is. In a broad
quality of their music by teaching them what bad perspective the instructors of the course also aim to
and simple music is. In a broad perspective the grow such students who can support the cultural
instructors of the course also aim to grow such development of our country.
students who can support the cultural development
of our country. INST 682 0 161-162-261-262-361-362-461-462
Saxophone-Clarinet (3-1)3
INST 682 0 121-122-221-222-321-322-421-422 Saxophone and clarinet lecture targets introduce
Violin (3-1)3 students to international music with the first step of
Philosophy of the violin course is to teach the playing a wind instrument which is learning how to
students how to play the instrument by passing from use diaphragm to increase their breathe volume,
some different stages in which they can learn what then, showing how to play a saxophone and/or
universal music is, by experiencing it in theoretical clarinet.
and practical courses. Moreover, the aim of the
course is to encourage the students to understand the
776
INST 682 0 171- 172-271-272-371-372-471-
472 Trumpet (3-1)3 SLTP 644 0111- 0112 Topics in Art
By the help of this course, students learn general (3-1)3
solfeggio knowledge and how to use their In spring semesters of 2013-2014 and 2014-2015
diaphragm to increase their breath volume necessary academic years, the course is planned to be open as
to play appropriately a trumpet with a general music Introduction to Korean Art specifically.
culture. Therefore, throughout these semesters, the course
aims to familiarize students with the main issues in
INST 682 0181- 182-281-282-381-382-481- Korean art by surveying the key episodes in the
482 Trombone (3-1)3 development of material and visual culture on the
By the help of this course, students learn general Korean peninsula, through a selection of thematic
solfeggio knowledge and how to use their topics ranging from the Three Kingdoms period to
diaphragm to increase their breath volume necessary the first half of the twentieth century.
to play appropriately a trombone with a general
music culture.
777
778
779
780
GRADUATE SCHOOLS
Graduate education serves to explore and advance the limits of knowledge and therefore has a
preeminent role in a university. With various bodies of a university being under pressure to attend to a variety
of issues, a separate unit is needed which primarily focuses on academic concerns at the graduate level. The
responsibility for planning, implementing and evaluating graduate programs, and setting out new policies in
search of excellence in graduate education rests with four Graduate Schools at the Middle East Technical
University (METU).
The primary responsibilities of each Graduate School are to maintain high standards and quality in
graduate programs and to coordinate the various graduate programs.
The Graduate Schools provide a qualified student with education which may be required for the full
development of scholarly and professional capacities, subject to the criteria developed by graduate departments
jointly.
ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION
The main administrative body of each Graduate School is the Graduate School Board. On this board,
each department is represented by its chairman as a Graduate School Department (GSD). In addition, GSDs of
interdisciplinary nature, to carry out graduate programs by contributions of various departments, may also be
established by the Higher Education Board. These are also represented by their appointed chairperson on the
Graduate School Board. The GSD structure of the Graduate School of Marine Sciences is independent of
faculty departments. Each GSD may carry out more than one graduate program.
The Graduate School Board makes decisions on policies and procedures regarding admissions,
graduate courses, qualifying examinations and thesis requirements within that particular graduate school,
consistent with the Rules and Regulations for Graduate Studies at METU, which are common to all five
graduate schools.
Each graduate school functions through two executive bodies: the Director and Associate Directors of
the Graduate School and the Administrative Board of the Graduate School, which consists of the Director,
Associate Directors and three members elected by the Graduate School Board. These two executive bodies are
charged with the duty of implementing the policies and procedures established by the Graduate School Board.
Entrance requirements for graduate programs and admission of international students to graduate
programs are mentioned on page xxxi and xxxii, Academic Rules and Regulations concerning graduate period
of study, examinations and assessment are mentioned on page xliv and xlv.
781
782
783
784
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF NATURAL AND APPLIED SCIENCES
GENERAL INFORMATION: The Graduate School of Natural and Applied Sciences organizes
programs and research and offers degrees at graduate level in the following fields:
Programs Degree
Aerospace Engineering M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Architecture M.Arch (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Building Science M.S. (1). / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Restoration M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Computational Design and Fabrication Technologies in
Architecture (with Delft University of Technology) M.S. (4)
Biology M.S. (1) / Ph.D.
Chemical Engineering M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Chemistry M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
City and Regional Planning Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
City Planning M.CP.(1)
Urban Design M.CP.(1)
Regional Planning M.RP.(1)
Civil Engineering M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Hydrosystems Engineering M.S. (3)
Structural Mechanics M.S. (3)
Computer Education and Instructional Technology M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Computer Engineering M.S. (1,3) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Software Engineering M.S. (3)
Electrical and Electronic Engineering M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Engineering Sciences M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Environmental Engineering M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Food Engineering M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Geological Engineering M.S. (1) / Ph.D.
Industrial Design M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Design Research for Interaction M.S. (4)
(with Delft University of Technology)
Industrial Engineering M.S. (1,4) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Engineering Management M.S. (3)
Mathematics M.S. (1,2) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Mechanical Engineering M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Mechanical Design and Manufacturing M.S. (3)
Metallurgical and Materials Engineering M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Mining Engineering M.S. (1) / Ph.D.
Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering M.S. (1) / Ph.D.
Physics M.S.(1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Secondary Science and Mathematics Education M.S. (1,2) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Statistics M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
785
Cement Engineering M.S. (1,2)
Earth System Science M.S. (1,2) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Earthquake Studies M.S. (1)
Geodetic and Geographic Information Technologies M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Micro and Nanotechnology M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Occupational Health and Safety M.S. (1,2)
Operational Research M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
Polymer Science and Technology M.S. (1) / Ph.D. / Ph.D. on B.S.
786
ARCHAEOMETRY PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
BRAND, Ayegl : B.S., M.S., METU ; Ph.D., New Mexico State University.
ERTA, Glay : B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
KALAYLIOLU, Zeynep I.: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State University.
ZACAR, Arda: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Arizona.
SOMEL, Mehmet: B.S., M.S., METU ; Ph.D., University of Leipzig.
INSTRUCTOR
ERGENEKON Begmen: B.S, METU,Cand. Polit., University of Bergen; Ph.D.; Ankara University
Archaeometrical studies are of great help to archaeology and of great value in many ways for the
achievement of more correct and extensive interpretations of ancient cultures.
The study and understanding of history will acquire a new dimension by the collaboration between
people from various disciplines who will be gaining improved skills in formulating, analyzing and solving
archaeological problems through this program.
The program is so designed that the students with archaeology or social science background will learn
scientific methods of natural and applied sciences applicable to Archaeometry, and the students with science
and engineering background will learn the methods of archaeology.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
*ARME 511 Basic Science in Archaeometry; for social science basis students
*ARME 531 General Archaeology;for science basis students
Ph.D. in Archaeometry
10 electives
*ARME 511 Basic Science in Archaeometry; for social science basis students
*ARME 531 General Archaeology; for science basis students
GRADUATE COURSES
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
791
BIOCHEMISTRY PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
BANERJEE, Sreeparna: BS, Presidency College, Calcutta University; MS, PhD, University of Leeds.
ORUH, Nursen: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D. University of Missouri.
DORU, Ewa: M.S., Warsaw University, Ph.D., Polish Academy of Science
GEN, Blent: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
SON, ada B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D. University of Tennessee
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
LABORATORIES AND EQUIPMENT: The facilities of the four related departments are used for
teaching and research.
The major program is open to students with a variety of backgrounds and career goals. An
undergraduate major in Biology or Chemistry provides for early orientation in the program.
However, highly individualized courses of introduction may be arranged for students with undergraduate
majors in other fields of science so that a switch to biochemistry at the graduate level is feasible.
793
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: BCH 591 is compulsory course for the M.S. Degree. Doctoral
students are also required to take BCH 503. Remaining credit requirements may be met by taking any
combination of above courses and related courses in participating departments: BIO 505, 506, 507, 511, 513,
522, 537, 538 and 543; CHEM 518, 520, 528, 537, 542, 550, 589; ENVE 510, 540; FDE 571, 572, 579. Study
programs are planned with approval of the thesis research and are subject to the approval of the Program
Committee.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
GRADUATE COURSES
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
BCH 500 M.S. Thesis NC disorders. This course covers free radical reactions
Program of research leading to M.S. degree, in biological systems including food materials and
arranged between the student an a faculty member. antioxidants as part of defense systems or used as
Students register to this course in all semesters food additives with reference to recent articles in
starting from the appointment of the supervisor. literature. (F)
(F &S)*
BCH 503 Intermediary Metabolism
BCH 501 Free Radicals in Biochemical and Its Regulation (3-0)3
Systems (3-0)3 (See also BIO 503)
Toxic free radicals can be produced by many Intensive study of the metabolic pathways of
reactions required for the normal metabolism of the carbohydrates, lipids and nitrogenous compounds
cell. The reactions of these radicals are important and their interrelationships, including control
because of the role they play in toxicity and various mechanisms. The effects of hormonal and
794
nutritional status on the activity of these major BCH 543 Experimental Enzymology
pathways. (S) (1-4)3
Prerequisites: BIO 307 and BIO 308 (See also BIO 543)
A laboratory course concerned with biochemical
BCH 508 Biochemical Toxicology and and molecular aspects of enzyme function.
Pharmacology (3-0)3 Purification and characterization of the enzymes,
Molecular events that occur during the toxic action optimization of the enzyme assays, simple enzyme
of drugs, pesticides, industrial chemicals, food kinetics, spectrophotometry, SDS-polyacrylamide
contaminants and natural carcinogens. Effects of gel electrophoresis, Enzyme-linked immunoassays.
drugs and environmental chemicals on cell heredity, (R) Prerequisites: BIO 307, BIO 308 and BIO 311
chemical mutagenesis, teratogenesis and
carcinogenesis. Recent advances in drug-drug BCH 551 Enzymatic Reaction
interactions in man are discussed. The course Mechanisms (3-0)3
includes lectures and discussions of current research A detailed study of the chemical basis of the
publications. (S) enzyme action. Discussions of the theories of
enzyme action. reaction mechanisms of selected
BCH 509 Enzyme Kinetics (3-0)3 groups of enzymatic transformations. The main
(See also BIO 509) objective of the course is to open the black box that
Steady-state treatment of simple and multi-step has represented the enzyme, and then display and
enzymatic reactions. Inhibition analysis, activation study the fascinating organic chemistry at the core
cooperative interactions. Multi-substrate systems. of its actions. (F)
Environmental effects on enzyme activity. Transient
state kinetics. (R) BCH 555 Biochemistry of Hormones
Prerequisite: (BIO 307and BIO 308) or BIO 353 (3-0)3
General concepts regarding the biochemical nature
BCH 511 Experimental Techniques in of hormones and the basis of hormone action.
Biochemistry (3-0)3 Hormone receptors and transmembrane signaling.
(See also BIO 511) Biological effects of hormones in health and illness.
Theory and practice of fundamental biochemical Regulation of hormone action. Discussions of
techniques employed in the study of the structure current publications on thyroid, pancreatic,
and function of biological macromolecules in adrenocorticosteroid, glycoprotein,
purified or subcellular systems. Spectrophotometry, adenohypophysial, neurohypophysial and gonadal
differential centrifugation, gel filtration, ion hormones; catecholamines, prostaglandins and
exchange and affinity chromatography HPLC and vitamin D. (S)
polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and Western-
blotting. (F) BCH 591 Seminar in Biochemistry
Prerequisites: BIO 30, BIO 308 and BIO 311 (0-2)NC
Presentation of topics of general interest, research
activities and recent development in biochemistry
BCH 512 Quantitative Problems in and related fields by graduate students, staff
Biochemistry (3-0)3 members and invited speakers. (F & S)
(See also BIO 512)
Solution of numerical problems in biochemistry BCH 592 Advanced Chemical
involving acid-base chemistry, blood buffers, Perspectives in Biochemistry
chemistry of biological molecules, enzymes, (3-0)3
biochemical energetics, spectrophotemetry, isotopes (See also CHEM 592)
and scintillation counting. Review of selected Biochemistry topics at an
advance level with a chemical perspective. Physical
BCH 516 Control Mechanisms in interactions that determine the properties of
Biochemistry (3-0)3 proteins, conformational properties of polypeptide
(See also BIO 516) chains, proteins in solution and in membranes. An
Transcriptional, translational and post-translational advanced treatise on the photosynthesis and electron
control of protein level and activity in response to transport chain. (F&S)
changes in the intracellular and extracellular
environment. (A S) BCH 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
Prerequisites: BIO 306, BIO 307 and BIO 308. Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree,
arranged between the student and a faculty member.
Students register to this course in all semesters
795
starting from the appointment of the supervisor. (F radiobiochemistry, industrial biochemistry,
& S) computational biochemistry, etc. (F & S)
796
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
AKKAYA, Mahinur: B.S., METU; M.S., The Ohio State University; Ph.D., The Ohio State University.
AIK, Zlf: B.S., METU; M.S., METU; Ph.D., Texas Tech University.
ALIK, Pnar: B.S., Ankara University; M.S., Ankara University; Ph.D., Ankara University.
EYBOLU, B. Murat: B.S., METU; M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Sheffield.
GENER, Nevzat: B.S., Bosphorus University; M.S., METU; Ph.D., METU.
HALICI, Uur: B.S., METU; M.S., METU; Ph.D., METU.
HASIRCI, Nesrin: B.S., METU; M.S., METU; Ph.D., METU.
HASIRCI, Vasf (Department Chair): B.S., METU; M.S., METU; Ph.D., Reading University.
ZG, Fatih: B.S., Ankara University; M.S., Ankara University; Ph.D., Ankara University.
KOCABIYIK, Semra B.S., Ankara University; M.S., METU; Ph.D., METU.
LEBLEBCOLU, M. Kemal: B.S., METU; M.S., METU; Ph.D., METU.
ZTRK, Abdullah: B.S., stanbul Technical University, M.S. University of Missouri-Rolla,
Ph.D., University of Missouri-Rolla.
SEVERCAN, Feride: B.S., Anakara University; M.S., University of Rochester, Ph.D., Hacettepe University.
TARMAN, Hakan I.: B.S., M.S., Boazii University; Ph.D., Brown University.
WEBER, Gerhard Wilhelm (Associate : B.S., RWTH Aachen; M.S., RWTH Aachen; Ph.D., RWTH Aachen.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
797
concepts and creates knowledge from the molecular to the organ systems levels. Biomedical Engineering is a
highly expanding field since the health sector is improving, and therefore, the need for trained personnel is
increasing very rapidly. The program at METU has been developed to meet this growing need in Turkey. The
program, with its four tracks, Bioelectrical Engineering, Biomaterials, Biomechanics and Biomolecular
Engineering is unique in the country.
The broad research span consists of medical imaging, image processing, physiological signal
processing, synthesis and design of prostheses, medical devices, material-cell interactions, nanobiomaterials,
responsive and intelligent systems, tissue engineering, mechanical analysis of locomotion and movement, cell
and tissue mechanics, mechanical characterization and identification of biological materials, biomechanical
modeling and simulation, biostatics and biodynamics of solids and fluids, biomolecular systems, genome
assembly, protein structure and alignment, design of novel therapeutics or diagnostic biomolecules,
construction of artificial gene circuits, engineering metabolic pathways, protein structure-function analyses;
prediction of gene expression, mathematical modeling and computer simulations for systematic examination of
biological data, biological molecules and their interactions.
Biomedical Engineering program is open to students with an undergraduate degree from the
departments of science, engineering and medicine. Graduates might be required by the Admission Committee
to take preparatory courses for a period of up to 2 semesters depending on the individuals background.
Biological Sciences: Equivalent of BIO 101 and BIO 102 or GENE 103 and GENE 104 or BIO255
courses
Computer Programming: Equivalent of CENG 230 or CENG 220 or CENG 200 courses
Freshman Chemistry: Equivalent of CHEM 101 and CHEM 102 or CHEM 105 and CHEM 106 or
CHEM 107 courses
Freshman Mathematics: Equivalent of MATH 151 or MATH 119 and MATH 152 or MATH120 courses
Freshman Physics: Equivalent of PHYS 111and PHYS 112 or PHYS 105 and PHYS 106 courses
Applicants who satisfy the admission requirements for the courses listed above except one course may
follow a deficiency program provided that credit limits and prerequisite requirements are satisfied. Applicants
who do not need to follow a deficiency program for the track chosen and satisfy the admission requirements
for the courses listed above except any one of the Biological Sciences, Computer Programming or Chemistry
courses may take this course in the first semester.
Applicants who have completed the deficiency program for the specific track will have to take a
minimum of 7 courses with a total credit of minimum 21. The students from all tracks have to take BME 501
Introduction to Biomedical Engineering and BME 502 Human Physiology and one of the following courses EE
501 Linear system theory or ES 501 Analytical methods in Engineering or IAM 561 Introduction To Scientific
Computing I or IAM 562 Introduction To Scientific Computing II or IAM 563 Methods of Applied
Mathematics or METE 503 Mathematical Methods in Materials Research I.
The electives courses are grouped below and the students have to select the rest of the courses from
the lists according to their individual tracks.
Course requirements involve 3 compulsory (core) courses and 4 electives. Degree program courses must be
distributed as ;
minimum of two courses from life sciences,
minimum of two courses from engineering,
minimum of two courses from mathematics and other sciences.
798
Ph.D. Program in Bioelectrical Engineering Track:
Ph.D. Program for B.S. degree holders: Those who have been accepted to the program with a bachelors
degree are expected to complete the deficiency and core program requirements for the BME M.S. program.
Beyond this, in addition to the two restricted elective courses of the track, at least 27 credits (or 9 graduate
level elective courses) course requirements for the Ph.D must be fulfilled by any technical elective courses
from the Faculty of Science and Faculty of Engineering and/or Faculty of Medicine.
2. Ph.D. Program after completing M.S. in other tracks of BME: Graduate students who have an M.S.
degree in Biomedical Engineering (other than bioelectrical track) must first satisfy the deficiency program
requirements of the track, then take a minimum of 8 (24 credits) courses from the Faculty of Science and
Faculty of Engineering and/or Faculty of Medicine, including the restricted elective courses of the track.
3. Ph.D. Program after completing M.S. in Science or Engineering (other than BME) or M.D. degree:
Graduate students accepted to the program who have an M.S. degree in Science or Engineering Programs,
other than the Biomedical Engineering Graduate or an M.D. Program, are expected to complete the deficiency
and core program requirements for the BME M.S. program. In addition to the two restricted elective courses,
at least 3 (9 credits) courses must be taken from the Faculty of Science and Faculty of Engineering and/or
Faculty of Medicine.
Ph.D. Program for B.S. degree holders: Those who have been accepted with a bachelors degree are
expected to complete the deficiency and core program requirements for the Biomaterials Track of BME M.S.
program. Beyond this, in addition to the one restricted elective course (Group 1), at least 30 credits (or 10
graduate level elective courses) course requirements for the Ph.D must be fulfilled as such:
4 courses from Group 2 of Restricted Technical Elective list of Biomaterials Track
4 courses from Group 3 of Restricted Technical Elective list of Biomaterials Track
2 Technical Electives: Two Technical Elective courses from Faculty of Science, Faculty of
Engineering and/or Faculty of Medicine.
2. Ph.D. Program after completing M.S. in other tracks of BME : Graduate students who have an M.S.
degree in Biomedical Engineering (other than biomaterials track) must first satisfy the deficiency program
requirements of the track, then take a minimum of 8 (24 credits) graduate level courses including the restricted
elective courses of the track. Six courses (18 credits) must be selected from the restricted technical elective list
of the Biomaterials Track and one Technical Elective course from Faculty of Science and Faculty of
Engineering and/or Faculty of Medicine.
3. Ph.D. Program after completing M.S. in Science or Engineering (other than BME) or M.D. degree:
Graduate students accepted to the program who have an M.S. degree in Science or Engineering Programs,
other than the Biomedical Engineering Graduate Program, are expected to satisfy the deficiency and core
program requirements for the Biomedical Engineering M.S. Program. In addition, the student should take the
course in Group 1, and two each from Groups 2 and 3 Restricted Elective Course lists.
799
Ph.D. Program in Biomechanics Track:
Ph.D. Program for B.S. degree holders: Those who have been accepted to the program with a bachelors
degree are expected to complete the deficiency and core program requirements for the Biomedical Engineering
M.S. program Beyond this, in addition to the three restricted elective courses of the track, at least 24 credits (or
8 graduate level elective courses) course requirements for the Ph.D must be fulfilled by any technical elective
courses from the Faculty of Science and Faculty of Engineering and/or Faculty of Medicine.
2. Ph.D. Program after completing M.S. in other tracks of BME: Graduate students who have an MSc
degree in Biomedical Engineering (other than biomechanics track) must first satisfy the deficiency program
requirements of the track, then take a minimum of 8 (24 credits) courses from the Faculty of Science and
Faculty of Engineering and/or Faculty of Medicine, including the restricted elective courses of the track.
3. Ph.D. Program after completing M.S. in Science or Engineering (other than BME) or M.D. degree:
Graduate students accepted to the program who have an M.S. degree in Science or Engineering Programs,
other than the Biomedical Engineering Graduate or an M.D. Program, are expected to complete the deficiency
and core program requirements for the Biomedical Engineering M.S. program. In addition to the three
restricted elective courses, at least 2 (6 credits) courses must be taken from the Faculty of Science and Faculty
of Engineering and/or Faculty of Medicine.
Ph.D. Program for B.S. degree holders: Students holding only bachelors degree if planning directly to
proceed to the doctoral degree, are expected to complete the deficiency and core program requirements for the
Biomedical Engineering MS program. Beyond this, in addition to the two restricted elective courses of the
track, at least 27 credits (or 9 graduate level elective courses) course requirements for the Ph.D must be
fulfilled by any technical elective courses from the elective list or from elective courses (5XX or 7XX) offered
by the Faculty of Science and Faculty of Engineering or Faculty of Medicine.
2. Ph.D. Program after completing M.S. in other tracks of BME : Graduate students who have an MS
degree in Biomedical Engineering (other than biomolecular engineering track) must first satisfy the deficiency
program requirements of the track choosen , then take a minimum of 8 (24 credits) graduate level courses
including the restricted elective courses of the track. The remaining courses can be selected from the elective
list or from elective courses (5XX or 7XX) offered by the Faculty of Science and Faculty of Engineering or
Faculty of Medicine .
3. Ph.D. Program after completing M.S. in Science or Engineering (other than BME) or M.D. degree:
Graduate students accepted to the program who have an M.S. degree in Science or Engineering Programs,
other than the Biomedical Engineering Graduate Program or an M.D. Program, are expected to complete the
deficiency and core program requirements for the Biomedical Engineering M.S. program. Beyond this, in
addition to the two restricted elective courses, at least 9 credits (or 3 graduate level elective courses) course
requirements for the Ph.D must be satisfied. The courses can be selected from the elective list or from elective
courses (5XX or 7XX) offered by the Faculty of Science, Faculty of Engineering or Faculty of Medicine.
800
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
1
EE 501 or equivalent: ES 501, IAM 561, IAM 562, IAM 563, METE 503.
2
For each track, 1 course from group 1 and 1 course from group 2, 1 course from group 3 will be selected. See
below for list of courses.
3
Remaining credit requirements (2 courses) may be fulfilled with graduate level courses offered by the Faculty
of Science, Faculty of Engineering and/or Faculty of Medicine.
4
If not taken during M.S. program.
GRADUATE COURSES
801
ELECTIVE COURSES
Group 1: At least one course must be selected BIO 409 Introduction to Neurophysiology
from: BIO 430 Sensory Physiology
EE 503 Signal Analysis and Processing BIO 473 Molecular Biology of the Cell
EE 515 Bioelectricity and Biomagnetism BIO 479 Cell Cycle And Its Regulation
EE 518 Physiological Control Systems BIO 507 Neurobiology
EE 519 Advanced Medical Imaging
EE 610 Integrated Sensors and Sensor BIO 510 Structure And Function of
Systems Biological Membranes
EE 634 Digital Image Processing BIO 544 Control Mechanisms in Molecular
Biology
Group 2: At least one course must be selected BIO 586 Human Genetics
from:
Biomaterials Track:
Group 1: At least one course must be selected CHEM 432 Solid State Chemistry and Inorganic
from: Materials
BIO 514 Biomaterials CHEM 446 Statistical Thermodynamics
CHEM 568 Biomedical Materials CHEM 447 Surface Chemistry
CHEM 509 Statistical Thermodynamics
Group 2: At least one course must be selected from: CHEM 537 Organic Chemistry of
BIO 401 Molecular Cell Biology Macromolecules
BIO 407 Immunology CHEM 539 Mechanical and Viscoelastic
BIO 409 Introduction to Neorobiology Properties of Polymers
BIO 423 Recombinant DNA Techniques CHEM 541 Advanced Topics in
BIO 554 Macromolecules in Biotechnology Polymer Chemistry
and Biomedicine CHEM 545 Polymer Science and Technology
BIO 580 Controlled Release Systems and CHEM 548 Physical Chemistry of Interphases
Drug Targeting CHEM 549 Total Synthesis of
BIO 584 Advances in Biomaterials Natural Compounds
BIO 510 Structure and Function of CHEM 564 Structure and Morphology of
Biological Membranes Macromolecules
BIO 586 Human Genetics GENE 405 Animal Cell Culture Techniques
GENE 473 Molecular Biology of the Cell
Group 3: At least one course must be selected from: METE 456 Surface Processing of Materials
CENG 569 Pattern Recognition METE 460 Engineering with Polymers
EE 415 Introduction to Medical Imaging METE 470 Composite Materials
EE 583 Pattern Recognition METE 477 Testing and Evaluation of
ES 444 Fundamentals of Tissue Engineering Materials
Engineering METE 501 Thermodynamics of Materials
ES 494 Introduction to Bioengineering METE 506 Kinetics of Processes in Materials
ES 503 Finite Element Method METE 508 Advanced Optical Techniques
ES 514 Mechanical Behaviour of METE 544 Properties of Glass
Deformable Bodies PST 501 Polymer Science
ES 541 Introduction to Biomechanics PST 504 Advance Structure and Property
METE 425 Colloidal Behaviour of Ceramics Relationships in Polymers
METE 434 Principles of Ceramic Processing PST 508 Science and Characterization of
METE 451 Ceramic Materials Macromolecules
802
Biomechanics Track:
Group 1: At least one course must be selected ES 516 Spectral Methods
from: ES 521 Theory of Elasticity
ES 541 Introduction to Biomechanics ES 525 Theory of Continuous Media I
ES 542 Advanced Biomechanics ES 527 Fracture Mechanics
ES 531 Mechanics of Composite Materials
Group 2: At least one course must be selected ES 536 Energy Methods
from: ES 554 Nonlinear Dynamics
CHEM 539 Mechanical and Viscoelastic ES 571 Basic Principles of Fluid
Properties of Polymers Mechanics
EE 503 Signal Analysis and Processing ES 572 Advanced Fluid Mechanics
EE 518 Physiological Control System ME 502 Advanced Dynamics
Analysis ME 506 Dynamics of Nonlinear Systems
EE 551 Multivariable Control Systems I ME 507 Applied Optimal Control
EE 554 Optimal Control Theory ME 511 Modern Control
EE 558 System Identification and Adaptive ME 520 Analysis and Measurement
Control Techniques for Random
EE 587 Introduction to Robotics Vibrations and Noise
EE 588 Robot Hand Dynamics of ME 522 Principles of Robotics
Manipulation ME 543 Theory of Elasticity
EE 655 Chaotic Dynamics ME 547 Introduction to Continuum
ES 444 Fundamentals of Tissue Mechanics
Engineering ME 549 Experimental Stress Analysis I
ES 505 Variational Methods in Engineering ME 583 Engineering Fracture Mechanics
ES 511 Basic Principles of Mechanics
803
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
BME 502 Human Physiology (3-0)3 BME 7XX Special Topics in Biomedical
The course presents a general survey of operation of Engineering (3-0)3
all physiological systems, their interactions and Courses not listed in catalogue. Contents vary from
cooperation to maintain homeostasis, and increase year to year according to interest of students and
individual and species capacity for adaptation to instructor in charge.
different and variable life conditions.
BME 8XX Special Studies(4-2)NCThe M.S.
BME 590 Seminar in BME (0-2)NC student studies a specific topic under the guidance
This course consists of meetings among the of a faculty member, normally his/her adviser.
department staff, invited speakers and graduate
students to discuss the recent developments in BME 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
Biomedical Engineering. Each student is requested A group of graduate students choose and study an
to present a seminar covering the research results, advanced topic under the guidance of a faculty
preferably before the final stage of writing his/her member, normally the adviser of the students.
thesis.
804
BIOTECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
EREL, rem: B.S., M.S., Istanbul Technical University; Ph.D., Stevens Institute of Technology.
ERGDER, Tuba Hande: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
ZUBUKU, Salih: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., RWTH Aachen University.
ZTOP, Halil Mecit: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of California Davis.
805
KOKU, Harun: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Delaware.
SOMEL, Mehmet: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Leipzig.
SOYER, Yeim: B.S., M.S., Ankara University; Ph.D., Cornell University.
INSTRUCTOR
MURDOCH, Robert Waller: B.S., University of Texas at Austin; Ph.D., Cornell University.
RESEARCH FACILITIES: The following laboratories and research facilities are available for
faculty and the students. The research laboratories are located in the supporting departments buildings.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
The department is supported by the course programs of the five contributing departments course
offerings as well as BTEC code courses. Seminar in Biotechnology for M.Sc. Students I
M.S. in Biotechnology
Ph.D. in Biotechnology
BTEC 690 Seminar in Biotechnology for
If admitted by M.S. degree: Ph.D. Students I (0-2) NC
BTEC 691 Seminar in Biotechnology for
BTEC 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC Ph.D. Students II (0-2) NC
806
7 elective courses* BTEC 591 Seminar in Biotechnology for
Total minimum credits: 21 M.Sc. Students II (0-2) NC
Number of courses with credit (min): 7 BTEC 600 Ph.D.Thesis NC
*BTEC 503 (If not taken before) BTEC 690 Seminar in Biotechnology for
Ph.D. Students I (0-2) NC
If admitted by B.S. degree: BTEC 691 Seminar in Biotechnology for
Ph.D. Students II (0-2) NC
BTEC 503 Fundamentals of Biotechnology
(3-0)3 13 elective courses*
BTEC 590 Seminar in Biotechnology for Total minimum credits: 42
M.Sc. Students (0-2) NC Number of courses with credit (min): 14
*BIO 415-Physical Chemistry for Biological Sciences (Non-engineers must take this course if not taken
before)
BIO 420-Biochemistry (Non-biologists must take this course if not taken before)
CHE 428-Introduction to Process Principles (Non-engineers must take this course if not taken before)
*No more than 3 electives could be taken from the same discipline other than Biotechnology Program
GRADUATE COURSES
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
BTEC 500 Master Thesis NC enzymes. Fungal biology, physiology and genetics
Research program leading to M.S. degree. The in relation to industrial processes. The kinetics of
student should have two advisors of two different fungal growth.
contributing departments and should register this BTEC 590 Seminar in Biotechnology for
course every semester starting by their second M.Sc. Students I (0-2) NC
semester. Presentations of topics of general program interest,
current research activities and recent developments
BTEC 503 Fundamentals of Biotechnology in the related fields by graduate students, staff
(3-0)3 members, and invited speakers. M. Sc students
The principles in modern biotechnology; rDNA must register for this course at 3 semesters during
techniques, tissue culture, bioreactor design and their M. Sc and Ph.D. on B.S. students must register
applications are covered in the introductory level. for this course at least once during their Ph.D. on
B.S. study.
BTEC 510 Fungal Biotechnology (3-0)3
The use of filamentous fungi and yeast in
biotechnological processes for the production of
biomass, primary and secondary metabolites and
807
BTEC 591 Seminar in Biotechnology for BTEC 691 Seminar in Biotechnology for
M.Sc. Students II (0-2) NC Ph.D. Students II (0-2) NC
Presentations of topics of general program interest, Presentations of topics of general Program interest,
current research activities and recent developments current research activities and recent developments
in the related fields by graduate students, staff in the related fields by graduate students, staff
members, and invited speakers. M.Sc. students and members and invited speakers. Ph.D. and Ph. D. on
Ph.D. on B.S. students must register for this course B.S. students must register for this course at least
at least once during their M.Sc. study and Ph.D. on once during their Ph.D. and Ph. D. on B.S. study.
B.S. study. Students prepare a seminar directly Ph.D. and Ph. D. on B.S. students prepare a
related to their ongoing thesis research as a part of seminar directly related to their ongoing thesis
the Biotechnology Graduate Program. research as part of the Biotechnology Graduate
Program.
BTEC 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
Research work towards the basics of one of the BTEC 7XX Special Topics in Biotechnology
disciplines making up biotechnology. The student (3-0)3
should choose two advisors, of two contributing Principles of eukaryotic cell cultivation with special
departments and enroll the course for all semesters emphasis on mammalian cells. Anchorage
starting with his/her third semester. dependent and independent cells. The use of cell
culture towards the production of vaccines and
BTEC 690 Seminar in Biotechnology for metabolites.
Ph.D. Students I (0-2) NC
Presentations of topics of general program interest, BTEC 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
current research activities and recent developments M.S. students choose and study a topic under the
in the related fields by graduate students, staff guidance of a faculty member normally his/her
advisor.
members, and invited speakers. Ph.D. students
must register for this course at 4 semesters during BTEC 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
their Ph.D. and Ph.D. on B.S. students must register Graduate students as a group or a Ph.D. student
for this course at 3 semesters during their Ph.D. on choose and study advanced topics under the
B.S. study. guidance of a faculty member normally.
808
CEMENT ENGINEERING PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
LNGR, Fatma Canan: B.S., M.S., METU; M.S., Loughbrough University. Tech.; Ph.D., Ege University.
GNCOLU, Cemal: B.S., M.S., Istanbul University; Ph.D., Bonn University.
HOTEN, etin: B.S., M.S.,METU; Ph.D., U.C. Berkeley.
KARPUZ, Celal: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
LEBLEBCOLU, Kemal: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
ZGEN, Canan (Director of the Graduate School of Natural and Applied Sciences): B.S., M.S., Ph.D.,
METU.
ZGVEN, Nevzat (Vice President): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Manchester.
ZTRK, Abdullah: B.S., Istanbul Technical University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Missouri-Rolla.
PLATN, Blent Emre: M.S.,The Technical University of Istanbul,
M.S., Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
TOKYAY, Mustafa: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
TRKMENOLU (GNAL), Asuman: B.S., M.S., METU, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati.
YAMAN, smail zgr: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Wayne State University.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
BLGN, Hasan Aydn: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU
ERDOAN, Sinan Turhan (Department Chair): B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., University of Texas.
RAFATOV, smail: Ph.D., Krgz-Rusya-Slavik University.
TUNCAY, alar: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
KKSAL, Fatma Toksoy: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
INSTRUCTOR
ZTN, Cevdet: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU
OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAM: M.S. Program in Cement Engineering aims to equip the
students with a knowledge and understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects related to various stages
of cement manufacturing and utilizing cement, both at technical and at administrative levels. In particular, the
program aims to provide the students with:
An understanding of the characteristics of cement raw materials in relation to cement production and quality,
methods of extracting, crushing and grinding the raw materials like clay and limestone,
Basic knowledge on chemistry and manufacturing of cement; constitution of cement components and their
phase relations, calcination reactions in rotary kiln, energy and material balance, hydration reactions and
products,
Basic knowledge on types, standards and quality control of cement and cement based materials (mostly
concrete) and their utilization,
Basic knowledge on power distribution network and process automation in cement plants, computer aided
process and quality control systems, plant air and water networks, mechanical aspects for mills and kilns
Basic knowledge on sustainable developments in cement industry and general management systems for
cement plant operation.
An ability to work in various parts of a cement plant at technical or at administrative levels to perform the
required tasks efficiently with considerations of energy-saving and environmental issues,
An ability to develop a vision for the future developments in the plant, to detect the technical and
administrative shortcomings and propose solutions for them.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
3 electives * 6 electives *
Total credit (min): 21 Total credit (min): 30
Number of courses with credit (min): 7 Number of courses with credit (min): 10
* No more than two electives could be taken from the same discipline.
GRADUATE COURSES
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
810
CEME 500 M.S. Thesis NC cement manufacturing process, sustainable
Program of research leading to M.S. degree developments in cement industry and general
arranged between the student and two faculty management systems for cement plant operation.
members from different disciplines. Students
register to this course in all semesters starting, the CEME 590 Seminar NC
latest, from the beginning of their third semester till Presentation of topics of general interest, research
the research program or write-up of thesis ends. activities and recent developments related to cement
engineering by graduate students, staff members
CEME 501 Cement Raw Materials and and invited speakers.
Preparation (3-0)3
Elements of the mineralogy and geology of cement CEME 599 Term Project NC
raw materials, assessment of the raw-material A research project on a topic in cement engineering.
mineral deposits. Quarrying methods, operations The student is expected to write a comprehensive
and equipment. Raw mix preparation operations: report covering the latest literature on the subject as
size reduction and air separator systems in cement well as findings of his/her research work.
plants, concepts of particle size distribution and
fineness, blending. CEME 7XX Special Topics (3-0)3
Courses not listed in catalogue. Contents vary from
CEME 502 Cement Plant Systems (3-0)3 year to year according to interest of students
Main principles for power distribution network and and.advisor.
process automation of the cement plants. Computer
aided process and quality control systems, CEME 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
engineering principles for plant air and water M.S. student chooses and studies a topic under the
network, the mechanical aspects for kilns, mills and guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
other main equipments, wearing phenomena in advisor.
811
EARTHQUAKE STUDIES PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
BALABAN, Meltem enol: .S. METU; M.S. METU; Ph.D. METU; Ph.D., University of Tokyo.
BURAK, Burcu: B.S. METU; M.S. University of Michigan; Ph.D. University of Michigan
ERKAN, Babu Burak: B.S. METU; M.S. University of Warwick; Ph.D. London School of Economics
ZACAR, Arda: B.S. METU; M.S. METU; Ph.D. University of Arizona
YILMAZ, Tolga: B.S. METU; M.S. METU; Ph.D. METU.
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES: The Earthquake Studies Program aims to foster interdisciplinary
teaching and research related to natural disasters affecting Turkey and particularly in the area of earthquakes.
Turkey lies in one of the most active earthquake zones of the world. Furthermore, due to the negative effects of
low-quality building in urban areas Turkey is one of the countries having the highest risk with respect to
earthquakes and disasters. In earthquakes affecting urban areas within the last ten years, more than 20,000
persons have died and property losses have exceeded 20 billion US dollars. These losses are an obstacle to
Turkey's economical development. The reduction of high seismic risk in earthquake-prone cities to acceptable
levels is possible with the implementation of unified projects involving all disaster-related disciplines.
For the mitigation of earthquake losses, it is necessary to ensure that the disciplines of earth sciences
(geology, seismology), earthquake engineering, risk-based urban planning and communal
psychology/sociology be made to work together. In both developed and developing countries of the world,
there are no cities that face as high an earthquake risk as that of Turkey. The reason for the high risk lies not
812
only in the great danger due to earthquakes but also in the fact that the building stock is of poor quality. This is
why Turkey provides the most effective application area for multidisciplinary studies related to earthquakes.
The main aims of the Earthquake Studies Program have been determined as follows:
To institute an academic program in the areas of Earthquake Engineering, Active Tectonics and
Disaster Management leading initially to the Master's degree (M.S.) and further ahead to the
Doctoral degree (Ph.D.).
To coordinate integrated interdisciplinary research within the framework of graduate theses and
thus enable the transfer of knowledge and data to the public and private sectors.
To offer educational services and conduct extension courses.
Earthquake Studies Program is an interdisciplinary program leading to an M.S. degree in the following three
fields of study:
Earthquake Engineering
Active Tectonics
Disaster Management
I. EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING
The efficient and permanent way of reducing earthquake risk in our country to acceptable levels is providing
advanced training and education for practicing engineers and researchers. There is an increased demand
towards well trained earthquake engineering experts in the world. There are also valid reasons for the need of
well trained individuals in Turkey. Besides fulfilling Turkeys own needs, Turkish engineers who are involved
in important international projects need to be aware of the current knowledge in earthquake engineering, in
order to maintain their involvement. The primary objective is to have the graduate students who will be
studying earthquake engineering gain the overall conceptual knowledge first, and then focus on a special topic.
The graduate program in Active Tectonics is designed to familiarize students with earthquake geology,
earthquake hazard and its assessment. Active Tectonics program provides a link between seismology and
active tectonics for a comprehensive integration and understanding of earthquakes, and providing a full
background to students who feel themselves as an expert in the solution of earthquake and earthquake-induced
problems.
Disasters in contemporary society, whether of natural or technological origin are complex phenomena that
demand comprehensive and multi-disciplinary assessments and action. This is distinctly different from
conventional and simpler forms of hazards and accidents. Earthquakes too are considered today not simply as a
technical issue of structural robustness, but to define an interrelated area of study and that involves and
requires contributions from a wide spectrum of expertise. Understanding of natural and social systems and
processes, as well as their interactions is an essential step in the study of disasters. Further to this however, is
the need to develop a capacity to manage such systems be it in the context of emergency / crisis environments,
or alternatively in the management of risks prior to disasters. The technical know-how related to both aspects
of disaster management are based on theory or conveyed by means of case studies, widely spread in many
fields of study and practice. Earth sciences and natural sciences, as well as anthropological and historical
studies, economics, sociology, psychology, have direct contributions to make in the understanding of such
systems. On the other hand, politics, social and physical planning, engineering, systems management, law,
medicine, security sciences, and others contribute to the prescriptive capacity in building up the practice and
implementation of preventive decisions. The priority of the disaster management program is explicitly on the
latter aspects of disasters.
813
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
GRADUATE COURSES
ELECTIVE COURSES
Courses from the Department of Electrical and Courses from the Geodetic and Geographic
Electronic Engineering Information Technologies Program
EE 430 Digital Signal Processing GGIT 532 GIS and RS in Disaster Management
815
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
816
EARTH SYSTEM SCIENCE PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ALP, Emre: B.S., M.S., METU; M.S., Ph. D., Marquette University.
BALABAN, Osman: B.C.P., METU; M.S.C. UPL., METU; Ph.D., METU.
BLGN, Cemal Can: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
ERCAN, Hakan: B.S., METU; M.S., METU; Ph.D., Iowa University.
GEDKL, Bahar: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
GNE, ule: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Ankara University.
GZEN, Aye Gl: B.S., METU; Ph.D., Michigan State University.
GEN, Blent: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
MAMOLU, pek: B.S., METU; M.S., University of Newcastle Upon Tyne; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-
Milwaukee.
KANOLU, Utku: B.S., M.S., ITU; M.B.A., stanbul University; Ph.D., University of Southern California.
KENTEL, Elin: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D Georgia Institute of Technology Atlanta.
RITTERSBERGER-TILI, Helga: Vordiplom, Diplom, University of Bonn.; Ph.D., University of Essen.
SOYTA, Uur: B.S., METU; M.S.,Texas Tech University; Ph.D., Texas Tech University.
SUTCLIFFE (BABALIK), Ela: B.C.P., METU; M.S.C. UPL., METU; Ph. D., University College London.
TARMAN, Hakan Ik: B.S., M.S., Boazii University; Ph.D., Brown University.
VOYVODA, Ebru : B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Bilkent University.
YILMAZ, smail mer: B.S., METU; M.S., METU; Ph.D., METU.
YCEL, smail: B.S., ITU; M.S., Arizona University; Ph.D., Arizona University.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
GENERAL INFORMATION: Earth System Science Graduate and Doctorate Programs address the
growing national, regional and global demand for trained professionals in Earth System Science and
817
applications. The degree emphasizes a research-oriented, global systems approach to study the atmosphere,
hydrosphere, and lithosphere, including their interrelationships and interactions with the biosphere. Emphasis
is on the observation and quantitative analysis of Earth systems which human inflicted problems. Students
completing the program will be qualified to pursue careers that require knowledge of the basics of Earth
system science and the requisite tools.
The need for the programs exists because human after the industrial revolution modified the global
environment faster than they understood the consequences of their changes. The major theme of the program is
therefore sustainability, defined as meeting human needs and values while preserving and improving the
planets life-support systems.
Graduates of Faculties of Engineering, Social Sciences and Science, those working on this subject in
Ministries of Energy and Natural Resources, Environment & Urbanization, Forestry and Water, General
Directorate of Meteorology and Policy Making Institutions can apply for graduate study in ESS Program.
Graduates of this program will have a strong background in the theory and application of Earth
System Sciences. In this respect, to develop sustainable use of natural resources, technologies, and implement
policies becomes crucial, both in a national and global scale. They will be well prepared for either graduate
studies or jobs in the areas environmental change (e.g. climate change) and protection, natural resource
management and policy.
TRACKS: Earth System Sciences (ESS) will provide an integrated approach to analyze earth system
science. Courses offered in the Program examine interactions among components of the Earth Systems under
three tracks.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
M.S. with thesis in Earth System Science M.S. without thesis in Earth System Science
ESS 500 M.S. Thesis NC ESS 501 The Earth System (3-0)3
ESS 501 The Earth System (3-0)3 ESS 502 Earth System Science: Economics
ESS 502 Earth System Science: Economics and Policy (3-0)3
and Policy (3-0)3 ESS 590 Seminar NC
ESS 590 Seminar NC ESS 599 Term Project NC
2 restricted elective courses from Group 1 2 restricted elective courses from Group 1
3 elective courses 2 restricted elective courses from Group 2
4 elective courses
Total minimum credit: 21
Number of Courses with credit (min): 7 Total minimum credit: 30
Number of Courses with credit (min): 10
818
Ph.D. in Earth System Science Number of Courses with credit (min): 7
* In deficiency program, students must take ESS
If admitted by M.S. degree in ESS 501 and ESS 502
ESS 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
ESS 690 Seminar NC Ph.D. in Earth System Science
2 restricted elective courses from Group 2 If admitted by B.Sc.
5 elective courses ESS 501 The Earth System (3-0)3
ESS 502 Earth System Science: Economics
Total minimum credit: 21 and Policy (3-0)3
Number of Courses with credit (min): 7 ESS 590 Seminar NC
ESS 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
ESS 690 Seminar NC
GRADUATE COURSES
Group 1: Two courses must be selected from: Group 2: Two courses must be selected from:
ELECTIVE COURSES*
* Maximum 2 (two) elective courses from other departments/programs can be elected by the approval of the
students advisor and ESS Administrative Board which are not listed in the tracks below.
819
Track 1: Earth System Science
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
ESS 500 M.S. Thesis NC A program of research leading to the M.S. degree is
decided between the student and a faculty member.
820
Students register to this course at all semesters policy formulation, implementation and evaluation
starting from the beginning of their second semester at the local, regional, national, international in the
while the research program or write-up of thesis is context of industrial and organizational levels.
in progress.
ESS 505 Global Biogeochemistry (3-0)3
ESS 501 The Earth System (3-0)3 The origin and history of life on Earth, life and
Near Earth Space (NES): Electromagnetic and evolution, production and fate of organic material,
charge output of the Sun; radiation, plasma, neutral major biogeochemical cycles (C, N, P, O, and S)
atmosphere and magnetic environment; the and their interactions with physical, chemical and
atmosphere, atmospheric dynamics and circulation biological components of terrestrial and aquatic
patterns, atmospheric chemistry. Geosphere: systems, links between local and global cycles,
Principals of geological processes, The Earths biogeochemical transformations and microbial
materials, deposition in the deep oceans, lakes and loops, aerobic and anaerobic processes, climatic
rivers, geologic time scales. Hydrosphere: Fresh forcing of biogeochemical processes, anthropogenic
water over and in soil, ocean water and hydrological environmental change mediated through both
cycle, ocean systems, the ocean's role in the global perturbation of biogeochemical cycles
geochemical and biogeochemical cycling and (eutrophication, ocean carbon sequestration) and
physical/climate systems, freshwater and marine through the introduction of contaminants (toxic
ecosystems. Biosphere: Evolution of biological organic compounds, heavy metals, trace elements),
diversity, terrestrial and aquatic and marine reconstructing the history of environmental change
ecosystems, GAIA, Geographic ecology, global using chemical markers preserved in sedimentary or
ecology, biological feedback mechanisms at global biological archives.
scale. Climate Change-introduction: Introduction to
climate variability and climate change. Future ESS 506 Nature and Human Use (3-0)3
prospects for the Earth system. Understanding of the natural environment and the
environmental problems that the world faces.
ESS 502 Earth System Science: Economics fundamental ecological principles, human
and Policy (3-0)3 population dynamics, biodiversity, natural resources
Institutional framework and issues of climate and their use, human interaction with the
change; international context and treaties; economic environment, and personal and civic responsibility,
concepts relevant to climate and environmental anthropogenic changes on earth that are inflected by
change; policy issues and options for mitigating the human population rise, environmental awareness as
impact of climate change; methods of policy a basis for policy making and ethical decisions.
analysis and evolution including modeling
fundamentals; model types and modeling issues. ESS 507 Climate Change and Modeling
(3-0)3
ESS 503 Sustainable Development (3-0)3 Climate: Introduction to climate, the science of
To review core concepts and history of sustainable climate, elements and control of weather and
development; to introduce students to innovative climate, the nature of the atmosphere, role of
frameworks to sustainable development, including oceans, the dynamics of the climate system, world
institutional analysis, common-pool resource pattern of climate. Climate variability: Time scales
management, and the often overlooked cultural, and of climatic variations, long-term climate averages,
psychological underpinnings of environmental annual climate variations, Earths evolution and
decisionmaking; to examine policy responses to paleo-climatic changes. Climate Change: the
environmental problems caused by economic Greenhouse gases and global warming,, Human
development; to analyze social case studies and activities and the climate change, sensitivity to
examples through the frameworks presented; to external forcing, the cryosphere and records of
provide a forum for graduate students to present environmental changes, ocean impacts and
their own research interests and examples regarding feedbacks, oceans and CO2 sequestration, Climate
sustainable development. modeling: Types of data, Basic laws of physics for
the models, systems of differential equations,
coupling atmosphere-ocean and land surface-sea
icesystem, physical climate modeling, and accuracy
ESS 504 Environment, Society and of the models.
Technology (3-0)3
The identification, investigation and evaluation of ESS 508 Environmental Economics (3-0)3
how environment, energy and technology are inter- Consumption, production and cost. Competitive
related and how these interactions influence societal markets and welfare. Equilibrium and efficiency
821
under different market structures. Market failure Students register to this course in all semesters
and the Coase theorem. Cost benefits analysis in starting from the beginning of their second semester
imperfect markets. Natural and renewable resource while the research program or write-up of thesis is
economics. Policy alternatives to address in progress.
environmental issues.
ESS 690 Seminar II in ESS (0-2)NC
ESS 509 Energy Policy and Finance (3-0)3 Presentations of topics of general Program interest,
Energy markets, game theory and strategic current research activities and recent developments
interaction, imperfections and regulation. World in the related fields by graduate students, staff
energy markets as alternative investment areas, members and invited speakers. Ph.D. and Ph. D. on
price movements, international trade and finance, B.S. students must register for this course
macroeconomics impacts of energy price shocks. at least once during their Ph.D. and Ph. D. on B.S.
Renewable energy policy, evaluating energy Students prepare a seminar directly related to their
projects and energy project financing policy ongoing thesis research as part of the Earth System
appraisal. Science Doctorate Program.
ESS 590 Seminar I in ESS (0-2)NC ESS 7XX Special Topics in Earth System
Presentations of topics of general Program interest, Science (3-0)3
current research activities and recent developments Courses not listed in the catalogue are given as
in the related fields by graduate students, staff Special Topics courses. Contents vary from year to
members and invited speakers. M.Sc. students must year according to interest of students and instructor
register for this course at least once during their in charge. Courses include various earth system
M.Sc., and M.Sc. students prepare a seminar topics.
directly related to their ongoing thesis research as
part of the Earth System Science Master Program. ESS 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
M.Sc. Students choose and study a topic under the
ESS 599 Term Project (0-4)NC guidance of a faculty member normally his/her
Project carried out under the supervision of a faculty advisor.
member in a specific area of ESS. A written report
is expected from students about their work. ESS 9XX Advanced Studies (4-2)NC
ESS 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC PhD Students choose and study a topic under the
Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree guidance of a faculty member normally his/her
arranged between student and a faculty member. advisor.
822
GEODETIC AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGIES PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
823
Space Geodesy (SG)
Remote Sensing (RS)
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
GRADUATE RESEARCH LABORATORIES: The Department has one research lab and one
student computer lab each having sufficient number of powerful PCs equipped with necessary software
applications.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
M.S. in Geodetic and Geographic Information Technologies (for students with an M.S. degree obtained
from the METU Department of Geodetic And Geographical Information Technologies)
4 elective courses approved by the Department of Geodetic and Geographical Information Technologies.
Total minimum credit: 24
Number of courses with credit (min.): 8
Ph.D. in Geodetic and Geographic Information Technologies (for students with an M.S. from a
department other than the METU Department of Geodetic And Geographical Information
Technologies)
Students with an M.S. degree in GGIT are accepted to the Ph.D. program without the need to attend a
deficiency program while those students with other backgrounds may be required to attend a deficiency
program.
Students accepted to Ph.D. program will be asked to choose a major topic from the list below and a minor topic
depending on their interests. The minor topics will vary depending on the students background and be
determined in colloboration with contributing departments. Students attending the Ph.D. program are required
to take four courses from the major topics and three courses from the minor topics.
Major topics:
* Geodesy
* Geographic Information Systems
* Remote Sensing
7 elective courses
Total minimum credit: 21
Number of courses with credit (min.): 7
824
If admitted by B.S. degree:
11 elective courses
Total minimum credit: 45
Number of courses with credit (min.):15
GRADUATE COURSES
The program is supported by the course programs of contributing departments' course offerings as well as by
GGIT coded courses: A list of the courses within the three streams of GGIT is updated and published annually.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
GGIT 500 M.S. Thesis NC Networks, Horizontal and vertical Datum and
Research program leading to M.S. degree. An Datum Transformations, Basic differential
advisor and a co-advisor is appointed from two of geometry, introduction to Map Projections and their
the contributing departments during the first Classifications.
semester. The students register to this course every
semester starting from their second semester. GGIT 530 Advanced GIS (2-2)3
Basic building blocks of geographic information
GGIT 501 Geodesy and Map Projections systems; Measurement and GIS, frames, shapes and
(3-0)3 databases, data input, storage and editing.
Introduction to the Parameter Estimation in linear Transformations and operations; overlay and
models, Reference Systems, Reference Frames, distance operations, surfaces and nearest neighbors,
Coordinate Systems and Coordinate transforming data. Error, accuracy and precision;
Transformations, Earths Gravity Field, Geodetic types of error, sources of inaccuracy and
Earth Model, Geodetic Astronomy, Methods of 3-D imprecision
absolute and relative Positioning , introduction to Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
GNSS, Gravity Field Determination, Geodetic
825
GGIT 531 Project Design in GIS (1-4)3 GGIT 561 Digital Image Analysis (3-0)3
Formulation of project. Literature review and Introduction to remote sensing; image registration;
determination of data requirement. Collection of radiometric enhancement; multispectral
data. Presentation of data in GIS format. Analysis in transformations; frequency domain transformations;
the project. Presentation and criticisms. supervised and unsupervised classification; feature
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. reduction; image fusion; hyperspectral image
processing.
GGIT 532 GIS and RS in Disaster Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
Management (3-0)3
Principles of disaster management. Geographical GGIT 562 Integration of Remote Sensing
Information Systems. Remote Sensing. Landslides, and GIS (3-0)3
floods, snow and avalanches, earthquakes, forest Fundamental concepts of integrating remote sensing
fires. Use of GIS and RS in natural disaster and geographic information systems (GIS); the
management. essentials of using ancillary data in the remote
Prerequisites: Introductory courses in GIS and RS. sensing images; the use of remote sensing images in
GIS analysis operations; the levels and technical
GGIT 535 Information Systems for Natural impediments of the integration; the required
Resource Management (3-0)3 interface functions and; error sources.
Application of GIS principles in the environment of Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
natural resource management problems and
organizations; principles of seamless raster data GGIT 563 Microwave Remote Sensing
architectures, raster-vector database integration, (3-0)3
decision support system and management The principles and the applications of both passive
information, AM/FM (Automated Mapping and (radiation) and active (radar) microwave remote
Facility Management) sensing. The physical radiation principles for
remotely measuring surface processes, plane waves,
GGIT 537 Statistical Techniques in polarization, dielectric properties of manner,
Geographical Analysis (3-0)3 scattering, absorption. Microwave remote sensing
Descriptive statistics of geographical data. systems, tradeoffs and sensor capabilities.
Measurement Scales. Probability theory. Discrete
and continuous probability distributions used in GGIT 590 Seminar (0-2)NC
geography. Statistical inference, hypothesis testing Presentation of topics of general interest, as well as
and sampling for spatial data. Parameter estimation, the current research by the graduate students are the
correlation and regression analysis of geographical main lines of the seminar program.
data. Introduction to Spatial Statistics.
GGIT 7XX Special Topics in Geodetic and
GGIT 538 Spatial Data Analysis (3-0)3 Geographic Information
Introduction to spatial data analysis. Problem types Technologies (3-0)3
in spatial data analysis. Point pattern analysis. Courses not listed in the catalogue. Topics vary
Analysis of continuous spatial data. Spatial analysis from year to year according to interest of students
of area data. Spatial modeling. Visualization of and faculty in charge.
spatial data.
GGIT 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
GGIT 560 Principles of Remote Sensing M.S. student chooses and studies a topic under the
(3-0)3 guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
Physical basis of remote sensing; basics of imaging; advisor.
spatial, spectral and radiometric resolution;
spaceborne sensors and platforms; radiometric and GGIT 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
geometric correction; image enhancement; multi- Graduate students as a group choose and study an
band operations; classification; synthetic aperture advanced topic under the guidance of a faculty
RADAR; LIDAR. member, normally the advisor of the students.
826
MICRO AND NANOTECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
827
This program is open to the students of undergraduate degree from physical and/or life sciences and
engineering departments. Graduates of other science and engineering departments will be required to take
preparatory courses depending on the individuals background according to the decision of Admission
Committee up to 2 semesters. Major research subjects are the following:
1- Nanophotonics, optoelectronics, micro and nanoelectronics, nanomagnetism
2- Nanomaterials
3- Micro and Nanofabrication and characterization
4- Nanobiotechnology and BioMEMS
5- Quantum computing
6- Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (MEMS)
These major research subjects are supplemented by several courses from different science and
engineering departments as indicated below:
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
If admitted by M.S. degree (from MNT): If admitted by M.S. degree (not from MNT):
GRADUATE COURSES
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
829
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
DEMREL, Nuray: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Missouri University of Science and Technology.
DLEK, era: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Wayne State University;
Post Doc., Georgia Institute of Technology.
ZKAN, Trker: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Helsinki.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
GRSES, Senih: B.S., Hacettepe University; M.S., Boazii University; Ph.D., METU.
SINAYU, alar: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: Occupational Health and Safety graduates may have career
opportunities in various industrial and health sectors, in addition to doing research and teaching in universities.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
GRADUATE COURSES
ELECTIVE COURSES
831
PSY 571 Accident and Behavioral Models, Theories, and Its Implications (3-0)3
PSY 576 Situation Awareness (3-0)3
PSY 662 Advanced Issues in Organizational Safety Culture and Climate (3-0)3
PSY 519 Human Factors and Performance (3-0)3
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
833
OPERATIONAL RESEARCH PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
At the present the department coexists and shares most of its faculty with the Department of Industrial
Engineering. Students and faculty members are encouraged to take part in applied research on practical
problems as well as in theoretical research.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: The graduates of the programs are employed in almost all sectors of
industry and in government and public agencies.
834
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
Acceptance to the program requires a sufficient background in calculus, linear algebra, probability
theory and operational research. Applicants should also satisfy any requirements that may be stipulated by the
Graduate School. Qualified students without the necessary background may be accepted to the program, but
they will be required to enroll in a deficiency program of undergraduate courses.
Students accepted to the M.S. program are expected to register for at least seven graduate courses in
addition to the Seminar and the M.S. thesis. The following courses are required:
OR 500 M.S. Thesis NC
OR 501 Linear Optimization Methods* (3-0)3
OR 518 Stochastic Processes in Decision Models** (3-0)3
OR 590 Seminar*** (0-2)NC
5 elective courses
835
Total minimum credit: 45
Number of courses with credit (min): 15
GRADUATE COURSES
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
837
illustrate the application of the general rules of OR 607 Game Theory and Competitive
calculating costs and benefits. Strategies (3-0)3
Social behaviour viewed as a competitive behaviour
OR 590 Seminar (0-2)NC and the Von Neumann Morgenstern theory for its
This seminar is designed to promote research study. Human value and its measurements. Games
interest in various areas of IE. Masters students in extensive form. Zero and Non-Zero sum games.
must register and fulfill departmental requirements Cooperative and noncooperative games. Games
of the seminar. played against randomly behaving ignorant players
and competitive bidding problems and mathematical
OR 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC models for their solutions.
Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree
arranged between the student and a faculty member. OR 608 OR in Energy Planning (3-0)3
Students register to this course in all semesters National energy accounts and balances in an input-
starting from their third semester while the research output framework. Energy sector supply models and
program of write-up of thesis is in progress. electric power system planning. Partial equilibrium
energy models. Specific models from the literature
OR 603 Queuing Theory (3-0)3
will be studied and presented by students for class
The analysis of functional systems having
discussion.
variability in arrivals and services; approaches by
Prerequisites: OR 501, OR 503 and OR 505 or
Kolmogorov equations, imbedded Markov
consent of department.
processes, difference, differential equations.
Decision models and solution techniques. OR 609 Group Research in OR (3-0)3
Prerequisite: OR 518 or consent of department. Participation as a team member in an actual
operational research project.
OR 604 Theory of Functional Systems
(3-0)3 OR 610 Seminar on Computable
Concepts and approaches of General System General Equilibrium Models
Theory, basic concepts of structure and function; (3-0)3
natural mechanical systems and functions; Review of the salient features of empirically based
classification of functional systems and computable general equilibrium models and their
characterization of goal seeking and purposeful use in the economy-wide planning process;
systems; behaviour of functional systems. simulation exercises with numerical framework.
Prerequisite: OR 506 or consent of department. Prerequisite: OR 514
839
POLYMER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Because of its character, the program is interdisciplinary and it is administered jointly by various
departments of Faculties of Arts and Sciences, Engineering and Education.
Major graduate level research activities include mechanical, thermal, flammability, electrical, optical,
biomedical properties of polymers, polymer composites, and nanocomposites.
The program is so designed that the students with different backgrounds will learn the essentials of the
field and do research accordingly.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
GRADUATE COURSES
PST 500 M.S. Thesis NC PST 507 Polymer Composites, Blends and
PST 501 Polymer Chemistry (3-0)3 Additives (3-0)3
PST 502 Polymer Science and Technology PST 597 Seminar (0-2)NC
Laboratory (3-0)3 PST 598 Seminar (0-2)NC
PST 503 Polymer Physics (3-0)3 PST 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
PST 504 Advanced Structure and Property PST 697 Seminar (0-2)NC
Relationships in Polymers (3-0)3 PST 698 Seminar (0-2)NC
PST 505 Transport Processes in PST 7XX Special Topics in Polymer Science
Macromolecular Media (3-0)3 and Technology (3-0)3
PST 506 Polymer Processing (3-0)3 PST 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
PST 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
841
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
PST 500 M.S. Thesis NC state and melt pumping. Polymer melt flow in
Program of research leading to M.Sc. degree, channels and cavities. Extrusion, injection molding,
arranged between student and a faculty member. blow molding calendering, thermoforming,
Students register to this course in all semesters composites processing and secondary operations,
starting from the beginning of their second semester welding, adhesion, fastening, decoration and
while the research program or write-up of thesis is machining of plastics. (R)
in progress. (F&S)
PST 507 Polymer Composites, Blends
PST 501 Polymer Chemistry (3-0)3 and Additives (3-0)3
Polymerization and Copolymerization. Composites with continuous and discontinuous
Characterization of Polymers. Bulk and solution reinforcement. Theories of reinforcement.
properties of polymers. Manufacturing methods, Rheological and mechanical properties. Methods of
properties and uses of commodity plastics, blending blends. Structure-property relations in
elastomers and fibers. Some specialty polymers and blends. The role of additives in plastics processing
their uses. (F) and plastic products. Modifiers for processing,
mechanical, optical, surface and aging
PST 502 Polymer Science and characteristics. (R)
Technology Laboratory (3-0)3
Experiments on the synthesis, Characterization of PST 597 Seminar in Polymer Science and
polymers. Polymer compounding and processing. Technology (0-2)NC
Project studies. (S) This seminar consists of meetings among the
department staff, invited guests and graduate
PST 503 Polymer Physics (3-0)3 students to discuss recent developments in Polymer
Single chain conformation, polymer melts, solution, Science and Technology. Each M.Sc. student is
gelation, segregation. Dynamics of chains, requested to prepare a seminar covering the
entanglement effects. Self-consistent field and literature survey completed and a brief outline of the
random phase approximation. Renormalization research planned. (F&S)
group and fractal concepts. (R)
PST 598 Seminar in Polymer Science
PST 504 Advanced Structure and and Technology (0-2)NC
Property Relationships in This seminar consists of meetings among the
Polymers (3-0)3 department staff, invited guests and graduate
Chemical and physical structure of polymers, main students to discuss recent developments in polymer
physical and physico-chemical properties of Science and Technology. Each MSc student is
polymers and their relation to structure, requested to prepare a seminar preferably before the
morphology-property relationships for final stage of writing, covering the research results
homopolymers, heterogeneous and composite collected. (F&S)
systems, kinetics of crystallization, mechanical and
transport properties of polymeric materials with PST 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC
industrial applications. (S). Program of research leading to Ph.D. degree,
arranged between student and a faculty member.
PST 505 Transport Processes in Students register to this course in all semesters
Macromolecular Media (3-0)3 starting from the beginning of their second semester
Vector-tensor algebra. Shell balances for while the research program or write-up of thesis is
momentum, energy and mass transport. Polymer in progress (F&S)
melt rheology. Non-Newtonian and viscoelastic
flows of polymeric materials. Heat transfer and PST 697 Seminar in Polymer Science
diffusion in macromolecular media. Development of and Technology (0-2)NC
velocity, temperature and concentration profiles in This seminar consists of meetings among the
macromolecular media. (R) department staff, invited guests and graduate
students to discuss recent developments in Polymer
PST 506 Polymer Processing (3-0)3 Science and Technology. Each Ph.D student is
Design criteria of plastics processing equipment, requested to prepare a seminar covering the
dies, molds and plasticating screws. Modelling and literature survey completed and a brief outline of the
analysis of particulate solids handling, change of research planned. (F&S).
842
PST 698 Seminar in Polymer Science PST 7XX Special Topics in Polymer
and Technology (0-2)NC Science and Technology (3-0)3
This seminar consists of meetings among the Courses not listed in catalogue. Contents vary from
department staff, invited guests and graduate year to year according to interest of students and
students to discuss recent developments in Polymer instructor in charge.
Science and Technology. Each Ph.D. student is
requested to prepare a seminar preferably before the PST 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
final stage of writing, covering the research results M.S. student chooses and studies a topic under the
collected. (F&S) guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
advisor.
PST 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
Graduate students as a group choose and study an
advanced topic under the guidance of a faculty
member, normally the advisor of the students.
843
844
845
846
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
Director : ALTUNIIK, Meliha; B.A., Ankara University; M.S., METU; Ph.D., Boston University.
Associate Director: KONDAKI, Yaar; B.A., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Ghent University.
Associate Director: ERGUN, Aya; B.A., Ankara University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Essex.
GENERAL INFORMATION: The Graduate School of Social Sciences organizes and carries out
programs, conducts research and offers degrees at graduate level in the following fields:
Programs Degree
Business Administration M.B.A. (1, 2) /Ph.D.
Executive M.B.A M.B.A.. (3)
Interdisciplinary Programs
Asian Studies M.A. (2)
Area Studies Ph.D.
Eurasian Studies M.A.(1, 2)
European Integration M.S.(3)
European Studies M.S.(1, 2)
Gender and Women's Studies M.S.(1, 2)
German-Turkish Masters Program in Social Sciences M.A.(2)
Latin and North American Studies M.S.(1,2)
Media and Cultural Studies M.S.(1, 2,3)
Middle East Studies M.S.(1, 2)
Science and Technology Policy Studies M.S.(1, 2)/Ph.D.
Settlement Archaeology M.A.(1)/Ph.D.
Social Policy M.S.(1, 2)
Urban Policy Planning and Studies in Local Governments M.S.(1, 2)/Ph.D.
(1) With thesis (2) Without thesis (3) Evening program without thesis
847
AREA STUDIES PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ALTUNIIK, Meliha (Director of the Graduate School of Social Sciences): B.A., Ankara University; M.A.,
METU; Ph.D., Boston University
AYATA, Aye: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., University of Kent at Canterbury
BACI, Hseyin: B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Bonn University
BOZTEMUR, Recep: B.A., Ankara University; M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Utah
ERALP, Atila: B.A., METU; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California
ZVEREN, Eyp: B.S., METU; M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton
TANRISEVER, Oktay F. (Department Chair): B.A., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of London
TOKLUOLU, Ceylan: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Carleton University
YURDUSEV, Nuri: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Leicester
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
BEPINAR, Fatma Umut: B.A., M.A., METU; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin
ERGEN, Ceren: B.S., M.S. METU; Ph.D. Boston University
KUU, Ik: B.S., Hacettepe University; M.S., Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington
TOPAL, Aylin: B.S., METU; M.S., Bilkent University; Ph.D., New School for Social Research
OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAM: The PhD Program in Area Studies seeks to enhance the
academic studies on the major regions of the rapidly changing world in terms of international relations,
economics, politics, culture and history. It also aims at explaining the dynamics of change in different regions
and their relations with each other from an interdisciplinary perspective. Another objective of this program is
to develop new approaches and perspectives on Turkeys multi-dimensional relations with various regions
around the world.
The program also intends to improve the quality of research on historical, socio-cultural, economic
and political characteristics of major areas in the world. It is hoped that the Program will contribute to the
academic world as well as the policy-making communities in the areas of foreign policy, business, technology,
culture, the mass-media, and civil society. The program seeks to contribute to the development of these areas
constructively.
ADMISSION: The PhD Program in Area Studies is open to candidates with a masters degree in
any field of study due to the interdisciplinary nature of the program. The applicants with the required academic
qualifications and language skills take an oral exam to be accepted to the program.
Admission requirements:
M.A./M.S. degree (or awaiting graduation from a M.A./M.S. program)
C.GPA 3,00/4,00 ( 80/100)
ALES Eit Arlk 60 / GRE Quantitative 648
METU English Proficiency Exam (EPE) 70 / TOEFL IBT 86 / IELTS 7.0
848
Application documents:
Official transcripts that include all undergraduate and graduate records
Letter of intention
Two letters of Reference
Graduate Exam Scores (ALES Eit Arlk / GRE Quantitative)
English Proficiency Exam Scores (METU English Proficiency Exam / TOEFL IBT / IELTS)
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Students must take at least 7 courses (not less than 21 credit hours), pass the PhD comprehensive exam, and
defend a PhD thesis to successfully complete the program. Students who successfully complete the
requirements of the program are awarded with the PhD Degree in Area Studies.
COURSES
2 Must courses
3 Elective courses on a region (Asia, Eurasia, Europe, Latin and North America, or the Middle East)
2 Elective courses on a Social Science Discipline (Business Administration, Economics, History, International
Relations, Political Science, Philosophy, Psychology, or Sociology)
ARS 601 Area Studies (3-0)3 ARS 602 Designing Research in Area Studies
This PhD course is designed to introduce the key (3-0)3
themes in Area Studies as well as a variety of This course aims to provide the students a general
disciplinary theoretical approaches used to study assessment of qualitative research methods. It will
areas in the world. The course will also explore how present the students various qualitative methods
regional dynamics interact with local, national and involved in social scientific research as well as offer
global forces. The course will begin with a awareness as to how these methods are related to
discussion of the scope, development and broader social scientific issues. By presenting a
interdisciplinary nature of Area Studies. Next, the variety of methods, the course will encourage the
course will examine the relevance and limitations of students to reflect upon these methods and their
the main disciplinary approaches that anthropology, appropriateness in different research contexts. It
history, sociology, economics, political science and will proceed with assignments asking the students to
international relations use in studying Areas. The analyze different methods used in the prominent
final part of this course will be devoted to students works of area studies. It will also include
individual research projects on the key debates in assignments that will demand from the student a
African, the Middle Eastern, Asian, Eurasian, review of the use of several research methods for an
European and American Studies. original topic of their choosing. The course will
hence encourage reflective thinking both on
methodology in area studies as well as on the
practice of some of the methods.
849
Elective Courses on a Region
Eurasia:
850
SOC 590 Nations and Nationalisms in the Modern LNA 511 Current Issues and Future Prospects in
Middle East American Foreign Policy
LNA 514 The Rise and Decline of U.S. Hegemony
Latin and North America: LNA 521 Political Economy of NAFTA
LNA 513 Contemporary Issues in
LNA 501 Latin America: Past, Present and Future Latin American Politics
Trends ADM 5159 Politics and Society in Latin America
LNA 502 North America: Past, Present and Future IR 523 Issues in American Foreign Policy
Trends IR 594 Immigration, Integration and
LNA 510 Turkish-American Relations Transnationalism in North America
Philosophy:
History:
PHIL 601 Special Issues in Epistemology I
HIST 640 Analysis of Historical Sources PHIL 602 Special Issues in Epistemology II
HIST 641 Current Approaches in Historical PHIL 631 Axiomatization of Scientific Theories
Research PHIL 632 Dynamics of Scientific Theories
HIST 501 Historical Methodology I PHIL 651 Studies in Metaphilosophy
HIST 502 Historical Methodology II PHIL 653 Theories of Scientific Methodology
HIST 525 Approaches in History: Selected Studies PHIL 655 Research Problems in Philosophy of
851
Science Sociology:
PHIL 501 Research Methods
PHIL 510 Topics in Epistemology SOC 631 Current Issues in Sociology
PHIL 527 Philosophy in Science and Social Theory
PHIL 554 Scientific Concepts and Theories SOC 501 Sociological Theory I
SOC 502 Sociological Theory II
SOC 507 Research Methods I
Psychology: SOC 508 Research Methods II
SOC 519 Feminist Methodology in Social Sciences
PSY 620 Research Methods in Industrial and SOC 528 Post-Structuralism, Deconstruction
Organizational Psychology and Feminist Theory
PSY 654 Social Psychology Aspects of Legal SOC 535 Contemporary Feminist Theory
Processes SOC 561 Ideology and Discourse Analysis
PSY 500 Research Methods SOC 580 Current Issues in Cultural
PSY 554 Recent Advances and Problems Studies and Critical Theory
in Social Psychology SOC 598 Debates in Society and Theory
852
ASIAN STUDIES PROGRAM
Department Chair: Assist. Prof. Dr. Ceren ERGEN: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Boston University.
PROFESSOR
WASTI PAMUKSUZ, Nazl: B.S, METU; M.S., University of Missouri-Rolla; M.S., University of Michigan,
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
The interdisciplinary character of the Asian Studies Masters Program enables multilateral and diverse
discussions by combining different experiences and points of view. Additionally, the Asian Studies Program
works in coordination with the Confucius Institute established in Middle East Technical University (METU) to
accumulate knowledge and expertise on the region.
The Admission requirements of the Graduate School of Social Sciences are valid for the Asian Studies
Program as well. The applicants with the required academic qualifications and necessary language skills may
be taken to written and/or oral exams by the Search Committee. The application materials include:
Bachelors Degree and/or Diploma, and Official Transcripts
Letter of intention
Two letters of Reference
Official Score of the Graduate Exam (ALES)
Score of English Proficiency Exams (TOEFL, IELTS, METU EPE)
The program has only non-thesis option. The non-thesis option necessitates 10 courses (30 credit hours) and a
non-credit term-project to be completed. The students are also required to take one of the languages of the
region (to be registered as NC) for at least two semesters.
In the program, the students who successfully complete the requirements are awarded with the M.S. Degree in
Asian Studies.
853
M.S. in Asian Studies
Required Courses
ASN 501 Asia in world Affairs (3-0)3
Elective Courses
ASN 502 The Asia Pacific Region in the Global World (3-0)3
ASN 503 Economic and Social Development in East Asia (3-0)3
ASN 504 Social Sciences and Area Studies (3-0)3
ASN 505 Contemporary China (3-0)3
ASN 506 Contemporary Southeast Asia: Issues, Development, and Evolution (3-0)3
ASN 509 Contemporary Japanese: Socio-Cultural Case Studies (3-0)3
ASN 510 Culture in the Korean Society (3-0)3
ASN 511 Politics and Foreign Policy of China (3-0)3
ASN 512 Korea in the World Economy II (3-0)3
ASN 520 Korea in the World Economy (3-0)3
ASN 521 Advanced Topics in Asia in World Affairs (3-0)3
ASN 530 State, Economy, and Politics in Post-Mao China (3-0)3
ASN 531 Society, Economy, and Politics in Japan (3-0)3
ASN 540 China`s Economic Development and the World (3-0)3
ASN 541 Society, Economy, and Politics in Korea (3-0)3
ASN 561 State, Society, and Culture in India (3-0)3
ASN 571 Demography, Development, and Planning in Modern Japan (3-0)3
ASN 581 East Asian Security (3-0)3
ASN 589 Term Project (0-0)0
ASN 591 History of Korea (3-0)3
ASN 551 Korean I (3-0)3
ASN 552 Korean II (3-0)3
ASN 553 Korean III (3-0)3
HIST 476 Chinese History (3-0)3
HIST 568 History of India (3-0)3
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
ASN 501 Asia in World Affairs (3-0)3 economy; so, their role and influence in global
This course discusses the contemporary economy is deeply elaborated in the past and
international relations of East and South Asia. First, present. Through this elaboration, the course aims to
the history of politics, and the repercussions of this identify not only the current trends and effects of
history on contemporary political, economic and these economies but also the similarities,
security relations of the region are discussed. differences, peculiarities and generalities among
Second, the course deals with the foreign policies of Asian economies themselves, and between Asian
major Asian powers in the context of regional and economies and the US and European economies.
global world politics by relying on major debates of The main discussion themes of this course are early
International Relations theories. The major European imperialism, decolonization, and
discussion subjects in the course are impact of the economic nationalism, Japanese experience in the
Cold War and its aftermath, the contention over post-WWII era, the miraculous growth of East Asia
regional identity, ASEAN, the domestic and in the late 1990s, and Asian Model.
regional instability, and international/regional
conflict and cooperation in East and South Asia. ASN 503 Economic and Social
The course is also analyze the place of Asia in the Development in East Asia (3-0)3
context prevailing energy policies executed This course is designed to introduce to the students
worldwide today. to the economic progress and cooperation in East
Asia along with differences between the institutions,
ASN 502 The Asia Pacific Region in economic development policies, and economic
theGlobal World(3-0)3 histories of the economies in the region. A primary
The course focuses on economic develpments aim of the course is to introduce some basic facts
especially in certain big Asian economies such as and theories of economic and social development of
Japan, China, South Korea, India, Taiwan and Hong the East Asian countries and to compare their
Kong. They are key participants in the global
854
experience with development experiments of the This course is intended to examine Chinese Foreign
other regions of the world. Policy in two different periods: Maoist China
(1949-1989) and Post-Mao China (1989- ). Within
ASN 504 Social Sciences and Area Studies the first period, Chinas domestic politics and its
(3-0)3 international relations with the outside world is
This course aims to provide the students a general elaborated with specific references to the dynamics
assessment of research design within social sciences of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) The second
with a specific focus on area studies. It will present period is mostly characterized by the rise of Chinese
the students various qualitative methods and economic and military power with its huge
research designs involved in social scientific population, its emergence as not only Asian but also
research as well as offer awareness as to how these a global actor in contemporary international politics,
methods relate the broader social scientific issues. Tiananmen demonstrations and the end of the Cold
War. The main aim of this course is to understand
ASN 505 Contemporary China (3-0)3 the major problems, transitions and developers in
This course provides students with a broad Chinas foreign policy and international role in
introduction to Chinas political, economic, and world politics, especially in relation to the US,
strategic development during the modern era. The India, Russia, Iran and European Unions foreign
discussion begins with a general introduction of policies.
Chinese pre-modern and modern history as the roots
of contemporary developments and ends with ASN 520 Korea in the World Economy (3-0)3
Chinas contemporary rise and implications for the This is a course about the Korean economy. The
world. The course also touches upon the ways in research reports of this course cover topics on
which China is rising such as economy and societal Korea`s historical economic development since the
change. The course is divided into four parts. Part I 1960s, and analyze the current issues and policies of
introduces the imperial and republican history of the Korean economy. In addition, this course aims
China. This part provides historical background for at providing students with many valuable lessons
analyses of domestic and foreign policies in the and insights about economic policies of the
Peoples Republic of China. Part II examines developing economies.
Chinas traditional economy and economic reform
and openness since 1978. Part III discusses major ASN 521 Advanced Topics in Asia in
issues in contemporary Chinese society. Part IV World Affairs (3-0)3
examines Chinas foreign relations. Finally, the Vast economic, political and social changes in East
course discusses Chinas peaceful rise and the and South Asia have brought about a new
U.S response to it. dynamism to the external relations of the region.
East Asia has become and important center of
ASN 506 Contemporary Southeast Asia: interest for the international community. The rise of
Issues, Development, and Evolution (3-0)3 China and India, in addition to Japan, has generated
This course focuses on a general appraisal of a gradual shift in the worlds economic and political
contemporary issues in South East Asia. Since power towards Asia. In short, the international
South East Asia is only a sub-region, the issues will political landscape has become not only more
be evaluated within the general dynamics and complicated but also more fluid. Thus, this course
understanding of the Asia-Pacific. discusses the ongoing changes in the region and the
regional countries as well as their implications in
ASN 509 Contemporary Japanese: Socio- international relations. The course also focuses on
Cultural Case Studies (3-0)3 the foreign policies of the major powers towards
This is an independent study module that aims this region and deals with the new state of affairs in
to enable students to gain a critical global politics.
understanding of the socio-cultural process
ASN 530 State, Economy, And Politics In Post-
underpinning the emergence of Japan as a Mao China (3-0)3
major global industrial power in the second The purpose of this graduated course is to explore
half of the twentieth century, as well as an and analyze the fundamental transformation of
appreciation of the dynamics of contemporary China from 1970s to the present. The course will
twenty-first century Japanese society. focuses on economic, politic and administrative
ASN 511 Politics and Foreign Policy of policies which provided this transformation. As
China (3-0)3 there is a strong link between global economic order
and the rise of China, another aim is to examine
international economic and politic factors which
855
have affected Chinas transformation. The course in formulations of tradition and modernity. The
will also discuss the present and future role of China latter half of the course will examine how these
in terms of current global economic crises and formulations relate to contemporary issues and
political circumstances. everyday life in South Asia. How concepts such as
gender, caste, religion, and nation change over time,
ASN 531 Society, Economy, and Politics in
will be explored.
Japan (3-0)3
This course aims to examine social and economic ASN 571 Demography, Development,
structures of Japanese Society. The course focuses And Planning in Modern Japan (3-0)3
on both the social characteristics on which Japanese The course will include the post-war period, i.e.
Economy is based and the economic substructure periods after 1945. Comparisons between Japanese
that respectively shapes Japanese Society. In this case and other developed countries; and most
respect, the roles of various social and economic importantly comparisons between the Japanese and
agents, including the state, corporations, workers the Turkish cases will be other points which will be
and consumers, are examined in their effect to emphasized in this course.
manipulate the economic and social life in Japan. In
addition, the place of Japanese Economy within the ASN 551 Korean Culture and Language
context of global economic processes is discussed, (3-0)3
arguing that the social and economic dynamics in The target of this course is to examine cultural
Japan must be understood within the large picture of structure of South Korean Society. The course
globalization. focuses on both cultural and linguistic
characteristics of South Korea. In this respect, the
ASN 540 China`s Economic Development roles of various cultural agents, including citizens,
and the World (3-0)3 organizations and the state are to be examined. The
China has achieved rapid development and an course will give a historical background with regard
average annual growth rate of 9.5 % since it started to Korean culture and language. It will also examine
reforming its socialist economy in the 1979. This contemporary links and interactions between
course is designed to give a basic overview of the Korean culture and language. The course will end
Chinese economy to non-economist with a focus on with the analysis of future trends in Korean culture
the historical path, current challenges and Chinas and language by considering the effects of current
role in the world economy. social context on Korean culture and language.
ASN 589 East Asian Security (3-0)3
ASN 541 Society, Economy, and Politics in
This course aims to provide the security structure
Korea (3-0)3
of East Asia. East Asia consists of two main sub-
The aim of this course is to examine political
regions, namely Northeast Asia and Southeast
structures, social and cultural dynamics of South
Asia. This course will examine historical
Korean Society. The course focuses on both the
background of the region, and the political and
social and cultural characteristics on which South
economic structure of East Asian countries. We
Korean Economy is based and the economic
will especially focus on regional/global powers of
substructure that contributes to the (re)constitution
East Asia. Regional organizations such as ASEAN,
of South Korean culture and politics. In this respect,
APEC, and ASEM will also be subjects of this
the roles of various economic and political agents,
course.
including the state, corporations, workers and
consumers, in shaping the economic life in South ASN 591 History of Korea (3-0)3
Korean are examined. Besides, the close links Methodology of Korean history, communal society
between South Korean Economy and Politics to of prehistoric times, walled-down states and
global political economic processes are discussed, confederated kingdoms, aristocratic societies under
arguing that the social and political economic monarchical rule, fashioning of an authoritarian
transformation in South Korea is to be understood monarchy, age of powerful gentry families,
within the large picture of globalization. hereditary aristocratic order of Koryo, rule by the
military, emergence of the literati, creation of a
ASN 561 State, Society, and Culture in Yangban society, rise of the Neo-Confucian literati,
India (3-0)3 emergence of landed farmers and wholesale
This course is designed to introduce students to merchants, instability in the Yangban status and the
significant social, political and cultural issues in outbreak of popular uprising, growth of the forces
Indias recent history and through its emergence as of Enlightenment, nationalist stirring and
a modern nation state. In the first half of the course, imperialist aggression, development of the
our broad aim will be to analyze what was at stake nationalist movement, beginnings of democracy.
856
EURASIAN STUDIES PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ALTUNIIK, Meliha (Director of the Graduate School of Social Sciences): B.A., Ankara University;
M.A., METU; Ph.D., Boston University.
AYATA, Aye,: B.S., METU; M.A., Ph.D., University of Kent
BLKBAI, Sha: B.A., Ankara University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia.
TANRISEVER, Oktay., B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of London.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
AKALI, Pnar : B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Miami University. (Department Chair)
AYDINGN, Ayegl: B.A., METU; M.A., Bilkent University; Ph.D., METU.
BEDRHANOLU, Pnar: B.A., Ankara University; M.A.,University of Reading; Ph.D., University of Sussex.
ERGUN, Aya (Associate Director of the Graduate School of Social Sciences): B.A., Ankara University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Essex
EN, Mustafa: B.A., Ankara University; M.A., Ph.D., METU.
TOKLUOLU, Ceylan., B.A., M.A., METU; Ph.D., Carleton University.
YILDIRIM, Erdoan: B.A., M.A., Ph.D., METU.
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
KUU BONNENFANT, Ik., B.A Hacettepe M.A. METU, Ph.D., Indiana University,
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE GRADUATE PROGRAM: The main objectives of the
Graduate Program in Eurasian studies are
The Eurasian Studies Graduate Program offers both thesis and non-thesis alternatives. In the thesis
program, the students are required to complete seven three-credit-courses and the prothesis seminar and to
write a masters thesis. In the non-thesis program, the students are required to take ten three-credit-courses and
complete a term-project.
Upon the successful completion of the requirements of either program a M.S. degree in Eurasian
Studies will be awarded.
857
M.S. PROGRAM IN EURASIAN STUDIES (THESIS AND WITHOUT THESIS)
Required Courses
EAS 500 Prothesis Seminar NC
EAS 502 The Politics of State-Building in
Eurasia (3-0)3
EAS 509 Introduction to Post-Soviet
Studies (3-0)3
EAS 589 Term Project (Non-Thesis) NC
EAS 599 MastersThesis NC
Elective Courses
EAS 501 Society and Culture in Eurasia HIST 640 Analysis of Historical Sources
(3-0)3 (3-0)3
EAS 513 State and Nation-building in South IR 444 Issues and Politics in Central Asia
Caucasus (3-0)3 and Transcaucasia (3-0)3
EAS 514 Political Economy of Post-Soviet IR 463 Russian Foreign Policy (3-0)3
State Transition (3-0)3 IR 538 Transcaucasia and Central Asia
EAS 515 Gender Question in the Soviet in World Affairs (3-0)3
Union and Post-Soviet Space (3-0)3 IR 544 Politics in East-Central Europe
EAS 516 Language Policies in Late (3-0)3
Imperial, Soviet and Post-Soviet IR 564 Russia and the European State
Russia (3-0)3 System (3-0)3
EAS 517 Energy Security in Global Political IR 605 Eurasia in World Affairs (3-0)3
Economy (3-0)3 IR 682 Regional Politics, Energy and
ADM 4182 Current Issues in Central Asian Security in the Post-soviet Space
Politics (3-0)3 (3-0)3
ADM 5142 Comparative Ethnicity (3-0)3 SOC 427 Social Analysis of Race,
ADM 6173 Readings on Central Asian Ethnicity and Society (3-0)3
Perspectives (3-0)3 SOC 515 State and Civil Society in
HIST 417 Russian History I (3-0)3 Eurasia (3-0)3
HIST 418 Russian History II (3-0)3 SOC 522 Sociology of the Middle East (3-0)3
HIST 443 History of the USSR I (3-0)3 SOC 529 Migration and Ethnicity in
HIST 546 Nationalism in the Balkans until Eurasian Societies (3-0)3
The First World War (3-0)3
858
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
860
EUROPEAN STUDIES PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
EGE, Aylin: B.S., METU; M.A., Ankara University; M.A., University of Kent at Canterbury
KAHRAMAN, Sevilay: B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,METU
ENYUVA, zgehan: B.S. METU; M.S. METU; Ph.D. Universita Degli Studi di Siena
YALMAN, Galip (Department Chair): B.A., METU, M.A., University of Southampton,
Ph.D.University of Manchester
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
ALPAN, Zeynep Baak: B.Sc., METU; M.Sc. METU; Ph.D., University of Birmingham.
AIOLU Z, Gamze: B.A., Ankara University; L.L.M.,University of Nottingham
GKSEL, Asuman: B.S. METU, M.S. METU, Ph.D. Katholieke Universiteit Leuven
KALE, Baak: B.Sc., METU; M.A., London School of Economics and Political Science; Ph.D., University of
Oxford & METU
TORUN, Zerrin: B.Sc., METU; M.A., University of Manchester; Ph.D. University of Sussex
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE GRADUATE PROGRAM: After the II.World War,
European Union (EU), as a new regional cooperation shaped in the Western Europe, has become one of the
most important models of regional integration in the World with its extensive institutional structure and
extending policy areas. While the legal, political and economic aspects of the European integration process
were primary along the Cold War era, with the 1990s foreign policy, security and defense has become
important aspects beside internal policy developments. With the mid 1980s, EU has turned towards
restructuring its relations with the countries out of the union by means of enlargement policies. When looking
from these sides, European integration is a multi dimensional project with its political, economic, legal, social
and cultural integration aspects. Therefore, this multi dimensionality brings the European Studies into an
interdisciplinary position.
European Studies gained the necessity of being a distinct specializing area in the graduate level because of
the changing position of Turkey after the Helsinki Summit. We can list the aims of the Graduate Program In
European Studies, prepared as an answer to that necessity as:
to help forming specialist managerial staff about different aspects of the European integration and
EU in different institutions and establishments
to make EU policies in the post-Helsinki period examined and understood by getting touch with EU
authorities
to constitute a public opinion about EU and Turkey-EU relations by means of internal and external
seminars and conferences
to determine the changes that Turkey will encounter in policies and constitutional contexts during
the integration process.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS:
1. To have bachelors degree (for those students not graduated from similar departments like
International Relations, Law, Economics, Political Science and Public Administration, Graduate
Program Committee may suggest preparation courses)
2. Cumulative Grade Point Average 2,50/4,00-70/100.
861
3. To have graduate exam LES or GRE score LES 45 ;ALES 55, GRE Quantitative 610 ,
Writing 5.
4. To have English Proficiency exam score IYS 75; TOEF(old) 590, TOEFL 243, IBT96,
IELTS7.5.
5. Letter of intention with a short biography of the candidate is required in English.
6. Applicants out of METU are required to submit 2 Reference Letters. Applicants from METU are
reqired to submit 2 referee names who can give reference about them.
7. Positive opinion of the Graduate Program Examination Committee.
European Studies Program offers both thesis and non-thesis options. In the thesis case, students are
required to complete seven credit-courses and prothesis seminar as well as to write a M.S. thesis .In the non-
thesis case, students are required to complete ten credit-courses and complete a term project. Upon the
successful completion of the requirements of either program, a M.S. degree in the European Studies will be
conferred.
Required Courses:
Elective Courses:
862
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
EUS 501 Economics of European Following institutional law of the EU, the legal
Integration (3-0)3 basis of Turkey-EC relations, including but not
Customs union theory as well as service market limited to the Association Agreement and the
integration, labour market integration and capital customs union decision of the Association Council
market integration are covered in order to provide a No 1/95 will also be covered in the discussions.
full understanding of common market theory.
Theoretical aspects of economic and monetary EUS 504 Theories of European Integration
union are also examined. The topics are discussed in (3-0) 3
a wide perspective by taking into account the The course aims at developing knowledge and
globalisation and other regional economic understanding on the role of theory in European
integration processes in the world. Common Studies. Classical approaches to European
policies of the EU, such as common agricultural integration (neofunctionalism,
policy, common commercial policy, competition intergovernmentalism and interdependence theory);
policy and the major EU policies such as industry contemporary theoretical approaches, such as liberal
policy, regional policy, environment policy, R&D intergovernmentalism and multi-level governance;
policy, energy policy, and transport policy are also the new institutionalist and constructivist
explained. All topics are discussed by adding "the approaches in EU studies will be analyzed. In
implications for Turkey" aspect at the end of each addition to these, the course will examine
subject. applications of theoretical approaches to cases and
examples on Europeanization, national, regional and
EUS 502 Politics of European supranational identities, the Single Market
Integration (3-0)3 Programme, regional policy, the Common
This course is intended to provide students with a Agricultural Policy, trade policy and Economic and
general understanding of the process of European Monetary Union, Common Foreign and Security
integration, more specifically developments in the Policy and EU Enlargement.
European Union (EU) in a historical perspective.
The course begins with an analysis of the basic EUS 505 Prothesis Seminar: Issues,
motives and forces behind the establishment of the Approaches, and Problems NC
Union. It then turns to look at the major theoretical This seminar is intended to highlight interesting and
approaches for examining the nature of the unique first-hand practices of European adaptation
integration process and the character and to the Union and bring them into discussion through
functioning of the Union. On the basis of this the eyes and help of practicing invited people,
theoretical framework, the course provides an namely, ambassadors, bureaucrats, politicians and
account of developments in the main institutions academics.
and policy areas and of the key issues confronting
the Union and examines how the EU is evolving EUS 506 Common Agricultural Policy
and how it is likely to develop in the years ahead. (3-0)3
The central goal of this course is to convey the basic
EUS 503 Institutions and Law of the EU economics of many widely used agricultural trade
(3-0)3 policy schemes but especially Common Agricultural
The course aims at providing an introduction for the Policy (CAP) of the EU in a clear and consistent
law and institutions of the European Union (EU). way. The course is designed for individuals who
Since European Union is a unique institution based have some grasp of economic principles. However
on its directly applicable rules which prevail the no special mathematical expertise or theoretical
national laws of the Member States, the legal sophistication in economics is required. It will
aspects of the European Union studies forms the analyse and explain numerous trade policy
core of the EU related courses as this would provide mechanisms. Effects of CAP and various trade
a sound basis for the students to understand the policies on domestic and international prices,
functioning, policies and the future of the European consumption, production, trade and government
Union. This legal course shall comprise of certain revenue will be examined. The course will be
discussions in matters such as the legal rules presented roughly in four sections. First section can
governing the composition and functioning of the be entitled as "Understanding the CAP". It will
organs, sources of the EU law and basic principles begin with the history and development of the CAP.
of EU law and the judicial review of the EU The second section will consider the mechanisms
sources. and analysis of the CAP. The third section will be
devoted to the relationship between the CAP and
863
consumers, environment, farmers and the food EUS 510 Comparative European Labor
industries. The last section will be on trade impact Markets (3-0)3
of the CAP. The course will conclude with a This course examines labor market characteristics
detailed analysis of the WTO's Agreement on and institutions in developed countries in general
Agriculture. and western European countries in particular.
Comparisons to the most flexible labor market, the
EUS 507 Globalization and the New US, will be a focus of the course. Underlying
Geopolitics after the Crash: Locating Europe in paradigms are the skill-biased technological change
the Present (3-0)3 adversely affecting low-skill workers and labor
market institutions as these institutions
This course aims at revealing an awareness on the relate to labor market flexibility or wage rigidity.
current issues of Europe. The main themes are
globalization, crisis and the new geopolitics and the
situation of Europe vis-a-vis these new EUS 511 Politics of Migration in Europe (3-0)3
developments.
This course aims to give an overall understanding
EUS 508 Development of European on the fundamentals and the dynamics of the
Identity and the European politics of migration in Europe. By the end of this
Union (3-0)3 course the student is expected to gain an
This a structured postgraduate course developed as understanding of the theories, historical
a Permanent Course under the Jean Monnet Project developments and the complexities regarding the
European Integration Studies in Universities of politics of international migration. Overall, the
Candidate Countries. The course is open to the course aims to give a general introduction to
graduate students of other departments, especially migration studies, as well as to understanding the
those from the departments of International importance of international migration on a global
relations, Political Science and History. and a national level.
The basic purpose of the graduate course is to give
the students a general understanding of the
formation of the European identity. The problem of EUS 512 International Relations of the
identity in general is the first issue to be dealt with. European Union (3-0)3
The principal units of human identification such as Since the 1990s, there has been a steady expansion
nationality, ethnicity, and civilization are critically of the practical and scholarly interest in the
examined and European identity is placed within the international role of the EC/EU both as a partner to
civilizational form of identification. To this end, an the major actors in world affairs and as an actor in
historical review of the making of European identity its own right. The objective of this course is to give
from its ancient roots to the modern reflections is to a broad introduction to ideas and issues related to
be undertaken. Special identity has to be given to, the EUs international role and identity in a
on the one hand, the link between European Union globalizing world. The course commences with a
identity formation and the European Union and, on conceptual and theoretical analysis of the
the other hand the others of the European identity international presence and actorness of the EU.
including Turkish identity. Next, it overviews the legal bases and the
institutional framework of EC/EUs external
EUS 509 Europeanization and Regional relations and outlines various attempts to further
Politics in the Black sea Region develop EUs foreign and security policy, beginning
(3-0)3 with European Political Cooperation, culminating in
Europeanization on the capacity of the regional the Common Foreign and Security Policy and the
states to achieve regional cooperation as well as recent transition into Common European Security
cooperation with wider Europe. the course is and Defense Policy. Against this theoretical and
organized into three parts. the first part will discuss historical background, the course assesses the
the historical evolution of the region with its own Unions relations with its peripheries to the east,
separate identity. The following part will examine south, and with the rest of the world. Finally, by
the process of Europeanization in each of the littoral way of conclusion, the challenges facing the EU
states of the Black Sea: Bulgaria, Romania, foreign and security policy and the future of these
Ukraine, Russia, Georgia and Turkey. The final part policies are examined in an enlarging and unifying
will explore the regional conflict and cooperation by Europe.
discussing the regional developments in the fields of
regional security, economic cooperation,
democratization, political culture and civil society.
864
EUS 513 European Union Environment and appropriate institutional design for democracy, the
Natural Resources Policy (3-0)3 modes of transition and the logic of consolidation,
the role of civil society, civil-military relations, the
This course is designed as a graduate seminar with problems of political accountability, and finally
the overall aim of enabling the students to achieve a democracy and the economic reform.
critical understanding of the European Union
environmental policy. Main topics will include the EUS 516 Concepts and Issues in European
EU structure and institutions in the context of Security (3-0)3
environmental policies, framework for EU
environmental policy and specific topics of Following a broader approach to security in line
environmental policies, such as climate change, with critical approaches to security, the course will
biodiversity, water pollution and sustainable introduce the issues and concepts in European
development. Particular attention will also be given Union Foreign, Security and Defence Policies in a
to the European Unions adoption and way that brings together theory and practice. Thus,
implementation of a variety of environmental policy the course aims to provide the students with the
measures and examples of how environmental necessary knowledge and skills to apply theoretical
objectives can be integrated into other policy areas. concepts to cases and critically examine European
Union Foreign, Security and Defence Policies.
EUS 514 European Union and Turkish Public
Procurement Law (3-0)3 EUS 517 Transforming Europe: Europeanization
within and beyond the EU (3-0)3
The principles and rules of EU and Turkish public
procurement law; EU directives on public EUS 518 Political Economy of the Eurozone
procurement; Turkish Public Procurement Act; soft Crisis (3-0)3
law instruments in the field of public procurement
under the EU law and Turkish Law; Public-Private For many, corporate sector liquidity problems,
Partnerships (concessions, build-operate-transfer banking crisis, state and household indebtedness,
projects particularly in the construction of roads, and capital market and capital account cycles in
highways, railways and airports, electric powers, either the developed or the developing world since
water transport, waste management and water the late 70s suggested piecemeal difficulties in the
distribution); legal remedies in the field of public adjustment of individual economies or markets to
procurement. the ongoing processes of financial modernisation.
The financial crisis of 2007-8 and the Eurozone
EUS 515 Theory and Practice of crisis however seemed to call into question not only
Democratization in Europe this notion of specific ineffective economic
(3-0)3 adjustment but also any ultimate improvements due
The main objective of the course is to develop a to financial development.
coherent understanding of the theory and practice of
democratization in Europe. There will be particular EUS 589 Term Project
focus on country experiences of power sharing, and
transition to and consolidation of democracy. The EUS 599 Masters Thesis
seminar will cover the following specific topics:
865
EUROPEAN INTEGRATION PROGRAM
(Evening Program, Without thesis)
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
EGE, Aylin: B.S., METU; M.A., Ankara University; Ph.D., University of Kent at Canterbury.
KAHRAMAN, Sevilay: B.A., M.A., Ph.D., METU.
YALMAN, Galip (Department Chair): B.A., METU; M.A., University of Southampton;
Ph.D., University of Manchester.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
ALPAN, Zeynep Baak: B.Sc., METU; M.Sc. METU; Ph.D., University of Birmingham.
AIOLU-z, Gamze: B.A., Ankara University; L.L.M., University of Nottingham.
EREN, pek: B.A., METU, M.A., London School of Economics, Ph.D., Sussex University
GKSEL, Asuman: B.S. METU, M.S. METU, Ph.D. Katholieke Universiteit Leuven
KALE, Baak: B.Sc., METU; M.A., London School of Economics and Political Science; Ph.D., University of
Oxford & METU
TORUN, Zerrin: B.Sc., METU; M.A., University of Manchester; Ph.D. University of Sussex
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS:
1. To have bachelors degree (for those students not graduated from similar departments like
International Relations, Law, Economics, Political Science and Public Administration, Graduate
Program Committee may suggest preparation courses)
2. Cumulative Grade Point Average 2,50/4,00-70/100.
3. To have graduate exam ALES or GRE score ALES 55, GRE Quantitative 610 ,Writing 5.
4. To have English Proficiency exam score YS 65, TOEFL 213, IBT79.
866
5. Letter of intention with a short biography of the candidate is required in English.
6. All applicants are required to submit 2 Reference Letters.
7. Positive opinion of the Graduate Program Examination Committee.
European Integration Program as a second education program offers only non-thesis option. In this case,
students are required to complete ten credit-courses (3 must courses and seven elective courses) and complete a
graduation project. Upon the successful completion of the requirements of the program, a M.S. degree in the
European Integration will be conferred.
Required Courses:
Elective Courses:
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
EI 501 Principles of EU Law and since the Rome Treaty, the legal principles such as
Current Legal (3-0)3 supremacy and direct applicability of European
This Course aims at providing an overview to the Law. Since the EU regime is defined as a legal
legal principles of the European Union (EU) which system and in fact it creates one, the sources of the
also would give the students a sound basis for other European Legal System and sine qua non of the
EU Law related studies. As a law related course, it single market namely the free movement principles,
comprises of discussions in certain essential matters free movement of goods, workers, services and
regarding the constitutive documents of the EU capital and the non discrimination principle to be
867
complied with in the enforcement of such freedoms globalizing world. The course commences with a
and the relevant decisions of the European Courts conceptual and theoretical analysis of the
on such matters are also among the issues to be international presence and actorness of the EU.
covered. Next, it overviews the legal bases and the
As EU Law has evolved on the basis of the case law institutional framework of EC/EUs external
of the EU courts there will be specific emphasis on relations, including the foreign economic policy and
the structure, functioning and the impact of the outlines various attempts to further develop EUs
European Courts on the European integration. In foreign and security policy, beginning with
that regard the future of the judicial organs in the European Political Cooperation, culminating in the
EU will also be discussed in the light of the recent Common Foreign and Security Policy and the recent
changes in the EU such as despite the vagueness in move into the Common European Security and
its future- the Constitution and the impact of the Defense Policy. Against this theoretical and
new comers in the EU. Legal texts which constitute historical background, the course assesses the
the framework of Turkey-EU relations, including Unions relations with its peripheries to the east,
south, and with the rest of the world. Finally, by
but not limited to the Association Agreement, way of conclusion, the challenges facing the EU
Additional Protocol and the Association Council foreign and security policy and the Unions
Decisions will also form the subject of further international role and identity are examined in the
discussions. context of a wider Europe.
873
GENDER AND WOMEN'S STUDIES PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ECEVT, Yldz: (Department Chair) B.A., Hacettepe University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Kent.
ACAR, Feride: B.S., METU; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College.
AYATA-GNE, Aye: B.S., METU; M.A., Ph.D., University of Kent.
ECEVT, Mehmet: B.A., METU; M.A., Ph.D., University of Kent
GNDZ Hogr, Aye: B.A., M.A., METU; Ph.D., University of Western Ontario.
MAMOLU, Olcay: B.S., METU; M.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Strathclyde.
SAKTANBER, Aye: B.A., M.A., Ph.D., METU.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
AKMAN (Aslan), Canan: B.S., METU; M.A. Trinity College; Ph.D. McGill University.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
AYBARS, Aye dil: B.A., M.A.: METU, M.A.: London School of Economics, Ph.D.: University of Ulster
BEPINAR, Fatma Umut: B.A., M.A.: METU, Ph.D.: University of Texas at Austin
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE GRADUATE PROGRAM: Gender and Womens Studies
Graduate Programme, which offers a two year interdisciplinary curriculum, aims to examine the issues of
knowledge, society and gender within a feminist perspective in order to contribute towards an understanding of
the social position of women and the inequality between women and men with a primary focus on the case of
Turkey. In this regard, the programme has a three-fold mission - education, research and advocacy and it
endeavours to actualize the following five goals:
To contribute to the development of education and research on issues of gender and womens studies
both theoretically and empirically;
To contribute to the creation of public awareness and sensitivity on the concept of gender, the field of
womens studies, and the social position and problems of women in society;
To contribute to the process of building mental constructs that are compatible with the notions of
womens empowerment and equality between women and men;
To sponsor institutional and policy oriented initiatives towards the creation of gender sensitivity both on
and off campus;
To benefit from and contribute to global developments in the area of education, research and advocacy on
gender issues.
As such, in its essence the mission of the Gender and Womens Studies Programme eminates from a
transformative vision of society. In order to contribute towards social change, the programme aims at linking
three areas of activity and their related institutions, these are: (i)production of knowledge (academic
institutions); (ii)practice/implementation (womens movement and NGOs); and (iii)policy formation (local,
national and international decision making bodies). Within this context, the education and research activities
of the Gender and Womens Studies Programme of Middle East Technical University aims, on the one hand, to
critically examine the existing theory/knowledge in terms of their implications for policy and practice and on
the other hand, serve as an active agent of change through establishing a feedback system between its activities
and those of other relevant actors.
When considered within such a vision, METU Gender and Womens Studies Programme has a
multiple task in actualizing its mission: offering a specialized interdisciplinary education of high academic
caliber; providing advisory services on gender issues; and serving as a reference point for expanding a gender
equality perspective within and outside the university in the production of knowledge, drawing of action plans
and formulation of policies.
874
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS: Admission procedure will be implemented according to the
Academic Rules and Regulations Concerning Graduate Studies of METU. Owing to the interdisciplinary
nature of the gender and women's studies discipline, applicants may come from a wide variety of backgrounds.
Applicants, who demonstrate the necessary language competence and aptitude level measured by the objective
standards of the university and the specific requirements of the graduate program in Gender and Women's
Studies as evaluated by an academic committee, on a competitive basis are admitted to the program.
The Gender and Womens Studies Graduate Program offers both thesis and non-thesis alternatives. In
the former, i.e. thesis program, students are required to complete seven credit-courses, the Prothesis Seminar
and to write a masters thesis. The latter, i.e. the non-thesis program, requires students to take ten credit-
courses and complete a term-project.
Full-time students in both programs are encouraged to finish their studies in three semesters. Upon the
successful completion of the requirements of either program a M.S. degree in Gender and Womens Studies
will be awarded.
M.S. PROGRAM IN GENDER AND WOMENS STUDIES (THESIS AND WITHOUT THESIS)
Required Courses
GWS 501 Introduction to Women's Studies GWS 589 Term Project (Non-thesis) NC
(3-0)3 GWS 599 Masters Thesis (Thesis) NC
GWS 505 Prothesis Seminar (Thesis) NC
Elective Courses
875
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES *
GWS 501 Introduction to Women's GWS 513 Women and Civil Legislation
Studies (3-0)3 (3-0)3
The course has the double purpose of introducing This course aims at examining the treatment of
the student to a multidisciplinary examination of women under the country's legal framework both as
historical conditions, cultural norms and social the law is written and as it is carried out in practice
institutions that define women's role in different in the light of traditions and culture. It attempts to
societies and reviewing the evolution of women's identify specific legal constraints to the ability of
studies as a discipline with emphasis on those women to contribute to the development process
theories and perspectives that allow for and to indicate and discuss the remedial measures.
interdisciplinary study of women and gender. It In this context, the relevant provisions of the 1982
includes a general survey of social research on Constitution, Civil Law and Laws on Political
gender differences, gender stratification and the Rights of Women are analyzed and discussed.
gendered nature of politics, religion, occupations,
family life and language. GWS 503 Gender and Peace (3-0)3
Peace is often understood as the absence of conflict,
GWS 502 The Woman Question in rather than the absence of potential for conflict. The
Turkey: Interdisciplinary latter is called positive peace that is present only in
Conceptualizations (3-0)3 the absence of inequalities. The proposed course
The course attempts to examine under which adopts the latter view developed by Johan Galtung
circumstances a discourse of the woman question and focuses on gender inequalities. While focusing
has emerged in Turkey. In this way, the course aims on the issues of positive peace and gender at various
to examine interdisciplinary contributions which levels (international, national, institutional, familial
serve to explore the living conditions, social status and individual), the course draws simultaneously on
and interpersonal relations of women along social both Galtungs typology on peace and the idea that
class, political participation, occupational status, peace (non-violence) in the World cannot be
educational level and rural-urban residence achieved unless peace (non-violence) is achieved at
dimensions so as to comprehend the conceptual home, and vice versa.
parameters of the woman question in Turkey.
GWS 506 Images of Women in Western
GWS 505 Prothesis Seminar NC Literature from Pre-modern to
This course aims to prepare students towards Postmodern Era (3-0)3
designing their thesis project. Within this context The aim of this course if to examine gendered
the focus of the course would be on the application identities in the representative works by and about
of basic qualitative and quantitative methods to the women; to read, analyse, and discuss diverse
specific topic at hand. The students would be identity and socialization processes that determine
required to evaluate and integrate these methods so gender roles; to recognize the on-going dialogue of
far as they are applicable to their thesis proposal women and politics, literature, history, art,
which would be presented for discussion at a anthropology, and psychology; to identify motifs,
seminar open to GWS faculty and students at the themes, and stereotypical patterns in different
end of the term. literary forms; to seek for historical, philosophical
and cultural information in order to appreciate
GWS 512 Issues on Family and Women literature; to analyse, interpret and make research on
(3-0)3 concepts such as sex, gender, class, cultural
Historical, comparative and contemporary critical diversity, womens experiences and achievements,
analysis of family and familial ideology in relation and the impact of sexism and prejudice; to perceive
to conceptual and empirical problematics specific to the role of gender in literature in a chronological
gender/women's issues: evolutionary perspectives, and from multidimensional perspective.
universal and functionalist interpretations: change
and effects of urbanization and industrialization; GWS 507 Gender and the City in Turkey
class and stratification; domestic labor and (3-0)3
reproduction; division of labor and inequality; The course deals with the co-constitution of gender
patriarchy and sexuality; state and ideology; identity and cities at both theoretical and empirical levels.
and power. While doing this, the course aims to take a critical
look at cities. This is done by employing four
concepts, namely `daily life,` `intersectionality,`
`standpoint` and `multiple economies.` At the same
876
time, the course looks into the relevant literature on becomes devalued and how women are driven back
cities and gender in Turkey both in terms of co- into the domestic sphere and hence domesticated.
constitution of gender and cities and through the
employment of the four concepts. GWS 518 Working Women and
The Law (3-0)3
GWS 510 Womens Human Rights in New patterns in family structure and new trends
Turkey, the EU, and the World affecting the participation of women in the labor
(3-0)3 force have focused attention on the legal
The term womens human rights (WHR) and the set environment. Governments significantly affect the
of practices accompanying it have been at work for labor force participation of women by the nature
some decades, and very transformative as a result of and extent of the statutory rights they grant to
the term serving as a locus of praxis. Despite their working women. To take cognizance of female-
transformative power, they have been questioned in specific provisions of labor legislation, a coherent
various ways in relation to the end of achieving and integrated body of approach and analysis in
greater gender equality. The course aims to relate to inevitable. This course aims at providing students
the term and accompanying practices in a self- with updated information on the legal context.
reflexive fashion. First, either WHR and its
practices or existing practices from within the GWS 589 Term Project NC
perspective of WHR will be explored. Second, a The objective of this course is to familiarize the
critical analysis of the practices in question will be students with individual research-paper and/or
engaged .As part of this, the course deals with report writing. The students are expected to choose
various relevant legal texts at the levels of the a well-defined theoretical and/or applied research
international, the EU and Turkey. topic in the area of gender and womens studies and
to write a term paper elaborating on a specific
GWS 514 Women and Development (3-0)3 viewpoint after reviewing the relevant literature
This course attempts to help students to critically during the semester under the supervision of a
examine the gender bias of development in the faculty member. The students will present and
underdeveloped world where incorporation into discuss their papers with fellow students and related
cash economy has systematically created faculty member at the end of the semester.
asymmetric relations. Focus is on the differential
access, of men and women to new technology, * Description of non-GWS courses are given in the
knowledge and opportunities, and identification of listings of the appropriate departments.
the mechanisms through which women's work
877
GERMAN-TURKISH MASTERS PROGRAM IN SOCIAL SCIENCES
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
BEPINAR, Fatma Umut: B.A., M.A., METU; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
AYBARS, dil: B.A., M.A.: METU, M.A.: London School of Economics, Ph.D.: University of Ulster
INSTRUCTORS
Courses in Political Science, Sociology and International Relations offer students a specialized
perspective on politics and society in Turkey and Germany, German-Turkish relations as well as the European
dimension of domestic and foreign politics in both countries. Furthermore, students gain practical experience
through an internship in either Turkey or Germany between their first and second year.
Upon completion of the program, a Dual-Master of Arts in Social Sciences is awarded from both
Humboldt and METU. The GeT MA prepares students for international careers in government agencies, NGOs,
administration, journalism and in research.
878
admission. Admission interviews will be held both at METU, Ankara and Humboldt, Berlin. Students can
attend either of the interviews.
The application requirements include:
B.A. or equivalent degree in any discipline of social sciences or humanities. [Students whose B.A.
degree is not in social sciences or humanities, but who has a prior M.A. or M.Sc. degree in social
sciences or humanities can also apply.]
Official Score of Graduate Exam GRE Quantitative 610, ALES 55.
TOEFL PBT 213; TOEFL IBT 79; IELTS Academic Module 6,5; METU-EPE 64,5 (Students
need to present a valid English proficiency score by the application deadline)
Statement of Purpose (in English).
Two Letters of Recommendation. [Recommendation letters can be from university professors,
language instructors, supervisors, advisors, or co-workers.]
Any German language certificates, exam results, or transcripts you might have. [Students are NOT
expected to have German proficiency during the application. They will be provided German language
instruction as part of the GeT MA program. Students can take their graduate courses either in German
or in English during their year in Berlin].
CV (in English).
English writing sample (1,000 to 5,000 words). [The writing sample can be any student homework,
paper, senior thesis, or essay. It will simply be used to assess the written academic English level of the
applicant]
FIRST YEAR
(METU, Ankara)
GTSS 501 Joint Seminar I: Turkey and GTSS 502 Joint Seminar II: Turkey and
Germany (3-0)3 Germany (3-0)3
GTSS 503 Modern Turkey: Social GTSS 502 Turkey, Middle East and Eurasia
Transformations, Economic (3-0)3
Development and Governance GTSS 552 Social Science Readings in
Structures (3-0)3 German II (4-0)4
GTSS 551 Social Science Readings in GTSS 556 Social Science Readings in
German (4-0)4 Turkish II (4-0)4
GTSS 555 Social Science Readings in GTSS 592 Graduate Seminar II (3-0)0
Turkish (4-0)4 Free Elective*
GTSS 591 Graduate Seminar (0-0)0
Free Elective*
* To be approved by the advisor.
SECOND YEAR
879
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
GTSS 501 Joint Seminar 1: Turkey and GTSS 551 Social Science Readings in
Germany (3-0)3 German I (4-0)4
Turkey and Germany, just as it is the case with This course introduces students to classical and
other societies globally, face similar social, contemporary social science texts in German.
political, cultural and economic problems and Though a critical reading and discussion of the
challenges. This course aims to approach these texts, the students will have a chance to develop
problems and challenges from a comparative intermediate reading and writing skills in the
perspective to highlight differences and similarities. German language in the area of social sciences.
Particular attention will be paid to respective social
transformations in each country as well as the GTSS 552 Social Science Readings in
bilateral relations, linkages, and potentials. German II (4-0)4
This course introduces students to classical and
GTSS 502 Joint Seminar II: Turkey and contemporary social science texts in German.
Germany (3-0)3 Though a critical reading and discussion of the
Turkey and Germany, just as it is the case with texts, the students will have a chance to develop
other societies globally, face similar social, intermediate reading and writing skills in the
political, cultural and economic problems and German language in the area of social sciences.
challenges. This course aims to approach these
problems and challenges from a comparative GTSS 555 Social Science Readings in
perspective to highlight differences and similarities. Turkish I (4-0)4
Particular attention will be paid to future challenges This course introduces students to classical and
and transnational linkages within the European contemporary social science texts in Turkish.
context. Through a critical reading and discussion of the
texts, the students will have a chance to develop
GTSS 503 Modern Turkey: Social advanced reading and writing skills in Turkish
Transformations, Economic language in the area of social sciences.
Development and Governance
Structures (3-0)3 GTSS 556 Social Science Readings in
This course aims to introduce students to the social Turkish II (4-0)4
transformation experience, economic development This course introduces students to classical and
and governance structures in modern Turkey. contemporary social science texts in Turkish.
Students will be offered both the historical context Through a critical reading and discussion of the
and a critical review of contemporary texts, the students will have a chance to develop
developments. The continuities and discontinuities advanced reading and writing skills in Turkish
of the transformation process will be discussed in an language in the area of social sciences.
attempt to provide students with the toolkit to study
and make sense of future challenges and prospects. GTSS 591 Graduate Seminar I NC
This course aims to introduce students to the basics
GTSS 504 Turkey, Middle East and Eurasia of studying Turkey and Germany in a bilateral,
(3-0)3 regional and global perspective. Students will be
This course aims to introduce students to Turkey in exposed to different theoretical and methodical
its geopolitical context with a particular focus on the applications in an attempt to help develop a
Middle East and Eurasia. Students will be offered comparative and interdisciplinary outlook.
the basics of the political, economic and social
transformations in these regions. There will be GTSS 592 Graduate Seminar II NC
special emphasis on issues of security, energy, This course aims to introduce students to the basics
water, democratization and regional cooperation. of studying Turkey and Germany in a bilateral,
regional and global perspective. Students will be
exposed to different theoretical and methodical
applications in an attempt to help develop a
comparative and interdisciplinary outlook.
880
MEDIA AND CULTURAL STUDIES PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
KAYA, Rait: B.A., Ankara University; Institut Franais de Press en Science de IInformation;
Ph.D., Universit de Paris (Paris II).
ZVEREN, Eyp (Dean of the Faculty of Economic and Administrative Sciences): B.S., METU; M.A.,
Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton.
SAKTANBER, Aye: B.A., M.A., Ph.D., METU.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ERDOAN, Necmi (Department Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Lancaster.
TILI, Doan: B.A., M.A., Ph.D., METU.
INSTRUCTORS
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE GRADUATE PROGRAM: The graduate program in Media
and Cultural Studies (MCS) is an interdisciplinary framework for studying the relations between media and
culture in the complex and changing context of contemporary societies. It aims to relate contemporary theory
and criticism to mass mediated communications and culture and focuses on issues such as mass culture,
popular culture, visual culture, commodification of culture, globalization, gender and subculture, media
economics, media power, influence and effects, new communication technologies, normative, legal and ethical
issues in media, visual representation.
The MCS graduate program draws its main disciplinary resources and academic strengths from
METU's departments of History, Political science and Public Administration, Philosophy and Sociology.
Students benefit from METU's tradition of academic Excellency through shared teaching across a number of
optional courses alongside MCS courses. The courses offered by METU's Graduate School of Informatics and
METU's Audiovisual Systems Research and Production Center (GISAM) and its technical facilities at
broadcast level are additional assets for MCS.
The interdisciplinary approach enables students to choose courses both from the participating and
other departments and structure their studies and specialize according to a wide range of interests.
The program is designed for students from diverse disciplinary backgrounds and, hence, is expected to
attract students from a variety of departments. As indicated, the MCS Program offers both thesis and non-
thesis options. In the former, students are required to complete seven credit-courses and a Prothesis Seminar as
well as write a conventional M.S. Thesis or present an audio or audiovisual project and write a dissertation of
10000-12000 words. In the non-thesis option, students are required to take ten credit courses and complete a
term project. Upon the successful completion of the requirements of either program, a M.S. degree in MCS
will be conferred.
881
M.S. PROGRAM IN MEDIA AND CULTURAL STUDIES
(THESIS AND NON-THESIS)
Core Courses
MCS 501 Introduction to Media and Communication Theory (3-0)3
ADM 5117 Turkish Cultural History (3-0)3
ADM 5170 Political Economy of Communication (3-0)3
ADM 5196 Cultural Politics (3-0)3
ADM 5134 Media and Society (3-0)3
MCS 500 Prothesis Seminar (thesis) NC
MCS 589 Term Project (Non-thesis) NC
MCS 599 Master's Thesis (thesis) NC
Elective Courses
MCS 503 Sociology of Journalism (3-0)3
MCS 504 Texts, Contexts and Readers (3-0)3
MCS 506 Ethical Issues in Journalism (3-0)3
MCS 508 New Trends in Broadcasting (3-0)3
MCS 509 Cinema Studies (3-0)3
MCS 511 Visions and Visualities (3-0)3
MCS 512 Media and Politics (3-0)3
MCS 513 Documentary Genres (3-0)3
MCS 518 Documentary Cinema Studies (3-0)3
MCS 520 Mass Media Discourse from Ethnocultural Perspective (3-0)3
SOC 516 Gender, Media and Cultural Representation (3-0)3
STPS 505 Knowledge, Science and Technology In the
Information Age (3-0)3
THEA 351/451 Cinema and Reality (2-2)3
THEA 351/451 Introduction to Video Production (2-2)3
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
MCS 501 Introduction to Media and between media atmosphere (which consists of the
Communications Theory (3-0)3 level of democratic development, characteristics of
As an introduction to theories of media and state and government in a given country), nature of
communications this course aims to offer to the media ownership and civil society, and the
students a critical exposition of the explanatory practice of journalism will be discussed. It will be
frameworks provided by a range of different argued that media are a constitutive element in the
perspective. On the basis of an historical power structure of societies. Professional unions
introduction it focuses on the theoretical and existence of a professional ideology among
contributions of major schools (namely, political journalists will be two major topics. Journalists role
economy, critical theory, structural and post in reproducing the dominant ideas and values will
structural approaches and cultural studies). The be discussed. The course also aims to develop a
course aims a systematic expositions of the key sociological model to understand the functioning of
concepts of each approach placed in its historical the media.
context and offers a critical and comparative
perspective to assess the strengths and weakness of MCS 504 Texts, Contexts and Readers
each theoretical framework. (3-0)3
The aim of this course is to construct a theoretical
MCS 503 Sociology of Journalism (3-0)3 perspective for the analysis of media texts. For this
The object of this course is to examine the purpose, theoretical approaches of Barthes, Bakhtin,
profession of journalism in its relations to other Volosinov, Hodge, Kress, Fowler, van Dijk will be
socio-economic and political actors. The birth of read and their methodologies will be disscussed.
journalism in an historical context and the The course will focus on language and
relationship between the grand sociological theories representation, social construction of media
and media theories will be studied. The relationship narratives, semiotic structure of different media,
882
reading and signification, with a special emphasis increasingly. This course aims to discuss the
on culture and power. Different media genres changing visions and visualities in a historical depth
including news, TV series, serials, continuous for being able to understand (the visions and
serials, talk shows, reality shows, advertisements visualities of) our age critically.This course is
etc. will be analyzed focusing on their narrative and designed in two parts. In the first part, we make a
semiotic characteristics. close reading of some constitutive articles and
essays on visual culture. Hence, we make a
MCS 506 Ethical Issues in Journalism (3-0)3 theoretical discussion on the transformation of
The course examines the key ethical issues visions and visualities in modernity, throughout the
confronting media professionals, journalists. What history of cinematographic and televisual
are the critical ethical considerations to which apparatuses. In the second part of the course, we
journalists need to be sensitive during the practice concentrate on a more contemporary issue (such as
of reporting? is the major question of the course. medical imaging, new media, etc.), which is
Topics to be covered include: What is ethics and announced at the beginning of each semester. And
professional ethics? Is there an ethics for we give all our effort to understand the cultural
journalists? Are un-ethical practices due to personal realm of this contemporary issue through its visions
or structural reasons? What is the relationship and visualities.
between media and democracy? Ethical dimensions
of infotainment. Ethical dilemmas in war and MCS 512 Media and Politics (3-0)3
election reporting. Privacy, sexism, plagiarism and The objective is to take an in-depth look at the
reporting on minorities. relationship between media, the political system,
Ethical responsibilities in medical reports. Duty- and the public at large.
based ethics versus virtue based ethics. Rights and
responsibilities of journalists. Codes of conduct in MCS 513 Documentary Genres (3-0)3
different countries. Emerging ethical concerns in the This course is designed to explore the various forms
new electronic media, etc. The course will and the styles of documentary film/video. In this
emphasize discussion, debate and analysis of course the historical development of the
specific concrete cases from the international and documentary will be discussed. The main concern
Turkish practice of journalism. will be on identifying and exploring major
directions documentary has taken. During the
MCS 508 New Trends in Broadcasting course the critical issues that arise along the way
(3-0)3 will be analyzed. The emphasis in class sessions
Recent changes in the structures of the media will be on viewing. A tight and extensive schedule
organizations together with the newly developed of screenings will be established. The goal is to
technology have also brought important changes to view as much as possible. Students will be expected
the content of the broadcasting journalism. This to be involved, in researching areas of interest
course will aim top give students a critical outside of the class. For the most part, class sessions
understanding of these new broadcasting trends will be devoted to watching documentaries as well
practiced today in media industry. as lectures about documentaries.
MCS 509 Cinema Studies (3-0)3 MCS 518 Documentary Cinema Studies (3-0)3
Cinema Studies is a broad field that takes as its This course aims to provide students with basic
subject matter the interdisciplinary study of various knowledge on documentary cinema. The famous
aspects of the institution of cinema. Cinema Studies and never-ending discussion on the definition of
encompasses the studies of the modes of production documentary will be the starting point. This
and distribution of films on the one side, and the discussion will be extended to other debates such as
various loci and nature of the viewing experience on the problematization of truth in documentary;
the other. The two sides of this process are ethical issues in documentary filmmaking; sound as
intermediated by the interference of social, political, a constitutive component of documentary; and new
and cultural factors that make history, of which the forms of documentary filmmaking within new
films produce a certain specific representation. In media.
addition, this course will selectively focus on at
least one period, one national cinema, one genre, MCS 520 Mass Media Discourse from
one auteur and one film theory. Ethnocultural Perspective (3-0)3
This course examines theoretical and practical
MCS 511 Visions and Visualities (3-0)3 issues of cultural identity in Western and Eastern
Since the mid-19th century, people have been traditions. Special attention is paid to such
producing and consuming "technical images" dimensions of cultural difference as concepts of
883
time and space, models of the self and traditions of it possible to explore how identities are being
signification. The course combines both theoretical formed and to consider how we could possibly
sessions where relevant issues of cultural difference shape them.
are discussed and practical sessions where students * Descriptions of non-MCS courses are given in the
are provided with critical discourse analysis tools in listings of the related departments. In addition to the
order to evaluate mass media messages from courses listed here, students can take any relevant
different cultural contexts. As a result, contrasting graduate course offered by other departments upon
Eastern and Western mass media discourse the consent of the advisor.
characteristics from ethnocultural perspective makes
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE GRADUATE PROGRAM: The aim of this program is to
satisfy academical and intellectual interests of media professionals, graduated students who planning to be
employed in media sector and other professionals which want to study on the field of media. In accordance
with this purpose, our program is combining Media and Cultural Studies Programs current interdisciplinary
frame and theoretical perspective with professional formation of the media sector.
Although courses offered in the programe are independent from other graduated programs courses,
they are given by scholars of Media and Cultural Studies, Political Science and Public Administration, and
Sociology programs. Furthermore, this programs have an access to METU's Audiovisual Systems Research
and Production Center (GISAM) and its technical facilities at broadcast level to support technical capability of
courses.
Media Studies Second Education Program is totally arranged as night courses sessions in attended
out of working hours that makes our courses suitable for professionals which are normally get some difficulties
to attain lectures because of their working constraints. Students are required to take ten credit courses (total
thirty credits that each of three and which composed of eighteen required and twelve elective) and complete a
non-credit term project. Upon the successful completion of the requirements of this program, a M.S.c degree in
Media Studies will be conferred by the Institute of Social Sciences.
884
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
MCS 2521 Introduction to Media Studies (3-0)3 be coming to the class as guests to talk on their
As an introduction to theories of media and specific fields of specialization such as interviews,
communications, this course aims to offer to war and conflict reporting, investigative journalism,
students a critical exposition of the explanatory column writing, etc.
frameworks provided by a range of different
perspective. On the basis of an historical MCS 2524 Introduction to Cultural Studies
introduction it focuses on the theoretical (3-0)3
contributions of major schools (namely, political The course is designed to provide students with
economy, critical theory, structural and post analytical tools to conceptualise the field of cultural
structural approaches and cultural studies). The practices. It presents a critical review of
course aims systematic expositions of the key contemporary theoretical positions developed by the
concepts of each approach placed in its historical Frankfurt School, neo-Gramscian Marxism,
context and offers a critical and comparative Bakhtin, de Certeau, Bourdieu, Lefebvre, Debord,
perspective to assess the strengths and weakness of etc. A brief introduction on the theory of ideology,
each theoretical framework. with which most students are likely to be
unfamiliar, will be made since it constitutes the
MCS 2522 Sociology and Ethics of Journalism basic analytical premise of cultural studies. Special
(3-0)3 attention will be paid to the interplay of ideology,
The course examines the profession of journalism in culture, and power, the trans-formation(s) of the
its relations to other socio-economic and political field of cultural practices, and the contestatory
actors and discusses the key ethical issues character of popular or mass-mediated cultural
confronting media professionals, journalists. The forms. Among the themes to be explored are the
relationship between media atmosphere (which elite/mass or high/popular culture binaryism, the
consists of the level of democratic development, dichotomies of domination versus resistance and
characteristics of state and government in a given opposition versus ideological incorporation, the
country), nature of the media ownership and civil pragmatics of everyday life, and the culture of the
society, and the practice of journalism will be society of spectacle. Within this context, various
discussed. The course argues that media ethics popular or mass-mediated cultural forms, texts and
cannot be understood without refering to such narratives (e.g. popular cinema, popular music,
socilogical dimensions of the profession. Topics to televised sports, and television serials) will also be
be covered include: 'What are the critical ethical referred to.
considerations to which journalists need to be
sensitive during the practice of reporting?' What is MCS 2527 Cinema Studies (3-0)3
ethics and professional ethics? Is there an ethics for Cinema Studies is a broad field that takes as its
journalists? What is the relationship between media subject matter the interdisciplinary study of various
and democracy? Ethical dilemmas in war and aspects of the institution of cinema. Cinema Studies
election reporting. Privacy, sexism, plagiarism and encompasses the studies of the modes of production
reporting on minorities. Emerging ethical concerns and distribution of films on the one side, and the
in the new electronic media, etc. The course will various loci and nature of the viewing experience on
emphasize discussion, debate and analysis of the other. The two sides of this process are
specific concrete cases from the international and intermediated by the interference of social, political,
Turkish practice of journalism. and cultural factors that make history, of which the
films produce a certain specific representation. In
MCS 2523 News Writing and Reporting (3-0)3 addition, this course will selectively focus on at
The course aims to introduce students with the basic least one period, one national cinema, one genre,
skills required for a journalist or news reporter. one auteur and one film theory.
Focusing on practical work, students will learn
basics of news writing and reporting such as MCS 2532 Media Economics (3-0)3
accuracy, newsworthiness, fairness, objectivity and This course, which is accessible to Media Studies
respecting ethical principles and deadlines. A lot of students with or without a background in
news reading and writing will be done throughout economics, aims to provide an understanding on
the course to develop skills in writing hard news, major principles, concepts, and theories in media
features, interviews, analysis, and columns and to economics. It examines the distinctive economic
make students more familiar with different styles. characteristics of the media industry. Areas that will
Students will also have the opportunity to listen to be covered include economics of print media,
and to ask questions to senior journalists who will broadcasting, film, and new digital media.
885
MCS 2534 Filmmaking Techniques (3-0)3 approaches of technology and society relationship
In this course, the conventional techniques of which comprises technological determinism,
filmmaking are given to students in practical sense. social shaping of technology approach, and socio-
Thereofore, starting from the development of an technical approach. What will follow is a further
idea to the preparations for the shootings (pre- discussion about the interaction among
production) and then from shootings of the film power/social control and communication
scenes (production) to the editing of the images and technologies in modern societies. Relatedly, the
sounds (post-production) are all in the scope of this topics to be covered include the distinctions
course. The conventional techniques used in these between new media and old media, new media
phases of filmmaking will be pratically produced as technologies and their social adoption process, the
filmic exercises. diffusion of new media technologies across the
societies, structural transformation of media
MCS 2540 Documentary Film Making (3-0)3 industries, Information/Knowledge Society,
In this course, the theoretical readings are democracy and new media, and lastly new media
articulated with practical exercises on documentary and culture.
filmmaking. After screening of some outstanding
documentary films, students discuss not only the MCS 2554 Campaign Planning (3-0)3
basic issues but also elaborate the audio-visual This course covers all aspects of a communication
regimes and techniques that unfold those issues in a campaign (from forming opinions to planning of
filmic way as well. Thus, at the end of the course, media selection) with domestic and international
the documentary filmmaking process will be case studies and term projects. Students will prepare
clarified for the students. a full project report and present their projects at the
end of the semester.
MCS 2542 Media Audiences (3-0)3
The course examines different approaches to the MCS 2556 Media and Society (3-0)3
study of media audiences and reception. It compares As a member of contemporary societies, we share a
and contrasts the ways in which the modes of general view that the role of media in modern life is
reception and appropriation of media texts are significantly increasing. However, the nature and
analyzed by media studies. Focusing on the the extent of media influence in society is a point of
interplay of encoding and decoding, it explores the important debate in scholarly accounts as well as
ideological effects of media representations and the popular commentary, casual conversations and daily
use of media in everyday life. It also deals with experiences. This course intends to give a review on
empirical audience studies, examining audiences for main paradigms of media studies for second
a variety of genres such as news and talk shows. education students, and to fulfil absence of
systematic studies on general theories about the
MCS 2546 Television Programming (3-0)3 media and society relations. The main concern of
This course covers all aspects of a production of this course is to locate and clarify the fundamental
various TV programs including forming an original scholarly assumptions as to the role of the media in
idea, sponsorship, equipment, personnel and society viewed from different perspectives and
budgeting. At the end of the semester, following methodologies, in order to make them avaible for
their project work, students are expected to reach an reassessment.
adequate level of expertise to be a producer.
Note: Conditions permitting, this course may be MCS 8529 Texts, Contexts and Readers (3-0)3
conducted in parallel with a advanced video The aim of this course is to construct a theoretical
production course, and students may produce video perspective for the analysis of media texts. For this
material in their projects. purpose, theoretical approaches of Barthes, Bakhtin,
Volosinov, Hodge, Kress, Fowler, van Dijk will be
MCS 2549 New Media Technologies (3-0)3 read and their methodologies will be discussed. The
Recent adoptions of new media technologies, course will focus on language and representation,
primarily including the Internet, mobile phones, and social construction of media narratives, semiotic
satellite television, have had critical implications for structure of different media, reading and
the transformation of communication environment signification, with a special emphasis on culture and
in modern societies. In order to understand and power. Different media genres including news, TV
explain this process, it is necessary to build an series, serials, continuous serials, talk shows, reality
extensive debate and a critical perspective on shows, advertisements etc. will be analyzed
communication, technology, and society focusing on their narrative and semiotic
relationship. This graduate course, in this context, characteristics.
will start with a discussion on main theoretical
886
MIDDLE EAST STUDIES PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
AKTRE, Sevgi: B.Arch., M.Arch., METU; M.Arch. and Urban Design, Washington University; Ph.D., T.
ALTUNIIK, Meliha (Director of the Graduate School of Social Sciences): B.A., Ankara University;
M.A., METU; Ph.D., Boston University.
AYATA, Aye Gne: B.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Kent at Canterbury.
BAKIRER, mr: B.Arch., Ankara University; M.Arch., University of Chicago;
Ph.D., Ankara University.
BOZTEMUR, Recep B.A., Ankara University, M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Utah.
BLKBAIOLU Sha: B.A., Ankara University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia.
CEYLAN, Yasin: B.A., Atatrk University; Ph.D., University of Edinburgh.
DAI, hsan D.: B.A., Gazi University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Lancaster.
HOGR, A. Gndz: B.A., M.A., METU; Ph.D., University of Western Ontario.
NAM, Ahmet: B.S., METU; Ph.D., stanbul University.
ZVEREN, Eyp (Dean of the Faculty of Economic and Administrative Sciences): B.S., METU; M.A.,
Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton.
PEKER, Ali Uzay (Associate Dean of the Faculty of Architecture): B.A., stanbul University;
M.A., Boazii University; Ph.D., stanbul Technical University.
SAKTANBER, Aye: B.A., M.A., Ph.D., METU.
SOYKUT, Mustafa: B.A., M.A., Bilkent University; Ph.D. Hamburg University .
TURAN, mer: B.A., Ankara University, M.A., Ph.D., Catholic University of Leuven.
YURDUSEV, Nuri: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Leicester.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
INSTRUCTORS
DIETRICH, Richard: B.S. University of Colorado, M.S Cornell University & Ankara University, Ph.D.
Ankara University
DURUKAN, efika Akile: B.S. Boazii University, M.S. Bilkent University, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-
Madison
ULUTEKIN, Murat: B.A., M.A. Ankara University.
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE GRADUATE PROGRAM: The Middle East Studies Graduate
Program aims to offer an interdisciplinary study in the following fields:
19th and 20th Centuries Middle East History
Contemporary History of Islam and Islamic Thought
Middle East Politics
The Modern State, Political Institutions and Political Parties in the Middle East
Regional and International Affairs in the Middle East
War and Peace in the Middle East
887
Social Change in the Middle East
Class, Ethnicity and Gender in the Middle East
Religion and Culture in the Middle East
Economic Development in the Middle East
The basic objective of the program is to educate the graduate students in issues regarding the Arab
World, Turkey, Iran and North Africa, to train the researchers and area experts for both public and private
sectors, universities, research centers, and archives and libraries, to conduct academic and scientific research,
to organize conferences and to publish in the history and contemporary affairs of the region. The program also
aims at increasing the academic cooperation between research centers in the Middle East and METU, and
developing the national and international dialogue among the scholars working in the field of study.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS: The Middle East Studies Program is open to students with an
undergraduate degree in any field of study due to the interdisciplinary nature of the program. The applicants
from humanities, social sciences and sciences have the same chance of admission; thought the Search
Committee has the authority to decide the students to attend scientific preparation courses up to 18 credit
hours to build up their knowledge in the field. The graduates of history, sociology, international relations, and
political sciences may not be required to take preparatory courses.
The Admission requirements of the Graduate School of Social Sciences are valid for the Middle East
Program as well. The applicants with the required academic qualifications and necessary language skills may
be taken to written and/or oral exams by the Search Committee. The application materials include:
Bachelors Degree and/or Diploma, and Official Transcripts
Letter of intention
Two letters of Reference
Official Score of the Graduate Exam (ALES)
Score of English Proficiency Exams (KPDS, DS, TOEFL, METU IYS or equivalent)
The program has both thesis and non-thesis options. The thesis option requires the students to complete 7
courses (not less than 21 credit hours), one non-credit pro-thesis seminar, and to write an M.S. thesis. The non-
thesis option necessitates 10 courses (30 credit hours) and a non-credit term-project to be completed. The
students are also required to take one of the languages of the region (to be registered as NC) for at least two
semesters.
In both programs, the students who successfully complete the requirements are awarded with the
M.Sc. Degree in Middle East Studies.
(The non-thesis program requires the students to take at least three courses from the following list)
The two-semester language courses (to be registered as NC) might be taken from the following list
depending on the students field of study and the approval of the graduate advisor. The minimum grade is CC
for language courses:
889
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
MES 501 History of the Modern Middle alternative readings of the Middle East and its
East (3-0)3 `security problem` might be possible.
The course is designed to provide a review of the
historical, political and social settings in the Middle MES 507 Revolutions in the Middle East
East in the 19th century from an interdisciplinary (3-0)3
perspective. The course is a survey for the The course will cover briefly the main theoretical
understanding of the modern Middle East through approaches to the study of failed and successful
an in-depth analysis of historical processes as the revolutions, revolutions from above and below,
bases of modernity in the foundation of modern passive revolution and coups, the major revolutions
political and social structures. A review of in the Middle East region, covering both the Arab
contemporary approaches to understand the countries and Turkey and Iran, lastly a discussion of
Ottoman settings of the Middle East will be the contemporary affairs in the region with the
followed by the analysis of ethnic, religious and perspective of the region`s history and the
political organization of the region, and the study of theoretical debates on revolutions.
changes in these formations throughout the
nineteenth century. MES 508 Modern Iran: Politics in the
Twentieth Century (3-0)3
MES 502 Contemporary Affairs in the The course will provide students and understanding
Middle East (3-0)3 of modern Iranian politics, focusing on the
The course will analyze the contemporary Middle emergence and development of the modern Iranan
Eastern affairs through the study of processes of nation-state in Pahlavi period and the transformation
state and nation formation, social and economic of this state in revolutionary and post-revolutionary
changes in region, the impact of religion and the era. The course will center on political history while
role of the military, and political and economic encompassing the key aspects of foreign relations as
crises, regional and international conflicts and their well. The course will also discuss the main axes of
domestic effects in the Middle East in the 20th debate in Iranan studies.
century.
MES 509 Religious Developments in the
MES 504 US Foreign Policy and the Middle Middle East in Late Antiquity
East (3-0)3 (3-0)3
The Middle East with its strategic and economic The course will cover development in the beliefs,
significance as well as incessant volatility and practices and seets of religious communities in the
instability has been a major preoccupation for US Middle East in Late Antiquity. The emphasis will be
foreign policy and its hegemonic aspirations. This on the developments in Judaism, Zoroastrianism,
course aims to offer a comprehensive examination Christianity, Gnosticism, and Manichaeism in this
of actors, motives, instruments and the major issues period and how they shaped the world in which
shaping US foreign policy vis--vis the Middle East Islamic thought and culture later developed. In
during Cold War and post 9/11 eras. It also aims to addition, the relevance of these historical
discuss changes and continuities in American developments and contemporary events will also be
involvement and diplomacy in the Middle East in examined.
the context of the Arab Spring. The course intends
to bring issues of security, political economy and MES 520 Political Economy of Water in the
democratization into extended focus, while grasping Middle East (3-0)3
the foreign policy making and implementation This course is aiming at dealing with: a general
processes inside the United States towards Arab and view of fresh water in global, regional and national
non-Arab states, as well as non-state actors in the scales, theoretical views on human and
region. environmental relations, an analytical capability of
political economy of Middle East, concepts such as:
MES 505 Geopolitical Readings in the virtual water, hydro hegemony, trans-boundary
Middle East (3-0)3 water course, geographical and environmental facts
The course will cover analysis of Middle East of MENA, the role and impact of fresh water on
through the lenses of geopolitical approaches and social, political and economic development, the role
will focus on basic texts on the Middle East and try and impact of scarcity of fresh water and necessity
to reach an understanding of the Middle East based of structural changes to improve region s position in
on `geopolitical discourses`. It seeks to expose how global political economy.
890
SOC 522 Sociology of the Middle East countries of the Middle East. Modernity post-
(3-0)3 modernity, globalization, orientalism,
The Middle East in historical and world context. fundamentalism, authenticity, identity, and religion.
Islam and development of secularization in Turkey Sociological and anthropological depictions of
and other countries in the Middle East. Social, cultural transitions in the Middle East and Islamic
cultural and educational transformations in selected world.
891
SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY POLICY STUDIES PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
DURGUT, Metin: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., State University of New York.
ERAYDIN, Ayda: B.Arch., M. Arch., METU.; Ph.D., Istanbul Technical University.
ERDL, Erkan (Department Chair): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Universiteit Maastricht.
GERAY, Haluk: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Ankara University.
NAM, Ahmet: B.S., METU; Ph.D., stanbul University.
KEPENEK, Yakup: B.S., Ankara University; Ph.D., New York University
ZDEMR, Baaran Funda: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Ankara.
SOMEL, Cem: B.S., M.S., stanbul University; Ph.D., Ankara University.
ENSES, Fikret: B.A., University of Warwick; M.A., University of Lancaster;
Ph.D., London School of Economics.
TAYMAZ, Erol: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
ER, Ahmet: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Manchester Institute of Science and Technology
YILDIRIM Onur: B.S. METU; M.A. Princeton University, M.A. State University of New York,
Ph.D. Princeton University.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
AKOMAK, Semih (Vice Chair): B.S., M.S. METU, Ph.D., UNU-MERIT, Maastricht University
AKDEVE, Erdal: B.S.Dokuz Eyll University, M.S.Goteborg University, PhD.Ankara University
INSTRUCTORS
AKMUR, Bar :B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
OLAKOLU, Mustafa Hilmi: B.S. METU, M.S., Hacettepe University., Ph.D., Gazi University.
DURGUN, Mehmet Serdar: B.S., M.S., TekPol, METU, Ph.D., University of Maryland Baltimore County.
EL, irin: B.S. METU, M.S., & PhD in S&T Policy Studies, METU
KEPENEK, Emek: B.S: Sociology , M.S.: STPS, PhD.: Sociology
MEDEN, Tun D. : B.S. in Management, Bilkent , M.A in Management& Organizational Learning, Lancaster
University, UK, PhD in Knowledge Science, JAIST, Japan
POAN, zolu Burak: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Ankara University.
TANDOAN, Sinan: PhD in S&T Policy Studies, METU
YALINER, Uur Grad: B.S., M.S. METU
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE GRADUATE PROGRAM: The graduate program in Science
and Technology Policy Studies (STPS) is designed to specialize students in economic, social and cultural
policy making concerning science and technology. It aims to deal with economic, sociological, philosophical,
ethical, environmental as well as the engineering aspects of newly-emergent issues faced by information-based
societies.
Modern science and technology have attained such a degree of complexity that the required policies
can no longer be formulated adequately within the bounds of a single discipline. In order to match new levels
of complexity, multi-disciplinary approaches are required to address policy issues. By encouraging both
curiosity-driven and applied interdisciplinary research on science and technology, the STPS, like similar
892
graduate programs in other countries, aims at preparing its students towards engaging in not merely theoretical
but empirical issues as well.
In order to be effective and competitive worldwide, the Turkish economic and political structures will
have to invest more in both qualified human resources and R&D in the coming years. Both private and public
institutions will need highly skilled manpower in order to carry out multi-dimensional tasks that are needed in
the information age. This requires an ability to formulate relevant policies for furthering research and
expanding domestic and technological capabilities in response to global developments. Given the shortage of
expertise needed for designing and implementing science and technology policies/strategies which currently is
a major concern for public organizations and leading private companies, the STPS program aims at equipping
its graduates with the required qualifications to work in technology and research-oriented organizations both in
government and industry or in the universities.
In addition, the program will provide a platform for:
The STPS Program offers both thesis and non-thesis options. In the former case, students are required
to complete seven credit-courses (total of twenty-one credits), and Prothesis Seminar as well as to write a M.S.
thesis. In the latter case, students are required to take ten credit-courses (total of thirty credits) and complete a
term-project. Upon the successful completion of the requirements of either program, a M.S. degree in the STPS
will be conferred.
Required Courses
STPS 501 History of Science and STPS 507 Research Methods in Science (3-0)3
Technology (3-0)3 and Technology Studies
STPS 503 Political Economy of Science STPS 500 Prothesis Seminar (Thesis) NC
and Technology (3-0)3 STPS 589 Term Project (Non-thesis) NC
STPS 505 Knowledge, Science and STPS 599 Masters Thesis (Thesis) NC
Technology in the Information Age
(3-0)3
Elective Courses
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES *
STPS 500 Prothesis Seminar in STPS NC STPS 503 Political Economy of Science and
Technology (3-0)3
An introduction to political economy of science,
STPS 501 History of Science and technology, and policy. Basic concepts, alternative
Technology (3-0)3 theories, and recent developments in the economics
The study of the genesis and historical trajectory of of technology and innovation. Patterns of
the modern science and technology. A comparative technological activity and markets for technology.
approach at two fronts: preindustrial western and Comparative analyses of science and technology
non-western civilizational complexes and policies in industrial and developing countries, and
cosmologies. Modes of knowledge production and the experience of NICs. Interactions between
practical application of knowledge. Ethical-political technology (policy) and society.
considerations guiding pre-modern and modern
approaches to reality. Particular emphasis on the STPS 505 Knowledge, Science and
history of scientific progress since the Industrial Technology in the Information Age (3-0)3
Revolution; transformation from industrial to post- Changing technologies of knowledge production.
industrial/information society. Body, self and identity in the information age.
Fragmented subjectivities and cyberspace.
Information as commodity and knowledge. The
894
transformation of cosmological principles and STPS 514 Agent Based Simulation
existing divisions of labor within techno-sphere and Models in Economics of Technological Change
modern science. The flux of everyday life in (3-0)3
reshaped places. The transformation of time-space
conceptions under the impact of new technologies
Complex adaptive systems, multi-agent simulation
of virtual reality. Social repercussions for the
models, the bottom-up approach to social systems,
existing institutional structures and disciplinary
learning and evolutionary games, genetic
boundaries of modern scientific establishment.
algorithms, agent based simulation models, network
evolution.
STPS 507 Research Methods in Science and
Technology Studies (3-0)3
This course intends to introduce the main STPS 515 Innovation Policy and
terminology and concepts used in science and Governance:
technology policy studies related research. The Trends and Challenges (3-0)3
course is designed for students that will write a MS With the improved understanding of innovation and
or PhD thesis, but other students can also benefit innovation systems and with the increase in the
from the course. challenges that needs to be addressed by innovation
policies, new concepts and approaches in policy-
STPS 510 Systems of Innovation (3-0)3 making and implementation are being developed
Long waves and industrial revolutions; Liszt and and implemented both in developed and developing
national system of production; Schumpeter and countries. Also, internationally accepted methods
creative destruction; learning economy, tacit and and tools used in policy and program design,
codified knowledge, national innovation systems; implementation and evaluation are important for the
regional innovation systems, technological systems, stakeholders of the Turkish innovation system.
globalization. Therefore, this course focuses on recent trends, new
approaches and main challenges in innovation
STPS 512 Technological Change in policy and programme cycle and aims to develop
Developing Countries (3-0)3 capabilities of the students on this new
understanding and tools and methods.
Recent trends in economic performance, innovation,
technological activities, and technology transfer.
Review of key concepts (technology, technique, STPS 516 Science and Technology Places
technological capabilities, innovation, and (3-0)3
technology transfer) and characteristics of the The aim of the program is to teach the students the
process of technological change in developing official regulations and applications in Turkey.
countries (DCs). Innovation and technological Some techno parks and university research and
change in DCs through the 20th century. applications centers will be reviewed.
Technological change processes under inward-
oriented development strategies before 1980s STPS 517 Innovation and SMEs (3-0)3
(Turkey, India, Latin America) and under outward- - Innovation determinants for SMEs.
oriented development strategies (South Korea and - Realizing the importance of competitiveness for
Taiwan). Globalization and its impact on innovation SMEs and regional development.
and technological change process in DCs in the - Innovation capacity and abilities of SMEs.
post-1980 period: changes in the modes of - Design and R&D activities.
technology transfer, role of transnational - Learning, Knowledge Transfer and Absorption
corporations in technology transfer, intellectual Capacity for innovation.
property rights and new technologies (ICTs and - Institutional Capacity for SMEs.
biotechnologies). Analysis of the technological - The role of government and universities for
change process and innovation in the Turkish developing industries competitiveness.
economy. - The role of EU within innovation capacity and
competitiveness.
- Success stories from the world.
895
classifications of public technology policies; recent STPS 532 Intellectual Property Rights
trends in technology policies, government and Implementation (3-0)3
intervention in technological change in Turkey; Economic and scientific concerns in
monitoring and evaluation of public registration/granting of the Intellectual Property (IP)
policies/programs; evaluation concepts, causal Rights, effects of IP rights in international trade,
relationship; ex-ante/ex-post evaluation, forms of technology development, and dissemination of
additionality, analysis of evaluation reports. technological information, international Agreements
on globalization in international trade, EU Policy
STPS 521 Technology and Work for harmonization in the internal market, new trends
Organization (3-0)3 in IP policies in the world, implementation of patent
Comparative analysis of production and service rights, state of the art search before preparation of
systems (Taylorism, Fordism, flexible production, the documents for patent application, drafting the
etc.). Technology and labor process. Recent changes description, claims, figures and abstract, patent
in work organizations in industry and services. The application through patent Co-operation Treaty
experience of developed countries and NICs. (PCT), patent application through European Patent
Universal validity and transferability of new Convention (EPC), implementation of industrial
production technologies and work organizations to design rights.
developing countries. Work organizations in large
and small scale firms in Turkey. STPS 542 Art, Technology and Visual
Culture (3-0)3
STPS 522 Technology and Corporate Art vis--vis ancient techn and modern technology.
Strategy (3-0)3 The technological enframing and Regelkreis of the
The course aims to provide theoretical knowledge late industrial-modern age. The post-industrial and
and practical methods/applications about Project post-modern conditions under which contemporary
and System Management. Project Management, modes of artistic activity take place. The possibility
Contract Management, Strategic Management, of art in the information age. Art as saving power
System Engineering Management, Technology and sheltering vs. Art as information flow and
Management, Project Cycle Management, R&D commodity. The ethical function of the aesthetic
Projects, Information and ERP Projects, dimension. The question of Umwelt. The possibility
Governmental Programs will be covered of Truth via artworks in the information age.
STPS 524 Information and Communications Towards a visual ontology.
Technologies Socioeconomic and Regulatory
Issues (3-0)3 STPS 543 Recent Trends in Science and
Technology Policy Making
Recent changes in information and communication (3-0)3
technologies, and their impact on the economy. The Science and technology policies of the postwar era
structure of world telecommunications industry: are intended as instruments of national and regional
states, firms, and strategies. Pricing issues. economic competitiveness, high living standards
Privatization in Turkish telecommunications and sustained progress. The course provides a
industry. critical study of the major science and technology
policy documents in their historical settings. An
STPS 526 Technological Change and the appraisal of the political, economic and structural
Labour Process (3-0)3 aspects of actions prescribed in such documents, the
Labour process theory; the relationship of man and envisaged role of science and technology in
the machine; mechanisation versus craft work; skill achieving national and regional goals and the trends
and knowledge at work; historical analysis of in policy making are covered.
technical change in the labour process;
technological change in the workplaces; STPS 544 Technosphere, Environment
contemporary debates on technology and work. and Culture (3-0)3
Workshop/Seminar in creative studies and research
STPS 531 Intellectual Property Rights on the relationship of culture and nature; assessment
and Regulation (3-0)3 of habitat/oecumene within cultural and natural
The course is aimed to increase the awareness of the permanence and change; creative problem-solving
students on the intellectual property rights. and problem-definition within time/space dynamics;
Additionally one of the aims is to give detailed researching new ways of integrating multiplicities.
information for obtaining the rights together with Research into the physical manifestation of culture
enforcement in Turkey and in the World. and values. Applied execution of ideas and creative
896
problem solving with different materials and will be the lectures in & out of class study/practice
designs. material.
STPS 546 Megascience: An Appraisal of STPS 550 New Economy: Impacts and
Policy Issues (3-0)3 Applications (3-0)3
Generic megascience policy issues, the interactions This course examines the concept and content of the
between the development of megascience and new economy and its impact on economic agents.
national decision-making processes, mechanisms of The near history of the new economy takes place as
international cooperation in megascience, cost, an introduction. Digital era and its impacts on
funding and budgetary issues in megascience households, firms and government are analyzed.
projects, government science and technology New approaches on business transactions and its
foresight exercises in selected countries. effect on labor market are taken into consideration.
Both backbone of e-business such as ERP
(Enterprise Resource Planning), SCM (Supply
STPS 547 Introduction to Information Chain Management) and e-business in action B2B
Network Security and Policy (Business to Business), B2C (Business to consumer)
(3-0)3 and CRM (Customer relationship Management)
The course aims to create technological awareness, takes place. The course is interactive, involves both
especially on IT technologies. The role of IT in critical discussion and project implementations
daily life, in communications, in e-commerce, in (applications) about the network economy by
personal usage is to be taken out of the black-box to professional presentations.
point out possible problems and risks, together with
introduction to counter concepts like e-security, IT STPS 552 Globalization and Technology
usage policies, suggested applications. Management (3-0)3
21st century concepts, technologies and
STPS 548 Managing Information terminology, research, search and awareness.
Technology: Policies and Standards Philosophy of engineering ethics, change in values.
(3-0)3 Human resources for research and its management.
The course aims to create awareness and provide Change in research infrastructure needs and
ability to manage IT technologies, especially at modeling and simulation. From basic research to the
company/project scale. Methods and resources of product. Innovation, competition and cooperation.
such management, and existing efforts for Technology watch. The importance of technology
standardization are exploited as milestones. foresight efforts and its implementation. Effect
based approach for solving problems. Capability
STPS 549 IT Governance based planning and its application to defense.
(3-0)3 Technology gap between nations and its affect on
Contemporary issues about IT Governance as a the international collaboration. Assessment of
whole; but major concentration upon-IT technology maturity level. Converging technology..
Organizations & Strategy,-IT Management & Best
Practices,-IT Processes & Standards,-IT Project STPS 553 Technology, Globalization and
Management,-Business-IT Alignment,-IT Control Labor (3-0)3
Standards & Security,-IT Risk Management & During the course, the participants are expected to
Audit issues will be thoroughly discussed and acquire: (i) understanding how ICT can change
practiced in this course. By focusing on Business work organization; (ii) ICT and labour, who benefits
Requirements and Business-Technology Alignment; from ICT; (iii) social aspects of innovation; (iv) the
well-applied Global Best Practices, Assessment policy implications of the two literatures, how to
Methodologies, Process Maturity and IT Risks will deal with labour issues as a result of work
examined. Besides experiencing the technology organization and the localization versu globalization
impact and its leverage on business world, the debate. And at the end of the course, the articipants
protection & control of information & information are expected to posses: (i) the ability to analyze the
assets will be the common perspective of this implications of the globalization process. Firms and
lecture. In addition to a medium weight of reading production are becoming globalized; (ii) the ability
materials; membership to and follow-up of some to compare and contrast localization issue with
major professional e-groups and discussion lists, globalization of production, (iii) the ability to
research over the Internet, Control Risk Assessment examine the appropriate policy tools that stems
from the localization versus globalization issue.
& IT Audit Project assignments, in-class case
studies, workshops, simulations and presentations
897
STPS 554 Management of Technological STPS 556 Knowledge Intensive
Innovation (3-0)3 Entrepreneurship and
From a business perspective, the course will focus Commercialisation of Research Output
on the linkage of technology and business (3-0)3
strategies, key R&D business processes, issues in Research, innovation and entrepreneurship are the
global R&D management, methods of measuring three critical pillars of the knowledge economy.
and optimizing the return on the R&D investment, However there are many complexities and
commercializing technology and the commercial uncertainties in the linkages between scientific
development process, technology intelligence, invention and business development. This course
organization and human resources issues in the will focus on the recent developments concerning
R&D, and leveraging private investors including the knowledge transfer approaches including the
Venture Capital (VC) and public R&D support new role of universities, public incentives in
programs. Case studies from international commercialization, improvements in intellectual
benchmark studies and best practices will be property rights and mediator agencies between the
discussed. The course will move deliberately academic and the industrial worlds. The distinct
between strategic issues (why does business do features and industrial dynamics of knowledge-
R&D?) and managerial and organizational issues based entrepreurship will also be elaborated.
(how should business do R&D?), though the focus
of the course is more on better understanding of STPS 560 Seminar in New Technologies
private R&D behavior for policy design. (3-0)3
Seminars on genetics and biotechnology, flexible
STPS 555 Research Commercialization and automation technologies, new materials, optics,
Knowledge- Based Entrepreneurship information and telecommunications technologies,
(3-0)3 etc.
This course fits within the electives of the graduate
Program in Science and Technology Policy Studies. STPS 589 Term Project NC
Research, innovation and entrepreneurship are the STPS 590 Social Science Aspects of
three critical pillars of the knowledge economy. Innovation (3-0)3
Research and technology commercialization, or Challenging the Role of Entrepreneurs; Opportunity
more specifically, knowledge-based Analysis: Five Phases to Success; Preparing A Cash
entrepreneurship becomes one of the most important Flow Forecast; Five Steps To Formulating A
issues for the economic growth in the 21st century. Successful Marketing Plan; Preparing The
However, there are many complexities and Marketing Analysis And Plan; Five Steps To
uncertainties in the linkages between scientific Successful Database Marketing; What Is A Business
invention and business development. This course Plan? Choosing Your Goals and Objectives; Setting
will focus on the recent developments concerning Performance Benchmarks; Writing the Business
the knowledge transfer approaches including the Plan; How to Write a Loan Proposal; How to Apply
new role of universities, public incentives in for a Loan; Evaluating High-Growth Businesses;
commercialization, improvements in intellectual Deciding Whether to Go Public; Secure
property rights and mediator agencies between the Method for E-Commerce; Trademarks;
academic and the industrial worlds. The distinct Copyrights; Patents; Documenting your Ideas;
features and industrial dynamics of knowledge- Applying for a Patent; Trade Secrets; Which Form
based entrepreneurship will also be elaborated. of Ownership is Best? Forms of Doing Business.
898
SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY POLICY STUDIES Ph.D. PROGRAM
Recent developments in the knowledge-intensity of economic activity have significant broader socio-
economic repercussions at the level of nation states, regions, industries, markets, and firms. In this context,
Science and Technology Studies Ph.D. program aims to engage with the challenges dictated by the knowledge-
intensive society, thus, presents a vision of analysing and responding such challenges through providing
several concentration areas for policy making.
Science and Technology Studies Ph.D. program has a mission of encouraging scientific research and
policy making particularly in the fields of technological change and innovation processes that are indispensable
elements of understanding the structural changes in the current economic and social life. Consequently, the
program creates a new set of opportunities and mutually empowers the existing ones for established academics
in partner countries and for those at the early stages of their careers to pursue a program of research and
research training in a challenging and important area of inquiry.
The program offers a wide variety of interest areas in which it concentrates on both the theoretical and
policy foundations of technology.
Innovation
In any economy, the intensity of innovative activities is one of the main indicators of technical
change. Those attempts should materialise in the product chain in the context of competitive pressures
prevalent both in the national and international markets. Innovation and the conditions of innovation are
significant factors in the development of production. The literature on innovation systems and its connections
with several learning processes is growing at an increasing rate. In this framework, the program aims at
mapping issues such as the study of long-run competitiveness, knowledge accumulation, and policy making.
Technology Policy
Developing appropriate technology policies entails a consideration of issues at national, international,
and supra-national levels. Science, technology and R&D policies, which form the basic instances of the
mentioned levels and their specific connection with and articulation to the regulation issues constitute another
area of interest within the STPS Ph.D. program. Additionally, practice-oriented issues for instance the
discussion of critical technologies, energy systems, environmental impacts, and foresight studies are also
included.
899
Technology and Work Organisation
The practice of technological change and application of associated policies require a study of theory
of organisations and the structure of inter-organisational systems. The policy issues covered by the program are
enriched by the introduction of organisation-related topics.
Quantitative Methods
The study of the above explained content demand for an eager analysis of the technological databases
and research methods. The program furnishes the participants with qualitative and quantitative methods of
research.
Required Courses
STPS 601 Innovation, Technology, and STPS 605 Research Methods and
Economic Development (3-0)3 Analytical techniques (3-0)3
STPS 602 Technology and Industrial STPS 800-899 Special Studies NC
Strategy (3-0)3 STPS 699 Ph.D. Thesis NC
STPS 603 Technology, Society, and
Culture (3-0)3
Elective Courses
STPS 601 Innovation, Technology and technology foresight and regional and national
Economic Development (3-0)3 competitiveness.
This course surveys a range of topics in the area of
economics of innovation and technological change. STPS 605 Research Methods and
Topics to be considered include the economics of Analytical Techniques (3-0)3
the innovative activities, the contribution of The course focuses on the use of quantitative
innovation and research to economic growth, and methods in science and technology studies. It also
the influence of market structure and competitive considers a wider discussion of economic analysis
environment on the production of innovations. The for science and technology policy indicators with
course further focuses on specific examples from the use of international technology databases. The
the history of technological innovation. course further covers smoothing and decomposition
methods, causal modeling and forecasting
STPS 602 Technology and Industrial techniques, linear and nonlinear time series models
Strategy (3-0)3 and forecasting.
The course begins with the discussion of the relation
between innovation and competitiveness. In this STPS 611 Topics in Applied Econometrics 1
context, systems of innovation together with its (3-0)3
effect on firms and technology policy is introduced. This course aims to cover data sets encountered in
The course also focuses on the policy issues such as social sciences; sampling techniques; preparing
energy systems and environmental policy, surveys in social sciences; econometric analysis of
clustering, research and development policy, and qualitative variables; and econometric analysis of
information and communication technology policy limited dependent variables.
and strategy.
STPS 612 Topics in Applied Econometrics 2
STPS 603 Technology, Society, and (3-0)3
Culture (3-0)3 The objective of this course is to cover the empirical
A comprehensive understanding of technology and models that are heavily used in analyzing cross
its meaning in social development entails situating section and panel data. Some of the important
technology within the broader historical models that will be covered in this course are Fixed-
transformations. Beginning from the ancient Greek Effects Models, Models with Random Effects, and
philosophy to the twenty-first century, the issue of Dynamic Models.
technology has occupied a significant place. The
course discusses philosophy of technology in this
context. STPS 800-899 Special Studies NC
STPS 604 Current Issues in Science and STPS 699 Ph.D. Thesis NC
Technology Policies (3-0)3
The course mainly discusses the regulation of * Descriptions of non-STP courses are given in the
science and technology in the case of developing listings of the related departments. In addition to the
countries. The discussion is linked to national and courses listed here, students can take any relevant
regional systems of innovation. The course also graduate course offered by other departments upon
extends the policy analysis to the concept of the consent of the advisor
901
SETTLEMENT ARCHEOLOGY PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ERCYAS, D. Burcu (Department Chair): B.A., Bilkent University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Cincinnati.
GVEN, Suna: B.A. Wellesley College; M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University.
KAYAN, lhan: B.S., Ph.D., Ankara University. (part-time)
ZDOAN, Mehmet: B.A., Ph.D., stanbul University. (part-time)
TUNA, Numan: B.C.P., M.C.P., METU; Ph.D., Dokuz Eyll University. (part-time)
TRKMENOLU, Asuman: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
ATAKUMAN, idem: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D. UCLA.
IOANNIDOU-PKN, Evangelia: B.A., Aristotelean University of Thessaloniki; M.A., Ph.D. Leicester
University.
SERN, Ufuk: B.Arch., M.S., METU; M.A., Ph.D., Pontificio Instituto di Archeologia Cristiana, Roma.
INSTRUCTOR
KOLAT, al : B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU. (part-time)
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE GRADUATE PROGRAM: The objective of the program is
to provide students with a solid academic preparation in archaeological theory, research techniques and
modern interpretative methods with particular emphasis on settlement and environmental archaeology.
Settlement archaeology has as its aim a holistic reconstruction of the cultures of ancient settlements, urban
communities and their hinterlands.
The objective of the program is to train students in both scientific and technological levels and social
science and humanities disciplines necessary to conduct archaeological research according to contemporary
international standards. The primary purpose is to train students as advanced scholars in settlement
archaeology for university level of teaching, research and active participation in national and international
archaeological projects in Turkey.
To obtain the M.Sc. in Settlement Archaeology, candidates are required to complete a minimum of 27
credit hours in taught courses, including six required courses (two of which are field work requirements) and
three approved electives as shown in the curriculum sequence given below. A thesis is also required.
902
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
DEFICIENCY YEAR
First Semester
FIRST YEAR
First Semester Second Semester
SA 501 Theory in Archaeology (3-0)3 SA 510 Spatial Analysis in Archaeology
SA 505 Geoarchaeology (3-0)3 (3-0)3
SA 512 Environmental Archaeology (3-0)3
SA 598 Field Methods in Archaeology I
(3-0)3
SECOND YEAR
903
(3-0)3 CP 517 Issues in Urban Archaeology (3-0)3
ARCH 482 Conservation of Archaeological GEOE 528 Remote Sensing (3-2)4
Sites (3-0)3 GEOE 560 Rocks and Minerals in
ARME 501 General Archaeometry (3-0)3 Archaeological Studies (3-2)4
ARME 540 Conservation and Restoration of HIST 540 Analysis of Historical Sources
Archaeological Objects (3-0)3 (3-0)3
ARME 541 Archaeological Materials and Their SOC 523 Data Analysis (3-0)
Properties (3-0)3
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS:
To obtain a Ph.D. in Settlement Archaeology candidates are required to complete a minimum of 21 credit
hours in taught courses, including two required courses and five approved electives. The doctoral qualifying
examination is hold after 4 semesters of study. The Ph.D. candidate is obliged to complete the doctoral thesis
within the 4 semesters following the doctoral qualifying examination.
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
DEFICIENCY YEAR
FIRST YEAR
*3 of the elective courses must be taken from the courses with SA code, one from each group.
Required Courses
Elective Courses
906
Practice (Group 2)
SA 502 Artefact Analysis and Quantification (3-0)3
SA 506 Workshop in Settlement Archaeology (3-0)3
SA 514 GIS Applications in Settlement Archaeology (3-0)3
SA 531 Experimental Archaeology (3-0)3
ARCH 482 Conservation of Archaeological Sites (3-0)3
ARME 540 Conservation and Restoration of Archaeological Objects (3-0)3
ARME 541 Archaeological Materials and Their Properties (3-0)3
GEOE 528 Remote Sensing (3-2)4
GEOE 560 Rocks and Minerals in Archaeological Studies (3-2)4
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
908
SOCIAL POLICY PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ECEVT, Yldz: B.A., M.A., Hacettepe University; Ph.D., University of Kent.
ERDL, Erkan: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Maastricht University and METU.
GNDZ HOGR, Aye: B.A., M.A., METU; Ph.D., University of Western Ontario.
TANSEL, Ayst: B.S., METU; M.S., University of Minnesota.Ph.D., State University of New York at
Binghamton.
YAZICIOLU, Kamil (Part-Time): MD, PhD: GATA.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
AYBARS, Aye dil: B.A., METU; M.S., LSE; Ph.D. University of Ulster
BAYIRBA, Mustafa Kemal: B.Cp., METU; M.S. METU; Ph.D. Carleton University
BEPINAR, Fatma Umut (Chairpersoon): B.A., METU; M.A., METU; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin
ELK, Birten: M.S., Ph.D: Dokuz Eyll University.
EREN VURAL, pek: B.S., METU; M.S., LSE; PhD, University of Sussex.
KALKAN, Kerem Ozan: B.S., METU; M.S., Bilkent; PhD, University of Maryland.
ZEN, lhan Can: B.A.: Bilkent University; MS, Ph.D: Johns Hopkins University
TOPAL, aatay: B.S., M.S., METU; PhD: Queens University Kingston.
INSTRUCTORS
FILALI TAKIN, Ayegl (Part-Time): B.S., M.S., Ph. D.: METU
NDER, zhan (Part-Time): B.S, Mimar Sinan University, M.S, METU, PhD, METU
The program is designed for students from diverse disciplinary backgrounds and, hence, is expected to
attract students from a variety of departments. As indicated, the SPL Program offers both thesis and non-thesis
options. In the former, students are required to complete seven credit-courses and a Prothesis Seminar as well
as write a conventional M.S. Thesis and write a dissertation of 10000-12000 words. In the non-thesis option,
909
students are required to take ten credit courses and complete a term project. Upon the successful completion of
the requirements of either program, a M.S. degree in SPL will be conferred.
Elective Courses
SPL 511 Unemployment and Social Policy
SPL 512 Health and Social Policy
SPL 513 Gender Perspectives on Development
SPL 514 Population Dynamics and Social Policy in Turkey
SPL 515 The European Union and Gender Equality Policies
SPL 517 Disability and Social Policy I
SPL 518 Disability and Social Policy II
SPL 519 Citizenship: Turkish Experiences
SPL 550 Sociological Perspectives
SPL 522 Social Policies of Disadvantage
SOC 307 Issues in State and Social Policy
SOC 312 Political Sociology
SOC 314 Work and Organization
SOC 384 Sociology of Development
SOC 405 Industrial Sociology
SOC 510 Urban Theory and Policy
SOC 518 Social Movements and Civic Action
SOC 526 Issues in Womens Work and Employment
SOC 539 Social Policy and Welfare Issues in Turkey
SOC 541 Labor Market and Social Rights
SOC 543 Family, Marriage and Kinship Dynamics in Turkey
SOC 554 Challenges of Social Policy in the EU and Turkey
SOC 641 Sociology of Industrialization and Modernization
ADM 305 Bureaucracy and Turkish Bureaucracy
ADM 304 Public Policy
ADM 419 Labor Law
ADM 487 Regional Policy and Governance
ADM 504 States and Society in Europe
ADM 551 Politics of Social Policy
ECON 404 Health Economics
ECON 432 Economics of Inequality and Discrimination
ECON 465 Development Economics
ECON 469 Economics of Labor
ECON 497 Comparative European Labor Markets
ECON 693 Education Health and Human Capital I
ECON 694 Education Health and Human Capital II
IR 427 Politics of Social Welfare in Europe
BA 513 Corporate Governance and Social Responsibility
BA 515 Business Ethics
EDS 552 Education and Social Policy
HIST 360 Ottoman Labor History (19th Century)
910
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
SPL 501 Social Policy and Development The major focus of this course is to analyze the
(3-0)3 social determinants of health, health inequality
The course aims to familiarize students with current through the lens of social justice. The course aim is
debates relating to the human development to develop an understanding how social policies
paradigm and the capabilities approach as proposed impact health? The minor focus of this course is to
by Amartya Sen, and to examine their value as analyze the Turkish health system and the forces
sociological tools for enhanced social policy. driving its change.
Conceptual issues on social policy in a development
context will be examined. The perspective of human SPL 513 Gender Perspectives on
development and the capabilities expansion will be Development (3-0)3
applied to analyze Turkeys experience in people- The course focuses on the gendered nature and
centred development. Current thinkers of Human impact of development to understand the
Development Paradigm and the Capabilities assumptions and socio-political consequences of the
Approach will be examined on the basis of readings ideology of development and the ambivalent
from the Journals of Human Development, effects of its strategies. The institutionalization of
published by Taylor and Francis Group of the gender inequalities and the role of states in
Routledge Press. The course will address multiple reproducing them is a theme that runs through the
issues relating to the interrelationship between course. The reasons for the continuing
social policy and development. Ongoing marginalization of women and the nature of
sociological debates on the concepts of inequality, disadvantages they face in the structuring of labor
equality of opportunities, poverty, capabilities markets, is investigated.
expansion, redistribution, the role of the state,
SPL 514 Population Dynamics and Social
market and the civil society will be re-examined
Policy in Turkey (3-0)3
from the perspective of the human development
The course aims to concentrate on relations between
paradigm/capabilities approach.
population dynamics and social policy in Turkey.
SPL 502 Social Policy Research and The course first introduces fundamental knowledge
Project Development (3-0)3 about population structure and population processes
This course aims to relate recent discussions in the in Turkey. In this part graduates will be familiar
philosophy of science to methodological issues in with population policies and plans of the country.
social sciences and humanities. Various After picturing out the population dynamics of
philosophical issues which have implications for Turkey, demographic structures (population size,
social science research and limitations of the social age structure, and residential distribution) and
sciences are discussed. demographic processes (fertility, mortality,
migration) and their policy implications will be
discussed. The course will also cover regional
SPL 511 Unemployment and Social Policy demographic differential and its policy implication
(3-0)3 in Turkey. This course will be finalized with
This course is intended for graduates of different discussions on population projections and their
disiplines who wish to increase their understanding policy implications. At the end of the course the
of the unemployment policy process. Focus will be students are expected to examine population
on the impact of globalisation on unemployment dynamics as a fundamental factor for the
policy. Topics such as : theories of the causes of development of strong and efficient social policies.
unemployment, analyzing the activities of EU
governments, in particular the policies of the
welfare state; and types and varieties of SPL 515 The European Union and Gender
unemployment concerning gender, different age Equity Policies (3-0)3
groups and skill and qualification levels; This course explores the conceptual foundations,
sociological understanding of the impact of approaches as well as the practices of EU and
unemployment in everyday life of the actors, will be Gender Equality policy development framework.
covered in the course. Course also aims to discus Current intellectual thought and debate on EU and
the social, economic and political framework of equal opportunity policies and legislation within the
Turkey, by focusing on the role allocation of the framework of the European Social Model will
(labour) market, the state and family related to constitute the main focus of this courses content.
unemployment. Course participants will be guided, based on latest
readings, to understand and to discuss gender
SPL 512 Health and Social Policy (3-0)3 equality policies with a detailed examination and
911
interpretation of EUs anti-discrimination policy and theoretical framework of citizenship rights and
framework. The course will further examine the duties will help to design sound social policies. the
manner in which equality policies are incorporated course will start with an introduction to the
and/or mainstreamed in the European integration fundamental concepts of citizenship and followed
process, in relation to the political power processes by the discussion of the liberal and publican (and
of the Union, in particular. The course expects to communitarian) approaches to citizenship and its
provide to the participants/students the opportunity civil, political and social elements. the course will
to compare and contrast the intellectual also examine the new modalities of citizenship
interpretations and responses that have been which have been proposed to redefine the extent and
developed on gender equality. Gender equality content of citizenship to include rights based on
policy framework in Turkey and the implementation identity and difference. The second part of the
of relevant public policies will be studied as a course is reserved to Turkish experiences. Starting
primary focus area. Finally, intellectual and policy with the Ottoman legacy state formation and nation
challenges of understanding the dynamics and building in the Early Republican Period will be
transpositions of the national political factors and examined. Then the developments in the post-1980
the supranational institutions in the formulation of period and the current debates on citizenship in
gender equality policies will be studied. Turkey will be reviewed. The course will be
finalized by discussing the studies on citizenship
SPL 517 Disability and Social Policy I rights and duties in Turkey.
(3-0)3
The social and medical models in disability policies. SPL 522 Social Policies of Disadvantage
International disability rights and legislations. The (3-0)3
disability policies and legislations for disabilities in Mainly focusing to the division of the state and civil
Turkey. The rights of the disabled. The health society, and current transformations on their
policies for the disabled. Being disabled and being relations, the course aims to ask, with its
woman. The ethical responsibilities of community participants, several questions concerning
against the disabled. Disability and work related disadvantageousness. There the main debates the
issues. course will cover are: What disadvantageousness is;
in which forms and/or fields does it operate; what
SPL 518 Disability and Social Policy II are the valid practical policies on the run; what sort
(3-0)3 of needs there are; what are the fundaments of
The understanding of the terms of disability, mistakes taken; and what sort of social policies can
impairment and handicapped. International be viable to deal with the questions of the field.
disability rights and legislations. The disability
policies and legislations for disabilities in Turkey. SPL 550 Sociological Perspectives
The rights of disabled. (3-0)3
Classical and contemporary sociological theories,
SPL 519 Citizenship: Turkish Experiences (3-0)3 sociological perspectives of the classical figures
(Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Simmel), introduction to
This course aims to review the recent debate on contemporary sociological theory, sociological
citizenship by focusing on Turkish experiences. It is perspectives of the contemporary social theorists
expected that analyzing the process of citizenship (Foucault, Derrida, Deleuze and Guattari,
development in Turkey and studying the practice Bourdieu).
* Descriptions of non-SPL courses are given in the listings of the related departments.
912
URBAN POLICY PLANNING AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS PROGRAM
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
BAYIRBA, Mustafa Kemal (Department Chair): B.C.P., M.S, METU; Ph.D., Carleton University.
INSTRUCTOR
BRLER, mr: B.A, METU; M.A, Bilkent niversity; Ph.D. Carleton University
AIM: The complexity of urban problems and policy processes require a multi-disciplinary
approach. Urban Policy Planning and Local Governments (UPL) is a joint program established by the
Department of Urban and Regional Planning and the Department of Political Science and Public
Administration to meet this objective.
The aim of the graduate program is to specialize students in the fields of urban policy analysis and
design, urban project management and local government. The program offers M.S. and Ph.D. degrees.
As part of the multi-disciplinary approach, the program admits not only the graduates of these two
main disciplines, but also the students from other fields such as law, economics, management, psychology,
sociology, engineering and architecture.
The program has two main orientations. On the one hand, it provides a synthesis of different
disciplines, by enjoying the contributions of each field. On the other hand, the program aims to strengthen the
link between theory and practice of urban management and policy making, By doing this, it challenges the
pragmatic approaches which have traditionally dominated the urban policy processes.
The graduates of different disciplines, especially who work in municipalities, planning agencies and
other policy oriented institutions are encouraged to apply to the program.
The students are allowed to choose between thesis and non-thesis programs on the basis of their
interests and future professional choices.
913
M.S. PROGRAM IN URBAN POLICY PLANNING AND
LOCAL GOVERNMENTS (Thesis)
CURRICULUM
(For the Graduates of Political Sciences and the UPL 522 Urban Policy Planning
Related Departments) and Local Governments
UPL 515 Urban Planning Theory Studio I (4-4)6
and Practice (3-0)3 UPL 540 Environmental Politics and
Policy (3-0)3
(For the Graduates of City and Regional Planning)
UPL 503 Theory and Practice in Public (For the Graduates of Political Sciences and the
Administration (3-0)3 Related Departments)
CRP 372 Planning Theory (3-0)3
(For the Graduates of Other Departments)
UPL 503 Theory and Practice in Public (For the Graduates of City and Regional Planning)
Administration (3-0)3 UPL 518 Contemporary Political
UPL 515 Urban Planning Theory Theory (3-0)3
and Practice (3-0)3
(For the Graduates of Other Departments)
UPL 518 Contemporary Political
Elective Courses Theory (3-0)3
CRP 372 Planning Theory (3-0)3
UPL 527 Legal and Administrative
Analysis of Urbanization (3-0)3
Elective Courses
Third Semester
914
M.S. PROGRAM IN URBAN POLICY PLANNING AND
LOCAL GOVERNMENTS (Without Thesis)
CURRICULUM
First Semester
Must Courses
(For the Graduates of Political Sciences and the Related Departments)
UPL 515 Urban Planning Theory and Practice (3-0)3
(For the Graduates of City Planning and the Related Departments)
UPL 503 Theory and Practice in Public Administration (3-0)3
(For the Graduates of Other Departments)
UPL 503 Theory and Practice in Public Administration (3-0)3
UPL 515 Urban Planning Theory and Practice (3-0)3
Elective Courses
UPL 527 Legal and Administrative Analysis of Urbanization(3-0)3
Second Semester
Must Courses
UPL 522 Urban Policy Planning and Local UPL 540 Environmental Politics and
Governments Studio I (4-4)6 Policy (3-0)
UPL 588 Urban Policy Planning and
Local Government Project
Course NC
(For the Graduates of Political Sciences and the Related Departments)
CRP 372 Planning Theory (3-0)3
(For the Graduates of City Planning and the Related Departments)
UPL 518 Contemporary Political
Theory (3-0)3
(For the Graduates of Other Departments)
UPL 518 Contemporary Political
Theory (3-0)3
CRP 372 Planning Theory (3-0)3
Elective Courses
UPL 517 Public Economy and Local
Government Finance (3-0)3
UPL 528 Historical Roots of Urban Politics
and Local Governments (3-0)3
UPL 532 Urban Politics (3-0)3
Third Semester
Must Course
UPL 511 Urban Policy Planning and Local Governments
Studio II (4-4)6
Total Course Load is 11 (with UPL588 Project Course). Total minimum credit is 36
Elective Courses can be taken from the courses of City Planning, Political Sciences and Public
Administration and other related departments.
915
Ph.D. PROGRAM IN URBAN POLICY PLANNING AND
LOCAL GOVERNMENTS
CURRICULUM
UPL 601 Urban Space and Politics (3-0)3 UPL 602 Planning, Politics and
UPL 603 Qualitative Research Methods (3-0)3 Public Policy (3-0)3
UPL 604 Quantitative Research Methods (3-0)3
Elective Courses
Elective Courses
UPL 527 Legal and Administrative
Analysis of Urbanization (3-0)3 UPL 517 Public Economy and Local
Government Finance (3-0)3
UPL 528 Historical Roots of Urban Politics
and Local Governments (3-0)3
UPL 532 Urban Politics (3-0)3
Third Semester
Must Courses
Total Course Load is 9 (with UPL610 Prothesis Seminar). Total minimum credit is 24.
Ph.D students should take 4elective courses to fill the course load.
Elective Courses can be taken from the courses of City and Regional Planning, Political Sciences and other
related departments.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
UPL 503 Theory and Practice in Public UPL 515 Urban Planning Theory and
Administration (3-0)3 Practice (3-0)3
The course is designed to introduce definition of the Basic planning approaches and typologies,
discipline of public administration and basic techniques and principles; planning hierarchy,
problem areas; discussion of Turkish public physical planning types and tools; principles of
administration system and its problems, alternative zoning, sectoral planning examples such as
methods of solution. residential, city center, industry, recreation and
historical conservation.
UPL 511 Urban Policy Planning and Local
Governments Studio II (4-4)6 UPL 517 Public Economy and Local
Formulation of multi-dimensional policy designs for Government Finance (3-0)3
the solution of selected urban problems; means Definition of state's economic and financial
whereby interventions can be made on legal, functions; public goods theory; decentralization of
administrative, financial and economic variables state's economic and financial functions; the concept
and development of tools that can contribute to the of local income and revenue types; methods of
formation of urban space. income sharing between administrations;
characteristics of public revenue and expenditures
and government budget in Turkey; historical
916
evolution of local government finance and and intellectual history; the relation between upper
principles governing local government budgeting in classes and commoners Ottoman cities.
Turkey.
UPL 532 Urban Politics (3-0)3
UPL 518 Contemporary Political Theory (3-0)3 The course is designed to introduce the students to
This course is aimed to introduce students to the the basic concepts of urban politics and policy
work of major political thinkers of the 20th century sciences. The students will be able to analyze better
with the central focus on the problems of the political processes and decision-making
domination and inequality. It begins with the four concerning local communities. The course is
major thinkers of the previous century who have supposed to contribute students to combine their
influenced heavily the 20th century political knowledge in Urban Design and Local Government
philosophy: Kant, Hegel, Nietzsche and Marx. with Political Theory.
Then, we will read essays and short passages by
Arendt, Foucault, Habermas, Rawls and Mouffe UPL 540 Environmental Politics and Policy
with the aim of reaching certain generalizations and (3-0)3
comparisons. Our major questions would be: What Global environmental challenges pose serious
kind of different attitudes toward the problems of threats to human wellbeing and settlements. Along
domination and inequality can be delineated? What with international organizations and national states,
is the relationship between domination and cities are now particularly influential in
inequality? Do they inevitably suppose each other? policymaking to protect the global environment.
UPL 522 Urban Policy Planning and Local This course will explore the foundations and
Governments Studio (4-4)6 evolution of environmental politics and policy at
Analysis of selected urban problems in their legal, three fundamental levels of governance: the global,
administrative, financial, economic dimensions and national and sub-national levels. The course will
their impacts on the formation of urban space; provide the students with key aspects of major
examination of the opportunities offered or environmental problems, evolution of the
constraints imposed by legal, administrative, international politics of environmental issues as well
financial and economic variables with respect to the as specific organizations, actors and policies of
solution of problems. In addition to these, students contemporary environmental governance.
from disciplines other than urban planning will be
directed towards exercises that would introduce UPL 599 Urban Policy Planning and
them to the general framework and basic concepts Local Government Master Thesis NC
of urban planning as well as planning tools.
UPL 504 Prothesis Seminar NC
UPL 527 Legal and Administrative Analysis of
Urbanization (3-0)3 UPL 588 Urban Policy Planning and Local
Legal and administrative framework regulating the Government Project Course NC
functioning of urban administrations; theory of
public goods; municipal goods, their management UPL 601 Urban Space and Politics (3-0)3
and control; division of labour between central and Evaluating paradigmatic assumptions of urban and
local governments; analysis of elements hindering political theorists according to the theoretical
the legal and administrative effectiveness of this debates around issues of urban politics and space.
division; control over municipal activities and Identifying conflicts among political actors, civil
models directed towards enhancing the society and capital in shaping the urban space.
effectiveness of this control. Analysing state policies, political mobilization and
urban social movements.
UPL 528 Historical Roots of Urban Politics and
Local Governments (3-0)3 UPL 602 Planning, Politics and Public Policy
The production of space approach of Henri (3-0)3
Lefebvre, his notion of everyday life and its relation Political nature of urban planning and public policy
to urban studies and especially urban history; making is studied. Course provides an advanced
sources for writing Ottoman urban history, sources analysis of urban politics and policy making.
for writing European urban history; the connections Students are provided with the knowledge and
of modernity and urbanism on the basis of Eastern analytical tools to understand and operate within the
and Western European cities; pre-modern multi- urban political process and urban policy making.
ethnic cities in imperial settings; the transition from Strategical skills and the ability to contribute to the
empire to nation-state and its impact upon urban formulation and implementation of public services
space; the crossroads of urban history and cultural will be developed.
917
UPL 603 Qualitative Research Methods (3-0)3 interpretation of variety of data sets and statistical
In this course various qualitative research models that assess single/multiple outcome or
techniques are examined. The course provides a criterion variable is examined.
basic understanding of qualitative methods for
conducting empirical social science research. It UPL 610 Prothesis Seminar NC
covers the process of social science research,
serving methods, obstacles to empirical research UPL 699 Ph.D. Thesis NC
and ethnical issues in social science research.
XXX 8XX Special Studies NC
UPL 604 Quantitative Research Methods (3-0)3
This course focuses on statistical models and XXX 9XX Special Studies NC
methods used in empirical research. Analysis and
918
919
920
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF MARINE SCIENCES
Director : Kdey, Ahmet Erkan; B.S., Seluk University; M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Liverpool.
Associate Director: TURUL, Sleyman; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
Associate Director: SALHOLU, Bar; B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Old Dominion University.
PROFESSORS
KIDEY, Ahmet Erkan (Director): B.S., Seluk University; M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Liverpool.
ZSOY, Emin: B.S., METU; M.S., University of Miami; Ph.D., University of Florida.
TURUL, Sleyman (Associate Director): B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
UYSAL, Zahit: B.S., Ege University; M.S., Ph.D., METU.
YEMENCOLU, Semal: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
YILMAZ, Ayen: B.S., Hacettepe University; M.S., Ph.D., METU.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
INSTRUCTORS
IBELLO, Valeria: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Universit degli Studi di NapoliFederico II.
ZENGNER YILMAZ, Arife: B.S., M.S., METU.
Students with a B.S. degree (or equivalent) in one of the natural sciences or engineering, and interest
in working at sea may apply. Experience with computers is desirable. Training of graduate students is greatly
enhanced by active participation in research programs carried out at sea, and in the laboratories of the Institute.
The Institutes' campus is situated in Erdemli, about 45 km west of Mersin on the southern coast of
Turkey. Office buildings, laboratories, computing and remote sensing facilities, a library and other services are
located within the campus. Housing for staff and students and a harbor facility are also located on campus.
RESEARCH INTEREST AND FACILITIES: The Institute is involved in research in the seas
surrounding Turkey. The research encompasses a wide range of topics in the disciplines offered by the
Institute. Some of the recent studies are field investigations and numerical modeling of the general oceanic
circulation, water mass formation and exchange between the ocean basins, ecosystem modeling and pollution
studies, nutrient dynamics, primary production, fish population dynamics, fish stock assessment studies,
marine biodiversity, plankton dynamics, exotic and invasive species, conservation biology and endangered
species, marine protected areas (MPA), acoustical methods in fisheries science, topography and structure of
sub-bottom sediments and rocks, and application of remote sensing to oceanography, the interactions between
marine environment and genome, identify the origin and diversity of organisms (Population genetics and DNA
921
barcoding study), and also affection of pollutant on genome (from the gene to the ecosystem) is searching with
gene expression. Major emphasis is given to long term, multi-national cooperative studies, providing basin
wide comprehensive data sets for analyses.
The Graduate School of Marine Sciences has the following research facilities available for training
and research:
Research vessels: The Institutes' research ship, the 40 m R/V Bilim 2, is equipped for biological,
chemical, geophysical and physical studies, as well as for fisheries research. The ship has a capacity of staying
out at sea for 45 days with a group of about 14 scientists. The 16 m Lamas 1 is a trawler and equipped for
demersal and acoustic fisheries surveys in and beyond the Turkish territorial waters in the eastern
Mediterranean. The third vessel, Erdemli is a Gulet for near-shore oceanographic surveys; which is also
suitable for diving.
Computing facilities: The computing facilities at the Institute include local multi-processor systems
(several blade and workstation configurations up to 128 cores and 50 Gb memory), in a continuous state of
development by new additions, high speed LAN at 10Gb and 1GB, wireless networks, peripheral equipment
such as printers, plotters, A/D converters, numerous desktop and laptop PC's, and communication interfaces.
Remote Sensing: Institute has an extensive high resolution data archive from NOAA AVHRR,
Seawifs and Modis Satellites. Regional Cilmatologic Data products are available through the web interface for
model verification and climate research. Satellite receiving facilities are no longer available; instead satellite
data is downloading via international data centers (NASA, ESA) and processing in the institute.
Laboratories and Equipment: An 800 square meters of Marine Ecosystem and Climate Research
Center (DEKOSM) laboratory is available in campus. Biology, chemistry, geology labs and instrument
maintenance rooms are included in this laboratory.
Field Equipment:
922
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
MASC 500 M.S. Research and Thesis NC MASC 548 Modeling in Marine
MASC 501 Seminars in Marine Sciences Environment II (3-0)3
(0-2)NC MASC 549 Stratified Fluids (3-0)3
MASC 502 Seminars in Marine Sciences MASC 550 Satellite Oceanography (3-0)3
(0-2)NC MASC 551 Marine Geophysics (3-0)3
MASC 503 Introduction to Oceanography MASC 552 Siliclastic Sequence
(3-0)3 Stratigraphy (3-0)3
MASC 511 Marine Pollution (3-0)3 MASC 553 Carbonate Sequence
MASC 512 Chemical Oceanography (3-0)3 Stratigraphy (3-0)3
MASC 555 Fisheries Acoustics (3-0)3
MASC 513 Conventional and New MASC 557 Acoustical Oceanography (3-0)3
Techniques in Chemical MASC 558 Introduction to Fisheries Science
Oceanography (3-0)3 (3-0)3
MASC 514 Advanced Chemical MASC 567 Advanced Topics in
Oceanography (3-0)3 Oceanographic Data Processing
MASC 516 Marine Organic Chemistry (3-0)3
(3-0)3 MASC 568 Signal Processing (3-0)3
MASC 518 Marine Analytical Chemistry MASC 569 Phytoplankton Pigments in
(3-0)3 Oceanography (3-0)3
MASC 519 Physical Chemistry of the MASC 570 Bio Statistics (3-0)3
Oceans (3-0)3 MASC 571 Marine Ecology (3-0)3
MASC 520 Processes of the Euphotic Zone MASC 573 Fisheries Oceanography (3-0)3
(3-0)3 MASC 574 Microbiology of Water (3-0)3
MASC 521 Nutrient Chemistry (3-0)3 MASC 575 Dynamics of Fish Populations
MASC 523 Marine Surface Chemistry (3-0)3 (3-0)3
MASC 525 Chemistry of Redox Dependent MASC 576 Biological Aspects of Marine
Processes (3-0)3 Pollution (3-0)3
MASC 526 Atmospheric Chemistry (3-0)3 MASC 577 Production in the Sea (3-0)3
MASC 528 Geochemical Cycles (3-0)3 MASC 578 Marine Biology (3-0)3
MASC 530 Introduction to Physical MASC 579 Hydrobiology (3-0)3
Oceanography (3-0)3 MASC 580 Marine Benthos (3-0)3
MASC 531 Dynamic Oceanography I: MASC 581 Marine Planktonology-I:
Fluid Dynamics (3-0)3 Phytoplankton (3-0)3
MASC 532 Dynamic Oceanography II: MASC 582 Marine Planktonology-II:
Rotating Fluids (3-0)3 Zooplankton (3-0)3
MASC 533 Oceanographic Methods (3-0)3 MASC 583 Marine Geology (3-0)3
MASC 534 Waves I: Linear Waves (3-0)3 MASC 584 Bathymetric Mapping (3-0)3
MASC 535 Waves II: Non-Linear Waves MASC 585 Tectonics (3-0)3
(3-0)3 MASC 586 Marine Sedimentology (3-0)3
MASC 536 Structure and Function of MASC 587 Introduction to Seismic
Marine Ecosystems (3-0)3 Stratigraphy (3-0)3
MASC 537 Turbulence (3-0)3 MASC 588 Geochemistry of Sediments (3-0)3
MASC 538 Boundary Layers (3-0)3 MASC 589 Geology of Continental
MASC 540 Ecosystem of the Mediterranean Margins (3-0)3
Waters (3-0)3 MASC 590 Marine Minerals (3-0)3
MASC 541 Mixing and Diffusion Processes MASC 591 Marine Seismic Methods I (3-0)3
(3-0)3 MASC 592 Marine Seismic Methods II (3-0)3
MASC 542 Fish fauna of the Turkish Seas MASC 593 X-Ray Identification of
(3-0)3 Sedimentary Minerals (3-0)3
MASC 544 Dynamic Meteorology (3-0)3 MASC 595 Depositional Sedimentary
MASC 545 Estuarine Chemistry and Environment (3-0)3
Processes (3-0)3 MASC 596 Special Topics in Marine
MASC 546 Computational Fluid Dynamics Sciences (3-0)3
(3-0)3 MASC 597 Special Topics in Marine
MASC 547 Modelling in Marine Sciences (3-0)3
Environment I (3-0)3
923
MASC 598 Special Topics in Marine MASC 601 Seminars in Marine Sciences
Sciences (3-0)3 (0-2)NC
MASC 599 Special Topics in Marine MASC 602 Seminars in Marine Sciences
Sciences (3-0)3 (0-2)NC
MASC 600 Ph.D. Research and Thesis NC MASC 800-899 Advanced and Special Studies
in Marine Sciences NC
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
MASC 500 M.S. Research and Thesis NC MASC 513 Conventional and New
Techniques in Chemical
MASC 501 Seminars in Marine Sciences Oceanography (3-0)3
(2-0) NC Sampling techniques dissolved and particulate
chemical constituents in the marine environments
MASC 502 Seminars in Marine Sciences
(air, seawater, biota, sediment sampling);
(2-0) NC
preservation techniques; in-situ and near real time
MASC 503 Introduction to Oceanography measurements; instrumentation on board and
(3-0)3 laboratory; remote sensing techniques; processing
Biological Oceanography: Marine plants and interpretation and presentation of chemical data.
animals. Energy fixation, growth and abundance of
MASC 514 Advanced Chemical
organisms. Seasonality of production.
Oceanography (3-0)3
Chemical Oceanography: Chemical properties of
Advanced physical chemistry of sea water, dynamic
sea water, alkalinity, C, N, P and S cycles, oxic and
equilibria in the chemical systems in the ocean.
anoxic environments, redox processes.
Chemistry of interstitial waters; formation and
Geological and Geophysical Oceanography:
geochemistry of sediments. Chemical models of the
Evolution of the earth and morphology; minerals,
ocean.
rocks and sediments, basics of echo-sounding, sub-
bottom profiling and side-scanning sonar methods. MASC 516 Marine Organic Chemistry
Physical Oceanography: Physical properties of sea (3-0)3
water, oceanic circulation, waves, oceanographic Sources and sink terms of natural organic
processes in the Turkish Seas. compounds in aquatic environments; their chemistry
and distributions; interactions with metal ions,
MASC 511 Marine Pollution (3-0)3
burial rates in sediments and their diagenesis.
General aspects of marine pollution, pollution;
pollution from land-based sources; atmospheric MASC 518 Marine Analytical Chemistry
input; distribution of pollutants in the marine (3-0)3
environment; environmental impacts; strategies of A review of some elementary concepts in analytical
marine pollution monitoring; trend monitoring, chemistry; statistics used for the evaluation of
legislation. analytical data; ionic equilibria in aquatic
environment; solubility of ionic salts; acid
MASC 512 Chemical Oceanography (3-0)3
dissociation and pH-pC diagrams; redox potential
Principal physical and chemical properties of water
and pH-pE diagrams.
and sea water; chemical composition of sea water;
conservative/nonconservative and dissolved/ MASC 519 Physical Chemistry of the
particulate components of sea water; source and Oceans (3-0)3
sink terms; processes in the sea; nutrient and carbon Fundamentals of hydrodynamics and physical
cycles in the oceans; standard methods for chemical oceanography; diffusion; differential equations of
analysis of sea water. the conversation of mass and their analytical and
numerical solution; plumes; the physical chemistry
of water and of concentrated electrolytes; collides
and their coagulation.
MASC 520 Processes in the Euphotic Zone
(3-0)3
The optical properties of the upper water column;
photosynthetic activity; light adaptation; nutrient
availability; nutrient uptake kinetics; primary
production; remineralization processes and grazing;
924
general aspects of the ecosystem of the lower
trophic levels in the marine environment. MASC 531 Dynamic Oceanography I:
Fluid Dynamics (3-0)3
MASC 521 Nutrient Chemistry (3-0)3 Basic review of calculus, physical properties of
Speciation of nutrients in seawater; sampling and fluids, kinematics of the flow field, conservation of
measurement techniques; sources and removal mass, forces and deformations in a moving fluid,
processes; spatial and temporal distributions in the stress and rate of strain tensors, derivation of the
oceans and enclosed seas; nitrogen and phosphorus equations of motion, transformation to rotating
cycles in the sea, factors controlling the Redfield earth, Bernoulli theorem, vorticity dynamics,
ratio (N:P); concepts of preformed and oxidized viscous and irrotational flow examples for
nutrients. incompressible homogeneous fluids.
MASC 523 Marine Surface Chemistry MASC 532 Dynamic Oceanography II:
(3-0)3 Rotating Fluids (3-0)3
Importance of interfaces especially between air- Geophysical fluid dynamics, equations of motion
water and water-solid surfaces on the material applied to the ocean, Basic balances leading to
transport and speciation; chemistry of surfaces; their geostrophic flow, inertial motion. Geostrophic
composition. degeneracy and closure. Shallow water equations,
inertia-gravity and Kelvin waves, shelf waves,
MASC 525 Chemistry of Redox Dependent Rossby waves, quasi-geostrophic theory. Wind
Processes (3-0)3 driven ocean circulation, examples of geophysical
Chemistry of redox sensitive elements in water and fluid dynamics problems.
sediments of oxic anoxic nature; redox processes MASC 533 Oceanographic Methods (3-0)3
controlling the vertical distributions of nitrogen, Theory of measurement systems, accuracy and
sulfur, iron and manganese in marine environments; resolution, mechanical and electronic systems,
environmental conditions controlling the rate of analog and digital data transmission, automated
redox reactions; coupling and zonation of different systems. Design of surveys, cruise plans,
redox cycles. operational and safety procedures, ship-borne,
autonomous, fixed platform and satellite
MASC 526 Atmospheric Chemistry (3-0)3
measurements, oceanographic instrumentation.
The goal of this course is to lay out a frame work of
Temperature, salinity, oxygen, current, tide and
principles that can be used to understand air
wave measurements, echo-sounding, navigation and
pollution and global change problems. It will start
positioning. Chemical oceanographic sampling and
with defining the basic physical and chemical
analyses, plankton sampling, productivity
principles governing the natural and polluted
measurements, bottom sampling and sedimentary
atmosphere. Then they will be applied to specific
analyses, seismic sounding.
problems related to pollution and global change
such as indoor pollution, urban photochemical MASC 534 Waves I: Linear Waves (3-0)3
smog, acid rain, stratospheric ozone depletion, Irrotational motions with free boundaries,
greenhouse warming and climate forcing due to perturbations, linear and nonlinear theories, periodic
atmospheric aerosols. The course will also include and random waves, momentum and energy fluxes.
some elements of air pollution statistics and Wave progression, dispersion, modulation,
introduction to the atmospheric chemical transport reflection, refraction, scattering, diffraction,
models. radiation and the notions of phase and group
velocities. The Cauchy-Poission problem, wave
MASC 528 Geochemical Cycles (3-0)3
makers, wind waves, capillary and long waves,
Descriptive and quantitative aspects of earth as bio-
basin and edge waves, waves on beaches.
geochemical system; fundamental study methods of
equilibria; transport processes; chemical kinetics; MASC 535 Waves II: Non-Linear Waves
biological processes; their application to carbon, (3-0)3
sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus and other elemental Stokes 2nd order approximation, mass transport,
cycles; stability of bio-geochemical systems; nature radiation stresses with application to waves on
of human perturbation of their dynamics. current, short wave modulation of long waves,
MASC 530 Introduction to Physical waves on beaches. Wave-wave interactions, long-
Oceanography (3-0)3 waves of small amplitude and dispersion: the
Physical property fields, currents, waves and tides, Boussinesq and k-dV equations, solitary waves and
general circulation of the oceans, T-S analysis, solutions.
ocean-atmosphere interaction, oceanographic
processes in the Turkish Seas. MASC 536 Structure and Function of
925
Marine Ecosystems (3-0)3
Introduction to large ecosystems of the world MASC 544 Dynamic Meteorology (3-0)3
oceans; Arctic, Pacific, Atlatic and Southern Atmospheric thermodynamics, wet and dry
Oceans; Marginal Seas and Estuaries; El Nio equations of state, adiabatic relationships,
Southern Oscillation and North Atlantic Oscillation, geopotential and potential temperature, equations of
influence of physical properties on ecosystem motion; shallow-water, Boussinesq and quasi-
dynamics, influence of climate variability and geostrophic approximations, gradient and thermal
climate change on ecosystem dynamics. wind, energy conversions. Hadley circulation, jet
streams and fronts, frontogenesis and cyclogenesis,
MASC 537 Turbulence (3-0)3 air masses, structure and mechanics of the general
Turbulent motions, equations of motion, turbulent circulation and mid-latitude synoptic systems,
energy, Reynolds stress, energy flow, planetary boundary layers.
inhomogeneous fluids, conservation of scalar
properties, Richardson number. Fundamentals of MASC 545 Estuarine Chemistry and
boundary layer theory, turbulent boundary layers, Processes (3-0)3
similarity theory and statistics. Effects of wall Definitions, formation, estuary classification.
roughness, viscous sub-layers and turbulent skin Physical and chemical processes in estuaries,
friction. Oceanic and atmospheric mixed layer material transport in to the estuaries; major elements
dynamics. and nutrients, their average abundances in estuarine
waters; the reactions and speciation of trace
MASC 538 Boundary Layer (3-0)3 elements; organics and biochemistry of estuaries;
Fundamentals of boundary layer theory. Transfer of some aspects of estuarine sedimentary processes;
momentum, vorticity and heat across boundary human impact on estuaries.
layer, Laminar, turbulent and transition flows.
Effects of wall roughness. Skin friction and forces MASC 546 Computational Fluid
on bodies. Types of oceanic and atmospheric Dynamics (3-0)3
boundary layers with applications to upwelling and Modeling and solution of flow field partial
circulation. differential equations. Spatial discretizations, time-
stepping; accuracy, stability and generality
MASC 540 Ecosystem of the considerations, numerical diffusion, dispersion.
Mediterranean Waters (3-0)3 Vorticity stream function and primitive variable
The history and evolution of the Mediterranean. Sun formulations. Applications to external and internal
wind and rain. Circulation of the Mediterranean flows.
waters. Light and translucency. Life in
Mediterranean water system, plankton, benthos, the MASC 547 Modeling in Marine
sand, rocks and caves. Environment I (3-0)3
Mathematical models of circulation, mass transport
MASC 541 Mixing and Diffusion and propagation, finite difference techniques, grid
Processes (3-0)3 systems, numerical consistency, stability and
Convection, diffusion and dispersion of convergence, numerical diffusion, conservative
conservative and non-conservative substances in the advection schemes. Primitive equations,
ocean and the atmosphere. Turbulent diffusion of quasigeostrophic and shallow water models,
momentum, and scalar properties, convection in solution techniques for ordinary and partial
stratified fluids, and mixing length theories. Surface differential equations arising in the marine
mixed layers in the atmosphere and the ocean, environment, operational models and data
entrainment and mixing layer development, assimilation.
radiative and turbulent transfer of heat, momentum,
buoyancy and moisture at the surface. MASC 548 Modeling in Marine
Environment II (3-0)3
MASC 542 Fish fauna of the Turkish Seas Numerical techniques in models of marine
(3-0)3 ecosystems; Predator-Prey Models, Scale analysis
The course contains various biological aspects of and Lagrangian Models, Nutrient and
the fishes inhabiting Turkish seas, including feeding Phytoplankton Models, Zooplankton Models,
habits, spawning strategies, growth patterns, origin, Ecosystem Models.
migration habitat partitioning of the ecologically
and commercially important species. The field- MASC 549 Stratified Fluids (3-0)3
work, in which students practice fish identification, Density stratification in rotating and non-rotating
is carried out in a trawl survey and around the fluids, conservation laws, thermodynamic and state
institutes harbor by snorkeling. equations, Boussinesq and quasigeostrophic
926
approximation. Internal waves, instability theories, MASC 567 Advanced Topics in
turbulent shear flows, buoyant, thermal and Oceanographic Data
thermohaline convection mechanisms. Plumes, Processing (3-0)3
thermals, convection cells, salt finger and diffusive Special problems of processing data obtained from
types of double-diffusive transport, fronts and oceanographic instruments including CTD, ADCP,
intrusions. drifters and floats, profiling or time-series sampling
equipment. Analog and digital transmission
MASC 550 Satellite Oceanography (3-0)3 protocols and automatic processing of real-time and
The course is oriented towards providing a basic delayed-time oceanographic data.
understanding of the application of satellite-
obtained data to oceanography. Topics to be MASC 568 Signal Processing (3-0)3
covered include description of hardware, principles Analysis of periodic and aperiodic signals, discrete
of data transmission, remote sensing of the sea and and fast Fourier transforms, covariance, spectral
image processing. analysis of time-series, sampling, aliasing,
digitization errors, random signals. Signal filtering,
MASC 551 Marine Geophysics (3-0)3 windowing, deconvolution, detection of signals in
Principles of the geophysical surveys carried out at noise.
sea. Positioning techniques, sea bed imaging,
seismic exploration, seismic data acquisition, MASC 569 Phytoplankton Pigments in
marine gravity, earth's magnetic field, heat flow, Oceanography (3-0)3
investigations of the sea floor using electrical Marine phytoplankton and their pigment structures.
methods and seabed exploration using radiometric The importance of pigment measurements in the
methods. sea. Metabolism of plant cells and functions of
phytoplankton pigments. Techniques in
MASC 552 Siliclastic Sequence qualification and quantification of pigments and
Stratigraphy (3-0)3 their temporal and spatial variability in oceans.
Application of the depositional sequence
stratigraphic concepts to the interpretation of MASC 570 Bio Statistics (3-0)3
siliclastic depositional systems. Developments of Descriptive statistics, probability distributions,
siliclastic sequence stratigraphy. Con- estimation and hypothesis testing. Analysis of
temporaneous depositional systems linked to variance, correlation and regression. Analysis of
eustatic highstand, lowstand and trans-gressive. frequencies. Diversity indices, similarity-
dissimilarity, cluster analysis, multidimensional
MASC 553 Carbonate Sequence scaling, principle component analysis.
Stratigraphy (3-0)3
Principles of the carbonate sequence stratigraphy. MASC 571 Marine Ecology (3-0)3
Types of carbonate depositional systems; ramp Introductory concepts, marine environment.
margins, rimmed margins and isolated platforms. Plankton and primary production, zooplankton,
Various seismic examples from the carbonate energy flow and mineral recycling, nekton, fish,
depositional systems. benthos and benthic communities. Human impact
on marine biota.
MASC 555 Fisheries Acoustics (3-0)3
A general concept of sound waves and sonar MASC 572 Aquaculture (3-0)3
systems; wave generation, propagation, reflection Principles of aquatic culture. Nutrition and
and transmission and absorbtion in the sea. Sonar nutritional requirements of some organisms.
equation, signal, noise, reverberation, sound Bioeconomics and choice of culture organisms.
scattering by fish and zooplankton. echointegration, Production economy, culture of some economically
stock assessment, behaviour of fish. important organisms in marine and fresh water
environments.
928
MASC 587 Introduction to Seismic MASC 593 X-Ray Identification of
Stratigraphy (3-0)3 Sedimentary Minerals (3-0)3
Principles of seismic sequence analysis, seismic Theory and application of x-rays to the study of
reflection configurations and stratigraphic crystalline solids; identification and quantitative
interpretation of seismic facies, application of techniques.
seismic reflection configuration to global changes of
sea-level, sediment-bedrock relationships. MASC 595 Depositional Sedimentary
Interpretation of tectonic and depositional systems Environment (3-0)3
on the continental shelves. Sources of sediments, classification of ancient and
modern sedimentary environment. Relationship
MASC 588 Geochemistry of Sediments between material and environment. Important
(3-0)3 factors controlling the type of deposited sediments.
Principal geochemical cycles and processes in the Structure of depositional environment, types of
hydrosphere and lithosphere, radiometric dating. beddings and the texture of sediments.
929
930
931
932
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF INFORMATICS
Director: BAYKAL, Nazife; Prof. Dr.,
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
Associate Director: BOZAHN ZEYREK, Deniz Prof.Dr.
B.A., Hacettepe University;. M.A., University of Kansas, Ph. D. Hacettepe University
Associate Director: ARFOLU, Ali; Dr.,
B.S., Hacettepe University; M.S., Ph.D., METU.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS: The institute offers eleven programs leading to M.S. degree in
Information Systems (thesis and non-thesis), Cognitive Science, Modeling and Simulation, Informatics-Online,
Software Management, Medical Informatics (thesis and non-thesis), Bioinformatics, Game Technologies and
Work Based Learning. There are three programs leading to Ph.D. degree in Information Systems, Medical
Informatics and Cognitive Sciences.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ZKAN, Sevgi: B.A., M.A., Cambridge
University; M.Sc, .London University; Ph.D., METU.
KOYT, Altan: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
BETN CAN, Aysu: B.S., METU; Ph.D., University of California Santa Barbara.
GNEL, Banu: B.S., METU; M.S., University of Bristol; Ph.D.Queen's University Belfast
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
AFFILIATED FACULTY
PROFESSORS
BLGEN, Semih: B.S., METU; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute;
Ph.D., University of Manitoba (Department of Electrical Engineering)
AILTAY, Krat: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Indiana University (Department of CEIT)
YILDIRIM, Soner: B.S., Hacettepe University; M.S., Michigan State University;
Ph.D., University of Southern California (Department of Instructional Technology)
DZGN, ebnem: B.S., METU; M.S., METU; Ph.D., METU (Department of Mining Engineering)
933
OBJECTIVES: Information systems are computer and telecommunication systems that store,
interpret and communicate information. The widespread use of information technologies and systems in all
sectors has created the need for professionals who are able to develop, use and maintain such systems.
Healthcare Information Systems, Management Information Systems, Geographical Information Systems,
Command, Control and Communication Information Systems are only some examples of the wide spectrum of
applications. The objectives of the Information Systems graduate programs are:
to educate graduates from different disciplines in the theoretical and practical aspects of information
systems,
to meet the interdisciplinary graduate needs of the academia, industry, and the public and private sectors,
to foster and support interdisciplinary research in the field.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: Graduates of the programs can work in any field related with
information systems.
PROGRAM STRUCTURE: The courses are grouped into three tracks: Technology, Management
and IS Domains. In addition to the core courses, students are required to take elective courses from these tracks
in order to enhance their level of interdisciplinary knowledge. Elective courses will be taken to specialize in
one of the tracks. It is crucial for the success of the program that the faculty advisors guide the students closely
and help them choose elective courses suitable for their specific objectives and backgrounds.
The M.S. program has thesis and non-thesis options. In order to receive a Ph.D. degree, the total
number of courses and credit hours taken in the masters and doctoral programs may not be less than 16
courses and 48 credit hours.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
Deficiency Courses
934
Core Courses
IS 501 Introduction to Information Systems (3-0)3
IS 502 Information Systems Project (3-0)3
IS 503 Database Concepts and Applications (3-0)3
IS 504 Computer Networking for Information Systems (3-0)3
IS 507 Introduction to Software Engineering (3-0)3
IS 589 Term Project NC
IS 590 Graduate Seminar NC
IS 599 Master's Thesis NC
Students who have already taken some of the core courses listed above (or their equivalents) should take
elective courses to replace them.
Elective Courses
All students should take at least two elective courses from their major track and at least one elective course
from their minor track.
Ph.D. PROGRAM
Core Courses
Students who have already taken some of the core courses listed above (or their equivalents) should take
elective courses to replace them.
Elective Courses
All students should take at least two elective courses from their major track and at least one elective course
from their minor track.
935
CENG 556 Distributed Data Base Management BA 5201 Organization and Management
Systems (3-0)3 (3-0)3
CENG 553 Database Management Systems BA 5202 Human Resources Management
(3-0)3 (3-0)3
CENG 557 Object-Oriented Analysis and BA 5222 Negotiation Process (3-0)3
Design Information Systems (3-0)3 BA 5312 Topics in MIS (3-0)3
CENG 567 Design and Analysis of Algorithms BA 5503 Management Science (3-0)3
(3-0)3 BA 5601 Elements of Sequencing and
CENG 530 Computer Networks and Scheduling (3-0)3
Communications (3-0)3 BA 5602 Operations Management (3-0)3
CENG 532 Distributed Computing Systems BA 5620 Tools and Techniques of Total
(3-0)3 Quality Management (3-0)3
CENG 702 High Speed Networks (3-0)3 BA 5801 Business Economics (3-0)3
CENG 704 Electronic Commerce on the
Internet (3-0)3 CENG 574 Statistical Data Analysis (3-0)3
EE 430 Digital Signal Processing (3-0)3 IE 451 Decision Analysis (3-0)3
EE 511 Communication Electronics (3-0)3 IE 454 Network Flows and Project
EE 512 Introduction to Optical Fiber Management (3-0)3
Communications (3-0)3 IE 512 Business Process Redesign (3-0)3
EE 533 Information Theory (3-0)3 IE 513 Strategic Planning (3-0)3
EE 534 Coding Theory (3-0)3 IE 524 Network Flows and Project
EE 535 Communication Theory (3-0)3 Management (3-0)3
EE 542 Computer Networks (3-0)3 IE 545 Total Quality Management (3-0)3
MATH 522 Coding Theory (3-0)3 IE 559 Applied Optimization (3-0)3
IAM 501 Introduction to Cryptography (3-0)3 IE 567 Applied Stochastic Modeling (3-0)3
Other courses by consent of advisor. IE 568 Statistical Applications in
Engineering (3-0)3
Management Track IE 571 Systems Simulation (3-0)3
IS 529 Software Project Management IE 581 Artificial Intelligence, Expert
(3-0)3 Systems and Decision Support
IS 530 e-Transformation Systems (3-0)3
and Management (3-0) 3 Other courses by consent of advisor.
IS 531 Managing Innovation
And Enterpreneurship (3-0) 3 IS Domains Track
IS 543 Information Retrieval (3-0)3
IS 532 Human Factors in Information
Systems (3-0)3 IS 564 Design, Development and
IS 533 Decision Support Systems (3-0)3 Evaluation of Instructional
IS 535 Regulatory and Legal Aspects of Software (3-0)3
Information Systems (3-0)3 IS 566 Image Processing Algorithms(3-0)3
IS 536 Information Systems Infrastructure
for Contemporary Organizations IS 573 Human Computer Interaction (3-0)3
(3-0)3
IS 537 IT Governance (3-0)3 IS 720 Research Methods in
IS 722 Systems Engineering Information Systems (3-0)3
(3-0)3 IS 746 Mobile Business (3-0)3
IS 739 Information Systems in IS 747 Cloud Computing: Technology
Organizational Design and Applied and Business
Systems Thinking (3-0)3 IS 782 Principles of Geospatial Information
IS 740 Information Technology Technologies (3-0)3
Acceptance in Organisations (3-0)3 IS 783 Social Media Analytics (3-0)3
IS 752 Information Security Management
(3-0)3 CENG 504 Electronic Commerce Technology
IS 777 Technology Entrepreneurship (3-0)3
and the Lean Startup (3-0)3 CENG 466 Fundamentals of Image Processing
IS 785 Social Network Analysis (3-0)3 (3-0)3
CENG 476 System Simulation (3-0)3
BA 5102 Strategic Management (3-0)3
936
CENG 538 Advanced Graphics and User CENG 580 Distributed Artificial Intelligence
Interfaces (3-0)3 (3-0)3
CENG 561 Artificial Intelligence (3-0)3 EE 543 Neurocomputers (3-0)3
CENG 564 Pattern Recognition (3-0)3 IE 472 Simulation Modelling (3-0)3
CENG 569 Neurocomputing (3-0)3
CENG 575 Simulation Modeling and Analysis Other courses by consent of advisor.
(3-0)3
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
942
M.S. and Ph.D. PROGRAMS IN COGNITIVE SCIENCE
PROFESSORS
BOZAHN, H. Cem (Program Director): B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
ZEYREK, Deniz (Associate Director of the Graduate School of Informatics) : B.A., Hacettepe University;
M.A., University of Kansas; Ph. D. Hacettepe University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
INSTRUCTOR
AFFILIATED FACULTY
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
OBJECTIVES: Cognitive science is the interdisciplinary study of human and other minds. The
objective of the department is to offer students with different backgrounds a breadth of knowledge in a wide
range of areas in cognitive science, including artificial intelligence, computer science, linguistics, psychology,
neuroscience and philosophy. The graduate programs provide extensive training designed to equip students
with research skills needed for an empirical investigation of various aspects of the mind through
interdisciplinary research.
PROGRAM STRUCTURE: Courses are grouped into four tracks, listed in Master Course List on
the web. These are Computer Science, Linguistics, Psychology, Philosophy. The advisor of each student will
be responsible for guiding the student in taking the necessary courses, by considering the courses that the
student has taken in the past.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
M.S. PROGRAM
Must Courses
Students with a Computer Science degree may be exempted from COGS 502. Students with a degree in a
related field may also be exempted from COGS 502 with the consent of the instructor. An extra elective course
must be taken to replace the exempted must course.
The list is regularly updated by the program. Please visit the department web page for Master Course List.
Ph.D. PROGRAM
Must Courses
If they or their equivalent have been taken before, students do not have to take other courses to replace the
exempted course(s).
The list is regularly updated by the program. Please visit the department web page for Master Course List.
Must Courses
COGS 511 Computational Models
COGS 501 Linguistics and of Mind (3-0)3
Formal Languages (3-0)3 COGS 515 Artificial Intelligence for
COGS 502 Logic and Programming (3-0)3 Cognitive Science (3-0)3
COGS 503 Introduction to COGS 523 Using Corpora for
Cognitive Science (2-0)1 Language Research (3-0)3
CENG 561 Artificial Intelligence (3-0)3
CENG 562 Machine Learning (3-0)3
CENG 563 Computational
Linguistics (3-0)3
Track A: Computing CENG 564 Pattern Recognition (3-0)3
944
CENG 565 Theory of Computation (3-0)3 ELT 608 Pragmatics and Discourse
CENG 566 Image Processing (3-0)3 Analysis (3-0)3
CENG 567 Design and Analysis of ELT 611 Psycholinguistics (3-0)3
Algorithms (3-0)3
CENG 568 Knowledge Engineering (3-0)3 Track C: Psychology
CENG 569 Neurocomputing (3-0)3
CENG 580 Distrubuted Artificial COGS 519 The Grounding of Language and
Intelligence (3-0)3 Cognition in Perception (3-0)3
CENG 581 Automated Reasoning (3-0)3 COGS 524 Cognitive and Linguistic
CENG 582 Advanced Neural Aspects of Sign Language (3-0)3
Modeling (3-0)3 COGS 533 Functional Neuroanatomy (3-0)3
CENG 583 Computational Vision (3-0)3 COGS 534 Cognition, Perception and
CENG 584 Cognitive Aspects of Action (3-0)3
Natural Language COGS 535 Cognitive Development (3-0)3
Processing (3-0)3 COGS 536 Research Methods and Statistics
CENG 585 Fundamentals of Autonomous for Cognitive Science (3-0)3
Robotics (3-0)3 COGS 537 Dynamical Approaches to
CENG 701 Virtual Reality (3-0)3 Cognitive Science (3-0)3
CENG 729 Syntax, Semantic &Computation: COGS 551 Human Memory (3-0)3
Combinatory Categorical COGS 552 Thought and Language
Grammar (3-0)3 Processes (3-0)3
CENG 784 Statistical Methods in Natural COGS 553 Psychology of Reading (3-0)3
Language Processing (3-0)3 COGS 554 Auditory Cognition (3-0)3
EE 543 Neurocomputers (3-0)3 COGS 555 Connectionism and
EE 586 Artificial Intelligence (3-0)3 Human Behavior (3-0)3
ES 509 Partial Differential COGS 556 Visual Cognition (3-0)3
Equations in Computer COGS 557 Situated and Distributed
Vision/Image Processing (3-0)3 Cognition (3-0)3
GATE 722 Audio for Games and Virtual COGS 757 Neurogenetics of Learning
Environments (3-0)3 and Memory (3-0)3
IS 566 Image Peocessing Algoritms (3-0)3 COGS 758 Time and Cognition (3-0)3
IS 573 Human Computer PSY 385 Introduction to Cognitive
Interaction (3-0)3 Science (3-0)3
MIN 705 Neuroimaging:
Anatomy, Physiology and Track D: Philosophy
Function of the Human Brain (3-0)3
COGS 526 Meaning and Logic (3-0)3
Track B: Linguistics COGS 517 Philosophy of Cognitive
Science (3-0)3
COGS 522 Lexical Semantics (3-0)3 COGS 519 The Grounding of Language and
COGS 523 Using Corpora for Cognition in Perception (3-0)3
Language Research (3-0)3 PHIL 405 Philosophy of Language (3-0)3
COGS 524 Cognitive and Linguistic PHIL 507 Philosophical Logic I (3-0)3
Aspects of Sign Language (3-0)3 PHIL 508 Philosophical Logic II (3-0)3
COGS 526 Meaning and Logic (3-0)3 PHIL 510 Topics in Epistemology (3-0)3
COGS 530 Modern Theories of PHIL 523 Studies in Philosophy of
Grammar (3-0)3 Science I (3-0)3
COGS 531 Language and Cognition (3-0)3 PHIL 524 Studies in Philosophy of
COGS 532 Theoretical Linguistics (3-0)3 Science II (3-0)3
COGS 541 Language Acquisition (3-0)3 PHIL 527 Philosophy in Science (3-0)3
CENG 729 Syntax, Semantics and PHIL 529 Philosophy of Biology (3-0)3
Computation Combinatory PHIL 621 Philosophy of Mind I (3-0)3
Categorical Grammar (3-0)3 PHIL 622 Philosophy of Mind II (3-0)3
ELT 506 Second Language PHIL 632 Dynamics of Scientific
Acquisition (3-0)3 Theories (3-0)3
ELT 520 English-Turkish PHIL 633 Foundations of Logic I (3-0)3
Contrastive Analysis (3-0)3 PHIL 634 Foundations of Logic II (3-0)3
PHIL 644 Current Problems in
945
Philosophy (3-0)3 and Computing (3-0)3
PHIL 653 Theories of Scientific ARCH 463 Introduction to the Theory
Method (3-0)3 of Shape Grammars (3-0)3
BIO 409 Introduction to
Track Free Courses: Neurobiology (3-0)3
BIO 704 Advances in Neuroscience (3-0)3
COGS 595 Affective Neuroscience
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
946
Hypothesis. Computational Theories of Mind. What Language syntax: word order, sentence types
is Cognitive Science About? (figure-ground, topic, focus, questions).
Psycholinguistics of Sign Language: perception,
COGS 519 The Grounding of Language and production, acquisition, emergence of Sign
Cognition in Perception (3-0)3 Language, working memory, use of space in Sign
This interdisciplinary course will study two main Language. Neurolinguistics of Sign Language,
questions: How do language and thought relate to neurophysiological bases of Sign Language, Sign
perception? How are symbols grounded in Language aphasia. Effects of modality and
perception? To address the questions, we will modularity, universality of Sign Language. Sign
present and analyze case studies in cognitive and Language and gestures. Methods of Sign Language
language development, symbol grounding, and Research, notation systems.
computational linguistics from the standpoint of
cognitive psychology, philosophy, and COGS 526 Meaning and Logic (3-0)3
computational linguistics. The philosophical content The course aims to introduce students to the
will be provided through a discussion of the connections between philosophy and linguistics,
semantics and epistemology of perceptual with a focus on problems of meaning in both
demonstratives, perceptual predicates, and mental disciplines. After two introductory sessions on
files. We will investigate infants' ability to meaning in natural language and meaning in logic,
individuate objects through perceptual and the course proceeds with thematic units relevant to
conceptual systems (cognitive development), the the interaction between natural language and logic:
role of perception in word learning, word the language of logic, formal semantics, logical vs.
segmentation, the development of grammar pragmatic meaning, ordinary language philosophy,
(language development), and the role of perception intentionality, and meaning in modern linguistics.
in the conception of colors and events (symbol The final portion of the course focuses on
grounding). discussions on what different approaches to
linguistic and logical meaning may imply in the
COGS 522 Lexical Semantics (3-0)3 study of cognitive phenomena.
Lexical relations, approaches to meaning
components (binary features, logical decomposition, COGS 530 Modern Theories of
semantic primitives), lexical organization Grammar (3-0)3
(categorization, prototypes, metaphor, metonymy, The course introduces to the theory of principles
semantic maps), lexical meaning and and parameters which is representative for the
compositionality, verb semantics (event contemporary discussion in linguistic research.
classification, event structure, argument structure, Empirical adequacy of a theory of grammar as a
linking problem), lexicon in computational theories system of mental representations.
of grammar, close up on Pustejovsky's 'generative
lexicon'. COGS 531 Language and Cognition (3-0)3
Models for acquisition, processing and application
COGS 523 Using Corpora for Language of human knowledge as the object of cognitive
Research (3-0)3 sciences. Cognitive Linguistics as the investigation
The study of language via corpora. Definition and of the acquisition, processing, and application of
varieties of corpora. Building a corpus: sampling, language knowledge. Grammar as a model of
representativeness, encoding and annotation. human language knowledge. Relations of artificial
Characteristics of major available corpora. Using intelligence.
corpora: corpora in psycholinguistics, corpora and
semantics, corpora and discourse, statistical natural COGS 532 Theoretical Linguistics (3-0)3
language processing. Using tools and programming A survey of the history of linguistics, sound-
for corpus-based studies. meaning-structure relations in language,
grammatical categories and functions, key concepts
COGS 524 Cognitive and linguistic aspects of and methods of analysis in phonetics, phonology,
Sign Language (3-0)3 morphology and syntax.
History of Sign Language and Sign Language
research. Sign Language phonology and COGS 533 Functional Neuroanatomy (3-0)3
phonological theories (hand tier model, prosodic Central nervous system, gross neuroanatomy,
model, Optimality Theory). Sign Language histology and neurophysiology for students to
morphology: morphological typology (simultaneous develop a general understanding of the organization
and sequential affixes), inflectional morphology and of the human brain. Localization of cognitive
word formation processes, classifiers. Sign functions: language, memory, learning, attention,
947
decision making, executive function. Limbic system longitudinal studies. Statistics: The students will be
and emotions. Disorders that present with introduced to Descriptive Statistics: building
pathology, lesion or social/learning deficits. statistical models, the reason between population-
sample, distributions, various mean values,
COGS 534 Cognition, Perception and Action variance, SD, SE, confidential intervals, test
(3-0)3 statistics, as well as to Inferential Statistics: General
Students will learn about the history of the topic, Linear Model (GLM), various forms of Analysis of
starting with James Ideo-motor principle; the Variance (ANOVA, ANCOVA, MANOVA,
importance of the interaction between cognition, repeated measures ANOVA, mixed design
perception, and action and its implications for ANOVA). Correlation. Regression. Non-paramatic
contemporary theories in cognitive science will be tests. Factor analysis. Statistical analyses will be
pointed out; modern theories accommodating this conducted using SPSS. Designing and reporting
interaction will be discussed in depth: the Common- experiments.
Coding model and the Theory of Event Coding
(TOC) which both assume a common COGS 537 Dynamical Approaches to
representational code for perception and action; Cognitive Science (3-0)3
students will be presented with important methods Introduction to various dynamical approaches to
to study cognition, perception, and action, e.g., the Cognitive Science (e.g., non-linear dynamical
Simon-task; support of joint action-perception systems theory, synergetics, chaos theory) Basic
representations by the discovery of a human mirror mathematics of non-linear dynamical systems
neuron system; we will address embodied and Dynamical concepts (e.g., chaos, fractals, attractors,
embedded cognition which stress the role of the bifurcation, self-organization, symmetry-breaking)
body and the environment for cognition; how joint Dynamical approaches in relation to
actions are coordinated by joint minds between two computational and connectionist approaches to
or more subjects; how infants and children learn to Cognitive Science Theory, methodology and
control their actions through the anticipation of their empirical applications of dynamical systems to
intended action goals. Team-work: Students will major areas in Cognitive Science (neuronal self-
engage in planning, conducting, analyzing, and organization, visual perception, coordinated action,
reporting experiments on relevant topics, in small learning and memory, cognitive development,
groups. language/ language acquisition, attention/
consciousness, and social psychology) The
COGS 535 Cognitive Development (3-0)3 philosophy of emergence Hands-on practical
Development of infants (first 2 years of life) and training with HTML-based educational material on
pre-schoolers (2-6 years). Theories of development the mathematics and science of fractals and chaos.
(nativist, empiricist, genetic epistemology, dynamic
systems theory (DST)). Basic concepts of COGS 541 Language Acquisition (3-0)3
development: knowledge representation, learning, The course aims to examine the theories and
maturation, modularity, domain-general vs. domain- research methods in first and second language
specific development, emergence. Research acquisition including bilingual processing.
methodology and experimental paradigms. Basic
milestones in the development of perception COGS 551 Human Memory (3-0)3
(language, face, objects, action) and production History of human memory research, memory
(language, imitation of others and planning of own taxonomies and memory systems, methods of
actions), categorization, understanding the physical memory research. The development and structure of
world, understanding human action, Theory of Mind Baddeley's Multiple Component Working Memory
(ToM), Reasoning/Logic, Causaliy, Number, Model (phonological loop, visuo-spatial sketchpad,
Attention and Memory (WM and LTM). executive control, episodic buffer). The
Developmental cognitive neuroscience, brain neurophysiology and neuroanatomy of memory,
development. memory disorders. Dynamical memory. Episodic
memory. Development of memory. Memory and
COGS 536 Research Methods And Statistics language (processing and production). Implicit and
For Cognitive Science (3-0)3 explicit memory. False Memory. Memory and
Research methods: The students will be introduced sleep.
to basic concepts of empirical research and
experimental design: independent/dependent COGS 552 Thought and Language
variable(s), variance. Methods and methodology of Processes (3-0)3
psychological research: experiment, observation, This course will examine language, knowledge
ex-post-facto design, cross-sectional studies, representation, and thinking from the standpoint of
948
behavioral research. Basic mental processes related The course covers sensory, perceptual, and
to phonological, orthographic, syntactic, and cognitive processes related to vision from a mainly
semantic processing will be examined. Rule-based psychological viewpoint supported by
and alternative approaches to human reasoning will neuroscientific and computational information
be considered. The course will include discussions where appropriate. Content includes discussion of
of specific topics such as logical reasoning, theoretical approaches to vision and a survey of
statistical reasoning, decision making, hypothesis empirical research on main problems related to
testing, and problem solving. More general issues vision. Information on classic research will be
such as training in reasoning and expertise will also supplemented by examination of contemporary
be discussed. research on central issues.
COGS 553 Psychology of Reading (3-0)3 COGS 557 Situated and Distributed
The course will review research on psychological Cognition (3-0)3
processes related to reading starting from the more This course will introduce topics that are gaining
perceptual and proceeding towards conceptual and increasing interest in cognitive science, such as
global issues. The early part of the course will deal embodiment, cognitive artifacts, affordances,
with the control of eye movements and registration extended cognition, distributed/group cognition and
of visual information during reading. Then issues intersubjectivity. The course involves several
related to word identification such as alternative readings that offer a re-examination of various
models of visual word recognition and possible role domains of cognitive science such as thinking,
of phonological coding in visual word identification reasoning, planning, learning, perception,
will be discussed. Other topics will include representation and communication from a situated
constructing mental representations from text, cognition perspective. Interaction Analysis will be
learning, reading, developmental and acquired introduced as a research methodology to study
reading disabilities. various aspects of cognition from a situated
cognition perspective. Excerpts from online chat
COGS 554 Auditory Cognition (3-0)3 logs and face to face interactions will be analyzed
This course will concentrate on the perceptual and from both conventional and situated perspectives to
cognitive analysis of auditory stimuli at simple and discuss existing theoretical and empirical positions
complex levels. The early part of the course will be regarding various cognitive processes such as
devoted to an introduction to the physical properties reasoning, perception and social interaction.
of sound and structure and functioning of auditory
sense organs and the auditory nervous system. This COGS 590 Graduate Seminar NC
will be followed by discussion of perception of
simple qualities of sound as pitch, loudness, and COGS 595 Affective Neuroscience
timbic. The final part of the course will concentrate and Computing (3-0)3
on more complex auditory phenomena such as Definition of systems in the brain involved in the
auditory scene analysis, memory of auditory stimuli, processing of affect. Fundamental physiological
perception of speech and perception of musical constructs underlying the sensation, representation
pitch. and expression of affect. Emotional frameworks and
models at our times, consisting of agents, neural
COGS 555 Connectionism and Human networks and logic propositions. Expression of
Behavior (3-0)3 affect in computing such as in face, prosody, gesture
History and development of connectionism. The or text processing. Emotions in human computer
dispute between nativism and empiricism; symbols interfaces, game technology. Practical hands-on
and rules vs. patterns and associations; experience with skin conductance and startle
connectionism and the cognitive sciences; eyeblink measures.
connectionism and dynamical systems; perspectives
and limitations of connectionism. Basic concepts of COGS 599 Master's Thesis NC
connectionist networks. Learning to work and doing
exercises with a simple connectionist network (T- COGS 690 Graduate Seminar NC
learn). Applications of connectionist modelling:
human cognitive development, language acquisition COGS 699 Ph.D. Thesis NC
(the English past tense debate), language production
and processing, person perception, human COGS 757 Neurogenetics of Learning
consciousness, music. and Memory (3-0)3
COGS 556 Visual Cognition (3-0)3 This course is a survey of research on the genes that
affect learning and memory when mutated. The
949
course involves an introduction to research methods perception. The course starts with readings the
that are used to identify genes and study their orderliness of behavior under experimental
function; a survey of behavioral tests that are used procedures where the duration of the signals
to screen for learning and memory mutants; and controls behavior, with special emphasis on
readings on the neural mechanisms of learning and Webers law in interval timing (aka the scalar
memory. property). Following a survey of the mathematical
models that attempt to explain the scalar property,
COGS 758 Time and Cognition (3-0)3 the course proceeds with readings on the neural
This course is a survey of the properties of mechanisms of timing and time perception. It is
temporally controlled behavior in animals and recommended to cognitive science, psychology, and
humans, and the models that have been proposed to biology students.
explain the neural mechanisms of timing and time
950
M.S. PROGRAM IN MODELLING AND SIMULATION
PROFESSOR
ETN YARDIMCI, Yasemin: B.S., M.S., Boazii University; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University.
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
HACIHABBOLU, Hseyin (Program Director): B.S.,METU; M.S., , University of Bristol; Ph.D., Queen's
University Belfast
AFFILIATED FACULTY
PROFESSORS
BOZYT, Mslim: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Sussex. (Department of Computer Engineering)
KAYALIGL, Sinan: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Lousiana Technology University.
(Department of Industrial Engineering)
KIRCA, mer: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology.
(Department of Industrial Engineering)
LEBLEBCOLU, Kemal: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
ZDEMREL, N. Evin: B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D. Arizona State University .
(Department of Industrial Engineering)
TOROSLU, .Hakk: B.S., METU; M.S., Bilkent University; Ph.D., Northwestern University.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: Graduates of the program can work in any field related with
modelling and simulation.
PROGRAM STRUCTURE: MODSIM is a non-thesis program and mainly intended for working
professionals. It has no deficiency program and has two tracks: Decision Models and Virtual Environments.
Each track has background requirements, core courses, and elective courses as defined in the curricula.
Students are expected to complete the program in 5 semesters.
Students enrolled in MODSIM program pay tuition fee based on the number of credit hours they
register every semester. The amount of tuition fee per credit hour is determined at the beginning of every
academic year.
951
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
Core Courses
If a student has already taken some of the courses listed above (or their equivalents), he/she will take elective
courses to replace them.
Elective Courses
MS 502 Stochastic Decision Models MS 514 Decision Support System:
(3-0)3 Design and Implementation (3-0)3
MS 503 Mathematical Modelling MS 516 Simulation Output Analysis (3-0)3
and Applications (3-0)3 MS 517 Statistical Data Analysis (3-0)3
MS 504 Mathematical Models in MS 522 Computer Graphics (3-0)3
Defense Analysis (3-0)3 MS 523 Virtual Reality (3-0)3
MS 506 Combinatorial Analysis (3-0)3 MS 525 Computer Communication
MS 507 Network Analysis and and Networking (3-0)3
Project Management (3-0)3 MS 527 Artificial Intelligence (3-0)3
MS 508 Inventory Theory (3-0)3 MS 529 Software Engineering (3-0)3
MS 510 Scheduling Models (3-0)3 MS 541 Human Computer Interfacing(3-0)3
MS 513 Decision Analysis (3-0)3 MS 551 Fundamentals of GIS (2-2)3
MS 561 Physics-Based Modelling (3-0)3
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
954
M.S. PROGRAM IN INFORMATICS-ONLINE
PROFESSORS
BAYKAL, Nazife (Director of the Graduate School of Informatics): B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
ETN YARDIMCI, Yasemin: (Department Chair) B.S., M.S., Boazii University; Ph.D., Vanderbilt
University.
DEMRRS, Onur: B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Methodist University.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
KOYT, Altan: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
YILDIRIM ZKAN, Sevgi : B.A., M.A., Cambridge
University; M.Sc, .London University; Ph.D., METU.
BETN CAN, Aysu: B.S., METU, Ph.D., University of California Santa Barbara.
GNEL, Banu: B.S., METU; M.S., University of Bristol; Ph.D., Queen's University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
EREN, P. Erhan (Program Director): B.S., Bilkent University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester.
Belfast.
TEMZEL TAKAYA, Tuba: B.S., Dokuz Eyll University; Ph.D., University of Surrey.
INSTRUCTOR
ARFOLU, Ali (Associate Director of the Graduate School of Informatics): B.S., Hacettepe University;
M.S., Ph.D., METU
AFFILIATED FACULTY
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
GKAY, Didem: B.S., M.S., METU, Ph.D., University of Florida.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: Graduates of the program can work in any field related with
information technology and systems.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
955
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
Core Courses
ION 501 Introduction to Information ION 504 Computer Networking for
Systems (3-0)3 Information Systems (3-0)3
ION 502 Introduction to Software ION 505 Information Systems On-Line
Engineering (3-0)3 Group Project (1-4)3
ION 503 Database Concepts and ION 590 Graduate Seminar NC
Applications (3-0)3 ION 589 Term Project (1-0)1
Students who have already taken some of the core courses listed above (or their equivalents) should take
elective courses to replace them.
Elective Courses
ION 510 Object Oriented Programming with ION 541 Computer Networking Applications
Java (3-0)3 (3-0)3
ION 512 IT Governance (3-0)3 ION 542 Information Technology and
ION 514 Multimedia Information Systems Business Processes (3-0)3
(3-0)3 ION 545 Software Quality Management
ION 516 Computer Architecture (3-0)3 (3-0)3
ION 523 Data Mining (3-0)3 ION 551 Computer Security and
ION 525 Artificial Intelligence (3-0)3 Cryptography (3-0)3
ION 526 Introduction to Neural Networks ION 552 Regulatory and Legal Aspects of
(3-0)3 Information Systems (3-0)3
ION 528 Image Processing Algorithms(3-0)3 ION 561 Fundamentals of Simulation (3-0)3
ION 533 Decision Support Systems (3-0)3 ION 562 Optimization (3-0)3
ION 535 Introduction to Medical Informatics ION 574 Medical Imaging Technology(3-0)3
(3-0)3 ION 557 Security Engineering (3-0)3
ION 720 Systems Engineering (3-0)3
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
959
M.S. PROGRAM IN SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT
PROFESSOR
DEMRRS, Onur (Program Coordinator): B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Methodist University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
BETN CAN, Aysu: B.S., METU; Ph.D., University of California Santa Barbara.
GNEL, Banu: B.S., METU; M.S., University of Bristol; Ph.D., Queens University Belfast
KOYT, Altan: B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU.
AFFILIATED FACULTY
PROFESSOR
BLGEN, Semih: B.S., METU; M.S. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., University of Manitoba.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
KKKAYA, Engin: B.S., METU; MBA, METU; Ph.D., University of South Florida.
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
INSTRUCTORS
OBJECTIVES: The M.S. program in Software Management is the first program established in
Turkey to target specialized software domain knowledge. The objectives of this program are to lead the
advancement of software practice in Turkey, to disseminate the domain knowledge on principles, processes,
methods and techniques required to manage the development and evolution of software systems, and to bring
forth experts and scientists in this field.
The program targets professionals in the field. The students in the program will gain the ability to
systematically define and use the knowledge on software development processes, methodologies, techniques
and metrics. The program offers courses on software project management, software quality management,
software acquisition management, requirements analysis, software architectures and design, software testing,
human computer interaction, and software operations and maintenance. For students to gain necessary
experience, design and implementation are seen as an integral part of all courses. Students are also involved in
a realistic team project to integrate the knowledge and experience built up in specialized courses.
No prerequisite courses are specifically required to enter the program. However, the students are
expected to have background knowledge on discrete mathematics and numerical methods, programming and
algorithms, and management. Additional information can be obtained from the web page
http://www.ii.metu.edu.tr/software-management-ms-program
Students enrolled in Software management program pay tuition fee based on the number of credit
hours they register every semester. The amount of tuition fee per credit hour is determined at the beginning of
every semester.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
Core Courses
Students who have already taken some of the core courses listed above (or their equivalents) should take
elective courses to replace them.
961
SM 530 Social Network Analysis (3-0)3
SM 541 Instructional Software Construction (3-0)3
SM 542 Multimedia and Web Engineering (3-0)3
SM 546 Contemporary Database Management Systems (3-0)3
SM 547 Enterprise Resource Planning Systems (3-0)3
SM 548 Computer System for Programmers (3-0)3
SM 549 IT Governance (3-0)3
SM 701 Contemporary Issues in Business (3-0)3
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
SM 501 Personal Software with the tools, techniques and skills acquired during
Process (3-0)3 their previous course work. Each team will work as
The course introduces the basic principles of the a software development group and assume the role
personal software process and help individual of a quality assurance team for another group. The
engineers to improve their performance by bringing team will be assigned to a client and will interact
discipline to the way they develop software. with that client to engineer requirements, agree
Students start with the PSP0 process, where they upon a design and achieve a successful acceptance
use their current programming practices. The PSP test of a software system. Teams will meet on
process is enhanced through seven process versions, predetermined milestones with their faculty and
with students writing one or two programs with quality assurance groups to discuss review results
each PSP version. For each program, they use the and progress.
process methods just introduced, as well as all of the
methods introduced with the previous process SM 511 Software Process Improvement
versions. (3-0)3
Introduce students the concept of software process
SM 502 Software Management (3-0)3 and software process improvement through the use
This course introduces the fundamentals and of software process capability models. Emphasis
methods used in managing software development. will be placed on the application of process
Topics will include software project planning and concepts to industrial situations. Other topics will
control, subcontract management, configuration include software process assessment techniques,
management, risk management and organizing and software process improvement models and process
managing software teams and commitment capability models in related areas.
management.
SM 512 Object Oriented Programming
SM 503 Object-Oriented Software and Data Structures (3-0)3
Development (3-0)3 The basic Object Oriented Principles will be
The course introduces the fundamentals of object- discussed using a modern programming language
oriented information system development with a i.e. Java. The theory will be used in practice to
focus on analysis and design phases. Data modeling implement Data Structures which is very important
and design principles such as data abstraction, in algorithm development. The core of the class will
information hiding, modularity, and coupling are depend on using object oriented principles to
viewed in the context of object-oriented paradigm. implement algorithms in Data Structures using Java.
For object-oriented modeling Unified Modeling Although some reading is required, practice is more
Language (UML) is introduced and used important in learning any programming language
extensively throughout the course. Unified process
is taken as the basis for development efforts. Issues SM 514 Introduction To Software
relating to making the transition from other software Testing (3-0)3
development methodologies are examined and risks The Relationship Of Software Testing To Quality Is
involved in object-oriented process are discussed. Examined With An Emphasis On Testing
Techniques. Topics Include Module And Unit
SM 504 Team Software Project (2-4)4 Testing, Integration And Acceptance Testing,
The course is designed for students to gain an Statistical Testing Methods, Defining Test Plans
understanding of issues of a real-world software And Strategies That Map To System Requirements.
project and enable them to apply their newly learned Testing Principles, Formal Models Of Testing And
skills in a practical context. Students will be Software Testing Standards Are Also Examined.
grouped into teams to undertake a software project
962
SM 515 Software Verification and requirements. Standards and CASE tools. Cognitive
Validation (3-0)3 and socio-organizational issues.
The course introduces software verification and
validation techniques and tools. The course focuses SM 523 Software Design Patterns (3-0)3
on audit, review, inspection and walkthrough This course focuses on design patterns, patterns for
techniques and tools used for implementation. It concurrent software systems, antipatterns and
also introduces independent verification and recognizing design problems, refactoring bad design
validation process. Issues related to the installation to patterns. Hands-on experience on reuse of design
of these processes within an organization and to the patterns will be established by a class project. The
impact on software quality are also investigated. course includes reviews of UML, object-oriented
Students complete a term project to apply the design and aspect oriented design. Students will be
techniques and tools studied. able to efficiently communicate program structures
using patterns and to develop software of high
SM 516 Component Based Software quality.
Production (3-0)3
Effective software processes for component based SM 525 Software Product Line
software production. Domain engineering vs. Management (3-0)3
application engineering. Component project Fundamental concepts of software product lines are
management. Quality assurance. Product line introduced. These include commonality and
development. The use of commercial off-the-shelf variability; domain and application management;
components. Product data management. Maturity of variability modeling and management; reference
the component process. Running the component- architectures. Approaches to SPL development, SPL
based engineering business. organisation and SPL adoption are discussed. The
concept of SPL maturity is also introduced and the
SM 517 Software Metrics (3-0)3 Family Evaluation Framework is studied, together
Techniques of measurement within the context of with case studies of hypothetical and real life
software quality engineering and software project organisations.
management are addressed. Metrics and quality are
presented in relationship to the software process and SM 528 Software Architecture (3-0)3
software process maturity models. Selection of Fundamental concepts of software architecture. The
quality and project metrics is addressed in terms of role of architecture in software engineering.
the goal/question/metric paradigm as well as various Designing applications from an architecture-centric
quality models. Methods of storing data for perspective. Architecture design techniques and
historical purposes, analyzing and presenting data to approaches. Architectural styles and patterns.
others are also discussed included. Implementation and deployment. Software
architecture modeling and architecture
SM 518 Real-time Software Development documentation.
(3-0)3
Real-time systems. Real-time operating system SM 530 Social Network Analysis (3-0)3
concepts: Scheduling, Synchronization, Communi- Social network analysis is a core methodology
cation. Real-time software development methods. utilizing graph theory, algebra, statistics, sociometry
Real-time software development tools. and psychometry for a diverse field of applications.
This course is intended to introduce to students how
SM 519 Software Acquisition (3-0)3 to extract information contained in a network to
Issues relating to software procurement, contract measure and characterize them, different types of
law, specification and control of product processes networks, creating models of networks and
are examined. Topics include software and system predicting their behavior. Most commonly used
acquisition standards, factors that affect cost, cost GUI-based software tools for measuring and
estimation, cost/benefit analysis, risk analysis and displaying network data will also be introduced. The
legal implications with respect to ownership and course will also focus on specific applications of the
use. network analysis in management, strategy
development, spread of new ideas, innovations,
epidemiology and social computing.
SM 521 Software Requirements
Engineering (3-0)3 SM 541 Instructional Software
Requirements engineering within software life- Construction (3-0)3
cycle. Requirements elicitation and modeling: issues Overview of Computer Aided Instruction (CAI):
and techniques. Documentation and management of Types, strengths and weaknesses, effective CAI.
963
Implications of the learning theories for courseware SM 548 Computer Systems for
design and authoring. Features, advantages and Programmers (3-0)3
limitations of different CAI modes. Planning and This course summarizes computer systems from a
managing CAI projects. Designing and producing programmers perspective and it is for students with
CAI. no backgrounds in logic design, computer
organization and computer architecture. Starting
SM 542 Multimedia and Web with a program in a high level language, all stages
Engineering (3-0)3 from compilation, assembly and execution of
This course introduces methodologies, techniques instructions in hardware level are covered. More
and tools used to analyze, design and implement advanced topics such as pipelining and cache
multimedia and web-based applications. The focus memories are also discussed. The students who
of the course will be hands-on development of finish the course can write better programs since
commercial web-based applications. Students will they will be able to understand better how the
study a variety of software technologies relevant to computer programs are executed.
web design and implementation including
programming languages, scripting languages, SM 549 IT Governance (3-0)3
network programming and security. Each student Contemporary issues about IT Governance as a
will develop an application by going through all whole; but major concentration upon IT
phases of web engineering life cycle: specification, Organization, IT Management, IT Processes,
design, implementation, and evaluation. IT Project Management, IT Control Standards &
Security, IT Risk Management & Audit issues.. By
SM 546 Contemporary Database focusing on Business Requirements and Business-
Management Systems (3-0)3 Technology Alignment; well-applied Global Best
This course will introduce students to the state of Practices, Assessment Methodologies, Process
the art commercial relational database systems and Maturity and IT Risks will examined. Besides
enable them to gain practical knowledge and experiencing the technology impact and its leverage
experience in using them. The fundamental on business world, the protection & control of
concepts including relational data base systems and information & information assets will be the
SQL, the normal forms, data base design, and the common perspective of this lecture. In addition to a
entity-relationship approach will be reviewed. The medium weight of reading materials; membership to
concepts of modern relational database systems and follow-up of some major professional e-groups
such as stored procedures, triggers, cursors, and discussion lists, research over the Internet,
database security and concurrency as well as control risk assessment & audit project assignments,
performance and tuning of the relational database in-class case studies, simulations and presentations
system will be covered. will be the lecture's in & out of class study/practice
material.
SM 547 Enterprise Resource Planning
Systems (3-0)3 SM 561 Introduction to Software
This course studies Enterprise Resource Planning Engineering (3-0)3
(ERP) systems, its scope, implementation issues and The course introduces the fundamentals of software
the organizations motivation for implementation engineering with an emphasis on software
such systems. The topics include; the ERP processes, software development process models,
framework and architecture, leading enterprise software requirements, requirements analysis,
systems and market trends, implementation software design, contemporary modeling notations,
methodologies, evaluation of ERP Systems, and verification and validation, software testing and
implementation success factors. The students will software project management.
comprehend the implementation process and will be
able to develop an ERP implementation. The course SM 701 Contemporary Issues in
will involve a combination of lectures, in-class Business (3-0)3
discussions and presentations, online materials, a A mixture of practical and theoretical topics will be
project, and homework assignments. The course examined. Among the topics to be discussed and for
will involve a combination of lectures, in-class which case studies will be analyzed are competing
discussions and presentations, online materials, a in the global economy, practicing ethical behavior
project, and homework assignments. and social responsibility, handling employee-
management relations, business challenges, small
and medium sized enterprises, and developing
marketing strategies. In each of these topics, the
general principles will be examined before
964
discussing the topics in more detail. For example, and organizational. The role of individual behavior
prior to developing marketing strategies, it is and productivity, the concept of effective teams and
essential to understand what the main principles of the role of organizational culture in software
marketing are and to assess it within the general development are discussed. Results of various
framework of "integrated marketing" including - research studies are presented in the context of
advertising, promotion and public relations. managing human capital in software projects.
965
M.S. AND Ph.D. PROGRAMS IN MEDICAL INFORMATICS
PROFESSOR
MUMCUOLU, nal Erkan : B.Sc., METU; M.S., Bilkent University; Ph.D., University of Southern
California.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
ZKURT, Tolga (Program Coordinator): B.Sc., M.S., stanbul Technical University; Ph.D., University of
Pittsburg
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
OBJECTIVES: Health sciences and medicine are prominent application areas of information and
technology. Measurement and imaging methods, testing, analysis and patient monitoring instruments are being
developed and increasing at a very fast pace. As a result, not only patient data is increasing at a very fast rate
but also health information is getting richer. The contribution of information technologies in putting the
research results to practice is indispensable, considering the expanding pace of research conducted in medicine.
The main motivation in Health Informatics lies in the forming, shaping and sharing of this information
effectively and providing new methodologies in the diagnosis and treatment of patients. This is why; the
biggest step that Turkey should take in Health Informatics is to start training specialists.
In recent years, biomedical informatics has come into use as a name encompassing the converging
fields of medical informatics and bioinformatics. Bioinformatics is an interdisciplinary field spanning different
areas of science, engineering, and mathematics. In particular, Bioinformatics lies at the interface of the
traditional disciplines of Biology, Computer Science and Engineering, Mathematics, Statistics, Chemistry, and
Physics. Recent advances in life sciences, such as the completion of the Human Genome Project, led to the
generation of massive data sets that require the development of sophisticated computational analysis tools.
With the help of the analysis tools and new mathematical models, the genetic code of living organisms is being
deciphered and the integrated functions of thousands of genes are being discovered. Our understanding of the
natural world is dramatically changing with the ultimate goal of improving the quality of human life.
In addition, the analysis and synthesis of advancements in all areas of science, especially
neuroscience, have always been on the agenda of Health Informatics. In an interdisciplinary area such as
neuroscience, combining the knowledge and information in several fields such as neurology, neuroradiology,
neurophysiology, neuropharmacology, biophysics, neuroimaging, neuropsychology and neurobiology is
crucial. It is also necessary to establish shared and reusable processes, and to carry these processes into inter-
institutional dimension with the help of information technologies.
The department develops basic methods that are applicable to medical information systems in the
areas of healthcare and information science, establishes infrastructures for the information environment where
medical information is utilized effectively, and applies knowledge and techniques acquired through these
efforts to basic medical sciences and healthcare. The main keywords of the target domain are medical and
clinical information systems, next-generation electronic health record systems, virtual health care environment,
computer representations and standardization of medical concepts, ontology, medical knowledge engineering,
hospital epidemiology, quality assessment of healthcare, clinical and bioinformatics engineering, privacy
protection and encryption, analysis of hospital management, safety management in healthcare, medical and
biological image and signal analysis, neuroscience and neuroimaging.
966
The objectives of the Medical Informatics graduate program are as follows:
- To provide the specialists/researchers working in all health sectors with the necessary knowledge
and experience to carry out their work effectively.
- To train academicians/researchers.
- To conduct inter-disciplinary scientific research.
- To bring together researchers from other disciplines to the field of Medical Informatics.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: Health and Medical Informatics offer very broad and diverse
employment opportunities. Public and private sectors, and academic institutions are in immediate need of
graduates of this program. Some examples are information technology companies developing/supporting
software, the IT-management and quality management departments of all hospitals and health providers,
clinical managers, health insurance firms, nursing services management, city health offices and many other
health organizations. In addition, various projects supported by international financial firms need specialists
from this field. Government based Social Security institutions are also potential employers of such specialists.
PROGRAM STRUCTURE: Medical Informatics Program has five tracks: "Health Information
Systems and Clinical Informatics, Medical Image/Signal Analysis, Medical Decision Support,
Neuroscience" and Bioinformatics. The M.S. program has thesis and non-thesis options, and after
completion of the deficiency courses, total of 21 credits and 30 credits should be completed, respectively. The
course requirement for the Ph.D. program is total to 30 credit hours.
In all of the programs 3 core courses have to be completed and the rest of the credits can be
completed with specialization and elective courses according to the students track. It is crucial for the success
of the program that the faculty advisors guide the students closely and help them choose elective courses
suitable for their specific objectives and backgrounds.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
M.S. Degree Requirements- (Thesis)
(3-credit) core course - 9 credits total
4 (3-credit) elective course - 12 credits total
1 (non-credit) seminar course
Master's Thesis (non-credit)
967
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
Deficiency Courses
Accepted students must complete their scientific background requirements before starting the program.
Core Courses
MIN 502 Introduction to Medical Informatics (3-0)3
MIN 528 Fundamentals of Mathematics for Information Systems (3-0)3
MIN 545 Object Oriented Programming and Data Structures (3-0)3
MIN 590 Graduate Seminar (NC)
MIN 589 * Term Project (NC)
MIN 599 & Masters Thesis (NC)
MIN 8XX Special Studies (NC)
Students pursuing M.S. with non-thesis option must register for the course marked with an asterisk (Term
Project), and students pursuing M.S. with thesis option must register for the course marked with an ampersand
(Master's Thesis).
Courses of the Program
Students pursuing MS with a thesis option should choose one of the 4 specialization areas below:
1. Health Information Systems and Clinical Informatics
2. Medical Image/ Signal Analysis
3. Medical Decision Support
4. Neuroscience
Students have to take at least two specialization courses (listed below) in the track of their choice and fulfill the
rest of the required credits with 'elective' courses. The specialization courses help students acquire the
necessary skills needed for the specialization area, whereas the elective courses help students acquire the
necessary knowledge to become experts in the chosen area. Upon consent of the academic advisor, students
can also take courses from other departments and/or Hacettepe University Salk Bilimleri Enstits'. Courses
offered by Hacettepe University are in Turkish, and are indicated herein by course codes starting with 'TEB',
'BIS', 'HAS'.
Ph.D. PROGRAM
Deficiency Courses
Accepted students must complete their scientific background requirements before starting the program.
CENG 230 Introductions to C Programming
ES 443 Human Physiology for Engineers
STAT 462 Biostatistics
OR
COGS 536 Research Methods and Statistics for Cognitive Science
OR
BIS 735 Biyoistatistik
968
Core Courses
MIN 502 Introduction to Medical Informatics (3-0)3
MIN 528 Fundamentals of Mathematics for Information Systems (3-0)3
MIN 545 Object Oriented Programming and Data Structures (3-0)3
MIN 590 Graduate Seminar (NC)
MIN 699 Ph.D. Thesis (NC)
MIN 9XX Advanced Studies (NC)
Elective Courses:
BS 736 Salk Bilimlerinde Aratrma
Yntemleri (3-0)3 Specialization Area:
CENG 538 Advanced Graphics and User Medical Decision Support
Interfaces (3-0)3
CENG 555 Object-Oriented Database Area Courses:
Systems (3-0)3 IS 580 Knowledge Discovery and
CENG 559 Data Security and Protection (3-0)3 Mining 3-0)3
HAS 640 Epidemiyolojinin Temel lke ve MIN 537 Neural Networks for Biomedical
Yntemleri (3-0)3 Applications (3-
HAS 645 Epidemiyolojide Aratrma 0)3
Programlama ve Uygulama (3-0)3 MIN 539 Bio-Inspired And Classical
IAM 501 Introduction to Cryptography (3-0)3 Optimization (3-0)3
MIN 702 Evaluation Methods in
IS 503 Database Concepts and Health Informatics (3-0)3
969
MIN 704 Reasoning Under Uncertainty(3-0)3 BIO 562 Spectroscopy of Biological
MIN 720 Pattern Classification for Bio Molecules and Membranes (3-0)3
Medical Applications (3-0)3 BIO 704 Advances in Neuroscience (3-0)3
Elective Courses: BIO 705 Protein Structure Function and
BS 656 statistiksel Hesaplama (3-0)3 Stability (3-0)3
BS 736 Saglik Bilimlerinde Arastirma BIO 716 Molecular and Cellular Biology
Yontemleri (3-0)3 (3-0)3
BS 610 Karar Verme Srecinde statistiksel BS 656 statistiksel Hesaplama (3-0)3
Yntemler (3-0)3 CENG 555 Object-Oriented Database
CENG 555 Object-oriented Database Systems (3-0)3
Systems (3-0)3 CENG 561 Artificial Intelligence (3-0)3
CENG 561 Artificial Intelligence (3-0)3 CENG 562 Machine Learning (3-0)3
CENG 562 Machine Learning (3-0)3 CENG 564 Pattern Recognition (3-0)3
CENG 564 Pattern Recognition (3-0)3 CENG 569 Neurocomputing (3-0)3
CENG 568 Knowledge Representation (3-0)3 CENG 571 Numerical Analysis I (3-0)3
CENG 569 Neurocomputing (3-0)3 CENG 574 Statistical Data Analysis (3-0)3
CENG 571 Numerical Analysis I (3-0)3 CENG 576 Numerical Methods in
CENG 574 Statistical Data Analysis (3-0)3 Optimization (3-0)3
CENG 576 Numerical methods in COGS 533 Functional Neuroanatomy (3-0)3
Optimization (3-0)3 EE 543 Neurocomputers (3-0)3
CENG 580 Distributed Artificial Intelligence EE 553 Optimization (3-0)3
(3-0)3 IS 566 Image Processing Algorithms(3-0)3
CENG 581 Automated Reasoning (3-0)3 IS 781 Knowledge Representation and
CENG 770 Advanced Data Mining (3-0)3 Data Mining (3-0)3
EE 543 Neurocomputers (3-0)3 MIN 704 Reasoning under Uncertainty (3-0)3
EE 553 Optimization (3-0)3 MIN 710 Database Applications for
ES 501 Analytical Methods in Medical Informatics (3-0) 3
Engineering (3-0)3 MIN 720 Pattern Classification for Bio-
IAM 530 Elements of Probability and Medical Applications (3-0)3
Statistics (3-0)3
IAM 564 Basic Algorithms and
Programming (3-0)3
MIN 503 EHR: Representation, Standards Specialization Area:
and Coding (3-0)3 Medical Image/Signal Analysis
MIN 710 Database Applications for
Medical Informatics (3-0)3 Area Courses:
MIN 524 Fundamentals of Medical
Imaging: Acquisition and Reconstruction (3-0)3
Specialization Area:
Neuroscience MIN 530 Medical Image Analysis (3-0)3
MIN 535 Biological Signal Analysis (3-0)3
Area Courses: MIN 711 Advance Topics in Medical Image
MIN 505 Neuroimaging: Anatomy, Physiology Analysis (3-0)3
and Function of the Human Brain (3-0)3
MIN 506 Advanced Neuroimaging with
Magnetic Resonance Imaging (3-0)3 Elective Courses:
MIN 533 Brain Dynamics and Oscillations BS 656 statistiksel Hesaplama (3-0)3
(3-0)3 BS 736 Salik Bilimlerinde Arastirma
MIN 550 Systems Neuroscience (3-0)3 Yntemleri (3-0)3
MIN 555 Principles of Cognitive CENG 538 Advanced Graphics and User
Neuroscience (3-0)3 Interfaces (3-0)3
CENG 555 Object-oriented Database
Elective Courses: Systems (3-0)3
BIO 406 Behavioral Neuroscience (3-0)3 CENG 561 Artificial Intelligence (3-0)3
BIO 409 Introduction to Neurobiology (3-0)3 CENG 562 Machine Learning (3-0)3
BIO 417 Neurochemistry (3-0)3 CENG 564 Pattern Recognition (3-0)3
BIO 461-2 Biophysics I-II (3-0)3 CENG 569 Neurocomputing (3-0)3
BIO 507 Neurobiology (3-0)3 CENG 571 Numerical Analysis I (3-0)3
970
CENG 574 Statistical Data Analysis (3-0)3 BIO 705 Protein Structure Function and
CENG 576 Numerical methods in Stability (3-0)3
Optimization (3-0)3 BIO 715 Genomics and Proteomics (3-0)3
CENG 581 Automated Reasoning (3-0)3 BS 656 Istatistiksel Hesaplama (3-0)3
CENG 583 Computer Vision (3-0)3 BTCH 705 Current Techniques in Protein
EE 430 Digital Signal Processing (3-0)3 Interactions (3-0)3
EE 543 Neurocomputers (3-0)3 CENG 553 Database Man. Systems (3-0)3
EE 553 Optimization (3-0)3 CENG 538 Advanced Graphics and User
EE 583 Pattern Recognition (3-0)3 Interfaces (3-0)3
EE 642 Introduction to Mathematical CENG 556 Distributed Database Management
Bases of Computer Graphics (3-0)3 Systems (3-0)3
EE 701 Robot Vision (3-0)3 CENG 561 Artificial Intelligence (3-0)3
ES 503 Finite Element Method (3-0)3 CENG 562 Machine Learning (3-0)3
IAM 530 Elements of Probability and CENG 564 Pattern Recognition (3-0)3
Statistics (3-0)3 CENG 567 Design and Analysis of Algorithms
IAM 564 Basic Algorithms and (3-0)3
Programming (3-0)3 CENG 571-2 Numerical Analysis I-II (3-0)3
IS 507 Int. to Software Engineering CENG 574 Statistical Data Analysis (3-0)3
(3-0)3 CENG 577 Parallel Computing (3-0)3
IS 566 Image Processing Algorithms(3-0)3 CENG 580 Distrubuted Artificial Intelligence
IS 580 Knowledge Discovery and (3-0)3
Mining (3-0)3 CENG 714 Data Mining (3-0)3
MIN 533 Brain Dynamics and Oscillations CENG 734 Advanced Topics in Bioinformatics
(3-0)3 (3-0)3
MIN 537 Neural Networks for Biomedical FDE 403 Food Biotechnology (3-0)3
Applications (3- IAM 530 Statistics and Probability (3-0)3
0)3 IAM 557 Statistical Learning and
MIN 539 Bio-Inspired And Classical Simulation (3-0)3
Optimization (3-0)3 IAM 565 Introduction to Algorithms and
MIN 704 Reasoning Under Uncertainty(3-0)3 Complexity (3-0)3
MIN 710 Database Applications for IAM 566 Numerical Optimization (3-0)3
Medical Informatics (3-0)3 IAM 567 Mathematical Modeling (3-0)3
MIN 720 Pattern Classification for Bio IAM 664 Inverse Problems (3-0)3
Medical Applications (3-0)3 IE 455 An Introduction To Combinatorial
Specialization Area: Analysis (3-0)3
Bioinformatics IS 503 Database Concepts and
Applications (3-0)3
Area Courses: IS 504 Computer Networking for
BIN 501 Introduction to Bioinformatics Information Systems (3-0)3
(3-0)3 IS 507 Introduction to Software
BIN 504 Probabilistic and Statistical Engineering (3-0)3
Modeling for Bioinformatics (3-0)3 IS 545 Object Oriented Programming and
BIN 505 Foundations of Systems Biology Data Structures (3-0)3
BIN 506 Protein and DNA Sequence Analysis IS 580 Knowledge Discovery and Mining
(3-0)3 (3-0)3
BIN 714 Microarray Data Analysis and MIN 704 Reasoning Under Uncertainty (3-0)3
Informatics (3-0)3 MIN 710 Database Applications for
Medical Informatics (3-0)3
Free Electives: MIN 720 Pattern Classification for Bio-
BIN 503 Biological Databases and Data Medical Applications (3-0)3
Analysis Tools (3-0)3 STAT 519 Biostatistics (3-0)3
BIN 711 Applications of Bioinformatics in STAT 515 Computational Statistics and Data
Molecular Biology (3-0)3 Analysis (3-0)3
BIN 712 Computational Methods In
Bioinformatics (3-0)3
971
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
MIN 502 Introduction to Medical based techniques. The physiology of the brain will
Informatics (3-0)3 be studied over cytoarchitecture. The function of the
This course presents an overview of medical brain will be studied over pet-spect, meg, eeg, and
informatics and its main applications. Primary fMRI, with more emphasis on fMRI.
topics include: Reasons for necessity of
systematically processing data, information and MIN 506 Advanced Neuroimaging with
knowledge in medicine and health care, benefits and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (3-0)3
current constraints of using information and New techniques in structural and functional brain
communication technology in medicine and health imaging will be studied. Structural neuroimaging
care, medical informatics as a discipline, medical methods such as voxel based morphometry,
data and records, coding classification, database and diffusion tensor imaging, probabilistic
reference models, interfaces, data acquisition, cytoarchitectonic maps are covered in detail.
processing and exchange standards, medical Functional neuroimaging methods such as
knowledge, decision and diagnostic support, independent component analysis, dynamic causal
medical information systems, administrative, modeling, resting state networks and arterial spin
clinical and ancillary information systems, labeling are studied. Hands on exercises will be
implementations and evaluations, telemedicine and conducted using publicly available neuroimaging
internet applications, efficient and responsible use toolkits.
of information processing tools to support health
care professionals practice and their decision MIN 524 Fundamentals of Medical
making. Imaging: Acquisition and Reconstruction
MIN 503 Electronic Health Record: (3-03)
Representation, Standards
This course covers fundamental medical imaging
and Coding (3-0)3
This course gives an overview of contemporary modalities like X-ray, CT, MRI, SPECT, PET,
Ultrasound. Physics and mathematical models of
health records and then introduces computer based
data acquisition and image reconstruction concepts
patient records/electric health records. Topics
include data entry, minimum data sets, general are studied both theoretically and by
implementation based homeworks on MATLAB.
applications of electronic health records (EHR),
Medical imaging system properties like detector
standards in health and medical informatics,
importance of coding and standardization, clinical noise, resolution, point spread function, modulation
transfer function, sampling, contrast and lesion
uses of CPR. Current applications in all areas of
detectability are also discussed.
medicine; like use of CPR in primary care to
specialized clinical/departmental information MIN 528 Fundamentals of Mathematics for
systems and HIS applications shall be given. Information Systems (3-0)3
Reasons for necessity of medical coding and The aim of the course is to acquaint the non-
classification will be described. Primary topics technical background graduate students with the
include history of classification, important fundamental theory and techniques of engineering
classification systems like ICD, SNOMED, MESH, mathematics. This will be achieved by teaching
ICPC, CPT, and practical application and uses of fundamental theory as well as application based
these coding systems. homework assignments on MATLAB. The course
covers subjects like Basic Calculus (Functions,
MIN 505 Neuroimaging: Anatomy, Continuity, Integrals, Derivatives), Differential
Physiology and Function of the equations, Linear Algebra and Quadratic
Human Brain (3-0)3 optimization.
The course introduces all three aspects - anatomy,
physiology and function- of neuroimaging, which is MIN 530 Medical Image Analysis (3-0)3
enlisted as a sub-field of neuroinformatics. The aim of the course is to acquaint the graduate
Theoretical knowledge on neuroanatomy and students with the fundamental theory and techniques
function of the brain will be complemented by of medical image analysis, like image enhancement,
hands-on applications with the existing online data automatic and semi-automatic image segmentation,
analysis packages. The anatomy of the brain will be image quantification (shape and texture analysis,
studied over MR images using volumetric and shape feature extraction), computer-aided diagnosis,
image alignment (registration) and fusion.
972
from evolutionary computation to neural networks
MIN 533 Brain Dynamics and Oscillations and swarm intelligence. Theoretical formulations of
(3-0)3 all methods will be presented indicating use,
This course introduces the tools of EEG and MEG advantages and disadvantages of them.
data analysis to capture brain dynamics with fast Complementarily, many computer exercises will be
temporal resolution. It will provide the relation supplied to demonstrate their applicability for
between neuronal activity and electromagnetic commonly observed problems.
mapping, necessary physics of measured sensor
data, brain source localization and identification. MIN 545 Object Oriented Programming
Various preprocessing tools, time-frequency and Data Structures (3-0)3
analysis, brain source reconstruction methods will Basic Object Oriented Principles will be discussed
also be covered. Theory will be complemented by using a modern programming language i.e. Java.
hands-on sessions in which students will be tutored Theoretical approaches will be developed to
through the complete analysis of EEG and MEG implement Data Structures which is very important
datasets with popular free online data analysis in algorithm development. The core of the class will
packages. The functional image of the brain will be depend on using Java. Although some reading is
studied with simulated and real EEG and MEG data required, practice is more important in learning any
projected on MR images. programming language.
MIN 720 Pattern Classification for Bio- MIN 590 Graduate Seminar NC
Medical Applications (3-0) 3
MIN 599 Master's Thesis NC
Introduction to Pattern Classification as a tool for
decision making. Statistical Approaches. Bayes MIN 699 PhD Thesis NC
Classification. Parameter Estimation. Nearest
Neighbor Rule. Linear Discriminant Functions. MIN 8XX Special Studies NC
Neural Networks. Support Vector machines. Tree
MIN 9XX Advanced Studies
975
M.S. PROGRAM IN WORK BASED LEARNING STUDIES
INSTRUCTOR
OBJECTIVES: Work Based Learning Studies focuses on learning you have gained from your past
work as well as experiences and the development of new learning in the form of work based project(s) focused
on your current work role. By taking the program, your previous experience will be officially recognized and
accredited. The aim of the program is to recognize, create and apply knowledge through and for work as well
as at work.
PROGRAM STRUCTURE: Work Based Learning Studies is a non-thesis program in which course
participation is mostly through the Internet. Courses cover information technology, systems and e-business
concepts in depth. Students are required to complete a work-based applied project. Performance of students is
evaluated based on their portfolio, in-class final exams, as well as homework assignments and projects. Further
information can be found at the web address http://ii.metu.edu.tr/work-based-learning-department
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
M.S. PROGRAM
Core Courses
WBLS 501 Recognition and Accreditation of Learning (3-0)3
WBLS 502 Recognition and Accreditation of Learning (3-0)3
WBLS 503 Recognition and Accreditation of Learning (3-0)3
WBLS 504 Program Planning (2-0)2
WBLS 505 Research Methods (4-0)4
WBLS 589 System Design I (3-0)3
WBLS 590 System Design II (3-0)3
WBLS 591 Project NC
Elective Courses
WBLS 521 Systems Engineering (3-0)3
WBLS 542 e-Business Environment and Architecture (3-0)3
WBLS 547 High-tech Entrepreneurship (3-0)3
WBLS 550 Web Services (3-0)3
WBLS 552 Business Communication and Internet Law (3-0)3
WBLS 554 Information Technology Management and Governance (3-0)3
WBLS 586 Project Management (3-0)3
WBLS 512 Hands on Cyber Defence and Security (6-6)9
ION 501 Introduction to Information Systems (3-0)3
ION 502 Introduction to Software Engineering (3-0)3
ION 503 Database Concepts and Applications (3-0)3
ION 504 Computer Networking for Information Systems (3-0)3
ION 510 Object Oriented Programming with Java (3-0)3
ION 512 IT Governance (3-0)3
ION 514 Multimedia Information Systems (3-0)3
ION 523 Data Mining (3-0)3
ION 525 Artificial Intelligence (3-0)3
ION 528 Image Processing Algorithms (3-0)3
ION 541 Computer Networking Applications (3-0)3
ION 542 Information Technology and Business Processes (3-0)3
ION 545 Software Quality Management (3-0)3
ION 551 Computer Security and Cryptography (3-0)3
ION 574 Medical Imaging Technology (3-0)3
SM 502 Software Management (3-0)3
976
SM 515 Software Verification and Validation (3-0)3
SM 521 Software Requirements Engineering (3-0)3
EM 501 Finance and Management Accounting (3-0)3
EM 502 Operations Management (3-0)3
EM 503 Systems and Organizations (3-0)3
EM 504 Technology Management (3-0)3
EM 505 Decision Models (3-0)3
EM 506 Project Management (3-0)3
EM 507 Total Quality Management (3-0)3
EM 508 Strategic Planning (3-0)3
EM 510 Reengineering (3-0)3
EM 516 Logistics (3-0)3
EM 520 MI and Decision Support System (3-0)3
EM 521 Applied Statistics (3-0)3
EM 531 Eng. Econ. and Investment Management (3-0)3
EM 532 Finance for EM (3-0)3
EM 533 Quality Engineering (3-0)3
EM 534 Supply Chain Management (3-0)3
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
WBLS 501 Recognition and Accreditation his/her own Research Portfolio. This will equip the
of Learning (3-0)3 student in a very practical way to carry out the
On completion of this course, student will be able to project component of the program and help the
analyse their work and other activities to-date to student become more effective at work through the
identify patterns and areas of learning, develop a development of research related skills and as the
vocabulary which express different ways of result of being aware of practical research and
learning, evaluate how to describe learning in a way development issues.
that matches the Universitys assessment criteria,
WBLS 589 System Design I (3-0)3
produce a portfolio claiming a number and level of
System Design and Project work, is part of the
credits which accurately reflect their educational
research and development associated with the work
qualifications to-date, analyse, synthesise and
environment of the student. The project work must
evaluate their learning experience in compiling the
add value and a significant challenge to the
portfolio in order to write a reflective essay.
students work environment. In this regard, the
WBLS 504 Program Planning (2-0)2 research and development projects should deploy
In this course, student plans her/his program of practical methods that are applicable to students
study, taking account of career aims, the needs of work.
employer and the University criteria for an
WBLS 502 Recognition and Accreditation
approved program of study. In this course, student
of Learning (3-0)3
must develop a program proposal. This takes the
This course aims to give students the possibility to
form of a Learning Agreement. In this agreement,
consider their sophisticated work and other
student explains the components of his/her proposed
activities to-date to identify patterns and areas of
program and justifies its coherence. Proposed
learning, build up an advanced vocabulary which
program must be agreed to by student, the
express different ways of learning, figure out how to
University and a third party such as students
describe learning in a way that matches the
employer.
Universitys assessment criteria, produce a
progressive portfolio claiming a number and level
WBLS 505 Research Methods (4-0)4
of credits which accurately reflect their educational
This course is designed to equip student to
qualifications to-date, determine, integrate and
undertake one or more work based projects of a
value their advanced learning experience in
research and development nature. The course
compiling the portfolio in order to write a reflective
focuses on project planning, design and the
essay.
identification and use of an appropriate research
approach and specific research techniques suitable
for students proposed project. A major outcome of
the course will be that student have assembled
977
WBLS 503 Recognition and Accreditation analyzing, managing and understanding of issues
of Learning (3-0)3 related to technology and organizations. This is
The course covers the analysis of students work done through the introduction of a methodological
and other leading activities to-date to identify approach to e-business design and development.
patterns and areas of learning, produce a high-level The module also introduces the concepts that relates
vocabulary which express different ways of to various internet technologies (e.g. HTML,
learning, decide how to describe learning in a way Scripting, XML, ASP, Java, search engines,
that matches the Universitys assessment criteria, electronic payment systems) and critically explores
produce a high-level portfolio claiming a number business issues related to information technologies
and level of credits which accurately reflect their and particularly the Internet through a critical
remarkable educational qualifications to-date, examination of specific e-business cases. It is also
interpret, structure and classify their high-level aimed that students are taught to carry out a critical
learning experience in compiling the high profile evaluation of e-business security.
portfolio in order to write an imposing reflective
essay. WBLS 550 Web Services (3-0)3
This course introduces basic concepts in Web
WBLS 512 Hands on Cyber Defence and services, the use of Web services for e-business and
Security (6-6)9 e-commerce, latest standards, Grid services, service
The course covers the analysis of students work oriented architecture, semantic Web and mobile
and other leading activities to-date to identify web services.
patterns and areas of learning, produce a high-level
vocabulary which express different ways of WBLS 552 Business Communication
learning, decide how to describe learning in a way and Internet Law (3-0)3
that matches the Universitys assessment criteria, This module aims to introduce the student to the
produce a high-level portfolio claiming a number basis of the legal systems that govern the supply and
and level of credits which accurately reflect their use of computer and communications technology.
remarkable educational qualifications to-date, The sources of law regulating electronic
interpret, structure and classify their high-level transactions arising related to these technologies
learning experience in compiling the high profile will be emphasized. Developing an understanding
portfolio in order to write an imposing reflective of the regulatory framework relating to electronic
essay. business transactions, starting with the simple
formation of a binding electronic contract, and
WBLS 521 Systems Engineering (3-0)3 moving to complex issues of data protection,
Introduction, Conceptual Design, Preliminary intellectual property rights, electronic liabilities, e-
Design, Detailed Design and Development, payments and financial transactions, and dispute
Construction and/or Production, Operational Use resolution are the main concerns of this course.
and Systems Support, Phase Out and Disposal,
Systems, Engineering Management, Systems WBLS 589 System Design I (3-0)3
Engineering Management Tools, Systems System Design and Project work, is part of the
Engineering Process Tools, Related Disciplines. research and development associated with the work
environment of the student. The project work must
WBLS 547 High-Tech entrepreneurship add value and a significant challenge to the
(3-0)3 students work environment. In this regard, the
Technical professionals are rapidly becoming research and development projects should deploy
business drivers in their organizations. This course practical methods that are applicable to students
intends to equip technical professionals with tools to work.
effectively manage innovation. The students will
learn about basic concepts of entrepreneurship and WBLS 590 System Design II (3-0)3
intrapreneurship, (new business development within System Design and Project work, is part of the
a company). The students will become familiar with research and development associated with the work
business models and strategies, developing business environment of the student. The project work must
plans, and product life cycle management. add value and a significant challenge to the
students work environment. In this regard, the
WBLS 542 e-Business Environment and research and development projects should deploy
Architecture (3-0)3 practical methods that are applicable to students
This module aims at teaching students how to work.
evaluate technologies in a business context, to
increase the awareness, effectiveness and skills in
978
M.S. PROGRAM IN GAME TECHNOLOGIES
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
HACIHABBOLU, Hseyin (Program Director): B.S.,METU; M.S., , University of Bristol; Ph.D., Queen's
University Belfast
AFFILIATED FACULTY
OBJECTIVES: Computer games are ubiquitous. Computer game technology is one of the fastest
growing ones in the ICT domain. Substantial research work has been carried out into computer graphics and
animation, interactive audio, user experience research, interface design, application of gaming in formal
learning environments and the psychological and sociological aspects of gaming. These are also active areas of
research in the domain.
Game Technologies M.S. program is the first graduate program in Turkey tailored for teaching
aspects of computer game technology and equipping students with necessary skills to conduct research in the
area. The program has a strong research component and the students are expected to carry out cutting-edge
research in the game technology domain.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: Graduates of the program can work in computer game development
industry.
The Department encourages students from all disciplines to apply but acknowledges the need for a
common foundation in computer programming, data structures and algorithms, linear algebra, operating
systems and computer architecture. A deficiency program consisting of related courses is available for new
students to complete their preparation before taking graduate level courses.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
979
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
Deficiency Courses
MATH 260: Introduction to Linear Algebra
CENG 200/210/220/230 or equivalent: Introduction to Computers and Programming
CENG 301/EE 441 or equivalent: Algorithms and Data Structures
CENG 334/331: Introduction to Operating Systems/Computer Organization
CENG 443: Introduction to Object Oriented Programming Languages and Systems
Core Courses
GATE 505 Game Development Pipeline (3-0)3
GATE 590 Graduate Seminar NC
GATE 599 Master Thesis NC
Elective Courses
All students should take at six elective courses in total. At least four of these courses have to be from their
assigned track.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
GATE 501 Foundations of Simulations and make a big positive (or negative) impact on user
Games (3-0)3 experience. It then becomes very important to
This course will provide students with a sound develop efficient and solid strategies to determine
introduction to the theories of gaming/simulations whether a game provides a good user experience or
and examine cognitive/social factors and the design not. This course aims to teach the fundamentals of
of computer games/simulations. So, the course will user experience evaluation for games.
have a more psychological and social focus rather
than a technical one. It will be organized around a GATE 511 Game Aesthetics (3-0)3
collection of readings and real-world exercises. The This course aims to provide the students familiar
format of this course is problem-centered. The with aspects related to game aesthetics. This course
lectures, presentations and other resources will be aims at presenting fundamentals of visual design.
used to support the problems that students are Content areas include: history, basic visual design,
working on throughout the semester. visual design in an interactive content, world
design, motion graphics and game art. Special
GATE 508 Game Metrics (3-0)3 emphasis is placed on how visual aesthetics play a
Measurement of usability and user experience in role in the game experience.
games during and after game development is a GATE 522 Procedural Sound Design (3-0)3
process that enhances greatly the overall quality of Games are interactive applications and game worlds
games. It is known that even very small changes can change with interaction. Audio content in games
980
and virtual reality are typically canned recordings flexible and rigid objects, facial animation, and
that are impossible to modify during runtime, behavioral/AI based animation are also studied.
preventing interactivity, causing repetition and
increasing the memory footprint. Procedural audio GATE 538 Introduction to Computer
generation by using interactive synthesis algorithms Graphics (3-0)3
is a solution to circumvent these problems. This Introduction to computer graphics. The rendering
course aims to introduce the students to the concepts pipeline. Rasterization algorithms. Two-
and underpinnings of procedural audio as well as dimensional and three-dimensional transformations.
give them the practical knowhow on procedural Quaternions. Hierarchical modelling. Animation.
sound design for games. Viewing transformations. Rendering basics.
Illumination and color models. Geometrical
GATE 541 Physics for Computer Games Modelling. Hidden surface elimination problem.
(3-0)3 Shading, deformation, ray tracing, radiosity, texture
The course provides the basics of classical mapping, fractal representation and various other
mechanics and numerical methods to solve typical advanced techniques are discussed. Concepts of
physics problems of game programming. After a motion are introduced for the generation of digital
gentle introduction to game physics by presenting animation.
basic concepts, kinematics, force and kinetics,
collision are given together with mathematical tools GATE 540 3D Geometric Modeling and
that are frequently used for physics based game Processing (3-0)3
programming. Programming studio sessions will 3D sensor outputs, 3D data structures, 3D data
provide an opportunity to share programming visualization, modelling of 3D data, 3D surface
practices among participants. models (mesh and spline models), preprocessing of
3D data, 3D registration, 3D feature extraction, 3D
GATE 552 Multi-player Game Design (3-0)3 feature descriptors, 3D object detection and
This course aims to provide the students familiar recognition.
with aspects related to Multi-Player Game Design.
This course aims at presenting the techniques and GATE 710 Modelling Outdoor Virtual
concepts required to develop a multi-player game. Environments for Simulation and Games (3-0)3
Content areas include: introduction, multiplayer This course aims to present the fundamentals of
games, massively multiplayer online games, game outdoor virtual environments in computer games
play and scenario issues in multi-player games, and simulation applications. Outdoor virtual
software architectures, server design for non- environments cover; terrain, geography, vegetation,
playable characters, testing and performance sky, sun, moon, rain, snow, seasons etc. Besides
evaluation. these natural phenomena, life layer entities will also
be mentioned during the course. Good knowledge of
GATE 561 Artificial Intelligence in these components helps game developers to design
Computer Games (3-0)3 and create better titles throughout their professional
The course presents the theoretical basics of life. A practical knowledge of programming
artificial intelligence (AI) and their application to language (C++, C# or Java) is a prerequisite for this
behavior modeling in game development. The first course.
part will introduce common AI architectures, which
can be used in game design, and the second part will GATE 713 Applied Parallel Programming on
cover basic AI techniques towards entity behavior GPU (3-0)3
modeling. In the course, students will be given term The course has been designed to give hands-on
papers to be read, which will be summarized and knowledge and development experience on general
presented in the class. Additionally, the students purpose GPU programming. The students will learn
will form groups, and each group will develop a about the GPU as part of the PC architecture. Then
term project involving behavior modeling in they will learn about development of GPU software
computer games. using CUDA C and OpenCL. Various optimization
issues, particularly effective use of memory and
GATE 532 Computer Animation (3-0)3 floating point calculations will be discussed. The
Main techniques covered in this course include concepts and the effects of optimization will be
keyframing, kinematics, physically based dynamics demonstrated with case studies. Similarities and
modeling, motion capture, story-boarding, scene differences of CUDA and OpenCL will also be
composition, lighting, and sound track generation. discussed around these case studies.
Advanced topics such as dynamic simulation of The students will be expected to propose a compute-
expensive problem to implement on the GPU and
981
then, develop and optimize it on the GPU and development of algorithms for such applications.
compare the performance results with the CPU Students will learn about fundamentals of digital
implementation. They are also expected to compare audio, psychoacoustics, spatial hearing mechanism,
various optimization strategies. room acoustics modelling and auralization, 3D
audio reproduction, and sound synthesis methods
GATE 715 Psychology in Games (3-0)3
GATE 724 Music and Sound Production for
Applications of psychological theories to game Games: Aesthetics and Practice
design, flow, immersion, motivational aspects, basic
psychological needs, rewards and punishments,
This is an applied method course designed to
regulation of multiple goals, psychological biases,
familiarize students with the language of computer
automaticity and priming, escapism, aggression
music and sound production. Prerequisite
knowledge of music is not necessary. This course
GATE 722, Audio for Games and Virtual
aims at presenting fundamentals of music
Environments
composition and sound production based on applied
Spatial and synthetic audio are key elements of
method and theory.
computer games and virtual reality applications
where a high level of realism and immersiveness is
desired within computational limitations of GATE 590 Graduate Seminar NC
available hardware. The entire chain of processes
from the production of sound to its perception all GATE 599 Master's Thesis NC
play part in the success of game audio systems. This
course aims to introduce the fundamental concepts GATE 8XX Special Studies NC
of spatial and synthetic audio for computer games
and virtual reality with a clear focus on
982
M.S. PROGRAM IN BIOINFORMATICS
PROFESSOR
MUMCUOLU, nal Erkan : B.Sc., METU; M.S., Bilkent University; Ph.D., University of Southern
California.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
ZKURT, Tolga : B.Sc., M.S., stanbul Technical University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburg
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
ACAR, Aybar Can (Program Coordinator): : B.Sc. METU, Ph.D. George Mason University
AYDIN SON, Yeim (Head of Health Informatics Department): M.D., Hacettepe University; Ph.D.,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville.
GKAY, Didem : B.Sc., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Florida.
OBJECTIVES: The aim of the Bioinformatics program is to design and implement novel methods
that can be generalized to a defined class of problemsto focus on the acquisition, representation, retrieval,
and analysis of biological data and knowledge.
The Masters Program in Bioinformatics focuses on computational techniques and tools for data
analysis, theoretical modeling of biological processes, and also the design and development of biological tools
and databases. Generally speaking, the program aims at researchers from both science and engineering fields
who are interested in biotechnology, pharmacology, life sciences, or related industries, and who wish to
broaden or upgrade their skills to follow recent breakthroughs and lead research in the area of bioinformatics.
to educate graduates from different disciplines in the theoretical and practical aspects of bioinformatics
to meet the interdisciplinary graduate needs of t academia, and industry, and in the public and private
sectors,
to foster and support interdisciplinary research in the field.
PROGRAM STRUCTURE: Students are required to complete 21 credits of course work during
their studies in the M.S. Program in Bioinformatics. These credits should include three core courses, two area
and two elective courses and a seminar course. Students also submit a masters thesis supervised by an advisor
who is affiliated with bioinformatics program before graduation.
Deficiency courses will be determined based on the undergraduate background of the student and the
courses completed successfully by the student before starting the program.
983
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
BIN 711 Applications of Bioinformatics in BIN 714 Microarray Data Analysis and
Molecular Biology (3-0)3 Informatics (3-0)3
This course aims to introduce frequently used Microarrays are now an established technology in
bioinformatics tools to non-bioinformaticians and molecular biology with increasing number of
will discuss the basic concepts of bioinformatics. applications in genomics and proteomics research.
Recent developments in biological sciences have The main objective of this course is to introduce the
produced a wealth of experimental data of participants to advanced bioinformatics, statistical
sequences and three-dimensional structures of methodologies and software tools for analyzing and
biological macromolecules. With the advances of managing various microarray data, such as
computer and information sciences, these data and transcriptomics, proteomics and genotyping. This
tools to analyze the data available from a variety of course is aimed at advanced MS and PhD level
public sources. The main focus of the course will be students and post-doctoral researchers who are
to teach how to access, handle and interpret this applying or planning to apply microarray analysis
rapidly expanding amount of biological information and bioinformatics methods in their research. The
at an introductory level. Practical section of the course will be presented under three major topics 1)
course will emphasize on how to use the computer Fundamentals of Microarray Technology 2)
and bioinformatics applications to aid in biological Analytics of Microarray Process 3) Microarray
research. Informatics. The latest software packages will be
introduced within appropriate lectures.
BIN 712 Computational Methods In
Bioinformatics (3-0)3 BIN 590 Graduate Seminar NC
986
987
988
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF APPLIED MATHEMATICS
The Institute plans to offer programs leading to Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) and Master of Science
(M.S.) degrees in various areas of mathematical sciences. It is anticipated that the institute will develop
innovative new mathematics-based interdisciplinary programs in the years to come.
Admission: Admission to these programs will be conducted per the "Academic Rules and
Regulations Concerning Graduate Studies of METU. However, some programs may carry additional
requirements. University graduates interested in acquiring skills and expertise in mathematical sciences are
considered to be the natural candidates for these programs. In addition, these programs are also open to the
graduates employed in the industry. In general applicants will be evaluated based on their performance in the
subject area they have graduated in, their ALES (Academic Graduate Education Examination) scores, English
Proficiency, and an optional examination/interview administered by the Institute.
Structure of the Programs: Each program has its own list of core and elective courses. All students
enrolled are required to take core and elective courses described in their selected programs. Students lacking
the necessary background for the program will be required to take the suggested deficiency courses.
Throughout the program, students will be guided by their advisors in making specific course choices to meet
their needs.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS: The institute offers M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Cryptography, Financial
Mathematics, Scientific Computing and M.S. degree in Actuarial Science.
989
M.S. PROGRAMS IN ACTUARIAL SCIENCES
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
KESTEL (SELUK), Sevtap (Department Chair & Associate Director of the Graduate School of Applied
Mathematics): B.S., M.S. METU; M.BA. St. Johns University; Ph.D. METU.
AFFILIATED FACULTY
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
ERKAN BABU, B. Burak: B.S. METU; M.S. University of Warwick; Ph.D. London School of
Economics.
YOZGATLIGL-TALU, Ceylan: B.S., M.S. METU, Ph.D. Temple University.
INSTRUCTORS
OBJECTIVES
To provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary for comprehending and applying
actuarial techniques,
To produce theoretically sound and practical research, which contributes to the advancement of
actuarial science and practice,
To conduct research in practical applications of actuarial, insurance, risk management and risk
analysis.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: This program has both thesis and non-thesis options:
Total: 24 credits
990
M.S. Degree Requirements (Non-Thesis)
9 core courses
3 elective courses
1 seminar course (non-credit)
Term Project (non-credit)
Summer internship (one month)
Total: 36 credits
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
991
M.S. and Ph.D. PROGRAMS IN CRYPTOGRAPHY
AFFILIATED FACULTY
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
INSTRUCTORS
OBJECTIVES: The Cryptography Group (CG) of IAM investigates design and analysis of
cryptographical software and hardware used for information security. CGs research areas can be categorized
as follows: Symmetric cryptosystems (Design and analysis of block ciphers, stream ciphers and pseudorandom
sequences), Asymmetric cryptosystems (Elliptic, Hyperelliptic and algebraic curves in cryptography),
Computational number theory and Coding theory, and Cryptographical hardwares and their analysis.
In view of the research interest of CG, the objectives of the Cryptography Graduate Program can be
summarized as follows:
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: This program has both thesis and non-thesis options
M.S. Degree Requirements - Thesis Option:
6 core courses
1 elective course
1 seminar course (non-credit)
Master's Thesis (non-credit)
Total 21 credits
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
994
M.S. and Ph.D. PROGRAMS IN FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS
PROFESSOR
WEBER, Gerhard Wilhelm (Assistant to the Director of the Graduate School of Applied Mathematics): B.S.,
M.S., Ph.D. Aachen Technical University.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
SELUK-KESTEL, A. Sevtap (Department Chair & Associate Director of the Graduate School of Applied
Mathematics): B.S., M.S. METU; M.BA. St. Johns University; Ph.D. METU.
SEZER, Devin: B.S., METU; Ph.D. Brown University.
UUR, mr: B.S., M.S., Ph.D. METU.
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
AFFILIATED FACULTY
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
INSTRUCTOR
OBJECTIVES:
To provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary for comprehending and applying
existing techniques of Financial Mathematics.
To analyse and manage financial markets.
To conduct research in risk modeling and management, interest rate models, pricing and hedging
portfolio optimization.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: This program has the both thesis and non-thesis options.
M.S. Degree Requirements (Thesis)
7 core courses
995
1 elective courses
1 seminar (non-credit)
Master's Thesis (non-credit)
Total: 24 credits
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
996
Ph.D. Programs Suggested Elective Courses
IAM 614 Methods of Computational Finance
(3-0)3 IAM 525 Game Theory (3-0)3
IAM 615 Advanced Stochastic Calculus for IAM 528 Markov Decisions Processes (3-0)3
Finance IAM 529 Nonlinear Dynamics in
(3-0)3 Economics (3-0)3
BA 6801-Theory of Finance (3-0)3 IAM 542 Stochastic Processes (3-0)3
IAM 543 Regulation and Supervision of
Deficiency Program Financial Risks (3-0)3
IAM 520 Financial Derivatives (3-0)3 IAM 550 Portfolio Optimization (3-0)3
IAM 521 Financial Management (3-0)3 IAM 544 Financial Risk Assessment with
IAM 522 Stochastic Calculus for Finance Matlab (3-0)3
(3-0)3 IAM 554 Interest Rate Models (3-0)3
IAM 524 Financial Economics (3-0)3 IAM 556 Simulation (3-0)3
IAM 541 Probability Theory (3-0)3 IAM 557 Statistical Learning and Simulation
(3-0)3
If admitted by M.S. degree IAM 560 Stochastic Aspects of Dynamics
IAM 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC (3-0)3
IAM 614 Methods of Computational Finance IAM 561 Introduction to Scientific
(3-0)3 Computing I (3-0)3
IAM 615 Advanced Stochastic Calculus for IAM 562 Introduction to Scientific
Finance Computing II (3-0)3
(3-0)3 IAM 563 Methods of Applied Mathematics
BA 6801-Theory of Finance (3-0)3 (3-0)3
IAM 564 Basic algorithms and Programming
All students should take at least four elective (0-4)NC
courses. IAM 566 Numerical Optimization (3-0)3
If admitted by B.S. degree IAM 567 Mathematical Modeling (3-0)3
IAM 581 Special Topics in Financial
Core Courses Mathematics (3-0)3
IAM 520 Financial Derivatives (3-0)3 IAM 585 Decision-Making under
IAM 521 Financial Management (3-0)3 Uncertainity (3-0)3
IAM 522 Stochastic Calculus for Finance IAM 612 Financial Modelling with Jump
(3-0)3 Processes (3-0)3
IAM 524 Financial Economics (3-0)3 MATH 402 Introduction to Optimization (3-0)3
IAM 526 Time Series Applied to Finance MATH 487 Applied Mathematics I (3-0)3
(3-0)3 MATH 488 Applied Mathematics II (3-0)3
IAM 530 Elements of Probability and MATH 583 Partial Differential Equations I
Statistics* (3-0)3 (3-0)3
IAM 541 Probability Theory (3-0)3 MATH 581 Numerical Analysis (3-0)3
IAM 590 Graduate Seminar (0-2)NC MATH 593 Numerical Solutions of Partial
IAM 600 Ph.D. Thesis NC Differential Equations (3-0)3
IAM 614 Methods of Computational Finance ECON 501 Microeconomic Theory I (3-0)3
(3-0)3 ECON 502 Macroeconomic Theory I (3-0)3
IAM 615 Advanced Stochastic Calculus for ECON 503 Microeconomic Theory II (3-0)3
Finance ECON 504 Macroeconomic Theory III (3-0)3
(3-0)3 ECON 507 Econometric Methods I (3-0)3
BA 6801-Theory of Finance (3-0)3 ECON 508 Econometric Methods II (3-0)3
ECON 510 Turkish Economy (3-0)3
Summer Internship ECON 514 Macroeconomics: Theory and
Policy (3-0)3
*Students not having a sufficient background in BA 5514 Risk Management (3-0)3
Statistics will have to take IAM 530 Elements of BA 5814 Investment Management (3-0)3
Probability and Statistics; otherwise they will have BA 5821 Bank Management (3-0)3
to take IAM 556 Simulation BA 5827 Fixed Income Analysis (3-0)3
ELECTIVE COURSES
All students should take at least four elective
courses.
997
M.S. and Ph.D. PROGRAMS IN SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING
PROFESSOR
WEBER, Gerhard Wilhelm (Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Applied Mathematics): B.S., M.S.,
Ph.D. Aachen Technical University.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
AFFILIATED FACULTY
PROFESSORS
AKSEL, Haluk: B.S., M.S. METU; Ph.D. Lehigh University Bethlehem.
GENER, Nevzat Gneri: B.S. Boazii University; M.S., Ph.D. METU.
KARASZEN, Blent: (Department Chair & Director of the Graduate School of Applied Mathematics)
B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Technical University Berlin.
KKSAL, Glser: B.S., M.S. METU; Ph.D. North Carolina State University.
TEZER, Mnevver: B.S., M.S. METU; M.S. University of Saskatchewan; Ph.D. University of Calgary.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
MANGUOLU, Murat (Associate Director of the Graduate School of Applied Mathematics): B.S. METU,
M.S. University of Utah, Ph.D. Purdue University.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
DORU (SERNAAOLU), Yeim: B.S., M.S. METU; Ph.D. Northeastern University.
YGN, Cem: B.S. METU; M.S., Ph.D. Putgers University.
OBJECTIVES:
To train graduates coming from different disciplines at the Masters level with the aim of developing
their skills in solving real life problems and being able to apply them science, engineering and industry,
To cultivate collaboration among research groups in mathematics, science and engineering departments
at METU,
To provide a platform for active participation of research groups from METU in the international
research community by establishing research networks and participating in international projects,
To organize international workshops and summer schools in order to introduce researchers and upcoming
students to the new, developing areas of Scientific Computing.
To establish contacts among in the Scientific Computing program and the industrial establishment in
Turkey for the purpose of demonstrating modern methods applicable to industrial problems, and organize
Mathematics in Industry workshops with representatives from the industry.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS:
998
Ph.D. Degree Requirements
If admitted by B.S. degree
If admitted by M.S. degree
4 core courses
7 elective courses 10 elective courses
Ph.D. thesis (non-credit) 1 seminar course (non-credit)
IAM 600 Ph.D. Thesis (non-credit )
Total 21 credits Total 42 credits
GRADUATE CURRICULUM
999
IE 554 Discrete Optimization (3-0)3 Mechanics (3-0)3
OR 503 Nonlinear Optimization (3-0)3
OR 504 Large Scale Optimization (3-0)3
ME 517 Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3-0)3
ME 547 Introduction to Continuum
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
1001
IAM 525 Game Theory (3-0)3 vector fields, equilibrium solutions, invariant
Strategic games, Nash equilibrium, Bayesian manifolds, periodic solutions. Poincare-Bendixson
Games, Mixed, Correlated, Evolutionary theorem, Poincare maps. Stability, Lyapunov
equilibrium, Extensive games with perfect functions. Periodic attractors. Quasiperiodic
information, Bargaining games, Repeated games, solutions, bifurcations, center manifold reduction;
Extensive games with imperfect information, structural stability, chaos.
Sequential equilibrium, Coalition games, Core,
Stable sets, Bargaining sets, Shapley value, Market IAM 530 Elements of Probability and
games, Cooperation under uncertainty. Statistics (3-0)3
Probability spaces, random variables, probability
IAM 526 Time Series Applied to Finance distributions and probability densities, conditional
(3-0)3 probability, Bayes formula, mathematical
Univariate linear stochastic models: ARMA and expectation, moments. Sampling distributions,
ARIMA models building and forecasting using decision theory, estimation (theory and
these models. Univariate non-linear stochastic applications), hypothesis testing (theory and
models: Stochastic variance models, ARCH applications), regression and correlation, analysis of
processes and other non-linear univariate models. variance, non-parametric tests.
Topics in the multivariate modeling of financial
time series. Applications of these techniques to IAM 541 Probability Theory (3-0)3
finance such as time series modeling of equity Probability spaces. Independence. Conditional
returns, trading day effects and volatility probability. Product probability spaces. Random
estimations will be discussed. variables and their distributions. Distribution
functions. Mathematical expectation (Integration
IAM 527 Advanced Calculus and with respect to a probability measure.) Lp-spaces.
Integration (4-2)5 Moments and generating functions. Conditional
Review of linear algebra: matrices and linear expectation. Linear estimation. Gaussian vectors.
systems, determinants, vector spaces and subspaces, Various convergence concepts. Central Limit
orthogonality, linear transformations, eigenvalues Theorem. Laws of large numbers.
and eigenvectors. Review of multivariate calculus:
limits, differentiation, chain rule, Taylors theorem, IAM 542 Stochastic Processes (3-0)3
inverse and implicit function theorems, directional This course is a nonmeasure theoretic introduction
derivatives, Lagrange multipliers. Sequences of to stochastic processes, and as such assumes a
series and functions: uniform convergence, knowledge of calculus and elementary probability.
continuity, differentiation and integration. Some of the theory of stochastic processes is
Integration: Riemann-Stieltjes, bounded and presented and diverse range of its applications is
monotone convergence theorems, change of indicated. Outline of Topics: Poisson process,
variables, Fubini theorem. Measure and Lebesgue Renewal Theory, discrete-time Markov chains,
integration: sigma-algebra, measurable space, continuous-time Markov chains, martingales,
measurable functions, integration on measurable random walks, Brownian Motion. Applications to
spaces. queueing and to ruine problems.
IAM 528 Markov Decision Processes IAM 543 Regulation and Supervision of
(3-0)3 Financial Risks (3-0)3
Discrete-time Markov chains: Ordinary and strong Rationale for Regulating/Supervising Financial
Markov properties, classification of states, Risks. International Regulatory& Supervisory
stationary probabilities, limit theorems. Continuous- Framework. Quantitative Techniques and
time Markov chains (a survey). Discrete-time Application (based on Excel/ VBA/ Cyristall Ball).
Markovian Decision Processes: Various policies, Financial Scandals. Hedge Funds. Project works.
policy-iteration algorithm, linear programming
formulation, value-iteration algorithm. Semi- IAM 544 Financial Risk Assessment
Markov Decision Processes. Applications to With Matlab (3-0)3
inventory problems, to portfolio optimization and to Introduction to programming in Matlab.
communication systems. Computations of Probability Distributions in
Matlab. Distribution Fit. Mixed distributions.
IAM 529 Applied Nonlinear Dynamics Computation of Unconditional and Conditional
(3-0)3 Probabilities. OLS, MLE, Properties of the
Basics of discrete dynamical systems: mappings, estimators. Autocorrelation-Heteroscedasticity-
time series, orbits, fixed points. The theory of flows, Nonlinearity in time series. Commands for AR-MA-
1002
ARMA-ARIMA-ARCH-GARCH- Multivariate financing, optimal strategies, optimal portfolios
GARCH modeling. Measuring the risk of foreign (problems); martingale method; stochastic control
exchange, equities, derivatives, bonds. Computation and portfolio optimization.
of Zero Coupon Bond-Duration-Convexity-Forward
Rate-Yield Curve (Interpolation and Function based IAM 552 Credibility Theory (3-0) 3
approaches i.e. Nelson-Siegel). Computation of Risk rating, Bayes premiums, credibility estimators,
Portfolio Value at Risk, Covariance VaR, Delta- large claims and credibility, Buhlman-Straub and
Normal VaR, Historical Simulation-Filtered other relevant models, hierarchical and
Historical Simulation-Bootstrap, Monte Carlo multidimensional credibility, linear models, linear
Simulation of Geometric Brownian Motion, CRR, trend models, evolutionary models.
CIR, Vasicek, HJM models.
IAM 554 Interest Rate Models (3-0)3
IAM 546 Actuarial Risk Theory (3-0) 3 Interest Rate Derivatives: Futures, Options on
Basic concepts of probability in sense of risk theory, Bonds, and Options on Interest Rates such as Caps
Introduction to risk processes (claim number and Floors. Models of Arbitrage-Free pricing of
process, claim amount process, total claim number Interest-Rate Derivatives: Arbitrage Pricing Theory
process, total claim amount process, inter- for Derivative Securities. Basics for The Modeling
occurrence process), Convolution and mixed type of Interest-Rate movements. Dynamics of Interest-
distributions, Risk models (individual and collective Rate movements. Short-Rate Models and the Heath-
risk models), Numerical methods (simple methods Jarrow-Morton Model of Forward Rates. Change of
for discrete distributions, Edgeworth approximation, Numraire Technique. Derivation of Formulae for
Esscher approximation, normal power the Pricing and Hedging of Certain Derivatives.
approximation), Premium calculation principles, Numerical Methods for the Actual Implementation
Credibility Theory, Retentions and reinsurance, of the Valuation of Term Structure Models.
Ruin theory, Ordering of risks.
IAM 555 Statistical Decision Theory (3-0) 3
IAM 547 Risk Management and Insurance Introduction to decision making, expected loss,
(3-0) 3 decision rules and risk, decision principles, utility
Definition of risk, insurance and surety. Risk and loss, prior information and subjective
management techniques and some applications in probability, Bayesian analysis, posterior
real life problems. Economic and social significance distribution, Bayesian inference, Bayesian Decision
of insurance. Laws of agency, contract, and theory, minimax analysis, value of information,
negligence and their applications to insurance. sequential decision procedures, multi decision
Types, scope and organization of insurance problems.
companies. Construction of policies including
limitations on recovery. Underwriting, marketing, IAM 556 Simulation (3-0)3
rating and regulation of insurance. Covers the Basic introduction to simulation concepts,
principles of risk management, property-liability generation of random variables from distributions,
insurance and life health insurance. Insurance test for randomness, Monte Carlo Simulation,
regulations, laws, and insurance practice in Turkey. selecting input distribution, discrete event
simulation, variance reduction techniques, statistical
IAM 549 Fundamentals of Insurance analysis of output.
(3-0) 3
Basic concepts, Insurance related institutions, their IAM 557 Statistical Learning and
relations with insurance companies, connection to Simulation (3-0)3
market and investment tools, the role of laws, Introduction to statistical learning, simulation and
regulations, terms and conditions, parties and supervised learning. Linear methods of regression
partners in insurance sector, types of insurance, and classification. Model assessment and selection.
pricing, product development, managerial and Model inference and averaging. Additive models,
financial operations in an insurance company, trees and related methods. Prototype methods and
investment strategies, financial management in nearest neighbors. Cluster algorithms and support
insurance companies, field trip to insurance vector machines. Unsupervised learning.
companies.
IAM 558 Reinsurance Theory (3-0) 3
IAM 550 Portfolio Optimization (3-0)3 Fundamentals of reinsurance including historical
Mean-Variance (Markowitz) analysis; continuous- development, terminology and distribution systems.
time market model in finance; options and exotic Treaty forms, facultative reinsurance, underwriting,
options, pricing (valuation) of options; self- rating, accounting and contract issues, analysis of
1003
annual statement, testing methods, advanced rating IAM 567 Mathematical Modeling (3-0)3
methods in property and casualty excess contracts, Models and cases studies from biology, engineering
analysis accumulations, retention, contract wording and mechanics, in form of ordinary and partial
and programming. differential equations. Geometric and discrete
models. Elements of inverse problems (image and
IAM 560 Stochastic Aspects of data processing). Stochastic models in finance.
Dynamics (3-0)3 Coursework and computer lab with MATLAB
This course is about densities. In the history of
science, the concept of densities emerged only IAM 572 Finite Element Methods for
recently as attempts were made to provide unifying Partial Differential Equations:
descriptions of phenomena that appeared to be Theory and Applications (3-0)3
statistical in nature. In view of the formal FEM for one dimensional problems. Variational
developments of probability and statistics, we have formulation and weak solutions. FEM for elliptic
come to associate the appearance of densities with equations. FEM spaces. Error analysis and
the description of large systems containing inherent adaptivity. Diffusion-convection equations. Time
elements of uncertainty. The aim of this course is to dependent problems. Iterative solution techniques
introduce the students into the theory of Markov and preconditioning.
operators, ergodic theory, and their applications to
study of chaotic dynamical systems. IAM 573 System Parameter Estimation
and its Applications (3-0)3
IAM 561 Introduction to Scientific Estimation theory, various estimation problems,
Computing I (3-0)3 modeling of deterministic systems, modeling of
Introduction, Systems of Linear Equations, Iterative stochastic processes, linear estimators, nonlinear
Methods, Linear Least Squares, Eigenvalue estimation, system identification, maximum
Problems, Nonlinear Equations, Optimization likelihood and least squares estimation, denoising,
Coursework and Programming Projects. impulse analysis of systems, density estimation.
1005
Further topics in numerical solutions, simulation IAM 72X Special Topics in
and calibration of stochastic processes. Scientific Computing (3-0)3
Courses not listed in catalogue. Contents vary from
IAM 664 Inverse Problems (3-0)3 year to year according to the interest of students and
Classification of inverse problems, linear instructor in charge.
regression, discretizing continuous inverse
problems, rank-deficiency, Tikhonov regularization, IAM 74X Special Topics in Financial
iterative methods, other regularization techniques, Mathematics (3-0)3
Fourier techniques, nonlinear inverse problems, Courses not listed in catalogue. Contents vary from
Bayesian methods. year to year according to interest of students and
instructor in charge.
IAM 665 Advanced Continuous
Optimization (3-0)3 IAM 76X Special Topics in
Globalization techniques, semidefinite and conic Actuarial Science (3-0)3
optimization, derivative free optimization, semi- Courses not listed in catalogue. Contents vary from
infinite optimization methods, Newton Krylov year to year according to interest of students and
methods, nonlinear parameter estimation and instructor in charge.
advanced spline regression, multi-objective
optimization, nonsmooth optimization, optimization IAM 8XX Special Studies (4-2)NC
in support vector machines. M.S. students choose and study a topic under the
guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
IAM 70X Special Topics in advisor.
Cryptography (3-0)3
Courses not listed in catalogue. Contents vary from IAM 9XX Advanced Studies (4-0)NC
year to year according to the interest of students and Graduate students as a group or a Ph.D. student
instructor in charge. choose and study advanced topics under the
guidance of a faculty member, normally his/her
supervisor.
1006
1007
1008
METU NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS
TMER Turgut, (Department Chair of the Board); B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., University of Manchester-
UMIST
ALPAS Hami (Member Acting Secretary General of METU); B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU
AYVAIK Belgin, (Member - Assistant to the President of METU); B.S., Hacettepe University; M.S.,
University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Mississippi
DEN Sevgi (Member Undersecretary of Ministry of Education, TRNC); B.S., Teacher Training
Academy, M.S., Near East University
ERELEB idem, (Member - Vice President of METU); B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU
KAVAZ Hseyin, (Member - Director of Higher Educational and Foreign Affairs Department of Ministry
of Education, TRNC); B.S., Gazi University
ZGVEN Nevzat, (Member - Vice President of METU); B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of
Manchester-UMIST
CAMPUS ADMINISTRATION
President of the Campus: TMER S. Turgut, Prof. Dr., B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., University of Manchester-
UMIST (From METU-Ankara)
Vice President of the Campus: TAYMAZ Erol, Prof. Dr., B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve
University (From METU-Ankara)
Vice President of the Campus: MEHMETOLU M. Tanju, Prof. Dr., B.S., METU; M.S., University of
Manchester; Ph.D., McGill University (From METU-Ankara)
Vice President of the Campus: YILDIRIM Ali, Prof. Dr., B.A., Ankara University; M.A, M.Ed., Ed.D,
Columbia University (From METU-Ankara)
Head of Academic Board of Engineering and Natural Sciences: GRKAN Trker, Prof. Dr., B.S., M.S.,
METU; Ph.D., University of Missouri (From METU-Ankara)
Head of Academic Board of Social Sciences: BOZTEMUR Recep, Prof. Dr., B.A., Ankara University; M.A.,
METU; Ph.D., University of Utah (From METU-Ankara)
Assistant to the President: KSEL Ali Ula zgr, Assoc. Prof. Dr., B.S., METU; Ph.D., University of
California, Los Angeles
Assistant to the President: SHIKAKHWA Mohammad, Assoc. Prof. Dr., B.S., University of Jordan; M.S.,
Ph.D., METU
Director of School of Foreign Languages: IIK TA Eda, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., METU
Secretary General of the Campus: KPEL Levent, B.S., Gazi University
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Middle East Technical University Northern Cyprus Campus (METU NCC) was established as a result of an
invitation conveyed to METU in the year 2000 by the Governments of Republic of Turkey and Turkish
Republic of Northern Cyprus (TRNC), with the mission of carrying METUs educational standards to
Northern Cyprus. It is a major higher education project financed by the Republic of Turkey and serves not only
the Turkish students but also the international community. METU Northern Cyprus Campus is built on an area
of 339 hectares (137 acres), approximately 50 km west of Lefkoa (Nicosia) and 6 km north of Gzelyurt
(Morphou) a town with a population of 19,000. The campus with modern education buildings, laboratories,
student dormitories, staff housing and wide range of social, cultural and sports facilities and recreational areas
has been completed to accomodate around 3000 students.
METU NCC started admitting students to undergraduate programs in Ankara Campus in 2003-2004, and has
been carrying out education and research activities since the 2005-2006 academic year in the campus facilities
established in Gzelyurt, TRNC. METU NCC commenced the 2013 2014 academic year with 15
undergraduate and 3 graduate programs in engineering and social sciences.
METU NCC is attached to the main campus in Ankara in all academic and administrative affairs. All degree
programs of METU NCC are approved by the METU Senate, and provide the same quality standards of the
main campus in Ankara. The METU NCC academic staff are recruited and promoted in accordance with the
criteria set forth by METU Senate and Administrative Board.
1010
METU NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS
SCHOOL OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES
Academic Staff
(2013-2014 Academic Year)
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
1012
ENGL 041 Upper-Intermediate Level into two parts, namely job-seeking skills (CV and
This 320-hour course is designed to cater for the application letter writing, interview skills, etc.) and
needs of upper-intermediate level students whose on-the-job skills. Emphasis is given to accuracy,
proficiency level is only slightly below the level fluency and effectiveness of students in certain
required by the University. The aim of this course is business tasks such as socializing, telephoning,
to provide students with meaningful language presenting information, and holding meetings.
practice through the use of tasks which require them Prerequisites: ENGL101, ENGL102, and
to put into practice the academic skills that they will ENGL211.
need to use during their freshman year
FRENCH
ENGL 042 English Towards Proficiency
This 320-hour course aims to provide students who FRN 201 Beginning French I (4-0)4
have have obtained a score of 49.5-59 in METU French 201 is a class for students with no
English Proficiency Exam (EPE) with further input experience in the language. Basic conversation,
and practice in language skills. While the course reading, listening and writing skills are taught at the
content is mostly based on course books, ample 201 level. Students learn regular verbs ending in
practice aimed at EPE type tasks is given during the "er" and some irregular verbs: to be, to have, to do,
latter stages of the course. to go, etc. Present tenses, basic negations, questions,
adjectives, pronouns usage are also part of the 201
ENGL 101 Development of Reading and core. Main conversation topics include: introducing
Writing Skills I (4-0)4 oneself, talking about food, clothes, family, telling
The course reinforces academic reading skills time, and different actions in the present tenses.
(finding the main idea, skimming, scanning, Prerequisites: ENGL101,ENGL102 and consent of
inferring information, guessing vocabulary from the instructor.
context, etc.) through reading selections on a variety
of topics. It also aims at developing critical FRN 202 Beginning French II (4-0)4
thinking, which enables students to respond to the French 202 is a continuation of FRN 201. Students
ideas in a well-organized written format. Other who desire to enter the 202 level without taking 201
reading related writing skills such as paraphrasing should acquire the textbook used in the 201 level
and summarizing are also dealt with in this course. and review the chapters covered in that class. More
of the basic conversation, reading, listening and
ENGL 102 Development of Reading and writing skills are taught at the 202 level. Students
Writing Skills II (4-0)4 learn more regular and irregular verbs. Future,
The course reinforces academic writing skills. In subjunctive and more past tenses are introduced as
this course students write different types of essays well as grammar items such as question formation
based on the ideas they are exposed to in the reading and pronoun usage. Main conversation topics
selections. The emphasis is on the writing process in include: talking about memories, hobbies, future
which students go through many stages from plans and cultural aspects of the French speaking
brainstorming and outlining to producing a world.
complete documented piece of writing.Prerequisite: Prerequisite: ENGL101,ENGL102, FRN 201 and
ENGL101 consent of the instructor.
ENGL 211 Academic Oral Presentation FRN 203 Intermediate French I (4-0)4
Skills (3-0)3 French 203 is foremost a review of some of the
The course aims at developing oral presentation basic grammar items covered in previous courses
skills. To this end, students are engaged in with an emphasis on exceptions to rules and new
classroom discussions following advanced reading vocabulary items to improve conversation skills.
texts on a variety of topics. In this course students Conversation, reading and writing skills are taught
study effective presentation techniques, do in order for students to improve their knowledge
extensive reading and carry out research to give and usage of the language. French 203 reviews and
presentations of different functions with mature improves usage of regular verbs (like "parler"
content and topical vocabulary. "finir" "repondre") and some of the irregular verbs
Prerequisites: ENGL101, and ENGL102. (using all the tenses).
Prerequisites: ENGL101,ENGL102, FRN 202 and
ENGL 311 Advanced Communication Skills consent of the instructor.
(3-0)3
This is a course designed to develop communication
skills in a business context. The course is divided
1013
FRN 204 Intermediate French II (4-0)4 GRM 203 Intermediate German I (4-0)4
French 204 is a continuation of FRN 203. Students This first level of the intermediate sequence reviews
need to understand that entering a 204 level requires the basic skills which students acquired in their
a good understanding of spoken French as well as elementary language study and expands upon them.
the ability to write and express oneself in the Although a thorough review of all grammar is
language. Students entering this specific level will given, special attention is paid to the following
join a group of their peers who have used and difficult areas of grammar: adjective endings, past
reviewed the language at the 203 level with tenses, relative pronouns. The exercises are
exercises in conversation, reading, listening and designed to increase your ability to read, write,
writing skills. French 204 reviews and improves the speak and understand German. You will be given a
use of subjunctive, conditional and future tenses. selection of authentic reading assignments which
Complex sentences, questions and prepositions use are appropriate for your level, and which deal with
are also part of the curriculum. topics of German-speaking culture and life in
Prerequisites: ENGL101,ENGL102, FRN 203 and Europe. Role play, pair work and writing
consent of the instructor. assignments ask for your personal, creative reaction
to the readings. Real life situations such as
GERMAN dialogues in restaurants and at the train station are
imitated in classroom pair work. All class
GRM 201 Basic German I (4-0)4 discussions, readings and written assignments are in
German 101 begins with an introduction to basic German, but do not require an advanced level of
vocabulary, from numbers and greetings through language ability.
foods and furniture to travel topics. Class time is Prerequisites: ENGL101,ENGL102, GRM 202 and
used to practice speaking and listening skills, where consent of the instructor.
you can expect to respond to questions, do
numerous pair exercises and participate in role GRM 204 Intermediate German II (4-0)4
playing. Students learn about the gender of nouns German 204 is a continuation of the intermediate
and pronouns, the nominative, accusative and dative level and builds upon the skills practiced in 203
cases and the use of prepositions. Regular and including further work on passive voice, subjunctive
irregular verbs in both the present and present and relative pronouns. GER 203 is the prerequisite
perfect tenses are taught as well as modal auxiliary for advanced level German language classes.
verbs. Among others, the basic functions of asking Classroom discussions and written assignments
and giving personal information, making a center on authentic short literary and cultural texts
purchase, ordering in a restaurant, and giving and one novella of moderate length. The course is
directions are stressed in written homework as well taught in German. Class work provides listening and
as in oral work in class. The reading assignments speaking practice while homework affords the
and supplements to the book provide interesting chance to sharpen writing skills.
cultural information about the German-speaking Prerequisites: ENGL101,ENGL102, GRM 203 and
countries. consent of the instructor.
Prerequisites: ENGL101,ENGL102 and consent of
the instructor. SPANISH
1015
NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS
DEGREE PROGRAMS UNDER ACADEMIC BOARD OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
Academic Staff
(2013-2014 Academic Year)
1016
MANDRIK Carter, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Business Administration; B.S., M.B.A., Rensselaer Polytechnic
Institute; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
NYAZ Asl, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Psychology; B.S., METU; M.S., University of Kent; Ph.D., London South
Bank University
ONUK Tayfun Can, Instr., Turkish, B.A., M.A., Bakent University, M.A. (in progress) Hacettepe University
OWEN Dean, V. Prof. Dr. (Adjunct), Guidance and Psychological Counseling; B.A., M.A., University of
South Florida; Ph.D., University of Florida
ZBLGN GEZGN Alev, Instr. Dr., Teaching English as a Foreign Language; B.A., Hacettepe University;
M.A., Bilkent University; Ph.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ZELK Emre, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Coordinator of Economics Program; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU
ZDEMR Yonca, Assist. Prof. Dr., Political Science and International Relations; B.A., METU; M.A.,
University of Delaware; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
ZMEN Erdal, Prof. Dr., Economics; B.A., M.A., METU; Ph.D., University of Manchester
(From METU-Ankara)
ZOLU POAN Burak, Instr. Dr. (Adjunct), Business Administration; B.S. METU; M.S., Ph.D., Ankara
University, the University of Manchester
RIVAS R.M. Fernanda, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Economics; B.A., Universidad de la Republica; M.Phil.,
Universitat Autonoma; Ph.D. Universitat Autonoma
SAURIN Jochaim Julian, V. Assoc. Prof. Dr., Coordinator of Political Science and International Relations
Graduate Program; B.A., Ph.D., University of Southampton
SELV Ali Fuad, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Teaching English as a Foreign Language, B.A., M.A., METU; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
SOLYALI Ouz, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Assistant to the Head of Academic Board of Social Sciences, Business
Administration; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU
SZER Hande, Instr. Dr. Political Science and International Relations; B.S., METU; M.A., Boazii
University; Ph.D, University of Pittsburgh
TAYMAZ Erol, Prof. Dr., Vice President of the Campus, Economics; B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Case
Western Reserve University (From METU-Ankara)
UZGREN MERZFONLUOLU Yasemin, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Coordinator of Business Administration
Program; B.S., Bilkent University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Florida
WALTER Mary Ann, Assist. Prof. Dr., Teaching English as a Foreign Language; B.A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
YAZICI Nevin, Instr. Dr., History; B.A., M.A., Gazi University; Ph.D., Ankara University
YILDIRIM Ali, Prof. Dr., Vice President of the Campus, Educational Sciences, B.A., Ankara University;
M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Columbia University (From METU-Ankara)
YTOLU Nur, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Teaching English as a Foreign Language, B.A., stanbul University;
M.A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Georgia State University
AYDIN Hamdi, Instr. Dr., Business Administration; M.B.A, Michigan State University; Ph.D., Uluda
University (From METU-Ankara)
BLG Reyhan, Prof.Dr., Psychology, B.A.,Hacettepe University; M.A., New York University; Ph.D.,
Illinois Institute of Technology (From METU-Ankara)
IRAKMAN Elif, Assist. Prof. Dr., Philosophy; B.S., METU; M.A., University of Warwick, England; Ph.D.,
METU (From METU-Ankara)
DOWEY Derek, Instr., Teaching English as a Foreign Language; B.A., CIMA; M.A., International American
University
EROL Sleyman, Instr. Dr., Business Administration; B.S., METU; M.S., University of Illinois at UC; Ph.D.,
Marmara University
1017
ERZDEN Ozan, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Political Science and International Relations, M.A., PhD., Istanbul
University
GNDZ Mge, Instr. Dr., Teaching English as a Foreign Language, B.S., M.S., Hacettepe University;
Ph.D., University of Leicester (Form METU-Ankara)
GRBZ Tarkan, Instr. Dr., Computer Education and Instructional Technology, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU
(From METU-Ankara)
YGN Cem, Assist. Prof. Dr., Business Administration; B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers University
(From METU-Ankara)
KENTEL SAGUN Aysu, Instr. Dr., Architecture; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Bilkent University
KILINOLU AKIR Sevil, Instr., Political Science and International Relations; B.S., Hacettepe University;
M.A., METU, Ph.D., Leiden University (in progress)
KORKUT NAYKI Nil, Assist. Prof. Dr., Teaching English as a Foreign Language, B.S., M.S. Ph.D.,
METU (Form METU-Ankara)
KKKAYA Engin, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Business Administration; B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D. University of
South Florida, COBA (From METU-Ankara)
ZDEMR Ali Murat, Prof. Dr., Political Science and International Relations; B.S., Ankara University; M.S.,
University of Sussex; Ph.D. METU
SAIN MEK idem, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Teaching English as a Foreign Language, B.S., M.S., METU;
Ph.D. University of Hamburg, Linguistics (Form METU-Ankara)
SARI Ramazan, Prof. Dr., Business Administration; B.A., Hacettepe University; M.A., Ph.D., Texas
University (From METU-Ankara)
SELIIK, Serhat, Instr., Arts; B.A., M.A., Hacettepe University
SEVM Burcu, Intr. Dr., Psychology, B.S., M.S., Ph.D, METU
SOL Ayhan, Prof. Dr., Philosophy; B.S., stanbul University, M.S., Florida University; Ph.D., METU
(From METU-Ankara)
TOKEL Tuba, Assist. Prof. Dr., Computer Education and Instructional Technology; B.S., M.S., METU;
Ph.D., Texas University (From METU-Ankara)
TOKER Yonca, Assist. Prof. Dr., Psychology, B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology
(From METU-Ankara)
TOROS Emete, Instr. Dr.,; Business Administration; B.S., stanbul University, M.B.A., University of West
Georgia; Ph.D., Salford University, UK
TR zlem, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Political Science and International Relations, B.S., M.S. METU; Ph.D.
University of Durham (Form METU-Ankara)
1018
NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
BUS 111 Fundamentals of Business (3-0)3 BUS 142 Financial Accounting (3-0)3
ECO 101 Microeconomics (4-0)4 BUS 152 Statistics for Social Sciences (3-0)3
ENGL 101 Development of Reading and CNG 100 Introduction to Information
Writing Skills I (4-0)4 Technologies and Appl. (2-0)NC
GPC 100 First Year on Campus ECO 102 Macroeconomics (4-0)4
Seminar (0-2)1 ENGL 102 Development of Reading and
MAT 119(a) Calculus with Analytic Geometry Writing Skills II (4-0)4
(4-2)5 PSIR 108 Introduction to Global Politics
PSIR 101 Intro. to Sociol. and Politics (3-0)3 (3-0)3
(b)
TUR 101 Turkish I (2-0)NC TUR 102(b) Turkish II (2-0)NC
SECOND YEAR
BUS 221 Org. Beh. and Soc. Psychol. (3-0)3 BUS 222 Organization Theory (3-0)3
BUS 271 Principles of Marketing (3-0)3 BUS 232 Info. Sys. and Prog. (3-0)3
BUS 281 Principles of Finance (3-0)3 BUS 242 Managerial Accounting (3-0)3
PSIR 237 Principles of Law (3-0)3 ENGL 211 Acad. Oral Pres. Skills (3-0)3
XXX xxx Elective (-)3 XXX xxx Elective (-)3
HST 201(c) Principles of Kemal Atatrk I HST 202(c) Principles of Kemal Atatrk II
(2-0)NC (2-0)NC
THIRD YEAR
Sixth Semester
Fifth Semester
BUS 312 Business Law (3-0)3
BUS 321 Human Resource Manag. (3-0)3 BUS 352 Management Science (3-0)3
BUS 361 Operations Management (3-0)3 XXX xxx Elective (-)3
ENGL 311 Advan. Communic. Skills (3-0)3 XXX xxx Elective (-)3
XXX xxx Elective (-)3 XXX xxx Elective (-)3
XXX xxx Elective (-)3
1019
FOURTH YEAR
BUS 431 Information Systems (3-0)3 BUS 400 Graduation Project (0-6)3
XXX xxx Elective (-)3 BUS 412 Strategic Processes
XXX xxx Elective (-)3 and Management (3-0)3
XXX xxx Elective (-)3 XXX xxx Elective (-)3
XXX xxx Elective (-)3 XXX xxx Elective (-)3
XXX xxx Elective (-)3
(a)
Students who are unable to achieve the minimum required passing grade in the Mathematics Proficiency
Exam are required to take MAT 100 before MAT 119
(b)
International students will take TUR 201 and TUR 202, which may be taken in the first year by the consent
of the advisor.
(c)
International students will take HST 205 and HST 206 instead of HST 201 and HST 202.
ELECTIVE COURSES
The curriculum has 14 elective courses, seven of which should be taken from the BUS program. At most
three free electives can be taken. The remaining courses can be BUS (elective), ECO, PSIR courses (2nd
year or higher level with at least 3 credits).
The list below shows some of the Business courses that may be offered as electives.
1020
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
BUS 111 Fundamentals of Business (3-0)3 supporting empirical evidence. Current issues in
Basic concepts and principles of Management; the organization theory, decision-making, the
functions of planning, organizing, staffing, directing organizational environment, and the changing
and controling, and their relationships to key issues nature of organization in contemporary society.
in Management practice such as leadership,
motivation, and communication.
BUS 232 Information Systems and
BUS 142 Financial Accounting (3-0)3 Programming
This course will provide students with a solid (3-0)3
foundation for becoming a manager by giving them Advanced features of word processors,
a fundamental understanding of accounting theory spreadsheets, and data base management systems.
and practice both internationally and in Turkey. Internet applications. Web page design with html
Students will be provided with the basic tools they tags. Introduction to algorithms and structured
require from the field of Financial Accounting. programming. Structure and basic elements of a
programming language: Character set, identifiers,
BUS 152 Statistics for Social Sciences data types and declarations, constants, and
(3-0)3 expressions. Selection and looping. Modular
This course covers basic statistical concepts and programming: Functions and procedures. Text files.
methods useful in decision making in the business One-dimensional arrays.
environment. Emphasis on descriptive and
inferential tools used in converting raw data into BUS 242 Managerial Accounting (3-0)3
useful information. Use of statistical computer Introduction to managerial accounting. Accounting
packages and interpretation of statistical results. as an informational system to provide managers
Topics include descriptive statistics, discrete and with the basis for decision-making. Includes basic
continuous probability distributions, sampling CVP analysis, job and process costing, standard
distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, costing and variance analysis, as well as specific
analysis of variance, simple linear regression, situational decision-making matrices.
multiple regression, multiple regression model Prerequisite: BUS 142.
building, and time series analysis.
BUS 252 Applied Business Techniques
BUS 221 Organizational Behavior and (3-0)3
Social Psychology (3-0)3 Use of intermediate statistical techniques in
The human element is a fundamental component of business and economic problem solving (ie cost
management. This course introduces students to the estimation, forecasting, survey analyss). Includes
fundamental concepts and research in social non-parametric tests, analysis of data across
psychology and human behavior. Particular different groups, regression model buildng and
attention is given to human behavior in large and estimation (including non-linear forms and
complex organizations and the impact of moderating and mediatng effects), time series
organizations on human interrelationships. The forecasting and index numbers.
course thus focuses on how social factors influence Prerequisite: BUS 152.
individual behavior. Topics include basic research
methods, causes and effects of biases, attribution, BUS 271 Principles of Marketing (3-0)3
happiness, depression, individualism, collectivism, Introduction to the nature of marketing;
conformity, gender, corruption, communitarianism, development of marketing over time; consumer
persuasion, groups and productivity, diversity and behavior; market segmentation; product
prejudice, conflict. Skills and strategies in development and policies; pricing methods and
organizational development and change, such as practices; distribution, marketing communications;
leadership, influence and control systems, group marketing research; international marketing;
dynamics, and personal/organizational goals. The contemporary issues in marketing.
implications for managers in these areas are a major
focus for this course. BUS 281 Principles of Finance (3-0)3
This course addresses the theory and practice of
BUS 222 Organization Theory (3-0)3 financial management--the generation and
Introductory survey and analysis of major theories allocation of financial resources. It provides
dealing with organizational characteristics and students with grounding in the basic concepts of
processes. The relationship between theories and finance, including the time value of money, the role
1021
of financial markets, asset valuation, capital Prerequsite: BUS 152.
budgeting decisions, portfolio theory, asset pricing,
and the risk-return tradeoff. BUS 381 Financial Institutions and
Prerequisite: BUS 142. Markets (3-0)3
The course does not aim to make experts of the
BUS 312 Business Law (3-0)3 students in the field of high finance but it does
Introductory course on the legal environment of aspire to build with them a firm grasp of the basic
business. The course covers such subjects as: financial principles that guide financial decisions
merchants, their rights and obligations; contract and financial markets operations. Financial
agency; legal forms of business; negotiable intermediation will be explained and substantiated
instruments; insurance law; maritime law. along with operations, functions and participants of
the markets. The evolution of the markets will be
explained along with the pricing methods of money
BUS 321 Human Resource Management markets and capital markets. This overview will be
(3-0)3 extended to include international markets as well.
The Management of human resources in complex The course will move also to the actual instruments
organizations. Personnel recruitment and selection; the markets use and how these can be optimally
increasing employee effectiveness; employee and used by the players. Principles of money
Management development; performance evaluation; management will be explained as well as industry-
motivation communication; employee morale; labor relevant portfolio management techniques. The
Management relations; grievance and disciplinary advent of EU institutions and the introduction of the
actions; incentives and security. Euro will be examined and explained in terms of the
Prerequisite: BUS 221. above.
Prerequisite: BUS 281.
1026
NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS - SUNY NEW PALTZ
GENERAL INFORMATION: Since its establishment, The Middle East Technical University has
embraced international quality standards and aimed for international recognition. In recent years, our
university has developed different collaboration models in education and research with foreign institutions.
This program is the result of a cooperation model between METU NCC and the State University of
New York at New Paltz (SUNY NP). Students admitted to this program will be completing part of their
education at METU NCC and part of it at SUNY NP. Upon successful completion of their studies, they will
receive Business Administration Diplomas from METU NCC and SUNY NP. This model of education will
allow the accumulated knowledge of the two universities to be at the disposal of the students and also adds an
international perspective that Business Programs around the world have been striving for. As a result,
graduates of this program will be particularly well suited to compete in a global environment.
In addition to the international exposure to various cultures, the program provides access to the
resources of the two universities in order to deliver an education program that covers all of the functional areas
of modern Business Administration and allows specialization through the numerous elective courses that are
offered across a broad range.
1027
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
BUS 111 Fundamentals of Business (3-0)3 BUS 142 Financial Accounting (3-0)3
BUS 221 Org. Beh. and Soc. Psychology BUS 152 Statistics for Social Sciences (3-0)3
(3-0)3 ECO 102 Macroeconomics (4-0)4
ECO 101 Microeconomics (4-0)4 ENGL 102 Development of Reading and
ENGL 101 Development of Reading and Writing Skills II (4-0)4
Writing Skills I (4-0)4 PSIR 108 Introduction to Global Politics (3-
MAT 119(a) Calcul. with Analytic Geom. (4-2)5 0)3
TUR 101(b) Turkish I (2-0)NC TUR 102(b) Turkish II (2-0)NC
GPC 100 First Year on Campus CNG 100 Introduction to Information
Seminar (0-2)1 Technologies and Applications
(2-0)NC
SECOND YEAR
BUS 271 Principles of Marketing (3-0)3 BUS 202 Managerial Accounting (3-0)3
BUS 281 Principles of Finance (3-0)3 BUS 215 Decision Support Systems (3-0)3
PSIR 237 Principles of Law (3-0)3 BUS 250 Principals of Management (3-0)3
Elective (-)3 BUS 429 Marketing Management (3-0)3
GE Elective * (-)3
ENGL 211 Acad.Oral Pres. Skills (3-0)3
THIRD YEAR
BUS 321 Human Resource Manag. (3-0)3 BUS 222 Organization Theory (3-0)3
BUS 361 Operations Management (3-0)3 BUS 312 Business Law (3-0)3
BUS 431 Information Systems (3-0)3 BUS 352 Management Science (3-0)3
GE Elective* (-)3 Elective (-)3
Elective (-)3 Elective (-)3
(c) (c)
HST 201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I HST 202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II
(2-0)NC (2-0)NC
FOURTH YEAR
BUS xxx Business Elective (-)3 BUS 450 Strategic Management (3-0)3
BUS xxx Business Elective (-)3 BUS xxx Business Elective (-)3
BUS xxx Business Elective (-)3 BUS xxx Business Elective (-)3
BUS xxx Business Elective (-)3 BUS xxx Business Elective (-)3
XXX xxx GE Elective* (-)3 XXX xx GE Elective* (-)
(a)
Students who are unable to achieve the minimum required passing grade in the Mathematics Proficiency
1028
Exam are required to take MAT 100 before MAT 119
(b)
International students will take TUR 201 and TUR 202, which may be taken in the first year by the consent
of the advisor.
(c)
International students will take HST 205 and HST 206 instead of HST 201 and HST 202.
* These four GE courses must be in USST, ART, NSCI and HUM areas.
ELECTIVE COURSES
The curriculum has 15 elective courses (5 from METU NCC-10 from SUNY New Paltz). Out of 5 METU NCC
electives, one of them should be GE. Out of the remaining four; two courses should be BUS elective and the other
two courses can be "free elective". All the elective courses should be taken by the approval of the student advisor.
For a list of some of the Business courses that may be offered as electives see the Business Administration
Program.
1029
NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS
GENERAL INFORMATION: For educators, it is important to know how to choose and process
knowledge and teaching material for creating sufficient and enriched learning environment. METU Northern
Cyprus Campus Computer Education and Instructional Technology Program aims to equip students with basic
knowledge and skills that enable them to attain the above goals. The medium of instruction, as in all METU
Programs, is in English. Computer Science, Informatics and Internet Technologies in their rapid progress and
wide impact, increase the need for human force with skills to productively utilize and adapt these technologies
into learning environments and to transfer this knowledge and abilities to others not only in our country but
also in the whole world. In fulfilling the above task, the support of existing experience and accumulated
knowledge at METU Main Campus is one of the strengths of our program. Curriculum of this program has
been designed to provide up to date information to prospective teachers in their field of study, familiarize them
with the learning environments which are supported by new technologies while achieving their professional
skills. To graduate, one has to succeed in 48 courses (two of which are non credit) with the total 149 credits.
METU Northern Cyprus Campus Computer Education and Instructional Technology Program is being
conducted in coordination with, and the faculty support of the identical program existing in METU Main
Campus.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: The graduates of the program will receive Bachelor of Science
degree in Computer Education and Instructional Technology, which comprises the teachers formation as well.
The graduates of this program can be employed as academics in Computer Education and Instructional
Technology Programs of different institutions, as teachers, supervisors, inspectors, curriculum consultants, test
and evaluation specialists in computer education and instructional technology in the private or public schools
attached to the Ministry of Education. There is also a wide range of opportunities of employment in the
computer and information technology industries.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
1030
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
1031
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
CTE 111 Information Technology in data types, records, pointers, dynamic data
Education I (3-2) 4 structures.
Information systems in education and introduction
to computers. Evolution of computers. Data CTE 213 Computer Hardware (2-2)3
presentation. Components of computer systems: the This course presents information about the
CPU, input-output devices, auxiliary storage installation, operation, maintenance and support of
devices, microcomputers, operating systems and PC hardware. It will enable students to learn more
environments, Windows. Managing text: about maintaining a personal computer system. The
processors. Managing numbers: spreadsheets. course provides fundamental information about
Impact of computers on society, computer ethics, personal computers, microprocessors, RAM, power
security. supplies, motherboards, BIOS, CMOS, the
expansion bus, input/output devices and other
CTE 112 Information Technology in critical hardware component of an idealized PC.
Education II (3-2)4
Telecommunications and computer networks. CTE 216 Principles and Methods of
Internet fundamentals. Data and database structures. Instruction (3-0)3
Programming languages. Structured program Basic concepts and principles of teaching and
design. Programming basics, arithmetic and logical learning. The importance and benefits of
operations, basic control structures, modularizing instructional planning. Planning instruction (yearly
programs. Use of computers in school education plan based on units, daily plan and examples of
activities). Teaching and learning strategies.
CTE 133 Programming in Internet Instructional methods and techniques and their
Environment (3-2)4 relation to practice. Instructional tools and
Fundamentals and functions of the Internet. materials. Teacher's duties and responsibilities in
Common Internet applications used in education: improving the quality of instruction. Teachers'
WWW, e-mail, gopher, ftp. Principles of using qualifications.
Internet applications in education.
CTE 218 Graphics and Animation in
CTE 207 Design and Use of Education (2-2)3
Instructional Material (2-2)3 Communication through graphics, graphic design,
This course underlines major implications of design process and principles of design, history of
learning theories as they are applied into graphic design, creativity in graphic design, basic
development of instructional materials. The course design elements of graphic, application areas of
introduces all major types and formats of graphic design (typography, signs, emblems, icons,
instructional media including audio, visual, audio- logo and trademarks, visual identity design, poster
visual, computers, and so on. The course also design); basic graphic terminology (pixel depth,
provides the necessary background and skills in compression, picture layout, resolution); graphical
selection, development, and assessment of all types software packages (Photoshop, Fireworks, etc.) and
of instructional media and materials. tools (toolbox, layers, filters, effects); animation,
scripting languages in animation; animation in
CTE 210 Programming Languages I education.
(3-2)4
General structure of a Pascal program, data types, CTE 225 Instructional Design (2-2)3
variables, standard functions, subprograms, Principles of instructional design. Analysis of
selection statements, loops, text files, user-defined content, learner, and resources. Selecting
data types, records, pointers, dynamic data instructional objectives and sequencing instruction.
structures. Instructional treatments, matching treatments and
CTE 211 Programming Languages II conditions of instructional events and selection of
(3-2)4 instructional media. Evaluation of instruction.
This course introduces the underlying concepts and
principles of programming in visual environments. CTE 313 Use of Operating Systems
The course emphasizes the design and (2-2)3
implementation of visual software, such as Visual Comparative Anatomy of Operating Systems,
Basic. General structure of a VB program, data Computer System Structures. Basic concepts and
types, variables, standard functions, subprograms, the evolution of operating system. Operating system
selection statements, loops, text files, user-defined functions and characteristics. Standard operating
1032
systems and structures (NT, WINxx, UNIX Interpretation and treatment of the outcomes of the
(Linux)). Using operating systems: monitor measurements. Basic descriptive statistics.
programs and shells; system calls and the Formative and summative evaluation. Alternative
programmer interface. Processes, memory evaluation strategies.
management, file systems.
CTE 360 Introduction to Visual
CTE 314 Computer Networks and Design /
Communications (2-2)3 Basic Elements ofVisual
This course introduces the underlying concepts and Design (CTE only) (2-2)3
principles of computer networks. It presents the The course introduces the underlying concepts and
different components of a network and how these principles of design in visual environments. Mainly
components fit together. The course emphasizes the two dimensional design and its basic definitions are
design and implementation of network software that given. Major concepts are: harmony, contrast, unity,
transforms raw hardware into a richly functional color, background, texture and order. By defining
communication system. Real networks (such as the and applying these keywords to their own projects,
Internet, ATM, Ethernet, Token Ring) are used as students will be forming their own understanding of
examples to reinforce the concepts and demonstrate visual design.
various protocols.
CTE 376 Introduction to C++ and
CTE 319 Instructional Technology Object Oriented
and Material (2-2)3 Programming (3-0)3
(For Non-CTE students) Characteristics of various Introduction to computers and C++ programming,
instructional technologies, the place and the use of control structures, functions, arrays, pointers and
technologies in instructional process, development strings, classes and data abstraction, operator
of teaching materials through instructional overloading, inheritance, virtual Functions and
technologies (worksheets, transparencies, slides, polymorphism, C++ stream input/output, templates,
videotapes, computer-based instructional material, exception handling, file processing, data structures,
etc.), assessment of various teaching materials. bits, characters, strings and structures, the
preprocessor, C legacy code topics, class string and
CTE 321 Foundations of Distance string stream processing, standard template library
Education (2-2)3 (STL), standard C++ language additions.
Historical development of distance education,
definition and function of distance education, CTE 380 Computer Education
technologies used within distance education: TV, Teaching Methods I (2-2)3
VCR, radio, printed materials, computers, and the Concepts of method and teaching strategies.
Internet. Typology of distance education teaching Different methods of instruction and teaching as
systems. Techniques and methods used inplanning, applied to computer education. Special emphasis on
development, and implementation of distance computer education at secondary education and
education teaching systems. special teaching methods using technology.
1035
NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS
ECONOMICS PROGRAM
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: The graduates of the program are expected to have a wide range of
opportunities both in Turkish and international job markets. Turkish government institutions and public
organizations like the Central Bank, Treasury Department, State Planning Institute, Foreign Trade Department,
State Institute of Statistics, Competition Board, Energy Board, and international institutions like World Bank,
IMF, and NATO are examples of potential job opportunities. In general a wide variety of private sector jobs
especially the ones in the banking and financial sector will be available for our graduates.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Second Semester
ECO 101 Microeconomics (4-0)4
ENGL 101 Development of Reading and ECO 102 Macroeconomics (4-0)4
Writing Skills I (4-0)4 BUS 152 Statistics for Social Sciences (3-0)3
GPC 100 First Year on Campus CNG 100 Introduction to Information
Seminar (0-2)1 Technologies and Appl. (2-0)NC
MAT 119(a) Calcul. with Analytic Geom. (4-2)5 ENGL 102 Development of Reading and
PSIR 101 Intro. to Sociol. and Politics (3-0)3 Writing Skills II (4-0)4
XXX xxx Restricted Elective (3-0)3 MAT 120 Calcul. for Func.of Sev.Var. (4-2)5
TUR 101(b) Turkish I (2-0)NC XXX xxx Restricted Elective (3-0)3
TUR 102(b) Turkish II (2-0)NC
SECOND YEAR
ECO 201 Intermed. Microeconomics (4-0)4 ECO 202 Intermed. Macroeconomics (4-0)4
ECO 211 Economic History (3-0)3 ECO 205 Statistics for Economists (4-0)4
ECO 275 Mathematics for Economists (3-0)3 ECO 212 Hist.of Economic Thought (3-0)3
ENGL 211 Acad. Oral Pres. Skills (3-0)3 BUS 232 Info. Sys. and Prog. (3-0)3
XXX xxx Elective (-)3 XXX xxx Elective (-)3
HST 201(c) Principles of Kemal Atatrk I HST 202(c) Principles of Kemal Atatrk II
(2-0)NC (2-0)NC
1036
THIRD YEAR
Fifth Semester
Sixth Semester
ECO 303 International Trade Theory
and Policy (3-0)3 ECO 304 Internat. Macroeconomics (3-0)3
ECO 311 Princip. of Econometrics I (4-0)4 ECO 306 Monetary Theory and Policy (3-0)3
XXX xxx Elective (-)3 ECO 312 Princip. of Econometrics II (3-2)4
XXX xxx Elective (-)3 ENGL 311 Advan. Communi. Skills (3-0)3
XXX xxx Elective (-)3 XXX xxx Elective (-)3
FOURTH YEAR
ECO 480 World Economy (3-0)3 ECO 400 Graduation Project (0-6)3
XXX xxx Elective (-)3 XXX xxx Elective (-)3
XXX xxx Elective (-)3 XXX xxx Elective (-)3
XXX xxx Elective (-)3 XXX xxx Elective (-)3
XXX xxx Elective (-)3 XXX xxx Elective (-)3
(a)
Students who are unable to achieve the minimum required passing grade in the Mathematics Proficiency
Exam are required to take MAT 100 before MAT 119
(b)
International students will take TUR 201 and TUR 202, which may be taken in the first year by the consent
of the advisor.
(c)
International students will take HST 205 and HST 206 instead of HST 201 and HST 202.
Restricted Electives: 1) BUS 221 or PSIR 105 in the first semester, and 2) BUS 142 or PSIR 110 in the
second semester.
Electives: In addition to restricted electives, the curriculum has 14 electives, at least 7 of which should be
taken from the ECO program. Maximum of 3 courses may be taken from the fields other than BUS, PSIR,
MAT and engineering. Out-of-department electives should be second year or higher level and should have at
least 3 credits. If the students advisor lets him/her take more electives than stated above, they should be taken
under NOT INCLUDED category.
ECO 401 Practical Training in ECO 443 Game Theory and its
Economics Applications
ECO 407 Input-Output Analysis and ECO 448 Technology and Industrial
Economic Modeling Dynamics
ECO 411 Topics in Economic History ECO 451 Industrial Economics
ECO 416 Real Estate Economics and ECO 452 Agricultural Trade Policies
Finance ECO 453 Business Forecasting
ECO 424 Economics of Regulation and ECO 455 Turkish Economic History
Antitrust ECO 458 Project Evaluation
ECO 421 The European Union ECO 459 Turkish Banking System
ECO 425 Environmental Economics ECO 460 Structure of the Turkish
ECO 426 Economics of Natural Economy
Resources ECO 465 Development Economics
ECO 431 Economics of Gender ECO 466 Economics of Growth
ECO 433 Financial Markets ECO 476 Introduction to Mathematical
ECO 442 Topics in Monetary Economics
Macroeconomics ECO 477 Welfare Economics and
1037
Theory of Social Choice ECO 499 International Money, Finace
ECO 478 Topics in Linear and Non- and Banking
Linear Programming ECO 538 Applied Econometrics
ECO 489 European Union and Turkey
ECO 490 International Economic
Institution
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
ECO 205 Statistics for Economists (4-0)4 ECO 280 Engineering Economy (3-0)3
Frequency distributions, measures of central Introduction to engineering economy. Interest and
tendency and variability, basic theorems of money-time relationship. Depreciation, valuation
probability, discrete probability distributions, depletion. Basic methods for making economy
important continuous distributions (normal, Poisson, studies. Risk-decision analysis. Selection between
Chi2,F), sampling distributions, correlation and alternatives and the replacement problem.
analysis of variance, introduction to estimation Applications related to various constructions
(point and interval) and hypothesis testing, projects. Quantity measurement and cost estimating
optimality of estimators. of a building project.
Prerequisite: BUS 152.
ECO 303 International Trade Theory and
ECO 210 Principles of Economics (3-0)3 Policy (3-0)3
A non-departmental course designed for students The classical theory of comparative advantage, the
outside the Programs of BUS, PSIR and ECO. The factor proportions theory of comparative advantage,
1038
the Hecksher-Ohlin theory of gains from trade, ECO 401 Practical Training in EconomicsI
classical theorems of two sector trade models, trade (3-0)3
policy and welfare analysis. The course is designed for 3rd and 4th year students
Prerequisite: ECO 201. to equip them with practical tools of their future
careers. For those students planning to enter
ECO 304 International Macroeconomics academic career, the course will involve teaching
(3-0)3 techniques, practical teaching in tutorials,
Balance of payments, open economy discussion and problem hours. For those students
macroeconomics and monetary policy, exchange planning to enter the applied research career, the
rate systems, economics of regional and global course will involve research techniques, statistical
integration. data bases and practical training in reseach
Prerequisite: ECO 202. institutions.
ECO 306 Monetary Theory and Policy ECO 402 Practical Training in Economics
(3-0)3 II (3-0)3
An overview of the financial mechanism, capital Same as ECO 401.
markets, and interest rate determination. Demand
for and the supply of money. Monetary transmission ECO 406 Real Estate Economics and
mechanism. Tools and indicators of monetary Finance (3-0)3
policy. Inflation targeting. Real estate represents a large fraction of the worlds
Prerequisite: ECO 202. wealth and real estate investment represents a
significant part of many institutional portfolios. Its
ECO 311 Principles of Econometrics I efficient utilization and the markets in which it is
(4-0)4 traded involve many interesting and complex
The simple regression model: basic assumptions, economic issues. This course applies the economic
estimation, hypothesis testing and prediction, and finance theory to the real estate investment
choosing among functional forms. The multiple analysis. In particular, Urban Economics foundation
regression model: estimation, hypothesis testing and of real estate investment in the space market and
prediction, functional forms and specification Financial Economics perspective on both equity real
errors, multicollinearity. estate (REITs and real property) and debt real estate
Prerequisite: ECO 205. (mortgages and mortgage-backed securities)
investments are covered.
ECO 312 Principles of Econometrics II
(3-2)4 ECO 410 Economics of Entrepreneurship
Autocorrelation: causes, consequences, tests and (3-0)3
estimation. Univariate Time Series Modelling and This course focuses on the role of innovation with a
Testing for Non-Stationary, Dynamic Models, special emphasize on enterpreneurship in the growth
Cointegration and Estimation of Equilibrium. and development of 21st century economies. During
Correction Models, Simultaneous Equations the course the economic theories behind
Models: Identification and single-equation enterpreneurship will be discussed. The methods
estimation. Heteroscedasticity: Causes, used in succesfull enterprises will also be analyzed
consequences tests and estimation. as an enterpreneurial process. The participants will
Prerequisite: ECO 311. develop and present their business plans as their
final project.
ECO 313 Public Finance (3-0)3
Theory of taxation, and public goods. Budgetary
ECO 411 Topics in Economic History
and fiscal policy and dept sustainability.
(3-0)3
Prerequisite: ECO 201.
Study of Ottomon and Turkish social and economic
ECO 400 Graduation Project (0-6)3 structure beginning with developments in 16th
Students will form preferably interdisciplinary century, followed by the study of 19th and early
groups and will prepare a paper on a research or 20th century. Prerequisite: ECO 211.
policy issue. Each group will be supervised by one
or two instructors. In addition to the final report at ECO 412 Turkish Economy (3-0)3
the end of the semester, the group will be required An overview of economic development starting
to submit regular progress reports through the from 1920s, the planned era through to current state
semester. of the economy. The recent trends in fiscal and
monetary policymaking. Prerequisite: ECO 202.
1039
ECO 421 Economics of Integration and the ECO 448 Technology and Industrial
EU (3-0)3 Dynamics (3-0)3
The course provides a broad perspective on The main objective of this course is to enable
globalization, regionalization and the European students to understand and to analyze the forces
integration. The institutions and decision-making which determine industrial development. The
processes in the EU are discussed to provide a material includes a wide range of issues from a
comprehensive picture of the EU. variety of perspectives: Broad historical analyses,
microeconomic theory, the economics of
ECO 425 Environmental Economics (3-0)3 technological change and industrial policy from
The effects of economic activity on the natural both a domestic and an international perspective.
environment with special reference to urban
development forms the central subject matter of the ECO 451 Industrial Economics (3-0)3
course. Consideration is given to economic analysis This course is an extension of ECO 201.
of the causes of pollution and its control through Organization and development, consentration, entry
taxes, the use of property rights and standards. barriers and other aspects of oligopolistic market
structures is discussed in the first part of the course.
ECO 426 Economics of Natural Resources The second part involves the theoretical and
(3-0)3 empirical dimensions of firm behavior. The specific
This course is designed to introduce students to topics centers on the pricing, investment and growth
certain areas of natural resource economics. Topics process of modern oligopolistic firms.
include theories of replenishable and exhaustible
ECO 453 Business Forecasting (3-0)3
resource exploitation and the environment. Specific
Various forecasting methods are introduced with
natural resources (e.g. depletable energy resources,
emphasis on their applications for social and
recyclable resources, replenishable but depletable
economic planning. The core of the course is the use
resources, etc.) are studied in depth.
of models in forecasting future sales, capital,
investment, new product development etc.
ECO 433 Financial Markets (3-0)3
Prerequisite: BUS 152.
The structure and functions of financial markets are
analyzed. Operations and regulations in the money ECO 460 Structure of Turkish Economy
and capital markets introduced. Financial (3-0)3
innovations and liberalization processes will be at Overall structure of the economy; sources and use
the core of the course. of income; economy of government; main sectors;
agriculture, industry, services; income distribution;
ECO 442 Topics in Monetory Macro regional dispersion of economic activities.
Economics (3-0)3 Prerequisite: ECO 102.
The main objective of the course is to introduce
students to a number of approaches to monetary ECO 465 Development Economics (3-0)3
theory and policy. The following topics are covered: This course studies the current policy issues of
Theoretical Fundaments of Monetary Policy, underdeveloped countries with reference to the
Vulnerabilities and Limits to Monetary Policy: relevant theoretical debates and country
Financial Dollarisation, Fiscal Dominance, New experiences, with some emphasis on the East Asian
Monetary Macroeconomics Beyond IS-LM, experience. Economic relations between North and
Monetary Policy Transmission Mechanisms, South; trade, technology and financial policy issues;
Inflation Dynamics, Monetary Policy and Nominal the role of the state; the implications of endogenous
Anchors, Inflation Targeting. growth theory and international institutional
constraints on policy making are discussed.
ECO 443 Game Theory (3-0)3
Game Theory involves the analysis of situations in ECO 466 Economics of Growth (3-0)3
which payoffs to agents depend on the behavior of The main objective of the course is to familiarize
other agents. It involves the analysis of conflict, the students with the key theories of growth and the
cooperation, and (tacit) communication. Game implications for economic development. The course
theory has applications in several fields, such as is designed to combine the theoretical rigor of main
economics, politics, law, biology, and computer growth theories, with the intuition of major
science. In this course we will learn both the theory development issues. Another equally important aim
behind the games and their application in various of this course is to channel the students into
fields. thinking about various development issues and
Prerequisite: ECO 201. sources of growth in Turkey, or around the world.
Prerequisite: ECO 102.
1040
ECO 480 World Economy (3-0)3 market institutions as these institutions relate to
The course investigates developments, trends, labor market flexibility or wage rigidity.
cycles and facts of the world economy during the
1980's and its future. A framework is developed ECO 498 Labor Market Economics (3-0)3
within which to examine the subject matter. An up-to-date review of modern labor market
Outcomes of "structural adjustment" on a major theories, related policy issues and applications, as
country basis as well on a global basis are well as methods and findings of empirical research,
evaluated. including national and regional level analysis of
these markets both in developed and developing
ECO 494 Political Economy of Industrial countries. Open to economic and administrative
Societies since 1945 (3-0)3 sciences majors as well as to students from
The course deals with conceptualizations of computer science, regional planning and
economic development in the past-World War II engineering.
era. One objective of this course is to focus on Prerequisite: ECO 101.
concrete historical changes in the global
development. Ultimately, the course aims at being ECO 499 International Money, Finance
an exercise in the global economic history and the and Banking (3-0)3
economic thought of the past-war period.As such, it The course aims to introduce students to alternative
seeks to relativize the economic development approaches to international money, finance and
process. banking. Whilst the emphasis is on policy questions,
theory postulations and empirical evidence will be
ECO 497 Comparative European Labor
referred to frequently. The course is planned to
Markets (3-0)3
cover some topical issues including i) International
This course examines labor market characteristics
monetary regimes and financial integration, ii)
and institutions in developed countries in general
Exchange rate determination theories and evidence,
and Western European countries in particular.
iii) Alternative exchange rate regimes and policies,
Comparisons to the most flexible labor market, the
iv) Banking system: risks and regulation, v) The
US, will be a focus of the course. Underlying
international experience with currency and banking
paradigms are the skill-biased technological change
crises, vi) Turkish financial system: Issues, risks
adversely affecting low-skill workers and labor
and regulation, vii) Monetary policy in financially
open economies with special reference to Turkey.
1041
NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: The graduates of the program will receive Bachelor of Science
degree in Guidance and Psychological Counseling. The graduates of this program are qualified to work as
guidance counselor/psychological counselor at public and private schools, university counseling centers, other
educational settings, and mental health related institutions.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
PSYC 100 General Psychology (3-0)3 GPC 122 Developmental Psychology (3-0)3
GPC 124 Introduction to Guidance and GPC 126 Physiological Psychology (3-0)3
Counseling (3-0)3 CNG 100 Introduction to Information
GPC 136 Human Relations in Education Technologies and Appl. (2-0)NC
(3-0)3 GPC 150 Psychology of Learning (3-0)3
EDUS 200 Introduction to Education (3-0)3 ENGL 102 Development of Reading and
ENGL 101 Development of Reading and Writing Skills II (4-0)4
Writing Skills I (4-0)4 SOCL 109 Introduction to Sociology
GPC 100 First Year on Campus Seminar (3-0)3
(0-2)1 TUR 104 Turkish II: Oral Communication
TUR 103 Turkish I: Written Expression (2-0)2
(2-0)2
SECOND YEAR
1042
THIRD YEAR
PSYC 340 Theories of Personality (4-0)4 EDUS 302 Research Methods in Education
GPC 300 Career Counseling (3-0)3 (3-2)4
ENGL 311 Advan. Communic. Skills (3-0)3 GPC 301 Practicum in Career Counseling
GPC 313 Theories of Counseling (3-0)3 (1-4)3
GPC 363 Measurement and Evaluation in GPC 314 Methods and Techniques of
Counseling (3-0)3 Counseling (3-0)3
XXX xxx Non-Departmental Elective (3-0)3 GPC 364 Appraisal of Students (3-0)3
XXX xxx Non-Departmental Elective (3-0)3
XXX xxx Non-Departmental Elective (3-0)3
FOURTH YEAR
GPC 410 Field Practice in Individual GPC 400 Field Practice in School Counseling
Counseling (1-4)3 Services (1-4)3
GPC 411 Community Work (1-2)2 GPC 438 Practicum in Group Counseling
GPC 415 Behavior Disorders (3-0)3 (2-4)4
GPC 437 Group Counseling (3-0)3 GPC 490 Professional Standards and
GPC xxx Departmental Elective (3-0)3 Problems in Guidance and
XXX xxx Non-Departmental Elective (3-0)3 Counseling (3-0)3
GPC 495 Seminar in Guidance and
Counseling (2-2)3
GPC xxx Departmental Elective (3-0)3
XXX xxx Non-Departmental Elective (3-0)3
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
1043
GPC 136 Human Relations in Education helping skills among advanced 3rd and 4th year
(3-0)3 students by providing them an opportunity to assist
An introduction to basic concepts and principles of in the delivery of the GPC 100 courses to first year
human relationships with special emphasis on METU-NCC students. The course will be conducted
interaction, power, roles, conflict, development and in an interactive small group format. Through
change in human relationships; techniques of discussion and small group exercises, students
improving communication skills; the role of human enrolled in this course will be introduced to a
relations in educational process. variety of topics designed to enhance their skills in
the following areas: effective communication,
GPC 150 Psychology of Learning (3-0)3 ethical and professional behavior, peer education,
A survey of different theories and approaches to study and time management skills, conflict
psychology of learning. Areas of major emphasis resolution and problem solving. The focus of this
are concepts and principles of classical and course will be on the development of skills and
instrumental conditioning. A selective treatment of knowledge that will not only support the students'
behavior modification is included in the course work as peer guides with 1st year students but will
material. provide essential training and experience in the
development of leadership, communication, and
GPC 200 Observation in Schools helping skills that will be helpful in other settings.
(2-2)3 The class also provides the means for the
Experiencing school environment and school evaluation, reflection and processing of student
climate with its organization, process and problems. experiences as a peer guide.
Understanding roles of all the personnel and their
activities; their interactions and parent-school GPC 313 Theories of Counseling (3-0)3
collaborations and school-community relationships. Introduction and overview of the counseling
theories in terms of the emphasis placed upon the
GPC 253 Psychology of Adolescence (3-0)3 cognitive, affective and behavioral domains.
A detailed account of various theories of adolescent Comparison of basic philosophies, key concepts,
development emphasizing biological, cognitive and goals of counseling; development of relationship
emotional changes in adolescence. Adolescents and between counselor and client; clients and counselors
their families, adolescents in schools and at work. work and techniques of various approaches in
Counseling services for adolescents counseling.
GPC 254 Social Psychology (3-0)3 GPC 314 Methods and Techniques of
An introduction to the basic concepts, principles, Counseling (3-0)3
and theories of social psychology; the method of Some perspectives on effective helping;
social psychology; analysis of major topics characteristics of effective helpers; various methods
including human interaction and its products such as and skills used in individual counseling; selecting
group structure, properties of groups, types of and structuring skills to meet clients needs;
groups, intra and intergroup relations, leadership, developing counseling skills appropriate to different
power, communication, and social attitudes. stages of counseling.
GPC 300 Career Counseling (3-0)3 GPC 355 Special Education (3-0)3
Survey and critical analysis of theory and research Basic concepts and principles of special education;
on career choice and adjustment. Definition and examination of the various types of handicaps in
correlates of career preferences, choices, childhood and adolescence; types of special
motivation, success and satisfaction. Developmental education services; intervention strategies offered to
trends in career decision making and career patterns. different types of handicaps. Organizations,
GPC 301 Practicum in Career Counseling programs, curriculum, and their implications
(1-4)3 provided for various types of handicaps.
Administering and evaluating instruments used in
career counseling; preparing and implementing GPC 363 Measurement and Evaluation in
career development programs; conducting career Counseling (3-0)3
counseling sessions with individuals and group. Principles of measurement and evaluation; methods
GPC 310 Developing Skills for Peer and techniques used for the measurement and
Guidance evaluation of student behavior in various domains.
(2-2)3
This course has been designed to facilitate the
development of leadership, communication and
1044
GPC 364 Appraisal of Students (3-0)3 neurosis (the neurotic nucleus and paradox, anxiety
Use of various non-test and test techniques in disorders, somatoform disorders, affective
schoolcounseling services with special emphasis on disorders, sexual dysfunction and variants).
assessment procedures and skills used in
interpreting the test results in counseling. GPC 437 Group Counseling (3-0)3
Basic concepts and philosophies of group
GPC 400 Field Practice in School counseling; a survey and comparison of different
Counseling Services (1-4)3 theoretical approaches to group counseling; group
In this practicum course, students attend to processes, norms, and stages in the development of
counseling services where they are expected to a counseling group; characteristics of group
observe and practice guidance activities based on leadership and group members; effective group
the needs of a particular school. Every student leadership skills; multicultural issues in group
administers a test or non test guidance technique, counseling.
writes observation reports about the schools and
conducts a research project. GPC 438 Practicum in Group Counseling
(3-0)3
GPC 410 Field Practice in Individual Application of different techniques used in group
Counseling (1-4)3 counseling. Practicing group process and different
In this practicum course, students attend to the stages of group counseling.
secondary schools or prep-schools and conduct
interviews with students. Each session of these GPC 490 Professional Standards and
interviews is tape-recorded, transcribed and Problems in Guidance and
supervised. Theoretical discussions and providing Counseling (3-0)3
feedback are essential elements of the course. The role definitions and work settings of the
counselor, desired requisite preparation of
GPC 411 Community Work (1-2)2 counseling practice and the related ethical
Introducing the principles of community work; standards.
enhancing the skills of students to develop programs
and strategies in assisting the community to meet its GPC 495 Seminar in Guidance and
own needs. Counseling (3-0)3
Preparing and presenting comprehensive projects on
GPC 415 Behavior Disorders (3-0)3 chosen subjects according to students needs and
Misconceptions about abnormal behaviors, criteria interests.
for abnormality, the problem of classification, main
approaches to behavior disorders, the basic nature of
1045
NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS
GENERAL INFORMATION: The aim of the Bachelor of Science degree program in Political
Science and International Relations is to encourage and allow students to acquire the analytical skills to
examine critically the organisation and expressions of political power, social power, economic power and
cultural power that is, power in all its human expressions.
Where Political Science was traditionally concerned with the study of power within states and International
Relations was traditionally concerned with the study of power between states, here in the PSIR programme at
METU NCC we are concerned with examining the totality of these expressions of power. To that end, not only
will undergraduate students be offered foundational courses in Political Science and International Relations
thereby anchoring their knowledge in both traditions of enquiry, but they will be encouraged to examine and
explain the development of more complex expressions of global power. Thus their primary concern will be the
interaction between domestic politics, state behaviour and the international system and international society,
and the issues these raise for the future of international relations in a world of changing economies, social
structures, technologies, environments and ideologies. It is the aim of this program, therefore, to provide
students with a thorough knowledge of the processes and practices which characterise the relations of power
within states and between states whilst encouraging students to examine the combined development of world
history.
On the basis of a firm foundation in study of government, economy and society, international history, and
political and social theory, as well as law, students will then progress to a more interdisciplinary analysis of
more specialist fields of enquiry. Having also completed a special course in research methods in social and
political sciences, students will be guided through focused study in social and political theory, political
economy and war and peace studies as well as being offered a number of electives across a range of
specialisms.
The syllabus is designed to enable the student to examine and explain the complexities and processes that
make up global power relationships, including analysis of the history, organisation and dynamics of state
institutions and international institutions. Students will be able to examine the development, structural
characteristics and crises in a wide range of political settings and political issues."
1046
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
PSIR 101 Intr. to Sociol. and Politics (3-0)3 PSIR 108 Intr. to Global politics (3-0)3
PSIR 105 World History, 1453-1914 (3-0)3 PSIR 110 Internat. History, 1914-1989 (3-0)3
PSIR 111 Study Skills in Social and PSIR 112 Statistics for Political Scientists
Political Sciences (3-0) 3 (3-0)3
ECO 101 Microeconomics (4-0)4 CNG 100 Introduction to Information
ENGL 101 Development of Reading and Technologies and Appl. (2-0)NC
Writing Skills I (4-0)4 ENGL 102 Development of Reading and
GPC 100 First Year on Campus Writing Skills II (4-0)4
Seminar (0-2)1 ECO 102 Macroeconomics (4-0)4
TUR 101(a) Turkish I (2-0)NC TUR (a)
102 Turkish II (2-0)NC
SECOND YEAR
PSIR 203 Hist. of Political Thought I (3-0)3 PSIR 202 Constitutional Law (3-0)3
PSIR 212 Comparative Politics (3-0)3 PSIR 206 Hist. of Political Thought II (3-0)3
PSIR 218 Political Sociology (3-0)3 PSIR 210 Theories of Intern. Relations (3-0)3
PSIR 237 Principles of Law (3-0)3 PSIR 211 Comparative Government (3-0)3
ENGL 211 Acad. Oral Pres. Skills (3-0)3 PSIR 214 War and Peace Studies (3-0)3
HST 201(b) Principles of Kemal Atatrk I HST 202(b) Principles of Kemal Atatrk II
(2-0)NC (2-0)NC
THIRD YEAR
PSIR 303 Public International Law (3-0)3 PSIR 304 International Organizations (3-0)3
PSIR 305 Int. Political Economy (3-0)3 PSIR 306 Process of Europ. Integration (3-0)3
ENGL 311 Advan. Communic. Skills (3-0)3 XXX Elective 3 PSIR 308, Gender
XXX Elective 1 (-)3 and Politics
XXX Elective 2 (-)3 (guaranteed elective) (-)3
XXX Elective 4 (-)3
XXX Elective 5 (-)3
FOURTH YEAR
PSIR 401 Contemp. Political Theory (3-0)3 PSIR 400 Graduation Project (0-6)3
PSIR 403 Contemp. Issues in Global PSIR 404 Contemporay Issues in
Political Economy (-)3 War and Peace (3-0)3
XXX Elective 6 (-)3 XXX Elective 9 (-)3
XXX Elective 7 (-)3 XXX Elective 10 (-)3
XXX Elective 8 (-)3 XXX Elective 11 (-)3
(a)
International students will take TUR 201 and TUR 202, which may be taken in the first year by the consent
of the advisor.
(b)
International students will take HST 205 and HST 206 instead of HST 201 and HST 202.
1047
ELECTIVE COURSES
At least seven of the elective courses must be taken from the PSIR program. Of the
remaining non-PSIR portion, a maximum of four courses may be taken from any other program.
The electives to be taken at METU Ankara during the summer school need to have prior approval
of the PSIR co-ordinator. Otherwise they will not count. The only exception to the above
mentioned rules is for the students who are taking a second language course and wants to take
continuous courses of the same language.
Out-of-department electives should be second year or higher level and should have at least 3 credits.
The following is a list of possible elective courses. The list is not exhaustive and there will be additional
electives to cover local and regional agenda and issues.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
PSIR 101 Introduction to Sociology and military overstretch of many great states like Ming
Politics (3-0)3 China, Ottoman Empire, France, Great Britain,
This course provides the introductory conceptual Austrian-Hungarian Empire, Prussia and the two
framework for the study of politics and the changing great powers at the beginning of this century: the
social world. Definition of the basic concepts of United States and Russia. All this will be considered
authority, power, ideology, socialization, in the framework of the "European Balance of
stratification, culture and gender will be combined Power" and the traditional "isolationist foreign
with the examination of the basic approaches in the policy" of the U.S. in the last century. The
sociological theory and political science. beginning of World War I and its implications on
the world balance of power will be considered. The
PSIR 105 World History, 1453-1914 (3-0)3 developments in Europe and U.S. since 1919 until
This course examines the rise and fall of great today will be examined. World War I and the new
powers as political, military and economic entities. political structure after 1918 will be considered
Since 1500, history has shown many comparable from the point of global developments. World War
examples regarding the relation of economic and II and the involvement of the U.S. in European
1048
affairs, the Cold War Sovietization of Eastern philosophy of life. Some of the themes that are
Europe and the emancipation of the Third World surveyed in this course are early philosophical
countries are also to be discussed. The relations reflection on nature and human essence, time and
among the industrial and non-industrial countries in matter, theory of forms, questions of justice,
political, economic and military fields will be equality and freedom, practices concerning the self
explained with some comments on future prospects and the good life, and, the rising or declining
for global developments. significance attributed to political participation.
PSIR 108 Issues in Global Politics (3-0)3 PSIR 206 History of Political Thought II
The aim of this course is to introduce the students to (3-0)3
main issues in international relations discipline and The aim of this course is to introduce students to
provide a general framework for understanding the main issues in the international relations discipline
processes of globalisation and the changing and provide a general framework for understanding
meanings of governance and order. The impact of the processes of globalisation and the changing
globalisation on different structures and processes meanings of governance and order. The impact of
of world politics, including security, political globalisation on different structures and processes
economy, international organisations, nationalism, of world politics, including security, political
environment, gender and culture will be the main economy, international organisations, nationalism,
focus of this course. environment, gender and culture will be the main
focus of this course.
PSIR 110 International History, 1914-1989
(3-0)3 PSIR 210 Theories of International
This course is an introduction to the international Relations
history of the 'short' twentieth century. Its primary (3-0)3
concerns are the rise and formation of the modern This course provides a systematic and
international order with analysis directed at the comprehensive survey of contending theories of
causes and consequences of the two world wars, the international relations with a special reference to
processes of decolonization, the development of the important theoretical debates between idealist vs
Cold War and the development of international realist, traditionalist vs behavioralist and realist vs
organizations and world order over the twentieth neo-realist approaches. The course will also address
century. the central assumptions and key concepts of these
theoretical perspectives.
PSIR 202 Constitutional Law (3-0)3
This course represents a conceptual and historical PSIR 211 Comparative Government (3-0)3
introduction to constitutional government and law. This course provides a conceptual introduction to
Within that framework, it also examines the the field of Comparative Government. After briefly
constitutional movements of the Ottoman Empire analyzing the legislative, executive and judiciary
and the early Republican period. In the final part of branches of government, it studies the governments
the course, the 1961 and 1982 Turkish Constitutions of the United States, the United Kingdom, France,
are analyzed with a comparative outlook. and the Russian Federation.
PSIR 203 History of Political Thought I PSIR 212 Comparative Politics (3-0)3
(3-0)3 This course attempts to deal with the question of
This course aims to give students a broad how to analyse state-society relations within a
perspective on developments in the history of comparative perspective. On the basis of alternative
political philosophy. It starts with the pre-Socratic methodological approaches that will be introduced
philosophers of nature and Socratic criticism of and key conceptual issues examined, it will
conventions through dialogue. Following the specifically focus on the (ways in which different
significant turn brought by the Platonic-Aristotelian approaches study) dynamics of change and forms of
tradition, the course examines Hellenistic representation in both developed and peripheral,
worldviews and medieval outlook to political capitalist social formations.
affairs. It focuses on the major works of the political
thinkers of the Renaissance and modern eras. It PSIR 213 Research Methods in Social and
analyses Renaissance Humanism, strategic approach Political Sciences (3-0)3
to political action, the scientific and intellectual This course introduces the students to a range of
revolution of the 17th Century, the birth of commonly used methods of social research at an
liberalism, the rise of democratic theory, modernity introductory level. Particular emphasis will be on
and politics, the conception of historicity and the the needs of research in the disciplines of political
1049
science and international relations. The course will law of war, coercive measures, laws of land and
focus on how to formulate research questions and serial warfare, laws of maritime warfare, enemy
subsequent hypotheses, how to design a research persons and property within belligerent states,
plan, how to determine appropriate methodologies, neutral states, termination of war.
and how to perform data analysis. The course is not PSIR 304 International Organizations
restricted to purely quantitative or qualitative (3-0)3
approaches; rather, it will emphasize determining This course examines the evolution of international
appropriate methodologies given specific research organizations in relation to developments in the
areas of interest. international system, undertaking a comparative
study between the various pacts and systems prior to
PSIR 214 War and Peace Studies (3-0)3 the foundation of the League of Nations and the
This course examines the historically changing United Nations system. The course addresses the
expressions and meanings of war and peace. Is 'war' relevant international organizations of the post-
a distinctive form of social and political violence? Is World War II period and the post-Cold War
peace simply the absence of war? Is peace or war international system
the international norm? How have the causes of war
(and peace) changed over history? How have wars PSIR 305 International Political Economy
been concluded and has this entailed the outbreak of (3-0)3
peace? These and other questions are addressed in This course is intended to provide an introduction to
the context of the development of international the different methodological approaches in the field
relations, the international system and imperialism. of international political economy and to the basic
The basic ideas of war studies on the one hand and concepts and issues in international politics and
peace studies on the other hand are introduced and economics. It will also undertake a comparative
reviewed before considering a range of theoretical analysis of alternative strategies of capitalist
approaches to the field and examining distinct development and/or modes of integration into the
historical examples of the outbreak of wars and the world economy with special reference to Latin
conclusion of 'peace'. America, South and East Asia, Africa and the newly
emerging market economies of the former centrally-
PSIR 234 Introduction to Foreign Policy planned economies.
Analysis (3-0)3
This course is intended to provide an introductory PSIR 306 Process of European Integration
examination of the subject of foreign policy (3-0)3
analysis. In this general context, the nature, scope This course is designed as a general introduction to
and definition of foreign policy; the impact of main the process of European integration and the politics
theories and methods of international relations on of the European Union (EU). The course consists of
foreign policy studies; and various approaches and three parts: Part One traces the history of European
methods to the study of foreign policy will be integration from the end of the WWII through 2002.
covered in the lectures. To facilitate different interpretations of the EU in
the making, part one also reviews the main
PSIR 237 Principles of Law (3-0)3 academic debates about European integration and
This is an introductory course in which basic about the Union. Part Two looks at EU institutions,
concepts and general principles of law, as well as including the formal and informal aspects of EU
issues concerning the Turkish legal system, are governance. Part Three discusses the main policy
studied in order to provide an introduction to legal areas ranging from agriculture to EMU. On the
concepts and institutions that will serve as a basis of the findings drawn from the theory and
foundation for other courses dealing with legal practice of European integration, the course
studies. The scope of the course includes, but is not addresses the relationship of post-1995 enlargement
limited to, the characteristics of law as compared to with the challenge of deepening of the EU and
other rules of social conduct; functions of law; basic challenges students to think about the future of EU
legal concepts and legal institutions; sources of law; integration.
the court systems; and other related issues.
PSIR 311 Nations and Nationalism (3-0)3
PSIR 303 Public International Law (3-0)3 This course aims to critically review competing
An introductory course, dealing with sources of theoretical approaches to nations and nationalism. It
international law, states, individuals, recognition, will also seek to deepen understanding of these
international agreements, international theories through an analysis of a number of
responsibilities of states, peaceful settlement of comparative case studies drawn from Europe, Latin
international disputes, theory and reality in modern
1050
America and the Middle East. This analysis will world war will be examined. Third, the
draw on historical experiences of nationalism as contemporaneous rise of Arab and Jewish
well as contemporary examples of nationalist nationalism and their imbrication in imperial and
political movements. The course will also include Cold War order will be studied. And finally the
an examination of the emergence of sub-nationalist tensions of confessional politics in the post-Cold
and secessionist movements and the impact that War order, focusing on Israel-Palestine, Iraq and
globalisation is having on nationalism today. Iran will be used to assess more recent expressions
of imperial interventions. Whilst principally a
PSIR 314 Political Economy of Turkey course in international history, regular reference
(3-0)3 will be made to theories of imperialism, critical
This course is designed to introduce students to the political economy and historical sociology.
political economy of Turkey. The course topics are
grouped according to the various political and PSIR 320 Interational Human Rights (3-0)3
economic issues that Turkey has faced. The course This course introduces students to key issues
will start with the economic and political concerning international human rights. The goal of
foundations of the early Turkish Republic and the course is to provide an overview of international
continue with the state-led development, human rights and consider the role of human rights
agricultural policies, and import substitution in the international realm. There will be an
industrialization experience. Later, it will focus on examination of treaty texts, state reports, recent
the political and economic crisis in the 1970s and research, and actual cases before international
the military coups. Next, addresses the economic bodies, along with media presentations. The course
and political liberalization efforts of the 1980s and will be conducted through readings, lectures, and
the main problems faced in the 1990s. Lastly, some student presentations.
current issues in Turkish political economy will be Prerequisite: PSIR 303
discussed. Underdevelopment, the tension between
democracy and economic growth, industrialization, PSIR 321 Political Sociology (3-0)3
agricultural policies, class conflicts, economic This course aims to examine the major issues of
liberalization, regionalization, chronic inflation, and political science from the vantage point of
financial crises will be among the course topics. sociological theories and concepts. In this vein, the
course will discuss the social origins of state, civil
PSIR 316 Understanding Capitalism society, citizenship, parties and law, as the
(3-0)3 fundamental objects of inquiry in political science.
This course aims to introduce students to the The relationships between power struggles, social
debates on the origins, nature and development of movements and the transformation of political
capitalism. The course is divided into four parts: the structure/regime will be another central issue to be
first part introduces students to the literature on the dealt with. The examination of the issues such as
historical origins of capitalism. The second part then citizenship, democracy and civil society will be
looks at the nature of capitalism from a political linked to some pertinent political issues such as the
economy perspective. The third part highlights the enlargement of the European Union and new social
relationship between capitalism and the state whilst movements.
the final part focuses on theories of contemporary
capitalism. PSIR 322 History of Cyprus Conflict (3-0)3
This course introduces students to questions in the
PSIR 318 Imperialism and the Making of history of the Cyprus conflict, representing both a
Modern Middle East (3-0)3 history of the conflict itself and an examination of
This course introduces students to the history of the role of history in the conflict. The course will
imperial organisation, state formation and imperial require students to examine both primary and
interventions in the making of the modern Middle secondary materials and to conduct research on
East. In particular, focus will be concentrated on contested issues in the islands recent history,
four periods: first, the formal great power post- including the role of British colonialism in the
Ottoman divisions of the region, the peace treaties conflict, the rise of nationalist mobilization, and the
and settlement treaties, out of which the new state increasing division of society leading to partition.
order was built. The geo-politics prior to and in Students will learn what materials are available to
preparation of the Paris peace treaties, Sevres and research Cyprus recent history, and they will also
later Lausanne will be scrutinised. Second, the geo- examine the construction of history within the
politics of resource access (oil) and demographic context of conflict.
movements during and throughout the League of
Nations period, up to and including the second
1051
PSIR 333 States and Societies in Central PSIR 343 International Development (3-0)3
Asia (3-0)3 This course is designed to build a core
This course is designed as an undergraduate level understanding of the basic theories, concepts, and
interdisciplinary introduction to the states and policies of international development. Major
societies of contemporary Central Asia. contemporary issues facing Third World countries
Fundamentally, the course aims to shed light on (e.g. industrialization, urbanization, agricultural
post-Soviet developments in the region through a development, poverty, gender and development,
critical reading of the politics, economy, society and environmental degradation) are also examined.The
culture of Central Asia since Russian colonization. course is multi-disciplinary as it draws on history,
The organization of the course includes two parts. economics, politics, and sociology to discuss the
The first part aims to familiarize the student with problems and prospects of development. It will be
socio-political and cultural transformations integrating theory with practice in development. All
experienced by the people of Central Asia under the issues will be examined from diverse perspectives,
colonial rule of tsarist Russia and the Soviet Union. and students will learn to integrate and reconcile
Then the course proceeds to discuss major issue these diverse views.
areas that have emerged in post-Soviet Central Asia
and which dominate the scholarly debate in the field PSIR 345 Turkish Foreign Policy (3-0)3
of Central Asia Studies. The course will consist of The course aims to identify and analyze various
lectures, reading assignments, class discussions and factors contributing to Turkeys foreign policy
film screenings. No special knowledge of the region orientation. While the main focus of this course is
on the part of students is presumed. the political dynamics and issues of Turkish foreign
policy after World War II, the problems and
PSIR 341 Contemporary Social Theory determinants of Turkish foreign policy between
(3-0)3 1919-1945, with reference to past experiences and
The course is an effort to understand the content of geopolitical imperatives placing certain constraints
contemporary sociological theory that emphasizes on the states decision makers, will also be briefly
the manner in which sociological theory provides discussed.
insights in to the character and dynamics of social PSIR 381 Development and the Developing
reality. The focus is on making the theory accessible World (3-0)3
and relevant to an intellectual community that This course aims to provide an introduction to the
includes not only social science students that must study of development and the developing world. It
acquire familiarity with sociological theory, but also introduces students to the key theoretical
to a broader intellectual community of persons and perspectives and conceptual frameworks through a
groups interested in unraveling, and piecing wide-ranging analysis of contemporary issues in
together, characteristics of social world. The course Third World development. By using an
will focus on variety of forms of what is termed interdisciplinary approach the course hopes to
sociological theory, while at the same time explore the nature of structural changes taking place
examining contemporary expressions of it. in the developing world. It will cover a variety of
development problems and issues and explore
PSIR 342 Southern Europe in World
different interpretations of such issues. The first part
Politics (3-0)3
of the course focuses on definitions and theories of
This course intends to provide the student with an
development, providing an historical account of the
understanding of Southern Europe and the
evolution of development theory and practice in
Mediterranean (including theoretical and conceptual
recent decades. The second part of the course
approaches). Case studies: Greece and Spain.
consentrates on key development strategies by
Economic Environment: Economic development
paying specific attention to the role of state and
patterns; characteristics of the economic elites; state
international agencies.
as an actor in the economy; the role of foreign
economic aid and foreign investment. Political PSIR 400 Graduation Project (3-0)3
Environment: The nature of the political Students will form preferably interdisciplinary
establishment; authoritarianism; democratization; groups and will prepare a paper on a research or
the role of individual leaders. External policy issue. Each group will be supervised by one
Environment: Supportive and reactionary responses or two instructors. In addition to the final report at
in the international system (intervention, solidarity, the end of the semester, the group will be required
etc.); foreign policy behavior; the role of the USA, to submit a minimum of 1 progress report halfway
EEC/EC/EU and USSR/Russia. through the semester.
1052
PSIR 401 Contemporary Political Theory The latter half of the course will focus on the
(3-0)3 emergence of nationalisms in Cyprus as an instance
This course is aimed to introduce students to the of divisive political cultures, as well as on more
works of major political thinkers of the 20th recent attempts to formulate an anti-nationalist
Century with the central focus on the problems of politics.
domination and inequality. It begins with the four
major thinkers of the previous century who have PSIR 415 A Global Political Economy of
influenced heavily the 20th Century political Environment and Energy (3-0)3
philosophy: Kant, Hegel, Nietzsche and Marx. It This course will introduce students to the principal
then examines, Arendt, Althusser, Foucault, political economic debates, controversies and
Habermas, Rawls and Mouffe with the aim of policies that have developed regarding key aspects
reaching certain generalizations and comparisons. of global environmental change. In addition to a
brief examination of the international history of
PSIR 403 Contemporary Issues in Global environmental change, the course seeks to focus on
Political Economy (3-0)3 a select number of environmental problems and to
This course aims to introduce students to the core discuss some of the proposed remedies for
theoretical debates and empirical issue-areas of environmental harms or policies for sustainability.
contemporary Global Political Economy (GPE), and This course forms an introduction and foundation
to develop their research and critical analysis skills for anyone interested in the problems of
in the study of GPE. The course is divided into three environment and energy. Insofar as it is possible
parts. In the first part, it introduces students to the and desirable, a non-technical approach will be
historical and theoretical foundations of GPE. The taken in the organisation and study of this course.
second part then looks at core GPE issues such as
economic globalization, neoliberalism and state PSIR 416 Terrorism and Global Society
restructuring. The last part focuses on broader GPE (3-0)3
issues such as global inequality, labour and social This course introduces students to questions
justice movements in the North and South. regarding the contemporary nature of terrorism, and
Prerequisite: PSIR 305 in particular will examine the global, political,
economic and cultural roots of terrorism and
PSIR 404 Contemporary Issues in War and terrorist groups. There will be an examination of
Peace (3-0)3 theoretical debates on terrorism as well as detailed
This course is a capstone course for the war, peace analysis of case studies, past and present. The
and security studies courses in the PSIR course will also examine the relationship between
programme, bringing together the theories, the United States and terrorist groups during the
concepts, methods, historiographical debates and Cold War period and contrast this with its present
techniques developed in earlier courses and now day War on Terror. This course will be conducted
brought to bear in the analysis of current through discussions of leading theories of nations
expressions of war and peace. Current and recent and nationalism as well as examination of different
examples of war and of peace negotiations and case studies.
settlements, including post-war reconstruction, will
be examined. The course will select, on a case study PSIR 418 Humanitarian Law (3-0)3
basis, current or recent examples for examination. This course introduces students to key issues
Prerequisite: PSIR 214. concerning international humanitarian law. The goal
of the course is to provide an overview of
PSIR 413 Comparative Political Cultures: international humanitarian law and consider the role
Greece, Turkey, Cyprus (3-0)3 of humanitarian law in the international realm.
This course provides a comparative introduction to There will be an examination of treaty texts, recent
political cultures in the eastern Mediterranean, with research, the role of human rights, and actual cases
a specific focus on Greece, Turkey, and Cyprus. before international bodies. The course will be
The course will explore the ways in which citizens conducted through readings, lectures, and student
in a nation-state, or those who aspire to build a presentations.
nation-state, legitimize politics, define inclusion in Prerequisite: PSIR 303.
the nation, and formulate the rights and
responsibilities of citizens. We will draw upon the PSIR 420 Politics and Society in Turkey
anthropological and sociological literature on the (3-0)3
region to examine the norms, symbols, and practices This course introduces five political and
of politics, including the formation and often sociological themes in the study of Turkish society,
contradictory practices of nationalist ideologies. which are discussed and analyzed from different
1053
perspectives. These themes and issues have both change. Can international relations be explained
historical roots and incessant actuality. In view of only as an interaction between states? What is the
this, these themes could function as vantage points effect of war on social change? What is the relation
for developing a coherent perspective to the between capitalism and the international state
historical transformation as well as to the current system? Does domestic class structure of societies
structure of Turkish society. These issues include and their economic transformation effect
a) State apparatus in Turkey, which will deal with international change? This course will adress these
the topics such as democratisation in Turkey, questions in the context of different historical
center-periphery paradigm, the role of military in sociological approaches thus analysing the
Turkish political history. overlapping concerns of international relations,
b) Nationalism in Turkey, which will cover the history and sociology.
themes such as Kemalism, citizenship practices,
ethnicity and race, ultra-nationalism in Turkish PSIR 425 Ethics and International
politics. Relations (3-0)3
c) Religion and Politics in Turkey, which will This course provides a framework for discussing the
elaborate on secularization, laicism, the rise of ethical dimensions of international relations. It aims
Islamic conservatism in Turkish society. to provide students with different approaches to
d) Gender and Society in Turkey, which willl focus international ethics. Is ethics only what the powerful
on nationalism and women, Muslimhood and say? Is it possible to have a moral foreign policy?
women, Kemalism and women and feminist Under what circumstances is it legitimate to
movement in Turkey. intervene into the affairs of another state? How can
e) Urban Life in Turkey, which will examine we define the national interest? Can ethics and
trajectory of urbanization, migration and urban international business coincide? What are the ethical
poor. issues involved in global climate change? Do the
rich nations owe to help the poor ones? This course
PSIR 421 Transitional Justice (3-0)3 will adress these questions in the context of
How do states or societies that have suffered different ethical traditions in international relations.
massive human rights abuses deal with the complex
legacies of their past as they transition to peace and PSIR 431 Law and Institutions of the
democracy? What can policymakers or activists do European Union (3-0)3
to defuse the bitterness of past conflict or repression The course is designed as a general introduction to
and meet rhetorical and political demands for the primary and secondary sources of European law
justice? covering European institutions involved in the
This course examines the ethical, political, legal, European law making process. The materials follow
and practical challenges that states face when trying three basic themes: 1) The constitutional and
to overcome the legacy of a violent past. It begins institutional architecture of the Union and its
by looking at the development of transitional justice evolution, 2) Select issues of EU-Turkey relations,
as field of political and social activism, including its and 3) Incorporation of European law into national
relationship to political science and international legislation. Attention focuses on equipping the
law. It sets out the developing legal framework that students with the basic information necessary to
supports such activism, as well as the practical understand the basic principles of European legal
constraints and ethical dilemmas that both integration.
characterize such contexts and make transitional
justice such a complicated field. PSIR 451 Theory of Democracy (3-0)3
In this course the concept of democracy is studied
PSIR 423 Historical Sociology and from its genesis to our day. The analysis includes
International Relations (3-0)3 different theories and aims to provide the student
This course provides a critical analysis of different the ability of critically compr-ehending and
historical sociological approaches to international evaluating the practice(s) of democracy in the
relations. It aims to provide a comprehensive contemporary world.
account of international political and economic
1054
NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS
PSYCHOLOGY PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology I (3-0)3 PSYC 102 Introduction to Psychology II (3-0)3
PSYC 116 Statistics for Psychology I (3-2)4 PSYC 113 Research Meth.in Psych. I (3-2)4
XXX xxx Non-Dept.Elect. (SOCL) (3-0)3
ENGL 101 Development of Reading and XXX xxx Non-Dept.Elect.(PHL) (3-0)3
Writing Skills I (4-0)4 ENGL 102 Development of Reading and
BIOL 106 General Biology (3-0)3 Writing Skills II (4-0)4
TUR 101(a) Turkish I (2-0) NC TUR 102(a) Turkish II (2-0)NC
GPC 100 First Year on Campus Seminar CNG 100 Intr. to Information Tech.and
(0-2)1 Applications (2-0)NC
SECOND YEAR
1055
THIRD YEAR
PSYC 331 Testing & Meas. in Psych. (3-2)4 PSYC 342 Psychopathology (4-0)4
PSYC 335 Industrial Psychology (3-2)4 PSYC 374 Biological Psychology (4-0)4
PSYC 340 Theories of Personality (4-0)4 ENGL 311 Advan.Communic.Skills (3-0)3
PSYC xxx Departmental Elective (-)3 XXX xxx Non-Departmental Elective (-)3
XXX xxx Non-Departmental Elective (-)3 XXX xxx Non-Departmental Elective (-)3
FOURTH YEAR
PSYC 442 Clinical Psychology (4-0)4 XXX xxx Free Elective (-)3
PSYC 449 Intr.to Health Psychology (3-0)3 PSYC xxx Departmental Elective (-)3
PSYC xxx Departmental Elective (-)3 PSYC xxx Departmental Elective (-)3
PSYC xxx Departmental Elective (-)3 PSYC xxx Departmental Elective (-)3
PSYC xxx Departmental Elective (-)3 PSYC xxx Departmental Elective (-)3
PSYC 400 Summer Practice NC
(a)
International students will take TUR 201 and TUR 202, which may be taken in the first year by the consent
of the advisor.
(b)
International students will take HST 205 and HST 206 instead of HST 201 and HST 202..
ELECTIVE COURSES
PSYC 358 Social Identity, Majority-
PSYC 240 Coping with Stress Minority Relations and
PSYC 272 Human Nervous System Acculturation
PSYC 282 Experimental Psychology II: PSYC 371 Emotion
Perception PSYC 372 Motivation and Emotion
PSYC 301 Background in Psychology PSYC 380 Topics in Experimental
PSYC 302 Visual Perception Psychology
PSYC 312 Experimental Design and PSYC 381 Cognitive Processes I
Analysis PSYC 382 Cognitive Processes II
PSYC 320 Topics in Developmental PSYC 384 Speech Perception
Psychology PSYC 385 Introduction to Cognitive
PSYC 321 Cognitive Development Science
PSYC 322 Social Development PSYC 386 Auditory Perception
PSYC 332 Intelligence Testing PSYC 390-399 Workshop
PSYC 336 Organizational Psychology PSYC 410 General Experimental
PSYC 341 Psychology of Adjustment Psychology
PSYC 343 Topics in Clinical Psychology PSYC 414 Computer Applications in
PSYC 345 Speech And Language Psychology
Pathology PSYC 420 Experimental Child
PSYC 347 Counseling the Psychology
Communicatively Disordered PSYC 421 Topics in Developmental
PSYC 349 Aging and Communication Psychology
Disorders PSYC 422 Language Acquisition and
PSYC 350-353 Topics in Social Psychology Development
PSYC 352 Environment and Behavior PSYC 424 Applied Developmental
PSYC 354 Introduction to Traffic Psychology
Psychology PSYC 426 Childhood Psychopathology
PSYC 357 Culture and Relationship PSYC 431 Personality Assessment
PSYC 432 Job Analysis and Performance
Appraisal
1056
PSYC 434 Industrial and Organizational Psychology
Psychology PSYC 452 Psychology of Gender
PSYC 436 Job Analysis and Personnel PSYC 454 Social Psychological View of
Selection Media
PSYC 440 Topics in Clinical Psychology PSYC 455 Psychology of the Self and
PSYC 441 Theories of Psychotherapy Attachment
PSYC 443 Community Psychology PSYC 456 Applied Social Psychology
PSYC 447 Family Therapy Approaches PSYC 460 Issues in Contemporary
PSYC 448 Methods of Family Therapy Psychology
PSYC 450 Topics in Social Psychology PSYC 470 Systems and Theories in
Psychology
PSYC 451 Experimental Social PSYC 483 Psychopharmacology
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
PSYC 100 General Psychology (3-0)3 PSYC 116 Statistics for Psychology I
This course aims to provide a general overview of (3-2)4
theoretical and empirical areas of literature in This course will introduce the basics of descriptive
psychology for non-psychology students. Students statistics and the principles of hypothesis testing.
are exposed to major areas of psychology such as Methods of summarizing data, principles of
physiological psychology, developmental probability, and basic assumptions and methods of
psychology, learning, memory and perception, hypothesis testing will be discussed as they relate to
personality and social psychology, and psychological research. The course will include
psychopathology. Individual instructors may tailor weekly problem sessions (2 hours a week) to
the course in accordance with the needs of the reinforce the learning of the principles by
students taking the course. (Elective for non- application.
Psychology Program students).
PSYC 214 Research Methods in
PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology I Psychology II (3-2)4
(3-0)3 This course aims to familiarize students with the use
An introduction to general theories and methods of of experimental methods in psychology. The
psychology; basic concepts and research findings in content will include basic principles of good
major areas of psychology, such as perception, experimentation, between group and within-group
learning, cognition and emotion. experiments, how to deal with the problems
associated with these kinds of experiments, design
PSYC 102 Introduction to Psychology II and interpretation of factorial experiments. During
(3-0)3 the course of the semester, students will be required
A continuation of PSYC 101. Basic concepts and to create a simple experiment of their own, collect
research findings in the areas of developmental data, and report the result in a computer generated
psychology, personality, individual differences, report in the appropriate format.
abnormal behavior, psycho-therapy and social Prerequisite: PSYC 113.
psychology.
1057
PSYC 221 Developmental Psychology I PSYC 331 Testing and Measurement in
(4-0)4 Psychology (3-2)4
An integrated account of the various approaches to Students wil be exposed to the basic principles of
human development emphasizing the relevant measurement in psychology; norm development
research findings in this area with special reference validity, reliability, and related statistics. Special
to psycho-motor, mental, emotional and social emphasis will be given to test development and use
development from birth through adolescence. of tests. Nature of abilities, intelligence and issues
Discussion of basic issues in developmental in intelligence testing are among the other topics
psychology. covered in this course.
1059
PSYC 449 Introduction to Health PSYC 450 Topics in Social Psychology *
Psychology (3-0)3
(3-0)3 Main objectives of this course are to make students
This course is designed to explore the bio- to acquire knowledge and appreciation of
psychosocial factors associated with health and biopsychosocial and behavioral factors associated
wellness. The aim of the course is to familiarize with health, wellness and illness, to encourage them
students with behavioral changes that facilitate the to develop skills and behavioral strategies for
acquisition and maintenance of health, primary and lifestyle change and to promote health and wellness,
secondary prevention, and the role of psychosocial and to make them recognize the importance of
factors such as stress in the development of illness. assuming responsibility for making significant
Multicultural aspects of health behavior will be choices that enhance quality of life and personal
examined throughout the course. contribution to society.
1060
NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: Graduates of this program will be certified English teachers and
will be qualified to work as English teachers, curriculum designers and material developers at public and
private schools and universities as well as in other areas requiring advanced English language skills.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
(0-2)1
First Semester Second Semester
EFL 121 Contextual Gram.&Comp. I (3-0)3 EFL 122 Contextual Gram.&Comp. II (3-0)3
EFL 123 Listening and Pronunciation (3-0)3 EFL 124 Oral Communication Skills (3-0)3
EFL 125 Advanced Read.&Writing I (3-0)3 EFL 126 Advanced Read.&Writing II (3-0)3
XXX(*) 201 Basic German I / EFL 130 Introduction to Literature (3-0)3
Basic French I (4-0)4 XXX(*) 202 Basic German II /
EDUS 200 Introduction to Education (3-0)3 Basic French II (4-0)4
TUR 103(a) Turkish I: Written Comm. (2-0)2 TUR 104(a) Turkish II: Oral Comm. (2-0)2
CNG 100 Introduction. to Information
Tech. and Applications (2-0)NC
GPC 100 First Year on Campus Seminar
SECOND YEAR
EFL 211 English Literature I (3-0)3 EFL 212 English Literature II (3-0)3
EFL 245 Linguistics I (3-0)3 EFL 244 Translation Studies (3-0)3
EFL 249 ELT Methodology I (3-0)3 EFL 246 Linguistics II (3-0)3
XXX(*) 203 Intermediate German I / EFL 250 Oral Expr. &Publ.Speaking (3-0)3
Intermediate French I (4-0)4 EFL 254 ELT Methodology II (3-0)3
EDUS 220 Educational Psychology (3-0)3 EFL xxx Departmental Elective II (3-0)3
EFL xxx Departmental Elective I (3-0)3
1061
THIRD YEAR
EFL 311 Adv.Writng&Research Skills (3-0)3 EFL 318 Novel Analysis (3-0)3
EFL 313 Language Acquisition (3-0)3 EFL 320 Teach.Engl.to Young Learn. (3-0)3
EFL 315 Contast. Turkish-Engl. Struc. (3-0)3 EFL 322 Teaching Language Skills
EFL 319 Drama Analysis (3-0)3 Reading and Writing (3-0)3
EFL 321 Teaching Language Skills EFL 324 Community Service Practice (1-2)2
Speaking and Listening (3-0)3 EDUS 304 Classroom Management (3-0)3
CTE 319 Instr.Tech. &Mater.Develop. (3-0)3 EDUS 416 Turk.Edu.Sys. &Sch. Mang. (3-0)3
HST 201(b) Principles of Kemal Atatrk I XXX xxx Non-Departmental Elec. I (3-0)3
(2-0)NC HST 202(b) Principles of Kemal Atatrk II
(2-0)NC
FOURTH YEAR
EFL 411 The English Lexicon (3-0)3 EFL 414 Schools of Modern Thought (3-0)3
EFL 413 Eng.Lang.Test.&Evaluation (3-0)3 EFL 418 Practice Teaching (1-6)4
EFL 415 Mat.Adap. & Development (3-0)3 EDUS 424 Guidance (3-0)3
EFL 417 School Experience (2-4)4 EFL xxx Departmental Elective III (3-0)3
XXX xxx Non-Departmental Elec. II (3-0)3
(a)
International students will take TUR 201 and TUR 202, which may be taken in the first year by the consent
of the advisor.
(b)
International students will take HST 205 and HST 206 instead of HST 201 and HST 202.
(*)
FRN ya da GRM kodlu dersler.
ELECTIVE COURSES
The following courses may be offered as electives:
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
EFL 121 Contextual Grammar and descriptive and expository paragraph levels to the
Composition I (3-0)3 introduction of full essays.
This course aims to develop students grammatical
competence in English by increasing awareness of EFL 122 Contextual Grammar and
how meaning is created through structure and how Composition II (3-0)3
structure and vocabulary are related to produce This course is a continuation of EFL 121 Contextual
texts. This course will enable students to employ Grammar and Composition. It aims to improve
these structures in context starting from narrative, students use of linguistic structures at the discourse
1062
level focusing on relation between form and text lines. By means of the awareness gained from the
type. Students will examine texts that increase texts, students will analyze, synthesize and evaluate
sensitivity to grammar in context and will produce information and react to readings in their
comparison and contrast, classification, process compositions and develop basic research skills
analysis, cause and effect analysis and including library/ internet search and basic research
argumentative essays. report writing skills such as citing, paraphrasing and
referencing.
EFL 123 Listening and Pronunciation
(3-0)3 EFL 128 English-Turkish Translation
This course aims to develop students listening and (3-0)3
pronunciation skills by providing them with the Skills necessary for dealing with a broad range of
fundamentals of listening and phoneticsvowels, translation problems through analysis, discussion
consonants, stress in words, rhythm and intonation-- and practice with a variety of texts.
as well as the usage of phonetic alphabet. Students
will be exposed to authentic listening materials; and EFL 130 Introduction to Literature (3-0)3
the course, starting from basic listening and This course aims to introduce fundamental terms
phonetic skills such as discriminating minimal pairs and techniques of literary analysis through selected
and formulating phonetic transcriptions of texts from various genres and periods.
problematic sounds in class, will also focus on
higher level listening skills and strategies such as EFL 211 English Literature I (3-0)3
note-taking, predicting, extracting information and This course aims to introduce intensive study of
guessing meaning from context. advanced level literary texts representing different
periods and genres of English literature up to the
EFL 124 Oral Communication Skills 18th Century
(3-0)3
This course offers a variety of different EFL 212 English Literature II (3-0)3
communication oriented speaking opportunities for This course is a continuation of EFL 211 and aims
students to improve their oral competence by to introduce intensive study of advanced level
developing effective language use both in formal literary texts representing different periods and
and informal contexts. Students will develop a good genres of English literature from the 18th Century to
command in supra-segmental features (pitch, stress the present.
and intonation) as well as strategic competence, in
EFL 244 Translation Studies (3-0)3
repairing communication breakdowns. By
Examines fundamental theories and approaches in
exploring components of communicative
translation studies. Aspects of translation to be
competence this course aims to equip students with
examined include style, word selection, cultural
the necessary skills to become successful
aspects of translation, and the role and importance
communicators as well as language teachers. The
of translation in language teaching. Readings
course includes discussion topics, literary texts and
covering historical and contemporary issues in the
the use of audiovisual aids (OHP, power point,
field of English language translation are included.
posters) and techniques for effective presentations.
EFL 125 Advanced Reading and EFL 245 Linguistics I (3-0)3
Writing I (3-0)3 Introduction to language, brain and language,
This course aims to improve students reading phonetics, phonology and morphology of English.
proficiency, effective critical thinking and study
skills by exposing them to authentic academic texts EFL 246 Linguistics II (3-0)3
in order to comprehend contrasting viewpoints and Syntax, semantics, the functioning of language in
to predict and identify main ideas and to decode society, pragmatics.
intersentential clues. Critical thinking skills such as EFL 247 Turkish-English Translation
analyzing, synthesizing and reacting on the basis of (3-0)3
evaluation are employed in students writing as an Skills necessary for dealing with a broad range of
integral part of critical reading skills. translation problems through analysis, discussion
and practice with a variety of texts.
EFL 126 Advanced Reading and
Writing II (3-0)3 EFL 249 ELT Methodology I (3-0)3
This course is a continuation of EFL 125 Advanced Developing students' awareness concerning the
Reading and Writing I. By processing authentic relationship between linguistics, psychology and
reading texts students will be able to make educational psychology; enabling students to make
inferences and deductions and read between the
1063
presentations with major approaches, methods and EFL 266 Comparative Literature (3-0)3
techniques of teaching English. This course explores a variety of approaches to the
comparative or transnational study of literature
EFL 250 Oral Expression and Public through readings of several kinds: texts from
Speaking (3-0)3 different cultural traditions that raise questions
This course is an introduction to public speaking about the nature and function of literature; texts that
and focuses on development of practical skills for comment on, respond to and rewrite other texts
effective communication. Students will deliver from different historical periods and nations;
extended presentations as an outcome of extensive translations; and readings in critical theory. The
reading and research. The course also aims to foster course will address themes such as race, class,
students oral and written language skills in job gender and sexuality, religion, colonialism,
related situations such as interviewing, socializing, immigration, exile, and integration and alienation in
telephoning, presenting information, holding relation to key literary texts.
meetings as well as CV and application writing.
EFL 269 Mythology (3-0)3
EFL 252 Instructional Principles and This course will investigate mythological narratives
Methods (3-0)3 that have shaped human actions, art and thought
This course introduces fundamental educational across space and time. Students will learn
concepts; learning and teaching principles; the approaches to myth analysis, and identify cross-
importance and advantages of planning in learning; cultural commonalities in myths, as well as what
planning teaching on daily and yearly basis as units they reveal about specific cultures -- European,
with examples of activities; learning and teaching Middle Eastern, Native American, Indian, Pacific,
strategies; teaching methods and techniques and and others. The primary focus will be on myths
their relation to teaching; tools and materials in about language itself, including language origins,
teaching; responsibilities and duties of teachers in the magical power of names and words, the search
developing the quality of teaching and teachers. for original or perfect languages, the intellectual and
political ramifications of such searches, and 'modern
EFL 254 ELT Methodology II (3-0)3 myths' about language held even today.
Skills necessary for teaching different language
skills to learners of all age groups and language EFL 270 American Literature (3-0)3
proficiency levels with special emphasis on learning This course is a thematic survey of American
and teaching strategies, lesson planning and class literature. Students will read short stories, poems,
management. and novels, that address or help to define the
formation of the United States and theories of
EFL 262 Shakespeare (3-0)3 government; literature written by and about slavery
This course is an introduction to the works of and racial prejudice; literature that defines the
Shakespeare as literature and as theatre. At least philosophy of transcendentalism; and works that
three of four genres (comedy, history, tragedy, have contributed to diversity in American culture.
romance) are considered, with emphasis on close EFL 271/291 Second Foreign Language I
analysis of the text, historical background, and (3-0)3
thematic and dramatic structures. This course will German Language Structure I:
approach Shakespeares plays from cultural, Language training in German; German grammar,
theatrical, and literary viewpoints. German grammar compared to English grammar.
French Language Structure I: Language training in
EFL 263 Modern Drama (3-0)3 French language with focus on grammar, explaining
Drama is introduced as a literary genre with the grammatical structure of French.
emphasis on origins of drama and traditional modes,
modern movements and principles of critical EFL 272/292 Second Foreign Language II
evaluation. A brief history of drama from its origins (3-0)3
to the birth of modern theatre is introduced and German Language Structure II:A continuation of
discussed with selected representative plays EFL 271.
French Language Structure II :A continuation of
EFL 264 Poetry (3-0)3 EFL 291.
This course aims to introduce elements, literary Prerequisite: EFL 271 / 291.
devices, and forms of poetry. Analysis of poems in EFL 273/293 Second Foreign Language III
English from a variety of time periods and contexts (3-0)3
is emphasized. Read. Comprehension and Writing in German I:
Developing reading and writing skills in German;
1064
textual practice of the grammatical knowledge of analyzing the novel: analysis of sample British and
the German language. American novels that represent various literary
Read. Comprehension and Writing in French I: periods.
Developing reading and writing skills and textual
practice of the grammatical knowledge of the EFL 319 Drama Analysis (3-0)3
French language. This course aims to introduce the characteristics of
Prerequisite: EFL 272 / 292 drama as a type of literature: types of drama:
analysis of significant examples from English,
EFL 276 European Arts in Context: 1800- including selected plays from Shakespeare and his
1918 (3-0)3 contemporaries, American and World drama
This course explores the major 19th century art representing different trends in drama.
movements of Europe to the end of World War I
EFL 320 Teaching English to Young
and the cultural contexts within which they existed.
Learners (3-0)3
The movements to be discussed include
The learning strategies of young children and the
Romanticism, Realism, Impressionism, Post-
acquisition of the mother tongue as well as the
Impressionism, Cubism, and Fauvism as well as the
learning of a foreign language; the classroom
invention of photography. Selected examples from
methods and techniques to be used when teaching
the visual arts, literature, and music will be
English to young learners; the development of
discussed in conjunction with contextually related
games, songs and visual materials and their use in
political, economic, social, and philosophical
teaching.
occurrences.
EFL 321 Teaching Language Skills
EFL 277 20th Century European Arts Speaking and Listening (3-0)3
(3-0)3 Builds language awareness and teaching skills
This course explores the major 20th century art through the study of techniques used in teaching
movements of Europe and the cultural contexts speaking and listening. Includes skills for language
within which they existed. Some of the movements learners at various ages and language proficiency
to be discussed include Dadaism, Surrealism, the levels. Group and micro-teaching activities will be
Bauhaus School, Performance Art, Conceptual Art, used to practice and refine lesson planning and
and Neo-Expressionism. In addition, philosophical teaching techniques for listening and speaking.
and critical schools such as feminism,
existentialism, and the Frankfurt School will be EFL 322 Teaching Language Skills
considered as well as stylistic trends and Reading and Writing (3-0)3
developments in European cinema. Selected Builds language awareness and teaching skills
examples of visual arts, films, and literary works through a detailed study of techniques used in
will be discussed in conjunction with contextually teaching reading and writing. Includes skills for
related political, economic, social, and philosophical language learners at various ages and language
occurrences. proficiency levels. Group and micro-teaching
EFL 311 Advanced Writing and activities will be used to practice and refine lesson
Research Skills (3-0)3 planning and teaching techniques for reading and
Practice in writing a research paper; conducting writing.
library research and producing a full-length term
paper. EFL 324 Community Service Practice
(3-0)3
EFL 313 Language Acquisition (3-0)3 Understanding the importance of participating in
Theories of native and second languages; stages of community service; identifying the current
language development and acquisition; learning problems of local community and developing
grammar and other components of language in L1 projects to generate solutions for these problems;
and L2. attending academic events such as panels,
conferences, symposiums and conventions as
EFL 315 Contrastive Turkish English speakers, organizers or participants; taking part in
Structure (3-0)3 various projects, approved by the department, with
Comparison of English and Turkish with respect to the aim of assuming social responsibility and
phonetic, morphologic and syntactic structure. acquiring basic knowledge & skills for the
application of community service in educational
EFL 318 Novel Analysis (3-0)3 environments.
This course aims to introduce the characteristics of
the novel as a literary genre: approaches to
1065
EFL 411 The English Lexicon (3-0)3 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE COURSES
An indepth analysis of the relation between lexical
semantics, clause structure and discourse in English, ARTS
with a focus on aspects of English grammar that are
problematic for second language learners. Argument ART 113 Intr. to Artistic Drawing (2-2)3
structure: types of verbs and passivisation. Lexical This course aims to teach the students (how) to
aspect and discourse: types of lexical aspect; aspect look, see, draw, make a composition, and therefore
in discourse; adverbial modification. The syntax and to enable them to develop their abilities and
the semantics of the noun phrase in English: aesthetic senses. This course offers an introduction
definiteness, quantifiers and subject-verb to drawing materials, basic rules of drawing, mental
agreement. calculation of dimensions and proportions and
working with coloured pencils. Lessons begin with
EFL 413 English Language Testing and the simplest and easiest drawing medium, lead
Evaluation (3-0)3 pencil. By following simple, step by step
Types of tests; test preparation techniques for procedures, students can learn how to use texture
measuring various language skills and knowledge; and line, how to create light and shade and illusion
preparing various types of test items and alternative of depth.
assessment tools; evaluation and analysis
techniques; statistical calculations. ART 211 Intr. to Basic Design in Art (2-2)3
This course is designed: i) to introduce basic design
EFL 414 Schools of Modern Thought methods in art, two and three-dimension forms of
(3-0)3 production originating from the imaginary and the
Representative readings from such topics as reality (real objects), ii) to help students acquire the
structuralism, empiricism, mentalism, semiotics, related technical knowledge and skills and iii) to
post-structuralism, Marxism, Feminism, enable them to have discussions on the works they
postmodernism and postcolonialism. have produced by utilizing different design
techniques; i.e. drawing, study, modelling,
EFL 415 Materials Adaptation and patchwork, composition, small models, etc.) and to
Evaluation (3-0)3 evaluate them. The goal of the course is to provide
Skills necessary for evaluating language teaching the students with basic design principles and to put
materials in current textbooks, adapting and these principles into practice.
developing materials for language teaching.
ART 232 Introduction to Clay Sculpture
EFL 417 School Experience (2-4)4 (2-2)3
Preparing students for teaching practice through This course is designed for students who have
observation and application tasks under the interest in the art of sculpture and who would like to
supervision of a cooperating teacher. start working on it to furnish them with basic
knowledge on this specific branch of art. Within this
EFL 418 Practice Teaching (1-6)4 context the aim of the course is to supply the
Consolidating the skills necessary for teaching beginners with an insight into the whats of sculpture
English as a foreign language at primary and and how to approach it. This course offers an
secondary schools through observation and teaching introduction to the techniques of hand building with
practice in pre-determined secondary schools under an emphasis on sculptural form and individual
staff supervision; critically analyzing the previously project development. Students not only become
acquired teaching related knowledge and skills familiar with basic construction techniques in clay
through further reading, research and in class object making but they also work with a number of
activities in order to develop a professional view of different surface treatments particularly suited to
English Language Teaching. sculptural ceramics.
1066
EDUCATIONAL SCIENCES HISTORY
EDUS 200 Introduction to Education (3-0)3 HST 201 Principles of Kemal Atatrk I
Characteristics and principles of teaching (2-0)NC
profession, school and classroom contexts, A history of the foundation of the Turkish Republic
alternative perspectives in education, social, under the light of Kemal Atatrk's principles. (This
psychological, philosophical and historical course is taught in Turkish)
foundations of education, Turkish education system.
HST 202 Principles of Kemal Atatrk II
(2-0)NC
EDUS 220 Educational Psychology (3-0)3 Continuation of HST 201. (This course is taught in
Various dimensions of human development Turkish)
(cognitive, social, psychological, moral and
physical), approaches to learning and learning HST 205 History of the Turkish Revol. I
process, learning styles, individual differences in (2-0)NC
learning. (International students only )
A required course for international students, with
EDUS 304 Classroom Management (2-2)3 particular consentration on the War of
Social and psychological factors that influence Independence, the foundation of the Republic,
student behavior, basic characteristics and functions Atatrk's domestic and foreign policies.
of classroom context, designing the physical . (This course in taught in English).
environment, starting a new school year, developing
and teaching rules and routines for classroom HST 206 History of the Turkish Revol. II
management, gaining student cooperation, (2-0)NC
protecting and restoring order, creating a positive (International students only )
learning environment, managing seatwork, group Continuation of HST 205. (This course in taught in
work, recitations and discussions, productive and English).
effective use of time in class, motivation and
communication, problem behaviors and ways of PHILOSOPHY
dealing with them.
PHL 101 Introduction to Philosophy I
EDUS 416 Turkish Educational System and (3-0)3
School Management (3-0)3 An introductory survey of the main problems of
This course introduces the objectives and basic philosophy.
principles of Turkish educational system; the
legislative arrangements related to education; the PHL 291 History of Science I (3-0)3
examination of Turkish educational system in terms A general survey of the development of science
of its structure, management theories and from Greeks to Newton.
educational processes; school systems and
management; personnel, student, teaching and STATISTICS
administrative tasks in school management and
ways of promoting involvement of society in STAS 221 Statistics for Engineers I (3-0)3
schools. Introduction to probability. Finite sample spaces.
Conditional probability and independence. Discrete
EDUS 424 Guidance (3-0)3 and continuous random variables. Random sample
Purposes of student personality services and their and statistics. Statistical inference, estimation and
place in education, introduction to guidance services tests of hypotheses. Simple linear regression.
in schools, principles of guidance, diagnosing and Prerequisite: MAT 120.
guiding students, collection and use of data on
student counseling, placement, follow-up advising,
research and evaluation, relations with parents and
beyond the school community, vocational guidance,
purposes of special education, identifying students
with special learning needs.
1067
SOCIOLOGY TUR 103 Turkish I: Written
Communication (2-0)2
SOCL 109 Introduction to Sociology (3-0)3 Written expression; composition and punctuation
An introduction to basic principles, concepts and rules; types of written expression; colloquial,
theories of sociology; analysis of social structure, literary, scientific and official language; criticism;
cultural processes and patterns: the relationship of researching and using sources; classroom exercises
individual with society. Emphasis on case studies. and discussions concerning all the subjects.
Offered to non-Sociology majors.
TUR 104 Turkish II: Oral Communication
SOCL 134 Social Anthropology (3-0)3 (2-0)2
The study of human beings in different cultural Language, its definition and importance, relations
contexts. Theories of culture and social structure. between speaking and thinking, developing the
An examination of major human institutions comprehension and expression ability; language and
(kinship, economic, political and religious) in cross- culture relations, listening and its importance,
cultural perspective effective listening; reading, its importance and
functions; reading types; expression and its rules,
TURKISH
expression units, types, forms and means; oral
expression and types of oral expression; fluent,
TUR 101 Turkish I (2-0)NC
correct and effective speaking, body language;
The course will cover the following: The
classroom exercises and discussions.
importance of language as a social institution in the
Prerequisite: TUR 103.
life of a nation; relations between culture and
TUR 201 Elementary Turkish (4-0)NC
language; the Turkish languages and their
Designed to instruct foreign students in the Turkish
geographical distribution; history of the Turkish
language in terms of grammar, syntax and
language; phonology of the Turkish language; rules
vocabulary. Basic characteristics of Turkish
of punctuation. The rule of inflection (declension
language: sound, vowel and consonant harmonies,
and conjugation) and derivation in the Turkish
changes in consonants, nominal compounds,
language. General rules of composition; various
possessive suffixes, cases, the verb imek basic
forms of written expression.
tenses and modes, comparative and superlative,
numerals, compound tenses. (Course is for foreign
TUR 102 Turkish II (2-0)NC
students)
Reading from literature; exercises in composition.
Errors in sentence structure and their correction,
TUR 202 Intermediate Turkish (4-0)NC
writing research papers; development of students
Designed to increase students knowledge of
ability to speak and write well through the use of
Turkish language. Compound sentences, voices,
selected texts from world literatures.
compound verbs written and oral expression of
Prerequisite: TUR 101.
ideas within the limits of a paragraph, written and
oral translation. (Course is for foreign students)
Prerequisite: TUR 201.
1068
NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS
DEGREE PROGRAMS UNDER ACADEMIC BOARD OF ENGINEERING AND
NATURAL SCIENCES
Academic Staff
(2013-2014 Academic Year)
Full-Time Academic Staff
AKER Krat, Instr. Dr., Mathematics, B.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
AKINTU Bertu, Assist. Prof. Dr., Coordinator Civil Engineering Program; B.S., M.S., Eastern
Mediterranean University; Ph.D., University of Manitoba
ALAAM Burak, Assist. Prof. Dr., Electrical and Electronics Engineering; B.S., METU; M.S., Drexel
University; Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
ANWAR Sabieh, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Physics; B.S., University of Engineering and Technology; Ph.D.,
University of Oxford, U.K. (Guest Faculty)
ARFLER Dizem, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Physics; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., The University of Texas Austin
ARTUN Emre, Assist. Prof. Dr., Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering, B.S., METU; M.S., West Virginia
University; Ph.D., Penn State University
BAKER Keith Derek, V. Assoc.Prof. Dr., Mechanical Engineering; B.S. Virginia Tech; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Texas at Austin
BAARAN Can, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Computer Engineering; B.S., M.S., Yeditepe University; Ph.D.,
Binghamton University
CAN Cneyt, Prof. Dr., Physics; B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., Kansas State University (From METU-Ankara)
CANDAN dil, Instr. Dr. (Adjunct), Computer Engineering; B.S., M.S., Ph.D, Eastern Mediterranean
University
ANAN Zehra, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Civil Engineering; B.S., University of London; M.S., METU; Ph.D.,
Cornell University
ELENLGL Mehmet Cevdet, Prof. Dr., Coordinator of Aerospace Engineering Program; B.S., METU;
M.S., Ph.D., Princeton University (From METU-Ankara)
ELK Ozan Cem, Assist. Prof.. Dr., Civil Engineering; B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Georgia Institute of
Technology
DA SILVA Manuel Carlos Gameiro, Assoc. Prof. Dr. Mechanical Engineering; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Coimbra, Portugal (Guest Faculty)
DOSIEV Anar, V. Assoc. Prof. Dr., Mathematics; B.S., Novosibirsk State University; M.S., Ph.D., Baku State
University
DURHAN Salih, Assist. Prof. Dr., Mathematics; B.S., stanbul Bilgi University; Ph.D., University of Illinois
at Urbana-Champaign
ELGEDAWY Islam, Assist. Prof. Dr., Computer Engineering; B.S., M.S., Alexandria University; Ph.D.,
RMIT University-Australia
1069
ESAT Volkan, Assist. Prof. Dr., Assistant to the Head of Academic Board of Engineering and Natural
Sciences, Mechanical Engineering; B.S., Gazi University; M.S., METU; Ph.D., Loughborough
University
EVER Enver, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Computer Engineering; B.S., Eastern Mediterranean University; M.S.,
Ph.D., Middlesex University
FAHROLU Murat, Assist. Prof. Dr., Electrical and Electronics Engineering; B.S., Michigan State
University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison
GNDZ Gngr, Prof.Dr. (Adjunct), Chemical Engineering, B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Iowa State
University
GNDZ Ufuk, Prof. Dr., Biology; B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., Iowa State University; Ph.D. METU
(From METU-Ankara)
GREL Erhan, Assist. Prof. Dr., Mathematics; B.S., METU; Ph.D., Michigan State University
GRKAN Trker, Prof. Dr., Head of Academic Board of Engineering and Natural Sciences; Chemical
Engineering; B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Missouri (From METU-Ankara)
Hseyin, Prof. Dr. (Adjunct), Chemistry; B.S., METU; Ph.D., Northern Illinois University
KENTEL Behzat Bahadr, Assist. Prof. Dr., Mechanical Engineering; B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D.,
Loughborough University
KSEL Ali Ula zgr, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Assistant to the President, Mathematics; B.S., METU; Ph.D.,
University of California, Los Angeles
KOCAOLAN Erol, Prof. Dr. (Adjunct), Electrical and Electronics Engineering; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU
MEHMETOLU Mustafa Tanju, Prof. Dr., Vice President of the Campus, Petroleum and Natural Gas
Engineernig; B.S., METU; M.S.,University of Manchester; Ph.D., McGill University (From
METU-Ankara)
MUHTAROLU Ali, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Coordinator of Sustainable Energy and Enviromental Systems
Graduate Program, Electrical and Electronics Engineering; B.S., University of Rochester; M.S.,
Cornell University; Ph.D., Oregon State University
NESMOLU Tayfun, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Coordinator of Electrical and Electronics Engineering Program;
B.S., Eastern Mediterranean University; M.S., University of Westminster; Ph.D.,
University of Bristol
NIKMEHR Hooman, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Electrical and Electronics Engineering, B.S., M.S., The University
of Tehran; Ph.D., The University of Adelaide
OKUTMUTUR Baver, Assist. Prof. Dr., Mathematics; B.S., METU; M.S., Bilkent University; Ph.D.,
Universire Pierre et Marie Curie (From METU-Ankara)
ONURHAN Erdal, Assist. Prof. Dr. (Adjunct), Chemistry; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU
ZER Mustafa Murat, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Physics, B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Tennessee
ZSER Mustafa Erkut, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Chemistry; B.S., Hacettepe University; M.S., University of
Southampton; Ph.D., Max-Planck Institute
ZTRK IIK Hande, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Civil Engineering; B.S., M.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D, Michigan State
University
1070
SABAH Cumali, Assist. Prof. Dr., Electrical and Electronics Engineering; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Gaziantep
University
SALMAN Bar, Assist. Prof. Dr. Civil Engineering; B.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
SANER Salih, V. Prof. Dr., Coordinator of Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering Program; B.S., M.S.,
Ph.D., stanbul University
SHIBLI Mohammad Awais, Assist. Prof. Dr. Computer Engineering; B.S., Foundation University, Pakistan;
M.S., Ph.D., The Royal Institute of Technology, Sweden (Guest Faculty)
SHIKAKHWA Mohammad, V. Assoc. Prof. Dr., Assistant to the President, Physics; B.S., University of
Jordan; M.S., Ph.D., METU
SNMEZ Murat, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Mechanical Engineering; B.S., Ankara State Academy of Engineering and
Architecture; M.S., Ph.D., METU
TORKMAHALLEH Mehdi Amouei, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Chemical Engineering; B.S., University of Tehran;
M.S., Amir Kabir University of Technology; Ph.D., Clarkson University
TMER S. Turgut , Prof. Dr., Campus President, Mechanical Engineering; B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Manchester-UMIST (From METU-Ankara)
UZGREN Eray, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Coordinator of Mechanical Engineering Program; B.S., METU; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Florida
NAL brahim, Assist. Prof. Dr., Mathematics, B.S., METU; Ph.D., Stony Brook University
WALTER Benjamin Charles, V. Assist. Prof. Dr., Mathematics; B.S., Rice University; M.S., Ph.D., Brown
University
YILMAZ YELADA Yeliz, Assist. Prof. Dr., Coordinator of Computer Engineering Program; B.S., Eastern
Mediterranean University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Manchester
YILMAZER lk, Prof. Dr., Chemical Engineering; B.S., METU; M.S., Stevens Institute of Technology;
Ph.D., The University of Iowa (From METU-Ankara)
Part-Time Academic Staff
ALBAYRAK, Kahraman, Prof. Dr., Mechanical Engineering; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU (From METU-
Ankara)
ANLAAN, mer, Prof. Dr., Mechanical Engineering, B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Manchester
ASKAN, Ayegl, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Civil Engineering; B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon
University (From METU-Ankara)
BAYER, zgr, Assist. Prof. Dr., Mechanical Engineering; B.S., M.S., Ph.D, METU (From METU-Ankara)
BOR akir, Prof. Dr., Material and Metalurgical Engineering; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU (From METU-
Ankara)
CAN Tolga, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Computer Engineering; B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., University of California at
Santa Barbara (From METU-Ankara)
1071
COAR Ahmet, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Computer Engineering, B.S., METU; M.S., Bilkent University; M.S., Ph.D,
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis (From METU-Ankara)
DENZ Dervi, Prof. Dr., Computer Engineering, B.S., Queen Mary College; M.S., Kings College; Ph.D.,
University College London
DURGUT smail, Assist. Prof. Dr., Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU (From
METU-Ankara)
ERSAK Aydn, Prof. Dr., Electrical and Electronics Engineering; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU
GKMEN nci, Prof. Dr., Chemistry; B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Maryland
(From METU-Ankara)
GCYENER smail Hakk, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering; B.S., M.S., Ph.D,
METU
GREL Sinan Assoc. Prof. Dr., Industrial Engineering; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Bilkent University (From METU-
Ankara)
HAVA Ahmet Masum, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Electrical and Electronics Engineering; B.S., stanbul University;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison (From METU-Ankara)
KALIPILAR, Halil, Prof. Dr., Chemical Engineering; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU (From METU-Ankara)
KARAKA, Grkan, Prof. Dr., Chemical Engineering; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU (From METU-Ankara)
KAYA, Tevfik, Instr., Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering; B.S., M.S., METU
KK, Mustafa Veran, Prof. Dr., Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU (From
METU-Ankara)
KKEN, Mete, Assoc. Prof. Dr., Civil Engineering, B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., The University of Iowa (From
METU-Ankara)
OSKAY Rknettin, Prof. Dr., Mechanical Engineering, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU
NAL, Ik, Prof. Dr., Chemical Engineering; B.S., MIT, Ph.D., Northwestern University (From METU-
Ankara)
PARNAS, Levend, Prof. Dr., Mechanical Engineering; B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Georgia Institute of
Technology (From METU-Ankara)
SARIHAN HUVAJ Nejan, Assist. Prof. Dr., Civil Engineering, B.S., METU; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Illinois at Urbana-Champaign (From METU-Ankara)
SINAYU alar, Assist. Prof. Dr., Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., METU
(From METU-Ankara)
TOROSLU smail Hakk, Prof. Dr., Computer Engineering; B.S., METU; M.S., Bilkent University; Ph.D.,
Northwestern University (From METU-Ankara)
YALINER Uur, Instr., Industrial Design; B.S., M.S., METU
YET lk, Prof. Dr., Environmental Engineering, B.S., METU, M.S., University of Pittsburg, Ph.D., METU
(From METU-Ankara)
YILDIRIM, Orhan, Prof. Dr., Mechanical Engineering; B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., University of Birmingham
(From METU-Ankara)
1072
YOZGATLIGL, Ahmet, Assist. Prof. Dr., Mechanical Engineering; B.S., M.S., METU; Ph.D., Drexel
University (From METU-Ankara)
1073
NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS
GENERAL INFORMATION: The mission of the METU NCC Aerospace Engineering Program
is to educate students and to do research in aerospace sciences including analysis, design, manufacturing and
testing of air and space flight vehicles, in order to contribute to economic progress and welfare of the society.
Aerospace Engineering Program is multi-disciplinary in nature and is very closely related to the
disciplines of Mechanical, Electrical and Computer Engineering. The students are required to take courses in
the fields of Aerodynamics, Structures and Materials, Propulsion, Flight Mechanics and Control during their
undergraduate studies.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: Today, aerospace industry in the world is growing very rapidly
and is considered as one of the major driving force for the technology. As a result, the aerospace sector
provides a significant number of attractive job opportunities for young Aerospace Engineers. Demand for high
technology placed an increased emphasis in the investment of scientific R&D projects to develop novel and
more efficient, more performant manned and unmanned aerial and space systems as well as wind turbines for
energy production.
METU NCC Aerospace Engineering graduates have a lot of career opportunities in both the public
and private sector related to aerospace engineering around the world. Graduates may also pursue academic
careers in leading universities with the knowledge and perspective they gain through the METU NCC
Aerospace Engineering Program.
1074
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Second Semester
GPC 100 First Year on Campus Sem. (0-2)1
ASE 101 Introduction to ASE 172 Introduction to Aircraft
Aerospace Engineering (0-2)NC Performance (3-0)3
MECH 113 Computer Aided Engineering MAT 120 Calculus for Functions of
Drawing 1 (2-2)3 Several Variables
MAT 119(a)Calculus with Analytic Geometry (4-2)5
PHY 106 General Physics II (3-2)4
(4-2)5 CNG 230 Introduction to C Programming
PHY 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 (2-2)3
CHM 107 General Chemistry (3-2)4 ENGL 102 Development of Reading and
ENGL 101 Development of Reading and Writing Skills II (4-0)4
Writing Skills I (4-0)4 GPC 100 First Year on Campus Seminar
CNG 100 Introduction to Information (0-2)1
Technologies and Applications
(2-0)NC
SECOND YEAR
THIRD YEAR
Fifth Semester
Sixth Semester
ASE 331(*) Heat Transfer (3-0)3
ASE 341 Aerodynamics I (3-2)4 ASE 301 Numerical Methods for
ASE 361 Applied Elasticity (3-0)3 Aerospace Engineering (3-0)3
ASE 383(*) System Dynamics (3-0)3 ASE 334 Propulsion Systems I (3-2)4
MAT 310 Numerical Analysis for ASE 342 Aerodynamics II (3-2)4
Engineers (3-0)3 ASE 362 Aerospace Structures (4-0)4
ENGL 311 Advan. Communic. Skills (3-0)3 ASE 372 Flight Mechanics (3-0)3
TUR 101(c) Turkish I (2-0)NC TUR 102(c) Turkish II (2-0)NC
ASE 300 Summer Practice II NC
1075
FOURTH YEAR
Notes:
(a) Students who successfully completed MAT 100 Precalculus (1-2)2 course or passed Mathematics
Proficiency Examination can take MAT 119 course.
(b) International students are required to take HST 205 and HST 206 to replace HST 201 and HST 202.
(c) International students are required to take TUR 201 and TUR 202 to replace TUR 101 and TUR 102.
(d) Following courses are offered as Restricted Departmental Elective:
ASE 438 Aircraft Engine Design (2-2)3
ASE 446 Int. to Helicopter Aero. and Design (2-2)3
ASE 452 Aeronautical Engineering Design-II (2-2)3
ASE 462 Design of Aerospace Structures (2-2)3
1076
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
ASE 101 Introduction to Aerospace Analysis of simple structures, trusses and machines.
Engineering (0-2)NC Analysis of simple beams.Friction. Moments of
Aerospace Engineering Department of METU: Inertia.
METU; Faculty of Engineering; Department of
Aerospace Engineering; Purpose, Staff, Facilities, ASE 262 Dynamics (3-0)3
Courses, Rules and Regulations. History of Turkish A vectorial approach to dynamics of particles and
Aviation. Turkish Aerospace Industry : Existing rigid bodies. Kinematics of particles, kinetics of
industry, opportunities in Aerospace Industry; particles. Kinematics of rigid bodies and kinetics of
Companies and factories related to aviation located rigid bodies. Newton's second law and the laws of
in the vicinity of Ankara. Ethics in Aerospace linear and angular momentum. Conservation Laws.
Engineering. Aviation authorities in the world. The principle of impulse and momentum. Impact of
Safety rules and regulations in Aerospace particles and rigid bodies. Potential and kinetic
Applications. energy, conservation laws and energy methods.
Relative motion. The emphasis on dynamics of
ASE 172 Introduction to Aircraft particles, system of particles and plane motion of
Performance (3-0)3 rigid bodies. Introduction to three dimensional
Elements and functions of A/C basic configuration. motion of rigid bodies.
Forces and moments acting on an A/C; aerodynamic Prerequisite: ASE 261 or consent of the program.
coefficients. Standard atmosphere. Performance:
equations of motion; horizontal flight; climb ASE 264 Mechanics of Materials (4-0)4
performance; take-off performance; gliding; descent Introduction to stress and strain concepts. Concept
and landing performance; range and endurance; of analysis and design. Structural joints.
flight envelope; V-n diagram. Longitudinal static Introduction to determinate and indeterminate
stability; aerodynamic center; criterion for problems, stress concentrations. Analysis of linearly
longitudinal static stability; static margin; unstable elastic problems in "axial loading", "torsion" and
A/C. "pure bending" cases. Transverse loading and
analysis of shear stresses. Transformations of stress
ASE 200 Summer Practice I NC and strain. Design of beams and shafts for strength.
Students are required to participate in a one-week Analysis of deflection of beams with various
summer practice at a certified model aircraft school. support conditions by integration and by moment-
The student learns how to build a small model area methods.
airplane during this period and earns a Participant's Prerequisite: ASE 261 or consent of the program.
Certificate and submits it to the department.
ASE 300 Summer Practice II NC
ASE 231 Thermodynamics (4-0)4 Workshop practice; aircraft maintenance, repair,
Introduction, definition and physical properties of parts production.
fluids, concept of continuum, definitions of density,
pressure and viscosity, Kinematics, motion of a ASE 301 Numerical Methods for
fluid element, rotation, deformation, streamlines. Aerospace Engineers (3-0)3
Fluid statics and buoyancy. Forces acting on flat Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential
and curved surfaces. Eulerian and Lagrangian flow Equations (ODE), initial value problems, Runge-
descriptions, conservation laws, flow properties, Kutta methods, adaptive stepping, systems of
system-control volume approaches, Reynolds ODEs, higher order ODEs, boundary value
Transport theorem. Governing equations: problems. Numerical solution of partial Differential
conservation of mass, linear momentum and energy Equations (PDE): Finite Volume method, numerical
equations. Bernoulli equation and its applications. solution using triangular grids, Finite Difference
Flow of real fluids: Newtonian fluids, Navier- method, model equations, finite difference
Stokes equations. Application for incompressible approximations, convergence and stability analysis
flows, laminar - turbulent flow definitions, and of finite difference equations, numerical solutions of
application to pipe flows. parabolic PDEs, elliptic PDEs, hyperbolic PDEs.
Prerequisite: MAT 310 or consent of the
ASE 261 Statics (3-0)3 department.
Fundamental concepts and principles of mechanics.
Introductory vector analysis. Statics of particles.
Statics and equilibrium of rigid bodies in 2-D and 3- ASE 331 Heat Transfer (3-0)3
D. Equivalent system of forces and couples.
1077
Basic concepts. One dimensional steady-state normal and shear stresses on an oblique plane.
conduction, extended surfaces, two-dimensional Strain displacement relations, strain compatibility
steady-state conduction, shape factors, transient equations. State of strain and transformation of
conduction. Forces convection, Reynolds analogy, strain, measurement of strain. Generalized Hookes
convection for external and internal flows. Free law. General solution of torsion problem. Prandlts
convection, boiling and condensation, heat membrane analogy, torsion of thin-walled members
exchangers. Radiation heat transfer between of open cross sections, torsion of multiply
surfaces, basic concepts of mass transfer. connected thin walled sections. Fluid flow analogy.
Warping function. Significance of torsion in open
ASE 334 Propulsion Systems I section thin walled members. 2-D problems in
(3-2)4 elasticity: plane stress and plane strain problems,
Introduction to propulsion systems. Reciprocating stress function and applications. Equations of
engines. Propeller Theory. Aerothermodynamics of elasticity in polar coordinates. Stress concentrations
ideal airbreathing propulsion systems (turbojet, and thermal stresses. Thick walled cylinders,
turbofan, turboprop, turboshaft, ramjet, scramjet). compound cylinders. Rotating disks of constant
Mixtures, Combustion, Equilibrium and thickness. Thermal stresses in thin disks.
Dissociation. Rocket Engines. Prerequisite: ASE 264 or consent of the program.
Prerequisite: ASE 231 or consent of the program.
ASE 362 Aerospace Structures (4-0)4
ASE 341 Aerodynamics I (3-2)4
Main structural elements in aircraft. Loads on
Potential flow theory, complex potential function,
aircraft. V-N diagrams. Failure theories. Energy
flow around a cylinder, formation of lift, Kutta-
methods. Analysis of open and closed section
Joukovsky theorem, conformal mapping, Joukovsky
stiffened box beams and torque boxes. Bending of
airfoil, definition of aerodynamic coefficients, Panel
unsymmetrical sections. Structural analysis of
Method. Thin airfoil theory, Kutta condition,
aircraft sub-structures: ribs, frames, wing box
Kelvins circulation theorem, symmetrical and
sections with cut-outs. Elastic stability: Column
cambered airfoils, lift curve slope and zero lift angle
buckling, buckling of flat and curved panels,
of attack, flapped airfoil. Finite wing, lifting line
buckling analysis of stiffened closed section box
theory, elliptic and general wing loading. Slender
beams, post-buckling behavior of stiffened flat and
wing theory, pressure distribution, aerodynamic
curved panels.
coefficients.
Prerequisite: ASE 361 or consent of the program.
Prerequisite: ASE 244 or consent of the program.
1079
NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS
GENERAL INFORMATION: A unique chemical engineering program has been designed for
METU Northern Cyprus Campus. The over fifty years of experience from the chemical engineering program
of the METU Ankara Campus, has been blended with the current trends and future expectations of the
industry, to come up with a program aiming to educate the next generation of chemical engineers, who are
expected to assume new responsibilities in addition to the more conventional ones. In this respect the
traditional backbone of the modern chemical engineering program has been retained. Thus it is aimed for the
graduates to have a solid background in fundamental sciences, mathematics, engineering sciences, the unit
operations, thermodynamics and reaction engineering, and engineering design and economics. Additionally,
the graduates will have the necessary background and understanding of ethical responsibilities, environmental,
occupational health and safety issues, and will have developed life-long learning habits.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
First Semester Second Semester
MAT 119(a) Calculus with Analytic Geometry MAT 120 Calculus for Functions of
(4-2)5 Several Variables (4-2)5
PHY 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 PHY 106 General Physics II (3-2)4
CHM 111 General Chemistry I (3-2)4 CHM 112 General Chemistry II (3-2)4
MECH 113 Computer Aided CNG 230 Introduction to C Programming
Engineering Drawing 1 (2-2)3 (2-2)3
ENGL 101 Development of Reading and ENGL 102 Development of Reading and
Writing Skills I (4-0)4 Writing Skills II (4-0)4
CNG 100 Introduction to Information CHME 102 Int. to Chemical Engineering
Technologies and Applications (1-0)1GPC
(2-0)NC 100 First Year on Campus Seminar
(0-2)1
SECOND YEAR
1080
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
ELECTIVE COURSES
Engineering Elective: Students are allowed to choose from a number of courses offered in other engineering
departments, choices are announced each semester
Track Course I: CHME 332 Resource Engineering I (3-0)3 or CHME 342 Chemical Product Engineering I
(3-0)3.
Track Course II: CHME 433 Resource Engineering II (3-0)3 or CHME 441 Chemical Product Engineering II
(3-0)3.
Track A Electives: CHME 407, CHME 443, CHME 446, CHME 448, CHME 452, CHME 482, CHME 499
and other approved electives.
Track B Electives: CHME 407, CHME 442, CHME 444, CHME 447, CHME 449, CHME 454, CHME 461,
CHME 462, CHME 482, CHME 499 and other approved electives.
1081
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
CHME 102 Intr. to Chemical Eng. (1-0)1 CHME 323 Fluid Mechanics (3-0)3
Basic concepts of chemical engineering profession; Hydrostatics. Fundamentals of momentum trans-
ethical issues, environmental responsibilities and port. Newton's law of viscosity. Interphase mom-
future trends; literature survey and oral presentation entum transport and friction factors. Flow in
of a term project. conduits and around submerged objects. Mechanical
energy balances and Bernoulli equation.
CHME 203 Chem. Process Calculations(2-2)3 Dimensional analysis. Applications to practical
Basic chemical engineering concepts and methods problems. Principles of settling and filtration.
of analysis. Introduction to mass and energy balance
calculations applied to solution of problems in CHME 325 Heat Transfer (3-0)3
systems of interest to chemical process industries. Molecular mechanisms of heat transfer. Fourier's
law. Transport of heat in one dimension by
CHME 204 Thermodynamics I (3-0)3 molecular mechanisms and by convection.
Concepts of equilibrium, temperature and Transport of heat in turbulent regime, Heat transfer
reversibility. First law and concepts of heat and by radiation. Heat transfer to fluids with phase
work; second law and entropy. Equations of state change. Evaporation. Heat exchanger design.
and thermodynamic properties of pure substances.
CHME 326 Mass Transfer& Separation
Engineering applications of these principles in the
Processes (3-2)4
analysis and design of closed and open systems.
Molecular mechanisms of mass transfer. Fick's law.
Thermodynamic analysis of cyclic processes
Transport of mass in one dimension by diffusion
including power generation and refrigeration.
and by convection. Transport of mass in turbulent
regime. Principles of stagewise and continuous
CHME 300 Summer Practice I NC
contact operations. Absorption, distillation,
A practical training for a period of 20 works-days in
extraction, and simultaneous heat and mass transfer.
an organization with sizeable operations that are of
Applications and design of separation process units.
interest to chemical engineering. Emphasis is made
Prerequisite: CHME323 or CHME325.
on the application of mass and energy balances. A
formal report is required to reflect the work carried CHME 332 Resource Engineering I (3-0)3
out. Intoduction of green process engineering with
Prerequisite: CHME 102 and CHME203 or effective use of resources, such as coal, petroleum
CHME204. and natural gas. Fast depletion of resources and
environmental impacts. Synthesis and use of
CHME 302 Chem.Eng.Laboratory I (0-4)2 petrochemicals. Basic principles of equilibrium and
.Laboratory studies demonstrating the principals of rate concepts in physical and chemical processes.
fluid mechanics and heat transfer. Emphasis is on Case studies illustrating sustainable chemical
laboratory safety, correlation of experimental results processes and trends in chemical technology.
and on written reports and oral presentations. Prerequisite: CHME203.
Prerequisite: CHME 323 or CHME325, and one of
the following: CHM237, CHM230, CHM351. CHME 342 Chemical Product Engineering I
(3-0)3
CHME 305 Thermodynamics II (2-2)3 Statistics theory relevant to process engineering;
Thermodynamic properties of pure fluids and Data collection, management and quality in
mixtures. Phase equilibrium. Chemical reaction production environments; Basic design of
equilibrium. Applications to real and ideal experiments; Statistical process control; Process
processes. health monitoring, reliability and yield
Prerequisite: CHME204. enhancement; Process development cycle; Total
quality management.
CHME 312 Chemical Reaction Engineering Prerequisite: CHME203.
(3-0)3
Nonequilibrium processes including chemical CHME 400 Summer Practice II NC
reaction mechanisms, rate equations and reactor A practical training for a period of 20 working days
design applied to homogeneous and heterogeneous in an organization where chemical engineering is
systems under isothermal and non isothermal extensively practiced. A formal report is required to
conditions reflect the work carried out.
Prerequisite: CHM351. Prerequisite: CHME323 or CHME325.
1082
CHME 401 Chem. Eng. Laboratory II (0-4)2 Resource planning, product scheduling, and supply
Laboratory experiments to illustrate the application chain management.
of chemical and physical principles to chemical Prerequisite: CHME 204
processes. Emphasis is given to mass transfer,
simultaneous heat and mass transfer, process control CHME 442 Polymer Technology (3-0)3
and instrumental analysis. Report writing is Chemistry of polymerization; mechanisms such as
emphasized. step, radical chain, emulsion, ionic chain, chain
Prerequisite: CHME-312 or CHME-326, and one of copolymerization, ring opening, etc. Production,
the following: CHM237, CHM230, CHM351. properties and fabrication of plastic materials of
industrial importance. Rheology of polymers and
CHME 407 Process Control (3-2)4 polymer solutions. Polymer composites, new
Modeling of steady and unsteady-state behavior of polymers.
chemical processes. Optimal control strategies of
processes of particular interest to chemical CHME 443 Downstream Processing of Bio
engineers. Discussion of both classical and modern Products (3-0)3
control theory with applications. Fundamentals and importance of downstream
processing. Recovery, separation and purification of
CHME 417 Chemical Engineering Design I both low and high molecular weight
(3-2)4 biotechnological products by various methods.
Application of chemical engineering principles and Prerequisite: CHME 204
methods of chemical process synthesis, simulation
and economics on open ended process and/or CHME 444 Structure. Polymer Relationships
product design problems. Use of computer (3-0)3
programming and/or design packages in iterative Macromolecular chains. Thermodynamics of
decision making and optimization. Emphasis on macromolecules. Diffusion in macromolecules.
process safety and ethical issues. Gelation, rheological properties.
Prerequisites: Three out of following four courses:
CHME 305, CHME 312, CHME325 and CHME CHME 446 Fundamentals of Industrial
326. Waste Treatement (3-0)3
Introduction to waste treatment in industrial plants.
CHME 418 Chemical Engineering Design II Kinetics of reactions involved in different methods.
(3-2)4 Chemical study of unit processes and unit
Continuation of CHME 417. Equipment selection operations. Design of treatment devices for
and design. Cost estimation, project evaluation, purification of waste water and control procedures
process and product safety and ethical issues. for environmental protection.
Prerequisite: CHME417.
CHME 447 Chemical Processes in
CHME 433 Resource Engineering II (3-0)3 Microelectronics (3-0)3
Assessment of current and potential energy systems, Introduction to microelectronics processing. Silicon
covering extraction, conversion and end-use, with Refining. Crystal growth. Chemical rate processes
emphasis on meeting regional and global energy and kinetics. Chemical vapor deposition
needs in a sustainable manner. Examination of incorporation and transport of dopants. Physical and
energy technologies in each fuel cycle stage for physico-chemical rate processes. Design of
fossil, nuclear, and renewable (solar, biomass, wind, chemical reactors and process equipment used in
hydro, and geothermal) energy types, along with microelectronics manufacturing.
storage, transmission, and conservation issues.
Focus on evaluation and analysis of energy CHME 448 Ceramic Technology (3-0)3
technology systems in the context of political, Raw materials, structure and properties of clays,
social, economic, and environmental goals. feldspars, and silicate minerals. Forming and firing
of ceramics, vitrification. Rate process theory and
CHME 441 Chemical Product Engineering II use of phase equilibrium diagrams. Whitewares,
(3-0)3 refractories, enamels, and glazes. Glass and glass
Overview to the batch and continuous and hybrid forming. Special ceramics.
processes. Synthesis of reaction and separation
systems. Introduction to the process intensification CHME 449 Macromolecular Technology
and utility integration in chemical production (3-0)3
facilities and their applications. Mathematical Inorganic and organic macromolecules, structure
modeling and optimization of batch processes. and behavior of macromolecules. Structure of clays.
1083
Vitrification. Properties of ceramic materials like Principles of composites, interfaces, geometrical
whitewares, refractories and glass. Principles and aspects, elastic properties. Introduction to laminate
methods of polymerization, types of polymers, theory. Short fiber reinforced plastics. Processing of
industrial polymers. Composites, natural macro- composites.
molecules, biomaterials.
CHME 462 Polymer Solutions (3-0)3
CHME 452 Chemical Process Optimization Fundamentals of dilute polymer solutions, single
(3-0)3 chain conformations and configurations. Polymer
The nature and organization of optimization solution thermodynamics, lattice models, equation
problems. Formulation of the objective functions. of state approach. Phase equilibria and phase
An overview of optimization of individual units as separation in polymeric solutions. Behavior of
well as complete flowsheets. concentrated and/or multicomponent solutions,
physical gelation. Diffusion in polymeric systems.
CHME 454 Polymer Process Analysis and
Design (3-0)3 CHME 482 Chemical Process Safety (3-0)3
Development of tools of continuum mechanics Industrial hygiene and loss statistics, toxicology,
necessary for the quantitative description of source models (fluid flow through holes in tanks,
viscoelastic media. Use of principles of chemical pipes etc.) toxic release and dispersion models, fires
kinetics, fluid and continuum mechanics and heat and explosions, designs to prevent accidents, hazard
and mass transfer to describe the production and identification and risk assessment, accident
processing of polymeric materials. investigations with some sample case historie.
CHME 461 Polymer Additives, Blends and CHME 499 Topics in Chemical Engineering
Composites (3-0)3 (3-0)3
Additives for processing, surface and optical Faculty-supervised term projects assigned to
property modification, fire retardants, UV individual students or groups on new and
protecting agents, blowing agents. Principles of developing areas of chemical engineering. A written
blending and compatibilization. Thermodynamics, report and an oral presentation are required.
rheology and morphology of polymer blends.
1084
NORTHERN CYPRUS CAMPUS
GENERAL INFORMATION: The goal of the METU NCC Civil Engineering Program is to
educate future engineers who can apply basic science in the analysis and synthesis of complex civil
engineering problems, who are competent in oral and written communication, and who can co-operate with
disciplines other than engineering. In this regard, graduates are expected to have developed skills in critical
thinking, searching and learning, adherence to ethical principles, leadership qualities, and the ability to
maintain interaction with social environment in which they live.
The METU NCC Civil Engineering curriculum has been designed and based on current trends in
engineering programs as well as the needs of the Middle Eastern countries, and comprises a series of
compulsory and elective courses in the areas of structural mechanics, water resources, geotechnical
engineering, construction materials, surface transportation, construction management and geodesy.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: METU NCC Civil Engineering graduates will have career
opportunities in both the public and private sector in any field of civil engineering. With a strong background
in engineering and communication skills, they can be especially sought after candidates for companies
operating in the Middle East and Euro-Asia. Those who would like to carry on with academic research will
have ample opportunities both in Turkey and elsewhere, due to the analytical abilities they have gained by
following the curriculum.
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
MAT 119(a) Calculus with Analytic Geometry MAT 120 Calculus for Functions of
(4-2)5 Several Variables (4-2)5
PHY 105 General Physics I (3-2)4 PHY 106 General Physics II (3-2)4
ENGL 101 Development of Reading and MECH 113 Computer Aided
Writing Skills I (4-0)4 Engineering Drawing 1 (2-2)3
CNG 100 Introduction to Information ENGL 102 Development of Reading and
Technologies and Applications Writing Skills II (4-0)4
(2-0)NC CHM 107 General Chemistry (3-2)4
CNG 230 Introduction to C Programming CVE 102 Introduction to Civil Engineering
(2-2)3 (2-0)NC
GPC 100 First Year on Campus Seminar
(0-2)1
SECOND YEAR
MAT 219 Int. to Differential Equations (4-0)4 MAT 210 Applied Math. for Engineers (4-0)4
CVE 202 Surveying (1-4)3 CVE 222 Engineering Mechanics II (3-0)3
CVE 221 Engineering Mechanics I (3-0)3 CVE 224 Mechanics of Materials (3-0)3
CVE 241 Materials of Construction (3-2)4 ECO 280 Engineering Economy (3-0)3
XXX xxx Non-technical Elective (-0)3 ENGL 211 Acad. Oral Present. Skills (3-0)3
TUR 101 (b) Turkish I (2-0)NC XXX xxx Non-technical Elective (-)3
TUR 102 (b) Turkish II (2-0)NC
1085
THIRD YEAR
CVE 303 Prob. and Stat. for Civil Eng. (3-0)3 CVE 332 Construc. Eng.and Manag. (3-0)3
CVE 323 Int. to Structural Mechanics (3-0)3 CVE 366 Foundation Engineering (2-2)3
CVE 353 Transport. and Traffic Eng. (3-0)3 CVE 372 Hydromechanics (3-2)4
CVE 363 Soil Mechanics (3-2)4 CVE 376 Engineering Hydrology (3-0)3
CVE 371 Int. to Fluid Mechanics (3-0)3 CVE 382 Reinfor. Concrete Fund. (3-0)3
HST 201(c) Principles of Kemal Atatrk I CVE 384 Structural Analysis (3-0)3
(2-0)NC HST 202(c) Principles of Kemal Atatrk II
CVE 300(d) Summer Practice I NC (2-0)NC
FOURTH YEAR
CVE 471 Water Resources Engineering(3-0)3 CVE xxx Technical Elective (-)3
CVE 485 Design of Steel Structures (2-2)3 CVE xxx Technical Elective (-)3
CVE xxx Technical Elective (-)3 CVE xxx Technical Elective (-)3
CVE xxx Technical Elective (-)3 CVE xxx Technical Elective (-)3
ENGL 311 Advan. Communic. Skills (3-0)3 XXX xxx Free Elective (-)3
(d)
CVE 400 Summer Practice II NC
(a)
Students who are unable to achieve the minimum required passing grade in the Mathematics Proficiency
Exam are required to take MAT 100 before MAT 119
(b)
International students will take TUR 201 and TUR 202, which may be taken in the first year by the consent
of the advisor.
(c)
International students will take HST 205 and HST 206 instead of HST 201 and HST 202
(d)
Students are expected to complete their summer training prior to registering CVE 300 and CVE 400
ELECTIVE COURSES
1086
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
CVE 102 Int. to Civil Engineering (2-0)NC mineral aggregates, lime, gypsum, hydraulic
An orientation course to provide counsel to the cements and concrete. Constituents, theories of mix
students on the major areas of Civil Engineering design, principal steps in production, physical and
including information on typical activity of civil mechanical properties of concrete.
engineers, integrated course sequences and content,
and an introduction of the faculty. Professional CVE 300 Summer Practice I NC
engineering practice. Oral and written engineering Subjects that are acceptable for summer practice:
communication. Surveying, time-keeping, checking and testing
construction materials, assist